Inglês

INGLÊS
3

Coordenação editorial: Estúdio Conejo, Zênite.
Preparação de texto: Zênite, Ricardo Sousa Santos (Mister).
Coordenação de design e projetos visuais: Pedro Yañez.
Revisão: Geisa Teixeira.
Impressão: Gráfica Brasil.
Organizador: Estúdio Conejo
Obra coletiva concebida, desenvolvida
e produzida pelo estúdio Conejo, Zênite.
Editor Executivo:
Pedro Yañez.
Livro do professore:
RICARDO SOUSA SANTOS (MISTER)
4

Todo livro tem sua história. Este não pretende ser diferente. E isto tem lá suas vantagens.
Comecemos então, parafraseando Vinícius de Morais, um livro sem Apresentação é como um rio sem pontes.
Não se sabe bem porque, mas é costume consagrado. Nada há que uma apresentação possa fazer pelo
livro, se ele mesmo não caminhar por suas próprias pernas. Mas já que deve ter uma, que lhe seja útil.
Caro leitor, se faltar alguma legitimidade aos capítulos que o compõem, a Apresentação, na sua costumeira
gravidade, haverá de suprir, com conversa, o que faltar em aceitação. Espero que este não seja o caso deste
que vos escrevi. E claro, não menos importante é que, antes de que o leitor se ponha a buscar os defeitos
mais graves que o livro evidentemente possa conter, é que, sem aviso prévio, já me coloco em intimidade
para correções e ganho, por antecipação, sua simpatia senão teórica, pelo menos afetiva. Se o escritor, afinal
de contas, se mostra receptivo, por que não lhe dar um crédito por antecipação?
Dito isto, explico o porquê de estar aqui, incomodando os leitores desprevenidos. Venho escrevendo, mais
irregular que regularmente, ao longo de uma carreira dedicada a tentar ensinar aos outros o prazer da aquisisição
de um outro idioma, Língua Inglesa, neste caso. Ainda que prazer não se ensine, mostrar caminhos
nunca é excessivo. Fruto dessas experiências, nascidas de uma curiosidade insaciável, que me faz fuçar os
livros alheios, de linguístas como Yule, Jackobson, Saussure, e tantos outros, e claro, Pierce e sua semiótica
de forma assídua, que me pego por vezes teorizando em voz alta nas ruas de Conquista, são todos esses
autores que me trouxeram até aqui.
Os ensaios gramaticais deste material, voltado aqueles que se aventuram no aprendizado, àvidos a ingressarem
nas universidades, estão divididos em grupos de forma a dar alguma organização ao livro. Mas isto não
impede, evidentemente, que sejam lidos na ordem que cada um escolher, o que, no fim das contas, acontece
com todo livro técnico. De forma que esta observação poderia ser dispensada, mas já que aqui está, agora é
bom que fique.
Por fim, como de praxe, vão os agradecimentos. Primeiro ao Zênite, nas figuras de Omar e Nayana, por proporcionarem
as condições favoráveis em sua empresa para que este que vos escreve, tivesse total liberdade
na criação deste material. A minha família, esposa e filho (Misterzinho), que deram, e dão, total apoio para
a realização deste e de outros projetos meus. A Rosimar e Luis Àvila, que me descobriram, por assim dizer,
como professor quando recém chegado a esta cidade, a um tempão, me credibilizando em vários lugares,
que responsabilidade com seus nomes eles me deram, hein. E por fim, um agradecimnto que sempre tive
vontade de fazer publicamente, Joaquim Teixeira (Quinzinho), que me ensinou tudo que ele podia, sem
nunca pedir qualquer paga, somente uma, que eu adquirisse a paixão pelo ensino de lingua inglesa, e busca
incessante pelo conhecimento. Busquei, e apreciei tanto que não sei fazer outra coisa.
Que outra paga maior pode esperar quem ensina?
Bom estudo!
;)
5

SUMÁRIO
CAPÍTULO I-PRONOMES PESSOAIS ......................................................
CAPÍTULO II-PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS ..............................................
CAPÍTULO III-PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS ..............................................
CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS ..................................
CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS ............................................
CAPÍTULO VI-PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS .................................
CAPÍTULO VII-PRONOMES RELATIVOS ..............................................
CAPÍTULO VIII-RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS ..........................................
CAPÍTULO IX-CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE) .........................
CAPÍTULO X-SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS .................................
CAPÍTULO XI-PRESENT PROGRESSIVE (CONTINUOUS)VERBS ) ..
CAPÍTULO XII-PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS ....................................
CAPÍTULO XIII-PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS ................................
CAPÍTULO XIV-THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT TENSES .................
CAPÍTULO XV-GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE ..............................
CAPÍTULO XVI-VERBOS ANÔMALOS (MODAL VERBS) ...................
CAPÍTULO XVII- FUTURO SIMPLES, IMEDIATO, PERFEITO E
CONTÍNUO ................................................................................................
CAPÍTULO XIX -IF CLAUSES- CONDICIONAIS ....................................
CAPÍTULO XX-SUBSTANTIVOS ..............................................................
CAPÍTULO XXI-ADJECTIVES - GRAU DE COMPARAÇÃO ..............
CAPÍTULO XXII-ADVERBS .....................................................................
CAPÍTULO XXIV-DIRECT & REPORTED SPEECH - DISCURSO DI-
RETO E INDIRETO ....................................................................................
CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................
CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................
CAPÍTULO XXVII-CONJUNCTIONS - CONJUNÇÕES ..........................
CAPÍTULO XXVIII-SUFFIXES .................................................................
CAPÍTULO XXIX-PREPOSITIONS – PREPOSIÇÕES .............................
CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........
CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........
9
19
25
29
35
45
56
73
74
80
92
96
102
105
123
133
156
164
175
187
205
219
233
250
254
284
298
313
346
7

CAPÍTULO I - PRONOMES PESSOAIS
Pronome é a classe de palavras que acompanha ou
substitui um substantivo ou um outro pronome,
indicando sua posição em relação às pessoas do discurso
ou mesmo situando-o no espaço e no tempo. Os
pronomes nos ajudam a evitar repetições desnecessárias
na fala e na escrita.
São divididos em:
Pronomes Pessoais - Personal Pronouns
Os Pronomes Pessoais referem-se a alguma pessoa, lugar
ou objeto específico e são subdivididos em Pronomes
Pessoais do Caso Reto (Sujeito) - Subject
Pronouns e Pronomes Pessoais do Caso
Oblíquo (Objeto) - Object Pronouns.
Tabela de Pronomes
Pronomes Pessoais
NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Object
Singular 1ª Pessoa I ME
Singular 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU
Singular 3ª Pessoa HE HIM
Singular 3ª Pessoa SHE HER
Singular 3ª Pessoa IT IT
Plural 1ª Pessoa WE US
Plural 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU
Plural 3ª Pessoa THEY THEM
Esses
pronomes são
assim
chamados
porque
conjugam os
verbos. São
sujeitos.
Esses
devem ser
usados após
verbos e
preposições
. Não
podem
conjugar
verbos
Subject Pronouns:
Esses pronomes do caso reto substituem nomes e
ocupam posição de sujeito numa oração, isso quer dizer
que eles deverão aparecer antes dos verbos, conjugandoos.
Object Pronouns:
Esses pronomes do caso oblíquo funcionam como objeto
do verbo, por isso a posição deles é sempre após o verbo
ou uma preposição.
DICA:
A função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando
eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo referência
ao que foi citado anteriormente), geralmente o
referente/referido encontra-se dentro do MESMO
parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que o proneme
aparece.
Vejamos alguns exemplos:
1. I need them. Eu preciso deles
2. They study Elas estudam comigo.
with me.
3. She works for Ela trabalha para ele.
him.
4. We know you. Nós te conhecemos.
5. You want us. Você nos quer.
6. He likes it. Ele gosta dele (a)
Em Inglês não há omissão do sujeito como pode ocorrer
em Português, salvo em raríssimas exceções e em
linguagem muito informal. No caso de sujeito
inexistente, oculto ou indeterminado, devemos
empregar it, we ou they.
It is great to be here at Zênite. (É ótimo estar aqui no
Zênite.)
We speak Portuguese and English in Brazil. (Falamos
português e inglês no Barsil.)
It started to rain. (Começou a chover.)
9

We will go to Anagé in the summer. (Iremos à Anagé no
verão.)
They think I am a wealthy person. (Acham que sou um
cara rico.)
E.g.
Patrick and I are good friends.
What do I need to say ?
2. O Pronome YOU:
Objeto indireto com preposição - Prepositional indirect
object:
No Inglês, há dois tipos de objetos indiretos: os com
preposição expressa após o verbo e os objetos indiretos
com a preposição subtentida, que não vai estar grafada
na oração.
- O objeto indireto com preposição é o termo que
completa o sentido de um verbo de forma indireta,
estando sempre regido de preposição clara e expressa na
oração.
1.I sent my friends some flowers.
2.I sent some flowers to my friends.
3.Give your money to me.
4.Give me your money.
5.He told the story to John.
6.He told John the story.
Observe que na sentença 1 o objeto direto é some
flowers, a partir deste exemplo é possível ver a estrutura
básica desta função pronominal.
Os exemplos 2,3,5 apresentam os objetos indiretos após
a preposição TO – que podem ser chamados de After-
Preposition.
Nas outras sentenças 1,4,6 os objetos indiretos aparecem
após o verbo, chamado de After-Verb position.
O pronome YOU é 2ª pessoa tanto do singular quanto do
plural. Por isso tenha cuidado com as traduções. YOU é
comumente traduzido por VOCÊ ou VOCÊS, só que
esses pronomes de tratamento da língua portuguesa são
respectivamente 3ª pessoa do singular e plural.
E.g.
English Translation Adaptation
You are my Tu és meu Você é meu amigo
friend. amigo
You are my
friends.
3. O Pronome Neutro IT:
Vós sois meus
amigos
Vocês são meus
amigos.
Este pronome é usado para substituir nomes de coisas,
animais, descrever fenômenos naturais, e fazer o papel
do sujeito oculto ou inexistente da língua portuguesa.
Obs. Usado com pessoas. E.g. It’s my father, it’s me, it’s
your mother, it’s John, etc...
4. O Pronome THEY:
Este pronome é o plural de toda a 3ª pessoa do singular.
Sendo assim seu significado se estende a ELES
(homens), ELAS (mulheres) , e a ELES, e ELAS
(animais, coisas, objetos, etc...)
Object Pronouns:
Subject Pronouns:
Esses pronomes substituem nomes após um verbo ou
uma preposição. Atenção especial deve ser dada à
terceira pessoa do plural (THEM) pois este pronome
substitue nomes de pessoas, animais e coisas.
1. O Pronome I
O pronome I deve ser escrito sempre com letra
maiúscula independente do seu lugar na frase.
10

EXERCISES
go on. - Adaptado de: http://edition.cnn.com/2013/02/20/world/europe/madridcity-of-protests/index.html
Welcome to Madrid: City of Protests
Madrid (CNN) — “The people, united, will never be
divided!” yells the crowd, angrily waving banners and
placards. “To fight is the only way!” Dog-walkers,
mothers with strollers, an pensioners carrying shopping
bags join the crowd. These people on the sidewalk are no
curious neighbors. Indeed, many of them are complete
strangers to the family living on the fifth floor, but they
are all here to protect Rocio from eviction – being forced
to leave her property by legal process
Rocio and her son, now 17 and in high school, moved
from Ecuador in 2003, when times were good and jobs
plentiful in Spain. But then the global financial crisis hit,
bringing Spain’s economy’ down, Rocio lost her two
jobs – in a shop, and as a cleaner. For a while, Rocio got
by on benefits but then those stopped too. She is an
example of the crisis many Spaniards face as the country
deals with the highest unemployment rate since the Civil
War in the 1930s, and a recession entering its second
year. “I can’t stand the thought of living on the streets
with my san, but I have no idea where else to go”, she
says.
Rocio’s story is echoed by others all over Spain. It is this
fear that took many Spanish citizen to action. Many of
those people who are outside the door of Rocio’s
apartment block are supporter of “Stop Desahucios”
(Stop Evictions), part of the Platform of People Affected
by Mortgages (PAI – Plataforma de Afectados por la
Hipoteca), a group that campaigns to prevent banks and
authorities from eviction because of the country’s
economic crisis. They accuse the banks and authorities o
‘real estate terrorism”.
There are also the mass marches of the 15-M movement
– also known as the “Indignados”. Activist Dante
Scherma, 24, says citizens were not used to speaking out
on political issues. “The 15-M movement made people
talk about social issues, and about politics in normal
conversations - in cafés, restaurants, bars – where before
they only talked about football or fashion.”
Back in Vicalvaro, the moment of truth has arrived, but
the crowd – now shouting at the police, insisting they
have to stop forcing families to leave their properties –
appears to have had an impact. Lawyers from the PAH
explain that Rocio will be able to stay – for a while, at
least. For those working to stop Spain’s eviction
epidemic, today has seen a small and temporary victory.
For those demonstrating about cuts, corruption and lack of cash, the protests will
1. In the sentence “...insisting they have to stop forcing
families to leave their properties...”, words they and their
respectively refer to
a) the crowd and families.
b) the crowd and the police.
c) the police and families.
d) the families and the properties.
e) ethe police and the properties.
Emerging economies
The Great Deceleration
The emerging-market slowdown is not the beginning of a
bust. But it is a turning-point for the world economy
WHEN a champion sprinter falls short of his best speeds,
(…)
China will be lucky if it manages to hit its official target
of 7.5% (…)
This marks the end of the dramatic first phase of the
emerging-market era, (…)
Running out of puff
In the past, periods of emerging-market boom have
tended to be followed by busts (which helps explain why
so few poor countries have become rich ones). A
determined pessimist can find reasons to fret today,
pointing in particular to the risks of an even more drastic
deceleration in China or of a sudden global monetary
tightening. But this time a broad emerging-market bust
11

12
looks unlikely.
China is in the midst of a precarious shift from
investment-led growth to a more balanced, consumptionbased
model. Its investment surge has prompted plenty
of bad debt. But the central government has the fiscal
strength both to absorb losses and to stimulate the
economy if necessary. That is a luxury few emerging
economies have ever had. It makes disaster much less
likely. And with rich-world economies still feeble, there
is little chance that monetary conditions will suddenly
tighten, even if they did, most emerging economies have
better defences than ever before, with flexible exchange
rates, large stashes of foreign-exchange reserves and
relatively less debt (much of it in domestic currency).
That’s the good news. The bad news is that the days of
record-breaking speed are over. China’s turbocharged
investment and export model has run out of puff.
Because its population is ageing fast, the country will
have fewer workers, and because it is more prosperous, it
has less room for catch-up growth. Ten years ago
China’s per person GDP measured at PPP was 8% of
America’s; now it is 18%. China will keep on catching
up, but at a slower clip.
(…). - Jul 27th 2013/www.economist.com
2. The pronoun they in the underlined sentence of the
fifth paragraph of the text: “even if they did, …” refers to
a) China
b) plenty of bad debt
c) a few emerging economies
d) rich-world economies
e) monetary conditions
United States Thanksgiving
In a 1789 proclamation, President George Washington
called on the people of the United States to acknowledge
God for affording them “an opportunity peaceably to
establish a form of government for their safety and
happiness” by observing a day of thanksgiving. Devoting
a day to “public thanksgiving and prayer,” as
Washington called it, became a yearly tradition in many
communities.
Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863. In that
year, during the Civil War, Abraham Lincoln made his
Thanksgiving Day Proclamation. He asked his fellow
citizens “to set apart and observe the last Thursday of
November next as a day of thanksgiving and praise...”
(…)
Retrieved from . Access in: Aug 2013.
3. The word “it” at the end of the first paragraph refers
to
a) “an opportunity”.
b) “a yearly tradition”.
c) “a day of thanksgiving”.
d) “a form of government”.
e) “their safety and happiness”.
SPAIN’S ECONOMY
(…)
Spain’s emblematic companies show that this can be
done, but their success has been despite, not because of,
the country’s politicians and rigid employment laws,
Spain has already implemented painful reforms,
particularly in the labor market, but they will take time
to feed into the economy. The bank bailout may
eventually ease the ongoing credit crunch, but in the
short term the country’s increasing borrowing costs will
make it harder for Spanish entrepreneurs to finance their
businesses.
Adapted from Newsweek, June 25, 2012
4. In the last paragraph, “they” in the phrase “…but
they will take time to feed into the economy” most likely
refers to
a) recently elected Spanish politicians.
b) difficult but necessary changes in Spanish
regulations.
c) Spain’s emblematic companies.
d) Spain’s traditionally rigid employment laws.
e) the investment money now available to Spanish
companies.
Are You A Digital Native or A Digital Immigrant?
(…)
Second, 4 I was talking with a producer at the PBS
NewsHour who wanted me to do a live interview within
a few hours of his call regarding some late breaking
news about clergy sexual abuse, which is my specialty. I
was out of the office and driving my car when he called
and in 12 a matter of fact manner he said that he wanted to
send me some important information to my smart phone

to best prepare me for the upcoming interview, when I
told him that I couldn’t receive anything since I had a
dumb phone and not a smart phone, there was a long
silence, 1 he then said he’d have to just read it to me
over the phone as a Plan B. He wasn’t happy ...
neither was I.
7 In case you haven’t noticed, the 21 st century is really
upon us and to live in it one really does need to be
connected in my view. Although I often consider myself
a 19 th or 20 th century guy trapped in the 21 st century we
really do need to adapt. For most of us we are just living
in a new world that really demands comfort with and
access to technology.
(…)
6. O pronome it, utilizado na última linha do primeiro
parágrafo, na frase for the products it markets, refere-se
a) à necessidade da propaganda.
b) à área de publicidade.
c) à ideologia da propaganda.
d) aos mercados consumidores.
e) à cultura do consumismo.
Smart Jocks: Sport Helps Kids Classroom
Performance
When kids exercise, they boost brainpower as well as
brawn. By Steve Ayan | September 9, 2010
Adapted from “Digital Native vs. Digital Immigrant? Which are you?” Published
on July 24, 2012 by Thomas G. Plante, Ph.D., ABPP in Do the Right Thing
http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/do-the-right-thing/201207/digital-nativevs-digital-immigrant-which-are-you.
retrieved on July 28, 2012
5. In the sentence, “he then said he’d have to just read it
to me over the phone as a Plan B.” (ref. 1), the
underlined pronoun refers to
a) the author´s dumb phone.
b) the information needed for the interview.
c) the author’s smart phone.
d) the upcoming interview.
e) the conversation the author had with the TV
producer.
Analyze an advertisement
Peter Sells
Sierra Gonzalez
Not all advertisements make perfect sense. Not all of
them promote or imply acceptance of social values that
everyone would agree are what we should hope for, in
an enlightened and civilized society. Some
advertisements appear to degrade our images of
ourselves, our language, and appear to move the
emphasis of interaction in our society to (even more)
consumerism. There may even be a dark, seamy, or seedy
side to advertising. This is hardly surprising, as our
society is indeed a consumer society, and it is highly
capitalistic in the simplest sense. There is no doubt that
advertising promotes a consumer culture, and helps
create and perpetuate the ideology that creates the
apparent need for the products it markets.
(…) (www.stanford.edu. Adaptado.)
5 Despite frequent reports that regular exercise benefits
the adult brain, when it comes to schoolchildren, the
concept of the dumb jock persists. The star quarterback
stands in stark contrast to the math-team champion. After
all, the two types require seemingly disparate talents:
physical prowess versus intellect. Letting kids run
around or throw a ball seems, at best, tangential to the
real work of learning and, at worst, a distraction from 1 it.
7. A palavra "it" (ref. 1) refere-se a
a) "disparate talents".
b) "a ball".
c) "the real work of learning".
d) "physical prowess".
e) "Letting kids run around".
Mark Zuckerberg’s 650 Million Friends (and
counting)
Back in June 2009, the globe’s potpourri of socialnetworking
sites was extremely diverse: Google’s Orkut
13

14
dominated India and Brazil; Central and South America
preferred Hi5; Maktoob was king in the Arab world. The
Vietnamese liked Zing, the Czechs loved Lidé, South
Koreans surfed Cyworld. Two years after that, and
Facebook has stolen users away from its rivals very fast.
It’s completely knocked Hi5 off the map in former
strongholds such as Peru, Mexico, and Thailand. After a
tense back-and-forth with Orkut in India, Facebook has
emerged victorious. And it’s becoming more popular in
Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands, where local
providers are making a desperate last stand.
There are some glaring exceptions to Facebook’s
colonization kick. Russians continue to use Vkontakte
and Odnoklassniki, with Facebook a distant fourth in the
rankings. China remains highly committed to domestic
sites such as Qzone and Renren. But for the rest of us,
we’re living in Zuckerberg’s world. (endereço eletrônico
omitido propositadamente)
8. In the sentence “And it’s becoming more popular in
Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands...”, the pronoun
it refers to
a) Orkut.
b) India.
c) Armenia.
d) Hi5.
e) Facebook.
Fight the Violence!
Oct 14, 2011 6:53 PM EDT
What if gang violence in America could be reduced
just by talking? Professor and activist David
Kennedy talks with Ben Crair about his new book,
Don’t Shoot, criticism of his plan, and the economics
of gangs.
In 1995, David M. Kennedy went to Boston on behalf
of* Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government to study
violent crime. Like many American cities at that time,
Boston was suffering a wave of homicides. After linking
up with a special Boston Police Department task force,
Kennedy and his team recognized that most of the killing
was the work of a small handful of identifiable gang
members. Rather than locking them all up, they tried
something new: They met with the gang members and
community leaders, offered them assistance in getting
off the streets, and warned them that, if any single gang
member committed another murder*, they would crack
down* on the entire group. Crime dropped almost
overnight, and Kennedy’s “Operation Ceasefire,” as it
has come to be known, has been implemented in more
than 70 cities, addressing issues from gun violence to
drug markets to juvenile robberies. Now, Kennedy
recounts his experiences in a new book, Don’t Shoot:
One Man, a Street Fellowship, and the End of Violence
in Inner-City America.
(Newsweek, 14.10.2011. Adaptado)
9. O pronome objeto them empregado em − offered
them assistance in getting off the streets − refere-se a
a) the streets.
b) American cities.
c) Kennedy and his team.
d) Boston Police Department.
e) gang members and community leaders.
Argentina builds a tower of books
This is simply an audio and visual celebration of the
book – any books, all books, in whichever language you
like. Works by Jane Austen, Dickens, Henry Blake,
Ernest Hemingway, Cervantes, Vargas Llosa, Tolstoy
and Argentina's own favourites, Borges and Sabato, line
the walls of this tower, each wrapped in plastic for its
own protection.
The United Nations has designated the city as the 2011
World Book Capital.
This book tower is 25 metres high and lined with 30,000
donations from more than 50 embassies. It'll be
dismantled at the end of the month and the books will
form the beginning of a multi-lingual library.
The Buenos Aires Book Fair, one of the biggest in the
world, has just ended, recording more visitors than ever
before. The city boasts hundreds of bookshops and some
cafes even supply works by Argentina's most renowned
literary icon, Jorge Luis Borges, to read over coffee.
Buenos Aires is a city that loves its books and now it has
a tower to prove it.
Daniel Schweimler, BBC News, Buenos Aires.
Fonte:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20
11/05/110516_witn _buenosaires_books_page1.shtml

10. O pronome “it” em “It will be dismantled” refere-se
a) embaixadas.
b) livros.
c) doações.
d) biblioteca.
e) torre de livros.
The Impact of Media Violence on Children and
Adolescents: Opportunities for Clinical Interventions
Eugene V. Beresin
(…)
How does televised violence result in aggressive
behavior? Some researchers have demonstrated that very
young children will imitate aggressive acts on TV in
their play with peers. Before age 4, children are unable to
distinguish between fact and fantasy and may view
violence as an ordinary occurrence. In general, violence
on television and in movies often conveys a model of
conflict resolution. It is efficient, frequent, and
inconsequential. Heroes are violent, and, as such, are
rewarded for their behavior. 1 They become role models
for youth. The typical scenario of using violence for a
righteous cause may translate in daily life into a
justification for using violence to retaliate against
perceived victimizers. Hence, vulnerable youth who have
been victimized may be tempted to use violent means to
solve problems. Unfortunately, there are few, if any,
models of nonviolent conflict resolution in the media.
Additionally, children who watch televised violence are
desensitized to it. They may come to see violence as a
fact of life and, over time, lose their ability to empathize
with both the victim and the victimizer.
(http://www.aacap.org/cs/root/developmentor/the_impact_of_media_violence_on
_children_and_adolescents_opportunities_for_clinical_interventions)
11. No enunciado “They become role models for
youth” (ref. 1), o vocábulo sublinhado se refere a
a) programas de televisão.
b) atos violentos.
c) conflitos.
d) filmes.
e) heróis
COMBINING ALCOHOL AND "ENERGY DRINK"
REDUCES THE "PERCEPTION" OF IMPAIRMENT
The combined use of alcohol and "energy
drinks" has become increasingly popular among youth
and young adults in recent years. (…)
"In Brazil, as in other countries, young people
believe that energy drinks avoid the sleepiness caused by
alcoholic beverages and increase their capacity to dance
all night (…)
In a previous study on the use of energy drinks
among Brazilians, Souza-Formigoni said that users
reported greater happiness (38%), euphoria (30%),
uninhibited behavior (27%), and increased physical vigor
(24%). It is unclear; however, if this indicates the ability
of energy drinks to reduce the depressant effects,
increase the excitatory effects of alcohol, or both.
6 "This study appears to show us (…)
Compared to the ingestion of alcohol alone, the
combined 2 ingestion of alcohol and energy drinks
3 significantly reduced the subjects' perception of
headache, weakness, dry mouth and impairment of motor
coordination. The researched energy drinks did not,
however, significantly reduce deficits caused by alcohol
on objective measures of motor coordination and visual
reaction time.
"There are two key points," (…)
"The 8 implications of these 9 findings," added
Boerngen, "are that this association of alcohol and
energy drinks is harmful rather than beneficial, as
believed by consumers. Especially because those
10 individuals who combine alcohol and energy 11 drinks,
believing 7 they are less impaired than reality would
indicate, are 5
actually at an
14
increased risk for
12 problems such as automobile accidents."
15 "Alcohol affects not only the motor
coordination but also the capacity of decision, 16 because
it affects one important area of the brain - the prefrontal
cortex," explained Souza-Formigoni. "Drunk drivers are
15

dangerous not only because their reactions are delayed
and motor coordination affected, but mainly because
their capacity to evaluate the risks to which they will be
exposed is also affected. People need to understand that
the 'sensation' of well-being does not necessarily mean
that they are unaffected by alcohol. 17 Despite how good
they may feel, they shouldn't drink and drive. Never."
adapted from "http://alcoholism.about.com/od/dui/a/blacer060416.htm" Public
release date: 26-Mar-2006
12. The pronoun "they" (ref. 7) refers to:
a) implications (ref. 8).
b) findings (ref. 9).
c) individuals (ref. 10).
d) drinks (ref. 11).
e) problems (ref. 12).
The use of nuclear power is controversial
[CONJUNCTION] of the problem of storing radioactive
waste for indefinite periods, the potential for possibly
severe radioactive contamination by accident or
sabotage, and the possibility that its use in some
countries could lead to the proliferation of nuclear
weapons. Proponents believe that these risks are small
and can be further reduced by the technology in the new
reactors. THEY further claim that the safety record is
already good when compared to fossil-fuel plants, that it
releases much less radioactive waste than coal power,
and that nuclear power is a sustainable energy source.
Critics, including most major environmental groups,
believe nuclear power is an uneconomic, unsound and
potentially dangerous energy source, especially
compared to renewable energy, and DISPUTE whether
the costs and risks can be reduced through new
technology.
(Adapted from http:// en. wikipedia.org/wiki/Nuclear _power)
13. No texto, THEY refere-se
a) aos problemas atrelados ao uso de energia nuclear.
b) às pessoas que se opõem ao uso da energia nuclear.
c) às pessoas que são a favor do uso da energia nuclear.
d) aos resíduos resultantes do uso da energia nuclear.
e) aos perigos decorrentes do uso da energia nuclear.
SHALL WE DANCE?
planets SPIN.
atoms dance.
lightning leaps.
and so do we.
Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.
"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who
met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.
By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006
14. The pronoun "we" in the subtitle ("and so do WE")
refers to
a) dancers
b) planets
c) human beings
d) sounds
e) atoms
Language Born of Colonialism Thrives
Again in the Amazon
By Larry Rohter
August 28, 2005
You don't have to be mentally ill
SANELINE is the national out of hours
telephone helpline providing information and support for
anyone affected by mental health problems, including
family and careers.
Mental health 1 issues are 2 far more common
than is generally 3 thought. One in four people will
4
experience some 5 kind of mental health problem in the
course of a year.
SANELINE receives thousands of calls every
year from people seeking advice and help for themselves
or someone close to them. The nonjudgmental support
and information 6 it provides can make all the difference.
People 8 faced with mental health 9 concerns
10
can find it difficult to 11 get facts about symptoms and
treatments, the services that 12 are available to 7 them, or
even to find someone who is prepared to listen. That's
where we can help. Call 0845 767 8000 for help at the
end of the line.
16

15. The pronouns "it" (ref. 6) and "them" (ref. 7) refer,
respectively, to
a) mental health - facts.
b) SANELINE - people.
c) support - symptoms and treatments.
d) advice - services.
e) someone - concerns.
PETS PROVIDE HEALING FOR THE XXI
CENTURY
By Margrit Oyens
The Umbrella, Vol. X, Novembro de 2004
In an interview given by Dr. Tennis Turner,
president of the International Association of Human-
Animal Integration Organizations (IAHAIO) and
professor for veterinary science at the University of
Zurich, he stated that the company of cats and dogs is
essential to human quality of life. He has been trying to
convince authorities, from ministers of health of First
World countries to leaders of small South African
communities, to invest in programs of Animal Assisted
Therapy (AAT).
Dr. Turner has stated that "the company of pets
benefits not only those physically or mentally ill, but also
all ordinary human beings, regardless of their family
income. It is good not only for the health of the
individual but for public 3 health as well. Animal Assisted
Therapy represents a tremendous economy to public
health, as it often 1 succeeds in cases where traditional
medical treatment has 2 failed."
In his quality of president of IAHAIO, Dr.
Turner organizes conferences in 4 major cities, which are
attended by doctors from all over the world, with the
intention of divulging the results of studies and
experiments where animals have acted as therapists to
children, juvenile delinquents, the elderly, women
suffering from breast cancer, the mentally deficient, and
even couples undergoing a crisis in their relationship.
Knowing the physical and psychological needs
of cats and dogs helps us to treat them better. Only happy
and healthy pets can be good company for human beings
and contribute to our quality of life.
There are many kinds of benefits for people that
have pets. Imagine a normal citizen, meaning someone
healthy who needs some kind of therapy. The presence
of a pet can lower his/her blood pressure, which is one of
the reasons for a pet guardian's better quality of life, one
year after having a heart attack. Another explanation is
obvious and applies to all guardians of dogs who wish to
guard against heart disease: more daily exercise due to
the necessary dog walking. Pet guardians generally have
a 5 lower level of cholesterol and are therefore less prone
to heart attacks. A study published by the British Journal
of the Royal Society of Medicine shows that pet
guardians are 6 less likely to be bothered by small health
problems and enjoy a better quality of life than people
who have no pets.
Companionship animals are also of help to
children, both at home and in school. They augment
children's self-esteem, 7 improve their integration with
other children and increase their performance in school.
16. No 6 o parágrafo, a palavra "They" se refere a:
a) Children.
b) Both at home and in school.
c) Companionship animals.
d) Children's self-esteem.
e) Other children.
PARALYMPIC GAMES
HISTORY
In 1948, Sir Ludwig Guttmann organized a
sports competition involving World War II veterans with
a spinal cord-related injury in Stoke Mandeville,
England. Four years later, competitors from Holland
joined the Games, and the international movement, now
known as the Paralympics, was born. Olympic-style
games for athletes with a disability were organized for
the first time in Rome in 1960.
In Toronto in 1976, other disability groups were
added and the idea of merging together different
disability groups for international sports competitions
was born. In the same year, the first Paralympic Winter
Games took place in Sweden.
PARALYMPIC GAMES
The paralympic Games have always been held
in the same year as the Olympic Games. Since the 1988
Seoul Summer Games and the 1992 Albertville Winter
Games, 21 they have also taken place at the same venues
as the Olympic Games. On 19 June 2001, an agreement
was signed between the International Olympic Comitee
and the International Paralympic Commitee 19 aiming to
17

secure the organization of Paralympic Games. The agreement reaffirmed that the Paralympic Games, from 2008 on, will
always take place shortly after the Olympic Games, using the same sporting 20 venues and facilities.
http://www.olympic.org/uk/games/paralympic. 09/06/2004.
18. A palavra "they" (ref. 21) remete para
a) Albertville Winter Games.
b) Paralympic Games.
c) Seoul Summer Games.
d) Olympic Games.
e) International Olympic Committee.
Literature is the only place in any society where, within the secrecy of our own heads, we can hear voices talking about
everything in every possible way. The reason for ensuring that privileged arena is preserved is not that writers want the
absolute freedom to say and do whatever THEY please. It is that we, all of us, readers and writers and citizens and generals
and godmen need that little, unimportant-looking room. We do not need to call it sacred, but we need to remember it is
necessary.
19. In the text, THEY refers to
a) readers.
b) citizens.
c) voices.
d) writers.
e) heads.
18

CAPÍTULO II - PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS
Em Inglês há um adjetivo e um pronome possessivo para
cada pronome pessoal.
NÚMER
O
Tabela de Pronomes
1. Possessive Adjective:
Pronomes Possessivos
PESSOA Adjective Possessive
Singular 1ª Pessoa MY MINE
Singular 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS
Singular 3ª Pessoa HIS HIS
Singular 3ª Pessoa HER HERS
Singular 3ª Pessoa ITS -
Plural 1ª Pessoa OUR OURS
Plural 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS
Plural 3ª Pessoa THEIR THEIRS
Antecedem o
objeto
(substantivo)
possuído.
1. What is your name ?
2. Where is her book ?
3. My car is light blue.
4. His father is a doctor.
5. Our classroom is nice and comfortable.
6. Mister is their teacher.
Aparecem
após o
objeto
possuído
(substantivo)
ou o
substitue.
2. Possessive Pronoun:
1. That blue house is hers.
2. My name is Mister, what is yours ?
3. I like your book but I don’t like theirs.
4. Whose book is this, mine, yours or his ?
Observe que no exemplo 1 o substantivo house
antecedeu o pronome possessivo e nos demais exemplos
ele substituiu o próprio substantivo.
Possessive Adjective:
Esses pronomes devem em primeiro lugar concordar
com o possuidor e não com o objeto possuído e devem
sempre anteceder esse objeto. Isso que dizer que os
adjetivos possessivos são invariáveis, não se flexionam
para concordar com gênero ou numero.
Possessive Pronoun:
Esses pronomes tem significado igual aos anteriores,
o que muda é apenas o seu lugar na frase, ou melhor,
em relação ao objeto possuído. Estes devem aparecer
após o objeto possuído e até mesmo substituí-lo.
Os Pronomes Possessivos (Possessive Pronouns)
podem ser usados em construções com a preposição
of.
Omar and Nayana are friends of ours.
She is a relative of his.
He was an enemy of hers.
e) Em inglês, nunca se usa artigo (the, a, an) na frente
dos pronomes possessivos.
(NUNCA FALE): My books are good, but not like the
his.
DICA: Adjective possessive.
A EXEMPLO dos pronomes pessoais do caso reto, a
função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando
eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo
referência ao que foi citado anteriormente),
geralmente o referente/referido encontra-se dentro do
MESMO parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que
o proneme aparece.
19

EXERCISES
Apple manufacturing plant workers complain of long
hours and militant culture
Chengdu, China (CNN) — Miss Chen (we changed her
name for this story), an 18-year-old student (…)
As a poor college student with no work experience,
looking for a job in China’s competitive market is (…)
“During my first day of work, an older worker said to
me, ‘Why did you come to Foxconn? Think about it
again and leave right now’,” said Chen, who plans to
return to her studies at a Chongqing university soon.
Foxconn recently released a statement defending its
corporate practices, stating its employees are entitled to
numerous benefits including access to health care and
opportunities for promotions and training. In response to
questions from CNN, Apple also released a statement:
“We care about every worker in our worldwide supply
chain. We insist that our suppliers provide safe working
conditions, treat workers with dignity and respect, and
use environmentally responsible manufacturing
processes wherever Apple products are made. Our
suppliers must live up to these requirements if they want
to keep doing business with Apple.”
- Adaptado de http://edition.cnn.com, consulta em 06/02/2012.
1. In the sentence “Foxconn recently released a
statement defending its corporate practices...”, the word
its refers to
a) statement.
b) Foxconn.
c) health care.
d) practices.
e) employees.
English as an international language
About one hundred years ago many educated people
4
learned and spoke French when they 5 met people from
other countries. Today most people speak English when
they meet foreigners. It has become the new international
language. There are more people who speak English as a
second language than people who speak English as a first
language. Why is this?
There are many reasons why English has become so
popular. One of them is that English has become the
language of business. Another important reason is that
popular American culture (like movies, music, and
McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It
has 6 brought its language with it.
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world
so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a
language that the people of the earth have in common.
Our world has become very global and we need to
communicate with one another. 2 On the other hand,
English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it
brings 3 its culture with it. Do we really need that?
Scientists have already 7 tried to create an artificial
language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any
one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't
become popular. But maybe the popularity of English
won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more
people in the world 1 who speak Chinese than any other
language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new
international language.
www.5minuteenglish.com - Accessed on June 19 th 2014
Answer the following question(s) according to the text
above.
2. “Its” (ref. 3) refers to:
a) English
b) culture
c) world
d) hand
e) learn
THE GRAVE OF SHELLEY - by: Oscar Wilde
1 Like burnt-out torches by a sick man's bed
Gaunt cypress-trees stand round the sun-bleached
stone;
Here doth the little night-owl make her throne,
And the slight lizard show his jewelled head.
5 And, where the chaliced poppies flame to red,
In the still chamber of yon pyramid
Surely some Old-World Sphinx lurks darkly hid,
Grim warder of this pleasaunce of the dead.
Ah! Sweet indeed to rest within the womb
10 Of Earth, great mother of eternal sleep,
But sweeter far for thee a restless tomb
In the blue cavern of an echoing deep,
Or where the tall ships founder in the gloom
Against the rocks of some wave-shattered steep.
(www.poetry-archive.com)
20

3. The pronoun “her” (line 3) and “his” (line 4) refer
consecutively to the:
a) Earth and the sick man.
b) owl and the lizard.
c) trees and the sun.
d) pyramid and the sphinx.
e) throne and the show.
4. A quem se refere o termo our, na expressão our
songbird, no último parágrafo do texto?
a) Aos anjos e santos.
b) Aos norte-americanos.
c) Aos fãs das cantoras.
d) A São Pedro.
e) A uma famosa vidente.
Amy Winehouse greets Whitney Houston in heaven
(by Hideaki Tailor)
HEAVEN – Psychics are saying that Amy Winehouse
was the first soul singer to greet Whitney Houston, even
before Michael Jackson.
Top psychics in Los Angeles are saying that Whitney
Houston’s spirit is already “lighting up” heaven. “It’s
like the universal source has called the greatest voice of
all time back to heaven. It’s pure magic up there.”
“Amy was right there. She gave Whitney a big angel hug
and walked with her as she met some of her ancestors,
relatives and… Michael Jackson.”
Both singers had trouble on earth with alcohol and
drugs, but they are at peace now. “Fame was too much
for their gentle souls,” said Madam Marie of Sherman
Oaks. “Their voices were a gift to our world, but caused
great damage to their spirits on earth. Now, they are in a
better place.”
One psychic said that Amy Winehouse and Whitney
Houston are planning a “concert” together in Whitney’s
first few months. “Amy’s been doing very well in heaven
and feels free and happy.”
While Americans and fans around the world mourn the
terrible loss of Whitney, the angels are rejoicing. “Our
songbird is home,” is what St. Peter reportedly said
when greeting Whitney, according to a psychic on
Venice Beach. (http://weeklyworldnews.com. Adaptado.)
Workplace not psychologically safe for many
By Reuters
Companies around the globe have work to do to improve
worker satisfaction because about three in 10 employees
say their workplace is not psychologically safe and
healthy, according to a new poll. Whether it is due to
stress, interpersonal conflict, frustration, lack of
feedback or promotion, 27 percent of workers in 24
countries said they are not happy with the psychological
aspects of their work environment, the survey by
research company Ipsos showed.
“Employers need to pay attention to their employees’
mental health, not just their physical health,” said
Alexandra Evershed, senior vice president, Ipsos Public
Affairs. “Three in 10 is still a fairly large proportion and
that goes up to 44 percent and 43 percent in Argentina
and Mexico and 42 percent in Hungary.” Nearly half, 47
percent, of the total of 14,618 workers polled agreed that
their workplace was ‘a psychologically safe and healthy
environment to work in’ and 26 percent hovered on the
fence and weren’t sure.
Although many North Americans have fewer holidays
than Europeans and may work longer hours and enjoy
fewer social services, Americans and Canadians had the
highest marks for positively assessing the mental health
of their workplace, followed by workers in India,
Australia, Great Britain and South Africa.
Evershed suggested that the improving economies in
some countries could have played a part in the positive
assessment among employees. “It’s better than it was,”
she said in an interview. “India, China, Brazil, South
Africa, these are countries where the economic picture
has been brightening.”
Older workers over 50 with a good household income
who have completed a higher level of education were the
most satisfied with the psychological aspects of their
workplace. “This is an online survey therefore in
countries like Brazil, South Africa and China we are
surveying people who are a bit better off.” – (www.iol.co.za,
19.03.2012. Adaptado.)
21

5. In the excerpt of the third paragraph – positively
assessing the mental health of their workplace – the
word their refers to
a) European people.
b) workers in Asia.
c) American and Canadian workers.
d) workers in India, Australia, Great Britain and South
Africa.
e) American, Canadian and Mexican people.
on March 26. It will examine how far the EU has
fulfilled the aspirations of its Founding Fathers in ITS
first half century, and where it is likely to go from here -
notably with respect to its world role, its relations with
the US, further enlargement and the search for deeper or
new forms of European integration. Speakers will
include prominent European and US policy-makers and
officials, and Ambassadors from EU Member States.
(http://www.eurunion.org/50/50thAnnivHighlights.htm)
22
The Lion King
- This article is about Disney's 1994 film.
1 The Lion King is a 1994 American animated feature
produced by Walt Disney Feature Animation. 2 Released
to theaters on June 15, 1994 by Walt Disney Pictures, it
is the 32nd film in the Walt Disney Animated Classics.
3 The story, which was influenced by the Bible stories of
Joseph and Moses and the William Shakespeare play
Hamlet, takes place in a kingdom of anthropomorphic
animals in Africa. 4 The film was the highest grossing
animated film of all time until the release of Finding
Nemo. 5 The Lion King still holds the record as the
highest grossing traditionally animated film in history
and belongs to an era known as the Disney Renaissance.
The Lion King is the highest grossing 2D animated film
of all time in the United States, 6 and received positive
reviews from critics, who praised the film for 8 its music
and story. During its release in 1994, the film grossed
more than $783 million worldwide, becoming the most
successful film released that year, 7 and it is currently the
twenty-eighth highest-grossing feature film.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Lion_King
6. The pronoun “its” (ref.8) refers to
a) critics.
b) music and story.
c) the film.
d) reviews
CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (CSIS)
CONFERENCE:
This all-day conference organized by the Center for
Strategic and International Studies and co-sponsored by
the Swedish Embassy and the Heinrich Boll Foundation
will be held at the House of Sweden in Washington, DC,
7. The possessive ITS, that appears in the text in capital
letters, refers to:
a) Founding Fathers.
b) First Half Century.
c) Aspirations.
d) European Union.
e) World.
BUREAUCRACY BOGS DOWN BRAZIL IN RACE
FOR GROWTH
Thu Sep 1, 2012. By Todd Benson
1. RIO DE JANEIRO, Brazil (Reuters) - Brazil is
closing the gap in the global race for growth and
investment, but it still must tackle a series of politically
sensitive economic reforms to be considered in the same
league as China and India, analysts and business leaders
say.
2. A decade ago, Brazil was a rising star among
emerging markets, poised to assert itself as a world
economic powerhouse. But since 1994, Brazil has
dropped to 14th place from eighth among the world's
largest economies in dollar terms, losing ground to
countries like China, India and Russia.
3. What went wrong? While Brazil has made
significant strides in recent years in stabilizing its
economy by defeating hyperinflation and controlling
spending, it has struggled to push through a series of socalled
microeconomic reforms that would create a more
business-friendly environment and attract the investment
needed to attain higher growth rates, according to
economists and corporate leaders at a conference in Rio
de Janeiro over Wednesday and Thursday.
4. "On the macroeconomic side, we've done our
homework," said Mario Marconini, a senior adviser to
the Sao Paulo State Federation of Industries, an
influential business lobby. "But we would probably get
two to three times as much investment if we focused

more on the microeconomic reforms that are needed."
RED TAPE THICKET
5. One way Brazil could attract more investment
would be to simplify the thicket of red tape that
entrepreneurs must hack through to set up shop in South
America's largest economy. According to one World
Bank study, it takes on average 152 days in Brazil to
license a new business. By contrast, in Chile it takes 27
days, and just five in the United States.
6. Other obstacles to more robust economic
growth include the country's snail-paced justice system
and its rigid labor code, which dates back to 1943 and
was inspired by fascist Italy. Though the cost of labor in
Brazil is relatively low, benefits mandated by the labor
code mean workers end up costing as much as their
counterparts in some parts of Europe.
7. Brazil's bureaucracy means that many
entrepreneurs who try to open a business legally often
give up. Instead, most simply operate off the books,
generating an underground economy that is thought to be
nearly half the size of the official output.
8. A bigger problem hamstringing Brazil's longterm
growth prospects is education. Though the
government has invested heavily in primary education
over the last decade, Brazil still has a relatively small
pool of skilled workers, putting it at a disadvantage with
emerging-market rivals like China and India. "Education
is our weakest link, no doubt," said Jose Carlos
Grubisich, chief executive of petrochemical giant
Braskem.
(http://today.reuters.com/business/newsarticle.aspx. Adaptado)
8. In the sentence of the 6th paragraph - Though the
cost of labor in Brazil is relatively low, benefits
mandated by the labor code mean workers end up
costing as much as their counterparts in some parts of
Europe. - the word their refers to
a) benefits.
b) cost of labor in Brazil.
c) counterparts in Russia.
d) workers in Brazil.
e) counterparts in some parts of Europe.
BRAZIL'S NEW CLOSING TIME
TIME World Thursday, Jun. 01, 2013
One city's decision to shut down bars before midnight
has served as a model for cutting crime and alcoholism
in a nation plagued by both
By ANDREW DOWNIE/DIADEMA
Their caipirinhas are as potent as their soccer
stars, and their beer is so beloved that they hold annual
competitions to decide which is the coldest, frothiest and
tastiest. But while partying is second nature to
Brazilians, the mornings after can be rougher than most.
Some 17% of all men suffer from alcohol-related
problems or dependence, and more than one in ten of all
deaths in Brazil are alcohol-related which is two and a
half times the world average, according to the Brazilian
Psychiatric Association.
In recent years, however, a suburb of São Paulo
came up with a new approach to help curb the nation's
nasty collective hangover. In Diadema, a gritty,
industrial city of almost 400,000 people, Mayor Jose de
Filippi Junior passed a law in 2002 that forced almost all
of the city's 4,800 bars and restaurants to stop selling
alcohol between the hours of 11 pm and 6 am. The effect
has been stunning.
Since the law kicked in, "the number of murders
fell by 47.4%", said Regina Miki, the city's socialservices
chief. "The number of road accidents fell by
30%. The number of assaults against women fell by
55%. And the number of alcohol-related hospital
admissions fell by 80%. And it's all because of this law."
Such phenomenal statistics are leading towns
and cities all over Brazil to embrace partial prohibition
as a cheap and effective solution to the inner-city
violence that has made it one of the bloodiest societies in
the world. At least 120 municipalities have followed
Diadema's lead, and the federal government encourages
such prevention efforts by offering additional funding for
law enforcement to towns that restrict drinking. Even
international experts have taken notice.
9. No trecho inicial do texto - "Their caipirinhas are as
potent as their soccer star, and their beer is so beloved
that they hold annual competitions..." - o pronome
THEIR refere-se a
a) brasileiros.
b) moradores de Diadema.
c) craques do futebol.
d) operários da periferia de Diadema.
e) homens.
23

Thanks to the multi-media success of rock and
roll, today's songwriters can reach a huge international
audience. Their work is heard and remembered by
millions. In that sense they're the poets of modern age.
But what exactly do they write about? ... what language
do they write it in? ... and why do songs even need lyrics
at all?
The answer to the last question is very simple.
It's because the human brain has two different sides - left
and right. The left side responds to logic, numbers and
words. The right side responds to ideas, dreams and
music. When music also has words, both halves of the
brain can respond. As a result we feel completely
involved. That's also why it's easier to remember song
lyrics than either poetry or lines from a play. [...]
(RABLEY, Stephen. Rock and Pop. Macmillan Dossiers. Macmillan Publishers,
1994.)
10. In the sentence "Their work is heard and
remembered by millions", the word THEIR refers to:
a) millions of people
b) multi-media
c) audience
d) songs
e) songwriters
EPHEDRA: Who's Telling the Truth?
Call them the ephedra wars. For the past five years, the
FDA has been trying to restrict the availability of
ephedra, an herbal stimulant and the active ingredient in
hundreds of popular diet aids and energy boosters sold
across the U.S. The reason for the agency's mounting
alarm: ephedra has been linked to a number of strokes,
heart attacks and seizures and more than 100 deaths. But
every time the FDA gets closer to its goal, the dietarysupplements
industry successfully lobbies other parts of
the government to roll back changes. - By Leon Jaroff
Reading the newspaper and watching the news on
television, you would think that we are living in the most
dangerous time ever in mankind's history. Sure, the
caveman had a much harder life, he had to fight off
dangerous predators and he didn't have many of the
comforts that we take for granted today, but at the same
time, he did not have to worry about all the little
dangerous things that inundate our modern lives. For
example, our ancestors never worried about cell phones
frying their brains or about being hit by a bus as they
were walking.
(From Life is a Gamble - SOCIETY - SPEAK UP, nº 168, page 8.)
12. "Their", in "frying their brains", refers to:
a) cell phones.
b) modern lives.
c) comforts.
d) our ancestors.
e) dangerous predators.
One of the GREATEST meteor showers of OUR lifetime
may - or may not - soon light up the night sky. The
annual Leonid shower, which comes every November,
can produce a spectacular "meteor" storm about every 33
years. That time is now approaching. But no one can say
whether we are in for an awesome spectacle or nothing
unusual. The last great Leonid storm hit the Earth in
1966. For NEARLY an hour the sky blazed from horizon
to horizon with thousands of shooting stars per minute.
13. No texto, o pronome OUR refere-se a
a) all of us.
b) astronomers.
c) the writers.
d) the readers.
e) lives.
(Time, August 26, 2013)
11. O pronome "its" na frase "But every time the FDA
gets closer to its goal,..." refere-se a
ephedra.
a) time.
b) dietary-supplements.
c) FDA.
d) goal.
24

CAPÍTULO III - PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS
Os Pronomes Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) são
usados para indicar que a ação reflexiva recai sobre o
próprio sujeito. Nesse caso, o pronome vem logo após o
verbo e concorda com o sujeito. Estes pronomes se
caracterizam pelas terminações self (no singular)
e selves (no plural). Para cada Pronome Pessoal
(Personal Pronoun) existe um Pronome Reflexivo
(Reflexive Pronoun). Na tabela abaixo estão indicados os
Pronomes Pessoais (Personal Pronouns) e os Pronomes
Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) aos quais eles se
referem.
Pronome
Pessoais
Pronomes
Reflexivos
NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Reflexive
SINGULAR 1ª PESSOA I MYSELF
SINGULAR 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELF
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA HE HIMSELF
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA SHE HERSELF
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA IT ITSELF
PLURAL 1ª PESSOA WE OURSELVES
PLURAL 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELVES
PLURAL 3ª PESSOA THEY THEMSELVES
01. Reflexiva:
Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome
reflexivo faz com que o sujeito sofra a ação.
E.g.
They chose
themselves.
Those soceer
players hurt
themselves.
She saw herself on
TV.
I introduced
myself.
02. Enfática:
Eles se escolheram.
Aqueles jogadores de
futebol se machucaram.
Ela se viu na TV.
Eu me apresentei.
Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome será de dar
ênfase ao sujeito e não à ação.
E.g.
The teacher himself
talked to me.
I myself painted the
house.
Monaliza herself
gave me the
instructions.
03. Idéia de Só, Independente:
O professor em pessoa
conversou comigo.
Eu mesmo pintei a casa
A própria Monaliza me
deu as instruções.
Nesse caso o pronome reflexivo deverá ser acompanhado
da preposição BY. Algumas vezes, a palavra all é
colocada antes de by, servindo então como enfatizante.
E.g.
Os pronomes reflexivos têm as seguintes funções.
1. Reflexiva
2. Enfática
3. Idéia de só, sozinho (indepen-dente)
Obs. Lembre-se! Os reflexivos devem concordar com o
sujeito da sentença.
I did the exercise
all by myself.
He lives all by
himself.
The glass broke
by itself ?
Can you go there
by yourself ?
Eu fiz o exercício
completamente sozinho.
Ele vive absolutamente
sozinho.
O copo quebrou sozinho
Você consegue ir até lá
sozinho ?
Estudaremos agora estas funções separadamente.
25

26
Estude ainda estas expressões.
1. Help yourself. Sirva-se
2. Take care of
yourself.
Tome cuidado !
3. Be yourself ! Seja você mesmo
4. Do-it-youself
experiments.
Experiências do tipo faça você
mesmo.
Existem outros tipos de Pronomes Reflexivos
(Reflexive Pronouns) que são chamados de Reflexivos
Recíprocos: each other/one other. Observe a
diferença entre os Pronomes Reflexivos
ourselves,yourselves e themselves e os Reflexivos
Recíprocos.
Julia and I looked at ourselves in the mirror. (Julia e
eu olhamos para nós mesmas no espelho.)
Julia and I looked each other and started to laugh.
[Julia e eu olhamos uma para a outra (nos olhamos) e
começamos a rir.]
Our mother thinks that we should be more careful to
each other. (Nossa mãe acha que deveríamos ser mais
cuidosos um com o outro.)
Make sure you and Julia don't hurt yourselves!
(Cuidem-se para que você e Julia não se
machuquem!)
Julia and I enjoyed very much ourselves during the
party. (Julia e eu nos divertimos muito durante a
festa.)
Julia and I don't see one other every day. (Julia e eu
não nos vemos / não vemos uma a outra todos os
dias.)
Fonte: só lingual inglesa.
Leave Out All The Rest
(Linkin Park)
Soundtrack of Twilight
I dreamed I was missing
EXERCISES
You were so scared
But no one would listen
‘Cause no one else cared
After my dreaming
I woke with this fear
What am I leaving
When I’m done here
[…]
(Chorus)
When my time comes
Forget the wrong that I’ve done
Help me leave behind some
Reasons to be missed
[…]
Don’t be afraid
I’ve taken my beating
I’ve shared what I made
[…]
Pretending
Someone else can come and save me from myself
I can’t be who you are
1. Observe the reflexive pronoun in italics (myself) and
then read the sentences below.
I. Just make yourself, won’t you?
II. I hope the children themselves do not make it.
III. The chef himself welcomes the customers to the
restaurant.
IV. The student cut himself playing in the lab.
Considering the letters A (reflexive), B (emphatic) and C
(idiomatic), match the sentences to the letters and choose
the correct alternative.
a) I (A) – II (A) – III (C) – IV (C)
b) I (B) – II (B) – III (B) – IV (A)
c) I (B) – II (A) – III (B) – IV (B)
d) I (A) – II (B) – III (A) – IV (A)

It is an old saying that "Order is Heaven's First
Law", and like many other old sayings, it contains a
much deeper philosophy than appears immediately on
the surface. Getting things into a better order is the great
secret of progress, and 1 we are now able to fly through
the air, not because the laws of Nature have altered, but
because we have learnt to arrange things in the right
order to produce this result - the things 2 themselves had
existed from the beginning of the world, but what was
wanting was the introduction of a Personal Factor which,
by an intelligent perception of the possibilities contained
in the laws of Nature, should be able to bring into
working reality ideas which previous generations would
have laughed at as the absurd fancies of an unbalanced
mind. (...)
Now the first thing in any investigation is to
have some idea of what you are looking for, just as you
would not go up a tree to find fish, though you would for
birds' eggs.
TROWARD, T. (1915), The creative process in the individual. Dodd, Mead &
Co., New York. pp 1-2.
2. The pronoun "themselves" (ref. 2) is used
as the complement to the verb "had existed".
a) to emphasize the subject of the verb "had existed".
b) in relation to people taken in general.
c) to specify which things are arranged.
d) as a personal pronoun.
Ways of meeting oppression
Oppressed people deal with their oppression in
three characteristic ways. One way is acquiescence: 5 the
oppressed resign themselves to their doom. 6 They tacitly
adjust themselves to oppression, and thereby become
conditioned to it. In every movement toward freedom
some of the oppressed prefer to remain oppressed.
There is such a thing as the freedom of
exhaustion. Some people are so worn down by the yoke
of oppression that they give up. This is the type of
negative freedom and resignation that often engulfs the
life of the oppressed. But this is not the way out. To
accept passively an unjust system is to cooperate with
that system; thereby the oppressed become as evil as the
oppressor. Non-cooperation with evil is as much a moral
obligation as is cooperation with good.
A second way that oppressed people sometimes
deal with oppression is to resort to physical violence and
corroding hatred. Violence often brings about
momentary results. Nations have frequently won their
independence in battle. But in spite of temporary
victories, violence never brings permanent peace. It
solves no social problem; it merely creates new and more
complicated ones.
The third way, open to oppressed people in their
quest for freedom, is the way of nonviolent resistance.
1 Nonviolence can touch men where the law cannot reach
them. 2 When the law regulates behavior it plays an
indirect part in molding public sentiment. 7 The
enforcement of the law itself is a form of peaceful
persuasion. But the law needs help. 3 Here nonviolence
comes in as the ultimate form of persuasion. It is the
method which seeks to implement the just law by
appealing to the conscience of the great decent majority
who through blindness, fear, pride, or irrationality has
allowed their consciences to sleep.
The nonviolent resisters can summarize their
message in the following simple terms: We will take
direct action against injustice without waiting for other
agencies to act. 4 We will not obey unjust laws or submit
to unjust practices. We will do this peacefully, openly,
cheerfully because our aim is to persuade. We adopt the
means of nonviolence because 8 our end is a community
at peace with itself. We will try to persuade with our
words, but if our words fail, we will try to persuade with
our acts. We will always be willing to talk and seek fair
compromise, but we are ready to suffer when necessary
and even risk our lives to become witnesses to the truth
as we see it.
The way of nonviolence means a willingness to
suffer and sacrifice. It may mean going to jail. It may
even mean physical death. But if physical death is the
price that a man must pay to free his children from a
permanent death of the spirit, then nothing could be more
redemptive.
MARTIN LUTHER KING Jr.http://www.gibbsmagazine.com
3. Reflexive pronouns have two distinct uses: basic and
emphatic.
The reflexive pronoun used emphatically is found in:
a) "the oppressed resign themselves to their doom."
(ref. 5)
b) "They tacitly adjust themselves to oppression," (ref.
6)
c) "The enforcement of the law itself" (ref. 7)
d) "our end is a community at peace with itself." (ref.
8)
27

How important is leisure time? How important
is time to relax and to collect yourself? Many doctors
believe that learning to relax in order to relieve day-today
tension could one day save your life.
In our fast-paced world, it is almost impossible
to avoid building up tension from stress. All of us
confront stress daily; anything that places an extra
demand on us is stress. We encounter stress on the job,
and we face it at home.
1
The body responds to stress by "mobilizing its
defenses." Blood pressure rises and muscles get ready to
act. If our tension is not relieved, it can start numerous
reactions, both physical and psychological. 2 Yet, we can
learn to cope with stress effectively and to avoid its
consequences. How? By relaxing in the face of stress.
According to researcher Hans Selye of the University of
Montreal, the effects of stress depend not on what
happens to us, but on the way we react. In times of
stress, taking a few moments to sit quietly and relax can
make anyone feel better.
Some people enjoy listening to classical music,
while 3 others are interested in going to rock concerts.
One person may be fascinated by watching an eagle in its
nest, whereas another might be bored by sitting in a field
for hours, studying the eagle through binoculars. It may
be pure pleasure for you to play endless hours of chess,
but for others it could be pure frustration. 4 Fortunately,
people have invented countless ways of amusing
5 themselves, and whatever your particular taste is, no
doubt there's a physical or mental activity for you to get
involved in and enjoy. Of course, finding the activity that
is right for you is half the fun!
And don't forget: Take your time to smell the
flowers. - (WERNER, P. K. Mosaic I: A content-based Grammar. New
York: Random House.)
4. The word "themselves" (ref. 5) is a(n):
personal pronoun.
a) possessive pronoun.
b) reflexive pronoun.
c) objective pronoun.
d) possessive adjective.
5. Choose the correct answer.
The boys hurt _____ when they were playing in the
garden.
a) herself
b) yourselves
c) themselves
d) himself
e) ourselves
Read the passage below very carefully:
1 Slowly and inexorably the years dragged by
onwards. The two prisoners were faced with a new
problem. The original plan of escape from the Château
d'If* was now 7 impracticable for the Abbé Faria was too
weak and ill. Again and again the old man urged Dantes
to go alone. Dantes refused even to consider the
suggestion. He could not bring himself to abandon his
friend now that they could not escape together.
2 One night, as they were talking together in
Faria's cell, the old priest had another heart-attack. The
pain was so severe that he knew that this time he would
die. Backoning Dantes to kneel beside the bed, he raised
himself with a final effort.
3 'Forget not Monte Cristo!' he gasped. 'Its
treasure is yours. God bless you, Edmond!'
4 The death-rattle sounded in his throat and he
slumped back on the bed. The tears streaming down his
cheeks, Edmond Dantes realized with a sudden shock
that this was the end of the only human companionship
he had known during his long imprisonment.
Glossary: *Château d'If was an island-fortress near Marseilles.
6. Take the reflexive pronoun in paragraph 01 as an
example and choose the incorrect alternative:
a) The hunter shot itself with his own gun
b) She wants to buy herself a new coat
c) Most girls like to look at themselves in the mirror
d) I locked myself out of the house
7. In the text,
a) “like” (l. 34) is a verb form.
b) “literalness” (l. 23) is formed by adding a prefix.
c) “How much” (l. 16) is followed by a countable
noun.
d) “themselves” (l. 13) is a reflexive pronoun.
e) “that” (l. 11) is a demonstrative adjective.
28

CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS
Os Interrogativos (Question Words) são usados para se
obter informações específicas. As perguntas elaboradas
com eles são chamadas wh-questions, pois todos os
interrogativos, com exceção apenas de how (como),
começam com as letras wh. Na maior parte dos casos,
os Interrogativos (Question Words) são colocados antes
de verbos auxiliares ou modais.
Em inglês esses pronomes são chamados de Adjetivos
Interrogativos, isso porque eles antecedem aos
substantivos e pronomes, e não somente isto mas
também é o primeiro de cada oração.
Vejamos alguns desses pronomes com tradução:
ENGLISH
What
Which
Where
When
Who
PORTUGUESE
O que, qual, quais (Geral)
O que, qual, quais (Específico)
Onde
Quando
Quem
• Who won the race?
• Whom shall we ask?
• Whose did they take?
• Which is the greater?
• What is that?
• Where does she live?
Veja agora, quadro com resumo gramatical e exemplos
de pronomes interrogativos.
What do I need to buy ?
Where does he like to go ?
When did you see that film ?
Why will he buy a new car ?
Who would she
invite to go to her
birthday party ?
Which
country
would you like to visit ?
Whose book is this ?
Whose
De quem
PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS:
Why Por que ?
Quem? (funciona como objeto).
QUÃO.
Compostos de HOW: How significa COMO ou
E.g. How are you ? Como vai ?
With whom did you go to the park?
(Com quem você foi ao parque?)
Porém, se adicionarmos um adjetivo ao
pronome HOW teremos um novo interrogativo.
Veja.
Whom
Whom did you meet at the beach?
Adjetivos
Compostos
de HOW
Tradução
(Quem você encontrou na praia?)
Far = longe How far Qual a distância
To whom were you speaking last
night? (Com quem você estava falando
ontem à noite?)
Much = muito
(a)
Many = muitos
(as)
How much Quanto (a)
How many Quantos (as)
Os pronomes interrogativos representam a
coisa/quem/lugar que a pergunta se refere.
Soon = longo,
breve
How soon
Deep = profundo How deep
Quando
Qual a profundidade
29

Heavy = pesado
How heavy Qual o peso
Por exemplo:
Fat = gordo
Tall = alto
Small = pequeno
(a)
Big = grande
Veja os exemplos.
ENGLISH
How fat
How tall
How small
How big
Qual a gordura ( ou
peso de alguém)
Qual a altura
(pessoas)
Qual o tamanho (p/
coisas pequenas)
Qual o tamanho (p/
coisas grandes)
PORTUGUESE
Whatever
Whichever
Whenever
Whoever
Whereever
Qualquer coisa que…
O que quer que…
Qualquer um que…
Qualquer coisa que…
Quando quer que…
A qualquer tempo que…
Quem quer que seja…
Qualquer um que…
Ondequer que…
Qualquer lugar que…
How far is your house from
school ?
How much money do they
need ?
How many brothers and
sisters do you have ?
How soon will they finish
their exercises ?
How deep is that river ?
How heavy are those boxes
?
How fat is this man ?
A que distância está a sua
casa da escola ?
Quanto dinheiro eles
precisam ?
Quantos irmãos e irmãs
você tem ?
Quando eles terminarão o
exercício deles ?
Quão profundo é aquele rio
?
Qual o peso daquelas
caixas ?
Qual o peso daquele homem
gordo ?
· Whoever would want to eat such a gross thing?
· Whatever did you say?
EXERCISES
Texto 1
How tall are you ? Qual é a sua altura ?
Texto 2
How small is the
microsystem ?
How big is this room ?
Qual o tamanho do
microsystem ?
Qual o tamanho desta sala
?
30
Pronomes interrogativos que terminam com o sufixo -
ever
Os pronomes interrogativos com o sufixo -ever são
usados para dar ênfase ou mostrar surpresa. Eles são
muito raros em sentenças interrogativas.

1. No texto 1, 2º quadrinho, qual expressão
interrogativa completa CORRETAMENTE a pergunta?
a) How far
b) How about
c) How much
d) How long
e) How often
Adora Svitak: Tiny Literary Giant at 12
Adora started writing when she was four years old. She
hasn’t stopped since. At six, Adora received a laptop
computer from her mother, on which she quickly
amassed a collection of hundreds of short stories and
hundreds of thousands of words – typing at 70 words per
minute.
At the age of seven, 1 Adora achieved her dream of
becoming a published author with the release of Flying
Fingers: Master the Tools of Learning Through the Joy
of Writing. The book featured several of Adora’s short
stories, along with her writing tips, typing tips, and
advice from her mother. At age 11, Adora published a
second book, Dancing Fingers, with her older sister,
Adrianna.
Today, Adora is 12 and she has transformed her writing
success into speaking and teaching success. She has
spoken at over 400 schools and presented at the annual
TED (Technology, Entertainment, Design) conference.
She’s also planning a conference of her own, for kids
and by kids, called TEDx Redmond. She has been
featured on Good Morning America and on CNN. Adora
also maintains a blog and attends an online public
school. She is in the eighth grade. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 02 jun. 2011. (Texto
adaptado.)
2. Identify the questions whose answers are found in
paragraph three of the text:
( ) How old is Adora now?
( ) What grade is Adora at school?
( ) Where has she presented conferences?
( ) How many schools does Adora maintain?
( ) Which media has Adora been featured on?
Facebook is the world’s largest social network, with 800
million users worldwide as of September 2011.
More than any other company, it has defined what
1
…….. see as the “social” era of the Internet, in which
connections made among 9 people 4 replace 7 algorithmdriven
searches. And 8 its 5 policies, more than any others,
seem to be driving the definition of 14 privacy in this new
age.
Every day, Facebook users comment or press the “like”
button more than 2 billion times and upload more than
250 million photos. The McKinsey Global Institute has
estimated that the network’s users post 30 billion pieces
of content 2 …….. month.
The company, founded in 2004 by a Harvard
15 sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg, began life 16 catering
first to Harvard students and then to all high school and
college students. It has since evolved into a broadly
popular online destination used by teenagers and adults
of all ages. 19 In country after country, Facebook has
cemented itself as the leader, often displacing other
social networks.
It is 3 …….. surprise that 11 Facebook has become one of
the titans of the Internet, challenging even Google with
10 its vision of a Web tied together by personal
relationships and recommendations, rather than by
search algorithms. In a major expansion, Facebook has
spread itself across other Web sites by offering members
the chance to “Like” something - share it with their
network – without leaving the Web page they are on.
At the Facebook 20 developer 6 conference in September,
21 the company announced the release of a 13 product
called Timeline, 12 which offers a 22 highly visual view of
a user’s Facebook profile and organizes content into
photos, events and apps, all based on a 17 timeline view
that stretches back to the beginning of a user’s time on
Facebook. Timeline is designed to work on 18 mobile
devices, too. Adaptado de: WYLD, Adrian. Facebook. Disponível em:
. Acesso em 01 dez. 2011.
3. A pergunta que pode ser respondida com base nas
informações do texto é
a) How old was Mark Zuckerberg in 2004?
b) When was the Facebook founded?
c) What makes the social network enter a new era?
d) Who directs the McKinsey Global Institute?
e) Where was Mark Zuckerberg born?
Many South Africans remain poor and unemployment is
− fr me fr e f e
31

against migrant workers from other African countries in
2008 and protests by township residents over poor living
conditions during the summer of 2009.
Land redistribution is a crucial problem that continues
existing. Most farmland is still white-owned. ________
land acquisition on a "willing buyer, willing seller" basis,
officials have signaled that large-scale expropriations are
on the cards. The government aims to transfer 30% of
farmland to black South Africans by 2014.
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/country_profiles/1071886. stm
4. Mark the correct question to the answer below.
“The government aims to transfer 30% of farmland to
black South Africans by 2014.”
a) Who transferred 30% of farmland?
b) Why did the government transfer 30% of farmland?
c) What does the government want to do?
d) Where does the government purchase part of the
farmland?
( ) ... do you prefer: fish or meat?
( ) ... didn't they call the police?
( ) ... are we going to help her?
( ) ... should I spend my Christmas vacation?
( ) ... will win the next Nobel Prize for literature?
( ) ... was he doing when the lights went off?
7. Fill in the balloons with the right interrogative
pronouns. Relate the numbers given to the pronouns.
5. Fill in the blanks below, choosing the Best
alternative:
32
I- _____ knows how to speak decent French to talk to
the tourists?
II- The ticket costs $8. _____ are you going to pay?
III- _____ can I take the subway to the Guggenhein
Museum?
IV- _____ of those buildings is the hospital?
V- _____ will your sister travel to London?
a) I-Who; II-How; III-Where; IV-Which; V-When
b) I-Whose; II-Who; III-How; IV-What; V-Why
c) I-Which; II-Why; III-When; IV-How; V-Whose
d) I-Whom; II-What; III-Which; IV-Where; V-How
e) I-How., II-When; III-What; IV-Why; V-Where
6. Match the QUESTION WORDS with the appropriate
sentences. All question words must be used.
a) Where
b) How
c) Which
d) What
e) Why
f) Who
a) 1-whose, 2-who, 3-why, 4-how, 5-who
b) 1-who, 2-which, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how
c) 1-what, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-what
d) 1-which, 2-who, 3-how, 4-what, 5-how
e) 1-who, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how
8. Complete as perguntas a seguir com Pronomes
Interrogativos (Question Words).
Complete com HOW OLD, HOW MANY, HOW
MUCH, WHAT, WHO, WHERE, WHEN, HOW
OFTEN, HOW LONG, WHICH, HOW:
a) ____________ do you go to work? I go by bus.
b) ____________ siblings do you have? I have only
one.
c) ____________ do you go to the beach? I go to the
beach every summer.
d) ____________ do you study for test? I study for a
test a lot of time.

e) ____________ is your best friend? My best friend is
Marcia.
f) ____________ do you do on Sundays? I usually go
out with my friends.
g) ____________ have you been married? We've been
married for 5 years.
h) ____________ is your mother? Now, she's OK.
i) ____________ do you have English classes? I have
English classes on Mondays and on Wednesdays.
j) ____________ do you like the most? Caetano
Veloso or Milton Nascimento?
k) ____________ is your teacher? I think he's 35 years
old.
l) _____________ do you go to school? I go to
Colégio Objetivo.
As old barriers break down, voyagers in the next century
will enjoy more exotic locales, more exotic customs -
and perhaps more exotic diseases. This year's Ebola virus
outbreak in Zaire raises an issue as chilling now as it was
in 1347, when traders sailing from the Black Sea port of
Caffa to Messina, Sicily, brought back plague, which
killed perhaps one-third of Europe's population. As it
happens, plague also cropped up in 1994, in India. [Time, June
12,]
Scientists have for many years denounced astrology as
unscientific, and there is no doubt that many so-called
astrological "facts" are nonsense. But the question still
remains, is there perhaps some truth in what astrologers
say?
Some years ago two French psychologists found
evidence for a marked relationship between people's
personality and the position of certain planets at the
moment of their birth.
Personality questionnaires were sent out to more than
2000 men and women without prior selection; when they
were returned, the birth dates were noted and the results
were put through a computer. Many astrological
predictions about the relationship between personality
and birth dates did, in fact, begin to emerge very clearly.
Hence three main groups were selected for special study,
namely sportsmen, actors and scientists. Astrological
expectations had suggested a connection between the
competitive, assertive personality of the sportsman and
the "war-like" planet Mars. Similarly the scientist,
reserved and serious, had been connected with the
"grave" planet Saturn, and the social, expansive nature of
the actor was linked with the "jovial" planet Jupiter.
Much to the surprise of everyone, the remarkable
conclusion of the research showed that people of a
certain group actually were born "under" a particular
planet: sportsmen under Mars, scientists under Saturn
and actors under Jupiter. By "under" is meant that they
were born just after the rise of the planet or just before it
set. To calculate these coincidences the place of birth of
the people concerned had to be known, as well as the
precise time of day when they were born.
One further fact emerged very clearly from this research
and that was that people who were born under the "water
signs" of Cancer, Pisces and Scorpio showed a marked
tendency to be very emotional - thus confirming another
claim made by astrologers.
9. Choose the question for the statement: 'Plague also
cropped up in 1994, in India'.
a) How long did plague crop up in India?
b) How did plague crop up in 1994?
c) When did plague crop up in India?
d) What did plague crop up in India?
e) Why did plague crop up in India?
10. According to the text, to calculate which planet a
person was born under, the astrologer needed to know:
a) what their favourite sports were.
b) how many were born on the same date.
c) which profession they had chosen.
d) how many were born in the same place.
e) where and when they were born.
ASTROLOGY: Fact or Fiction?
33

THE LANGUAGE BARRIER
Early last year, at a trade fair in Milan, a
revolutionary telephone system was 1 unveiled.
Developed by American and Japanese, the new machine
provides instantaneous translation of the caller's speech.
Say "hello" in English and it will come out as "alô" in
Portuguese or the equivalent word in the language of
your choice. It's remarkable! It might make you think
that the whole business of language learning could soon
become redundant. But 2 don't be hasty.
3
A sophisticated computer was programmed to
perform language translation. 4
It was instructed to
translate "out of sight, out of mind" into Russian. 5 The
Russian translation was 6 then fed into the computer and
translated back into English. The result was: "invisible
lunatic". A typical error. Natural language is so complex
and ambiguous 7 that a 8 computer will invariably have
difficulty in making sense of it. The new phone can deal
with "hello" and other words well enough. But if asked
to translate a sentence, its limitations soon become
apparent.
11. "The new telephone can deal with 'hello' and other
words well enough." This sentence contains the answer
to all question below EXCEPT one. Mark it.
a) What can the new telephone deal with?
b) What can deal with "hello" and other words well
enough?
c) How can the new telephone deal with "hello" and
other words?
d) Whose words can the telephone deal with well
enough?
e) Which words can the new telephone deal with well
enough?
The dream of "machine translation" (MT) is
almost as old as the modern digital computer itself: the
idea was promoted in 1949 and by the late 50's more
than 20 MT projects were in development. By 1966 the
Automatic Language Processing Advisory Committee
concluded that "there's no immediate or predictable
prospect of useful machine translation." Research funds
were cut. In the late 70's MT was re-discovered.
9 The new generation of programs is less
ambitious.
10
They are limited to texts where the
possibilities of error are minimal, such as technical
reports and operating manuals.
11
Furthermore, the
computers simply produce 12 a workable draft translation,
which a human "post-editor" will then correct.
13 In spite of their obvious limitations, MTs are
extremely fast and reasonably accurate. 14 Yet, even the
most optimistic scientists admit that it'll be at least 20
years before computers are capable of translating more
sophisticated texts.
(Adapted from Speak Up - January 2012.)
34

CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS
Os Pronomes Indefinidos podem ser
substantivos (indefinite pronouns), quando os
substituem, ou adjetivos (indefinite adjectives), quando
qualificam os substantivos.
Exemplos de pronomes indefinidos
A classic is something that everybody wants to have
read and nobody wants to read. (Mark Twain, 1835-
1910) Um clássico é algo que todo mundo quer ter lido
e ninguém quer ler.
Of those who say nothing, few are silent. (Thomas
Neill) - Daqueles que nada dizem, poucos são
silenciosos.
Everything is funny as long as it is happening
to somebody else. (Will Rogers, 1879-1935) - Tudo é
engraçado desde que está acontecendo com outra pessoa.
Everybody likes a kidder, but nobody lends him money.
(Arthur Miller, 1915-2005) - Todo mundo gosta de uma
brincalhona, mas ninguém lhe empresta dinheiro.
I don't know anything about music. In my line, you don't
have to. (Elvis Presley, 1935-1977) - Eu não sei nada
sobre música. Na minha linha, você não precisa.
Indefinido Pronomes singular ou plural?
O maior problema com pronomes indefinidos é
determinar se eles são singular ou plural. Aqui está uma
lista:
Singular
Indefinite
Pronouns
Plural
Indefinite
Pronouns
Indefinite
Pronouns Which
Can be Singular or
Plural
Little
Much
Neither
Nobody
No-one
Nothing
One
Other
Somebody
Someone
Something
CALL WAITING
EXERCISES
Soon, teenagers will have no excuse for 3 not letting their
parents know where they are - and why they'll be home
late. Some European telecom firms - Sweden's Ericsson,
and TIM, the mobile subsidiary of Telecom Italia - are
developing cell phones especially for kids.
The gimmick: 2 to prevent chatty kids ringing up their
1 pals many time zones away, the new phones can be
programmed to dial only 4 a few numbers, 5 like home, or
a parent's office. The phones may debut late this year.
And you can bet that by early next year some kid will
have learned a way to subvert the controls. Newsweek,
March 2,.
Another
Anybody
Anyone
Anything
Each
Either
Enough
Everybody
Everyone
Everything
Less
Both
Few
Fewer
Many
Others
Several
All
Any
More
Most
None
Some
Such
1. A expressão "a few numbers" (ref.4) indica
a) número controlado.
b) grande quantidade.
c) número insuficiente.
d) número ilimitado.
e) número incompleto.
35

RELIGION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR
1 Does life have meaning? What gives it
meaning? Why do we act the way we do? What is the
best way to live? How can we find peace?
2 These are questions that people have struggled
with throughout history. Philosophers, psychologists,
sociologists, and physicists are among the many thinkers
who have tried to give us answers. We look for answers
within ourselves, but few are satisfactory. In the end, it is
religion that gives most of the world answers to these
questions.
3 Hundreds of religions exist in the world, yet all
religions try to answer the same questions. Every
religion teaches basic ideas that help humans understand
their nature and their behavior. Every religion describes
two sides of human nature - the animal and the divine. It
is these opposing sides that cause conflicts. Every
religion gives people a method that they can follow to
resolve the conflicts. All religions have a goal, which is
in one form or another the transformation of humans
from the animal to the divine. This spiritual
transformation is common to all religions, though it has
many names: nirvana, heaven, salvation.
4 All cultures in the world have religious beliefs.
For that reason, every part of life is affected by religions,
whose teachings offer guidelines on ways to live.
(WERNER, P. K. Mosaic: a content- based grammar. New York: Random
House.)
2. In the sentence "MANY thinkers have tried to give
us answers," the capital word has a meaning close to:
a) a few.
b) few.
c) little.
d) several.
e) much.
DOUBLE STANDARD WITH ALCOHOL
1 Two articles in THE GAZETTE JULY 8
accurately reflect the unacceptable double standard the
federal and provincial governments have toward the
tobacco and alcohol industries.
2 The story headed "Teen driver drunk in fatal
crash" related to the sad results of mixing alcohol and the
automobile, while that headed "Warnings on smokes
may get 3 tougher" advised us that more 9 powerful
tobacco health-warning labels may be required.
3 The double standard exists through governmentimposed
laws that restrict tobacco advertising while
imposing much fewer limits on alcohol advertising, and
in requiring health warning labels on tobacco products
half the size of the package but not requiring warning
labels on alcohol containers.
4 Where are government-imposed warnings on
alcohol products telling of the dangers of fetal alcohol
syndrome? Where are the warnings that alcohol may lead
to violence, 1 child abuse and family breakdown, that
consuming alcohol and operating vehicles, boats and
machinery may 2 cause death?
5 Government and public opinion seem to be
4 content to allow alcohol to be portrayed as a fun,
5 benign substance. In fact, it causes 8 untold expense,
6 hardship, sadness and death.
6 With tobacco, the product has been demonized.
With alcohol, it is the user who has been held
responsible, while the product has been given a positive
marketing spin with public and government 7 consent.
7 The government must be forced by public
opinion to look beyond the tax revenues derived from
alcohol and to address its double standard. - (Robert
Halpin, MONTREAL. August 8,1998.)
3. The following sentences should be completed with
FEW or LITTLE.
I - Many of us tried but very ____ succeeded.
II - To our surprise, changes in foreign policy were
_____.
III - That school is so expensive that only _____
children can attend it.
IV - That crane can lift objects weighing a _____
hundred pounds.
V - We had _____ chance of success.
The sentence which must be completed which FEW are:
a) I and IV, only.
b) II and III, only.
c) I, II and V, only.
d) I, II, III and IV, only.
e) II, III, IV and V, only.
36

One important field in which the laser has many
applications is communications. Scientists have found
that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a
result, telephone companies are now using 1 laser light
signals to transmit telephone calls through extremely
small cabinets which are capable of 2 carrying many more
transmissions than the standard telephone cables. An
additional advantage is that these systems using the laser
light signals will also be able to transmit video telephone
conversations in the future.
Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the
field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut
3 razor-sharp; in fact, scientists have developed a laser
knife which doctors can use for surgery. These 4 knives
are now used for some general surgery because they cut
sharply and because the beam seals off the blood vessels
that it cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less
significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in
medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos
were virtually impossible to remove without
considerable difficulty and pain, now they can be
removed relatively painlessly. - (Adapted from Michael Wenyon,
Understanding Holography. New York: Arco Publishing Company, Inc, 1978)
4. Which of the following sentences can be completed
with the word MANY as in: "the laser has many
applications"...
a) The laser beam is being used by______ telephone
companies.
b) The laser beam has caused_______ advance in
various areas.
c) Science has gained_____ from the latest
applications of the laser.
d) ____ effort has resulted in significant technological
improvement.
e) Scientists have devoted______time to research in
the field of communication.
Somewhere Algum lugar
Somehow
Observação
De algum modo,
maneira
Afirmativa
Afirmativa
SOME pode ser usado em frases interrogativas quando
algo é oferecido; ou quando se espera uma resposta
afirmativa.
E.g.
Some e derivados:
I’d like to buy some
bread.
They need somthing
to eat.
I saw someone in
that room.
Would you like SOME coffee?
Do you need SOME help?
Would you like some coffee ?
There is somebody looking for
you.
Where is he? He must have
gone somewhere.
EXERCISES
WILDLIFE
Asia’s Biggest Wildlife Traffickers
Some e derivados:
Pronomes
Tradução
Tipos de
Frases
Some Algum, alguns, Afirmativa
Someone Alguém Afirmativa
Somebody Alguém Afirmativa
Something Alguma coisa, algo Afirmativa
(BANGKOK) — Squealing tiger cubs stuffed into carryon
bags. Luggage packed with hundreds of squirming
tortoises, elephant tusks, even water dragons and
American paddlefish. Officials at Thailand‘s gateway
37

airport proudly tick off the illegally trafficked wildlife
they have seized over the past two years.
But Thai and foreign law enforcement officers tell
another story: Officials working-hand-in-hand with
traffickers ensure that other shipments through
Suvarnabhumi International Airport are whisked off
before they even reach customs inspection.
It’s a murky mix. A 10-fold increase in wildlife law
enforcement actions, including seizures, has been
reported in the past six years in Southeast Asia. Yet, the
trade’s Mr. Bigs, masterful in taking advantage of
pervasive corruption, appear immune to arrest and
continue to orchestrate the decimation of wildlife in
Thailand, the region and beyond.
And Southeast Asia’s honest cops don’t have it easy.
“It is very difficult for me. I have to sit among people
who are both good and some who are corrupt, says
Chanvut Vajrabukka, a retired police general. “If I say,
‘You have to go out and arrest that target,’ some in the
room may well warn them,’” says Chanvut, who now
advises ASEAN-WEN, the regional wildlife enforcement
network.
Several kingpins, says wildlife activist Steven Galster,
have recently been confronted by authorities, “but in the
end, good uniforms are running into, and often stopped
by bad uniforms. It’s like a bad Hollywood cop movie.
“Most high-level traffickers remain untouched and
continue to replace arrested underlings with new ones,”
says Galster, who works for the FREELAND
Foundation, an anti-trafficking group. August 15, 2012 / www.time.com
1. In the underlined sentence ‘“If I say, ‘You have to go
out and arrest that target,’ some in the room may well
warn them,”’, the pronoun some refers to:
a) honest cops
b) people who are good
c) some people who are corrupt
d) a retired police general
e) that target
d) many
e) several
Up a perilous tree, Britain's native red squirrels are being
overrun by their larger cousins, North American gray
squirrels. Brought to Britain as a novelty in 1876, grays
outcompete reds for food. Only about 160,000 reds
remain, against an onslaught of 1 some 2.5 million grays.
Grays may have a secret ally. Some scientists suspect
that grays 2 carry a virus called parapox, which is killing
reds in northern and eastern England. But the cause and
the origin of the disease are still unknown. 3 To beef up
reds' chances, landowners are urged to plant the 4 proper
tree mix. Red squirrels need conifer seeds in winter -
they have difficulty digesting acorns, which grays
5 readily wolf down.
3. A palavra SOME (ref. 1) poderia ser substituída sem
alteração do sentido por
a) fully.
b) partly.
c) approximately.
d) more than.
e) average.
A friend of mine was travelling in the train and opposite
him sat a gentleman reading "The Times". Every now
and then he took a complete sheet of the newspaper,
crumpled it up, opened the window, threw it out and shut
the window. After he had done this two or three times
my friend said: "Excuse me, sir, but I am most interested
in what you are doing. May I ask why you do it?"
away."
"Oh yes", he replied, "it keeps the elephants
"But", my friend said, "there aren't any
elephants here."
"Of course not", came the answer. "That proves
it works!"
38
Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada
lacuna da questão a seguir:
2. I have a __________ friends.
a) ten
b) few
c) some
4. The sentence "... there aren't any elephants here" in the
affirmative form is
a) there are many elephants here.
b) there are plenty of elephants here.
c) there are some elephants here.
d) there are a few elephants here.
e) there are a lots of elephants here.

5. (Unitau) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à
denominação do pronome, em destaque, a seguir:
ANY day is a good day for walking.
a) adjetivo possessivo
b) adjetivo indefinido
c) adjetivo demonstrativo
d) adjetivo relativo
e) adjetivo definido
Most people can remember a phone number for up to
thirty seconds. When this short amount of time elapses,
however, the numbers are erased from the memory. How
did the information get there in the first place?
Information that makes its way to the short term memory
(STM) does so via the sensory storage area. The brain
has a filter which only allows stimuli that is of
immediate interest to pass on to the STM, also known as
the working memory.
There is much debate about the capacity and duration of
the short term memory. The most accepted theory comes
from George A. Miller, a cognitive psychologist who
suggested that humans can remember approximately
seven chunks of information. A chunk is defined as a
meaningful unit of information, such as a word or name
rather than just a letter or number. Modern theorists
suggest that one can increase the capacity of the short
term memory by chunking, or classifying similar
information together. By organizing information, one can
optimize the STM, and improve the chances of a
memory being passed on to long term storage.
When making a conscious effort to memorize something,
such as information for an exam, many people engage in
‘‘rote rehearsal’’. By repeating something over and over
again, 2 one is able to keep a memory alive.
Unfortunately, this type of memory maintenance only
succeeds if there are no interruptions. As soon as a
person stops rehearsing the information, it has the
tendency to disappear. When a pen and paper are not
handy, people often attempt to remember a phone
number by repeating it aloud. If the doorbell rings or the
dog barks to come in before a person has the opportunity
to make a phone call, he will likely forget the number
instantly. 3 Therefore, rote rehearsal is not an efficient
way to pass information from the short term to long term
memory. A better way is to practice ‘‘ 1 elaborate
rehearsal’’. This involves assigning semantic meaning to
a piece of information so that it can be filed along with
other pre-existing long term memories.
Fonte: http://www.englishclub.com/esl-exams/ets-toefl-practice-reading.htm
(Adaptado)
6. The word one in paragraph 3 (ref. 2) refers to
a) quantity.
b) memory.
c) any person.
d) exam.
e) amount.
7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a
seguir referem-se aos Pronomes Indefinidos:
1. You should try to handle this problem
______________. (somehow/somebody)
2. Adriana looks hungry. She should eat
______________. (something/some)
3. I heard that Diana lives _________________ in this
town. (someone/somewhere)
4. Drop by _______________ and have some tea with
us. (something/sometime)
5. Could you please give me ________________
information? (some/something)
8. Complete os espaços em branco com NO ou NONE:
a) I've done it all by myself. I've had ______ help at
all.
b) It's _______ of your business. Mind with your own
life.
c) I answered all the questions in the quiz, but Jane
answered _______ .
d) As he gave me _______ help, I won't help him.
e) _______ person can understand what I feel.
f) Would you like some wine? No, thanks, I'd like
_______ .
Any e Derivados:
Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases
Any Algum, alguns,
Interrogativa e
negativa
Anyone Alguém
Interrogativa e
negativa
Anybody Alguém
Interrogativa e
negativa
Anything Alguma coisa, algo Interrogativa e
39

Anywhere
Anyway
Observação
Algum lugar
De algum modo,
maneira
negativa
Interrogativa e
negativa
Interrogativa e
negativa
ANY pode ser usado em frases afirmativas contudo a
tradução será:
Any e Derivados:
I don’t have any money.
Is there anything I can do
for you ?
There isn’t anybody
here.
EXERCISES:
Any: Qualquer
Anything: Qualquer coisa
Anybody: Qualquer pessoa
Anywhere: Qualquer lugar
9. CALVIN AND HOBBES
Do you know anyone in
this city ?
Are you going anywhere
?
I did my exerecise
anyway.
Mark the sentence which must be completed with
"anywhere".
a) The manager had to go off _____ else for an
appointment.
b) The dangerous dog was approaching but there was
_____ to hide.
c) Britney says she didn't go _____ yesterday.
d) This is part of the original castle build _____ around
1700.
e) Have you seen my glasses? I've looked _____ for
them.
Mr. Dursley was the director of a firm called Grunnings,
which made drills. He was a big, beefy man with 1 hardly
any neck, 2 although he did have a very large moustache.
Mrs. Dursley was thin and blonde and had nearly twice
the usual amount of neck, which came in very useful as
she spent so much of her time craning over garden
fences, spying on her neighbours. The Dursleys had a
small son called Dudley and in their opinion 3 there was
no finer boy anywhere.
The Dursleys had everything they wanted, but they also
had a secret, and their greatest fear was that somebody
would discover it. They didn't think they could bear it if
anyone found out about the Potters. Mrs. Potter was Mrs.
Dursley's sister, but they hadn't met for several years; in
fact, Mrs. Dursley pretended she didn't have a sister,
because her sister and her good-for-nothing husband
were as 4 unDursleyish as it was possible to be. The
Dursleys shuddered to think what the neighbours would
say if the Potters arrived in the street. The Dursleys knew
that the Potters had a small son too, but they had never
even seen him. This boy was another good reason for
keeping the Potters away; they didn't want Dudley
mixing with a child like that.
J. K. Rowling's, Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone.
10. A expressão HARDLY ANY (ref. 1) poderia ser
traduzida por
"International Herald Tribune", August 30, 2001.
a) raramente visto.
b) dificilmente algum.
c) bom tamanho.
d) quase nenhum.
e) especialmente longo.
40

11. (Uel) Assinale a alternativa que preenche
corretamente a lacuna da frase a seguir.
"Why didn't you buy that sweater? It was such a good
offer!"
"Because I didn't have ...... money on me."
a) a
b) no
c) any
d) some
e) none
No one Ninguém advérbio
Nobody Ninguém De
Nowhere Nenhum lugar negação
Observação
* Os derivados de NO devem ser usados em frases que
não tenham elementos negativos. A frase ficará
negativa após seu uso.
OBSERVAÇÕES:
* A Língua Inglesa não admite dupla negativa nas
orações, coisa muito comum e, às vezes, obrigatória em
nosso idioma. Enquanto, em Português, falamos:
Não tenho nada a dizer.
na Língua Inglesa se diz:
I have nothing to say.
ou ainda, em Inglês, pode-se dizer:
There isn't anything to do in this city.
o que, literalmente, significa:
Não há coisa alguma para fazer nesta cidade.
Deste modo, concluímos que, na língua Inglesa, há duas
maneiras de elaborar orações com pronomes indefinidos,
evitando a dupla negativa:
I don't have any money on me today.
(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)
ou
I have no money on me today.
(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)
No e Derivados:
I told nobody about the secret.
There is no one in the
classroom.
He can do nothing for me.
There is no way to
see him now.
She has no money.
You are going
nowhere.
A diferença entre Pronomes Indefinidos e Adjetivos
Indefinidos
Quando uma palavra como ( all, any, anyone…), etc,
é utilizado como um adjetivo, receberá o nome
adjectivo indefinido (Indefinite Adjective).
All in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é um
pronome indefinido.)
All personnel in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é
um adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica a palavra
personnel)
Please take some to Mrs Chandler. (pronome
indefinido)
Please take some lemons to Mrs Chandler. (Este é um
adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica lemons.)
Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases
No Nenhum Frases
Nothing Nada Sem
None Ninguém Outro
Observação:
No geral, é bem mais simples do que parece. Quando
um Pronome Indefinido estiver antecedendo a um
SUBSTANTIVO, ele está modificando ou
qualificando este substantivo. Portanto, tem função
de ADJETIVO INDEFINIDO.
41

42
EXERCISES
12 The phrase “there is no possibility” (l. 49) can be
exactly rephrased as
a) it’s possible for anyone.
b) there isn’t any possibility.
c) hardly anybody can do it.
d) there isn’t much possibility.
e) none of the possibilities would be used.
13 “There is no debate”
This sentence can be exactly rephrased as
a) There isn’t much debate.
b) There isn’t little debate.
c) There isn’t any debate.
d) There is little debate.
e) There isn’t a lot of debate.
"Miss Emlyn read us some of it. I asked
Mummy to read some more. I liked it. It has a
wonderful sound. A brave new world. There isn't
anything really like that, is there?"
"You don't believe in it?"
"Do you?"
"There is always a brave new world," said Poirot, "but
only, you know, for very special people. The lucky ones.
The ones who carry the making of that world within
themselves."
[Agatha Christie, Hallowe'en Party, pp.85-86]
14. Choose another way of saying "There isn't anything
really like that."
a) There is nothing really like that.
b) There aren't many things really like that.
c) There aren't no things really like that.
d) There is anything hardly really like that.
e) There are a few things really like that.
Hamlet
The following is a short outline of Shakespeare's most
famous play, Hamlet. Hamlet is the chief character in the
play. The ghost of Hamlet's father appears and tells
Hamlet how Claudius had murdered him by pouring
poison into his ears as he lay asleep. The ghost orders
Hamlet to revenge the murder. Hamlet promises that he
will do so without delay. But he does delay. He thinks a
great deal about what he has heard, and he thinks instead
of acting. He believes what the ghost has said, but feels
that he needs further proof of the murder.
In order to satisfy himself that the king is guilty, Hamlet
arranges to have a play performed at court. In this play
one of the actors pretends to poison another in just the
same way as the king has poisoned Hamlet's father. As
soon as Claudius sees this, he is frightened, and gets up
and goes out. Hamlet now is quite certain of Claudius's
guilt, but he still hesitates. Although he has opportunities
to kill his uncle, he finds reasons why he should not do
so yet. Once Hamlet finds him praying, and can kill him
easily. He does not do so because he thinks that to kill
the king at his prayers would be to send his soul straight
to heaven.
When the fight takes place, Hamlet at first seems to be
winning. The king offers him the cup of poisoned wine.
He refuses it, but the queen takes it and drinks. Laertes
and Hamlet go on fighting, Laertes wounds Hamlet, and
as they struggle together they somehow change swords.
Now Hamlet wounds Laertes. The queen falls, dying.
Laertes, himself near death, tells Hamlet about the
poisoned sword and wine. Hamlet, acting at last instead
of thinking about acting, rushes at the guilty king and
kills him. He has revenged the murder of his father, but a
few minutes later he, too, is dead.
15. Put in the missing words:
I - I want _____ more tea, please.
II - _____ I go fishing.
III - It doesn't rain _____.
IV - I'm sorry, but I have _____ to give you.
V - _____ knows it's wrong.
a) I - some; II - Every time; III - someday; IV -
nothing; V - Somebody
b) I - any; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -
anything; V - Everybody
c) I - some; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -
nothing; V - Everybody
d) I - any; II - Every day; III - sometimes; IV - nothing;
V - Everyone
e) I - some; II - Everywhere; III - every time; IV -
anything; V - Somebody

A KEY HURDLE: THE ENGLISH TEST
Most colleges and universities in the United
States require international students to take the TOEFL -
or Test of English as a Foreign Language - before they
can be 1 granted admission. Written and administered by
Educational Testing Service (ETS), a private, not-forprofit
company based in Princeton, New Jersey, the
TOEFL is 2 designed to test your ability to understand
standard North American English. It was developed
specifically to help American and Canadian schools
make sure that their international applicants could follow
courses taught in English.
TOEFL scores range from 200 to 667. 3 Since
the test is a measure of proficiency and not of
knowledge, no one passes or fails a TOEFL. Instead,
minimum scores are determined by each college and
university. A top-tier university usually requires a score
of 600 or better.
COMPUTER TESTING
In all but 16 countries and territories, the test is now
given in a computer-based version (CBT). The CBT is
quite different from the paper-and-pencil version. Instead
of filling in ovals on paper, students answer questions on
the screen of their computer, by using either a keyboad
or a mouse. In some of the reading passages, students
respond to questions by clicking on words in the text.
There is a new range of scores, too, in the computer
version - from 40 to 300.
Some parts of the exam will also be "computeradaptive",
which means that the computer will select
questions based on your performance, rather than giving
you questions in a prearranged sequence. If you answer
many questions correctly, you will be given more
difficult questions and your score will go up. If you
answer too many incorrectly, the computer will choose
easier questions for you and your score will go down.
(From NEWSWEEK, 1998, p. 8B)
16. Escolha a alternativa que mantém o mesmo
significado de "NO ONE" em "...no one passes or fails a
TOEFL".
a) Anybody.
b) Everybody.
c) Nobody.
d) Somebody.
e) Someone.
17. Assinale a alternativa correta.
Those organisms pose ______ danger to human life.
a) any
b) none
c) no
d) not
e) no one
18. Complete o diálogo:
- Would you like __________ apples?
- No, thank you, I don't want __________ apple.
- And you?
- Yes, I'd like __________.
a) some - any - any
b) an - any - no
c) any - no - some
d) some - any - some
e) an - some - any
19. Complete os espaços em branco com os Pronomes
Indefinidos SOME, ANY e NO:
a) I'm sorry I can't lend you ______ money. I'm broke.
b) Do you want _______ coffee? Yes, I want _______ .
c) I don't have _______ opinion about her.
d) _______ students did their homework. They're too
lazy.
e) Is there _______ drugstore near here?
f) I saw _______ person here. I think you must be
mistaken.
g) Would you like _______ tea or coffee? No, I would
like _______ coffee.
h) Can you lend me _______ "reais"? I'll give you back
next payment.
20. Reescreva as orações a seguir, usando as palavras
entre parênteses:
a) They didn't make any noise. (no)
_______________________________________
b) There is no bread. (any)
_______________________________________
43

c) I've got no cheese. (any)
_______________________________________
d) They haven't seen any ghosts in the haunted house.
(no)
_______________________________________
e) I don't want any help from you. (no)
_______________________________________
f) I'd like no coffee. (some)
_______________________________________
21. Complete os espaços em branco com SOME ou
ANY:
a) _______ child can be adopted. It depends mainly
only you.
b) Ann met _______ of her friends in Rio de Janeiro.
c) Could you please bring me _______ water? I'm very
thirsty.
d) The room was crowded. There weren't _______
places anymore.
e) Did you see _______ good film last week?
f) I didn't do _______ homework yesterday.
22. Complete com os pronomes indefinidos e seus
derivados (SOMEBODY, SOMETHING,
SOMEWHERE, NOBODY, NOWHERE, NOTHING,
ANYBODY, ANYTHING, ANYWHERE):
"Shakespeare in Love" is a witty, sexy and merrily
literate delight, with an enormously clever premise that
only gets better as the film 1 funfolds. The screenplay,
originating as Marc Norman's brainstorm and turned by
Tom Stoppard 2 into a 3 razor-sharp dialogue reminiscent
of his "Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead", dares
to imagine 4 whatever it likes about the link between
Shakespeare's artistic passions and his mad yearning for
a certain aristocratic beauty. Meanwhile, this 5 tirelessly
inventive comedy envisions an Elizabethan theatre filled
with the same backbiting and conniving we enjoy today
and has great fun presenting the creation of "Romeo and
Juliet " problems and all. - Fonte: New York Times,
March 2013
23. The expression "whatever it likes" (ref.4) could be
translated as
a) qualquer que.
b) seja lá o que for.
c) nem tudo que.
d) todos que.
e) nem sempre que.
24. Indicate the alternative that best completes the
following sentence.
"Vote for ____________ candidate you like."
a) wherever
b) whenever
c) whoever
d) whomever
e) whichever
a) The classroom is empty. There is _________ there.
b) I'm sorry, but I can't do __________ for you.
c) Would you like to go __________? Yes, we can go
__________ to relax.
d) __________ is knocking at the door. It must be
Wilson.
e) My mother told me that __________ called me last
night. But I can't imagine who it is.
f) Are you going __________? No, I'm going
__________ .
g) Unfortunately I live with __________, but I'd like to
live with __________ .
44

CAPÍTULO VI - PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS
Pronomes Demonstrativos (Pronomes Substantivos e
Adjetivos) -Demonstrative Pronouns and Demonstrative
Adjectives.
Os Demonstrative Pronouns servem para apontar, indicar
e mostrar alguma coisa, lugar, pessoa ou objeto. Esses
pronomes podem atuar como adjetivos, antes do
substantivo, ou como pronomes substantivos.
Pronoun
Pronoun
THIS
THESE
THAT
THOSE
Este, Esta, Isto
Estes, Estas
Tradução
Aquele, Aquela, Aquilo Isso, Essa,
Esse
Aqueles, Aquelas, Esses, Essas.
Os pronomes demonstrativos são THIS, THAT, THESE
e THOSE.
Como todos os pronomes que substituem substantivos.
Pronomes demonstrativos são utilizados para substituir
as pessoas ou coisas específicas que foram mencionadas
anteriormente (ou são entendidas a partir do contexto).
Obsereve os exemplos abaixo para perceber com mais
clareza as funções (Substantivo e Adjetivo) dos
pronomes demonstrativos na Língua Inglesa.
1) This is my pencil. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Este é o
meu lápis.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)
2) This pencil is red. (demonstrative adjective) - (Este lápis
é vermelho.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)
3) These are your copybooks. (demonstrative pronoun) -
(Estes são os teus cadernos.) (pronome demonstrativo
substantivo)
4) These copybooks are new. (demonstrative adjective) -
(Estes cadernos são novos.) (pronome demonstrativo
adjetivo)
5) That is my house. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Aquela é a
minha casa.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)
6) That house is new. (demonstrative adjective) -
(Aquela casa é nova.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)
7) Those are German cars. (demonstrative pronoun) -
(Aqueles são carros alemães.) (pronome demonstrativo
substantivo)
8) Those cars are expensive. (demonstrative adjective)
- (Aqueles carros são caros.) (pronome
demonstrativo adjetivo)
OBSERVAÇÕES
Exemplos retirados da Internet.
1. Já vimos que this significa este, esta e isto, porém
na expressão isto é, o isto é traduzido por that e não
por this (that is = isto é).
2. Na Língua Portuguesa, as expressões (este um,
aquele um) são incorretas, porém, na Língua Inglesa,
expressões como this one, these ones, that one, those
ones são corretas e muito usadas com o sentido de:
aquele(s), aquela(s), aquilo, este(s), esta(s), isto,esse(s),
essa(s), isso.
Veja alguns exemplos abaixo.
This book is mine, that one is yours. [Este livro é meu,
aquele é (o) seu.
I don't want these apples; I prefer to take those ones.
[Eu não quero estas maçãs, prefiro levar aquelas
(maçãs).]
Don't sit on that couch, this one is more comfortable.
[Não sente naquele sofá, este (aqui) é
confortável.]
DEMONSTRATIVOS NÃO MUITO COMUNS:
mais
1. SUCH - TAL, TAIS, ESSE, ESSES, ESSA, ESSAS,
ISSO, TÃO
• We can have animals such as cat and dog in our
house. (Nós podemos ter animais tais como gato e
cachorro em nossa casa.)
• I don't want to hear such songs. [Eu não quero
escutar tais (essas) músicas.]
45

• I have never seen such beautiful flowers. (Eu nunca
vi flores tão bonitas.)
• Rita is such a beautiful woman. (Rita é uma mulher
tão bonita.)
OBSERVAÇÃO:
Quando depois de such vier um substantivo no
singular, qualificado ou não, ele deve ser seguido por
um artigo indefinido (a, an).
• Megan Fox is such a beautiful woman.
(subst. sing.)
• I have never seen such beautiful flowers, não é
necessário o artigo indefinido, pois flowers está no
plural.
2. THE ONE, THE ONES - O, A, OS, AS, O QUE,
OS QUE, A QUE, AS QUE.
3. THE FORMER... THE LATTER - O
PRIMEIRO... O SEGUNDO.
EXERCISES
Driverless automobiles - The car that parks itself
The American company has been testing this
system as part of a collaborative research project with
several European carmakers. 4 They have put a fleet of
150 experimental vehicles on the roads. When they
tested a group of these, the Americans found the
technology let drivers brake much earlier, helping avoid
collisions. A driverless car would be able to react even
faster.
Another member of the research group has been
testing driverless cars on roads around Munich—
including belting down some of Germany’s high-speed
autobahns. 5 The ordinary-looking models use a variety
of self-contained guidance systems. These include
cameras mounted on the upper windscreen, which can
identify road markings, signs and various obstacles
likely to be encountered on roads. - From the print
edition: Science and Technology Jun 29 th 2013
1. In the fragment, “The ordinary-looking models (…)
likely to be encountered on roads” (ref. 5), the
demonstrative “These” refers to
a) cameras.
b) models.
c) signs.
d) obstacles.
e) systems.
Work after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful as
smoking, study finds
Conal Urquhart and agencies
July 28, 2012
Working after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful
for babies as smoking, according to a new study. Women
who worked after they were eight months pregnant had
babies on average around 230g lighter than those who
stopped work between six and eight months.
The University of Essex research – which drew on data
from three major studies, two in the UK and one in the
US – found the effect of continuing to work during the
late stages of pregnancy was equal to that of smoking
while pregnant. Babies whose mothers worked or
smoked throughout pregnancy grew more slowly in the
womb.
Past research has shown babies with low birth weights
are at higher risk of poor health and slow development,
and may suffer from a variety of problems later in life.
Stopping work early in pregnancy was particularly
beneficial for women with lower levels of education, the
study found – suggesting that the effect of working
during pregnancy was possibly more marked for those
doing physically demanding work. The birth weight of
babies born to mothers under the age of 24 was not
affected by them continuing to work, but in older mothers
the effect was more significant.
The researchers identified 1,339 children whose mothers
were part of the British Household Panel Survey, which
was conducted between 1991 and 2005, and for whom
data was available. A further sample of 17,483 women
who gave birth in 2000 or 2001 and who took part in the
Millennium Cohort Study was also examined and showed
similar results, along with 12,166 from the National
46

Survey of Family Growth, relating to births in the US
between the early 1970s and 1995.
One of the authors of the study, Prof. Marco
Francesconi, said the government should consider
incentives _____1_____ employers to offer more flexible
maternity leave to women who might need a break
before, _____2_____ after, their babies were born. He
said: “We know low birth weight is a predictor of many
things that happen later, including lower chances of
completing school successfully, lower wages and higher
mortality. We need to think seriously about parental
leave, because – as this study suggests – the possible
benefits of taking leave flexibly before the birth
_____3_____ quite high.”
The study also suggests British women may be working
for _____4_____ now during pregnancy. While 16% of
mothers questioned by the British Household Panel
Study, which went as far back as 1991, worked up to one
month before the birth, the figure was 30% in the
Millennium Cohort Study, whose subjects were born in
2000 and 2001.
(www.guardian.co.uk)
2. In the excerpt from the first paragraph – than those
who stopped work between six and eight months –, the
word those refers to
a) smoking.
b) babies.
c) months.
d) women.
e) pregnancy.
LGBT rights in Brazil
Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people
in Brazil enjoy most of the same legal protections
available to non-LGBT people.
On May 5, 2011, the Supreme Federal Court voted in
favor of allowing same-sex couples the same 112 legal
rights as married couples. 2 The decision was approved
by 10–0 with one abstention, and it will give same-sex
couples in stable partnerships the same financial and
social rights enjoyed by those in opposite-sex
relationships.
1 The list of various LGBT rights in Brazil has expanded
since the end of the military dictatorship in 1985, and the
creation of the new constitution of Brazil of 1988. In
2009, a survey conducted in 10 Brazilian cities found
that 7.8% of men identified as gay, with bisexual males
accounting for another 2.6% of the total population (for a
total of 10.4%). The Brazilian lesbian population was
4.9% of females, with bisexual women reaching 1.4%
(for a total of 6.3%). There are no nation-wide statistics.
According to the Guinness World Records, the São
Paulo Gay Pride Parade is the world's largest LGBT
Pride celebration, with 4 million people in 2009. Brazil
had 60.002 same-sex couples in the same home,
according to the Brazilian Census of 2010 (IBGE). The
South American country has 300 active LGBT
organizations. –
Adapted from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LGBT_rights_in_Brazil.
Acess on August 22nd, 2012.
3. In the sentence “The decision was approved by 10–0
with one abstention, and it will give same-sex couples in
stable partnerships the same financial and social rights
enjoyed by those in opposite-sex relationships” (ref. 2),
the word those could be substituted by
a) social rights.
b) financial rights.
c) people.
d) rights.
What is World Challenge?
World Challenge is a global competition and its
objective is to find projects or small businesses that have
shown innovation and made a difference to the local
community. Since it began, in January 2004, World
Challenge has received lots of nominations from all over
the world. These include, for example, projects that have
helped farmers in Peru or improved the lives of people in
the slums of Colombia. Each year thousands of people
vote to say who they think deserves to win. One of the
2007 nominees was from a rural community in the
Brazilian Amazon. Marajo Island is the largest fresh
water island in the world, and for years the 200,000
people who live there have worked in the fishing
industry during the dry season, when the river is full of
fish. But during the rainy season the fish disappear. That
is also the time when the Andiroba trees deposit their
seeds. These seeds are carried by the rivers and many
end up on the beaches of Marajo. For years the
fishermen from Marajo have considered these seeds a
problem but a Brazilian company saw an opportunity to
make money out of them. In 2004, this company
organized a cooperative to collect the seeds and extract
their oil for the cosmetics industry. Life on the island has
47

improved for many families since 2004. This project has
made a huge difference for the families of the 1,000
people working in the business. - (Based on:
www.theworldchallenge.co.uk. 03/11/2010.)
engineering at the University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, a lead author of the study, published in the
journal Science. - (www.independent.co.uk. Adaptado.)
4. In “These include, for example, projects that have
helped farmers in Peru”, the underlined word refers to
a) slums.
b) people.
c) nominations.
d) communities.
5. In the excerpt of the fourth paragraph – This is a way
to truly integrate them. – the word this refers to
a) two different worlds.
b) electronics.
c) biology.
d) control a voice activated device.
e) blurring of electronics and biology.
How computers will soon get under our skin
48
By Steve Connor, Science Editor
12 August 2011
It may soon be possible (…)
The “epidermal electronic system” relies on a highly
flexible electrical circuit composed of snake-like
conducting channels that can (…)
A simple stick-on circuit can monitor a person’s heart
rate and muscle movements as well as conventional
medical monitors, but with the benefit of being
weightless and almost completely undetectable.
Scientists said it may also be possible to build a circuit
for detecting throat movements around the larynx in
order to transmit the information wirelessly as a way of
recording a person’s speech, even if they are not making
any discernible sounds.
Tests have already shown that such a system can be used
to control a voice-activated computer game, and one
suggestion is that a stick-on voicebox circuit could be
used in covert police operations where it might be too
dangerous to speak into a radio transmitter. “The
blurring of electronics and biology is really the key point
here,” said Yonggang Huang, professor of engineering at
Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois. “All
established forms of electronics are hard, rigid. Biology
is soft, elastic. It’s two different worlds. This is a way to
truly integrate them.”
Engineers have built test circuits mounted on a thin,
rubbery substrate that adheres to the skin. The circuits
have included sensors, light-emitting diodes, transistors,
radio frequency capacitors, wireless antennas,
conductive coils and solar cells. “We threw everything in
our bag of tricks on to that platform, and then added a
few other new ideas on top of those, to show that we
could make it work,” said John Rogers, professor of
PSYCHOLOGY OF MONEY
Want Happiness? Don’t Buy More Stuff — Go on
Vacation. When it comes to spending money on things or
experiences, the research is clear: doing brings more
happiness than owning.
By Gary Belsky & Tom Gilovich | July 21, 2011
Given that it’s vacation season for many folks, we
thought it a good time to devote this Mind Over Money
post to a brief discussion of what personal finance is
ultimately all about. Some people, of course, really enjoy
counting their money, deriving great satisfaction simply
from watching their bottom line grow, often quite
removed from any thought of what they might do with
their riches. But for most of us, money is just a token for
what we can do with it — pay the mortgage or rent, send
kids to college, buy a TV or travel to Italy. And for
nearly all of us, money is finite; there isn’t enough to do
all we want, so we must be selective. That raises a
crucial question: if we want to maximize the happiness
or satisfaction we get from our money, how should we
spend it?
6. No primeiro parágrafo do texto, o pronome
demonstrativo this empregado em — this Mind Over
Money post — refere-se a
a) post.
b) mind.
c) money.
d) vacation.
e) discussion.

NOT SO PERFECT AFTER ALL
For the past four decades or so, Botswana has been
Africa’s golden boy. The former British possession has
grown as fast as almost any country in the world. It has
built an enviable reputation for good governance and
political stability. It has a decent record on civil liberties
and a relatively free press. Once one of the world´s
poorest countries, it now ranks among the richer middleincome
ones. A lot has to do with the discovery of
diamonds, of which it is the world´s biggest producer,
soon after independence in 1996. But unlike many other
mineral-rich countries, it has invested wisely. It has been
ranked as Africa’s least corrupt country.
But for the past two months it has been shaken by its first
nationwide public-sector strike. Botswana´s 2m people,
generally a deferential lot, were shocked when their
normally unarmed police used tear-gas and rubber
bullets to disperse rioting secondary-school pupils after
they went on the rampage in April. The government
closed all state schools, though they have since reopened.
The affair started as an ordinary pay dispute. Permitted
for the first time to join trade unions under a new law,
the country’s 120,000 public-sector workers promptly
demanded a 16% pay rise after a three-year wage freeze.
The government, pleading poverty following a slump in
the diamond market during the global recession, offered
just 5% conditional on future economic growth. Eager to
flex their muscles, the newly formed unions stood their
ground. But the government, the country´s biggest
employer, accounting for 40% of formal jobs, also
refused to budge.
On April 18th the unions called an all-out strike claiming
that 80% responded. Even at its peak, says the
government, no more than half of its employees walked
out, leaving most ministries and services operating more
or less normally. But the government has dealt with the
dispute with a heavy hand, firing 1,400 striking health
workers, including some 50 doctors, claiming they were
providing an “essential service” and as such were banned
under the constitution from striking. Worn down by
almost two months without pay, the unions have agreed
to accept the government´s revised unconditional 3%
offer, provided all sacked workers are reinstated. This
the government is refusing to do. - The Economist, 11-
06-11.
7. In the last sentence of the 4 th paragraph, “This” in
“This the government is refusing to do” most likely
refers to the act of
a) authorizing a 16% pay increase for Botswana’s
public-sector workers.
b) increasing the number of workers in the public
sector.
c) giving certain public-sector workers their jobs back.
d) offering a wage increase of more than 3% to
Botswana’s 120,000 public-sector workers.
e) paying the public-sector workers for the time that
they were on strike.
As we all know, electricity is a fundamental need. On a
daily basis, we consume electricity even without us
knowing it. Just a simple task such as listening to your
music player consumes electricity. Today, most of our
electric generators and power plants are fed with fossil
fuels such as petroleum and coal. However, due to the
exponential increase of power demand, fossil fuel
supplies are slowly being depleted. Not only that, but
also burning fossil fuels has given off greenhouse gases
and other unwanted byproducts. Because of this, the
search for alternative energy sources is now a necessity.
One of the most promising alternative energy sources
today is Wind Powered Generators. So, what is a windpowered
generator? Basically it is the use of wind as a
mechanical force needed to power an electric generator.
Utilizing wind as an energy source is not exactly a new
idea. The ancient Persians were the first to use wind to
pump water, cut wood, and grind food and others by
building windmills. Even today you can find windmills
still being used on some farms. It was the use of wind as
an electric source that came into existence much later.
The first practical wind powered generators were built in
1970, but yet we rarely see them in widespread use
today, why? Let’s look at the advantages and
disadvantages of the wind powered generator. Disponível em:
http://mysolarcellhome.org/articles/pros-and-cons-of-wind-powered-generators.
8. All the statements below, with the exception of one,
make use of "that" as a relative pronoun or a conjunction.
Select THE EXCEPTION.
a) The major disadvantage of wind powered generators
is that wind power varies greatly from one place to
another and from day to day and season to season.
b) Another advantage is that it can be implemented
using several small turbines connected together.
49

50
c) Sometimes wind may be strong enough to supply
energy, but that strength cannot be maintained due
to changes in weather patterns.
d) Another disadvantage is that the structure of most
practical wind powered generators is huge and
bulky.
e) Basically it is the use of wind as a mechanical force
that is needed to power an electric generator.
Moral Harassment
What is moral harassment?
Many researchers are now trying to define and
understand psychological or moral harassment at work.
Among these, we have retained a definition from a
renowned expert in the field, French psychiatrist Marie-
France Hirigoyen, here freely translated:
"If a person or a group of individuals treats you in a
manner that is hostile, whether through actions, words
or in writing, and if those actions affect your dignity,
your physical or psychological well-being, as well as
causing a deterioration in your workplace or even
jeopardizing your employment, you are the victim of
psychological harassment."
How to recognize moral harassment?
According to German psychologist Dr. Heinz Leymann,
the following are some of the effects and behaviours of
moral harassment (for which he uses the term
"mobbing"):
Effects on the victim's possibilities to communicate
(management gives you no possibility to communicate,
you are silenced, verbal attack against you regarding
work assignments, verbal threats, verbal activities in
order to reject you, etc.)
Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain social
contacts (colleagues do not talk with you any longer or
you are even forbidden by management to talk to them,
you are isolated in a room far away from others, you are
"sent to Coventry", etc.)
Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain his
personal reputation (gossiping about you, others
ridicule you, others make fun about a handicap or your
ethnic heritage, or your way of moving or talking, etc.)
Effects on the victim's occupational situation (you are
not given any work assignment at all, you are given
meaningless work assignments, etc.)
Effects on the victim's physical health (you are given
dangerous work assignments, others threaten you
physically or you are attacked physically, you are
sexually harassed in an active way, etc.)
What are the consequences of moral harassment at
work?
On The Victim And Witnesses
Moral harassment can lead to an untimely end to a
career. The following example shows how such a course
of events can lead to an abrupt, premature departure:
Emotional instability: anguish, discouragement,
frustration, feelings of helplessness, a loss of selfesteem,
of ambition, of motivation. Physical health problems:
tiredness, headaches, lack of sleep, intestinal and other
physical discomforts. Mental health problems:
depression, professional burn-out, suicidal thoughts.
Loss of credibility: reputation destroyed, victim’s
professionalism questioned. Job loss: disability leave,
resignation or dismissal. Incapacity to go back to
regular work: abandoning the job market. Involuntary
witnesses may feel uneasy, insecure and powerless. […]
(Source: http://www.prevention-violence.com/en/int-111.asp)
9. O termo these no texto refere-se:
a) a assédio moral ou psicológico.
b) às vítimas de assédio.
c) aos pesquisadores do assunto.
d) aos locais onde ocorrem assédio.
e) aos praticantes de assédio.
Up from the bottom of the pile
Something rather exciting is happening in Latin America
Aug 16th 2007
Much of the news coming out of Latin America
in recent years has been of radical populists proclaiming
"revolution" or, as Venezuela's Hugo Chávez would have
it, "21st century socialism". In their widely propagated
caricature, a tiny white elite in Latin America oppresses
an indigenous majority whose poverty has been
exacerbated by the free-market reforms imposed by the
IMF and the United States.
So it might be hard to believe that in many
countries in the region, and especially in Brazil and
Mexico, Latin America's two giants, things are in fact
going better today than they have done since the mid-
1970s. The region is in its fourth successive year of
economic growth averaging a steady 5%. In most places

inflation is in low single digits. And for the first time in
memory, growth has gone hand-in-hand with a currentaccount
surplus, holding out hope that it will not be
scotched by a habitual Latin American balance-ofpayments
crunch.
What is more, financial stability and faster
growth are starting to transform social conditions with
astonishing speed. The number of people living in
poverty is falling, not only because of growth but also
thanks to the social policies of reforming democratic
governments. The incomes of the poor are rising faster
than those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality
is at its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico.
In both these countries a new lower-middle
class is emerging from poverty. Low inflation, achieved
through more disciplined public finances and trade
liberalisation, has brought falling interest rates. Credit
has at last returned. So these new consumers are buying
cars and DVD players or taking out mortgages. No
wonder Latin Americans are in an optimistic mood:
earlier this year a poll by the Pew Global Attitudes
Project found a greater increase in personal satisfaction
in Brazil and Mexico over the past five years than in any
of the other 45 countries it surveyed.
(www.economist.com/PrinterFriendly.cfm?story_id=9653053. Adaptado.)
10. In the following excerpt of the third paragraph of
the text - "The incomes of the poor are rising faster than
those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality is at
its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico" - the
word "those" refers to
a) the poor.
b) the rich.
c) the incomes.
d) rising faster.
e) Brazil and Mexico.
TEENS LIFE QUALITY AFFECTED BY A LACK OF
SLEEP
According to a new 2 survey of teenagers across the U.S.,
many of them are losing out on quality of life because of
a lack of sleep.
The poll by the National Sleep Foundation
(NSF) found that as consequence of insufficient sleep,
teens are falling asleep in class, lack the energy to
exercise, feel depressed and are driving while feeling
3 drowsy.
The 1 poll results support previous studies by
Brown Medical School, and Lifespan affiliates Bradley
Hospital and Hasbro Children's Hospital, which found
that adolescents are not getting enough sleep, and
suggest that 13 this can lead to a number of physical and
emotional impairments.
Mary A. Carskadon, PhD, with Bradley
Hospital and Brown Medical School, 6 chaired the
National Sleep Foundation poll taskforce and has been a
leading authority on teen sleep for more than a decade.
Carskadon, director of the Bradley Hospital
Sleep and Chronobiology Sleep Laboratory and a
professor of psychiatry and human behavior at Brown
Medical School, says the old adage 12 'early to bed, early
to rise' presents a real 4 challenge for adolescents.
Her research on adolescent circadian rhythms
indicates that the internal clocks of adolescents undergo
maturational changes making them different from 14 those
of children or adults.
But teens must still meet the demands of earlier
school start times that make it nearly impossible for them
to get enough sleep.
Carskadon's work has been instrumental in
influencing school start times across the country.
Carskadon's newest finding indicates that, in
addition to the changes in their internal clocks,
adolescents experience slower sleep pressure, which may
contribute to an overall shift in teen sleep cycles to later
hours.
Judy Owens, MD, a national authority on
children and sleep, is the director of the pediatric sleep
disorders center at Hasbro Children's Hospital and an
associate professor of pediatrics at Brown Medical
School, and says the results are especially important in
light of the fact that 90% of the parents polled 7 believed
that their adolescents were getting enough sleep during
the week.
She says the message to parents is that teens are
8 tired; but parents can help by eliminating sleep stealers
such as 9 caffeinated drinks and TV or computers in the
teen's bedroom, as well as enforcing reasonable bed
times.
A major, report last year by Carskadon, Owens,
and Richard Millman, MD, professor of medicine at
Brown Medical School, indicated that adolescents 10 aged
13 to 22 need 9 to 10 hours of sleep each night.
51

52
According to the National Center on Sleep
Disorders Research at the National Institutes of Health,
school-age children and teenagers should get at least 9
hours of sleep a day.
Other studies have also shown that young
people between 16 and 29 years of age were the most
likely to be involved in 5 crashes caused by the driver
falling asleep.
The NIH also says without enough sleep, a
person has trouble focusing and responding quickly and
there is growing evidence linking a chronic lack of sleep
with an 11 increased risk of obesity, diabetes, heart
disease and infections. http://www.news-medical.net/?id=16969 -
03/7/06.
11. Os vocábulos "this" (ref. 13) e "those" (ref. 14)
referem-se, respectivamente,
a) aos problemas físicos dos adolescentes - ao fato de
que crianças são diferentes de adolescentes.
b) à sugestão dos pesquisadores - ao ritmo circadiano
de adolescentes.
c) a que adolescentes não estão dormindo
suficientemente - aos "relógios" internos de crianças
ou adultos.
d) ao estudo feito previamente sobre o sono - às
circunstâncias da pesquisa.
e) à qualidade de vida dos adolescentes - às mudanças
experimentadas por crianças e adultos.
FORCE OF NATURE
"It seems like a hippie entrepreneur's dream
come true: an ecostore with cash registers powered by
rooftop Wind turbines, skylights instead of light bulbs
and photovoltaic solar cells on the roof to help power the
bakery's oven. It's so environmentally friendly that even
the toilet water is collected from raindrops outside. 2 Only
this is not some pipe dream of a fringe activist. The
vision comes from Tesco, the world's third largest
retailer. Tesco is pumping £100 million into
environmental technologies to reduce the amount of
energy they use by 50 percent, compared with 2000
levels, by 2010. 3
In addition to building 80 new
ecostores across Britain over the next year - the greenest
of which will be constructed of recycled materials and
will burn food waste for electricity - they're also making
small changes that could have big effects. They're paying
customers not to use plastic bags, which they expect will
cut consumption by 25 percent in two years.
Tesco is not the only commercial firm that has
taken an interest in saving the planet, and making a
killing 4 besides. Renewable Energy Corp., a Norwegian
solar-energy company, had the world's largest-ever
renewable energy IPO in May. It was 15 times
oversubscribed and raised more than $1 billion, valuing
REC at nearly $7 billion. You wouldn't mistake REC's
CEO Erik Thorsen for a New Age Joni Mitchell. "I don't
have anything against helping the environment," says
Thorsen. 5 "But the main driver for us is profit."
Something weird is happening in the once
marginal world of environmentalism. The green cause is
no longer the preserve of woolly-minded liberals and
fringe activists. Its tenets are being actively pursued by
business leaders, stockholders and investment managers.
In the popular mind-set, natural disasters 1 such as New
Orleans's Hurricane Katrina, floods in Eastern Europe
and swirling desert sands in Beijing are now linked to a
change in climate that threatens our way of life and our
grandchildren's future. Europe's second record-breaking
heat wave in three years - with the hottest July in U.K.
history and more than 40 dead in France and Spain 6 - has
only cemented this relationship. Environmental concerns
have grown so widespread that no politician can ignore
them. (Adapted from Newsweek, August 14, 2006)
12. The word "THIS" in "- has only cemented THIS
relationship" (ref. 6), refers to
a) 40 dead in France and Spain.
b) the hottest July in U.K. history.
c) natural disasters and climate changes.
d) politicians and our future generations.
e) the heat wave and floods in Europe.
THE VANISHING ART OF BRAZIL'S INDIANS
By Alan Riding - The New York Times. Saturday April 30, 2005
PARIS - Long before Jean-Jacques Rousseau idealized
the "noble savage" in the late 18th century, the Brazilian
Indian was entrenched in the French imagination. As
early as 1505, just five years after the Portuguese
discovered Brazil, the first Indian was brought to France.
Then, in 1550, 50 Indians were imported to people a
reconstructed Indian village in Normandy as a curiosity
to entertain the royal court.
But for French thinkers, the Indians also displayed
unique qualities, notably the innocence of their
nakedness, their generosity, their indifference to

possessions and, yes, their cleanliness. And this led first
Montaigne and later Montesquieu, Diderot and Rousseau
to meditate afresh on the human condition. Then, in the
mid-20th century, another Frenchman, Claude Lévi-
Strauss, helped found modern anthropology through
research carried out among Brazilian Indians.
Now, in a sense, the Indians have returned to France, in a
new exhibition called "Indian Brazil: The Arts of the
Amerindians of Brazil". The show, which has been
drawing crowds to the Grand Palais in Paris, runs
through June 27 and also includes objects collected by
Lévi-Strauss in the 1930s. It is the centerpiece of a lively
program of Brazilian art, music, dance and movies called
Year of Brazil in France.
Still, compared with displaying, say, Mayan treasures,
this is not an easy show to present. In 1500, Brazil's
Indians were Stone Age hunters and fishermen living in
small villages and never constituting what might be
termed a civilization. They were certainly exotic, but
they displayed no obvious wealth.
As it happens, in recent decades, archaeologists have
found evidence of more settled communities near the
mouth of the Amazon, some dating back 12,000 years.
Ceramic works, some 1,000 years old, have also been
excavated. Thus, "Indian Brazil" opens with a surprising
collection of pre-Columbian urns: some large vases
decorated with abstract designs, several resembling
human figures, others evoking real or imagined animals.
The rest of this exhibition reflects a culture still alive,
with objects distant from us in spirit, but not in time. Yet,
just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers, and
animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this
culture. The ancient stone sculptures of Mesoamerica
will be around for centuries; the arts of Brazil's Indians
may not.
13. Releia o último parágrafo do texto e com base na
seguinte frase, responda à questão:
"Yet, just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers,
and animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this
culture".
A palavra THOSE refere-se a
a) exhibition.
b) ancient stone sculptures.
c) wood, bark, reeds, feathers and animal skins.
d) objects.
e) culture.
Cause and Effect: Acne, a Visible Outbreak of Stress
By Eric Nagourney
Acne has long been known to cause stress. Now, a new
study offers evidence that has long been suspected - that
stress causes acne - may also be true.
Researchers at Stanford put the question to the test by
examining students with acne problems on two
occasions: once during a relatively stress-free time and
again during an exam period. They also administered
standardized questionnaires intended to assess stress
levels. The researchers, whose report appears in The
Archives of Dermatology, found that "changes in acne
severity correlate highly with increasing stress."
For people who use acne medicine, the lesson may be to
pay close attention to what is going on in their lives, said
the senior researcher, Dr. Alexa B. Kimball. "If they
know that a stressful time is coming up," Dr. Kimball
said, "that's an important time to be particularly
compliant with their medicine." Doctors treating acne
patients may also want to take stressful conditions into
account in deciding when to time a change in
prescription, she said. The findings are based on a study
of 22 students - 15 men and 7 women - with serious acne
problems. Acne affects 85 percent of the population at
some point in life. Why stress may cause the skin to
erupt is unclear. Some research suggests that it may
provoke a greater release of hormones associated with
acne. The researchers also looked at whether changes in
peoples' daily lives - in sleep, for example, or eating
habits - played a role. Even when these were factored
out, the study said, the students' acne became worse. The
role of stress in acne should not be surprising, Dr.
Kimball said. She noted that some patients responded
well to biofeedback, which is intended to reduce stress.
Stress has also been linked to numerous other medical
problems and has been shown to affect wound healing.
The New York Times. nytimes.com. August 5, 2003
14. In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, Even
when these were factored out, the study said, the
students' acne became worse., the word these refers to
a) changes in people's lives.
b) eating habits.
c) the researchers.
d) hormones associated with acne.
e) the students who participated of the study.
53

The New York Times on the web
The Rush to Enhancement: Medicine Isn't Just for the
Sick Anymore
By Sherwin B. Nuland
Until the mid-1960s, medical research was
primarily driven by the desire to solve the problems of
sick people. Although Aristotle was what might be
termed today a pure laboratory investigator, with no
thought of the clinical usefulness of his findings, the vast
majority of those physicians later influenced by his
contributions to biology were trying to solve the
mysteries of human anatomy and physiology for the
distinct purpose of combating sickness. The discovery of
blood circulation in the 17th century, the elucidation of
the anatomical effects of disease in the 18th, the
introduction of antisepsis and anesthesia in the 19th, the
development of antibiotics and cardiac and transplant
surgery in the 20th- all of these were the direct results of
physicians and others having recognized a specific group
of challenges that stood in the way of making sick people
better. Armed with knowledge of the disease processes,
they entered their laboratories to address specific clinical
issues. Their goal was improving the lot of actual
patients, often their own.
The rise of molecular biology since the late
1950s has had the gradual and quite unforeseen effect of
turning the eyes of medical scientists increasingly toward
the basic mechanisms of life, rather than disease and
death. Of course, this has always been the orientation of
all non-medical biologists, studying growth,
reproduction, nutrition or any of the other characteristics
shared by all living things.
But now the boundaries have become blurred,
between research that will alter the approach to disease
and research that will alter the approach to life itself.
While until very recently the bedside usually determined
what was done in the medical research laboratory, the
findings coming out of the laboratory nowadays are just
as likely to tell the clinician what he can do at the
bedside. The tail often wags the dog. In fact, the tail is
becoming the dog.
(Texto condensado e adaptado. Encontra-se na íntegra no endereço http://
nytimes.com / library / review / 051098medicine-review.html)
15. Na frase do segundo parágrafo, "Of course, this has
always been the orientation of all non-medical
biologists...", a palavra "this" refere-se a
a) research in molecular biology.
b) gradual and unforeseen effect.
c) medical scientists.
d) study of basic mechanisms of life.
e) study of disease and death.
After six months of bathing and washing my
clothes in the little creek winding around camp, the time
had come for me to leave the Amazon jungle. As my
plane headed toward the runway, I thought of the
interminable and ever-changing sounds of the forest, of
the strong rains heard arriving miles away; of the howler
monkeys, whose calls could so easily be confused with
strong winds; of the powerful singing of the "forest
captain" birds, and of the buzz and whir of the millions
of insects. But most of all, I thought of the vast areas of
virgin forest that now were wasteland.
I had just participated in a project that was to
determine the minimum size of forest fragment
necessary to save native species of animals and plants
from extinction. With this information, scientists could
then work to form preservation areas in the forest
fragments left behind by cattle ranchers who, until some
years ago, had received subsidies from the government
to "develop" the Amazon region. Today most of these
ranches are abandoned: scrub grass and ruined houses
remain as a sorry reminder of a wrongheaded
governmental policy.
According to the Brazilian government,
Amazonia contains 185,000 km 2 of deforested and
abandoned land. Yet the government still has not learned
that deforested land in the Amazon region is largely
unsuitable for agriculture, and according to the World
Wildlife Fund for Nature (WWF), during the last 6 years
the government's agrarian reform program has authorized
the clearing of 23,000 km 2 of native forest. The country
(and its ecosystem) could have been better served by
giving landless peasants title to some of the countless
hectares of unproductive farmland around the country.
The "Biological Dynamics of Forest Fragments"
project, in which I took part, was until 1989 called the
"Minimum Critical size of Ecosystems". It was initiated
by ecologist Dr. Thomas Lovejoy in 1979 and was
originally funded by the WWF in partnership with
Brazil's National Institute for Research in the Amazon
(INPA).
(FROM Speak Up, February 2000)
54

16. The word THIS in "with this information scientists
could then work" refers to the
a) utilization of many valuable native species
b) necessity of urgently saving birds from extinction
c) size of the forest needed for wildlife reserves
d) destruction of thousands of native species
Chemistry of a killer: Is it in brain?
By Anita Manning
USA TODAY
1 What makes one out-of-control teen-ager grow
up to live a normal life while another turns to murder?
2 A growing body of research suggests the answer
may lie in a part of the brain that controls planning,
reasoning and impulse control. Studies are revealing
physiological differences between the brains of normal
people and those of people who kill.
3 "There is clearly a biological predisposition to
violence," says psychologist Adrian Raine of the
University of Southern California."We know there are
murderers who don't have the usual signs - a history of
child, abuse, poverty, domestic violence, broken homes -
1 and yet they commit violence. Research suggests the
cause 2 may lie internally, in terms of abnormal biological
functioning."
4 Raine led studies comparing the brains of 41
murderers with 3 those of 41 nonviolent people matched
by age and gender. He found that "murderers have
poorer functioning of the prefrontal cortex, the part of
the brain that sits above eyes, behind the forehead. It's a
part of the brain that controls regulating behaviors - the
part that says 'wait a minute.' "
5 In another study, Raine divided the murderes
into two groups: 4 those from healthy, stable family
backgrounds and those from abusive, dysfunctional
homes. "It's the murderers from the good home
environment who have the poorest brain functioning," he
says. (USA TODAY, April 29, 1999. 2A.)
17. Os pronomes "those" (ref.3) e "those" (ref.4)
referem-se, respectivamente, a
a) people - murderers.
b) brains - studies.
c) people - studies.
d) murderers - people.
e) brains - murderers.
55

CAPÍTULO VII - PRONOMES RELATIVOS
Os Pronomes Relativos são usados em inglês para empregar who em vez de whom.
relacionar uma oração com outra, dando um sentido
Significado: Que
único a duas orações distintas.
1 - Um pronome relativo é usado para iniciar a descrição
de um substantivo. (Esta discrição é chamada de Omissão: Se for complemento
adjective clause ou uma relative clause.)
Antecedente: Pessoa
The lady who made your dress is waiting outside. (O
substantivo/sujeito é The Lady. Pronome relativo é Who.
Adjective clause que identifica o substantivo/sujeito.)
E.g.
I saw the dog which ate the cake. (O substantivo a ser
identificado é o cão.)
Where is the man who found the map ?
Sua escolha do pronome relativo é determinada pelo fato
de ele se referir a uma pessoa ou uma coisa..
2 - Os pronomes relativos podem exercer a função de
sujeito ou objeto do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que
quando o pronome relativo for seguido por um verbo, ele
exrce função de sujeito. Caso o pronome relativo for
seguido por um substantivo ou pronome, ele exerce
função de objeto.
- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo
exercer a função de sujeito do verbo, usa-se who ou that.
The boy who / that arrived is blond. (O menino que
EXERCISES: Who
chegou é loiro.)
(…)
- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome
relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who,
whom, that ou pode-se omitir (Zero Clause) o pronome
relativo. Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando
o relativo exercer função de objeto.
Pronomes Relativos:
1 - WHO
Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo
exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,
that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo. Contudo,
essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo exercer
função de objeto.
Lembre-se de que na linguagem informal pode-se
56
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)
The student who saw the accident is here.
Peter is the psychologist who she told you about.
Nos exemplos A&B, o pronome relativo aparece
antecedendo os verbos (see - find), exercendo assim, a
função de sujeito destes verbos. Não podendo ser
omitidos da frase. Porém, no exemplo C, o verbo TELL
tem o seu próprio sujeito (she), o que indica que o
pronome relativo funciona como objeto deste verbo.
Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem alterar seu
significado
Baron opines that reports on the "obesity
epidemic" or Avian Flu are valid stories but often don't
include information that will help viewers live healthier
lifestyles. "There needs to be information about nutrition,
weight management, smoking cessation, exercise,
lowering blood pressure and cholesterol, and preventing
and screening cancer and heart disease", he says.
Luckily, there are plenty of trusted sources for
medical news and information that can be just as
convenient as the 10 p.m. newscast. Two Web sites to
check out are that of the American Academy of Family
Physicians at www.familydoctor.org, and WebMD. But
he stresses that all medical conditions should be properly
assessed by an actual doctor.
"More than anything, I believe that people need
to have a good relationship with a primary care physician

whom they trust, who takes the time to answer questions,
and who cares enough to stay informed", he says.
(www.forbes.com/2006/07/26/questionablehealthnews_cx_sy_0727htow_print.html)
1. No trecho do último parágrafo do texto "...and who
cares enough to stay informed,..." a palavra WHO referese
a) ao Dr. Baron.
b) às pessoas.
c) ao médico.
d) aos telespectadores.
e) ao físico.
English as an international language
About one hundred years ago many educated people
4learned and spoke French when they 5met people from
other countries. Today most people speak English when
they meet foreigners. It has become the new international
language. There are more people who speak English as a
second language than people who speak English as a first
language. Why is this?
There are many reasons why English has become so
popular. One of them is that English has become the
language of business. Another important reason is that
popular American culture (like movies, music, and
McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It
has 6brought its language with it.
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world
so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a
language that the people of the earth have in common.
Our world has become very global and we need to
communicate with one another. 2On the other hand,
English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it
brings 3its culture with it. Do we really need that?
Scientists have already 7tried to create an artificial
language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any
one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't
become popular. But maybe the popularity of English
won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more
people in the world 1who speak Chinese than any other
language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new
international language.
www.5minuteenglish.com
Accessed on June 19th
2. The word “who” (ref. 1) refers to:
a) world
b) chinese
c) language
d) scientists
e) people
Fire at Antarctica station kills 2 Brazilian sailors
Two Brazilian sailors died and one was injured Saturday
after a fire broke out at a naval research station in
Antarctica, authorities reported. The fire occurred at the
Comandante Ferraz Station on King George Island, said
Adm. Julio Soares de Moura Neto, commander of the
Brazilian Navy. The three sailors were trying to
extinguish a fire that broke out in the engine room of the
facility. Brazilian military police are investigating the
cause. The station is home to researchers who conduct
studies on the effects of climate change in Antarctica and
its implications on the planet, according to the Ministry
of Science and Technology and Innovation. Researchers
at the base also study marine life and the atmosphere.
Adaptado de http://articles.cnn.com, consulta em 26/02/2012.
3. In the sentence “The station is home to researchers
who conduct studies...”, the word who refers to
a) station.
b) researchers.
c) home.
d) studies.
e) Ministry of Science and Technology and Innovation.
"Human Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with
every aspect of the relationship between computers and
people. The annual meeting of the British Computer
Society's HCI group is recognized as one of the main
venues for discussing recent trends and issues. A broad
range of HCI related topics are covered, including user
interface design, user modelling, tools, hypertext,
CSCW, and programming. Both research and
commercial perspectives are considered, making the
event essential for all researchers, designers and
manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments
in HCI. "
(Catálogo de Publicações da Oxford University Press, Engineering, April to
June)
57

4. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao referente do
pronome relativo em destaque a seguir:
Both research and commercial perspectives are
considered, making the event essential for all
researchers, designers and manufacturers WHO need to
keep abreast of developments in HCI.
a) research and commercial perspectives
b) developments in HCI
c) interface design, user modelling, tools,
d) hypertext, CSCW, and programming
e) recent trends and issues
f) all researchers, designers and manufacturers
2- WHICH
Quando o antecedente for coisa/animal e o pronome
relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se
which, that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.
Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo
exercer função de objeto.
Significado: Que
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)
Omissão: Se for complemento
Antecedente: Animal ou coisa
E.g.
Those are the dogs which came from Argentina.
Did you see the new car which he bought last week ?
No exemplo A, o pronome relativo aparece antecedendo
ao verbo (COME), exercendo assim, a função de sujeito
deste verbo. Não podendo ser omitido da frase. Porém,
no exemplo B, o verbo (BUY) tem o seu próprio sujeito
(he), o que indica que o pronome relativo funciona como
objeto deste verbo. Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem
alterar seu significado.
58
Which
EXERCISES
Will we ever… understand why music makes us feel
good?
19 April 2013
Philip Ball
No one knows why music has such a potent effect on our
emotions. But thanks to some recent studies we have a
few intriguing clues. Why do we like music? Like most
good questions, this one works on many levels. We have
answers on some levels, but not all.
We like music because it makes us feel good. Why does
it make us feel good? In 2001, neuroscientists Anne
Blood and Robert Zatorre at McGill University in
Montreal provided an answer. Using magnetic resonance
imaging they showed that people listening to pleasurable
music had activated brain regions called the limbic and
paralimbic areas, which are connected to euphoric
reward responses, like those we experience from sex,
good food and addictive drugs. Those rewards come
from a gush of a neurotransmitter called dopamine. As
DJ Lee Haslam told us, music is the drug.
(www.bbc.com. Adaptado.)
5. No trecho do segundo parágrafo – which are
connected to euphoric reward responses –, a palavra
which refere-se a
a) pleasurable music.
b) sex, good food and addictive drugs.
c) limbic and paralimbic areas.
d) magnetic resonance imaging.

e) euphoric reward responses.
TO BLOG OR NOT TO BLOG
But last year the blog experienced a Cinderellalike
transformation due to a young Iraqi architecture
graduate writing under the pseudonym Salam Pax. His
blog, "Where is Raed?", providing an eyewitness account
of life in Baghdad during and after the final months of
the Saddam regime, became extremely popular for a
huge international audience. It finally gave the web log,
according to Richard Clark, the editor of "Web User",
the UK's best-selling internet magazine, the prominence
it deserves. Salam Pax has created a precedent many
people hope will be followed. But in reality, few blogs
provide insight on global events. For many bloggers, the
objective is simply to entertain.
In the vast world of blogs - which now includes
photoblogs for amateur photographers and moblogs,
updated in real time with photos from mobile phones -
Richard Clark's own personal favorites are chosen for
their literary appeal. His regular reads include a cynical
account of working life as a manager in a call centre, an
Australian student's views on British culture and the
difficulties of a British woman in Belgium with what she
claims is an intensely annoying boyfriend. To find the
blogs that amuse you, he recommends following the
links on the page of a popular blog: most bloggers
compulsively link to other blogs, but there are also lots
of sites that list blogs according to popularity.
(FROM: "Speak Up", April 2004. Adapted)
5. The word WHICH in "which now includes..." (ref. 1)
refers to
a) real time photographers.
b) photos from mobile phones.
c) photoblogs for amateurs.
d) the vast world of blogs.
MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN
ACCEPTABLE FACE
by Maria Burke
IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16
IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based
on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a
team of American scientists has discovered that is
possesses a property unique among such materials: it is
easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.
Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based
on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend
on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce
the best results, all the particles must be made to point in
the same direction, a process which is time-consuming
and expensive.
For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually
made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,
which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer
Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and
the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic
properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend
on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was
true at magnetic fields of about 1
tesla - similar to normal operating conditions - but not at
very low fields. The researchers embedded particles of'
the material, which also contains atoms of barium,
copper and oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.
Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver
for industry. However, the synthesis of the new
superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves
mercury, a hazardous substance.
Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal
Physical Review B.
6. O pronome relativo WHICH, destacado no texto,
refere-se a:
a) altas temperaturas
b) propriedades
c) supercondutores
d) partículas
e) ítrio e bismuto
BRAZIL PRESIDENT: ETHANOL PRODUCTION
BOOM WON'T HARM AMAZON
(AP) Rio de Janeiro - Brazil's president said his
nation's booming ethanol business won't hurt the
Amazon rain forest, dismissing criticism that the
alternative fuel could cause deforestation. Silva, referring
to concerns raised during his European visit last week,
said Monday that it is unjustified to think that increased
production of sugar cane for ethanol could prompt more
jungle clearing. He said that Amazon weather conditions
aren't favorable for the sugar cane used to produce
ethanol.
59

While there are few sugarcane-ethanol
plantations in the Amazon, environmentalists have
voiced concerns that a global ethanol boom could
accelerate rain forest destruction if trees are cleared to
make room for crops. Some soy plantations in central
Brazil are being transformed to sugarcane ethanol
operations and environmentalists say that could lead soy
farmers to move into the Amazon for their crop, which is
also in high demand worldwide, particularly from China.
Cuba's Fidel Castro and Venezuela's Hugo
Chavez have irked Brazilians by arguing that ethanol
production would cause hunger by shifting food crops to
energy use - an allegation Silva denies. But they have not
focused on environmental complaints.
Brazilian ethanol makers produced 17 billion
liters (4.5 billion gallons) last year, and exported 3.4
billion liters (900 million gallons). Billions of dollars are
pouring into the nation to increase production. Brazil is
the world's N0. 1 sugar producer and exporter, and the
leading exporter of ethanol made from sugarcane. It also
is the world's second-largest ethanol producer, trailing
the United States, and is ramping up production of
soybean-based biodiesel.
(www.iht.com/articles/ap/2007/07/10/business. Adaptado.)
7. No trecho do segundo parágrafo do texto - "Some
soy plantations in central Brazil are being transformed to
sugarcane ethanol operations and environmentalists say
that could lead soy farmers to move into the Amazon for
their crop, which is also in high demand worldwide,
particularly from China." - a palavra "which" refere-se
a) ao etanol de cana.
b) aos produtores de soja.
c) à soja.
d) à Amazônia.
e) à China.
3-THAT
Observe que o pronome THAT pode ser usado tanto
como substituto de WHO, WHICH ou WHOM em todos
os exemplos vistos até agora.
Embora, quando usarmos uma oração apositiva, ou o
pronome preposicionado, o THAT não será usado.
Significado: Que
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)
60
Omissão: Se for complemento
Antecedente: Pessoa, animal, coisa ou a mistura de tudo.
E.g.
The group that arrived this morning was from Argentina.
Maria Luiza doesn’t know that his father is badly sick at
Samu, does she ?
Where is the pin number that I asked you to keep ?
Definitely this is not the kind of result that I’d like to see.
A PATCH FOR LOVE
EXERCISES: That
Hormone-delivering patches could help endangered
animals breed
1 For years, people have been able to wear
patches (skin adhesives like band-aids) that help them
quit smoking, prevent seasickness or replace hormones
in their aging bodies. But now patches might help out
when it comes to the birds and the bees - especially the
birds. Rebecca L. Holberton, a biologist at the University
of Mississippi, is developing a patch 1that can safely
deliver hormones to encourage reproduction in
endangered birds.
2 Free of surgical complications that may affect
other methods, the patch delivers hormones directly
through the skin and is light and easy to make: it is
derived from Band-Aids. The hormone is mixed with
vegetable oil and added to the gauze. The completed
patch is attached just under the wing; it falls off three to
four days later.
3 In 1975 the New Zealand Department of
Conservation gathered kakapos from their habitats and
transported them to islands that are now regulated for
nonnative predators. In 1980, with the discovery of a
female still alive, breeding efforts began. But 2regardless
of all the booming, foghornlike calls of the males, the
females are interested in food first, sex later. They care
for their chicks alone and will often hold off breeding
unless fruit is abundant. When the birds are too
concerned about food to mate, the patch might change
their attitude. "It could possibly be used whenever the
food crop is bad," Holberton remarks.
(From Scientific American, August 1999, p.14)

8. A palavra THAT (ref. 1) poderá ser substituída por:
a) who.
b) whose.
c) which.
d) whom.
e) where.
Research shows that sunscreens may not be as effective
as hoped at preventing sunburn. Users may1 be spending
long hours in the sun with a false sense of security, and
though2 lotions may protect against sunburning UVB
rays, it does little to block out the potentially more
dangerous UVA rays. Another worry3 is the long-term
effects of the chemicals contained in the suntan lotion
themselves. To make spending time outdoors safer, a
company called Frogskin, Inc., located in Scottsdale,
Arizona, is marketing a line of clothing called 4Frogware
that5, wet or dry, protects the user from the damaging
effects of the sun more effectively than sunscreens.
6"Our T-shirts give you the same amount of
protection from the sun that a heavy sweat shirt would",
says Jan Steinberg, president of Frogskin. "But who
wants to wear a sweat shirt in the water?" A typical
cotton T-shirt, for instance, has a sun protection factor
(SPF) of 5; a Frogskin T-shirt has a SPF of 30.
Frogwear, says the maker, blocks out 98.5% of all UVB
rays and 97% of all UVA rays. The fabric, which is
lighter than cotton but more durable, also helps keep you
cool, by wicking perspiration away from the skin. 7In
addition, Frogwear absorbs very little water when wet
and dries quickly. Prices range8 from $ 18 for a hat to $
50 for a sports jacket.
Newsweek, September 18, 1994
9. The word THAT (ref.:5) can be replaced with...
a) what.
b) whose.
c) which.
d) who.
e) whichever.
Why Bilinguals Are Smarter
Speaking two languages 5rather than just one has
obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized
world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show
that 10the advantages of bilingualism are even more
fundamental than being able to converse with 11a wider
range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you
smarter. It can have a profound effect on your brain,
improving cognitive skills not related to language and
even protecting from dementia in old age.
This view of bilingualism is 1remarkably different from
12the understanding of bilingualism through much of the
20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers
long considered a second language to be an interference,
cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic
and intellectual development. They were not wrong
about the interference: there is ample evidence that in a
bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even
when he is using only one language, thus creating
situations in which one system obstructs the other. But
this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so
much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the
brain to resolve internal conflict, giving the mind a
workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.
Bilinguals, 2for instance, seem to be more adept than
monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles.
In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual
preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red
squares presented on a computer screen into two digital
bins — one marked with a blue square and the other
marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children
had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the
bin marked with the blue square and red squares in the
bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with
comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort
by shape, which was more challenging because it
required placing the images in a bin marked with a
conflicting color. 13The bilinguals were quicker at
performing this task.
6The collective evidence from a number of such studies
suggests that the bilingual experience improves the
brain’s 3so-called executive function — a command
system that directs the attention processes that we use for
planning, solving problems and performing various other
mentally demanding tasks. These processes include
ignoring distractions to stay focused, switching attention
willfully from one thing to another and holding
information in mind — like remembering a sequence of
directions while driving.
14Why does the fight between two simultaneously active
language systems improve these aspects of cognition?
Until recently, researchers thought 7the bilingual
advantage was centered primarily in an ability for
61

inhibition that was improved by the exercise of
suppressing one language system: this suppression, it
was thought, would help train the bilingual mind to
ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation
increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have
shown that bilinguals perform better than monolinguals
4even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like
threading a line through an ascending series of numbers
scattered randomly on a page.
The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain
from infancy to old age (and 8there is reason to believe
that it may also apply to those who learn a second
language later in life).
In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International
School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-monthold
babies exposed to two languages from birth were
compared with peers raised with one language. In an
initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an
audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of
the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set
of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a
bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their
anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other
babies did not.
Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years.
In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English
bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar
Gollan of the University of California, San Diego, found
that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism —
measured through a comparative evaluation of
proficiency in each language — were more resistant than
others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms
of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of
bilingualism, the later the age of occurrence.
Nobody ever doubted the power of language. 9But who
would have imagined that the words we hear and the
sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep
imprint?
Adapted from http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/thebenefitsof-bilingualism.html
10. The relative pronoun THAT can be omitted in all the
sentences below, EXCEPT
a) The collective evidence from a number of such studies
suggests that the bilingual experience improves the
brain’s so-called executive function. (ref. 6)
62
b) [...] the bilingual advantage was centered primarily
in ability for inhibition that was improved by the
exercise of suppressing one language system. (ref. 7)
c) [...] there is reason to believe that it may also apply
to those who learn a second language later in life.
(ref. 8) [...]
d) But who would have imagined that the words we
hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving
such a deep imprint? (ref. 9)
Couple Sells Ads to Pay for Wedding
Monday, August 16, 1999 (Reuters) - Talk about a
marriage of love and money.
1 Tom Anderson and Sabrina Root paid for their
$14,000 wedding this weekend by selling advertising
space at the ceremony and reception.
2 Everything from the wedding rings to a week at
a penthouse in Cancun, Mexico, were donated after
Anderson got 24 companies to sponsor the nuptials in
exchange for having their names appear six times from
the invitations to the thank-you cards.
3 Anderson, 24, a bartender, spent his own money
for his wife's $1,400 engagement ring while Root, 33, a
hair stylist, paid $1,600 for the dress.
4 The 1groom got the idea of corporate
sponsorships 3while working in a small struggling
animation studio that often had to barter for services.
5 "So I was in a sales mode, and I got to
thinking", he told the Philadelphia Inquirer, 2which ran a
photo of the couple sitting among their corporatesponsored
wedding "gifts" in its Sunday edition.
6 The bride's perfume came from a local
distributor, and coffee was provided gratis from a
neighborhood supplier.
7 Advertisers had their names appear on the
invitations and thank-you cards, on cards at the buffet,
on scrolls at the dinner table, in an ad placed in a local
independent newspaper and in a verbal "thank you" that
followed the first toast.
8 The Inquirer said the groom had bought two
addresses on the Internet's World Wide Web, namely:
sponsoredwedding.com and weddingsponsors.com.

11. The word "which" (ref.2) can be substituted by
a) that.
b) who.
c) whose.
d) where.
e) when.
"C. P. Snow, the British scientist and novelist, sounded
the alarm in the 1950 about the dangers of two cultures:
"Literary intellectuals at one pole, at the other scientists.
"Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power
have become realities that define everyday life; yet many
supposedly well-educated people do not understand how
they work. Despite the growing use of computers in
classrooms, American universities are still graduating
millions of technological illiterates."
12. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao
referente do pronome relativo, em destaque, a seguir:
Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power have
become realities THAT define everyday life
a) every day
b) life
c) intelectuals
d) realities
e) scientists
Smog is a fact of life in most cities, but several Italian
municipalities think they’ve found a way to beat it. A
new type of sidewalk brick breaks down carbon
monoxide, a poisonous byproduct of automobile engines
that also contributes to global warming.
13. The word that has been omitted between “think” (l.
2) and “they’ve found” (l. 2) is
a) what.
b) when.
c) which.
d) that.
e) whose.
Despite a continuing reduction in the size of the nation's
Armed Forces, 200,000 young men and women are still
enlisting annually. But the reduction, along with an
increasing need for men and women who can operate
high-tech equipment, has significantly changed the
military's recruitment strategies. Military recruiters have
grown familiar with the kinds of sophisticated
advertising techniques and computerized geographic and
market analysis that are routinely used to sell
commercial products. As a result, recruiters can focus
on the communities 'that' are likely to yield the most
qualified applicants.
14. No texto, 'that' refere-se a
a) strategies.
b) applicants.
c) recruiters.
d) communities.
e) young men and women.
DOES AMERICA HAVE A SOUL?
1 Since the publication of "Care of the soul" four
years ago, I've traveled the country giving talks, signing
books, and having conversations on talk radio. I have
learned there are large numbers of Americans (maybe
not the majority) who are passionate about, or at least
interested in, shaping their lives to be humane,
individual, socially tolerant and contributing, and
spiritual by some definition. They are hungry for
whatever it is that makes life worth living and are
concerned about their own souls and the soul of their
country.
2 One moment in my travel stands out. I was
giving a talk in a large auditorium in New England when
a woman sitting in the balcony stood up and told the
story of having just quit her job. She had young children
and was full of anxiety about her financial future, but she
knew the work she had been doing was hurting her soul,
so she made the tough decision to take the leap and hope
for something better. The audience reacted to her story
with wild foot-stomping, whistles, screams, and
prolonged applause. I was shocked by their intensity,
their obvious identification with her plight, but I have
since witnessed these emotions in other parts of the
country. From Mother Jones magazine.
63

15. In the passage "large numbers of Americans (maybe
not the majority) WHO are passionate about" (par.1) the
word WHO could be replaced by
a) which.
b) whom.
c) that.
d) whose.
e) the word cannot be replaced.
4-WHOM
Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo
exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,
that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.
O pronome relativo WHOM só pode ser usado com a
função de OBJETO do verbo. Portanto, evita-se seu uso
nas sentenças em que o relativo antecede a um verbo.
Este pronome de ser usado obrigatoriamnte nas
sentenças em que o pronome relativo está
PREPOSICIONADO, como no exemplo C, abaixo.
Significado: Que
Função: Complemento (objeto)
Omissão: Se for complemento
Antecedente: Pessoa apenas
E.g.
Nildaima is the stewardess whom I needed to see.
Those lawyers are the ones whom she sent to court.
This is the writer from whom we got the book as an
example.
EXERCISES: Whom.
16. “Here are some realities of the working world that
often surprise people who are beginning their first job”
(l. 4-6) About “that” and “who”, it’s correct to say:
a) “that” can be replaced by “who”.
b) “who” could be replaced by whom.
c) “that” refers to people.
d) which could substitute for both of them.
e) both “that” and “who” cannot be omitted.
64
5-WHOSE
O pronome relativo whose (cujo, cuja, cujos, cujas)
estabelece uma relação de posse, e é usado com qualquer
antecedente. Esse pronome é sempre seguido por um
substantivo e nunca pode ser omitido.
Este pronome em muitos dos casos, pode concordar com
o termo consequente da sentença, não exercendo assim, a
função anafórica, muito comum com pronomes.
Significado: Cujo (a) (s)
Função: Relacionar posse (s)
Omissão: Nunca é omitido
Antecedente: Qualquer coisa ou pessoa
E.g.
The chemist whose lab was set on fire lives near my
house.
English teachers whose pronunciation is not good
shouldn’t teach without a previous test.
A RACIAL GAP
EXERCISES: Whose
Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower
rate than whites. What can be done?
Doctors have long known that lung cancers,
which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier
toll among black Americans, particularly black men,
than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black
men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of
white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white
women). It also has to do with differences in income and
access to medical care. But there has always been a
lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to
either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in
"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster
that disturbing conclusion.
Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely
hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even
so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have
a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size
give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant

growth is surgically removed.
(Time, October 25th, 1999)
17. In the sentence, "about 20% of lung cancer patients
are found to have a tumor WHOSE biological
characteristics..." the capital word refers to
a) patients
b) blacks.
c) tumor.
d) lung cancer.
e) about 20%.
18.
and written a letter to her. I started writing to her when I
was 10 and she was living at Lake Ranch in the interior
of British Columbia. Her letters were full of what Uncle
Willi was doing. He was a cowboy and he rode quarter
horses every day, moving cattle and watching out for
rattle-snakes.
Her correspondence was like a novel 1whose main
characters were my family, and I still have every letter.
My letters were full of school in Victoria and family and
ballet. I learned to 2pack mine with 3whatever I thought
was important. She would write back with questions and
slowly I learned how to tell a story. I also learned about
the paraphernalia of letter writing, keeping my address
book current, having a ready supply of paper, envelopes
and stamps.
(KOVACH, P. R. Special delivery. The globe and the mail, Canada, July 12,
2011. – Texto adaptado.)
19. O pronome whose (ref. 1) refere-se
a) à escola.
b) a romance.
c) às personagens.
d) à família.
e) à carta.
6-WHERE
O pronome relativo where (onde, em que, no que, no
qual, na qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado para se referir
a lugar ou lugares.
Este pronome relativo somente aceita ser substituido ou
poderá substituir a expressão IN WHICH.
"A man named", no primeiro quadrinho, é equivalente a
a) a man whose name is.
b) a man that the name is.
c) a man who the name is.
d) a man whom the name is.
e) a man that is name.
Special delivery
The other day in our mailbox there was a letter from
Auntie Anne. She is nearing 80 and does not know how
important Facebook has become. She is not interested in
Twittering and does not see the use of Internet. She is
addicted to pen and paper.
Every other week for the past 30 years I have sat down
Significado: Onde…
Função: Referencial
Omissão: Não
Antecedente: lugar
Zênite is the cursinho where most of the brilliant
students are.
Vitória da Conquista is the city where Mister has been
living since 90s.
Zênite is the cursinho in which most of the brilliant
students are.
Vitória da Conquista is the city in which Mister has been
65

66
living since 90s.
EXERCISES: Where.
KIDS AND TV: PARENTS DON'T PRACTICE WHAT
EXPERTS PREACH
One-third of the youngest children in the United
States - babies through age 6 - 20live in homes where the
television is on almost all the time, says a study that
2highlights the immense disconnect between what
pediatricians advise and what parents allow.
TV in the bedroom is not even that rare for the
youngest children anymore. Almost one child in five
under 2 has a set, even though the American Academy of
Pediatrics advises against any TV watching at that age.
Eight in 10 children younger than 6 watch TV,
play video games or use the computer on a typical day.
They average about two hours of screen time, compared
with 48 minutes when they are being read to, the
14Kaiser Family Foundation concludes in a study
released Wednesday.
The number of youngsters glued to the screen
has not changed much since the foundation's first report
on the topic in 2003. However, in this follow-up, Kaiser
asked parents - in a survey and in focus-group sessions -
why they and their children use TV and other electronic
media the way 8they do.
Instead, a generation of parents raised on TV is
largely encouraging the early use of television, video
games and computers by their own children, often
starting in infancy.
These parents say TV teaches how to share and
the ABCs when they do not have the time. Television
3provides time for parents to cook or take a shower.
1They use screen time as a reward or, paradoxically, to
help kids wind down at bedtime.
7Despite studies that link bedroom TVs to kids'
sleep problems, the most common reason cited for giving
children their own set was that 9it freed up other TVs so
parents or their other children could watch shows of their
choice.
The report by 15the California-based
foundation, 10which analyzes health care 4issues, comes
at a time of great debate about the impact of TV and
other multimedia on youngsters. Just last week,
16specialists called together by the National Institutes of
Health urged more research on how electronic media
affect children at different ages.
Those specialists sigh at the notion that parents
could not get by without TV. "People have made dinner
for millennia, but we've only had television for 50
years," said Dr. Dimitri Christakas of the University of
Washington. "Television's not inherently good or bad. ...
The real 5goal now has to be not to de-technologize
childhood, but how to optimize children's experiences
with 11it."
The pediatrics group recommends no TV or
other electronic media for kids younger than 2 - advice
that just 26 percent of parents followed, Kaiser found -
and no more than two hours of total "screen time" daily
for older children.
17The organization is not anti-TV, said 18Dr.
Daniel Broughton of the Mayo Clinic, an academy
member who co-wrote the recommendations. But before
age 2 is the time of the brain's most rapid development,
and interaction - the live give-and-take that TV cannot
provide - is crucial during that period, he said.
Some studies also link TV watching at younger
ages to youngsters' attention disorders. After a child
reaches 2, the idea is to 6balance a little TV with riding
bikes, playing with friends, household chores and the
other activities of childhood, Broughton said.
"We want parents to watch with their kids," he
added. 13One reason is that viewing ethnic stereotypes
or bad behavior on TV can become instructive, when
parents explain why children should not copy what
12they saw.
Adapted from http://edition.cnn.com/2006/HEALTH/parenting. May 24, 2006
20. In the expression "(...) live in homes where the
television is on almost all the time" (ref. 20), "where"
could be rephrased CORRECTLY with:
a) Live in homes in which the television is on almost
all the time.
b) Live in homes that the television is on almost all the
time.
c) Live in homes which the television is on almost all
the time.
d) Live in homes the television is on almost all the
time.
e) Live in homes in that the television is on almost all
the time.

Brazil is setting up Telecenters. These come in all shapes
and forms. 2Their main goal is to provide training and
shared access to the modern information and
communication technologies. A single computer
connected to the Internet that provides free or paid public
access to its capabilities is an embryonic telecenter.
Conversely, an advanced telecenter can act as a business
incubator, a distance-work facility and a cultural and
educational center. Telecenters can be private
enterprises, state owned or community based.
Combinations of these models are flourishing around
Brazil. The preferred model adopted by the Federal
government is the same one adopted by the São Paulo
City Government. The government uses its own
buildings to create telecenters in areas 1where the need is
particularly great. The program is run by the government
officials, along with all equipment purchases and support
services for maintenance of the telecenter network. The
community being served is invited to participate in the
telecenter's steering committee. The main challenge to
this model is government transition.
- Adapted from .
8 – WHAT
(o que) pode ser usado como pronome relativo e pode
exercer função de sujeito ou objeto.
I don't know what happened yesterday. (Não sei o
que aconteceu ontem.)
What is this? (O que é isto?)
ORAÇÕES SUBORDINADAS - SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
As orações subordinadas (subordinate clauses), também
chamadas de orações dependentes (dependent clauses),
exercem uma função sintática em relação a uma outra
oração, chamada de oração principal, que requer
complemento para que seu significado seja completo.
Desse modo, as orações subordinadas estão sempre
ligadas a outra oração, visto que sozinhas também não
possuem um sentido completo em si. Em inglês, há dois
tipos de orações subordinadas: Relative or Adjective
Clauses e Adverbial Clauses.
Orações Relativas - Relative / Adjetive Clauses
21. In reference 1, the pronoun WHERE refers to
a) São Paulo city.
b) Brazil.
c) buildings.
d) telecenters.
e) areas.
7- WHEN
O pronome relativo when (quando, em que, no qual, na
qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado referindo-se a dia(s),
mês, meses, ano(s), etc.
Significado: Quando…
Função: Referencial de tempo.
Omissão: Naõ é bom ser omitido
Antecedente: Datas, meses, dias…
I will always remember the day when we met each other.
(Sempre me lembrarei do dia em que nos conhecemos.)
We will get married when you get a job. (Nós iremos
casar quando você conseguir um emprego.)
As orações relativas (relative/adjective clauses) realizam
a mesma função de um adjetivo: complementam um
substantivo ou um pronome da oração principal, que é
chamado de antecedente. Para adicionarmos informações
ao antecedente, usamos ospronomes
relativos (who, whom, whose, which e that). Há dois
tipos de orações relativas: as restritivas (defining relative
clauses) e as explicativas (non-defining relative clauses).
A escolha do pronome relativo dependerá do tipo de
oração (restritiva ou explicativa) e da função que
exercem (sujeito, objeto ou ideia de posse). A partir de
agora, estudaremos cada uma das orações relativas
separadamente:
Defining Relative Clauses - Orações Restritivas
Essas orações definem ou diferenciam o antecedente, ou
seja, elas servem para definir sobre quem ou sobre o que
estamos falando. Observe suas características:
Não são antecedidas de vírgula.
Do you know the student who is talking to Luis Àvila?
(Você conhece o estudante que está falando com o
Àvila?)
67

I was invited to a party which was not very excited.
(Fui convidado para uma festa que não estava muito
animada.)
I was introduced to a woman who can speak six
languages. (Conheci uma mulher que sabe falar seis
idiomas.)
Christopher Columbus was the
man who discovered America.
(Cristóvão Colombo foi o homem que descobriu a
América.)
Gustavo is the journalist who writes for the Times.
(Gustavo é o jornalista que escreve para o Times.)
The man who lives next door is my grandfather. (O
homem que mora na casa ao lado é meu avô.)
Orações Apositivas. (EXPLICATIVAS)
Non-defining Relative Clauses - Orações Explicativas
Fornecem informações adicionais, mas não essenciais
sobre o antecedente. Observe suas características:
As orações explicativas (non-defining) são usadas entre
vírgulas. Pode haver apenas uma vírgula quando a
oração relativa for a segunda.
John's mother, who lives in Scotland, has six
grandchildren. (A mãe do João, que mora na Escócia,
tem seis netos.)
Tony's sister, who smokes like a chimney, is a painter.
(A irmã do Tony, que fuma como um chaminé, é
pintora.)
You should take up swimming, which is a good sport.
(Você deveria dedicar-se à natação, que é um bom
esporte.)
As orações adjetivas podem ser omitidas, uma vez que
contêm informações adicionais que não são necessárias
para a compreensão da oração.
1. WHO Deve ser usado se o antecedente for pessoa.
2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não for
pessoa
68
E.g.
Her son, who lives in Campinas, sold me the camera.
Bats, which in their majority are black, like to
hunt at night.
OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.
No caso de orações apositivas o pronome usado NÃO
poderá ser omitido nem substituído por THAT.
EXERCISES
Apart from being about murder, suicide, torture, fear and
madness, horror stories are also concerned with ghosts,
vampires, succubi, incubi, poltergeists, demonic pacts,
diabolic possession and exorcism, witchcraft,
spiritualism, voodoo, lycanthropy and the macabre, plus
such occult or quasi occult practices as telekinesis and
hylomancy. Some horror stories are serio-comic or
comic- grotesque, but none the less alarming or
frightening for that.
From late in the 18th c. until the present day – in short,
for some two hundred years – the horror story (which is
perhaps a mode rather than an identifiable genre) in its
many and various forms has been a diachronic feature of
British and American literature and is of considerable
importance in literary history, especially in the evolution
of the short story. It is also important because of its
connections with the Gothic novel and with a multitude
of fiction associated with tales of mystery, suspense,
terror and the supernatural, with the ghost story and the
thriller and with numerous stories in the 19th and 20th c.
in which crime is a central theme.
The horror story is part of a long process by which
people have tried to come to terms with and find
adequate descriptions and symbols for deeply rooted,
primitive and powerful forces, energies and fears which
are related to death, afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil,
violence and destruction.
Writers have long been aware of the magnetic attraction
of the horrific and have seen how to exploit or appeal to
particular inclinations and appetites. It was the poets and
artists of the late medieval period who figured out and
expressed some of the innermost fears and some of the

ultimate horrors (real and imaginary) of human
consciousness. Fear created horrors enough and the
eschatological order was never far from people’s minds.
Poets dwelt on and amplified the ubi sunt motif and
artists depicted the spectre of death in paint, through
sculpture and by means of woodcut. The most potent and
1frightening image of all was that of hell: the abode of
eternal loss, pain and damnation. There were numerous
“visions” of hell in literature.
Gradually, imperceptibly, during the 16th c. hell was
“moved” from its traditional site in the center of the
earth. It came to be located in the mind; it was a part of a
state of consciousness. This was the 2beginning of the
growth of the idea of a subjective, inner hell, a
psychological hell; a personal and individual source of
horror and terror, such as the chaos of a disturbed and
tormented mind, the pandaemonium of psychopathic
conditions, rather than the abode of lux atra and
3everlasting pain with its definite location in a
measurable cosmological system.
The horror stories of the late 16th and early 17th c. (like
the ghost stories) are provided for us by the playwrights.
The Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedians were deeply
interested in evil, crime, murder, suicide and violence.
They were also very interested in states of extreme
5suffering: pain, fear and madness. They found new
modes, new metaphors and images, for presenting the
horrific and in doing so they created simulacra of hell.
One might cite perhaps a thousand or more
instances from plays in the period c. 1580 to c. 1642 in
which hell is an all- purpose, variable and diachronic
image of horror whether as a place of punishment or as a
state of mind and spirit. Horrific action on stage was
commonplace in the tragedy and revenge tragedy of the
period. The satiety which Macbeth claimed to have
experienced when he said: “I have supp’d full of
horrors;/ Direness, familiar to my slaughterous thoughts,
/Cannot once start me…” was representative of it.
During the 18th c. (as during the 19th ), in orthodox
doctrine taught by various “churches” and sects, hell
remained a place of eternal fire and punishment and the
abode of the Devil. For the most part writers of the
Romantic period and thereafter did not re-create it as a
visitable place. However, artists were drawn to
“illustrate” earlier conceptions of hell. William Blake did
102 engravings for Dante’s Inferno. John Martin
illustrated Paradise Lost and Gustave Doré applied
himself to Dante and Milton. The actual hells of the 18th
and 19th c. were the gaols, the madhouses, the slums and
bedlams and those lanes and alleys where vice, squalor,
depravity and unspeakable misery created a social and
moral chaos: terrestrial counterparts to the horrors of
Dante’s Circles.
Gothic influence traveled to America and affected
writers such as Edgar Allan Poe, whose tales are short,
intense, sensational and have the power to inspire horror
and terror. He depicts extremes of fear and insanity and,
through the operations of evil, gives us glimpses of hell.
Poe’s long-term influence was immeasurable (and in the
case of some writers not altogether for their good), and
one can detect it persisting through the 19th c.; in, for
example the French symbolistes (Baudelaire published
translations of his tales in 1856 and 1857), in such
British writers as Rossetti, Swinburne, Dowson and R. L.
Stevenson, and in such Americans as Ambrose Bierce,
Hart Crane and H.P. Lovecraft.
Towards the end of the 19th c. a number of British and
American writers were 4experimenting with different
modes of horror story, and this was at a time when there
had been a steadily growing interest in the occult, in
supernatural agencies, in psychic phenomena, in
psychotherapy, in extreme psychological states and also
in spiritualism.
The enormous increase in science fiction since the 1950s
has diversified horror fiction even more than might at
first be supposed. New maps of hell have been drawn
and are being drawn; new dimensions of the horrific
exposed and explored; new simulacra and exempla
created. Fear, pain, suffering, guilt and madness (what
has already been touched on in miscellaneous “hells”)
remain powerful and emotive elements in horror stories.
In a chaotic world, which many see to be on a disaster
course, through the cracks, “the faults in reality”, we and
our writers catch other vertiginous glimpses of “chaos
and old night”, fissiparating images of death and
destruction.
From: CUDDON, J. A. The Penguin Dictionary of Literary Terms and Literary
Theory. London: Penguin, 1999.
22. In the sentences In a chaotic world, which many see
to be on a disaster course, through the cracks”, “the
faults in reality”, we and our writers catch other
vertiginous glimpses of “chaos and old night”, “The
satiety which Macbeth claimed to have experienced (… )
was representative of it.” and “…people have tried to
come to terms with and find adequate descriptions and
symbols for deeply rooted, primitive and powerful
69

70
forces, energies and fears which are related to death,
afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil, violence and
destruction.” one finds relative clauses classified
respectively as
a) defining, non-defining, defining.
b) non-defining, defining, non-defining.
c) defining, non-defining, defining.
d) non-defining, defining, defining.
23. In the sentence “Gothic influence traveled to
America and affected writers such as Edgar Allan Poe,
whose tales are short, intense, sensational and have the
power to inspire horror and terror.” one may find at least
one
a) noun clause.
b) adjective clause.
c) time clause.
d) contrast clause
European drama has a less continuous history
than epic and poetry; it has sometimes flourished and
sometimes declined. The first surviving drama was in
Greek, performed in Athens in the 5c BC: the work of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides (tragedy) and of
Aristophanes (comedy). The main Latin contribution was
the comedy of Terence and Plautus in the 2c BC. The
later Roman Republic and the Empire produced no
significant drama; Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote
tragedies based on the Greek model which were intended
for reading to a select audience and not for the public
stage. The later Roman theatre became increasingly
devoted to elaborate and often decadent spectacle. The
Christians opposed it and in the 6c the barbarian
invasions brought it to an end. The revival of the theatre
began in the 11c with the introduction of brief
dramatized episodes into the Mass on the occasion of
major festivals. These gradually developed into complete
plays, performed in public places by the trade guilds and
known as mystery plays or mysteries. These were
succeeded in the 15c by morality plays, allegorical
presentations of human virtues and vices in conflict.
The high point of drama in English came in the
late 16c and early 17c, with such writers as Shakespeare
(especially with his tragedies), Marlowe, Jonson, and
Webster. In the later 17c, the Restoration theatre was
mainly devoted to the witty and often scurrilous comedy
of manners and intrigue. The French classical theatre had
its great period at the same time, with the tragedies of
Corneille and Racine, and the comedies of Moliere. A
long decline in Britain, briefly broken by the 18c
comedies of the Anglo- Irish playwrights Oliver
Goldsmith and Richard Sheridan, ended in a revival at
the end of the 19c by the Irish dramatists Oscar Wilde
and George Bernard Shaw. Prominent playwrights of the
20c include such experimenters in the theatre of the
absurd as Harold Pinter and Samuel Beckett. The latter
belongs as much to the French theatre, which has
produced plays of challenge and 1QUESTIONING by
Jean-Paul Sartre, Jean Giraudoux, and Eugene Ionesco.
Dramatists in the 20c US have looked at the predicament
of modern humanity in a complex, pluralistic society,
notably Eugene O'Neill, Tennessee Williams, and Arthur
Miller. Some of the foremost modern plays are those of
Henrik Ibsen in Norway, August Strindberg in Sweden,
and Ivan Turgenev and Anton Chechov in Russia.
Dramatists are affected, like all writers, by the
presuppositions and fashions of their time and place.
Medieval drama derives from the 2PREVAILING
popular Catholic Christianity, Elizabethan and Jacobean
drama reflects contemporary views of status, honour, and
revenge, Victorian drama displays the manners and
attitudes of the new middle class. Conventions also
affect the structure of plays. In the 16c and 17c,
European drama was often obedient to the demand for
the three unities, adding the unity of place to the unities
of time and action attributed to Aristotle. Dramatists in
English usually disregarded these restraints, supported
the main plot with a subplot, and ranged widely through
time and space. The practice of reading a play instead of
seeing it produced is comparatively late; the majority of
early plays were not printed, and the texts which
appeared were often careless and poorly produced. When
Jonson had his collected plays carefully printed as his
Works (1616), he aroused some ridicule but helped
establish the play as a literary text, probably
3INFLUENCING the publication of Shakespeare's plays
in the First Folio (1623). The printed play became in its
own right a branch of literature, with the result that
theatrical and textual scholarship has been applied to the
work of early dramatists. As time passed, playwrights
gave more consideration to the reader. Stage directions
evolved from laconic indications of entrances and exits
to detailed descriptions of scenes and actions, including
sketches of the appearance and nature of the characters.
The effect is sometimes of an excerpt from a novel in the
present tense. Dramatists in general have become more
self-explanatory and less inclined to entrust their work
solely to the reactions of a live audience.

Although great variety in dramatic structure is
possible, most plays have a connected plot that develops
through conflict to a climax followed by resolution. Even
when the story is known to the audience, the dramatist
creates a mood of tension and suspense by the responses
of characters to the changing situation. The factors apply
to both tragedy and comedy. The suspense can be
terrifying or mirthful and the resolution one of sadness or
relief. Because the play is witnessed in short and
continuous time, the dramatist needs to be economical,
4TELESCOPING events that in reality would develop
over a longer period and 5INTRODUCING meetings
and juxtapositions that might seem remarkable outside
the theatre. Divisions into acts and scenes may mark the
passage of time and emphasize major developments. A
play requires continuous action, not necessarily vigorous,
but moving into new situations and relationships. Long
set speeches and philosophical discourses are seldom
effective.
In spite of the fact that some types of drama,
such as ritual performances and representations of myth,
deliberately avoid a human focus, characterization is the
device in most dramas. Characters may be depicted as
great people, leaders of the community and powerful in
its destiny, or, as is often the case in modern drama, as
ordinary persons. They must be quickly presented to the
audience and become familiar in a short time. They are
created through the words they speak, their actions in the
play, and what other characters report of them. Leading
characters are supported by minor roles, and the quality
of a dramatist is shown partly by skill in making such
roles credible and individual.
Early drama was written in verse, ranging from
the poetry of ancient Greek tragedy and Shakespeare to
the colloquial rhythms of the medieval mysteries. The
type of verse changes from one period to another. Blank
verse was dominant in 16c and early 17c English drama,
the heroic couplet in Restoration tragedy, and the
alexandrine in French classical drama. Prose dialogue
was also used by Shakespeare and his contemporaries,
and by the end of the 17c was the normal medium for
English drama. In the 20c, there was a revival of verse
drama. It was short-lived, however, partly through the
decline of popular interest in poetry and partly through
the failure of the dramatists to develop an idiom that
could be sustained without 6BECOMING artificial and
forced. Modern prose dialogue has tended to become
more colloquial and naturalistic, in contrast to the
stylized diction of early 19c prose drama. In the 20c,
some writers have given close attention to specific
dialects and registers: Synge listened to Irish peasant
speech and Clifford Odets to conversation in New York
bars. However, dramatic dialogue can never simply
reproduce normal speech. The repetitions, hesitations,
and redundancies of normal conversation would be
intolerable on the stage.
From: McArthur, Tom (ed.). The Oxford Companion to the English Language.
Oxford: OUP, 1998.
24. In the sentences: "Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote
tragedies based on the Greek model WHICH WERE
INTENDED FOR READING TO A SELECT
AUDIENCE AND NOT FOR THE PUBLIC STAGE".
and "... most plays have a connected plot THAT
DEVELOPS TRHOUGH CONFLICT" the parts in
capital words should be classified respectively as
a) non-defining relative clause and nondefining relative
clause.
b) defining relative clause and nondefining relative
clause.
c) defining relative clause and defining relative clause.
d) non-defining relative clause and defining relative
clause.
APÓS PREPOSIÇÃO.
1. WHOM Deve ser usado se o antecedente for
pessoa
2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não
for pessoa
E.g.
Jesus is the One through whom God
made the universe.
That’s the building near which I live.
OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.
Quando o pronome relativo (WHOM ou WHICH)
estiver precedido por
uma preposição, ele NÃO poderá ser omitido nem
substituído por THAT.
71

USO ESPECIAL DE THAT
APÓS:
Um superlativo
This is the most interesting book that I have ever read.
These are the oldest computers that I have ever seen.
Um pronome indefinido como: much, many, all, few,
etc..
Most of the students are out, there are only a few that
came.
Pronomes relativos (em diferentes casos)
Sua escolha do pronome relativo não é apenas
determinada pelo fato de ele se referir a pessoas ou
coisas. Ele também é determinado pelo papel que o
pronome relativo desempenha na sentença.
Por exemplo:
People
Subjective Objective Possessive
or
Case Case Case
Things
People who
(The
boy who ran
g the bell)
whom
(The
boy whom yo
u met)
whose
(The
boy whose bik
e was stolen)
Things which
(The
candle whic
which
(The
candle which
whose
(The
candle whose
h melted) you made) wick had
snapped)
People
or
Things
that
(The
dog that bit
the
postman)
that
(The
dog that the
postman
hates)
whose
(The
dog whose bar
k sounds like
cough)
Preposições com WHICH e WHOM
Quando WHOM ou WHICH é o objeto de uma
preposição, você pode começar a sentença adjetiva com
a preposição (em oposição ao pronome relativo). Por
exemplo:
1. The council will meet Professor Dobbs, from
whom they expect an apology.
(O conselho se reunirá com o Professor Dobbs, de quem
espera um pedido de desculpas.)
2. My greatest concern was the tide, against which
we stood little chance.
(Minha maior preocupação era a maré, contra a qual
tinhamos poucas chances.)
Não é um erro deixar a preposição no final da cláusula,
mas esteja ciente de que alguns leitores podem pensar
que parece um pouco informal, especialmente se a
preposição também termina a frase.
Portanto, na escrita formal, para tentar evitar que termina
uma frase com uma preposição. No entanto, se isso faz
com que sua frase soa pomposa, então tente reformular a
sua frase ou apenas deixe a sua preposição no final.

CAPÍTULO VIII – RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS
Um pronome recíproco expressa uma ação mútua ou um
relacionamento.
Em Inglês, os pronomes recíprocos são:
• Each other
• One another
1. Jack and Jill hate each other. (Jack e Jill odeiam um ao
outro.) - (Note: Jack hates Jill, and Jill hates Jack. The
action is reciprocated.)
2. The crayfish starting attacking one another.The team
members played their hearts out for one another.
3. They gave each other presents.
Each Other ou One Another?
Aqui está uma resposta rápida: Se o antecedente
representa duas coisas, usar each other. Se são mais do
que dois, use one another.
Aqui está uma explicação mais longa:
Um pronome recíproco é utilizado quando pelo menos
uma coisa retribui a ação de um outro (ou seja, faz a
mesma coisa de volta). Como resultado, o antecedente de
um pronome recíproco (ou seja, o que remete a) é
sempre algo plural. Por exemplo:
1. Our dog and cat love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente
de each other é o nosso cão e gato, que é plural.) •
2. They love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente de each
other é THEY, que é plural. Neste exemplo, que se refere
ao nosso cão e gato.)
Each Other's – não - Each Others'
Os pronomes each other e one another são entidades
singulares (apesar de ter antecedentes plural). Portanto,
ao mostrar posse, o apóstrofo vem antes do S. Esta é uma
regra 100%.
4. Do you two admire each other's courage? (Note: Each
other é tratado como singular. Portanto, o apóstrofo
possessivo é colocado antes do S.)
5. Do you three admire one another's courage? (Note:
One another é tratado como singular. Portanto, o
apóstrofo possessivo é colocado antes do S.)
73

CAPÍTULO IX - CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE)
O Caso Possessivo ocorre com:
1. Nomes de Pessoas
2. Nomes de Animais
3. Espaços de Tempo
4. Lugares
5. Organizações
6. Não ocorre com coisas e objetos.
e.g. Paul’s and Mary’s eyes are light blue.
5. Nomes próprios terminados em S: Segue regra
normal ( ‘S ).
Porém se for um nome clássico é suficiente o ( ‘ ).
e.g. Prince Charles’ friends are very elegant.
Moses’ Law is followed by the Jews.
Para construirmos uma frase com o caso possessivo
precisaremos primeiro saber se os elementos usados
estão classificados nos itens acima entre os números de 1
a 5. Se for possível, então começaremos a fazer o caso
possessivo colocando em primeiro lugar o POSSUIDOR
seguido de ( ‘ ) ou ( ‘S) e depois o OBJETO
POSSUÍDO.
E.g.
I know my teacher’s
name
They want Mary’s
address.
You need a
rest.
REGRAS:
day’s
Conquista’s streets are very
narrow.
Zénite’s classrooms are very
comfortable.
1. Plural terminado em S: Quando a palavra for um
plural terminado em S basta acrescentar ( ‘ ).
e.g. My parents’ new house is so beautiful.
2. Plural não terminado em S: Segue a regra geral.
e.g. My children’s names are Monaliza and Karoline.
3. Posse coletiva: Apenas o úiltimo nome recebe o ( ‘S ).
e.g. Paul and Mary’s mother is from Argentina.
4. Posse individual: Todos os possuidores recebem ( ‘S ).
ATENÇÃO:
Não se usa o artigo definido THE antes de possessivos
ou nomes próprios.
Usando apóstrofos incorretamente com Plurais.
Não adicione um apóstrofo para uma palavra só porque a
palavra termina com a letra s. Este é um erro comum, e é
um crime gramatical. (Em outras palavras, os leitores
vão pensar que você é ruim, se você continuar fazendo
isso.)
Este erro é mais comumente visto quando as pessoas
formam o plural dos substantivos, mas isso acontece com
verbos também;
Examples: e.g., He eat's pies.
I like pig's. Dog's look up to us.
Cat's look down on us.
Usar apóstrofos em expressões de tempo.
(Coprretamente)
Apóstrofos podem ser usados em expressões de tempo
(também chamados de expressões temporais) como:
day's pay and two weeks' notice s.
A grande questão com estes é onde colocar o apóstrofo.
A decisão é muito simples: o apóstrofo vai antes do S
para uma única unidade de tempo (por exemplo, one
day's pay) e depois do S quando é mais do que um (por
exemplo, two days' pay).
74

Examples:
Usando apóstrofos para Posse.
I never did a day's work in my life. It was all
fun. (Thomas Edison, 1847-1931) Eu nunca fiz um dia
de trabalho na minha vida. Era tudo diversão. (Thomas
Edison, 1847-1931)
Apóstrofos são usados para mostrar posse. Por exemplo:
The dog's kennel
The dogs' kennel
It's not worth it for just two minutes' pleasure. Não vale a
pena isso, por apenas dois minutos de prazer.
It's not always about time. Nem sempre é sobre o tempo.
I live a stone's throw away. Eu vivo a poucos passos de
distância.
A grande questão é se a colocar o apóstrofo antes do S
ou depois dos S. A regra básica é a seguinte: o apóstrofo
vai antes do S para um único possuidor (por exemplo,
one dog's kennel - o canil de um cão) e após os S quando
é mais do que um possuidor (e.g., two dogs' kennel)
Usando apóstrofos para substituir letras.
Um apóstrofo pode ser utilizado para substituir uma ou
mais letras (por exemplo,., isn't, - can't). A nova palavra
formada é chamado uma contracção. Contrações não são
normalmente utilizadas em correspondência formal.
Nestes exemplos, o cão e os cães são os possuidores.
Eles não têm nada a ver com o canil. Essa palavra pode
ser singular ou plural. Não faz diferença alguma para
onde vai o apóstrofo. Por exemplo:
One dog's dinner
One dog's dinners
Two dogs' dinner
When I was born I was so surprised I didn't talk for a
year and a half. (Gracie Allen, 1906-1964) Quando eu
nasci eu fiquei tão surpreso que não falei por um ano e
meio.
Life is something that happens when you can't get to
sleep. (Fran Lebowitz) A vida é algo que acontece
quando você não consegue dormir.
Two dogs' dinners
Esta regra parece bastante simples, mas há exceções. A
exceção mais notável é quando o plural não termina em
S (por exemplo, children, women, people, men -
crianças, mulheres, pessoas, homens).
Estas palavras têm o apóstrofo antes do S (mesmo que
sejam plurais). Por exemplo:
children's toys
As contrações são mais comumente usadas na escrita
informal para refletir como nós falamos. Estas duas
contrações são vilões notórios gramática: it's & you're.
Usando apóstrofos em Plurais incomuns
women's hat
EXERCISES
A primeira coisa a dizer sobre esse assunto é que
apóstrofos não são normalmente utilizados para mostrar
os plurais, e muitos de seus leitores vão odiá-lo, se você
usar um apóstrofo para esta finalidade. No entanto, há
momentos em que ele ajuda, usando um apóstrofo para
mostrar um plural. Por exemplo:
There are two i's in skiing.
You use too many but's in your writing.
Claro, existem outras maneiras de escrever estas
sentenças. Por exemplo:
There are two Is in skiing.
You use too many "but"s in your writing.
CURIOSITY: a path toward knowledge?
4
Curiosity's virtue is its greed. It wonders, often
indiscriminately, about everything it focuses on.
Curiosity carries you, limited by time and space, beyond
the immediate. It knows no boundaries, and it pushes
you to learn about everything that's still unknown or
unfamiliar to you. 1 It can as easily direct itself to the
ancient Egyptians as to the wriggling pond-life under
your microscope. But that's also its vice, for it's usually
directed to very particular interests - say, to ballet or to
bugs. You therefore have to make strenuous efforts to
extend its range, so that your wonder about ballet
75

ecomes knowledge about dance, or so that your
fascination with bugs turns into a lifelong love affair
with the entire natural world.
When you were a child, your eagerness to learn
defined your behavior. You were full of wonder about
everything - touching, holding, maybe wrecking
anything that came into your reach. And as soon as you
could talk you were full of questions: 2 why is the sky
blue? why is up up? why can't tomorrow be yesterday?
You found everything "curiouser and curiouser", as
Alice found it in Wonderland. Adults tried to answer
your endless questions (even if you sometimes drove
them crazy with them), for they knew that by rewarding
your natural inquisitiveness and by satisfying your
excitement to know, they'd help you to learn and, equally
important, to acquire a taste for learning throughout your
life.
Yet you must keep this in mind about
knowledge: it isn't the same thing as information.
Knowledge is information that has been given
organization, meaning, and use. 3 Facts exist by
themselves. Knowledge is a human creation.
5 Hydrogen and chlorine are elements of nature.
That's a fact. Your understanding that, when combined,
these two elements create new substances, such as
hydrochloric acid, which has certain characteristics that
hydrogen and chlorine independently don't have,
constitutes knowledge.
Knowledge differs from information as music
differs from sound. An orchestra warming up doesn't
make music; it makes only noise. It makes music when
the conductor takes over and each performer follows the
score in cooperation with one another. Music is sound
given form and significance. Similarly, knowledge is
information given structure and meaning. The facts in
your head become knowledge when you put them
together so that they're related to one another and, put
together, take on meaning that is large than the mere
facts alone. Nothing has meaning by itself. Information
has to gain meaning from the application of human
thought. To attain knowledge, you must struggle
endlessly to derive meaning from information.
Curiosity can be every student's best friend. It's
the inner signal of what your mind and spirit want to
know at any particular time. You ask questions and
pursue your curiosity for a single reason: to create
knowledge. (Adapted from BANNER, Jr., M.J. and CANNON, H.C. The
elements of learning. New Haven: Yale Press,.)
1. Mark the option in which the apostrophe S is used as
in "curiosity's virtue" (ref. 4).
a) "it's the inner signal";
b) "that's still unknown";
c) "it's usually directed";
d) "that's a fact";
e) "student's best friend".
Most tourists in Rio spend most of their time
downtown or in the city's "Zona Sul", or southern zone,
where the "Rua dos Oitis" is located. But in the 50 weeks
of the year not devoted to "Carnaval" or New Year's Eve,
it can be easy to 1 miss the party. It takes some guidance
to develop the sense of where the "Cariocas" will be
exercising their native "joie de vivre".
A working knowledge of Portuguese is an easy
in, but even lacking that, with a little advance work and a
few English-speaking Brazilian contacts you can get
involved .......... the action and have an idea of the real
scene.
I received my initial orientation at home in New
York, from acquaintances and friends of friends. Many
Brazilians, gregarious by nature, are happy enough to
help steer a traveler, especially if they think they may be
coming north sometime to collect .......... a return of the
favor. 3 Local advice is also comforting, of course, given
Rio's reputation for crime. 4 While the danger does not
seem to 2 dampen 5 anyone's partying spirit, violence is
much feared and the threat is much discussed .......... the
locals.
Frequent travelers to Rio may share 6 tips too.
Before and after its peak travel season, the city attracts a
number of regular visitors seduced by the charm of the
Brazilians and the culture of their proudest city. These
repeaters readily brave long flights, like the 12-hour trip
from New York with not a single nonstop to be found.
(Adapted from: KUGEL, Seth. The New York Times, 20 Feb.)
2. The use of 'S is the same in ANYONE'S PARTYING
SPIRIT (ref. 5) and in
a) Everyone's invited for Carnival in Rio.
b) The American's luggage was checked carefully.
c) My friend Jeremy's arrived.
d) Nobody's pleased with the situation.
e) The Mexican tourist's coming tomorrow.
76

Texto 1: Teen depression
Depression is defined as an illness when the
feelings of sadness, hopelessness, and despair persist and
interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.
Though the term "depression" can describe a
normal human emotion, it also can refer to a mental
health illness. Depressive illness in children and teens is
defined when the feelings of depression persist and
interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.
Depression is common in teens and younger
children. About 5 percent of children and adolescents in
the general population suffer from depression at any
given point in time. Children under stress, who
experience loss, or who have attentional, learning,
conduct or anxiety disorders are at a higher risk for
depression. Teenager girls are at especially high risk, as
are minority youth. Depressed youth often have
problems at home. In many cases, the parents are
depressed, as depression tends to run in families. Over
the past 50 years, depression rises, so does the teen
suicide rate.
It is important to remember that the behavior of
depressed children and teenagers may differ from the
behavior of depressed adults. The characteristics vary,
with most children and teens having additional
psychiatric disorders, such as behavior disorders or
substance abuse problems.
Mental health professionals advise parents to be
aware of signs of depression in their children. Some of
these signs may be: frequent sadness, tearfulness, crying;
hopelessness; decreased interest in activities or inability
to enjoy previously favorite activities; persistent
boredom; low energy; social isolation; poor
communication; poor concentration; extreme sensitivity
to rejection or failure, and increased irritability, anger, or
hostility; among others.
(Extraído de: www.focusas.com/Depression.html)
Texto 2: Adolescent Depression: Helping depressed
teens
It's not unusual for young people to experience
"the blues" or feel "down in the dumps" occasionally.
Adolescence is always an unsetting time, with the many
physical, emotional, psychological and social changes
that accompany this stage of life.
Unrealistic academic, social, or family
expectations can create a strong sense of rejections and
can lead to deep disappointment. When things go wrong
at schools or at home, teens often overreact. Many young
people feel that life is not fair or that things "never go
their way." They feel "stressed out" and confused. To
make matters worse, teens are bombarded by conflicting
messages from parents, friends and society. Today's
teens see more of what life has to offer - both good and
bad - on television, at school, in magazines and on the
Internet. They are also forced to learn about the threat of
AIDS, even if they are not sexually active or using drugs.
Teens need adult guidance more than ever to
understand all the emotional and physical changes they
are experiencing. When teens' moods disrupt their ability
to function on a day-to-day basis, it may indicate a
serious emotional or mental disorder that needs attention
- adolescent depression. Parents or caregivers must take
action.
Depressions can be difficult to diagnose in teens
because adults may expect teens to act moody. Also,
adolescents do not always understand or express their
feelings very well. They may not be aware of the
symptoms of depression and may not seek help.
(Extraído de www.nmha.org/infoctr/factsheets/24.cfm)
3. De acordo com o texto 1, indique a alternativa que
expressa o mesmo significado da expressão em destaque
na sentença:
It is important to remember that THE BEHAVIOR OF
DEPRESSED CHILDREN may change.
a) the depressed children's behavior
b) the behavior's depressed children
c) the behavior of the depressed children's
d) the children's depressed behavior
e) the depressed behavior's children
It's Not the Carbs, Stupid
In the mid-19 th century, William Banting first
popularized the low carbohydrate weight-loss plan that
has once again grabbed the media's collective attention.
Banting was a well-meaning London undertaker who
grew so fat in middle age that he could not descend a
staircase face first, for fear of being toppled by his
copious paunch. His friend and physician, the noted
British aural surgeon William Harvey, prescribed a
regimen focused on meat, small amounts of fruit and
77

78
liberal lashings of Claret, sherry and Madeira, which
helped Banting drop 35 pounds in 38 weeks.
(BY ELLEN RUPPEL SHELL Newsweek, August 5, )
4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do
caso possessivo, como no substantivo "media" em "the
media's collective attention".
a) mens' garment.
b) womens' wear.
c) mental's disturbance.
d) children's clothes.
e) disappointment's feeling.
Woody Allen's 'Sweet and Lowdown' has received great
critical acclaim, 1 not least in the perceptive review of it
by Jonathan Romney. 2 But not even he has discussed the
aspect of the film I found the most intriguing.
That 'Interiors' was made as a tribute to Bergman was
immediately recognised, but no review I have seen has
pointed out that 'Sweet and Lowdown' reflects not only
Allen's love of jazz, but also his love for Fellini. In this
case, the homage takes the form of appropriating and
reworking the plotline of 'La Strada (1954)'.
Samantha Morton's superb performance as the mute
Hattie in Allen's film has caused comparisons to be made
with the blind heroine of Chaplin's 'City Lights (1931)',
but it's even more relevant to recall that Giulietta
Masina's Gelsomina in 'La Strada' was also
Chaplinesque. Both Hattie and Gelsomina are loveable
characters with more than a touch of simple-mindedness,
and each is exploited by a travelling performer, the man
they love. What makes this more than a passing parallel
is the fact that both films 3 lead to the same conclusion, a
scene in which the man comes to the belated realisation
that the woman he abandoned had been the love of his
life, and also discovers that he has lost her.
If I found 'Sweet and Lowdown' immensely fascinating
without being wholly satisfying, it was because I was at
once convinced that it is a variation on a film which
cannot be matched, and which for me is Fellini's greatest.
(Fonte: Sight and Sound,)
5. 0 possessivo, usado como em "Woody Allen's Sweet
and Lowdown", está correto em todas as alternativas
abaixo, EXCETO em
a) There was a two hours' delay at the airport in
London.
b) Anthony Burgess's A Clockwork Orange is a
milestone in modern literature.
c) In our last holidays we had to cope with our young
relatives' weird ideas.
d) Elizabeth I's interest on sea voyages brought
development to England.
e) Maggie and Millie's eyebrows are so thin you can
hardly see them.
6. Complete the sentence with the CORRECT
alternative:
__________________ father is in Europe.
a) The Mary's and George's
b) Mary's and George
c) Mary and George's
d) Mary's and Georges's
e) The Mary and George's
7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a seguir
referem-se ao Genitive Case.
1. On weekends we like to have dinner at
________________. (Jack'/Jack's)
2. ___________________ dog is very well-mannered.
(Camila and Ana's/Camila's and Ana')
3. I've examined ____________________ grades.
(Claudio' and Tom's/Claudio's and Tom's)
4. Have you seen ___________________ sister?
(Vinicius's/Vinicius')
5. Have you seen the ___________________ toys?
(child's/children's)
6. ____________________ father is an old friend of
mine. (James'/James's)
7. ____________________ father is a world-known
musician. (John's and Paul's/John and Paul's)
8. Reescreva as orações usando o Caso Genitivo ('s, s'):
a) The explanation of the teacher wasn't so clear.
_______________________________________
b) The car of Charles is a brand new one.
_______________________________________

c) Did you know that the nationality of Richard Burton
is Welsh?
_______________________________________
d) The dresses of the princess are so beautiful.
_______________________________________
e) The documents of Mary and John have been lost.
_______________________________________
10. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à tradução
mais adequada da frase a seguir:
a) My mother's maid has just bought the dog's meat.
b) Minha mãe e a empregada acabam de comprar a
carne do cachorro.
c) A empregada de minha mãe acaba de comprar a
carne do cachorro.
d) Minha mãe acabou de fazer a carne do cachorro.
e) Minha mãe fará compras com a empregada e o
cachorro.
f) Minha mãe é empregada e comprou carne de
cachorro.
f) The ball of the boys was American.
_______________________________________
One of the great themes of American history emerges
from the epochal story of Americans confronting and
1 coming to terms with a huge wild country. Quite unlike
the Old World, where people had occupied the land for
as long as history could recall, and where adjustment to
environment came so 4 gradually as to be almost
imperceptible, Americans' encounter with their land was
abrupt and violent, consuming much of the nation's
energies, and 5 powerfully gripping its collective
imagination. 3 It has been said that America is a nation
with abundance of geography but a shortage of history,
and there is some truth in both statements. It took less
than four hundred years to subdue more than three
million square miles of territory; in fact, Americans
occupied the bulk of their national domain within the last
century and a half. Even today, much of the United
States remains only semipopulated and semitamed. 2 It is
no wonder that the struggle to conquer America's
physical geography looms so large in the nation's
memory. Just as Americans have reshaped the face of
their land, the people themselves have been shaped and
reshaped by constant intimate encounters with that land.
11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna.
The__________uncle was dead.
a) writer.
b) bwriters.
c) writer of.
d) writer's.
e) writers of the.
9. The phrases "Americans' encounter" the nation's
energies" and "America's physical geography" are
examples of
a) passive voice.
b) the infinitive.
c) the gerund,
d) the genitive.
e) indirect speech.
79

CAPÍTULO X – SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS
Verbo é a classe de palavras que nomeia, descreve um
estado ou uma ação. A maioria dos verbos em Inglês é
dividida em verbos regulares (regular verbs) e verbos
irregulares (irregular verbs).
Os verbos irregulares são os que não são conjugados
da mesma maneira que os regulares e para os quais
não existe uma regra geral; para cada verbo irregular
há uma regra. Em Inglês, toda a sentença precisa ter
um verbo, pelo menos.
Começaremos a estudar os verbos a partir do Verbo
"to be", que é um dos verbos mais básicos em língua
inglesa.
Verbo to be - Verb to be
O verbo to be significa ser e estar em português e,
além desses dois significados, este verbo é muito
usado no sentido de ficar(tornar-se). Observe os usos
e as formas deste verbo:
- USOS:
Usa-se o verbo to be:
1. Para identificar e descrever pessoas e objetos:
• Richard is my friend. (Ricardo é meu amigo.)
• I am Italian. (Eu souItaliano.)
• I'm from Spain. (Eu sou da Espanha.)
• It is a computer. (Isto éum computador.)
2. Nas expressões de tempo, idade* e lugar:
• It was raining this morning. (Hoje de manhã estava
chovendo.)
• It is sunny today. (Hoje o dia estáensolarado.)
• I am twenty years old. (Tenho vinte anos.)
cojugada no presente afirmativo sofre acréscimo de “S”.
Se o verbo terminar em S, SH, CH, X, O ou Z,
acrescenta-se “ES”. (para a 3ª pessoa do singular
apenas). Se o verbo termina em Y antecedido por uma
consoante, o Y é retirado e as letras “IES” são
acrescentadas. (Para a 3ª pessoa do singular apenas).
E.g.
1. I live in Vit. Da Conquista with my family.
2. He needs to stay with us tonight.
3. She goes to school twice a week.
4. The teacher studies hard every day.
5. The teachers study hard every day.
Obs. O verbo TO HAVE tem uma forma especial para a
3ª pessoa do singular no presente afirmativo que é: HAS.
E.g.
1. He has a beautiful car.
2. The Solar System has nine planets
Muitos verbos expressam ações físicas
Aqui estão algumas frases com os verbos destacados.
(Esses verbos expressam
She sells pegs and lucky heather. - (Neste exemplo, a
palavra SELL é um verbo. Ele exprime a actividade
física de vender.).)
1. The doctor wrote the prescription. - (Neste exemplo, a
palavra WROTE é um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade
física para escrever.)
2. Alison bought a ticket. - (A palavra BOUGHT é um
verbo. Ela expressa a atividade física para comprar.)
80
SIMPLE PRESENT:
O Simple Present (Presente do Indicativo em português)
é formado a partir do infinitivo sem TO, exceto para o
verbo TO BE (e estruturas compostas com este verbo) e
verbos ANÔMALOS. A 3ª pessoa do singular quando
Verbos que expressam atividade mental também.
Como nós vimos no início, os verbos não expressam
necessariamente ações físicas como os acima. Eles
podem expressar ações mentais.

1. She considers the job done. - (A palavra considers é
um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental a considerar.)
2. Peter guessed the right number. - (A palavra GUESS é
um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental de adivinhar.)
ATENÇÃO:
Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do
singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas
frases afirmativas.
Presente Simples:
Forma Interrogativa:
Faz-se a interrogativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO e
DOES, que é o auxiliar da 3ª pessoa do singular.
Veja quadro.
DO
DOES
DO
ATENÇÃO:
I
YOU
HE
SHE
IT
WE
YOU
THEY
WORK ?
STUDY ?
SWIM ?
SING ?
HURT ?
GO ?
UNDERSTAND ?
STAY ?
Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do
singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas
frases afirmativas.
Forma Negativa :
Faz-se a forma negativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO
NOT (DON”T) e DOES NOT (DOESN”T).
Veja mais alguns exemplos nas três formas.
1. Do you live near here ?
2. Does your sister study English ?
3. We don’t know how to speak Chinese.
4. They want us to stay with them.
5. People like to go to the beach on Summer.
ATENÇÃO:
As palavras DO e DOES quando são utilizadas em
sentenças afirmativas, apresentarão uma função
ENFÀTICA ao verbo principal das sentenças.
Dando uma atenção especial ao sentido positivo da frase.
Poderemos substituir DO e DOES nas sentenças pelo
equivalente enfático, REALLY.
Mister does love his son Misterzinho.
Mister really love his son Misterzinho.
The Beatles.
Help me if you can I'm feeling down
And I do appreciate you being 'round
Help me get my feet back on the ground
Won't you please, please, help me, help me, help me?
Veja quadro.
I
YOU
HE
SHE
IT
DO NOT (DON’T)
DOES NOT (DOESN’T)
WORK
STUDY
SWIM
SING
HURT
Presente Simples:
Definição:
Usaremos o Presente Simples quando se tratar de um
hábito, algo que acontece com frequência considerável,
ações genéricas, um fenômeno natural ou uma verdade
cientificamente comprovada.
Veja mais alguns exemplos:
WE
YOU
THEY
DO NOT (DON’T)
GO
UNDERSTAND
STAY
We study English in a private school.
They go to the club almost every Sunday.
It always rains in the Rain Forest.
The moon moves around the Earth.
81

The Earth doesn’t have a flat form.
ATENÇÃO:
Quando expressarmos uma verdade univesal (The earth
goes around the sun) – ou verdade cientificamente
comprovada (Water boils at at 71 Celcius on the Everest)
– é importantíssimo que o façamos no Simple Present
Tense.
Presente Simples:
Verbo TO BE e ANÔMALOS
TO BE:
Este verbo é sem dúvida o mais irregular da língua
inglesa. Ele tem uma conjugação especial no presente e
no passado, tem sua própria forma negativa dispensando
assim os auxiliares e também tem sua própria forma
interrogativa. Veja quadro.
Interro
Affirmative Negative
PESSOA
gative
Form
Form
Form
1ª
am
I am I’m I
I am not Am I ?
Singular
not
2ª
are You
you
You are You’re You
Are
Singular
not aren’t
?
3ª
is
He is He’s He
He isn’t Is he ?
Singular
not
3ª
is
She
she
She is She’s She
Is
OU
Singular
not OU isn’t
?
3ª
is
It is It’s It
It isn’t Is it ?
Singular
not
1ª
are We
We are We’re We
Are we ?
Pural
not aren’t
2ª
are You
you
You are You’re You
Are
Pural
not aren’t
?
3ª
are They
they
They are They’re They
Are
Plural
not aren’t
?
Como você pode observar este verbo dispensa os
auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e DOESN’T, usados nos
exemplos anteriores. O mesmo ocorrerá no passado
simples, que será um dos nossos próximos assuntos.
Veja o verbo TO BE no presente simples.
82
E.g.
1. He is American from New York.
2. She isn’t a good student.
3. Are you a good soccer player ?
4. Are they teachers or students ?
5. Monica and Elizabeth aren’t from the same city.
6. What is your name ?
7. It is hot today, isn’t it ?
ANÔMALOS:
Os anômalos são verbos que não podem ser
cojugados em todos os tempos. Cada um tem o seu
próprio tempo verbal e podem se auxiliarem numa
sentença.
Os anômalos de tempo presente tais como:
CAN. MAY, e MUST, assim como o verbo TO BE não
precisam dos auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e
DOESN’T, já mencionados.Todavia os anômalos é um
assunto que trataremos mais tarde.
Presente Simples:
Advérbios de Freqüência: Os advérbios de frequência
bem que podiam ser estudados num outro capítulo, mas
como eles vão nos ajudar a entender melhor o que é o
presente simples, resolvi usar aqui alguns exemplos com
esses advérbios que geralmente acompanham o presente
simples.
Alguns Advérbios de Frequência:
1 Always Sempre
1. 2 Frequently Freqüentemente
2. 3 Generally Geralmente
3. 4 Usually Habitualmente
4. 5 Often Freqüentemente
5. 6 Sometimes Às vezes
6. 7 Seldom Raramente
7. 8 Rarely Raramente
8. 9 Never Nunca

ATENÇÃO:
Esses advérbios devem ser usados entre o sujeito e o
verbo principal de cada oração. Exceto SOMETIMES,
que também pode ser usado no início ou final de cada
oração.
Se o verbo for TO BE o advérbio deve aparecer
depois deste.
Examine os anúncios para responder à questão.
Vejamos ainda, mais alguns exemplos de Presente
Simples.
1. They always have lunch after 1:00 o’clock.
2. Iane Mikaelle is usually late for class.
3. People often go to the club on Saturdays.
4. Sometimes I watch TV in the afternoon.
5. My parents never stay home on Sundays.
6. Crislenon sometimes studies late in the evening.
EXERCISES
2. Nos anúncios, as palavras use, you, need, electricity e
wisely são exemplos, respectivamente, de
a) substantivo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.
b) verbo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.
c) substantivo, adjetivo, verbo, substantivo e adjetivo.
d) verbo, pronome, verbo, adjetivo e adjetivo.
e) substantivo, pronome, substantivo, adjetivo e advérbio.
1. De acordo com o anúncio,
a) The event is addressed to Brazilian students who
live abroad.
b) The event will happen on the weekend and will last
all day long.
c) The invitation to the event is made through an
imperative sentence.
d) The most important cultural event in the Brazilian
culture is carnival.
3. Consider the sentence below and the suggestions to
complete it.
The best translations into Portuguese for
1. “be prepared” (panel 2) is estamos preparados.
2. with this full backpack (panel 3) is com esta mochila
cheia.
83

3. Just so long as we don‘t get hungry (panel 4) is Só
enquanto não sentirmos fome.
Which of the suggestions above can be considered
correct according to the text?
a) Only 1.
b) Only 2.
c) Only 3.
d) Only 2 and 3.
e) 1, 2 and 3.
- Make the most of your assets. For example: 20 Don’t
cover freckles, says Tiffany. “They’re awesome. They’re
you. So make the most of them.”
- Photographers always ask you to [put your] ‘chin
down’ — it makes one look more flattering that way.
Even slightly raised eyebrows work too.
- Avoid wearing sunglasses for a photo; they’re like
stuffing your hands in your pockets — you come across
as having something to hide.
- Go for B&W shots 23 if you’re looking for classic and
flattering.
http://www.khaleejtimes.com/weekend/inside.asp?xfile=/data/weekend/2011/janu
ary/weekend_january7.xml&section=weekend
Profile Perfect
By Karen Ann Monsy | January 7, 2011
4. A alternativa cujo fragmento apresenta o mesmo
modo verbal dos segmentos sublinhados em "Avoid the
stiff smile! Go for the 'after laugh' smile instead" (ref.
19) é
a) "Don't cover freckles" (ref. 20).
b) "all over the place, aren't you?" (ref. 1).
c) "but they should" (ref. 21).
d) "Tiffany cautioned" (ref. 22).
e) "if you're looking for classic and flattering" (ref. 23).
Tears dry on their own
Amy Winehouse.
All I can ever be to you,
Is a darkness that we knew
And this regret I got accustomed to
Once it was so right
When we were at our high,
Waiting for you in the hotel at night
Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Orkut — 1 all over the
place, aren’t you? Now find out how 3 a single snap can
say it all.
Here are a few tips from Tiffany for 8 how best to
create that memorable profile shot:
- 19 Avoid the stiff smile! Go for the ‘after laugh’ smile
instead — 12 it always works best.
- Magic hours for outdoor photography: early morning or
18 in the evening just before, during or after sunset.
I knew I hadn’t met my match
But every moment we could snatch
I don’t know why I got so attached
It’s my responsibility,
And you don’t owe nothing to me
But to walk away I have no capacity
He walks away
84

The sun goes down,
He takes the day but I’m grown
And in your way
In this blue shade
My tears dry on their own.
I don’t understand
Why do I stress a man,
When there’s so many bigger things at hand
We could have never had it all
We had to hit a wall
So this is inevitable withdrawal
Even if I stopped wanting you,
A perspective pushes through
I’ll be some next man’s other woman soon
[…]
I wish I could say no regrets
And no emotional debts
’Cause as we kissed goodbye the sun sets
So we are history
The shadow covers me
The sky above a blaze
That only lovers see
A cyber attack blocked traffic to the website of the
Brazilian presidency and two other government sites on
Wednesday, authorities said.
The Brazilian branch of the Lulz Security hacking
collective claimed responsibility for the attacks.
Lulz members have claimed responsibility for recent
attacks on the site of electronics giant Sony, along with
the CIA web page and the U.S. Senate computer system.
The Brazilian president’s office said in a statement that
attacks on the website of the presidency, along with the
nation’s internal revenue service and a government
portal began around 12:30 a.m. and lasted until 3 a.m.
The government said it stopped the hackers from
obtaining data from the websites, but that the attacks
made them inaccessible for about an hour.
Hours later, people who claimed to be Lulz members
said on Twitter that they had taken down the website of
oil company Petrobras, whose website was down
Wednesday afternoon. Petrobras would not confirm
whether the problems with its website were caused by an
attack.
On a Twitter page in the name of the Brazilian branch of
Lulz, posters justified the apparent attack on the
Petrobras website by complaining about the price of
gasoline in Brazil.
“Wake up Brazil! We no longer want to buy gas at 2.75
to 2.78 reals ($1.73 to $1.75) and export for half of that
price!” stated one tweet from the group.
Adapted from: http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/americas/brazilpresidency-website-hacked-jammed-in-attack-claimed-by-lulzcollective/2011/06/22/AGb53KgH_story.html
(http://letras.terra.com.br. Adaptado.)
6. Which verb form is used in the sentence: “Wake up
Brazil!”.
5. Em qual alternativa todas as palavras, conforme
utilizadas na letra da música, são formas verbais?
a) Accustomed, away, knew, met, was.
b) Ever, hand, match, waiting, were.
c) Accustomed, hand, know, owe, was.
d) Away, ever, met, snatch, waiting.
e) Attached, knew, met, owe, were.
a) Futuro.
b) Passado simples.
c) Presente Perfeito.
d) Imperativo.
e) Presente Contínuo.
Brazil presidency website hacked, jammed in attack
claimed by Lulz collective
85

86
7. Texto 3
Considerando as ideias presentes no texto e os aspectos
da língua inglesa, é CORRETO afirmar que
a) the governor is trying to help the prisoners to
improve the bad conditions of the prison.
b) the term over-crowding expresses the idea that there
are just a few people or things in one place.
c) the prisoner is saying that he wishes he could talk to
the governor about the difficult conditions in prison.
d) the sentence Don’t talk to me about prison overcrowding…
in the affirmative form would be “Talk
to me about prison over-crowding…”
The art of difference
Mutuality in recognizing and negotiating difference is
crucial for people to deal with their past and the future; it
is also essential in the process of creating a culture of
responsibility. How can this be achieved and what is the
role of art in this process?
1
A vision based on ideologies solves both challenges of
sharing – the interpretation of the past and the
projections of the future. But ideologies are somehow
“total”, if not totalitarian, because there is not much
space for serious public negotiation. Individuals, then,
lose their integrity or are restricted to their private
spheres and, in the end, their memories become part of
the dominant identity discourse, their aspirations are
delegated. Even in less obvious systems of ideological
rule, where individual subscription to the official story
line seems to be consciously voluntary and collective
memories are willingly encouraged for the sake of
collective identities, the negotiation of difference is often
not welcome: exclusion happens quickly 2 and nonconformist
doubts produce suspicion.
A democratic vision – shared aspirations for the future,
based on negotiated interpretations of the past that
respect diversity – is necessarily found in complex
processes of private and public discourse and
participatory and inclusive culture. Yet, politics tends to
reduce complexity and engineer the balance between the
individual and the collective rather than invest in
processes of negotiation. We have learned, 11 though, that
this social engineering is a phantasm, largely limited and
limiting, and, even if successful, often creates paranoid
and fatal structures of homogeneity by trying to mould
memories and hopes.
Humankind has gathered impressive knowledge about
the limitations of the human will and the failures of such
“engineering”. 12 Nevertheless, despite this, and maybe
even because of it, we cannot give up trying the
3 impossible: to create conditions for equality and
solidarity for individuals to flourish. These conditions
should be accompanied by narratives of a just, fair and
free commonwealth of all. If history and memory seem
to make this dream an 4 unlikely scenario, can art play
this part?
The role of art is precisely to keep inspiration alive, to
deconstruct ideology, to 5 recall the necessary dream of
freedom, of the individual and of the common good
beyond the “either/or” and beyond simplicity. In this
sense, art in general prevents false hopes, and thus
generates hope in the most paradoxical way: the only
way of hoping that reaches beyond the private sphere
without some kind of ideological distortion.
What makes art so unique? And why? Because the best
narratives of art are purpose-free, uniquely noninstrumental,
simply human. Art narrates what we don’t
understand in 7 enlightened ways. Artists in particular
offer a wealth of 6 unseen perspectives and 8 unexpected
pathways of human exploration. Art makes us aware that
all memories are personal, despite the power of
collective narratives. Arts and culture empower people to
think freely, to imagine the 9 unimagined, to feel
responsible across borders and boundaries. Hopefully,
the narratives of the future will be 10 intercultural – and
art will be the ally in the art of difference that needs to be
further developed. “Art is about difference, art is
difference”, as stated by Igor Dobricic*. And it is

difference that will be at the origin of the new bonding
narratives of confidence.
Gottfried Wagner
alliancepublishing.org. *Igor Dobricic – dramaturgo sérvio
8. The ideas expressed in a text might be perceived as
true because of the choice and repetition of a specific
tense.
The verb tense that makes the ideas in the text seem true
is:
a) future perfect
b) simple present
c) present perfect
d) present progressive
Leia a tira para responder à(s) questão(ões) a seguir.
deliberate pace of the Chinese human spaceflight
program so far, it is clear that China has spent a
considerable amount of money to acquire this new
capability—nearly $2 billion. In addition to developing a
spacecraft and launching four previous unmanned
missions, China has also built a new rocket, a new
launch pad, and a large assembly building for integrating
all of the equipment, as well as various other support
facilities, such as a tracking station in Namibia and
several tracking ships. Recovery forces such as
helicopters and aircraft cost additional money. China
may also demonstrate the value of spaceflight at
diverting domestic attention from government
oppression and corruption. 5 But the Chinese government
is going to do this anyway with other events, such as the
2008 Olympics.As for China’s industrial policy, the
United States long ago learned that the spin-off argument
is a weak one; although developing 7 spacecraft does
produce some useful technologies, it is generally
inefficient. If you want a faster computer chip, then
develop one; there is no need to go to the Moon to do so.
The only demonstrated payoff of human spaceflight is
prestige. (Dwayne A. Day. Available in
http://www.thespacereview.com/article/137/1. Retrieved on July 23,. Adapted.)
10. “[…] spacecraft does produce some useful
technologies […]” (ref. 7). The underlined word is used,
in this context, to:
a) indicate an interrogative sentence structure.
b) emphasize the meaning of the verb “produce.”
c) express the third person of the verb “to do.”
d) weaken the meaning of the word “produce.”
9. No trecho do primeiro quadrinho – she’s sick and
tired of smelling beer –, ’s pode ser reescrito como
a) is.
b) was.
c) goes.
d) does.
e) has.
SHALL WE DANCE?
planets SPIN.
lightning leaps.
atoms dance.
and so do we.
The Benefits of a New Space Race
(…)
(…)
Human spaceflight is enormously expensive, even in
places where labor is cheap. Despite the slow and
Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.
"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who
met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.
By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER NATIONAL
GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006
87

11. The present tense of the verbs in the text subtitle
("Planets spin ... and so do we") is used to express
a) future events
b) non-repeated actions
c) temporary agenda
d) unexpected actions
e) permanent truths
SILENT WEAPONS
Technological Hurdles for Terrorists
To be successful, a terrorist or terrorist organization has
to overcome formidable technical challenges. First, the
terrorist has to obtain a sufficiently lethal strain of a
disease pathogen. Second, he must know how to handle
and store the pathogen correctly and safely. Third, he
must know how to produce it in bulk. Tiny amounts of a
microorganism are lethal enough to ravage a field of
crops, a herd of animals, or a city of people, assuming
the pathogen is delivered precisely to the target.
However, 2 biological agents do not survive well outside
the laboratory. In reality only a fraction of the biological
agent would reach the target population, so vastly larger
amounts would be needed to launch a catastrophic
attack.
Considering the array of technological hurdles involved,
it is surprising that few terrorist attacks with biological
weapons have been attempted. What is more, those
attempts produced few casualties. Recently, anthraxlaced
letters killed five people in the United States. That
is tragic enough, but the 1 casualties were fewer than
might have occurred from a small explosive or even a
pistol. Researchers calculate that since 1975, in 96
percent of the attacks worldwide in which chemical
agents were used no more than three people were killed
or injured.
Awake! September 22.
12. In the sentence, "...biological agents do not survive
well..."(ref. 2), the use of the present tense implies
a) doubt.
b) condition.
c) probability.
d) objectivity.
e) certainty.
88
LIES ARE SO COMMONPLACE, THEY ALMOST
SEEM LIKE THE TRUTH
1. Everyone lies. Little lies, perhaps, which may not
cause serious problems, but still they are lies. We fudge
on how old we are, how much we weigh, what we are
paid. Some people tell their children that Santa Claus
will come on Christmas Eve.
2. Consider the last time you got a phone call from
someone you didn't want to talk to. Did you perhaps
claim falsely that you were just on your way out the
door? That your newborn (you're childless) needed you?
Terry L. Goodrich. Seattle Post-Intelligencer; October 29, C1
13. In the sentence "Everyone lies" (par.1), the present
tense is being used to express a fact that will never
change in time (historical present). In which of the
alternatives below is the present tense being used to
express a similar idea?
a) It is hot and sunny today.
b) Water freezes at 0 ° Celsius.
c) My plane leaves at 5pm tomorrow.
d) My cousin studies Computer Science.
e) Joe is late for work today.
The Paradox of Our Times
by Jeff Dickson
The paradox of our times in history is that
We have taller buildings, but shorter tempers;
Wider freeways, but narrower viewpoints.
We spend more, but have less;
We buy more, but enjoy it less.
We have bigger houses and smaller families;
More conveniences, but less time.
We have more degrees, but less sense;
More knowledge, but less judgment;
More experts, but more problems;
More medicine, but less wellness.

We drink too much, smoke too much, spend too
recklessly;
Laugh too little, drive too fast, get too angry too quickly,
Stay up too late, get too tired,
Read too seldom, watch TV too much,
And pray too seldom.
We have multiplied our possessions, but reduced our
values.
We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too often.
We’ve learned how to make a living, but not a life;
We’ve added years to life, not life to years.
We’ve been all the way to the moon and back,
But have trouble crossing the street to meet a new
neighbor.
We’ve conquered outer space, but not inner space;
We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul;
We’ve split the atom, but not our prejudice.
We have higher incomes, but lower morals;
We’ve become long on quantity, but short on quality.
These are the times of tall men, and short character;
Steep profits, and shallow relationships.
These are the times of world peace, but domestic
warfare;
More leisure, but less fun;
More kinds of food, but less nutrition.
These are days of two incomes, but more divorce;
Of fancier houses, but broken homes.
It is a time when there is much in the show window
And nothing in the stockroom;
A time when technology can bring this letter to you,
And a time when you can choose either to make a
difference
Or just hit delete.
(www.motivateus.com/stories/paradox.htm - July 2012.)
14. In the line, “we talk too much, love too seldom, and
hate too often”, what kind of adverb is seldom?
a) Manner.
b) Frequency.
c) Degree.
d) Place.
FLORIDA PANTHER, THE EVERGLADES
The Everglades, often called a "river of grass," is a
unique subtropical habitat for plants and wildlife
A Florida panther rests 4
quietly in the
Everglades of southwestern Florida. 1 Although protected
by the Endangered Species Act, only 30 Florida panthers
are believed to survive in the Everglades 5 victims of
disease and shrinking habitat as well as illegal hunting
and automobiles. 2 With the species' fate hanging in the
balance, some Florida panthers are being captured for a
special breeding program.
The Everglades, 3 often called a "river of grass",
6 stretches more than 300 kilometers from the headwaters
of the Kissimmee River to the Florida Keys, with a
600,000-hectare national park at its core. Made up of
saw grass, tree islands, marshes and sloughs, the
Everglades is a unique subtropical habitat for plants and
wildlife. It is also an ecosystem under pressure from
outside development, pollution (especially agricultural
runoff) and the diversion of water for use by the state's
growing population. State and federal conservation
authorities are now taking action to restore the
Everglades. Environment: The Next Frontier, a
publication of the U. S. Information Agency.
15. A palavra "often" (ref. 3) pode ser substituída, sem
mudança de sentido, por
a) never.
b) hardly ever.
c) also.
d) frequently.
e) always.
89

A RACIAL GAP
Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower
rate than whites. What can be done?
Doctors have long known that lung cancers,
which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier
toll among black Americans, particularly black men,
than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black
men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of
white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white
women). It also has to do with differences in income and
access to medical care. But there has always been a
lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to
either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in
"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster
that disturbing conclusion.
Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely
hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even
so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have
a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size
give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant
growth is surgically removed.
(Time, October 25th, 1999)
16. The opposite of "always" in the sentence "There has
always been a lingering suspicious that some of the
gap...", is
a) already.
b) yet.
c) still
d) hardly ever.
e) never.
Gypsies are a wandering people. They may find a house
to live in for the winter, but in spring they 1 usually pack
up and begin traveling again. They used to travel in vans
pulled by horses, but 5 nowadays most of them use trucks
and trailers. They travel in groups called "caravans".
When they find a place to camp, they gather their vans
together. Sometimes they put up tents. Out of the vans
comes everything needed to set up camp. In the evening
6 they gather around a campfire to sing and play music, to
dance and tell stories, and to laugh together. They may
stay in one camp for many nights or they may pack up
and leave 2 after one night. Sometimes you may see
Gypsies 7 telling fortunes at a fair. Some even own their
own carnivals.
90
Thousands of years ago the first Gypsies came
3 from India. Since then they have spread all over the
world. In England they were called Egyptians because
some of them had come to England from Egypt. Later on
the word Egyptian was shortened to Gypsy.
The Gypsies have a special language all their
own, called "Romany". Very few people who are not
Gypsies can speak it. It is taught by a father to his
children. There are even many Gypsies who cannot
speak Romany. They speak the language of the country
they travel in. The Gypsies do not have 4 any special
religion. Different groups of them belong to different
faiths all over the world.
(BONHIVERT, Edith & Ernest. Questions Children Ask, Chicago, Standard
Education Society, Inc., 1992, page 164.)
17. Marque a opção que contém a classificação
gramatical CORRETA:
a) usually (ref.1) - advérbio
b) after (ref.2) - pronome
c) from (ref.3) - conjunção
d) any (ref.4) - substantivo
INFORMATION REVOLUTION
1 In Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 - 2 which was
written in the early 1950s, just after televisions and
computers first appeared - people relate most intimately
with electronic screens and don't like to read. They are
happy when firemen burn books.
2 Bradbury's novel no longer seems set in a
distant future. Thanks to growth in computer capacity,
television and computers are merging into digital streams
of sounds, images, and text that make it possible to
become absolutely brilliant with information.
3 To know where information technologies are
taking us is impossible. The law of unintended
consequences governs all technological revolutions. In
1438 Johannes Gutenberg wanted a cheaper way to
produce handwritten Bibles. His movable type fostered a
spread in literacy, an advance of scientific knowledge,
and the emergence of the industrial revolution.
4 Although no one can predict the full effect to
the 1 current information revolution, we can see changes
in our daily lives. Often the changes that accompany new
information technologies are so subtle we barely notice
3 them. Before the written word people relied on their
memories. Before telephones, more people knew the

pleasure of writing and receiving letters, the small joy of
finding a handwritten envelope in the mailbox from a
friend or a relative. Before television and computers,
people had a stronger sense of community, a greater
attachment to neighborhoods and families.
5 Television has glued us to our homes, isolating
us from other human beings. Only one-quarter of all
Americans know their next-door neighbors. Our
communities will become less intimate and more isolated
as we earn college credits, begin romances, and gossip
on the Internet, a worldwide system that allows
computers to communicate with one another. The age of
software will offer more games, home banking,
electronic shopping, video 4 on demand, and a host of
other services that unplug us from physical contact.
6 Some of us will cross into the new world; others
will remain behind. No one knows what kind of network
will succeed the Internet, or what increasing computer
power will make possible. One trend is clear: A growing
cultlike faith in information, a belief that if we hook up
to the Internet we'll be smart. Full of facts. Brilliant with
information. Sense of motion without moving. It's right
out of Fahrenheit 451. From "Information Revolution". NATIONAL
GEOGRAPHIC, October 1995
18. The words OFTEN (par.4) and BARELY (par.4) are
synonymous with, respectively:
a) sometimes - just.
b) rarely - scarcely.
c) eventually - amply.
d) frequently - hardly.
e) repeatedly - sufficiently.
19. O termo "seldom", entre aspas no trecho adiante,
poderia ser substituído por:
"As an American Express Cardmember, you will enjoy a
relationship with us that goes beyond the ordinary. You
will be treated as a MEMBER, not a number. And you
will receive the respect and recognition 'seldom' found
today".
a) occasionally
b) rarely
c) often
d) usually
e) always
20. “We do want the girls to be successful” (l. 34-5)
One can say that “do” in this sentence has the meaning
of
a) ever.
b) often.
c) really.
d) probably.
e) nowadays.
21. (It’s still difficult to find products from eco-friendly
and socially aware sources; however, they do exist and
are entering the market more and more.)
As for the verb “do” (), it’s correct to say that it is used
a) as a main verb.
b) as a modal verb.
c) to avoid repeating a previous verb.
d) as an auxiliary in a negative sentence.
e) for emphasizing the meaning of a positive statement.
22. (… Negativity and pessimism are difficult
personality (25) traits to change, so what can you do if
you’re a pessimist? Use your imagination, for one thing.
For example, if you have an important interview coming
up, picture yourself answering questions confidently. Try
to avoid negative thinking by telling yourself that you
will succeed,…)
The verbs “Use” (l. 26), and “Try” (l. 28) are in the
a) infinitive form.
b) imperative form.
c) simple past tense.
d) simple future tense.
e) simple present tense.
23. (…) there are more adolescent girls in the world now
than have ever been…
The word “ever” (l. 13) has the meaning of
a) often.
b) rarely.
c) usually.
d) seldom.
e) at any time.
91

CAPÍTULO XI - PRESENT PROGRESSIVE
(CONTINUOUS) – VERBS
Presente Contínuo:
Formado a partir do presente do verbo TO BE (AM, IS,
ARE) + verbo principal acrescido de ING
Forma
Afirmativa
Forma Negativa
Forma
Interrogativa
Presente Contínuo:
Definição e Uso:
Segue as regras naturais do verbo
TO BE
Segue as regras naturais do verbo
TO BE
Segue as regras naturais do verbo
TO BE
O Presente Contínuo é usado para descrever uma ação
que está tendo continuidade no momento em que está
falando, por esta razão só poderá ser usado com verbos
de ação. Verbos que não sejam de ação (chamados de
verbos estáticos ou PEPSI VERBS) NÃO devem ser
usados em tempos contínuos quaisquer.
E.g.
1. Mister is explaining something about the Present
Continuous now.
2. What are you doing at the moment ?
3. They are having hot dog and coke.
4. My Sisters aren’t studying for the text, maybe they’re
watching TV.
5. I’m listening to you
6. That girl is getting nervous with me.
O Presente Contínuo também pode ser usado para
descrever uma ação que ocorrerá em um futuro próximo,
desde que se trate de um compromisso e que seja de
caráter pessoal. Será preciso utilizarmos um advérbio ou
expressão temporal que denote futuro para melhor
entendimento do leito ou ouvinte.
E.g.
1. I’m traveling to São Paulo tonight.
2. What are doing tomorrow afternoon ?
3. “Can you come here on Monday?” “I am sorry, I am
painting the house on Monday.”
4. Rita is playing tennis at 3:00 o’clock.
5. We aren’t coming tomorrow because we have a
doctor’s appointment.
Também é comum usarmos este tempo verbal para
expressarmos ou falarmos de ações que estejam
acontecendo ao redor do momento em que falamos, não
necessariamente precisa ocorrer com precisão.
E.g.
Mister is reading british and American literature.
(aqui a ação não acontece no momento da fala, porque
Mister está ministrando aulas agora, mas provavelmente
isso ocorre quando ele está em momentos livres).
She is watching a new serie on TV.
The school where we study is promoting a greta science
project.
EXERCISES:
How money works: Will China on us all?
It’s no secret China has been booming while the West
declines. In fact, it’s been growing so fast it’s expanding
overseas, too: buying up businesses in the UK, U.S. and
elsewhere. So, how worried should we be?
Napoleon once said, apparently. ‘Let China sleep
because when she wakes she’ll shake the world’.
Indeed, for much of the industrial revolution, China was
taking a nap — so to speak. But in 1978 things began to
92

change. The Communist country encouraged private
enterprise and unleashed its biggest asset: 975 million
citizens.
Where then ensued mass migrations to urban areas where
people took up jobs in factories to manufacture goods for
export. Since then the economy dubbed ‘the dragon’ has
doubled its slice of the global economy and it’s predicted
that by 2016 China will be the world’s biggest economy.
Can anything stand in the way of the Asian powerhouse?
From Yahoo Finance UK Friday Mar 8, 2013.
1. In text, the Verb forms booming, growing,
expanding and buying indicate that the events described
are situated
a) in the near future.
b) in the present.
c) long ago.
d) in the era of the Communist Revolution.
e) in the Napoleonic period.
Microsoft is buying Skype
One is the giant business, whose software powers more
than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,
which has revolutionised the way many communicate.
Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.
It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to
make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the
third time it's been bought and sold.
Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete
with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to
make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants
Skype to help it become a bigger force.
Skype is now used by 170 million people around the
world (each month), not just on their computers, but on
the move – on their mobile phones and even on their
tablet devices.
Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,
but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even
profitable.
Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.
Fonte:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20
11/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml
2. Onde se lê “Microsoft is buying Skype”, é correto
afirmar que
a) a Microsoft está vendendo o Skype.
b) o Skype está sendo vendido pela Microsoft.
c) a Microsoft está comprando o Skype.
d) o Skype está se despedindo da Microsoft.
e) a Microsoft está perdendo o Skype.
CELL PHONES - THE CLEAN AND DIRTY
Here's a useful thing to do with an old cell phone: throw
it in the garden. 6 British researchers are developing a
biodegradable cell phone casing embedded with a flower
seed. Use the phone until 1 you're done (in some places
that's roughly every 18 months), and 4 then you 7 can
compost the cover with yesterday's coffee grounds. The
rest of 8 the phone contains precious metals and circuits
boards that can be 9 recycled, says Kerry Kirwan, chief
researcher of the project at the 10 University of Warwick.
He says he's figured out how to make the phone 11-13 out
of a biodegradable polymer with a plastic window to
protect the 12 flower seed until 2 it's planted. 3 His
department has been experimenting with various seeds,
but 5 so far it has successfully grown dwarf sunflowers
with its old phones.
Imagine the entrepreneurial possibilities - and the
downloadable ringtones.
Newsweek. May, 2013. p. 55.
3. Em "British researchers are developing..." (ref. 6), o
aspecto verbal indica uma ação em andamento, o que
ocorre também na(s) referência(s)
a) 7.
b) 8 - 9.
c) 10.
d) 11.
e) 12.
4. Complete with Simple Present or Present Continuous
(Progressive)
She usually _______________ against injustice, but at
this moment she _______________ against
unemployment.
a) protest / protesting
b) protests / is protesting
c) is protesting / protests
d) protest / are protesting
e) protested / are protesting
93

5.
Preenche corretamente a lacuna (III) a alternativa:
a) coming
b) comes
c) will come
d) to come
e) is coming
6. Has technology ruined childhood?
94
Choose the alternative in which the capital word – ING
form is an example of the present continuous:
a) "a child who spends a WORRYING 7 hours or
more" (paragraph 6)
b) "INCREASING prosperity has also contributed to
the rise of" (paragraph 4)
c) "children from the age of 9 are now TURNING to
their bedrooms" (paragraph 3)
d) "children say they still enioy READING"
(paragraph 8)
e) "harder to control children's VIEWING" (paragraph
9)
1 6 She was young, with a fair, calm face,
whose lines bespoke repression and even a certain
strength. But now there was a dull stare in her eyes.
7 There was something coming to her and she was
waiting for it, fearfully. What was it? She did not know;
it was too subtle and elusive to name. But she felt it,
creeping out of the sky, reaching toward her through the
sounds, the scents, the color that filled the air.
8 She was beginning to recognize this thing that
was approaching to possess her, and she was striving to
beat it back with her will - as powerless as her two white
slender hands would have been.
9 When she abandoned herself a little whispered
word escaped her slightly parted lips. She said it over
and over under her breath: "free, free, free!" (CHOPIN,
Kate. The Story of an Hour. From Internet.)
7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess
her" (par.8), emprega-se o tempo:
a) simple past
b) past perfect
c) past continuous
d) present perfect
BUNKER DOWN
FORGET HIDING IN THE basement. Brits worried
about their safety can now purchase a completely
bombproof house, made by the steel manufacturer Corus.
The Surefast shelter, launched earlier this month, is
constructed out of steel panels that are slotted together
and filled with concrete. But don't expect to just throw it
together at the last minute: it takes several people 10
hours - and the help of a heavy crane - to assemble the
two-story, 50,000 pounds structure. In tests the shelter
has successfully withstood everything from car bombs to
blowtorches. Still, it offers no protection from biological
or chemical weapons. For clean air, inhabitants had best
outfit their bombproof homes with the Dominick Hunter
Group's regenerative NBC filtration system. (The British
Army is now installing it in its tanks.) Breathable air
doesn't come cheap, either: a filter to support 10 people
starts at 50,000 pounds.
"Newsweek", April 14, 2003.

8. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do
presente contínuo como em "The British Army is now
installing it in its tanks.".
a) The British Army is liking the new program.
b) The British Army is understanding the needs of the
population.
c) The British Army is listening to the population.
d) The British Army is preferring the new general.
e) The British Army is possessing many tanks.
9. Usamos o Present Progressive Tense para:
a) ação há pouco completada;
b) ação que começou no passado e continua no
presente;
c) ação premeditada;
d) ações habituais;
e) ação praticada no momento em que se fala.
95

CAPÍTULO XII - PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS
O tempo verbal Simple Past corresponde ao Passado
Simples em português. Nós o utilizamos para expressar
hábitos passados ou para expressar ações que se
iniciaram no passado e também foram finalizadas no
passado, podendo ter o tempo determinado. Neste caso
costumamos acompanhar o verbo com advérbios ou
expressões de frequência que dão maior especificidade à
ideia da frase, como yesterday (ontem), last ... (na
última...), ago (atrás), in .... (em...), e etc.
YESTERDAY
IN 2006
DURING THE WORLD WAR I & II.
VERBOS REGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos que
quando conjugados no passado ou participio passado
TÊM a terminação ED.
VERBOS IRREGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos
que quando conjugados no passado ou particípio passado
NÃO têm a terminação ED.
Veja quadro:
Verbos Irregulares
Verbos Regulares
Past Past
Past Past
Infinitive
Infinitive
Tense Participle
Tense Participle
to become became become to avoid Avoided avoided
to bring brought brought to believe Believed believed
LAST
WEEK.
MONTH.
CLASS.
YEAR.
A
WEEK
YEAR
MONTH
CLASS
AGO.
to buy bought bought to dress Dressed dressed
to do did done to enjoy Enjoyed enjoyed
to drive drove driven to hate Hated hated
to eat ate eaten to intend Intended intended
to forget forgot forgot to learn Learned learned
Passado Simples:
O Pasado Simples é formado da seguinte forma:
Affirmative
Form
Interrogative
Form
Negative
Form
Os verbos têm forma de passado e se
dividem em Regulares e Irregulares
Com o auxiliar DID
Vejamos alguns exemplos:
1. Forma
Interrogativa
2. Forma Negativa
3. Forma
Afirmativa
Com o auxiliar DID NOT ( DIDN’T )
=
>
=
>
=
>
Verbos Regulares e Irregulares:
Did you see the new teacher
yesterday ?
You didn’t see the new teacher
yesterday
You saw the new teacher
yesterday.
Quanto à forma de passado os verbos ingleses se
dividem em dois grupos:
to get got Got to like Liked liked
to go went gone to listen to listened to listened to
Como você pode observar os verbos irregulares não
seguem nenhuma regra e cada forma verbal deve ser
aprendida como se fôsse uma nova palavra.
Vejamos agora a conjugação do Passado Simples.
Forma
Interrogativa
Did I tell you my
name ?
Did you see the
comet ?
Did he leave the
room ?
Did she need money
?
Did it work well ?
Did we take the
tickets ?
Did you send the
letters ?
Did they go home ?
Forma Negativa
I didn’t tell you
my name.
You didn’t see
the comet.
He didn’t leave
the room.
She didn’t need
money.
It didn’t work
well.
We didn’t take
the tickets.
You didn’t send
the letters.
They didn’t go
home.
Forma
Afirmativa
I told you my
name.
You saw the
comet.
He left the room.
She needed
money.
It worked well.
We took the
tickets.
You sent the
letters.
They went home.
96

ATENÇÃO:
1. Observe que os verbos só têm forma de passado
quando são conjugados na forma afirmativa, nas demais
formas eles são auxiliados por DID e DIDN’T.
Utilizamos o "Did" para negativas e perguntas, certo?
Então como explicar o caso abaixo:
I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.
O correto não seria:
I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.
Fómula:Sujeito + did + verbo sem conjugação +
complemento.
Neste caso o "did" está sendo usado para dar ênfase ao
verbo.
1) I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.
2) I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.
1) Eu realmente/de fato trouxe...
2) Eu trouxe...
He was He
She was She
It was It
We were We
You were You
They were They
was
not
was
not
was
not
were
not
were
not
were
not
He wasn’t Was he ?
ou She wasn’t Was she ?
It wasn’t Was it ?
We weren’t Were we ?
You weren’t Were you ?
They weren’t
Were
they
?
To BE significa SER ou ESTAR, por isso o que temos
acima são todas as formas de passado desses dois verbos
resumidos nas duas palavras WAS e WERE.
Vejamos alguns exemplos com tradução.
1. I was at home
yesterday morning.
Eu estava em casa ontem de
manhã.
2. It was hot last night. Estava quente ontem à noite.
3. They were good at
math.
4. We weren’t good
students in the past.
5. It was easy. Foi fácil.
Eles eram (foram) bons em
matemática.
Nós não fomos bons alunos
no passado.
1) I liked her.(Eu gostava dela.)
2) I did like her.(Eu gostava mesmo dela.)
*Mesmo: De fato,realmente.
EXERCISES
2. Todas estas regras de Passado Simples NÃO
SERVEM para o verbo TO BE
Passado Simples:
Verbo TO BE: Este verbo é irregular e se diferencia dos
demais por ter duas formas de passado e não precisar do
auxilar DID ou DIDN’T.
Affirmative
Form
I was I
You were You
Negative Form
was
not
were
not
Interrogative
Form
I wasn’t Was I ?
You weren’t Were you ?
Read the dialogue from the film “Ratatouille”.
Linguini: Listen, I just want you to know how honored I
am to be studying under such a...
Colette: No, you listen! I just want you to know exactly
who you are dealing with! How many women do you see
in this kitchen?
Linguini: Well, I uh...
Colette: Only me. Why do you think that is? Because
high cuisine is an antiquated hierarchy built upon rules
written by stupid, old men. Rules designed to make it
impossible for women to enter this world, but still I'm
here. How did this happen?
97

Linguini: Well because you, because you...
Colette: Because I am the toughest cook in this kitchen!
I have worked too hard for too long to get here, and I am
not going to jeopardize it for some garbage boy who got
lucky! Got it?
Linguini: Wow!. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 12 set. 2011.
Glossary:
jeopardize: colocar em risco
country in South America where same sex civil union
couples are legally recognized as a family and share the
same rights of married heterosexual couples.
Uruguay
Uruguay became the first country in South America to
allow civil unions (for both opposite-sex and samesexcouples)
in a national platform on January 1, 2008.
Children can be adopted by same-sex couples since
2009. (http://en.wikipedia.org/. Adaptado.)
98
1. What dialogue line is an example of an ungrammatical
structure in English, which is typical of colloquial
language?
a) “No, you listen!”
b) “How many women do you see in this kitchen?”
c) “Why do you think that is?”
d) “How did this happen?”
e) “Got it?”
Status of same-sex marriage
South America. Argentina
The Autonomous City of Buenos Aires (a federal district
and capital city of the republic) allows same-sex civil
unions. The province of Rio Negro allows same-sex civil
unions, too.
Legislation to enact same-sex marriage across all of Argentina was approved on
July 15, 2010.
Brazil
A law that would allow same-sex civil unions throughout
the nation has been debated. Until the end of the first
semester of 2010 the Supremo Tribunal Federal had not
decided about it.
Colombia
The Colombian Constitutional Court ruled in February
2007 that same-sex couples are entitled to the same
inheritance rights as heterosexuals in common-law
marriages. This ruling made Colombia the first South
American nation to legally recognize gay couples.
Furthermore, in January 2009, the Court ruled that samesex
couples must be extended all of the rights offered to
cohabitating heterosexual couples.
Ecuador
The Ecuadorian new constitution has made Ecuador
stand out in the region. Ecuador has become the first
2. Assinale a alternativa na qual todas as palavras são
formas verbais relativas ao passado.
a) Adopted, become, decided, recognized, ruled.
b) Adopted, allow, become, recognized, ruled.
c) Approved, became, been, decided, ruled.
d) Allow, approved, became, decided, may.
e) Can, debated, entitled, made, offered.
OPTICAL FIBERS
Optical fibers carry a dizzying amount of data each
second, but a great deal of communication still gets
beamed, via slower microwaves, from one dish antenna
to another. Engineers didn't think there was any
improvement to tease out of this technology, but
researchers at the University of Paris recently reported in
the journal Science that they'd found a way of focusing
microwaves into a narrow beam, tripling the data rate.
(Newsweek, March, 12,)
3. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma
afirmativa do segmento: "Engineers didn't think..."
a) Engineers thought...
b) Engineers though...
c) Engineers through...
d) Engineers thru...
e) Engineers throw...
The Mystery of Lupus
Many people have heard of lupus, but nobody truly
understands it. A chronic inflammatory disease, it causes
the immune system to attack the heart, kidneys and other
organs. And a recent study by the U.S. Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention found that over a 20-
year period, the death rate rose 33 percent.

Anyone can contract the illness, though it's most
common among those between 15 and 44. Women are a
greater risk than men, and black women have the highest
risk of all.
Researchers don't know why, nor do they know what
causes it in the first place. And there's another problem:
people often go for years without knowing they have it.
That's because it's a complex diagnosis and there isn't
one test that's always conclusive. Early symptoms are
similar to the flu: fatigue, weakness and sporadic joint
pain. But with lupus, patients often also get a rash that
spreads across the nose and cheeks. If you think you
might have lupus, talk to your doctor. Early treatment is
important, and promising new drugs are expected within
five years. (- DR. IAN SMITH, Newsweek, July 8,)
4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a forma
interrogativa correta da frase "..., the death rate rose 33
percent.", no primeiro parágrafo do texto.
a) Did the death rate rose 33 percent?
b) Did the death rate raise 33 percent?
c) Did the death rate rise 33 percent?
d) Does the death rate rise 33 percent?
e) Does the death rate rose 33 percent?
5. Which is the best sentence?
a) I used to smoke, but I don't anymore.
b) I've smoked, but I don't anymore.
c) I smoked, but I didn't anymore.
d) I had smoked, but I haven't anymore.
e) I would smoke, but I can't anymore.
6. When ________ World War II ________ ?
a) did ... started
b) do ... started
c) does ... started
d) do ... star
e) did ... star
Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada
lacuna da questão a seguir:
7. John __________ me some money last week.
a) sends
b) send
c) sent
d) sending
e) to send
8. Brazil_______ last year's world soccer championship.
a) win
b) won
c) wins
d) to win
e) winning
MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN
ACCEPTABLE FACE
By Maria Burke. IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16
IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based
on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a
team of American scientists has discovered that is
possesses a property unique among such materials: it is
easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.
Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based
on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend
on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce
the best results, all the particles must be made to point in
the same direction, a process which is time-consuming
and expensive.
For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually
made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,
which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer
Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and
the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic
properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend
on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was
true at magnetic fields of about 1 tesla - similar to
normal operating conditions - but not at very low fields.
The researchers embedded particles of' the material,
which also contains atoms of barium, copper and
oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.
Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver
for industry. However, the synthesis of the new
superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves
mercury, a hazardous substance.
Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal
Physical Review B.
99

9. Assinale a forma verbal que está no PAST SIMPLE
TENSE:
a) shows
b) has discovered
c) making
d) found
e) have prepared
nowadays.
( ) John used to speak two languages when he was a
child.
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva V erdadeiro – F also
no espaço apropriado itens.
SIGN LANGUAGE
In the mid-18th century, a formal system of sign
language was developed to help deaf people
communicate. A French clergyman and educator of the
deaf, Charles Michel, first developed a system for
spelling words with a manual alphabet and later
expanded his system to include whole concepts. Later in
1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American educator,
introduced it into the United States, and it became known
as American Sign Language (ASL). Like all spoken
languages, ASL is constantly changing, but it continues
to serve more than 500,000 deaf people in the United
States and Canada.
Vocabulary:
deaf = surdo
11. Which sentences refer to actions or states in the past?
( ) In the beginning of this century, some American
schools started some special English classes for children
who did not speak English.
( ) Nowadays, there are bilingual classes in many public
schools.
( ) Immigrants come to the United States because of
war, because of hunger, or because they want religious
or political freedom.
( ) Earlier immigrants hoped that they could make a
better life for themselves and their children.
( ) At first, American schools put immigrant children in
classes with much younger English-speaking children
until the immigrant children learned English.
( ) Public schools used to teach English to immigrants.
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva no espaço
apropriado a soma dos itens corretos.
."Later in 1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American
educator, introduced it into the United States..."
100
10. The sentence above refers to an action in the past.
Which of the following sentences also refer(s) to actions
or states in the past? V erdadeiro – F also
( ) Students from UCLA will be studying sign language
next semester.
( ) Some languages were used for thousands of years
and then mysteriously disappeared.
( ) Researchers are developing new concepts in that
field.
( ) They began to use sign language years ago.
( ) Today most of us learn to talk at the age of three.
( ) English is the most popular language in theworld

101

1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.
(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)
CAPÍTULO XIII – PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS
PASSADO CONTÍNUO:
O passado contínuo é formado com o passado do verbo
TO BE (WAS ou WERE) + o GERÚNDIO (verb + ING)
do verbo principal.
Esse tempo verbal indica que uma determinada ação
estava tendo continuidade em um determinado tempo no
passado.
Vejamos alguns exemplos.
1. I was reading a book from 2:00 to 3:30 in the
afternoon.
2. They were playing the guitar while he was watching
TV.
3. What were you doing last week ?
Passado Contínuo:
Segue a regra natural do
Forma Afirmativa
verbo TO BE
Segue a regra natural do
Forma Negativa
verbo TO BE
Segue a regra natural do
Forma Interrogativa
verbo TO BE
Usando o Past Continuous para descrever uma ação que
esteja em progresso (esteja acontencedo) no passado.
1. Last night, at 8 we were watching TV. (Ontem à noite
às 08, estávamos assistindo TV.)
2. At that time, she was living in France. (Naquela época,
ela estava morando na França.)
Usamos também o Past Continuous para descrever uma
ação que estava acontecendo quando uma outra ação
aconteceu.
1. While I was going to work, it started to rain. (Enquanto
estávamos assistindo à TV,
estava lendo um livro,
eu estava indo para o trabalho, começou a chover.)
estavam lavando o carro,
2. My cell phone rang whe I was taking a shower. (Meu
celular tocou quando eu estava tomando.)
Poderemos usar o Past Continuous para descrever duas
ações ou mais que aconteceram ao mesmo tempo no
passado.
102
2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles
lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)
O Past progressive poderá ser usado para indicar que uma
ação que estava em andamento foi interrompida por outra
ação. Geralmente as ação são separadas pela preposição
WHEN .
1. Mister was explaining the subject when the student`s
cell phone rang. (Mister estava expçlicando o conteúdo
quando o cellular de um aluno tocou) – mister teve que
interromper a ação de explicar.
Past Continuous com a palavra always para descrever
uma ação que acontecia repetidas vezes no passado.
1. He was always making mistake. (Ele estava sempre
cometendo erros.)
2. They were always sleeping. (Eles estavam sempre
dormindo.)
Quando comparados cada uso acima com os exemplos em
português, notará que a diferença praticamente não existe.
Talvez a única coisa que você pode estranhar está no
terceiro uso. Veja que a tradução dos exemplos foi
diferente:
1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.
(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)
2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles
lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)
Em português, bem que poderíamos traduzir tudo ao pé da
letra:
estava cozinhado.
Mas, em português temos o nosso Pretérito Imperfeito do
Indicativo, que nesse caso e ainda em outros é usado da
mesma maneira que o Past Continuous Tense.

EXERCISES
In the summer of 1926, an English golf enthusiast named
Samuel Ryder (I) a friendly game between some
British professionals and the American players during that
year's Open.
When it (II) that these matches be held on a more
regular basis, Samuel Ryder immediately agreed to
provide the trophy that bears his name. "I am sure I have
never (III) a (IV) thing than this," he declared.
Today, the (V) Cup Matches bring (VI) the finest
professionals from both sides of the Atlantic.
1. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que
preenche corretamente a lacuna (I) da frase apresentada.
a) is watching
b) watches
c) will watch
d) was watching
e) has watched
2. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST CONTINUOUS
TENSES.
a) Last night while my brother and I
_______________________________ the homework
our neighbors ___________________ a party. (to do)
(to have)
b) I ___________________________ a book last night
when the lights _________________ (to read) (go
out)
3. Complete the sentences with the correct form of
the verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST
CONTINUOUS TENSES:
a) When my mother _________________ us for dinner
we _____________________ the video
game. (to call) (to play).
b) Charles and Bill ________________________ at the
club when it _________ to rain. (to swim) (to start).
4. Em que tempo se encontra o verbo da frase:
All the buildings WERE BURNING out in few minutes.
______________________________________________
5. Change the sentence in the negative and interrogative
form.
The weather was hot and sunny.
negative: ______________________________________
interrogative: __________________________________
6. Preencha os espaços em branco com a forma verbal
correta:
When she _________ I _________ to do my work.
a) has arrived - had tried
b) arrived - was trying
c) arrives - was trying
d) has arrived - has tried
e) arrived - try
7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess her"
(par.8), emprega-se o tempo:
a) simple past
b) past perfect
c) past continuous
d) present perfect
e) were talking
THE ECOLOGICAL PROBLEM
8. Assinale a alternativa correta:
They ______ about art last night.
a) talks
b) talk
c) was talking
d) talking
9. The only regular verb is in alternative
a) “have” (l. 6).
b) “pick up” (l. 12).
c) “find” (l. 15).
d) “get” (l. 31).
e) “throw” (l. 35).
103

10. The alternative in which there is a regular verb is
a) “can” (l. 2).
b) “be” (l. 3).
c) “suggest” (l. 7).
d) “doing” (l. 15).
e) “taking” (l. 31).
11. Assinale a alternativa correta:
When John came in ______ a book.
a) she was reading
b) Mary is reading
c) will read
d) should read
e) reads
104

CAPÍTULO XIV – THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT
TENSES
The Present Perfect
O PRESENT Perfect Tense é formado com o presente
simples do verbo to have (have / has), que, neste caso,
funciona como verbo auxiliar, seguido do particípio
passado do verbo principal. O particípio passado dos
verbos regulares tem a mesma forma que o passado, ou
seja, terminam em -ed e o dos verbos irregulares tem
forma própria.
Affirmative forms.
I + have
You + have
He + has
She + has
It + has
We + have
You + have
They + have
Past participle of the verb.
1. He has broken his leg. (Ele quebrou a perna.)
2. We have bought new clothes. (Compramos roupas
novas.)
3. She has written a letter to her friend who lives in
Madrid.
(Ela escreveu uma carta para a amiga que mora em
Madrid.)
Veja alguns exemplos com as formas contraídas:
1. He's studied law. (He has studied law.)
(Ele estudou Direito.)
2. She's been here. (She has been here.)
(Ela esteve aqui.)
3. We've worked a lot. (We have worked a lot.) - (Nós
trabalhamos muito.)
Negative forms.
I + haven’t
You + haven’t
He + hasn’t
She + hasn’t
It + hasn’t
We + haven’t
You + haven’t
They + haven’t
Past participle …
1. They have not heard what I've told. (Eles não
escutaram o que eu falei.)
2. You have not eaten anything so far. (Você não comeu
nada até agora.)
3. We have not done our homework. (Não fizemos
nossa lição de casa.)
FORMA CONTRAÍDA: haven't / hasn't
1. I haven't gone to the beach, I've gone to the
countryside. (Não fui para a praia, fui para o inteior.)
2. She hasn't told to her parents where she's been all
day.
(Ela não disse aos pais onde esteve durante todo o
dia.)
Interrogative Forms
Have + I
Have + You
Has + He
Has + She
Has + It
Have + We
Have + You
Have + They
Past participle …
105

1. Have you already talked to your boss? (Você já falou
com o seu chefe?)
2. Have they lived in Amsterdam? (Eles moraram em
Amsterdã?)
3. Has she brought the English/Portuguese dictionary?
(Ela trouxe o dicionário de Inglês/Português?)
1. Action still happening in the present. (ações ainda
acontecendo no presente)
Usamos o presente perfeito para expressar uma ação que
começou no passado e ainda continua no presente. As
preposições ‘since’ e ‘for’ são geralmente associadas a
este tempo verbal.
Since: indicates the beginning of the action. (início da
ação)
For: shows the length of time. (período da ação)
Ex.
a) I have known her since 1995.
b) We haven’t had any rain for almost two months.
c) I have given classes at Zênite since 2006.
d) I have given classes to the Zênite’s new group for
seven months.
EXERCISES
CALORIC RESTRICTION
Since 1935 researchers have known that when laboratory
rats and mice are fed a very-low-calorie diet - 30 to 50
percent of their normal intake - they live about 30 percent
longer than their well-fed confreres, as long as they get
sufficient nutrition. Free radicals seem to be responsible:
the less food consumed, the fewer free radicals are
produced - possibly because on a low-calorie regimen
cell's power-generating machinery operates at high
efficiency, as it does during exercise. There haven't been
solid studies on how caloric restriction affects human
beings, but researchers speculate that someday drugs may
¤enhance cellular efficiency without diets. Consuming
fewer calories while maintaining a healthy level of
106
nutrients isn't easy... so don't quit eating just
yet.(Newsweek, June 30, . p.59.)
1. A locução verbal HAVE KNOWN (ref.4) indica uma
noção de temporalidade referente a
a) dois momentos no passado.
b) passado e futuro.
c) passado, exclusivamente.
d) passado e presente.
e) presente e futuro.
Imagine it: Your plane touches down at Charles de Gaulle
and you take out your portable voice recognitiontranslation
device. You set the dial to "Français." Et voilà!
You are free ¤to roam Paris without anyone sneering at
your high school French. Sound like science fiction?
Machines that recognize your voice and translate your
language have already converged. Prototypes of real-time
devices are in use, and they will probably be on the
market in a decade or two. But before we shell out
$299.99 for this shiny new gadget, let us pause to bid
farewell to the dream of an idiomatic common ground - to
the hope for mutual intelligibility and a linguistic
brotherhood of man. "Lingua Franca", New York, May/June
2000.
2. Se o sujeito da oração "Machines (...) HAVE already
CONVERGED" (ref. 2) estivesse no singular e fosse
mantido o tempo do verbo, a forma verbal destacada
a) ficaria inalterada.
b) seria trocada por "had converged".
c) se transformaria em "is being converged".
d) seria substituída por "has converged".
e) passaria para "is converging".
3. "The large scale entrance of women into the
professions since the 1960s has posed many ideological
and aesthetic challenges"
"many of the basic principles, associated with exclusively
male executive office subcultures, have endured."
a) The temporal reference expressed by the verb forms
has posed and have endured is best analyzed as:
b) situations beginning at a prior point continuing into
the present

c) actions occurring at a specified prior time with
current relevance
d) actions completed in the past prior to other past
points in time
e) situations developed over a prior time period and
now completed
f) situations started just in the present.
The Fear Is Old
The Economy New
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN
1 There is something perverse about reading the
business news these days. Every month the Labor
Department comes out with a new set of statistics about
how unemployment is down and thousands of jobs are
being created. But these stories always contain the same
caveat, like the warning on a pack of cigarettes, that this
news is bad for the health of the economy. The stories
always go on to say that these great employment statistics
triggered panic among Wall Street investors and led to a
sell off of stocks and bonds.
(...)
2 Of course there has always been a link between
unemployment numbers and inflation expectations. The
more people are working, the more they have the money
to pay for things; the more consumer demand outstrips
factory capacity, the more prices shoot up, and the more
prices shoot up the more the value of bonds, with their
fixed interest rates, erodes.
3 But what has been so frustrating about the
market reactions in recent months is that despite the
surging economy, inflation has not been rising. It has
remained flat, at around 3 percent, and ¢ yet Wall Street,
certain that the shadow it sees is the ghost of higher
inflation come to haunt the trading floors, has been
clamoring to the Federal Reserve for higher rates. (...)
The New York Times Magazine.
4. O que determinou a utilização do Present Perfect Tense
no último parágrafo do texto foi:
a) o estilo do autor.
b) a referência a um tempo passado não explicitado no
texto.
c) a referência a acontecimentos / sentimentos
desencadeados no passado e que continuam no
presente.
d) a atribuição de maior ênfase ao que se pretende dizer.
e) a referência a sentimentos / acontecimentos que
ocorrem no presente.
5. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna:
Have you........... the correct alternative?
a) choose
b) chase
c) choosed
d) chose
e) chosen
2012’s Second Sun
Earth is believed to be getting a second sun burning in the
sky near the end of 2012, as the second biggest star in the
universe, Betelgeuse, is dying, which will lead to
“multiple days of constant daylight.”
Many ancient cultures 4 have speculated about the
appearance of a second sun and this event appears to 1 tie
in very closely with the December 21 2012 predictions.
Betelgeuse is the second 2 biggest star in the universe and
the eighth 3 brightest in the night sky, Scientists 5 have
determined that the star is losing mass at a rapid rate,
which indicates it will go supernova very soon.
The light emitted from this exploding star will be so
bright that it will appear for a few weeks at the end of
2012 as a second sun in the sky. There may be little if no
period of darkness or night according to senior lecturer of
physics at the University of Southern Queensland, Brad
Carter.
Earth will experience “brightness for a brief period of
time for a couple of weeks and then over the coming
months it begins to fade and then eventually it will be
very hard to see at all,” explained the Australian scientist
Brad Carter to news.com.au.
Scientist 6 have known about this dying star which is 640
light years away from Earth, since 2005. It is believed that
as Betelgeuse goes supernova it will not be harmful to
Earth. “There will be neutrinos emitted during the
supernova process, said University of Minnesota physics
professor Priscilla Cushman, but neutrinos, even lots and
lots of them, are only weakly interacting, so they won't
affect life on earth,” but that is only speculation at this
point.
107

The fact is, we as human beings have never experienced
anything like this before so close to our home planet, and
to be honest, we just don’t know for sure what this event
could bring. (www.december212012.com) on 30/08/11
policies, balanced and diversified trade, along with a
coherent energy policy. It leaves the country well
positioned for the future.
www.istockanalyst.com/article/viewarticle/articleid/3370044#. Adaptado
6. The verb tenses “have speculated” (ref. 4), “have
determined” (ref. 5) and “have known” (ref. 6) are:
a) Past perfect
b) Simple present
c) Present perfect
d) Past participle
e) Gerund
Brazil is More Than Soccer and ‘Carnival’
Many investors rarely think about Brazil as a place to put
their investment dollars. They think Brazil is just a
country that goes crazy over soccer and has a wild
‘Carnival’ every year in Rio. But Brazil is so much more.
They may have the best economy in the Americas. Brazil
has made great strides under current President Luiz Inacio
Lula da Silva, commonly known as Lula. Lula took office
on January 1, 2003 and he has, since being in office, run a
very orthodox fiscal policy. The country has maintained
fiscal and trade surpluses for the better part of his
presidency.
Brazil’s highly capable Central Bank has followed a very
strong monetary policy. They have maintained high levels
of real interest rates, which prevented the economy from
overheating and creating an over-expansion of credit —
unlike the policies of others like the Federal Reserve.
In late April, the Brazilian Central Bank cut their interest
rate from 11.25% to 10.25%. This leaves them plenty of
room to cut interest rates further, if necessary, to stimulate
the Brazilian economy. Again, this distinguishes the
Brazilian Central Bank from the Federal Reserve and
others, who have left themselves virtually no room to cut
interest rates further.
Also, Brazil has long pursued a strategy of achieving
energy independence from foreign oil. Brazil started its
own ethanol program — based on its rich sugar crop and
offshore oil exploration using deep-sea drilling methods.
It’s achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency
— again setting it apart from much of the rest
of the world.
Brazil, unlike the United States and other economies, is
not over-levered — It has prudent fiscal and monetary
7. No trecho do quinto parágrafo do texto — It’s
achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency...—
o ’s em It’s pode ser corretamente
substituído por:
a) has.
b) goes.
c) was.
d) does.
e) is.
PLAGIARISM ON THE INTERNET
For Anna, 22, a final year student in south-east
England, internet plagiarism is a natural part of
undergraduate life.
For the past three years, she says, she has been
submitting essays bought and copied from the internet and
passing them off as her own.
She is currently working on her final-year project
and most of the materials in the dissertation are coming
off the net.
Anna (not her real name) says she cheats because
it is easy to get away with it.
"It is easier, because sometimes when you go to
the library you can't find the necessary books or you have
too much to read," she says.
"But I'm always careful. The best way is to
combine library materials with essays bought from the
internet."
Texto:"http://www.newsbbc.co.uk/1/hi/education/3265143.stm"
8. Pode-se observar, nos parágrafos 2, 3 e 4 do texto, a
ocorrência de três tempos verbais distintos na língua
inglesa. As afirmativas a seguir contêm ideias relativas a
cada um desses tempos verbais.
I. Algo que Anna faz com regularidade.
II. Algo que Anna tem feito há algum tempo.
III. Algo que Anna está fazendo no momento.
108

Com base nas asserções, assinale a alternativa que
apresenta a ideia contida em cada um desses tempos
verbais, segundo a ordem em que aparecem nos referidos
parágrafos.
a) II, I e III.
b) III, I e II.
c) III, II e I.
d) I, II e III.
e) II, III e I.
PRESENT PERFECT – Part II.
2. Past action in an incomplete period of time. (ações
passadas em período de tempo incompleto)
Usamos o Pres. Perfeito para expressar uma
finalizada dentro de um tempo não finalizado.
Such as: today, this week, this summer, this year, this month, etc.
Ex.
a) I haven’t seen Luis Àvila this week.
b) Have you read any good book this year?
c) Mister hasn’t come here today.
d) It hasn’t rained this summer.
ação
Past action with no definite time. (açõespassadas sem um
tempo determinado)
Utilizamos o Pres. Perfect quando nos referimos a uma
ação no passado sem mencionarmos o tempo em que essa
ação aconteceu.
Ex.
a) Marilda is crying because her sister has hit her.
b) He has hurt his leg. He can’t play soccer.
c) Omar is a little depressed, ‘cause his gilrfriend has
left him.
d) Has Mister bought a car?
With certain adverbs.
(com certos adverbios)
Utilizamos com muita frequência o Pres. Perfect com:
already, yet, ever, never and just.
Already: Quando algo acontece antes da hora esperada.
‘Affirmative or interrogative.’
Ex.
a) I have already studied this subject in my school
years.
b) Have you all from 3º ano Paulo VI already answered
exercises about pres. perfect?
Yet: Indica que algo não aconteceu ou é esperado que
aconteça. ‘Negative or interrogative.’
Translation:
A tradução do Present Perfect pode ser:
1. Literal:
a) What has he done lately ?
b) O que ele tem feito ultimamente ?
c) I have studied for the test.
d) Tenho estudado para o teste.
2. No Passado Simples:
a) What have you studied ?
b) O que você estudou ?
c) Have you seen him ?
d) Você o viu ?
3. No presente simples:
a) She has lived in Vit. Da Conquista for ten months.
b) Ela mora em Vit. Da Conquista há dez meses.
c) I’ve studied Portuguese since I was a child.
d) Eu estudo Português desde qye eu era criança.
NÃO CONFUNDA!
Present Perfect x Simple Past
O Simple Past refere-se apenas a ações passadas
queacabaram em um tempo definido no passado:
I went to the park last weekend. (Simple Past)
109

O Present Perfect pode expressar ações passadas que
acabaram em um tempo não definido no passadoou ações
que ainda não terminaram:
I have worked hard. (Present Perfect)
They have been here since midday. (Present Perfect)
Principais Usos do Present Perfect Tense:
a) Indica que uma determinada ação começou no passado
e ainda continua.
b) Indica que uma determinada ação pode ser repetida ou
continuada.
c) Indica uma ação passada mas, muito recente.
d) Dá ênfase numa ação. (Auxiliado com JUST)
Atenção: O Present Perfect JAMAIS deve ser usado com
advérbios ou expressões adverbiais no passado.
Exemplos:
a) I have worked hard for Zênite.
b) They’ve been to Rio twice this year.
11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna:
Have you........... the correct alternative?
a) choose
b) chase
c) choosed
d) chose
e) chosen
12. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que
preenche corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada.
Sandy: Hi, Jack.
Jack: Hi, Sandy.
Sandy: Gosh! I ....... you for ages!
Jack: That's true. I ........ from a trip to Japan just
yesterday.
a) saw - am returning
b) saw - returned
c) have seen - have returned
d) haven't seen - returned
e) haven't seen - have returned
EXERCISES
CAN SCIENCE PICK A CHILD'S SEX?
9. Assinale a alternativa correta. - We're still waiting for
Bill. He ______ yet.
a) hasn't come
b) haven't come
c) didn't come
d) doesn't come
e) hadn't come
10. Qual destas sentenças está correta:
a) I don't have never taken a course in Japanese;
b) I have never taken a course in Japanese;
c) I never didn't take a course in Japanese still;
d) I ever did not take a course in Japanese;
e) I took not a course in Japanese ever.
13. Assinale a alternativa correta:
a) I live here since 1970.
b) I have lived here since 1970.
c) I am living here since 1970.
d) I will live here since 1970.
e) I would live here since 1970.
14. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as
lacunas da frase a seguir:
He.....learning English five years ago but he.....it yet.
a) has started - does not learn
b) started - has not learned
c) has started - learn
d) started - have not learned
e) have started - did not learn
110

15. A frase "I NEVER CAME ACROSS SUCH A SET
IN ALL MY LIFE" - foi extraída de "Three Men in a
Boat" escrito por Jerome K. Jerome em I889. No seu
entender:
A frase não apresenta restrição gramatical.
a) "I have never come across..." teria sido uma melhor
opção gramatical.
b) "I have never came across..." teria sido uma melhor
opção gramatical.
c) "I never come across..." teria sido uma melhor opção
gramatical.
d) "I am never coming across..." teria sido uma melhor o
opção gramatical.
16. Young Nina and her grandmother are having a
conversation:
"Grandma, how long have you and Grandpa been
married?", asked Nina.
1 "We've been married for fifty years", Grandma replied.
"That is so wonderful", exclaimed Nina. "And I bet in all
that time, you never once thought about divorce, right?"
"Right Nina. Divorce, never. Murder, lots of times.”
Jackie’s first storytelling performance was in a library.
She was working as a librarian and was asked to entertain
a group of children. Jackie told them a story and they
loved it! Before long, she began telling stories within her
community. Many of her stories came from old American
and African-American folktales. Eventually, she started
telling stories across North America.
As Jackie’s fame increased, her health decreased. She
now has to use a wheelchair, but this has not stopped her
storytelling career. Jackie’s stories have been published in
books, magazines, and newspapers and she has appeared
on radio and television. She has won awards for nine of
her sound recordings and three of her television specials.
Adapted from NorthStar 3: Listening and Speaking, 2nd Edition (Longman, p57),
Helen S. Solórzano and Jennifer P. L. Schmidt
17. In the sentence, “She has won awards for nine of her
sound recordings and three of her television specials”, the
underlined expression shows that
a) the action is not expected to happen.
b) the action began in the past and is continuing now.
c) the action expresses a past situation or habit.
d) the action expresses an experience that happened at
some time in one’s life.
Adapted from http://www.sarasotawedding.com/jokes/divorce_jokes.html
Access on September 28th, 2012.
In the joke, the sentence “We've been married for fifty
years" (ref. 1) means that Nina's grandparents
a) lived together for fifty years.
b) were married for fifty years.
c) got married fifty years ago.
d) were married for a long time.
The Birth of a Storyteller
Jackie Torrence spent her childhood in North Carolina, in
the southern part of the United States. She was a shy child
because she had problems with her teeth, which made it
hard for her to talk. Other children teased her because of
her speech problem, so she spent much of her childhood
playing alone. One of Jackie’s favorite games was to
pretend she was on television. She told stories out loud
using gestures and dramatic voices. At school, Jackie
soon learned that she was good at writing stories, and
with the help of her favorite teacher, she started to work
on improving her speech.
18. Choose the item to complete the answer.
a) They will go to.
b) They have gone.
c) They went to.
d) They would go to.
111

Microsoft is buying Skype
One is the giant business, whose software powers more
than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,
which has revolutionised the way many communicate.
Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.
It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to
make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the
third time it's been bought and sold.
Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete
with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to
make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants
Skype to help it become a bigger force.
Skype is now used by 170 million people around the
world (each month), not just on their computers, but on
the move – on their mobile phones and even on their
tablet devices.
Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,
but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even
profitable.
Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.
Fonte:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/201
1/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml
19. Em “it’s been bought and sold”, tem-se uma
construção verbal no tempo:
a) Passado simples.
b) Passado contínuo.
c) Particípio passado.
d) Presente perfeito.
e) Passado perfeito contínuo.
20. Find the correct use of the Present Perfect Tense:
a) I've answered all the questions.
b) He has stayed in that position for half an hour.
c) Jane's writen a book.
d) The writer has written a new book last year.
e) Lice has been a problem to mankind for years.
f) Some thieves have robbed the bank a week ago.
g) My men has slept for five hours.
Choose the right alternative:
a) 1 - 2 - 5 - 7
b) 1 - 2 - 4 - 5
c) 1 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7
d) 2 - 3 - 7
e) 1 - 2
JUST LIKE HUMANS
Animal personality is now taken seriously.
We name them, raise them, clothe them and spoil
them. We describe them as manipulative, grumpy,
sensitive and caring. And they're not even human - they're
our pets. It's in our nature to ascribe human characteristics
to animals even if they don't really exist. For this reason,
in the interests of remaining objective observers of nature,
scientists have taken pains to avoid anthropomorphizing
animals. To talk about a dog's having a swagger or a cat's
being shy would invite professional sneers.
In recent years, however, evidence has begun to
show that animals have personalities after all. Chimps, for
example, can be conscientious: they think before they act,
they plan and they control their impulses, says Samuel
Gosling, a Texas-based psychologist. Research has
identified similar personality traits in many other species.
The implications of these findings for research
on human personality are powerful. Scientists can look to
animal studies for insight into humans the same way they
now look to animal testing for insight into drugs. Animal
research has already begun to shed light on how different
sights of people respond to medications and treatments -
aggressive and passive rats respond differently to
antidepressants, for example. The hope is that animals can
help illuminate the murky interplay of genes and the
environment on people's personalities. The research may
even lead to predictions about what people will do, based
on their personalities, when they're stressed out or
frightened. Putting personality testing - already a thriving
business - on a firm footing could uncover a wealth of
knowledge about where personality comes from.
(Newsweek, June 18, )
21. Assinale a alternativa que contém o uso correto do
tempo verbal "present perfect", como no exemplo -
"evidence has begun to show that animals have
personalities after all" -, no segundo parágrafo do texto.
Brazil has won the world cup in 2002.
a) When America was discovered, Indians have lived in
the land for a long time.
b) Her grandfather has won the lottery.
112

c) They have finished their assignment before the end of
class.
d) The president has arrived from Europe the previous
night.
China is expected to become one of the world's
leading economies, so why are pupils still learning
French 6 rather than Mandarin 7 in Britain 8 ? For most
students, there is little or no 1 . Despite predictions
that it will dissapear as an international language, French
dominates the timetables, followed by German 9 and
Spanish 10 . Exports to China are expected to quadruple by
2010 11 but most British schoolchildren are still not
learning Mandarin.
In one school, however, about 150 students now
learn some Mandarin, under the tuition of Linzi Pan, the
fourth Chinese assistant to work in the school. The
Chinese language assistants who make it to the country
are fearsomely well qualified 12 .
In primary and secondary schools across the
country there are about 30Chinese language assistants
who not only contribute to language classes but also help
to inject some idea of Chinese culture into the curriculum.
Some students even get a 2 to visit China, thanks
to the British Council's annual immersion courses for
students in years 8 to 12, which give those travelling at
least to weeks in a major Chinese city learning the
language as well as seeing the 3 .
In England there about 100 state schools
teaching Chinese, as well as many more independent and
weekend schools. The secretary of the British Association
for Chinese Studies is adamant 13 that the country needs
much more investment, especially for teacher training and
professional development, before Chinese studies can be
introduced across the curriculum.
Teachers report more interest in Mandarn than
10 years ago when people studied it because not only was
it interesting but also rather exotic. Interest is now coming
from all age groups, because of which evening-class
provision across the country has shot up with many adults
now learning the language for business 4 . It is very
much about shifting British attitudes 14 . Historically, it has
been the British Council that has promoted Britain in
China but now we all ought to be making sure Britain is
equipped to deal with China.
Adapted from: The Independent, online edition, 11 Mar..
22. Consider the verb form in the sentence below.
Britain HAS INVESTED very little in Chinese studies. -
The same verb form is used correctly in the sentence
a) I haven't met my Chinese friends since July.
b) The children have read a Chinese story yesterday.
c) Have you learned Mandarin when you were in
school?
d) They have seen many Chinese films last year.
e) His parents have lived in China in the 1960's.
Internet Cafes' Phone Service Fills a Void
TEGUCIGALPA, Honduras - With their simple wooden
desks and glowing computer screens, the Internet cafes in
this capital city look much like those popping up around
the rest of the world, except practically no one's typing.
They're all talking.
A few inches from the door of the Multinet Cybercafe, a
woman in sandals is gossiping about some acquaintances
into a black phone-like receiver connected by a cord to
the back of a machine. Across from her, a man is
inquiring about a job. Herman Mejilla, an accountant, is
chatting with his fiancee in New Jersey, asking how her
university studies are going.
"Te extraño," he says. I miss you.
In Latin America and other developing areas, Internet
cafes have become this generation's equivalent of the
telephone booth.
The voice transmissions aren't perfect. They are
sometimes garbled by static or metallic echoes. Calls
occasionally get dropped or don't get through at all.
But the phone cafes have become a lifeline for many
Hondurans who often use them to talk to relatives and
friends in the United States. In a country where home
phone lines are hard to come by, the Internet phones are
the only way many can keep in touch.
In Honduras, only about 44 of every 1,000 people had a
phone in 1999, the latest year for which figures are
available from the World Bank Group's development
indicators database. In neighboring Nicaragua, the figure
is 30 of every 1,000; in Guatemala, 55; and in El
Salvador, 76.
Internet phone service is not only more readily available
than normal phone service, it's significantly cheaper, too:
5 to 10 cents a minute, vs. the $1 to $1.50 per minute
charged by monopoly telephone providers. In Honduras,
113

where per capita income was about $850 in 2000, it's an
obvious bargain.
Phone cafes are concentrated in Latin America but have
proliferated worldwide. Few of these businesses are run
by corporations. They are mostly mom-and-pop
operations.
Washington Post, April 18, 2002
23. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do
Presente Perfeito do verbo "become", como em
"...Internet cafes have become this generation's equivalent
of the telephone booth.", no quinto parágrafo do texto.
a) He has become a political leader in 1984.
b) She has become a U.S. citizen before she moved to
Australia.
c) She has become a widow right after the war.
d) She has become his wife five years ago.
e) He has become ill.
The Present Perfect Continuous
O Present Perfect Continuous é usado para:
1. Falar de uma atividade que começou no passado e que
continua até o presente, enfatizando a duração ou
aintensidade da ação. Nesse caso, para expressar o tempo,
geralmente usa-se since, for, all day, all morning, all
week,etc.
Affirmative Form.
I + have
You + have
He + has
She + has been verb in the ING form.
It + has
We + have
You + have
They + have
1. She has been running for half an hour.
(Ele está correndo há meia hora.)
2. It's been raining a lot all week.
(Tem chovido bastante toda esta semana.)
Negative forms.
I + haven’t
You + haven’t
He + hasn’t
She + hasn’t been verb in the ING form
It + hasn’t
We + haven’t
You + haven’t
They + haven’t
1. I have not been sleeping well since last week because
my husband snores a lot.
(Não estou dormindo bem desde a semana passada
porque meu marido ronca muito.)
2. They have not been using the blender for months.
(Eles não usam o liquidificador há meses.)
Interrogative Forms
Have + I
Have + You
Has + He
Has + She been verb in the ING form.
Has + It
Have + We
Have + You
Have + They
1. Has he been washing his car for two hours?
(Ele está lavando o carro dele há duas horas?)
2. Have you been working since eight o' clock?
(Você está trabalhando desde as oito horas?)
3. What have you been doing since I last saw you?
Duration from the Past Until Now
Utilizamos o Present Perfect Continuous para mostrar que
algo começou no passado e continua até o presente. "For
five minutes", "for two weeks", and "since Tuesday" são
114

todos expressões temporais que podem ser usadas com o
Present Perfect Continuous.
EXAMPLES:
They have been talking for the last hour.
She has been working at that company for three years.
James has been teaching at the University since June.
EXAMPLES:
I have been waiting here for two hours.
She has only been studying English for two years.
Quando utilizamos tempos verbais com mais de uma
parte, tais como Present Perfect Continuous (has been
studying), advérbios geralmente aparecem entre a
primeira e a segunda parte, (has only been studying).
Recently, Lately
Voçê pode usar o Present Perfect Continuous sem uma
duração de tempo como: "for five minutes", "for two
weeks", and "since Tuesday". Sem a duração de tempo,
este tempo verbal oferece um sentido mais geral de
ultimamente "lately". Usamos com frequência palavras
como: "lately" or "recently" neste tipo de sentença para
fortalecer o significado.
Um outro exemplo seria "Have you been smoking?"
sugere que você consegue sentir o cheiro do cigarro na
pessoa.
É possível que insulte alguém utilizando este tempo
verbal.
IMPORTANT:Non-Continuous/Stative Verbs.
To know.
To love.
To hate.
To want.
To like.
To hear.
To prefer.
To see.
To remember.
To forget.
To seem.
To realize.
To need.
To believe.
To suppose.
To understand.
EXAMPLES:
Recently, I have been feeling really tired.
She has been watching too much television lately.
Mary has been feeling a little depressed.
IMPORTANT
Lembre se que o Present Perfect Continuous tem o
significado de ultimamente "lately" ou recentemente
"recently." Caso use the Present Perfect Continuous em
uma pergunta EX "Have you been feeling alright?",
Isso sugere que a pessoa parece doente ou mal de saúde.
Para expressar idéia de Present Perfect Continuous com
estes verbos é melhor utilizar o Present Perfect.
EXAMPLES:
Sam has been having his car for two years.
Not Correct
Sam has had his car for two years. Correct
Past Perfect Tense
O Past Perfect é formado com o passado simples do
verbo to have (had), que funciona como auxiliar do verbo
principal, seguido do past participle (particípio passado)
115

do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que o particípio passado
dos verbos regulares terminam em -ed e os verbos
irregulares possuem forma própria.
Affirmative forms.
I + had
You + had
He + had
She + had Past perfect of the verb.
It + had
We + had
You + had
They + had
1. The film had already started when we got to the
cinema.
(O filme já tinha começado quando chegamos ao
cinema.)
2. The film started when we got to the cinema - As duas
ações ocorreram ao mesmo tempo, diferente do que
ocorre no Past Perfect, onde ambas ações ocorrem no
passado, porém uma antes da outra.
1. The mall had already closed when I arrived there. (O
shopping já tinha fechado quando cheguei lá.)
Negative rms.
I + hadn’t
You + hadn’t
He + hadn’t
She + hadn’t Past perfect of the verb.
It + hadn’t
We + hadn’t
You + hadn’t
They + hadn’t
116
1. I hadn't heard you knocking the door because I
was sleeping.
(Não ouvi você bater na porta porque estava dormindo.)
2. Peter hadn't realized that the place was so
dangerous.
(Pedro não tinha se dado conta de que o lugar era tão
perigoso.)
Interrogative Forms
Had + I
Had + You
Had + He
Had + She
Had + It
Had + We
Had + You
Had + They
Past perfect of the verb.
1. Had the train already left when you got to the station?
(O trem já tinha partido quando você chegou à
estação?)
2. Had you already had dinnner when I called to you?
(Você já tinha jantado quando eu liguei?)
Completed Action Before Something in Past.
(ação completa antes de uma outra ação no passado).
O Past Perfect expressa ideia de que algo ocorreu antes de
uma ação no passado. Ele também mostra que algo
acontecera antes de um tempo específico no passado.
EXAMPLES:
a) I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went
to Copacabana.
b) Had you ever visited the U.S. before your trip in
1992?
c) Yes, I had been to the U.S. once before in 1988.

NOTE: Quando estamos usando este tempo verbal com
advérbios , este aparece entre o auxiliar had e o verbo da
oração.
Examples:
a) I had never studied a little English before I came to
the U.S.
b) They had never met an American until they met John.
Stranger than fiction
By Hillel E. Silverman
EXERCISES
When the Old and New Cities of Jerusalem were reunited
in 1967, a recently widowed Arab woman, who had been
living in Old Jerusalem since 1948, wanted to see once
more the house in which she formerly lived. Now that the
city was one, she searched for and found her old home.
She knocked on the door of the apartment, and a Jewish
widow came to the door and greeted her.
The Arab woman explained that she had lived there until
1948 and wanted to look around. She was invited in and
offered coffee. The Arab woman said, "When I lived here,
I hid some valuables. If they are still here, I will share
them with you half and half."
The Jewish woman refused. "If they belonged to you and
are still here, they are yours." After much discussion back
and forth, they entered the bathroom, loosened the floor
planks, and found a hoard of gold coins. The Jewish
woman said, "I shall ask the government to let you keep
them." She did and permission was granted.
The two widows visited each other again and again, and
one day the Arab woman told her new friend, "You know,
in the 1948 fighting here, my husband and I were so
frightened that we ran away to escape. We grabbed our
belongings, took the children, and each fled separately.
We had a three-month-old son. I thought my husband had
taken 1 him, and he thought I had. Imagine our grief when
we were reunited in Old Jerusalem to find that neither of
us had taken the child."
The Jewish woman turned pale, and asked the exact date.
The Arab woman named the date and the hour, and the
Jewish widow told her: "My husband was one of the
Israeli troops that entered Jerusalem. He came into this
house and found a baby on the floor. He asked if he could
keep the house and the baby, too. Permission was
granted".
At that moment, a twenty-year-old Israeli soldier in
uniform walked into the room, and the Jewish woman
broke down in tears. "This is your son," she cried.
This is one of those incredible tales we hear. And the
aftermath? The two women liked each other so much that
the Jewish widow asked the Arab mother: "Look, we are
both widows living alone. Our children are grown up.
This house has brought you luck. You have found your
son… our son. Why don’t we live together?" And they
do.
Adaptado de: www.perso.ch/tio.family/page 196.html, acesso em março/2011.
1. Sobre o que fica evidente na primeira sentença do
texto, assinale o que for correto.
( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe já não morava mais na
Antiga Jerusalém.
( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe ainda morava na Antiga
Jerusalém.
( ) A mulher árabe foi morar na Antiga Jerusalém em
1967.
( ) A mulher árabe tinha ido morar na Antiga Jerusalém
havia muito tempo.
HERE IS THE SECOND PART OF THE LETTER,
WRITTEN BY A 98-YEARS-OLD PENSIONED
LADY TO HER BANK MANAGER.
In due course, I will issue your employee with a
PIN number, which he/she must quote in dealings with
me. I regret that it cannot be shorter than 28 digits but,
again, I have modeled it on the number of button presses
required of me to access my account balance on your
phone bank service. As they say, imitation is the sincerest
form of flattery.
117

Let me level the playing field even further. When
you call me, press buttons as follows:
1 - To make an appointment to see me.
2 - To query a missing payment.
3 - To transfer the call to my living room in case I am
there.
4 - To transfer the call to my bedroom in case I am
sleeping.
5 - To transfer the call to my toilet in case I am attending
to nature.
6 - To transfer the call to my mobile phone if I am not at
home.
7 - To leave a message on my computer (a password to
access my computer is required. A password will be
communicated to you at a later date to the Authorized
Contact).
8 - To return to the main menu and to listen to options 1
through 8.
9 - To make a general complaint or inquiry, the contact
will then be put on hold, pending the attention of my
automated answering service. While this may, on
occasion, involve a lengthy wait, uplifting music will play
for the duration of the call.
Regrettably, but again following your example, I
must also levy an establishment fee to cover the setting up
of this new arrangement. Your Humble Client
(Adapted from: forums.film.com/showthread.php?t=15516)
2. Indique a alternativa que completa a sentença: The
lady ............... that she ............... the PIN number on the
number of button presses required to access her account
balance.
a) wrote ... has modeled
b) writes ... would be modeling
c) was writing ... modeled
d) wrote ... has been modeling
e) wrote ...had modeled
emissions continue to rise despite many earnest pledges to
control them. Just last week, the United Nations reported
that of the 41 countries it monitors (not including most
developing nations), 34 had increased greenhouse
emissions from 2000 to 2004. These include most
countries committed to reducing emissions under the
Kyoto Protocol.
Why is this? Here are three reasons. First: With
today's technologies, we don't know how to cut
greenhouse gases in politically and economically
acceptable ways. Second: In rich democracies, policies
that might curb greenhouse gases require politicians and
the public to act in exceptionally "enlightened" (read:
"unrealistic") ways. Third: Even if rich countries cut
emissions, it won't make much difference unless poor
countries do likewise - and so far, they've refused because
that might jeopardize their economic growth and povertyreduction
efforts.
Unless we develop cost-effective technologies
that break the link between carbon-dioxide emissions and
energy use, we can't do much. Anyone serious about
global warming must focus on technology - and not just
assume it. Otherwise, our practical choices are all bad:
costly mandates and controls that harm the economy; or
costly mandates and controls that barely affect
greenhouse gases. Or, possibly, both.
(Adapted from "The Worst of Both Worlds?" NEWSWEEK November 13, 2006,
page 45.)
3. In the phrase "34 had increased greenhouse emissions
from 2000 to 2004" (in paragraph 1), the verb tense HAD
INCREASED refers to
( ) ( ) an action that began in the past and continues
up to now.
( ) ( ) an indefinite time in the past.
( ) ( ) an action that happened in the past before
another past action.
( ) ( ) an action that is habitual.
( ) ( ) two simultaneous actions in the past.
118
THE WORST OF BOTH WORLDS?
In the global-warming debate, there's a big gap
between public rhetoric (which verges on hysteria) and
public behavior (which indicates indifference). People say
they're worried but don't act that way. Greenhouse
Violence on television
Psychological research has shown three major effects of
seeing violence on television:
- Children may become less sensitive to the pain and
suffering of others.

- Children may be more fearful of the world around them.
- Children may be more likely to behave in aggressive or
harmful ways toward others.
Children who watch a lot of TV are less aroused by
violent scenes than are those who only watch a little; in
other words, they're less bothered by violence in general,
and less likely to see anything wrong with it. One
example: in several studies, those who watched a violent
program instead of a nonviolent one were slower to
intervene or to call for help when, a little later, they saw
younger children fighting or playing destructively.
Studies by George Gerbner, Ph.D., at the University of
Pennsylvania, have shown that children's TV shows
contain about 20 violent acts each hour and also that
children who watch a lot of television are more likely to
think that the world is a mean and dangerous place.
Children often behave differently after they've been
watching violent programs on TV. In one study done at
Pennsylvania State University, about 100 preschool
children were observed both before and after watching
television; some watched cartoons that had a lot of
aggressive and violent acts in them, and others watched
shows that didn't have any kind of violence. The
researchers noticed real differences between the kids who
watched the violent shows and those who watched
nonviolent ones.
"Children who watch the violent shows, even 'just funny'
cartoons, were more likely to hit out at their playmates,
argue, disobey class rules, leave tasks unfinished, and
were less willing to wait for things than those who
watched the nonviolent programs," says Aletha Huston,
Ph.D., now at the University of Kansas.
(Extraído de www.apa.org/pubinfo/violence.html)
4. The text ................. a study in which 100 preschool
children ................. both before and after watching TV.
a) reported ... is observed
b) reports ... observed
c) reported ... had been observed
d) had reported ... were observed
e) reports ... had observed
'EBOLA' TURNS OUT TO BE YELLOW FEVER
Gary Younge in Berlin Saturday August 7, 1999
The Ebola virus panic gripping Germany finally subsided
yesterday when the man suspected of having contracted
the disease was diagnosed as having died of yellow fever,
five days after returning from west Africa.
Olaf Ullmann, 40, died at 7.24am yesterday - the first
person to be killed by yellow fever in Germany for more
than 50 years. His health had deteriorated rapidly in the
last 24 hours as his liver and kidneys failed and he lost
consciousness.
Ebola was ruled out late on Thursday night, but there was
a delay in diagnosing yellow fever partly because
Ullmann had been vaccinated in 1993.
The doctor who treated him said yellow fever and Ebola
had similar symptoms of heavy breathing and high fever,
but little else could have been done to save him.
"Even had we known from the beginning he was suffering
from yellow fever it would not have changed the
treatment," said Norbert Suttorp of Berlin's Charité
hospital.
The yellow fever vaccination, considered effective for at
least 10 years, fails to provide immunity in 1% of cases.
Ullmann was probably bitten by an infected mosquito
during his trip to Ivory Coast, where he was filming a
documentary on local wildlife.
Experts in tropical medicine wearing plastic suits had
been treating him since Tuesday. A 6ft fence was erected
around his isolation ward.
An outbreak of yellow fever is considered unlikely: his
three travelling companions, including his wife, are in
good health.
Swissair, which flew the Ullmanns back from Ivory
Coast, has given the passenger list to the German
authorities but the risk of contagion is considered
negligible.
5. "Even HAD we KNOWN from the beginning he was
suffering from yellow fever it WOULD NOT HAVE
CHANGED the treatment" (par. 5). The verb phrases in
bold indicate that the change in treatment:
a) will happen in future
b) may happen in future
c) could have happened but didn't
d) can happen but will not any way
e) might still happen
119

PAST PERFECT TENSE - PART II.
Duration Before Something in the Past (Non-continuous
Verbs)
With Non-progressive Verbs / Stative verbs.
Também utilizamos o past perfect para mostrar que algo
começou no passdo e continuou até uma outra ação
também no passado.
EXAMPLES:
a) We had had that car for ten years before it broke
down.
b) By the time Alex finished his studies, he had been in
London for over eight years.
IMPORTANT Specific Times with the Past Perfect
Ao contrário do present perfect que estudamos na última
aula, é possível usar tempo específico (time words) com o
past perfect.
Embora possível, não é geralmente necessário.
EXAMPLE:
She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993
before she moved in with them in 1996.
Note:
Se a ação occorreu em um tempo específico no passado,
pode ser usado o passado simples ao invés do past perfect.
Quando before (antes) e after (depois) é utilizado na
sentença. As duas palavras na verdade diz o que acontece
primeiro, sendo assim o past perfect é opcional.
As duas sentenças estão corretas:
EXAMPLE:
She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993
before she moved in with them in 1996.
She visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993
before she moved in with them in 1996.
Se a ação não acontecera em um tempo específico, o past
perfect deve ser usado em todas as vezes.
EXAMPLE:
She had never seen a bear before she moved to
Alaska. Correct
120
She never saw a bear before she moved to Alaska.
Not Correct
EXERCISES
6. Supply the correct PAST or PAST PERFECT
a) Mary who is in the Hospital ___________________
(be) there for two weeks.
b) He ________________________ (live) in New York
since 1934.
c) We __________________ (buy) our automobile two
years ago.
7. Ponha os verbos entre parênteses no Past Perfect:
a) The secretary said Mr. Black
_________________________ (leave) at four.
b) I thought you _________________________ (talk) to
Mr. Jones about it.
c) I was sure I _______________________ off the TV
set. (turn)
d) Didn't you tell her that you
________________________ your job? (lose)
e) They went home after they
__________________________ (finish) their
f) conversation.
g) Theresa was upset because her son
____________________ (have) an accident.
h) The poor man _______________________ (die)
before the ambulance arrived.
i) I didn't wash my car because my son
______________________ (already, wash) it.

The Teacher's magazine
The dramatic story of war among angels existed in heaven
even before earth was formed. The great 17th century
poet John Milton described in his masterpiece Paradise
Lost what he considered the first test of free will: the fall
of angels. His story begins when Lucifer is ordered to
obey the Son of God. Lucifer refuses, the rebellious
angels join him and challenge the power of God. On the
first day, one of the powerful Seraphs and Lucifer meet,
angel against angel. On the second day, the archangel
Michael enters the battle, and wounds Lucifer. Michael
asks for assistance and on the third day the Son of God
comes forward. He pursues the enemy to the bounds of
heaven and the bad angels throw themselves into ¤the
bottomless pit. The war in heaven is over, but Lucifer is
far from finished. God has created a new race - humans.
The struggle between good and evil begins. - (Fonte:"The
Teacher's Magazine", ).
8. Complete the sentence below with the appropriate verb
form.
When earth.......... to be, the angels' war in heaven.............
a) came - had ended
b) comes - has ended
c) had come - ended
d) came - had been ending
e) comes - was ending
9. He returned home after he ...... the office.
a) leaves
b) does leave
c) had left
d) will leave
e) didn't leave
Past Perfect Continuous
O Past Perfect Continuous é usado para enfatizar a
repetição ou a duração de uma ação no passado anterior à
outra ação também no passado.
A forma escrita do Past Perfect Continuous é feita com o
Simple Past do verbo to have (had) + Past Perfect do
verbo to be (been) seguido do gerúndio do verbo
principal:
Affirmative Form.
I + had
You + had
He + had
She + had been verb in the ING form.
It + had
We + had
You + had
They + had
1. He was tired because he had been studying for seven
hours.
(Ele estava cansado porque tinha estudado por sete
horas.)
2. She didn't go shopping because it had been raining all
day.
(Ela não foi fazer compras porque tinha chovido o dia
inteiro.)
Negative forms.
I + hadn’t
You + hadn’t
He + hadn’t
She + hadn’t been verb in the ING form
It + hadn’t
We + hadn’t
You + hadn’t
They + hadn’t
1. It hadn't been raining during the week, so we decided
to go to the beach on weekend.
(Não tinha chovido durante a semana, então
decidimos ir pra praia no final de semana.)
2. They didn't pass the exam because they hadn't been
studying a lot. (Eles não passaram no teste porque
não tinham estudado muito.)
121

Interrogative Forms
Had + I
Had + You
Had + He
Had + She been verb in the ING form.
Had + It
Had + We
Had + You
Had + They
1. Had you been swimming? (Você estava nadando?)
2. Had he been waiting for her for a long time?
(Ele tinha esperado por ela por muito tempo?)
Duration Before Something in the Past
122
Utilizamos o past perfect continuous para mostrar que
algo começou no passado e continuou até um outro
horário no passado "For five minutes" and "for two
weeks"
Todas indicam duração de tempo que podem ser
utilizados com o Past Perfect Continuous.
Note: que este tem uma relação com o present perfect,
entretanto, a duração não continua até agora.
EXAMPLES:
a) They had been talking for over an hour before Tony
arrived.
b) She had been working at that company for three years
when it went out of business.
c) James had been teaching at the University for more
than a year before he left for Asia.
IMPORTANT
Se não incluir duração tais como:"for two weeks" or
"since Friday", muitos natives escolhem usar o Past
Continuous. Ha significados diferentes.
EXAMPLES:
I was reading when my roommate returned.
Significa que: A leitura foi interrompida quando o
amigo chegou.
I had been reading for an hour when my roommate
returned.
Significa que: a leitura foi interrompida antes do
amigo entrar.

CAPÍTULO XV - GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE
O gerúndio, também conhecido como Present Participle
( Particípio Presente ), é formado a partir de qualquer
verbo (exceto anômalos) + ING. Veremos em seguida que
há uma pequena diferença entre o Gerúndio e o Present
Participle em seus usos mais comuns.
E.g.
Play Playing Study Studying
Do Doing Come Coming
Work Working See Seeing
Write Writing Understand Understanding
Gerúndio:
Formação Há algumas regras para a formação do
gerúndio.
Vejamos.
1. Geral. Verbo + ING
2. Se o verbo terminar em E, este é retirado e ING é
acrescentado. (Exceto To Be - being)
3. Se o verbo terminar em IE, estes são retirados e YING
é acrescentado. ( Die e Lie - dying, lying ).
4. Verbos terminados em EE não sofrem alterações,
basta acrescentar ING. (See - seeing ).
5. Verbos monossilábicos com CONSOANTE, VOGAL,
CONSOANTE (CVC) têm a última consoante
dobrada. ( Cut - cutting, Stop - stopping, Swim -
swimming, Plan - planning , Put - putting).
6. Verbos dissilábicos que tenham o stress ( sílaba
tônoca) na última sílaba e que ainda tenham a
terminação CVC também têm a última consoante
dobrada. (Prefer -preferring, occur - occurring )
Gerúndio:
Usos: Já sabemos que o gerúndio é usado na formação
de tempos contínuos, tais como: presente contínuo,
passado contínuo, futuro contínuo, etc... Mas o gerúndio
tem outras funções além dessa.
Vejamos.
1.Gerúndio como Substantivo:
O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como
substantivo, e por isso pode também conjugar verbos, ser
adjetivado, etc.. Observe.
• My understanding in English is very good.
Meu entendimento de inglês é muito bom.
• My hearing is not that good.
Minha audição já não é tão boa.
• Smoking is not good for health.
Fumar é prejudicial à saude.
• Mesmo que um gerúndio seja um substantivo, um
gerúndio ainda pode levar um objeto direto (como um
verbo). Isto é conhecido como um gerund complement.
Por exemplo:
• swimming the lake
• running a mile
• drinking a beer
2. Gerúndio como Adjetivo:
O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como
adjetivo.
Veja.
• We have a talking clock.
Nós temos um relógio falante.
• How much is the washing machine ?
3. Após preposição:
Quanto custa a máquina de lavar ?
• I need to buy a cleaning tape.
Preciso comprar uma fita limpadora.
O gerúndio funcionará como Infinitivo após uma
preposição. Neste caso o gerúndio será considerado como
objeto da preposição, e obrigatório.
• I am thinking about going there
Estou pensando em ir lá.
123

• She is tired of studying.
Ela está cansada de estudar..
• Before leaving she said good-bye.
Antes de sair ela disse adeus.
4. Gerund Phrase
Uma Gerund Phrase é composta por um gerúndio, seu
objeto, e todos os modificadores. Por exemplo:
Eating blackberries without washing them will make you
ill.
Na gerund phrase acima:
Eating é o gerúndio.
(A Gerund Phrase sempre começa com o gerúndio.)
A palavra blackberries é o objeto do gerúndio.
(O objeto de um gerúndio também é chamado de Gerund
Complement.)
A frase, without washing é um modificador.
(Neste caso, o modificador é uma locução.)
EXERCISES
BRASÍLIA — Brazil’s highest court has long viewed
itself as a bastion of manners and formality. Justices call
one another “Your Excellency,” dress in billowing robes
and wrap each utterance in grandiloquence, as if little had
changed from the era when marquises and dukes held
sway from their vast plantations.
In one televised feud, Mr. Barbosa questioned another
justice about whether he would even be on the court had
he not been appointed by his cousin, aformer president
124
impeached in 1992. With another justice, Mr. Barbosa
rebuked him over what the chief justice considered his
condescending tone, telling him he was not his
“capanga,” a term describing a hired thug.
In one of his most scathing comments, Mr. Barbosa, the
high court’s first and only black justice, took on the entire
legal system of Brazil — where it is still remarkably rare
for politicians to ever spend time in prison, even after
being convicted of crimes — contending that the
mentality of judges was “conservative, pro-status-quo and
pro-impunity.”
1. In the sentence “Wanting to see the world, he later
won admission into Brazil’s diplomatic service,” the
underlined phrase can be correctly rewritten as
a) want to seeing the world.
b) wanted to see the world.
c) because he wanted to see the world.
d) because he wanted seeing the world.
The Art of Memory
In the age before books and tablets, orators stored texts in
lees reliable devices: their minds. To boost his memory
capacity, Roman philosopher Cicero used tricks called
mnemonics to bind his words to vivid mental images, “as
if 1 inscribing letters into wax.”
Such ancient techniques may no longer be needed, but
this month they’ll take center stage when some 50
“mental athletes” go head-to-head in the 15 th USA
Memory Championship in New York City. Their minds
aren’t photographic, even memory experts need a 2 coding
system to remember strings of words, numbers, names, or
3 playing cards. The key is 4 training – 12 hundreds of
hours of it. And speed. 5 Linking items to celebrities is
common practice because they’re easy to visualize.
However, “an emotional tie makes the image louder” says
last year’s champ. Nelson DeIlis. When creating his
mnemonic cede for cards, he passed on a popular
heartthrob for the king of hearts. “Brad Pitt had to think
about. But my dad – I can picture him in an instant”.
Oliver Uberti, National Geographic, March 2012

2. The group of words from text which is made up of the
words “INSCRIBING” (ref. 1)
“CODING” (ref. 2), “PLAYING” (ref. 3),
“TRAINING” (ref. 4) and “LINKING” (ref. 5) includes
a) only nouns and present participles.
b) only present and past participles.
c) only present participles, adjectives and a noun.
d) only adjectives and present participles.
e) only past and present participles and an adjective.
How do I get paid?
All money generated by click throughs or customers
signing on with a program are fed into a database on the
affiliated advertisers site and tallied automatically (1).
The affiliated advertiser transfers, wires, mails the any
money earned once an amount of $50 or more has been
collected.
I only want certain types of ads on my site
With most affiliate advertisers you can determine exactly
what kinds of ads appear on your site. The upside is you
have more control, the down side is it is more labor
intensive managing the ads. When an ad is automatically
generated, as is the case with Google AdSence, the nature
of the ad depends on the content of your page 1 where (2)
the ad is located. This means you have little or no control
over the contents of the ads other than the content of your
web page.
It must (3) be hard to put the ads or banners up on the site
In most cases it is a matter of cutting (4) the advertising
code from the affiliated advertisers site and paste into (5)
your web page. No messing with images or writing copy
for the advertisments.
Adapted from: www.bannermadness.com/articles.php. Accessed on: March 25 th ,
2012.
3. Mark the correct sequence of grammar definitions from
the underlined words, following the sequence of numbers
(1), (2), (3), (4) e (5).
a) subject, pronoun, verb, gerund, phrasal verb
b) adjective, objective adverb, auxiliary, past participle,
phrasal verb
c) adverb, adverb, modal verb, gerund, preposition
d) adverb, possessive pronoun, modal, passive voice,
subject
e) adverb, question word, simple past, past participle,
noun
Brazil police occupy Rio favela in World Cup
operation
Brazilian security forces have occupied one of Rio de
Janeiro's biggest slums as part of a major crackdown
ahead of the 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics.
Some 800 police and special forces moved into the
Mangueira shantytown, without needing to fire a shot,
having announced the raid in advance.
The slum – or favela – is close to Rio's famous Maracana
stadium, where the World Cup final will be played.
The pre-dawn operation involved armoured vehicles and
helicopters.
According to the newspaper, O Globo, leaflets were
thrown out of the helicopters, some with photos of wanted
criminals. Others were printed with the police special
forces' telephone number so that residents could pass on
information about drugs traffickers or weapons.
BBC Brazil correspondent Paulo Cabral says most of
Mangueira's residents co-operated with the operation, as
they want to rid the area of drug dealers.
He says that Rio's authorities are making an effort to gain
the trust of those living in the slums, who – after decades
of abuse – have got used to seeing the police as their
enemy.
Mangueira – home to one of Rio's most famous samba
schools – is the 18th favela that the authorities have
occupied recently.
Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-latin-america-13833037
4. “-got used to” refers to
a) something that is normal, part of everyday activities.
b) the process of something becoming normal.
c) the consumption of something.
d) something that was true but is not anymore.
e) something that happened regularly in the past but no
longer happens.
One of the 6 best ways to build a sense of 8 trust
and 9 responsibility in 14 people is by 10 sharing information.
Giving team members the information 13 they need
19 enables them to make 4 good business decisions. Sharing
information sometimes means 1 __________ information
that is considered privileged, including sensitive and
important topics such as the competition's activities,
125

future business plans and strategies, financial data,
industry issues or problem areas, competitor's best
practices, the way the group activities 2 __________ to
organizational goals, and 11 performance feedback.
16
Providing people with 7 more complete information
communicates trust and a sense of "we're in this together".
15
It helps people think more broadly about the
organization and the inter-relationships of various groups,
12
resources and goals. By 3
__________ access to
information that helps 17 them understand 20 the big picture,
18 people can 5 better appreciate how their contribution fits
in and how their behavior impacts other aspects of the
organization. - Adapted from: BLANCHARD, Ken.
Leading at a higher level. New Jersey: Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2007. p. 72
5. Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente as
lacunas das referências 1, 2 e 3, nessa ordem.
a) disclosing - contribute - having
b) disclose - contribute - have
c) disclosing - contributing - having
d) disclosing - contribute - have
e) disclose - contributing - having
"SHE HAS SHOWN SHE IS NOT AFRAID"
She has mended fences abroad, but is frustrated at
home.
A pastor's daughter growing in communist East
Germany, Angela Merkel was trained as a physicist, who
concentrated on her science to the exclusion of all other
pursuits. But Merkel, Germany's first female chancellor,
has emerged as the most important leader in Europe, and
enjoys the highest popularity rating of any German leader
in postwar history.
A lackluster campaigner, Merkel barely scraped
into office two years ago, after forging an uneasy
coalition linking her Christian Democrats with their
ideological rivals, the Social Democrats. Since taking
office, she has been actively engaged in framing a new
global agenda, from climate change and energy security
to sustaining 4,000 peacekeeping troops in Afghanistan -
which for Germany would have been unthinkable just a
decade ago.
126
Merkel has shown she is not afraid to defy
conventional wisdom and her willingness to resist
pressures from media and business has bolstered her
standing with the voters. But Merkel's most serious
challenges still lie ahead of her. She has achieved record
approval ratings on the strength of her foreign policy, but
with economic growth slowing and workers stepping up
demands for higher wages, political pressures are
mounting within Merkel's coalition to backtrack on the
cuts in retirement benefits and other austerity measures
that propelled the recent recovery. And while her
coalition has responded to the country's plunging birthrate
and aging population by extending the retirement age to
67, Merkel has been frustrated in her efforts to carry out a
wider restructuring of the German economy.
(Adapted from She Has Shown She Is Not Afraid,
Statesmanship, Newsweek/October 29, 2007, page 19.)
6. In the last sentence of the text, the -ing words
"plunging", "aging", "extending", and "restructuring"
function, consecutively, as
a) adjective - adjective - verb - noun.
b) noun - noun - adjective - verb.
c) verb - verb - noun - adjective.
d) adjective - noun - adjective - verb.
e) noun - adjective - verb - noun.
The economic collapse of 1929 destroyed the
happy, confident mood of America in the "Jazz Age"
twenties. "It was borrowed time anyway," F. Scott
Fitzgerald wrote. Millions of Americans lost their jobs as
the nation entered the Depression era. America was
entering a new period of social anger and self-criticism.
The writings of Dreiser, Dos Passos, Upton Sinclair and
Sherwood Anderson now had a strong "Leftist" flavor.
Instead of 1 experimenting with "modernist" literature,
most writers turned to a new kind of social realism and
naturalism. It showed the struggles and tragedies of
ordinary people. But it also showed their strength, their
energy and their hopefulness. The 2 writing itself is
strong, energetic and quite easy to read. It usually gives us
a clear picture of the times.
In the early thirties, the first reaction to the
Depression was a literature of social protest. There was a
powerful Marxist "Proletarian Literature" movement. The
main intellectual magazine of the era was the pro-Marxist
"Partisan Review", edited by Jewish intellectuals in New

York. Michael Gold (1896-1967), editor of the
Communist paper "The New Masses", was a 3 leading
force in the movement. He wrote "Jews without Money"
(1930) as a model for other "Proletarian" writers. It
describes the terrible reality of his boyhood world: dirty
streets and poor houses, the gangsters, prostitutes and
factories with awful working conditions. Edward
Dahlberg's "Bottom Dogs" (1930) and Jack Conroy's
"Disinherited" (1933) are similar autobiographical novels
of social realism.
The work of John Steinbeck (1902-1968)
represents a similar attempt to "get it all down on paper".
In the thirties, his characters were "naturalistic" in the
classic 4 meaning of the word. We see them driven by
forces in themselves and in society: fear, hunger, sex, the
disasters of nature and the evils of Capitalism. Crime is
often the result of these forces. Steinbeck even describes
"innocent murders" - by Lennie, the idiot in "Of Mice and
Men" (1937), and by a betrayed husband in "The Long
Valley" (1938). In all of his novels, Steinbeck combines a
naturalistic way of looking at things with a deep
sympathy for people and the human condition. We feel
that he really does love humanity. Steinbeck's books
search for the elements in human nature which are
common to all people. He usually finds them in the
family, the group and the nation, rather in the individual.
In a letter of 1933, he wrote: "The fascinating thing for
me is the way the group has a soul, a drive, an intent...
which in no way resembles the same things possessed by
the men who make up that group."
Like some other writers in the thirties Steinbeck
often tried to paint large portraits of the "national spirit".
To do this, he combined myth with his naturalism. To
him, 5 "westering" (the movement to the American West)
had great significance as an American myth. The old
pioneer grandfather in "The Long Valley" says:
"When we saw the mountains at last, we all cried
- all of us. But it wasn't getting here that mattered, it was
the movement and the westering. We carried life out here
and set it down the way those ants carry eggs... The
westering was as big as God and the slow steps that made
the movement piled and piled up until the continent was
crossed."
HIGH, Peter B. An outline of American literature. London: Longman.
7. The words "experimenting" (ref. 1), "writing" (ref. 2),
"leading" (ref. 3), "meaning" (ref. 4) and "westering" (ref.
5) in the text function respectively as
a) adjective, noun, verb, noun, noun.
b) verb, adjective, noun, noun, adjective.
c) verb, noun, adjective, noun, noun.
d) noun, noun, verb, adjective noun.
BULLYING
BULLYING HURTS... inside and out!
Bullying is a common experience for many
children and adolescents. Surveys indicate that as many as
half of all children are bullied at some time during their
school years, and at least 10% are bullied on a regular
basis.
Bullying behavior can be physical or verbal.
Boys tend to use physical intimidation or threats,
regardless of the gender of their victims. Bullying by girls
is more often verbal, usually with another girl .......... the
target. Recently, bullying has even been reported in online
chat rooms and through e-mail.
Children who are bullied experience real
suffering that can interfere with their social and emotional
development, .......... their school performance. Some
victims of bullying have even attempted suicide
RATHER THAN continue to endure such harassment and
punishment.
Children and adolescents who bully thrive on
controlling or dominating others. They have often been
the victims of physical abuse or bullying themselves.
Bullies may also be depressed, angry or upset about
events at school or at home. Children targeted by bullies
also tend to fit a particular profile. Bullies often choose
children who are passive, easily intimidated, or have few
friends. Victims may also be smaller or younger, and have
a harder time defending themselves.
If you suspect your child is bullying others, it's
important to seek help for him or her as soon as possible.
Without intervention, bullying can lead to serious
academic, social, emotional and legal difficulties. Talk to
your child's pediatrician, teacher, principal, school
counselor or family physician. If the bullying continues, a
comprehensive evaluation by a child and adolescent
psychiatrist or other mental health professional should be
arranged. The evaluation can help you and your child
understand what is causing the bullying, and help you
127

develop a plan to stop the destructive behavior.
If you suspect your child may be the victim of
bullying, ask him or her to tell you what's going on. You
can help by providing lots of opportunities to talk with
you in an open and honest way.
It's also important to respond in a positive and
accepting manner. Let your child know it's not his or her
fault, and that he or she did the right thing by telling you.
Other specific suggestions include the following:
- Ask your child what he or she thinks should be done.
What's already been tried? What worked and what didn't?
- Seek help from your child's teacher or the school
guidance counselor. Most bullying occurs on
playgrounds, in lunchrooms, and bathrooms, on school
buses or in unsupervised halls. Ask the school
administrators to find out about programs other schools
and communities have used to help combat bullying,
.......... peer mediation, conflict resolution, and anger
management training, and increased adult supervision.
- Don't encourage your child to fight back. Instead,
suggest that he or she try walking away to avoid the bully,
or that they seek help from a teacher, coach, or other
adult.
- Help your child practice what to say to the bully so he or
she will be prepared the next time.
- Help your child practice being assertive. The simple act
of insisting that the bully leave him alone may have a
surprising effect. Explain to your child that the bully's
true goal is to get a response.
- Encourage your child to be with friends when traveling
back and forth from school, during shopping trips or on
other outings. Bullies are less likely to pick on a child in a
group.
If your child becomes withdrawn, depressed or
reluctant to go to school, or if you see a decline in school
performance, additional consultation or intervention may
be required. A child and adolescent psychiatrist or other
mental health professional can help your child and family
and the school develop a strategy to deal with the
bullying. Seeking professional assistance earlier can
lessen the risk of lasting emotional consequences for your
child.
http://aacap.org/page.ww?name=Bullying&section=Facts
+for+Families
128
8. Leia atentamente as frases a seguir e observe o
emprego da palavra "bullying".
I. Bullying behavior can be physical or verbal.
II. If you suspect your child is bullying others, it's
important to seek help for him or her as soon as possible.
III. If you suspect your child may be the victim of
bullying, ask him or her to tell you what's going on.
Podemos afirmar que a terminação "-ing" confere à
palavra "bully", respectivamente, as funções de:
a) adjetivo, substantivo e verbo.
b) verbo, substantivo e substantivo.
c) verbo, verbo e verbo.
d) adjetivo, verbo e substantivo.
e) verbo, adjetivo e substantivo.
We wanted to feature new work by older as well
as younger writers, believing that many authors improve
with age and experience. (...) Their work was selected for
its energy, insight and skill, and for the excitement it
generated in us - in the same way as the work of younger
writers excited us. We're happy to have had a broader
1 brief: to highlight new 3 writing in English by writers of
all ages and nationalities.
It was no great surprise to discover, when we
arrived at the final selection, that half the best pieces were
written by women. 6 Since gender 2 in no way influenced
selection, it's almost embarrassing to mention this. But in
a literary world where shortlists for literary prizes
regularly feature twice as many men as women, and
where poetry anthologies 4 including half a dozen women
out of fifty contributors aren't yet a distant memory, this
selection is 5 glowing evidence of the equal talents of
today's female and male writers. - Source:
ADEBAYO, D., MORRISON, B.; ROGERS, J. (2003) New Writing
9. The terms "writing" (ref. 3), "including" (ref. 4) and
"glowing" (ref. 5) are used, respectively, as a/an
a) noun - adjective - verb.
b) adjective - verb - noun.
c) noun - noun - adjective.
d) noun - verb - adjective.
e) verb - verb - adjective.

GRAND THEFT IDENTITY
Millions of people now have a new reason to dread the
mailbox. In addition to the tried-and-true collection of
Letters You Never Want to See - the tax audit, the high
cholesterol reading, the college-rejection letter - there is
now the missive that reveals 1 you are on the fast track to
becoming a victim of identity theft. Someone may have
taken possession of your credit-card info, bank account or
other personal data that would enable him or her to go on
a permanent shopping spree - leaving you to deal with the
financial, legal and psychic bills. Deborah Platt Majoras
got the pain letter recently, from DSW Shoe Warehouse.
Hers was among more than a million credit-card numbers
that the merchant stored in an ill-protected database. So
when hackers busted in, they got the information to buy
stuff in her name - and 1.4 million other people's names.
"It's scary", she says. "Part of it is the uncertainty that
comes with it, not knowing whether sometime in the next
year my credit-card number will be abused". Now she
must take steps to protect herself, including re-examining
charges closely, requesting a credit report and contacting
the U.S. Federal Trade Commission to put her complaint
into its ID-theft database. The latter step should be easy
for her, since Majoras is the FTC chairman.
(Newsweek, September 6,)
10. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do
gerúndio após a preposição TO como em "you are on the
fast track to becoming a victim of identity theft" (ref. 1).
a) I enjoy to becoming mature.
b) I object to becoming mature.
c) I need to becoming mature.
d) I hope to becoming mature.
e) I insist to becoming mature.
Barrier to Prosperity
Despite losing a Likud Party vote on his plan to withdraw
from the Gaza Strip, Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
says he intends to push ahead with the initiative. Even if
successful, though, he may leave Gaza in the lurch.
For several years, a British energy company, British Gas,
has been quietly drilling in the Mediterranean. The
company concluded that the Palestinians have a potential
moneymaker off the Gaza coast - a medium-size naturalgas
reserve of about 30 billion cubic meters. British Gas
reps argue that the Palestinian Authority would earn about
$50 million a year from the project and save an additional
$30 million annually in energy costs. That kind of money
- if it doesn't go to Yasser Arafat's cronies - could greatly
help the overcrowded, poverty-stricken sliver of land get
on its feet.
Enter Sharon: British Gas will invest the required $350
million needed to construct a pipeline only if can market
the gas to Israel, and the PM fears the money Israel would
pay Palestinians for their resource (Israel plans to convert
nearly all its power stations to natural gas over the next 20
years) would end up financing terrorist attacks against the
Jewish state. Instead, Sharon is leaning toward importing
gas from Egypt. Without an agreement, Gaza's gas will
stay untapped.
DAN EPHRON ( Newsweek - 2004)
11. Observe o uso (função gramatical) da forma
" ing" nas frases abaixo.
I. For several years, a British Gas energy company,
British Gas, has been quietly drilling in the
Mediterranean.
II. Instead, Sharon is leaning toward...
III. ... for their resource [...] would end up financing
terrorist attacks...
O uso dessa forma é igual ao que se encontra em "Despite
losing a Likud Party vote..." , EXCETO na(s) frase(s)
a) I e II.
b) I e III.
c) II e III.
d) Apenas I.
e) Apenas III.
Healthy eating tips - Action plan for life
Millions of people make a resolution to lose weight and
stop over eating after New Years. Thousands join health
clubs and many more try desperate weight loss gimmicks
to shed holiday pounds. Unfortunately, many people quit
after the first week or two and maintain the weight gained
from the holiday.
Well there's a better way. We offer healthy eating tips to
help you keep the weight off. The problem is that most
people think of weight loss as a temporary endeavor
instead of a life long action plan. Any worthy thing in life
requires effort and effort requires action on our part.
Losing weight will not happen by taking some type of
129

"miracle solution" but requires "real" action from us.
Design an action plan for 6 months to a year of healthy
eating and exercise. Several months into your action plan
will change your habits for a lifetime so that you can
continue to lose weight after 6 months. Contrary to
popular belief, YOU are the most qualified person to
create a diet and fitness plan because you know your
eating habits better than anyone else.
What goes into this action plan?
Below are 5 tips to help you lose weight:
1. written diet plan
2. include foods you like
3. limit calorie consumption
4. give yourself a free day
5. include exercise in your plan
(Extraído de http://mydietbuddy.com/healthy-eating-tips.htm.)
taking a few moments to sit quietly and relax can make
anyone feel better.
Some people enjoy listening to classical music,
while 3 others are interested in going to rock concerts. One
person may be fascinated by watching an eagle in its nest,
whereas another might be bored by sitting in a field for
hours, studying the eagle through binoculars. It may be
pure pleasure for you to play endless hours of chess, but
for others it could be pure frustration. 4 Fortunately, people
have invented countless ways of amusing 5 themselves,
and whatever your particular taste is, no doubt there's a
physical or mental activity for you to get involved in and
enjoy. Of course, finding the activity that is right for you
is half the fun!
And don't forget: Take your time to smell the
flowers.
(WERNER, P. K. Mosaic I: A content-based Grammar. New York: Random
House,.)
12. Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente a
lacuna.
Unfortunately, many people ..................... after the first
week or second week.
a) stop dieting
b) stop not diet
c) don't stop dieting
d) don't stop to diet
e) stop and go on a diet
How important is leisure time? How important is
time to relax and to collect yourself? Many doctors
believe that learning to relax in order to relieve day-today
tension could one day save your life.
In our fast-paced world, it is almost impossible
to avoid building up tension from stress. All of us
confront stress daily; anything that places an extra
demand on us is stress. We encounter stress on the job,
and we face it at home.
1
The body responds to stress by "mobilizing its
defenses." Blood pressure rises and muscles get ready to
act. If our tension is not relieved, it can start numerous
reactions, both physical and psychological. 2 Yet, we can
learn to cope with stress effectively and to avoid its
consequences. How? By relaxing in the face of stress.
According to researcher Hans Selye of the University of
Montreal, the effects of stress depend not on what
happens to us, but on the way we react. In times of stress,
13. The sentence which is grammatically correct is:
a) Some people are enjoying play chess.
b) Some people enjoys playing chess.
c) Some people enjoy play chess.
d) Some people enjoy playing chess.
e) Some people enjoy to play chess.
Texto 1: APPROPRIATE FOR ALL AGES
Japanese toymakers are focusing on senior citizens
by Hideko Takayama
Much has been made in Japan of the clout of
teenage girls, the arbiters of taste and uncrowned queens
of the fashion industry. But when it comes to toys, a
radically different demographic is beginning to call the
shots.
Japanese toymakers now see senior citizens as
their most dynamic market. Nearly 22 million Japanese -
17.4 percent of the population - are over 65, and that
number is expected to top 25 percent by 2020. Three
million senior citizens live alone, and 1.55 million
Japanese are senile (their numbers are also expected to
grow rapidly). This aging population presents a huge
"silver market" - estimated at 50 trillion yen ($416
billion) - for everything from beds to cosmetics to homecare
nurses and helpers.
130

Major industries such as electronics, construction
and foodstuffs have already begun developing products
tailored to old folks: robots to help out around the house,
homes that have no steps or stairs and healthy, oil-free
foods. The toy industry wants a piece of the action.
"There is a great potential", says Yoshinori Haga, an
official at Bandai, the biggest toymaker in Japan. "Toys
can be used for entertainment, to give the old people
nostalgic feelings or to be a companion for those who live
alone." (...)
(Extraído de CNN America, INC. 2001.
http://cnnfn.com/2000/02/02/senior_living/ q_retire_internet/)
14. The text suggests that it's time to start being more
attentive to the senior citizens who enjoy ........... online.
a) to be
b) being
c) to come
d) come
e) be
In Victorian England, the valet, the master's
personal servant, had much prestige within the household.
First, he had to have, clean and repaired, the correct outfit
for every occasion, to attend to his master's toilette
(perhaps using his own recipe for shaving soap or boot
polishing) including the ironing of shoelaces and the
washing of small 1 change. The valet travelled everywhere
of 2 consequence with his master, deciphering train
timetables and taking charge of valuables and cash, and
he was 3 privy to many close-kept secrets. Abroad he acted
as courier and interpreter, and might well have more
contacts and knowledge of foreign ways than his master.
He needed 4 to be fit, for he rose before his master and
could not sleep until long after he had retired.
Fonte: Pitkin Guides, 1998
15. The ING forms that have, in the text, the function of
nouns are
a) polishing, ironing, washing.
b) shaving, ironing, deciphering.
c) polishing, deciphering, taking.
d) including, washing, using.
e) ironing, washing, shaving.
16. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna da frase a seguir.
He stopped ...... only after the doctor said he was going to
die.
a) drank
b) drink
c) drinks
d) drinking
e) to drink
17. Assinale a alternativa correta
Both Mary and Roger enjoy________tennis.
a) plays
b) play
c) to playing
d) playing
e) played
18. Indicate the alternative that best completes the
following sentence.
"_________ IS A DANGEROUS SPORT."
a) Parachuted
b) Parachuteneer
c) Parachuter
d) Parachute
e) Parachuting
19. (Pucpr) Mark the right alternative to complete the
sentences:
I - My mother is used to ___________ at home.
II - I'm trying to give up __________________.
III - We decided ___________ a drink in the pub.
IV - I asked him _________________ me alone.
V - The doctor told Demi Moore to ___________ a
holiday.
a) staying - smoking - to have - to leave - have
b) stay - to smoke - having - leaving - has
c) stay - of smoking - have - left - having
d) staying - to smoke - have - to leave - have
e) stayed - smoked - had - to left - had
131

(Pucrs) We wanted to feature new work by older as well
as younger writers, believing that many authors improve
with age and experience. (...) Their work was selected for
its energy, insight and skill, and for the excitement it
generated in us - in the same way as the work of younger
writers excited us. We're happy to have had a broader
brief: to highlight new writing in English by writers of all
ages and nationalities.
It was no great surprise to discover, when we
arrived at the final selection, that half the best pieces were
written by women. Since gender in no way influenced
selection, it's almost embarrassing to mention this. But in
a literary world where shortlists for literary prizes
regularly feature twice as many men as women, and
where poetry anthologies including half a dozen women
out of fifty contributors aren't yet a distant memory, this
selection is glowing evidence of the equal talents of
today's female and male writers.
Source: ADEBAYO, D., MORRISON, B.; ROGERS, J. (2003) "New Writing"
20. The terms "writing" (ref. 3), "including" (ref. 4) and
"glowing" (ref. 5) are used, respectively, as a/an
a) noun - adjective - verb.
b) adjective - verb - noun.
c) noun - noun - adjective.
d) noun - verb - adjective.
e) verb - verb - adjective.
ATTENTION, E-COMMERCE SHOPPERS:
your days of being tied to the PC for your product needs
may soon be over. In the near future, currently being
envisaged by engineers, you'll go shopping via Palm
Pilot, via TV with cable-modem hookup, via game
machine, via intelligent refrigerator - via any means, it
seems, other than a good old-fashioned desktop and
keyboard.
132
A new kind of consumer is about to emerge as
the Internet revolution spills over the edges of the
computer revolution's territory. "The next wave is people
who never wanted to buy a PC," says Barry Parr an
analyst at International Data Corp. Even as early as 2003,
analysts expect, a third of on-line households will be
spending around $50 billion through non-PC devices.
Many of them won't even have to open a Web
browser to go shopping. Internet-ready cell phones
already have e-commerce capabilities. Sony's latest
terminal for WebTV offers split-screen shopping, so you
can buy Christmas gifts without taking your eyes off the
tube. Excite Home's broadband cable service will launch
an undertaking next year that lets you instantaneously
buy the products you see advertised. Say you're watching
a Piza Hut ad when an animated stuffed-crust pizza floats
across the screen; two clicks of the remote, and it's
heading to your door. Excite Home already knows your
credit-card details and address. Just sit back and wait for
the calories.
-By Chris Taylor.TIME, DECEMBER 27,
21. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a palavra,
extraída do texto, cuja formação com o sufixo "- ING"
obedece à mesma regra gramatical de "being" em "...your
days of BEING tied to the PC...", no primeiro parágrafo
do texto.
a) watching (3º parágrafo)
b) undertaking (3º parágrafo)
c) taking (3º parágrafo)
d) spending (2º parágrafo)
e) shopping (1º parágrafo)

CAPÍTULO XVI - VERBOS ANÔMALOS
(MODAL VERBS)
Os verbos modais (modal verbs) são um tipo especial
de verbos auxiliares que alteram ou completam o
sentido do verbo principal. De um modo geral, estes
verbos expressam ideias como capacidade,
possibilidade, obrigação, permissão,
proibição,dedução, suposição, pedido, vontade, desejo
ou, ainda, indicam o tom da conversa (formal /
informal).
Os verbos modais (modal verbs) podem ser chamados
também de modal auxiliaries ou apenas modals. São
eles:
can - could - may - might - must - shall - will -should -
ought to – would.
Geralmente, os modals não se referem a um tempo
específico: presente, passado ou futuro. Para
determinar o tempo, acrescentam-se auxiliares, como,
por exemplo, have seguido do particípio passado do
verbo principal para expressar o passado, ou se
utilizam locuções adverbiais. Para expressar ações
futuras ou passadas utilizamos be able to e be allowed
to, quando possível, pois estas expressões podem ser
conjugadas em todos os tempos verbais:
VERBOS ANÔMALOS
Os verbos modais (modal verbs) são verbos auxiliares
que servem para exprimir uma atitude de um falante
em relação à probabilidade ou possibilidade de um
acontecimento.
São dez os verbos modais e três semi-modais:
can cannot (1)
could
may
might
will
Could not
may not
might not
will not
can't Capacidade física
ou mental, habilidade,
permissão
couldn't Poderia (Forma
polida de perguntar ou pedir e
pretérito) Passado de can
mayn't (2) Permissão,
dúvida ou possibilidade
mightn't (Indica uma
possibilidade ou
propabilidade)
won't indica futuro simples,
aparecendo antes de
substantivo é (desejo)
Verbos anômalos são verbos especiais que não podem
ser cojugados em todos os tempos. São verbos com
regras distintas, específicas de uso muito particular.
Vejamos algumas destas regras:
1. Não tem forma de infinitivo.
2. Não são seguidos de verbos no infinitivo com TO.
3. Cada anômalo tem o seu próprio tempo verbal.
4. Cada anômalo tem uma ou mais funções específicas.
5. Na forma afirmativa aparece após o sujeito.
would
shall
should
must
would not
shall not
should not
Must not
wouldn't (leva o verbo
para o futuro do pretérito)
pode indicar passado.
shan't (3) fazer uma
sugestão, fazer uma ameaça,
fazer uma promessa
shouldn't
aconselhar
Usado para
mustn't Indica
obrigação, dúvida, ou
possibilidade
6. Na forma negativa aparece após o sujeito e é
seguido de NOT ou se contrae com NOT
7. Na forma interrogativa antecede o sujeito.
ought to
ought not to
(4)
oughtn't to (4) Único
Anômalo seguido de ”TO”
(significado = should)
133

SEMI-MODAL VERBS
need need not needn't
daren't atrevimento, ousadia,
dare dare not
desafio
usedn't to (5) hábitos repetidos
used not to
used to
ou condições permanentes do
(5)
passado
(1) uma só palavra
(2)
inglês britânico mas raramente utilizada
(3)
raramente utilizada em inglês americano
(4)
to é por vezes omitida na interrogativa e
negativa em inglês americano
(5)
raramente utilizada; a mais comum é didn't use
to
Devido a ausência de formas que os outros verbos
possuem (ex. infinitivo, futuro, passado, etc.), o verbo
modal recorre a outros verbos (ex. be able to, be
allowed to):
Periphrastic Modals.
BE ABLE TO
(capacidade natural ou aprendida)
Misterzinho is already able Misterzinho já consegue
to walk. (4)
andar.
Miss. Correia is already Miss. Correia já é capaz de
able to open the door. (4) abrir a porta.
I haven't got the key, so I Não tenho a chave.
won't be able to open the Portanto, não vou poder
door.
abrir a porta.
(4)
o verbo modal can é utilizado com mais frequência
do que o verbo be able to.
BE ALLOWED TO
(permissão concedida ou pedida)
Am I allowed to smoke in
Posso fumar aqui dentro?
here?
You won't be allowed to
Não te vão autorizar a
enter the country without a
entrar no país sem um visto.
visa.
134
Os verbos modais (excepto o shall) podem ser
empregues para exprimir o grau de probabilidade ou
possibilidade de um acontecimento. Baseando-se na
escala de 100, situam-se aproximadamente entre 5 e 95
por cento de probabilidades.
That must be Zé
Dias.
Deve ser o Zé Dias. 95%
That will be Bite. Deve ser Bite. 85%
That would be Rosi. Deve ser o Rosi. 75%
That ought to be
Omar.
That should be Luiz
Ávila.
That can be Marilda.
That could be Luis
Àvila.
That may be Lost.
That might be Jomas.
That can't be
vereador Jarbão.
PART I.
Deve ser o Omar. 65%
Deve ser a Luiz Ávila. 55%
É possível que seja
Marilda.
É possível que seja Luis
Àvila.
É possível que seja o
Lost.
É possível que seja
Jomas.
Não pode ser o vereador
Jarbão.
45%
35%
25%
15%
5%
O modal CAN que expressa: Habilidade, Capacidade
Física ou Mental.
Pode também funcionar como Permissão ou GRANDE
POSSIBILIDADE, sendo esta última função, a forma
mais comum nos vestibulares.
She can cook very well. Ela sabe cozinhar bem.
You can speak English fluently. Você fala inglês com
muita fluência.

Como o modal CAN tem sempre significado presente ou
futuro do presente, este deve ser trocado por um
Periphrastic Modal quando houver mudança de tempo,
geralmente quando CAN tiver com a função de
habilidade.
Repare que a segunda e última frases podem causar
ambiguidade no ouvinte ou leitor, por isso, nestes casos o
uso do periphrastic modal seria interessante.
They were able to repair
the car by themselves.
O Periphrastic modal, que substitui CAN nestas orações
é: BE ABLE TO. (ser capaz de)
She was able to play the
piano with her mother
Repare os seguintes exemplos:
He can run as fast as an
athlete. (present)
Ele consegue correr tão
rápido quanto um atleta
He will be able to run as
fast as an athlete. (future)
He was able to run as fast
as an athlete. (Past)
Misterzinho is be able to
read a book on his own.
(present)
Ele sera capaz de correr
tão rápido quanto um
atleta
Ele era capaz de correr tão
rápido quanto um atleta
Misterzinho é capaz de ler
um livro sem ajuda de
alguém.
O modal COULD equivale ao passado de CAN ou ao
futuro do pretérito em uma ação.
He could swim very fast
when he was a kid.
They could repair the car
by themselves. (past of
can - fut. do pretérito)
We could learn English
well, if we had a lot of
time to dedicate.
Ele coneguia nadar muito
rápido quando era
criança.
Eles consertaram o carro
sozinhos.
Eles consertariam o carro
sozinhos.
Nós poderíamos aprender
inglês muito bem, se
tivéssimos tempo para
nos dedicarmos.
EXERCISES
Are You A Digital Native or A Digital Immigrant?
We all know that we are living in an increasingly
technologically driven world. Living here in the heart of
Silicon Valley I certainly feel it every day. In fact, I don’t
think I know a single couple in my neighborhood, other
than my wife and I, who don’t work in the technology
field in some capacity. Our local companies are
Facebook, Apple, Google, Yahoo, and so many venture
capital firms that I can’t keep them straight. But you don’t
have to live in Silicon Valley to feel that the world is
getting more and more technology centered, focused, and
driven. We can debate the pros and cons of this reality
but 9 we can’t deny that the world has changed very
quickly in head spinning ways. Two recent comments
led me to finally enter the 21 st century 2 by getting a smart
phone this week, kicking and screaming.
First, I mentioned to one of my undergraduate classes at
Santa Clara University that I didn’t have a smart phone,
but rather I had a 8 dumb phone. 10 My phone can make
and receive phone calls and that’s about it. No email,
internet, and so forth. 3 So one of my students looked at
me in an odd and curious way, like she was talking to
someone from another planet, and stated in 11 a matter of
fact manner, “Professor Plante, even 2 nd graders have
smart phones.” Ouch!
She could play the piano
with her mother. (past of
can - fut. do pretérito)
Ela podia tocar piano com
sua mãe.
Ela poderia tocar piano
com sua mãe.
Adapted from “Digital Native vs. Digital Immigrant? Which are you?” Published
on July 24, 2012 by Thomas G. Plante, Ph.D., ABPP in Do the Right Thing
http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/do-the-right-thing/201207/digital-nativevs-digital-immigrant-which-are-you
retrieved on July 28, 2012
135

1. “We can’t deny” in “...we can’t deny that the world
has changed very quickly...” (ref. 9) and “My phone can
make” in “My phone can make and receive phone calls...”
(ref. 10) express the ideas of, respectively:
a) probability – duty.
b) condition – ability.
c) obligation – assumption.
d) possibility – obligation.
e) impossibility – ability.
Smart Jocks: Sport Helps Kids Classroom
Performance
When kids exercise, they boost brainpower as well as
brawn
By Steve Ayan | September 9, 2010
education to make room for the three R's. 4 And when
student scores on standardized tests become of primary
importance to parents, politicians or other stakeholders in
the education system, educators may feel pressured to
direct students toward academic pursuits and away from
athletic ones.
In Brief
Students who are fit — based on their high aerobic
capacity and low body fat — also tend to perform well in
school and on standardized tests.
6
In addition to regular exercise, brief periods of
movement such as jumping or stretching 2 can help
improve children's concentration.
Exercise 3 may turbocharge the brain by raising levels of
neuronal growth factors, which foster the formation of
new connections between brain cells.
Fonte: http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=smart-jocks
2. A função das palavras "can" (ref. 2) e "may" (ref. 3) é
sinalizar
a) permissão.
b) intenção.
c) necessidade.
d) vontade.
e) possibilidade.
What is “Rio+20”?
5
Despite frequent reports that regular exercise benefits the
adult brain, when it comes to schoolchildren, the concept
of the dumb jock persists. The star quarterback stands in
stark contrast to the math-team champion. After all, the
two types require seemingly disparate talents: physical
prowess versus intellect. Letting kids run around or throw
a ball seems, at best, tangential to the real work of
learning and, at worst, a distraction from 1 it.
Parents, teachers and education policy makers have pitted
athletics against academics even as they trumpet exercise
as an antidote to obesity and poor health. From preschool
onward, teachers encourage children to sit still 7 rather
than scamper. Many schools have cut back on physical
“Rio+20” is the short name for the United Nations
Conference on Sustainable Development to take place in
136

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in June 2012 – twenty years after
the landmark 1992 Earth Summit in Rio. Rio+20 is also
an opportunity to look ahead to the world we want in 20
years.
At the Rio+20 Conference, world leaders, along with
thousands of participants from the private sector, NGOs
and other groups, will come together to shape how we can
reduce poverty, advance social equity and ensure
environmental protection on an ever more crowded
planet.
The official discussions will focus on two main themes:
how to build a green economy to achieve sustainable
development and lift people out of poverty; and how to
improve international coordination for sustainable
development.
It is a historic opportunity to define pathways to a
sustainable future – a future with more jobs, more clean
energy, greater security and a decent standard of living for
all.
Why do we need Rio+20?
If we are to leave a liveable world to our children and
grandchildren, the challenges of widespread poverty and
environmental destruction need to be tackled now.
• The world today has 7 billion people – by 2050, there
will be 9 billion.
• One out of every five people – 1.4 billion – currently
lives on US$1.25 a day or less.
• A billion and half people in the world don't have access
to electricity.
• Two and a half billion people don't have a toilet.
• Almost a billion people go hungry every day.
• Greenhouse gas emissions continue to rise and more
than a third of all known species could go extinct if
climate change continues unchecked.
The 1992 Earth Summit in Rio laid the groundwork.
Rio+20 is a new opportunity to think globally so that we
can all act locally to secure our common future.
(www.un.org/en/sustainablefuture/about.shtml. Acesso em 22.5.12)
3. No trecho do texto – more than a third of all known
species could go extinct if climate change continues
unchecked. – a expressão pode ser substituída, sem
alteração de sentido, por
a) has been vanished.
b) might disappear.
c) is going to inactivate.
d) ought to lose.
e) have to migrate.
KIDS AND TV: PARENTS DON'T PRACTICE
WHAT EXPERTS PREACH
(…) Some studies also link TV watching at younger
ages to youngsters' attention disorders. After a child
reaches 2, the idea is to 6 balance a little TV with riding
bikes, playing with friends, household chores and the
other activities of childhood, Broughton said.
"We want parents to watch with their kids," he
added. 13 One reason is that viewing ethnic stereotypes or
bad behavior on TV can become instructive, when parents
explain why children should not copy what 12 they saw.
Adapted from http://edition.cnn.com/2006/HEALTH/parenting. May 24, 2006
4. In the sentence "One reason (...) TV can become
instructive, when parents explain why children should not
copy what they saw." (ref. 13), the word "can" expresses
the idea of:
a) ability.
b) request.
c) inability.
d) permission.
e) possibility.
ICT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Two forces will fundamentally shape the twenty
first century - the development of information and
communication technologies (ICT) and the drive for
sustainable development. SustainIT, an independent
center, works with the inter-relationship of these forces.
ICT can support sustainability in many ways. 2 It
can create jobs, and the wealth needed to provide a high
quality of life. It can make information more widely
137

available and overcome the isolation of remote regions or
disadvantaged social groups. It can reduce wastage
through the control of equipment and systems, and
substitute electronic for physical processes.
1
However, there is growing concern about a
"digital divide" between those who are "connected" and
the rest of society. Even if the majority is connected and
benefiting from ICT, many are wondering about the
effects of electronic lifestyles on personal relationships,
communities and social values.
Adapted from .
5. In the sentence "It CAN create jobs, and the wealth
needed to provide a high quality of life" (ref. 2), the
modal verb CAN indicates:
a) possibility
b) prohibition
c) certainty
d) permission
e) advisability
(...) Languages have always died. As cultures have risen
and fallen, so 1 their languages have emerged and
disappeared. We can get some sense of it following the
appearance of written language, 5 for we now have records
(in various forms - inscriptions, clay tablets, documents)
of dozens of extinct languages from classical times -
Bithynian, Cilician, Pisidian, Phrygian, Paphlagonian,
Etruscan, Sumerian, Elamite, Hittite... We know of some
75 extinct languages which have been spoken in Europe
and Asia Minor. But the extinct languages of which we
have some historical record in this part of the world must
be only a fraction of those for 2 which we have nothing.
And when we extend our coverage to the whole world,
3
where written records of ancient languages are largely
absent, it is easy to see that no sensible estimate can be
obtained about the rate at which languages have died in
the past. We can of course make guesses at the size of the
population in previous eras, and the likely size of
communities, and ( 4 on the assumption that each
community would have had its own language) work out
possible numbers of languages.
(...) - (Crystal, D. Language Death. C.U.P. 2000:68)
138
5. Assinale a opção que contém as respectivas melhores
traduções para os verbos destacados nos trechos a seguir:
- "But the extinct languages of which we have some
historical record in this part of the world MUST be only a
fraction of those for which..."
- "...no sensible estimate CAN be obtained
about the rate at which..."
- "We CAN of course make guesses..."
a) devem; pode; pode.
b) devem; pode; podem.
c) devem; pode; podemos.
d) deve; podem; pode.
e) deve; podem; podemos.
THE COLD FACTS
Winter is coming. It's time again for coughing
and sneezing. You can't avoid colds completely. But by
knowing more about how they're caught and spread, you
can make your winter healthier. Here's a quiz to test your
knowledge.
TO AVOID COLDS, STAY INSIDE AS MUCH
AS POSSIBLE DURING COLD WEATHER.
False. Cold weather does not cause colds - viruses do.
There are more than a hundred different cold viruses.
Children are more likely than adults to catch colds
because they are exposed to more cold viruses in school.
WHEN YOU SNEEZE, COVER YOUR NOSE
AND MOUTH WITH YOUR HAND.
False. This usually helps spread colds. When you sneeze,
cold viruses are carried through the air and can infect
other people around you. Colds may also be spread by
indirect contact. A person who sneezes covers his mouth,
touches an object (such as a glass or telephone), another
person handles the object and then touches her mouth,
nose, or eyes.
It's better to sneeze into a tissue and then throw the tissue
away. If you don't have a tissue, sneeze into your sleeve,
or turn your head toward the floor. Then wash your hands.
CHICKEN SOUP HELPS YOU FEEL BETTER
WHEN YOU HAVE A COLD.
True. Studies have shown that hot drinks can relieve a
stuffy nose. Liquids can also help relieve a dry throat, and

aspirin will temporarily ease headaches and other aches
and pains.
Although these methods often relieve cold
symptoms, you won't get over a cold faster. Your body's
natural defenses, along with time and rest, are the only
known cure, but you can help prevent colds by eating lots
of fruits and vegetables.
(FROM: ECKSTUT, Samuela & SORENSEN, Karen. What's in a Word? Hong
Kong: Longman, 1993)
6. The sentence "You can't avoid colds..." means that
a) you don't have to do any exam
b) you mustn't stay inside your home
c) you can't keep away from colds
d) you shouldn't be exposed to viruses
Another important feature of the project is the
federal government's long-standing dedication to the
transfer of technology to the private sector. By licensing
technologies to private companies and awarding grants
for innovative research, the project is catalyzing the
multibillion-dollar U.S. biotechnology industry and
fostering the development of new medical applications.
What are some practical benefits to learning
about DNA?
Knowledge about the effects of DNA variations
among individuals can lead to revolutionary new ways to
diagnose, treat, and someday prevent the thousands of
disorders that affect us. Besides providing clues to
understanding human biology, learning about nonhuman
organisms' DNA sequences can lead to an understanding
of their natural capabilities that can be applied toward
solving challenges in health care, energy sources,
agriculture, and environmental cleanup.
ABOUT THE HUMAN GENOME PROJECT
What is the Human Genome Project?
Begun formally in 1990, the U.S. Human
Genome Project is a 13-year effort coordinated by the
U.S. Department of Energy and the National Institutes of
Health. The project originally was planned to last 15
years, but rapid technological advances have accelerated
the expected completion date to 2003. Project goals are to
- identify all the approximately 1000,000 genes in human
DNA,
- determine the sequences of the 3 billion chemical bases
that make up human DNA,
- store the information in databases,
- develop faster, more efficient sequencing technologies,
- develop tools for data analysis, and
- address the ethical, legal and social issues (ELSI) that
may arise from the project.
To help achieve these goals, researchers also are
studying the genetic makeup of several nonhuman
organisms. These include the common human gut
bacterium Escherichia coli, the fruit fly, and the
laboratory mouse.
A unique aspect of the U.S. Human Genome
project is that it is the first large scientific undertaking to
address the ELSI implications that may arise from the
project.
7. Nas frases do último parágrafo, "Knowledge about the
effects of DNA variations among individuals can lead to
revolutionary new ways..."
"... DNA sequences can lead to an understanding of their
natural capabilities...", a palavra CAN indica a ideia de
a) conhecimento.
b) permissão.
c) habilidade.
d) confirmação.
e) probabilidade.
GOTCHA FISH
Andrew Parker, a researcher at the Australian Museum,
discovered that a bevy of tropical beauties are capable of
harnessing solar power for murderous ends. Parker
revealed last spring that the scales on a species of
Amazonian angelfish reflect almost 100 percent of the
sunlight that falls on them. The fish use their mirror like
sides in Star Wars-type light fights. They zap their rivals
by turning their sides to reflect beams of sunlight like
lasers. The intense flashes can burst blood vessels in the
eyes of their targets and even cause death. - (Discovery,
January)
139

8. "Andrew Parker, a researcher at the Australian
Museum, discovered that a bevy of tropical beauties are
capable of harnessing solar power for murderous ends."
A expressão ARE CAPABLE OF, no texto acima,
significa o mesmo que:
a) can
b) must
c) might
d) should
e) will
One important field in which the laser has many
applications is communications. Scientists have found
that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a result,
telephone companies are now using ¢laser light signals to
transmit telephone calls through extremely small cabinets
which are capable of £carrying many more transmissions
than the standard telephone cables. An additional
advantage is that these systems using the laser light
signals will also be able to transmit video telephone
conversations in the future.
Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the
field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut razorsharp;
in fact, scientists have developed a laser knife
which doctors can use for surgery. These knives are now
used for some general surgery because they cut sharply
and because the beam seals off the blood vessels that it
cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less
significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in
medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos
were virtually impossible to remove without considerable
difficulty and pain, now they can be removed relatively
painlessly.
(Adapted from Michael Wenyon, Understanding. Holography. New York: Arco
Publishing Company)
9. The phrase BE ABLE TO in"... the laser light signals
will also be able to transmit video telephone
conversations in the future." Expresses the idea of ...
a) permission.
b) assumption.
c) obligation.
d) ability.
e) necessity.
140
Psychology of Money
Study: The Rich Really Are More Selfish
By Brad Tuttle
August 12, 2011
(…)
The authors write that one’s sense of social class –
derived mainly from income and education – “exerts
broad influences on social thought, emotion, and
behavior.” Using various tests that measure empathy,
those who perceive themselves among the lower classes
demonstrate “heightened vigilance of the social context
and an other-focused social orientation.” In other words,
poorer, less well-educated individuals tend to notice, and
care more about the people around them. 2 “Upper-class
rank perceptions,” on the other hand, “trigger a focus
away from the context toward the self, prioritizing selfinterest.”(…)
(http://moneyland.time.com. Adaptado.)
10. O trecho do quarto parágrafo – How the heck can
researchers measure something like empathy? (ref. 3) –
pode ser reescrito, sem alteração de sentido, como
What on earth should a researcher do to display a feeling
like empathy?
a) How was empathy shown to the community by a
researcher?
b) How the heck are researchers able to measure a thing
such as empathy?
c) Would empathy be something easy or difficult to be
quantified?
d) Why should empathy be considered measurable by
researchers?
It is an old saying that "Order is Heaven's First Law", and
like many other old sayings, it contains a much deeper
philosophy than appears immediately on the surface.
Getting things into a better order is the great secret of
progress, and 1 we are now able to fly through the air, not
because the laws of Nature have altered, but because we
have learnt to arrange things in the right order to produce
this result - the things 2 themselves had existed from the
beginning of the world, but what was wanting was the
introduction of a Personal Factor which, by an intelligent
perception of the possibilities contained in the laws of
Nature, should be able to bring into working reality ideas

which previous generations would have laughed at as the
absurd fancies of an unbalanced mind. (...)
Now the first thing in any investigation is to have
some idea of what you are looking for, just as you would
not go up a tree to find fish, though you would for birds'
eggs.
TROWARD, T. (1915), The creative process in the individual. Dodd, Mead & Co.,
New York. pp 1-2.
11. The clause "we are now able to fly" (ref. 1) can be
substituted, without a change in meaning, by "we
________ fly now".
a) are going to
b) ought to
c) should
d) could
e) can
01) ought to.
02) should.
03) must.
04) may.
05) can.
PART II.
O modal MAY ou MIGHT. Expressam Possibilidade /
Probabilidade & Permissão. Nos vestibulares o mais
comum é forma de possibilidade / probalidade.
Geralmente quando o MAY funciona como permissão, a
exemplo do CAN, também tem o seu seu periphrastic
modal. Neste caso o TO BE ALLOWED TO (ter
permissão para)
You MAY go to the
party. (Permission)
“laborers could not read warning signs.”
The modal “could not” can be replaced, without any
change of meaning, by
01) mustn’t
02) shouldn’t
03) might not
04) wasn’t able to
05) weren’t able to
12. “those who could actually afford to drink
chocolate”
The expression in bold is closest in meaning to
01) were allowed to drink chocolate.
02) had enough money to be able to pay for it.
03) were able to grow cocoa and produce chocolate.
04) could do that without having to worry about health
problems.
05) had friends in high places who helped them get the
chocolate.
13. “people [...] are able to use the information
communication technologies”
The modal that correctly replaces the verb phrase in bold
is
You are allowed to go
to the party.
A principal diferença entre MAY e MIGHT, é que may
expressa uma possibilidade maior do que might.
Imagine se por acaso a turma resolve dar uma festa, e
convida todos os professores. E a resposta de todos eles
for a seguinte:
We may go to your
party on Saturday.
We might go to your
party on Saturday
Nós provavelmente
iremos á sua festa.
Nós provavelmente
iremos á sua festa.
(talvez)
Na primeira sentennça, certamente os professores irão à
festa, já a segunda, a possibilidade é remota. Em
linguagem oral as pessoas não dão tanta importãncia a
esta diferença, sendo assim, é possível usar ambos os
modais sem tanta preocupação.
141

Dica de linguística:
Para expressar MAY/MIGHT como possibilidade no
passado, acrescenta-se have seguido do particípio do
verbo principal:
- Why didn't Richard come to the meeting? (Por que
Ricardo não veio à reunião?)
- I don't know. He may (might) have forgotten about it.
(Não sei. Talvez ele tenha esquecido. / Ele pode ter
esquecido.)
A: I wonder why Amanda didn't answer the phone. (Por
que será que Amanda não atendeu ao telefone?)
B: I don't know. She may have been having a shower.
(Não sei. Ela devia estar tomando banho. / Talvez ela
estivesse tomando banho.)
Embora, em todos os exemplos nós tenhamos usado tanto
o MAY quanto MIGHT, é importante salientar que para
alguns gramáticos somente é possível usarmos o MIGHT
com este tipo de sentença. Portanto, na dúvida troque o
May pelo MIGHT nas sentenças em que fora usado o
MAY.
Quando usarem um modal para expressar PERMISSION,
geralmente associado a um grau de relação entre os
falantes, é muito mais adequado fazer uso do modal MAY
em detrimento dos modais Can, Could, Might. Pois ele é
considerado mais educado/formal.
MAY we watch the movie with you?
SHOPAHOLICS
EXERCISES
1. "A compulsion is the uncontrollable need to do
something. The individual is overwhelmed by the
desire to do very stupid things in order to reduce
anxiety", psychiatrists say. "The tension is there, and
even though they recognize that what they do may be
ridiculous, they do it anyway."
2. Researchers estimate that as many as 10 million
Americans are compulsive shoppers, with a growing
number of people addicted to home-shopping
catalogs and TV-shopping services.
3. A compulsive shopper told a researcher that she
could never go to a supermarket and buy just one
bottle of milk. It had to be two. Why? "I'd been
brought up to please everybody," she said. "So I
thought I was pleasing the store."
4. To help anxious shopaholics, who often wind up with
major financial and personal difficulties, researchers
at several universities in the United States are
working on a variety of therapeutic approaches, from
behavior modification to experiments with a drug
used to treat such obsessions as ritualized handwashing.
5. Psychiatrists and social scientists have various
theories as to why people engage in compulsive
behavior. Shopaholics, they suggest, could be
sexually frustrated, might suffer from lack of selfesteem,
or they may just have a neurotic reaction to
television commercials and glossy advertisements.
6. "Often, there is a background of emotional problems
such as anxiety, depression, substance abuse and
mood disorders," says Dr. Donald Black, a professor
of psychiatry at the University of lowa College of
Medicine. Though overshoppers later experience
considerable remorse, they "find shopping exciting.
They think about doing it. They fantasize about the
selecting and the purchasing. They have closets full
of clothing they don't wear, but feel embarrassed
about returning items. They go into a store for a
specific, such as a shampoo, and come out with $100
worth of goods."
7. Who needs help? "If you have had clothes for six
months and haven't taken the tags off," one
compulsive shopper recently suggested, "you
probably need to evaluate what you are doing."
Adapted from Jon Anderson, CHICAGO TRIBUNE.
(1) What are the warning signs of compulsive
shopping? There is still very little known about
compulsive spenders.
142

1. The modals COULD, MIGHT and MAY appear in the
6th. paragraph to express the idea of:
a) permission.
b) possibility.
c) intention.
d) prohibition.
e) ability.
PSYCHOLOGY OF MONEY
Want Happiness? Don’t Buy More Stuff — Go on
Vacation. When it comes to spending money on things
or experiences, the research is clear: doing brings
more happiness than owning.
By Gary Belsky & Tom Gilovich | July 21, 2011
Given that it’s vacation season for many folks, we thought
it a good time to devote this Mind Over Money post to a
brief discussion of what personal finance is ultimately all
about. Some people, of course, really enjoy counting their
money, deriving great satisfaction simply from watching
their bottom line grow, often quite removed from any
thought of what they might do with their riches. But for
most of us, money is just a token for what we can do with
it — pay the mortgage or rent, send kids to college, buy a
TV or travel to Italy. And for nearly all of us, money is
finite; there isn’t enough to do all we want, so we must be
selective. That raises a crucial question: if we want to
maximize the happiness or satisfaction we get from our
money, how should we spend it?
There’s been a lot of recent research on this subject,
much of it conducted at Tom’s home institution, Cornell
University. And the answer is clear. If you’re conflicted
about whether to spend money on a material good (say, a
computer) or personal experience (say, a vacation), the
research says you’ll get much more satisfaction — and for
longer — if you choose the experience. Most of us, it
turns out, get more bang from the experiential buck.
Indeed, when people are asked to recall their most
significant material and experiential purchases over the
previous five years, they report that the experience
brought more joy, was a source of more enduring
satisfaction and was more clearly “money well spent¨.
This might seem counter-intuitive. After all, when faced
with a trade-off between doing and buying, many people
opt for the material good because “it will still be there”
long after the experience would have been enjoyed. In one
sense that’s correct: The material good lasts while the
experience is fleeting. But psychologically it’s the
reverse. We quickly adapt to the material good, but the
experience endures in the memories we cherish, the
stories we tell and the very sense of who we are.
(http://moneyland.time.com Acesso em 25/08/2011. Adaptado.)
2. No terceiro parágrafo do texto, o modal auxiliar might
transmite uma ideia de
a) proibição.
b) obrigação.
c) expectativa.
d) necessidade.
e) possibilidade.
Underground river 'Rio Hamza' discovered 4km
beneath the Amazon
Scientists estimate the subterranean river may be 6,000km
long and hundreds of times wider than the Amazon
Alok Jha, science correspondent guardian.co.uk
Friday, 26 August 2011
Covering more than 7 million square kilometres in South
America, the Amazon basin is one of the biggest and most
impressive river systems in the world. But it turns out we
have only known half the story until now.
Brazilian scientists have found a new river in the Amazon
basin – around 4km underneath the Amazon river. The
Hamza river, named after the head of the team of
researchers who found the groundwater flow, appears to
be as long as the Amazon river but up to hundreds of
times wider. Both the Amazon and Hamza flow from west
to east and are around the same length, at 6,000km. But
whereas the Amazon ranges from 1km to 100km in width,
the Hamza ranges from 200km to 400km. The
underground river starts in the Acre region under the
143

144
Andes and flows through the Solimões, Amazonas and
Marajó basins before opening out directly into the depths
of the Atlantic Ocean.
The Amazon flows much faster than the Hamza, however,
draining a greater volume of water. Around 133,000m 3 of
water flow through the Amazon per second at speeds of
up to 5 metres per second. The underground river's flow
rate has been estimated at around 3,900m 3 per second and
it barely inches along at less than a millimetre per hour.
The Hamza was located using data collected inside a
series of 241 abandoned deep wells that were drilled in
the Amazon region by the petrochemical company
Petrobras in the 1970s and 1980s. Elizabeth Tavares
Pimentel and Valiya Hamza of the Department of
Geophysics at Brazil's National Observatory led the work
and presented their results last week at the International
Congress of the Brazilian Geophysics Society in Rio de
Janeiro.
According to the researchers, the presence of the Hamza
river might account for the relatively low salinity of the
waters around the mouth of the Amazon. Professor
Hamza said Pimentel's measurements represented
preliminary work on the discovery of the new river, but
Hamza said he expected to confirm the existence of the
flow with additional measurements within the next few
years.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2011/aug/26/underground-riveramazon/print.
Adaptado.
3. No trecho do último parágrafo – According to the
researchers, the presence of the Rio Hamza river might
account for the relatively low salinity of the waters
around the mouth of the Amazon.
– a palavra might pode ser substituída, sem alteração de
sentido, por
a) has to.
b) will.
c) could.
d) ought to.
e) is going to.
THE VANISHING ART OF BRAZIL'S INDIANS
By Alan Riding - The New York Times
Saturday April 30, 2005
PARIS - Long before Jean-Jacques Rousseau idealized
the "noble savage" in the late 18th century, the Brazilian
Indian was entrenched in the French imagination. As
early as 1505, just five years after the Portuguese
discovered Brazil, the first Indian was brought to France.
Then, in 1550, 50 Indians were imported to people a
reconstructed Indian village in Normandy as a curiosity to
entertain the royal court.
But for French thinkers, the Indians also displayed unique
qualities, notably the innocence of their nakedness, their
generosity, their indifference to possessions and, yes, their
cleanliness. And this led first Montaigne and later
Montesquieu, Diderot and Rousseau to meditate afresh on
the human condition. Then, in the mid-20th century,
another Frenchman, Claude Lévi-Strauss, helped found
modern anthropology through research carried out among
Brazilian Indians.
Now, in a sense, the Indians have returned to France, in a
new exhibition called "Indian Brazil: The Arts of the
Amerindians of Brazil". The show, which has been
drawing crowds to the Grand Palais in Paris, runs through
June 27 and also includes objects collected by Lévi-
Strauss in the 1930s. It is the centerpiece of a lively
program of Brazilian art, music, dance and movies called
Year of Brazil in France.
Still, compared with displaying, say, Mayan treasures,
this is not an easy show to present. In 1500, Brazil's
Indians were Stone Age hunters and fishermen living in
small villages and never constituting what might be
termed a civilization. They were certainly exotic, but they
displayed no obvious wealth.
As it happens, in recent decades, archaeologists have
found evidence of more settled communities near the
mouth of the Amazon, some dating back 12,000 years.
Ceramic works, some 1,000 years old, have also been
excavated. Thus, "Indian Brazil" opens with a surprising
collection of pre-Columbian urns: some large vases
decorated with abstract designs, several resembling
human figures, others evoking real or imagined animals.
The rest of this exhibition reflects a culture still alive,
with objects distant from us in spirit, but not in time. Yet,
just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers, and
animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this
culture. The ancient stone sculptures of Mesoamerica will
be around for centuries; the arts of Brazil's Indians may
not.
4. A última frase do texto "the arts of Brazil's Indians
may not." significa que
a) as esculturas de pedra podem deixar de ser feitas.

) os índios e sua arte desaparecerão nos próximos
séculos.
c) os materiais usados nos objetos de arte indígena são
perecíveis e devem ser substituídos.
d) a arte indígena certamente desaparecerá.
e) a arte dos índios brasileiros pode desaparecer por ser
frágil e efêmera.
5. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a ideia equivalente
ao trecho "it may lead to more confusion.", extraído da
opinião de M. Michiel van der Mey.
a) It may be due to more confusion.
b) It may be caused by more confusion.
c) It may be the result of more confusion.
d) It may result in more confusion.
e) It may result from more confusion.
Wired, but a bit worried
Will interactivity improve our lives? TIME's readers
praise easy communication and openness but think we
should slow down
I find that my professional and personal lives are merging
together and sometimes I hate that!
Dina Zaman - Malaysia
I doubt that it will improve our lives; it may lead to more
confusion.
M. Michiel van der Mey - Germany
Unless we are careful, we will become too immersed in
the interactive reality we create.
Jürgen Swanepoel - South Africa
By enabling people to get to know each other,
interactivity will allow us to understand each other better.
Bamigbetan Kehinde - Nigeria
lnteractivity creates togetherness with other people. It
makes life so much more exciting.
Dinah Samuel - Malaysia
Technology breaks barriers and allows people of all races
to interact with less prejudice.
Connie Vivero - The Philippines
Superficially, interactivity improves our lives. But at the
end of the day we're still stuck in traffic and we don't have
enough time for our families.
Angela Ballas - Israel
Technology will eventually make us lazy and impatient.
Vivek Shankar - India
Interactivity will not improve our lives. With the flood of
information, finding things that are of quality and
enriching becomes much more difficult.
Aaron Jeffrey Hames – Japan. TIME, June 4,
6. In the sentence, "You may be wrong, but you may be
right." MAY means:
a) possibility
b) permission
c) ability
d) deduction
e) obligation
Rediscovering the New World
About the time that Christopher Columbus made his
discovery, the lncas performed a ritual sacrifice of two girls
and a boy high atop an extinct volcano. In March a National
Geographic Society-sponsored expedition to the top of
6,723-meter (22,057-foot) Mount Llullaillaco in northern
Argentina reported unearthing the three mummified victims,
surrounded by statues, tapestries and pottery. Five centuries
of permafrost had left the mummies astonishingly well
preserved. The joint American-Argentine-Peruvian team
found blood in the hearts and lungs of two of the mummies,
which retained intact internal organs. Fingernails and hairs
on the arms had not decayed, either. Examining the corpses
may broaden the understanding of diseases present in the
lnca empire and the ties between the lncas and other
populations. The mummies may also provide anthropologists
with new knowledge about "capac cocha," the lncas' ritual
sacrifice of children.
Gary Stix. Scientific American,
7. "The mummies may also provide anthropologists with
new knowledge about capac cocha, the lncas' ritual
sacrifice of children."
O uso de MAY, na frase acima, indica que o autor
a) tem certeza do que afirma.
b) evita fazer afirmações categóricas.
c) pede permissão do leitor para fazer afirmações.
d) quer a confirmação para suas afirmações.
e) procura convencer o leitor sobre suas afirmações.
145

146
PHOTO AGENCY SEARCH
My uncle was an accomplished photographer
who took pictures for most of his 85 years. He had 1 quite
a collection of slides, the subjects of which include
nature, travel and scenics. The nature and scenic shots are
primarily of New England, Cape Cod, Israel and Puerto
Rico.
2 Rather than relegate this beautiful work to a
closet, I would like to find an agency or agencies that
3
might be interested in using the images for textbooks,
calendars or postcards. Where do I start to look for
agencies that might be interested in this material of which
I have become the conservator?
Abraham M. Hoffman
Bridgeport, CT - (Photographic, April 1998. p.4.)
8. A forma verbal MIGHT BE (ref.3) exprime
a) necessidade.
b) certeza.
c) probabilidade.
d) condição.
What Goes Up
IN THE CONTEST OVER WHO OR WHAT
INSPIRED the most bad jokes this year, it's a neck-andneck
race between Monica Lewinsky and Viagra.
Otherwise, the impotence pill that was introduced last
April in the U.S. has been a bit of a letdown, if only
because expectations were so inflated by the drug's initial
hype. After racking up nearly $100 million in sales in its
first month on the market-making Viagra the fastestselling
new drug ever, sales have steadily slumped to just
over $40 million in October.
In part the downturn may have been a response
to the news that upwards of 130 men have died while
using Viagra, the majority from heart attacks. The drug
hasn't been formally implicated in those fatalities - given
its older-skewing patient base, one would expect a certain
overlap between Viagra users and the dead-but the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration issued new guidelines last
month saying doctors should be wary of prescribing it to
patients with heart conditions or high blood pressure.
Because of its vision-disturbing side effects, the drug has
also been suspected of contributing to at least one plane
crash. Indeed, a Federal Aviation Administration
pamphlet recommends a prudent "six hours from Viagra
to throttle".
Still, the news about Viagra is mostly happy. It
works for many men, and Pfizer, the manufacturer,
estimates that 5 million prescriptions have been written.
The company's stock has risen from 75(11/16) in January
to 116 as of last Friday (slightly down from its peak of
121(3/4). Sales may get a boost when a new ad campaign
begins next year featuring that charismatic pitchman Bob
Dole.
(Time December 28, -January 4, .)
9. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o significado
correspondente mais próximo a "Sales may get a boost...",
no 3 o parágrafo do texto.
a) "Sales are going to get a boost..."
b) "Sales are able to get a boost..."
c) "Sales will get a boost..."
d) "Sales must get a boost..."
e) "Sales might get a boost..."
PART III.
SHALL, SHOULD e OUGHT TO aparecem na maioria
das vezes como aconselhamento ou sugestão. Lembrem se
que OUGHT TO é único modal que pode ser seguido de
TO, opção não permitida a nenhum outro verbo modal,
seja qual for a situação. Também é o único modal que
pode substituir SHOULD quando indicar aconselhamento.
We should study hard to
pass the vestibular.
We ought to study hard to
pass the vestibular.
Shall we go home now?
According to the
statistics, they should do
something to improve
those people life quality.
Nós deveríamos estudar
bastante para o vestibular.
(aconselhamento)
Nós deveríamos estudar
bastante para o vestibular.
(aconselhamento)
Deveríamos ir pra casa
agora?
De acordo com as
estatísticas, eles deveiram
fazer algo para melhorar a
qualidade de vida daquelas
pessoas.
Ao formar o tempo futuro, você pode ir longe com o uso
apenas da WILL e ignorando SHALL. No entanto, se
você precisa para agradar alguns gramaticos, então você
deve usar SHALL quando os sujeitos forem I eu – WE

nós. (Nota: Quando colocam perguntas usando I eu – WE
nós. Você deve usar SHALL - Eg, Shall We Dance.?).
Se você queria transmitir que algo deve acontecer
(normalmente for a de um senso de dever), então você
pode trocar SHALL por WILL (e vice-versa), mas essas
nuances são muito prováveis que passem despercebidos
pela maioria dos seus leitores.
EXERCISES
Wiser and 4 older
(…)
So, can the increase in longevity continue? According to
gerontologists, there is no clear answer. Currently the
maximum human lifespan is 122 years, attained by the
French woman Jeanne Calment who died in 1997.
Significantly, no one has come close to her astonishing
record. Instead, more and more of us are dodging the
bullets of middle age and living to our personal genetic
potential. So how long is the natural human lifespan? The
answer seems to be that, in a world where infectious
diseases are kept at bay and where we are safe from
predators and starvation, and provided we keep our
lifestyles in check, 3 most people should reach 80 or 90.
Something very big is going on, wrote Ban Ki-moon, the
United Nations secretary general. He warned that “the
social and economic implications of this phenomenon are
profound, extending far beyond the individual 7 older
person and the immediate family, touching broader
society and the global community in unprecedented
ways”. What the figures show more than anything is that
we need a rapid and radical rethink of how we treat 8 the
elderly among us, as they will soon be the majority.
telegraph.co.uk
1. The function of should in the fragment above is to:
a) give advice
b) clear doubt
c) express possibility
d) impose obligation
2. No trecho do primeiro quadrinho – This should be the
last load –, a palavra should indica uma ideia de3
a) dúvida.
b) solicitação.
c) obrigação.
d) recomendação.
e) expectativa.
3. Leia o anúncio abaixo e assinale a opção que substitui
corretamente a afirmação “so should your airline”.
a) Your airline should offer its clients a wider range of
businesses.
b) Business should cross borders and also should your
airline.
c) Your airline should invest more in business
worldwide.
d) Business crosses borders and your airline should, too.
e) Your airline should keep on doing business abroad so
as to improve its results.
147

Why are we so curious?
5 Cooking is something we all take for granted but a new
theory suggests that if we had not learned to cook food,
not only would we still look like chimps but, like them,
we would also be compelled to spend most of the day
chewing.
6 I hate to disappoint you, but whatever your ambitions,
whatever your long-term goals, I’m pretty sure that
reading this column isn’t going to further them. It won’t
stop you feeling hungry. It won’t provide any
information that 9 might save your life. It’s unlikely to
make you attractive to the opposite sex.
11
And yet if I were to say that I will teach you a valuable
lesson about your inner child, I hope you will want to
carry on reading, driven by nothing more than your
curiosity to find out a little more. What could be going on
in your brain to make you so inquisitive?
7 We humans have a deeply curious nature, and more often
than not it is about the minor tittle-tattle in our lives.
12 Our curiosity has us doing utterly unproductive things
like reading news about people we will never meet,
learning topics we will never have use for, or exploring
places we will never come back to. 13 We just love to
know the answers to things, even if there’s no obvious
benefit.
From the perspective of evolution this appears to be
something of a mystery. We associate evolution with
‘survival-of-the-fittest’ traits that support the essentials of
day-to-day survival and reproduction. So why did we
evolve to waste so much time? 10 Shouldn’t evolution
have selected for a species which was – you know – a
bit more focussed?
.
Retrieved on July 28, 2012.
Classic Advertising Mistake: Arabic version
A disappointed salesman of Coca Cola returns from his
assignment in Arabia.
A friend asked, “Why weren’t you successful with the
Arabs?”
The salesman explained, “When I got posted in the
Middle East, I was very confident that I would make a
good sales pitch in rural areas. But, I had a problem I
didn’t know how to speak Arabic. So, I planned to convey
the message through three posters...”
First poster – A man lying in the hot desert sand... totally
exhausted and fainting.
Second poster – man is drinking our Cola.
Third poster – Our man is now totally refreshed.
Then these posters were pasted all over the place.
1 “That should have worked,” said the friend.
The salesman replied “l didn’t realize that in Arabic you
read from right to left.”
Taken from: Clipmarks.com
4. “Might” in “...might save your life” (ref. 9) and
“Shouldn’t” in “Shouldn’t evolution have selected for a
species...” (ref. 10) express the ideas of, respectively:
a) probability – duty.
b) condition – ability.
c) obligation – assumption.
d) possibility – what is desirable.
e) theoretical ability – suggestion.
Ava ii able at: .
Access: August 30 th , 2011.
5. In the text, the sentence “That should have worked”
(ref. 1) means that the strategy used by the salesman
a) will work properly, so the salesman can use it.
b) worked as expected in spite of the problems.
c) did not work, but it was a good strategy.
d) will not work and the salesman must not try it.
148

THE LEGEND OF THE CRYSTAL SKULLS
The truth behind Indiana Jones's latest quest
Jane MacLaren Walsh*
Sixteen years ago, a heavy package addressed to
the nonexistent "Smithsonian Institution Curator,
Mesoamerican Museum, Washington, D.C." was
delivered to the National Museum of American History. It
was accompanied by an unsigned letter stating: "This
Aztec crystal skull, purported to be part of the Porfirio
Díaz 3 collection, was purchased in Mexico in 1960. I am
offering 2 it to the Smithsonian without consideration."
Richard Ahlborn, then curator of the Hispanic-American
collections, knew of my expertise in Mexican archaeology
and called me to ask whether I knew anything about the
object - an eerie, milky white crystal skull 14 considerably
larger than a human head.
I told him I knew of a life-sized crystal skull on
display at the British Museum, and had seen a smaller
version the Smithsonian had 15 once exhibited as a fake.
After we spent a few minutes puzzling over the meaning
and significance of this unusual artifact, he asked whether
the department of anthropology would be interested in
accepting it for the national collections. I said yes
without hesitation. 1 If the skull turned out to be a
genuine pre-Columbian Mesoamerican artifact, 13 such
a rare object should definitely become part of the
national collections.
I couldn't have imagined then that this
16 unsolicited donation would open an entirely new avenue
of research for me. In the years since the package arrived,
my investigation of this single skull has led me to
research the history of pre-Columbian collections in
museums around the world, and I have collaborated with
a 17 broad range of international scientists and museum
curators who have also crossed paths with crystal skulls.
Studying these artifacts has prompted new research into
pre-Columbian lapidary (or stone working) technology,
particularly the carving of hard stones like jadeite and
quartz. From: Archaeology. Volume 61, Number 3, May/June 2008.
*Jane MacLaren Walsh is an anthropologist at the Smithsonian's National Museum
of Natural History.
6. Mark the option in which "should" could be used in
the same sense as in "... such a rare object should
definitely become part of the national collections" (ref.
13).
a) I should think it's going to rain soon.
b) If you should be late once again, you'll lose your job.
c) The best students should have no problem with this
text.
d) I should have gone to work today but I was feeling a
bit ill.
e) Most people know they should exercise more, but
few actually do.
FRUIT FROM THE FAMILY TREE
By Sally Squires
If you're feeling hungry as you read this, your
parents MAY be partly to blame.
A growing number of studies find that real - and
perceived - hunger appears to be passed down from
generation to generation, just like hair color or height.
At the University of Maryland, scientists
studying Old Order Amish families have pinpointed two
chromosomal regions that [TO LINK] to both restrained
eating and to overeating in adults. At Virginia
Commonwealth University in Richmond, researchers [TO
STUDY] twins and also found a significant genetic link
for overeating.
"Genes CAN really influence hunger," notes
Simone Lemieux, an associate professor of nutrition and
science at Laval University in Quebec City. "Some people
[TO TELL] us that they are always hungry. They are
right, because they have genes that are misleading them in
the amount of food that they really need."
But before you [TO USE] that as an excuse to let
your inner appetite [TO GO] wild, you SHOULD know
that the latest findings suggest that genetic influences on
eating behavior are bite-sized compared with
environmental effects.
Scientists say there's plenty of blame to go
around, from the easy availability of food to the growing
tendency to engineer physical activity out of life.
(Adapted from Washington Post. November 15,)
7. Assinale como VERDADEIRAS as alternativas que
contêm afirmações corretas em relação ao texto e como
FALSAS as que não contêm. No texto,
( ) MAY indica possibilidade e pode ser substituído
por "might", sem alterar o sentido da frase.
( ) CAN está empregado incorretamente e deveria ser
substituído por "ought to".
149

( ) SHOULD está empregado corretamente, pois
significa "é aconselhável".
( ) SHOULD está empregado incorretamente e deveria
ser substituído por "ought to".
Texto 2: Adolescent Depression: Helping depressed
teens
It's not unusual for young people to experience
"the blues" or feel "down in the dumps" occasionally.
Adolescence is always an unsetting time, with the many
physical, emotional, psychological and social changes that
accompany this stage of life.
Unrealistic academic, social, or family
expectations can create a strong sense of rejections and
can lead to deep disappointment. When things go wrong
at schools or at home, teens often overreact. Many young
people feel that life is not fair or that things "never go
their way." They feel "stressed out" and confused. To
make matters worse, teens are bombarded by conflicting
messages from parents, friends and society. Today's teens
see more of what life has to offer - both good and bad - on
television, at school, in magazines and on the Internet.
They are also forced to learn about the threat of AIDS,
even if they are not sexually active or using drugs.
(Disponível em: Acesso em: 14
out.)
8. Com base no texto, "ought to" é usado para indicar o
que é considerado:
a) Errado.
b) Correto.
c) Necessário.
d) Improvável.
e) Obrigatório.
Teens need adult guidance more than ever to
understand all the emotional and physical changes they
are experiencing. When teens' moods disrupt their ability
to function on a day-to-day basis, it may indicate a serious
emotional or mental disorder that needs attention -
adolescent depression. Parents or caregivers must take
action.
Depressions can be difficult to diagnose in teens
because adults may expect teens to act moody. Also,
adolescents do not always understand or express their
feelings very well. They may not be aware of the
symptoms of depression and may not seek help.
(Extraído de www.nmha.org/infoctr/factsheets/24.cfm)
Depression is defined as an illness when the feelings of
sadness, hopelessness, and despair persist and interfere
with a child or adolescent's ability to function.
Though the term "depression" can describe a
normal human emotion, it also can refer to a mental
health illness. Depressive illness in children and teens is
defined when the feelings of depression persist and
interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.
(…)
(Extraído de: www.focusas.com/Depression.html)
9. De acordo com o texto 2, indique a sentença que
expressa um conselho.
a) When depressed, teens always ask for adult guidance.
b) Teens see more of what life has to offer and then they
become depressed.
c) Adolescents who never make new friends become
depressed.
d) Adolescents don't try to make new friends when they
feel depressed.
e) When teens become depressed, they should try to ask
an adult for help.
150

Recent advances in human embryology and genetic
engineering have raised the issue of how this knowledge
1 ought to be used, and 2 it is now a matter of considerable
public concern and debate.
There are two main areas in which such research is
considered beneficial, and the first of these is in the field
of conception. Doctors can help infertile couples to have
children using the so-called "test-tube baby" technique.
Although there was considerable controversy when the
first such experiments were introduced, there is now a
general acceptance that the process is both safe and
useful.
The second area is that of research into genetically
transmitted diseases. Some of these only affect children of
a particular sex, as is the case of haemophilia, which only
affects males. In such circumstances, by determining the
sex of the child, in advance, doctors can ensure that the
disease will not be passed on. In addition to this, research
into human genetics offers the potential of finding the
causes for other diseases and their eventual cures.
On the other hand, there is hostility towards scientists
who interfere with nature and human life. This suspicion
has a long history, and is reflected in literary works such
as Frankenstein and Brave New World. In addition to this,
there is revulsion at the real-life "experiments" that have
been carried out in the past. As a result, there is a
common fear that scientific developments in genetics will
inevitably be abused and they will lead towards "designer
children" and other worse excesses.
Research activities in these areas need to be regulated
rather than banned. There are many potential benefits as
well as dangers, and, 3 therefore, if 4 they are to be
continued, they must be carried out under strict
supervision and controlled by legislation.
(GUDE, Kathy & DUCKWORTH, Michael. Proficiency Masterclass. Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 1997, p. 10. Adapted.)
10. The words ought to (ref. 1) suggest
a) advice.
b) ability.
c) possibility.
d) prohibition.
11. In "you should start each day with a song... in your
soul", "should" expresses an idea of:
a) certainty.
b) obligation.
c) impossibility.
d) probability.
e) advice.
Read the following passage carefully:
The morning of our separation arrived
and, with it, my ten carriers. John and I surveyed them as
we ate breakfast under the trees on the rest house lawn.
They were an unprepossessing lot.
'I shouldn't think,' said John, eyeing them, 'that
you will even reach Eshobi with that lot.'
At this moment, however, the barber arrived. It
had been John who had suggested that I should get my
hair cut before plunging off to Eshobi, and the suggestion
was sound.
12. 'Should' (ref. 4) means...
a) would
b) had to
c) ought to
d) might
151

13. Assinale a alternativa correta:
This place is not good. _______we go elsewhere?
a) Will
b) Will not
c) Ought
d) Shall
e) Let's
Feeling down? Look up!
1. According to Sarah Conn, Ph.D., instructor in
psychology at Cambridge Hospital at Harvard
Medical School, taking the time to pause and look up
at the sky is a natural way to reduce stress.
2. First, sky watching gives you a break. Simply
stopping to lift your head and look up "releases you
from your usual mode of rushing to your next
destination - which reduces tension," explains Conn.
3. It can even be comforting, she adds. When your
emotions are riding high, "the ever-changing clouds
and colors of the sky are a reassuring reminder that
your own state of mind is temporary. It's a relief to
remember that, This too shall pass."
4. At the same time, the vastness of the sky makes
problems less overwhelming by putting them in
perspective. "Sky watching reminds you that you're
part of a much larger picture," says Conn.
5. And as stress begins to ebb you may find that it's
replaced by a renewed sense of possibility and
optimism: "You'll gain a new appreciation for the old
saying, 'The sky's the limit.'"
From GLAMOUR - July 1997, p. 99.
14. The word SHALL in "This too shall pass. (par.3)
conveys the meaning of:
a) certainty.
b) likelihood.
c) possibility.
d) suggestion.
e) expectation.
PART IV.
O modal MUST expressa obrigação, necessidade e vez
enquando possibilidade. Quando este for usado no tempo
futuro ou passado deve ser trocado pelo seu equivalente
(HAVE TO) ou (HAD TO) (ter que)
152
I must work from 7:10 to
20:30 from Monday to
Friday. (present)
I will have to work from
7:10 to 22:00 tomorrow.
(future)
I had to work from 7:10 to
20:30 yesterday. (past)
Eu devo trabalher das 7h
10´ às 22h de Segunda a
Sexta.
Eu terei que trabalhar das
7h 10´ às 22h amanhã.
Eu tive que trabalhar das
7h 10´ às 22h ontem.
Raramente, mas pode também ser usado como um
substantivo informal, para indicar que algo é: legal,
imperdível, digno de ser feito.
The class today has been
a must.
I saw a movie which was
a must this weekend.
Mem. Póstumas is
must of a
book.
EXERCISES
1. "Don't have to" and "must not" indicate:
a) absence and lack of obligation.
b) required permission and necessity.
c) lack of necessity and prohibition.
d) no choice and permission.
e) requirements and power.
A aula hoje foi muito boa.
Eu vi um filme que foi
imperdível este fim de
semana.
Mem. Póstumas é o livro
de Machado digno de ser
lido.

THE WORST OF BOTH WORLDS?
In the global-warming debate, there's a big gap
between public rhetoric (which verges on hysteria) and
public behavior (which indicates indifference). People say
they're worried but don't act that way. Greenhouse
emissions continue to rise despite many earnest pledges to
control them. Just last week, the United Nations reported
that of the 41 countries it monitors (not including most
developing nations), 34 had increased greenhouse
emissions from 2000 to 2004. These include most
countries committed to reducing emissions under the
Kyoto Protocol.
Why is this? Here are three reasons. First: With
today's technologies, we don't know how to cut
greenhouse gases in politically and economically
acceptable ways. Second: In rich democracies, policies
that might curb greenhouse gases require politicians and
the public to act in exceptionally "enlightened" (read:
"unrealistic") ways. Third: Even if rich countries cut
emissions, it won't make much difference unless poor
countries do likewise - and so far, they've refused because
that might jeopardize their economic growth and povertyreduction
efforts.
Unless we develop cost-effective technologies
that break the link between carbon-dioxide emissions and
energy use, we can't do much. Anyone serious about
global warming must focus on technology - and not just
assume it. Otherwise, our practical choices are all bad:
costly mandates and controls that harm the economy; or
costly mandates and controls that barely affect
greenhouse gases. Or, possibly, both.
(Adapted from "The Worst of Both Worlds?" NEWSWEEK November 13, 2006,
page 45.)
2. In the sentence "Anyone serious about global warming
MUST focus on technology - and not just assume it." the
modal "MUST" can be, adequately, substituted for:
( ) ( ) should.
( ) ( ) had to.
( ) ( ) ought to.
( ) ( ) has to.
( ) ( ) would rather.
3. In which of the statements does MUST express
necessity?
a) There's somebody in the other office. It must be my
boss!
b) You mustn't smoke here!
c) She must be a very good student. She always gets
A's.
d) I must go right now!
e) Who must he be? There are lots of people around
him!
Extracted from: FORUM. April 1984, vol. XXII, N o 2, Inside Back Cover.
4. What practical lesson can you learn from the text?
a) Teachers may make mistakes.
b) Teachers ought to confuse students.
c) Teachers should know it all.
d) Teachers must know everything.
e) Teachers will always be right.
Millennium bug information
3 The problem is that when computers were
introduced to the worlds of government, banking, and big
business, memory space was at a premium, so much so
that every bit and byte was counted and programs were
designed to use as little memory as possible. One way of
shaving off a few figures here and there was to record the
year by its last two digits, so '1998' is shortened to '98'.
Which works just fine, until midnight on December 31st
1999 when that counter clicks over from 99, to 00.
Without the first two digits of the year, the computer
cannot know that it is the year 2000, and 2 must
effectively work on the presumption that it is 1900, all
over again. 3 Of course the programmers who created
1 this system could foresee this would cause a problem, but
153

as well as a degree of short-termism there was a
widespread disbelief that anyone would be using the same
computers and programs nearly thirty years later. They
were wrong, and the result is that our computers, those
symbols of progress and forward thinking, will doggedly
refuse to leave the last century.
http://www.bbc.co.uk/education/cdb/bug/index.shtm
5. "... MUST effectively work..." (ref.2)
The word must expresses:
a) intention
b) certainty
c) necessity
d) prohibition
Two cheers
From Mr. Jack Palmer
Sir, Once again, I have been witness to a fine
orchestra playing uninspiring music. My heart went out to
the poor soul. While we have just one rendering to sit
through, they have numerous practice sessions and a
circuit of performances to endure. How dreadful for them
to sense, 1 as they must, the lack of enthusiasm of the
audience.
I therefore propose a dual applause protocol, one
for the musicians, the other for the music. It should be
properly announced before the performance and upon a
noticeboard on the stage. Then we could direct audience
appreciation, enthusiastic or faint, where it is deserved.
Yours sincerely,
JACK PALMER,
6 Prospect Place,
Chapelhay, Weymouth DT4 8JY.
(From THE TIMES, January , p.15)
6. "As they must" (ref.1) sugere:
a) obrigação.
b) advertência.
c) recomendação.
d) dedução.
e) permissão.
154
7. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que
preenche corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada.
Janet: Look, our boat is sinking!
Peter: Oh, dear! Can you swim?
Janet: Yes, but we won't have to, there's a life boat on
board.
In the above dialogue, the verbs "CAN" and "HAVE TO"
express respectively ....... and ........ .
a) ability - obligation
b) permission - prohibition
c) possibility - prohibition
d) permission - possibility
e) ability - advice
"Shakespeare in Love" is a witty, sexy and merrily literate
delight, with an enormously clever premise that only gets
better as the film ¢funfolds. The screenplay, originating as
Marc Norman's brainstorm and turned by Tom Stoppard
£into a ¤razor-sharp dialogue reminiscent of his
"Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead", dares to
imagine whatever it likes about the link between
Shakespeare's artistic passions and his mad yearning for a
certain aristocratic beauty. Meanwhile, this ¦tirelessly
inventive comedy envisions an Elizabethan theatre filled
with the same backbiting and conniving we enjoy today
and has great fun presenting the creation of "Romeo and
Juliet " problems and all. (Fonte: New York Times)
8. The verb which can be classified both as a FULL
VERB and a MODAL is
a) gets.
b) turned.
c) dares.
d) envisions.
e) enjoy.
9. Might in “wind powered generators might just be the
solution for power shortages…” and Must in “In an
electricity-dependent world, power supplies must provide
the required electricity for communities and businesses”
express respectively the ideas of:
a) Possibility - advice.
b) Permission - duty.

c) Probability - obligation.
d) Probability - deduction.
e) Possibility - assumption.
10. The only option in which the detached expression
transmits an idea of obligation/necessity is:
a) "An email distribution list on Star Trek MAY HAVE
close to one hundred members..." (ref. 2)
b) "...and the communication which takes place there
COULD BE either one-way...or merely
informational..." (ref. 3)
c) "Users MUST BE invited to join the community by
someone already there".(ref. 4)
d) "Similar to Friendster, Orkut goes a step further BY
PERMITTING 'communities of users'".(ref. 5)
e) "InCircle WAS INTENDED for use by former
university students". (ref. 6)
The modal “must” (l. 21) can be suitably replaced by
01) should.
02) might.
03) could.
04) has to.
05) ought to.
11. But this contradicts the so-called reversibility
requirement of quantum theory: that the end of any
process must be traceable back to the conditions that
created it.
155

CAPÍTULO XVII- FUTURO SIMPLES, IMEDIATO,
PERFEITO E CONTÍNUO
Diagrams for the Four Future Tenses
Future Perfect Tense
The infographics below show how each future tense is
formed and a quick overview of how each one is used:
Simple Future Tense
For example:
I will have played by breakfast.
For example: - I will play after breakfast.
Future Perfect Progressive Tense
Future Progressive Tense
Conditional Tense:
For example: - I will be playing for an hour.
156
O tempo condicional, também chamado de Futuro do
Pretérito, é usado em inglês para solicitar ou perguntar

algo de uma maneira mais polida, mais educada. É usado
também, é claro, para descrever ações que dependem ou
depederiam de outras para acontecer.
Formação:
O Tempo Conditional é formado com o auxiliar WOULD
que na forma negativa é WOULD NOT ou simplismente
WOULDN’T.
Forma
Afirmat
iva
Forma
Negativ
a
Forma
Interrog
ativa
O auxiliar would vem após o sujeito mas
antecede o verbo principal
E.g. He would live in Tokyo if he had
enough money
O auxiliar would acrescido de NOT vem
após o sujeito mas antecede o verbo
principal.
E.g. He would not live in Tokyo because
he doesn’t have money.
O auxiliar would antecede ambos, sujeito e
verbo principal.
E.g. Would he live in Tokyo ?
Quando se usa os auxiliares would ou wouldn’t o verbo
principal deve estar sempre na forma normal, isto é, no
infinitivo sem TO.
Vejamos alguns exemplos:
1. Would you do me a favor, please ?
2. Would I need to come tomorrow at 8:00 ?
3. We would like to see the menu, please.
4. He wouldn’t buy an expensive car, would he ?
Abreviação:
A abreviação de would é: ’d. Veja tabela.
Singular
I’d
You’d
He’d, she’d, it’d
Plural
We’d
You’d
They’d
Mais alguns exemplos:
1. He’d live in Rome if he spoke Italian.
2. They’d like to see the new computer.
3. I’d go with you if I had enough time.
4. She’d need to check the batteries first.
5. It wouldn’t be easy, I know.
I. FUTURO SIMPLES:
O Futuro Simples é formado com o auxiliar WILL ou
com sua forma negativa WILL NOT (WON’T). Usado
para indicar uma ação futura geralmente não muito
próxima, de possibilidade duvidosa ou incerta.
O auxiliar WILL, à semelhança de would, permanece o
mesmo para todas as pessoas e o verbo principal terá a
forma de infinitivo sem TO. Sua forma abreviada é : ’LL.
Veja tabela.
Singular
I’ll work tomorrow
You’ll work tomorrow
He’ll, she’ll, it’ll work
Estudaremos com os exemplos:
Plural
We’ll work
You’ll work
They’ll work
1. I’ll talk to you later.
2. Will they be here tomorrow ?
3. She won’t study with us.
4. It will be difficult to get there.
5. What wiil he do if she doesn’t come to see him.
Quanto as formas:
Afirmativa Segue as mesmas
regras do auxiliar would
Negativa Segue as mesmas
regras do auxiliar would
Interrogativa Segue as mesmas
regras do auxiliar would
157

Simple Future Tense
6. We are going to see her
again.
Nós vamos vê-la de novo.
II. FUTURO IMEDIATO:
Este tempo verbal é composto com o presente de TO BE
(am, is, are) + GOING TO e é usado para descrever uma
ação que vai ocorrer num futuro próximo, uma ação de
caráter pessoal ou compromisso de maior certeza.
Forma
Afirmativa
Forma
Negativa
Forma
Interrogativa
=> Regras de TO BE. E.g. He is
going to work tomorrow afternoon.
=> Regras de TO BE. E.g. He isn’t
going to work tomorrow afternoon.
=> Regras de TO BE. E.g. Is he
going to work tomorrow afternoon ?
Tradução: A tradução deve ser a seguinte:
Singular Tradução Plural Tradução
I am going
You are
going
He is going
She is going
It is going
Eu vou
Você vai
Ele vai
Ela vai
Vai
We are
going
You are
going
They are
going
Nós vamos
Vocês vão
Eles (elas)
vão
Obs. Compararemos as traduções de Futuro Simples com
Futuro Imediato. Veja os mesmos exemplos no Futuro
Simples.
Futuro Imediato
1. I am going to buy a
new bike next month.
Eu vou comprar uma
bicicleta nova no próximo
mês
2. Those students are
going to help him.
Aqueles alunos vão
ajudá-lo
3. Is it going to be easy or
difficult ?
Vai ser fácil ou difïcil ?
4. They’re not going to
spend the day with us.
Eles não vão passar o dia
conosco
5. You’re going to like it.
Você vai gostar
6. We are going to see her
again.
Nós vamos vê-la de novo.
Futuro Simples
1. I will buy a new bike
next month.
Eu comprarei uma bicicleta
nova no próximo mês
2. Those students will help
him
Aqueles alunos o ajudarão.
3. Will it be easy or
difficult ?
Será fácil ou difïcil ?
4. They will spend the day
with us.
Eles não passarão o dia
conosco
5. You’ll like it.
Você gostará.
6. We will see her again
Nós a veremos de novo.
Veja agora mais alguns exemplos com tradução:
1. I am going to buy a new
bike next month.
2. Those students are
going to help him.
3. Is it going to be easy or
difficult ?
4. They’re not going to
spend the day with us.
Eu vou comprar uma
bicicleta nova no próximo
mês.
Aqueles alunos vão ajudálo.
Vai ser fácil ou difïcil ?
Eles não vão passar o dia
conosco.
5. You’re going to like it. Você vai gostar.
Atenção:
Observe que no Futuro Imediato temos: Vou, vai, vamos,
vão + verbo no infinitivo. Já no Futuro Simples a tradução
do verbo ocorre diretamente no futuro.
Observe também que a tradução: Vou, vai, vamos, vão,
nada mais é que: am, are, is + going to.
III. Futuro Perfeito
Todo mundo sonha com um futuro perfeito, não? Pena
que aqui não tem nada a ver com realizar seu sonho!
O futuro perfeito em língua inglesa é um tempo verbal
usado para descrever ações que estarão concluídas no
futuro. Poderíamos dizer que é um pretérito no futuro.
158

Usamos o future perfect para falar sobre algo que terá
acontecido num tempo específico no futuro. Sempre há a
noção de um tempo específico e de uma ação que terá
acontecido antes/até tal data.
É normal associarmos estas ações com as expressões:
BY THE (year of 2014).
(até o ano de 2014)
BY THE (the end of this
class). (até o final desta
aula)
BY THE (the end of the
next week). (até o final da
próxima semana)
BY THE (the end of this
month). (até o fim deste
mês)
Forma
Afirmati
va
Forma
Negativ
a
Forma
Interrog
ativa
BEFORE THE (year of
2014). (antes do ano de
2014)
BEFORE THE (the end
of this class). (antes do
final desta aula)
BEFORE THE (the end
of the next week). (até o
final da próxima semana)
BEFORE THE (the end
of this month). (até o fim
deste mês)
=> SUJEITO + WILL HAVE +
PARTICÍPIO
=> SUJEITO + WILL NOT HAVE +
PARTICÍPIO ou SUJEITO + WON´T
HAVE + PARTICÍPIO
=> WILL HAVE + SUJEITO +
PARTICÍPIO
published your article by
Monday?
artigo até Segunda-Feira?
Também usamos o future perfect quando uma ação
acontece antes de outra, no futuro:
When Omar arrives this
afternoon, I will have
already finished job here.
IV. Futuro Contínuo
quando Omar chegar esta
tarde eu já terei terminado
meu trabalho aqui.
Usamos o Future Continuous para expressarmos que
determinada ação estará em andamente num momento
específico no futuro. Imagine alguém te questionando:
(Você está ocupado amanhã às 11h 30´da manhã? A
resposta certamente será: Sim. Amanhã neste horário
estarei estudando.)
Para formular uma frase com este tempo verbal, deve-se
fazer uma conjugação do verbo “to be” (que deve estar no
futuro ? will be) com o verbo principal no gerúndio. O
verbo “to be”, neste caso, será sempre WILL BE (ou ‘LL
BE), independentemente da pessoa a ser utilizada na
frase. O verbo no gerúndio é o mesmo para qualquer que
seja a pessoa.
Forma
Afirmativa
Forma
Negativa
=> SUJEITO + WILL BE + …ING
=> SUJEITO + WILL NOT BE +
…ING ou SUJEITO + WON´T BE +
…ING
Ex
Forma
Interrogativa
=> WILL BE + SUJEITO + …ING
Everybody in this
classroom will have
passed the entrance
university exams by the
year of 2014.
Will you have studied all
the subjects by
tomorrow?
By the end of the week we
will have learned a lot
about future tenses.
Will they have already
todos nesta classe terá
passado nos vestibulares
até o ano de 2014.
Você terá estudado todos
os conteúdos até amanhã?
até o final da semana nós
teremos aprendido
bastante sobre os tempos
futuros.
Eles já terão publicado seu
Ex:
We will be answering some
exercises about future
continuous within 20
minutes.
Zé Dias will be giving
classes at 10 o´clock
tomorrow morning.
Do not disturb me on
Sunday morning. I will be
reading a new book.
Estaremos respondendo
exercícios sobre future
continuo dentro 20 minutos.
Zé Dias estará ministrando
aulas amanhã às 10h da
manhã.
Não me perturbe Domingo
pela manhã. Estarei lendo
um livro novo.
159

V. Outra forma de indicarmos futuro é usando shall,
embora esta seja uma forma bastante formal:
Esta forma é comum somente com a pimeira pessoa do
singular ( I ) e a primeira do plural ( WE )
I shall invite her to dance.
We shall travel in the end
of the year.
VI. ATENÇÃO:
eu a convidarei para
dançar.
Nós viajaremos no fim do
ano.
O Present Continuous é comumente usado para
expressar ações futuras, desde que estas ações tenham
caráter de certeza, para que não seja confundido com
uma ação em andamento no momento da fala é
necessário a utilização de advérbios (expressões
temporais) denotando futuro.
Ex.
Simple Future
She will arrive at my
house around 7 o´clock
tomorrow morning.
Immediate Future
She is going to arrive at
my house around 7
o´clock tomorrow
morning.
Present Continuous
(future)
She is arriving at my
house around 7 o´clock
tomorrow morning.
Ele chegará em minha
casa amanhã cedo por
volta das 7h.
Ele vai chegar em minha
casa amanhã cedo por
volta das 7h.
Ele vai chegar em minha
casa amanhã cedo por
volta das 7h.
VII. Outros indicadores de tempo futuro são to be about
to e to be going to.
Veja:
The train is about to
depart.
I am going to tell her that
I love her.
O trem está para partir.
Eu direi a ela que eu a
amo.
Causative Form
Quando queremos dizer que mandamos alguém fazer
algo, ou seja, alguém faz algo por nós, usamos o que é
chamado de causative form. Veja alguns exemplos em
português:
Mandei pintar meu
quarto.
Você já mandou lavar seu
carro?
O prefeito mandou
construir uma nova
escola.
I had my
bedroom painted.
Have you had your
car washed yet?
The mayor had a new
school built.
O verbo mandar nesses casos não tem o significado de
“ordenar”, nem de “enviar”. Usamos o verbo to have e o
particiípio passado do verbo para fazer tal estrutura.
Em língua inglesa usamos esta estrutura para
expressarmos que a ação descrita foi a realizada por outra
pessoa e não nós mesmos.
É comum ouvirmos em língua portuguesa as pessoas
usando exemplos como: EU CORTEI MEUS CABELOS
/ EU CONSERTEI MEU CARRO e etc. Em língua
inglesa, estas frases seriam reescritas assim: I HAD MY
HAIR CUT / I HAD MY COMPUTER REPAIRED.
EXERCISES
BRASÍLIA — Brazil’s highest court has long viewed
itself as a bastion of manners and formality. Justices call
one another “Your Excellency,” dress in billowing robes
and wrap each utterance in grandiloquence, as if little had
changed from the era when marquises and dukes held
sway from their vast plantations.
In one televised feud, Mr. Barbosa questioned another
justice about whether he would even be on the court had
he not been appointed by his cousin, aformer president
impeached in 1992. With another justice, Mr. Barbosa
rebuked him over what the chief justice considered his
condescending tone, telling him he was not his
“capanga,” a term describing a hired thug.
160

1. In the sentence “A political system in which impunity
in politics has been the norm,” the verb phrase in the
future perfect tense becomes
a) would have been.
b) will have been.
c) will have being.
d) will been being.
A good portion of the Parthenon is still standing
having withstood centuries of such catastrophes as
earthquakes and bombardments by foreign invaders.
However, this moment of classical perfection is being
slowly eaten away by man's modern catastrophe,
pollution. More damage has been done to the Parthenon in
the past 30 years than in all the 2.000 years preceding
them. While parts have been restored, plans are presently
being discussed to remove the temple permanently from
its ancient site and place it in a museum.
Although the Parthenon is still being visited and
admired by thousands of people each year, the question
now being asked is "for how long?"
Source: ECKSTUT, S.; MILLER, T. Interlink. New York: Prentice Hall, 1987.
3. I'm sorry, but I _____ able to meet you for lunch
tomorrow.
2. O trecho do segundo quadrinho – I’m going to –
introduz uma
a) possibilidade.
b) dúvida.
c) resolução.
d) condição.
e) obrigação.
The Parthenon, one of the monuments erected on
the sacred rock of the Acropolis, is the major attraction
for visitors of the modern city of Athenas. It was built
between 447 and 438 B.C. as the holy sanctuary of the
goddess Athena.
a) haven't been
b) can't be
c) don't be
d) won't be
e) wasn't
THE LABORATORY OF URBANISM
1 For the first time in human history, early in the
next millennium, there will be more people living in cities
than on the rest of the planet. Until the late 19th century,
the world's urban population did not surpass 10% of the
human total. In the 20th century, that percentage has more
than quadrupled, and at the very beginning of the new era,
almost one-half of all humanity will live in an urban area.
The biggest problems and challenges of the next
millennium will certainly be urban. The solutions will
need to be urban too.
2 If the story will be that of the city and its
discontents, Latin America will be its paramount
laboratory. Latin America and the Caribbean have
exceeded the global trend in the past half-century.
Entering the next millennium, nearly 75% of the region's
population is urban, a level rapidly approaching those of
Europe and North America, up from less than 50% in
1950. Two of the five largest agglomerations in the world
- São Paulo and Mexico City, with populations in excess
of 16 million and 15 million, respectively - are in Latin
America, as well as three other megacities, 2 metropolitan
161

162
areas with more than 8 million residents each: Buenos
Aires, Rio de Janeiro and Lima. By 2015, Latin America
will be the most 3 urbanized region in the world, with an
estimated 364 million city dwellers, four metropolitan
areas of more than 10 million people, and 28% of the total
population living in cities of a million or more inhabitants
3 The consequences of this astounding
4
demographic shift, one that is almost unprecedented in
its magnitude and compressed time frame, will dominate
the region indefinitely. Rural Latin America is becoming
little more than the womb of urban Latin America. It will
be increasingly so in the decades ahead.
4 The reasons people migrate to cities are clear:
economic opportunity born of greater economic
productivity in the cities; and a better life than in the
country as a result of access to health care and other
services. Much is made of the 5 squalid and violent
conditions of the shantytowns that sprawl across the
region, but life expectancy levels of 6 urban dwellers far
exceed those for rural areas, as 1 do education levels and
most other standard-of-living measures.
Alberto Vourvoulias (excerpt). Time, May
4. In the sentence "For the first time..." (par.1), the future
form is used to express a prediction. In which of the
alternatives below is the future form used to express a
similar idea?
a) Will someone help me with the luggage?
b) It will snow heavily in two days' time.
c) If it rains, the match will be cancelled.
d) Don't worry. I'll watch your dog carefully.
e) Waiter, I'll have some salad for lunch.
YOU'LL FIND SOME MONSTER SAVINGS ON
BOOKS AT AMAZON.CO.UK
THE EASIEST WAY TO FIND AND BUY BOOKS.
Find the book you want from our on-line store in seconds
by author, title or subject. Then order with just one click
of the mouse.
THE WIDEST POSSIBLE SELECTION.
We can supply every book in print in the UK - well
OVER a million books - as well as hundreds of thousands
of the most popular US titles
THE GREATEST RANGE OF SAVINGS.
Everyday discounts on thousands of popular books at up
to 40% off.
Experience all this and more on the internet at amazon.co.uk. click with.
AMAZON.CO.UK. books for everyone. (London Review of Books.
April 1,)
5. No texto, a forma verbal em YOU'LL indica
a) hábito.
b) futuro.
c) necessidade.
d) permissão.
e) vontade.
Battling the Bloodlines
1 It's the small things the Brazilians do that annoy
some Japanese in Toyota City. The immigrants don't
throw their garbage where they are supposed to. They
gather outside and play loud music at night. They play a
strange card game that involves yelling "Truco!" at the
top of their lungs. To Japanese in one densely populated
public housing complex, it feels as if the foreigners are
closing in on them, the smoke from the barbecues
suffocating them, the Latin music drowning out an
imagined tranquility. Ten years ago there were 200
Brazilians in the complex. Today there are 3,500. "The
sidewalks are getting narrower," said a Japanese woman
as she maneuvered a grocery cart through a gathering of
Brazilian families. "There's no room for us anymore," said
her friend.
2 Foreigners of any stripe can be upsetting in
Japan, where conformity is a national creed and wa, the
concept of harmony, is integral to maintaining stability
and peace in a country of 126 million people crowded
onto four islands. "I don't think it's a good idea to
concentrate Brazilians in one place," said Masae Matsui.
Two years ago, a residents' association Matsui headed
proposed restricting the number of foreigners in his public
housing complex; in April, he was elected to the city
assembly.
3 The dark side of "wa", the part that excludes
outsiders, erupted into violence earlier this summer in
Toyota City, home to thousands of workers of the
carmaker Toyota, its subsidiaries and suppliers. After a
dispute with a noodle vendor got out of hand, about 100
supporters of a right-wing nationalist group paraded
around the public housing complex where 3,500

Brazilians live. They shouted through a loud-speaker,
"Foreigners go home," taunted the Brazilians to come out
and fight and waved metal pipes in the air.
Time, August, p.19.
6. "I don't think." Coloque na forma positiva e no tempo
futuro:
a) I do think
b) I am thinking
c) I think
d) I won't think
e) I'll think
7. CHECK THE CORRECT ANSWER.
We __________________ Karen next week.
a) going to visiting
b) is visiting
c) going to visit
d) are going to visit
Text - Part I : DAVID'S STORY
David Ndayisenga, a small boy from the north-eastern
province of a remote African country, is twelve years old.
He goes to Kagiza School, where he loves playing sports
and working in the school garden. He is bright,
mischievous, athletic, energetic and fearless. But David
hasn't always been such a bright and lively child.
He was born into a poor family with six children. His
father was a farmer with a small patch of land. When
David was a small child life was very hard. His father
worked long hours to make a living for his family but the
children were often hungry. David and his brothers helped
to grow maize, beans and potatoes and to look after the
goats and sheep. David's special job was to get water
every day.
8. Select the propositions which indicate FUTURE
TENSE: V-erdadeiro ou F-also.
( ) Paul and Mary are going to Africa in July.
( ) The children won't be hungry anymore.
( ) David is going to study in a good school.
( ) Gregoire is working in Africa now.
( ) David will be eleven years old next year.
9. Assinale a alternativa na qual se incluem a forma do
futuro simples e a forma do presente perfeito contínuo da
sentença a seguir:
a) Two teams of 11 players attempt to guide an inflated
ball into goal cages.
b) Two teams of 11 players will attempt to guide an
inflated ball into goal cages. Two teams of 11 players
have been attempting to guide an inflated ball into
goal cages.
c) Two teams of 11 players would attempt to guide an
inflated ball into goal cages. Two teams of 11 players
has been attempting to guide an inflated ball into goal
cages.
d) Two teams of 11 players attempted to guide an
inflated ball into goal cages. Two teams of 11 players
are attempting to guide an inflated ball into goal
cages.
e) Two teams of 11 players may attempt to guide an
inflated ball into goal cages. Two teams of 11 players
will be attempting to guide an inflated ball into goal
cages.
f) Two teams of 11 players do attempt guiding an
inflated ball into goal cages. Two teams of 11 players
will has attempted to guide an inflated ball into goal
cages.
When he was nine years old there was a terrible drought
in the country. The animals died, the crops failed and
families starved. Two of David's brothers died. Gregoire,
a volunteer worker, remembers the nine-year-old David:
'He was a frightened little boy. He'd lost two of his
brothers. He was thin and ill. He followed me everywhere
with his large, sad eyes.'
163

CAPÍTULO XIX - IF CLAUSES- CONDICIONAIS
As orações condicionais (if clauses) expressam a
dependência entre uma circunstância ou condição e um
fato ou resultado. Estas circunstâncias e fatos podem ser
presentes, passados ou futuros. Lembre-se de que estamos
trabalhando com períodos compostos, constituídos por
uma oração principal (main clause) e uma oração
dependente, no caso, oração subordinada condicional
(conditional clause). Uma frase condicional é formada por
duas orações:
Uma IF CLAUSE é uma oração condicional precedida de
um IF. A if Clause pode estar em tempos diferentes a
depender do que se quer transmitir.
Metals expand if you heat them. (Metais se expandem se
você os esquenta.)
3. If you don't eat for a long time, you become hungry.
(Se você não come(r) por bastante tempo, fica com fome.)
- Expressar situações gerais que são sempre verdade, quer
dizer, dada aquela condição expressa pela oração
condicional, obtém-se um resultado determinado.
4. If you press the button, the machine starts to work. (Se
você aperta(r) o botão, a máquina começa a funcionar.)
IF CLUSE MAIN CLAUSE Significado
Presente Futuro
Futuro
possível
Passado Condicional Presente irreal
Passado
Perfeito
Condicional Perfeito Passado irreal
5. If you touch the car, the alarm goes off. (Se você
toca(r) no carro, o alarme dispara.)
- Dar uma ordem ou instrução:
6. Please call me if you have any problems. (Por favor,
ligue para mim se você tiver algum problema.)
FIRST CONDITIONAL –
(FACTUAL OR PREDICTIVE)
Zero Conditional
É formada com as duas orações no presente.
ESTRUTURA VERBAL DA ZERO CONDITIONAL: if
+ simple present + simple present
É usada para:
- Expressar ações decorrentes de leis naturais ou
universais.
1. Fish die if they stay out of water. (Os peixes morrem se
ficam fora da água.)
2. If you heat water to 100 degrees Celsius, it boils. (Se
você esquenta(r) a água a 100 graus Celsius, ela ferve.)
7. If you need help, talk to the supervisor. (Se você
precisar de ajuda, fale com o supervisor.)
FACTUAL.
A Zero Conditional é também conhecida como
FACTUAL CONDITIONAL. Porque pode descrever ou
expressar relações entre eventos geralmente acontecendo
ou normalmente sendo VERDADE nas circunstãncias
descritas. Podendo, inclusive ser também utilizada com
verbos no passado simples (exemplo 6 ), ou como é mais
conecida por apresentar as duas formas verbais no
presente. ( exemplos 1 ao 5).
8.In the past, if you wanted something, you saved up for
it. (no passado, se quizessemos algo, economizávamos
para isso).
164

1. Futuro Possível
IF CLAUSE
Presente
Futuro
PREDICTIVE.
MAIN CLAUSE
Formas de futuro:
Will, Shall, To be + going to,
Imperative, Can, May, Must
Esta forma de condicional recebe também a nomenclatura
de PREDICTIVE CONDITIONAL – Apresenta o evento
principal na frase como possível no futuro (REAL
POSSIBILITY IN THE FUTURE) – para caracterizar
esta possibilidade, é crucial que façamos uso do auxiliary
WILL na oração principal, isso não nos impede de
usarmos o GOING TO, embora, não seja o mais indicado
pelos gramáticos mais conservadores.
1. If it doesn’t rain we will see the show. (se não chover,
nós iremos ao show)
2. Avelina is going to be here in 2 hours if the bus
doesn’t delay. (she vai estar aqui em 2 horas se o ônibus
não atrasar).
3. If you see my dad, tell him I have to go with Mary. (se
você vir meu pai, diga a ele que eu saí com Mary).
4. Don’t smoke if you see a NO SMOKING sign. (não
fume if vir um sinal de NÂO FUME).
5. If you want he can help us with this exercise. (se quizer
he pode nos ajudar com este exerício).
country. Though his mother is a Duchess, the title
1
__________ disguise the fact that there has never been a
royal child quite like Kate’s. For while William descends
from a line of monarchs, this baby boy’s maternal
grandparents 5 once worked for British Airways and now
run their own company.
This new prince will become the first British monarch
with working-class blood running through his veins.
Monarchy these days is a precarious business, and
increasingly hard to justify – not only in terms of the
funds taxpayers donate to the Crown, but in a wider world
in which royal families seem ever more anachronistic.
This baby has arrived at a time of profound social change
and evolution – 2 __________ is why I believe a royal
child with middle-class antecedents can provide the social
alchemy that will secure the future of the House of
Windsor.
William and Kate, a modern couple, lived together quite
openly for several years before their marriage, a 6 sensible
decision 7 condoned by the Queen, which 4 __________
been seen as unthinkable less than a decade earlier. This
was after prince Charles had moved in with his divorced
former mistress, Camila Parker Bowles, a situation that
would have been equally unacceptable a few years ago.
All this evidences a rapidly evolving monarchy. Who
would have suspected that the Queen would have been
seen 8 pretending to parachute into the Olympic stadium
with James Bond? And who 3 __________ predict how far
this process of evolution will have travelled by the time
the new prince reaches the throne? From the pit to the
Palace in three generations? Surely it is the perfect
fairytale for a nation that grows more middle-class 9 by the
year.
Adaptado de: THORTON, Michael. A very middle class baby who will secure the
future of the royal family. Daily Mail. 22 jul 2013. Disponível em: < http://www.
dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2374279/Kate-Middletongives-birth-middle-class-
Royal-baby-boy-securemonarchys-future.html>. Acesso em: 06 set. 2013.
1. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as
lacunas do segmento abaixo, na ordem em que aparecem.
If the present Queen __________ for another ten years,
Charles __________ to the throne at 75.
EXERCISES
Britain has met the heir who will certainly change the face
of monarchy for ever. Kate and William’s son enters this
world as a Royal Highness, destined to be king of his
a) survives – comes
b) survives – will come
c) will survive – comes
d) survived – can come
e) survives – would come
165

166
Recent advances in stem cell research are giving older
people the hope that they may soon be able to throw away
their dentures in favor of the real thing. £If this dental
dream becomes a reality, stem cells will be taken from the
patient, cultured in a lab and then reimplanted under the
gum in the patient's jaw where the tooth is missing. A
healthy tooth is expected to grow in two months. British
scientists have already successfully experimented on
mice, and similar experiments in humans are expected to
get underway shortly.
("Speak up" - - p.4)
2. What's the relation between the two clauses in the
sentence below?
"If this dental dream becomes a reality, stem cells will be
taken from the patient..." (ref. 2)
a) consequence.
b) conclusion.
c) result.
d) contrast.
e) condition.
Horribile Dictu*
Unnecessary words: you find them everywhere. For
instance, what is the all for when TV channels trail a
show as all new? Is it in opposition to partly new,
fractionally old, musty or refreshed? A long-running, and
much repeated, British television show recently put the
words 1 "All New" in front of the title of its latest episode
to alert viewers to the fact that it was not yet-another
"another chance to see." And when an accountant
employed by the commission of the European Union was
engaged in an act of whistle blowing - 2 warning that there
was some fraud and error in the accounting systems - a
spokesman said: 3 "We will be putting her in another
function, to put it mildly." 4 If he'd put it bluntly he would
apparently have said, 5 "She's been fired."
A local travel agent's shop is offering customers 6 the
chance to pre-book their winter holidays. But if you book
something, don't you necessarily do it "pre"? You can't
post-book, can you? "Good morning. I'd like to visit
Spain last week. I know it's short notice, but do you have
anything available?"
* Latin for "said in a horrible way" (Source: VERBATIM, Vol. XXVII, Nº3, 2002)
3. A forma condicional (ref. 6) expressa uma situação que
a) é possível no futuro.
b) é impossível de ocorrer.
c) jamais ocorreu.
d) pode ocorrer a qualquer momento.
e) ocorreu no passado.
(Cesgranrio) One of the major effects of eating too
much sugar is a high incidence of tooth decay. When we
eat something with sugar in it, particularly refined sugar,
enzymes in the saliva in the mouth begin to work
immediately to change that sugar into a type of
carbohydrate. As one eats, particles of the sugary food get
stuck between the teeth and around the gums. As the food
changes its chemical composition, the resultant
carbohydrate produces bacteria that begin to eat away at
the enamel on the outside of our teeth. This is actually the
decaying of the tooth. Now, if this process happens each
time we eat sugar, we can see that eating excessive
amounts of sugar causes more and more tooth decay. It is
true that some tooth decay can be avoided with immediate
brushing after eating, removing all the particles of food
trapped in the teeth. However, sweets are often eaten as
snacks between meals and during the day, times when
people generally do not brush after eating. Therefore, the
dangerous process of tooth decay is allowed to continue.
(Smalley, R. L. and Hank, M.R., REFINING COMPOSITION SKILLS.
Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., p.255.)
4. Mark the item that shows the correct ending to the
following sentence: "If the process happens each time we
eat sugar, we ..."
a) will have dental problems.
b) would have dental problems.
c) would have had dental problems.
d) could have dental problems.
e) may have had dental problems.
5. If he loses election, he __________ from public life.
a) retired
b) retire
c) going to retire
d) will retire
e) has retired

6. The word WHETHER in "...whether the media
alleviated their loneliness" (ref. 2) can be replaced by:
a) or.
b) if.
c) why.
d) how.
e) that.
GROW YOUR OWN TEETH
Recent advances in stem cell research are giving older
people the hope that they may soon be able to throw away
their dentures in favor of the real thing. If this dental
dream ___(I)___ a reality, stem cells ___(II)___ taken
from the patient, cultured in a lab and then reimplanted
under the gum in the patient's jaw where the tooth is
missing. A healthy tooth is expected to grow in two
months. British scientists have already successfully
experimented on mice, and similar experiments in humans
are expected to get underway shortly.
www.speakup.com.br
7. The words that properly fill in blanks I and II, in the
text, are:
01) BECAME and WILL BE.
02) HAD BECOME and WOULD HAVE BEEN.
03) WILL BECOME and WILL BE.
04) BECOMES and WILL BE.
05) WOULD BECOME and WERE.
8. “We need a new environmental consciousness on a
global basis. To do this, we need to educate people.” -
Mikhail Gorbachev.
(Disponível em http://edugreen.teri.res.in/misc/quotes.htm. Acesso em:
12.07.2011)
A opção que melhor apresenta a mensagem da citação de
Mikhail Gorbachev é:
a) If a new environmental consciousness is possible, the
global basis will appreciate it.
b) If we need a new environmental consciousness, we
should do our educated tasks.
c) If we needed educated people, a new environmental
consciousness would be gotten on a global basis.
d) If we were educated people, a new environmental
consciousness would be possible on a global basis.
e) If there is a new environmental consciousness on a
global basis, we will be educated people.
9. What is the correct way to complete the sentence
below?
I’m going to leave early tomorrow in case (1) ____ a lot
of traffic.
a) there to be
b) there would be
c) there will be
d) there are
e) there is
"IS ENGLISH SEXIST?"
Alan: Sometimes I wonder (1) the English language is
inherently sexist.
Jane: Well, (2) , although (3) languages are biased
in favor of men in a world where women and men are
properly regarded as equal. What I come up with is then
view that it's not the English language that is sexist, but
it's the users (4) are fantastically sexist.
(Adapted into dialog form from WOMAN WORDS, by Alan Rice, SPEAK UP,
October 1990, Nº 43, page 38.)
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir escreva nos parênteses a letra
(V) se a alternativa for verdadeira ou (F) se for falsa.
10. Select the correct choices to fill in the blank in item
01.
( ) ( ) that
( ) ( ) if
( ) ( ) which
( ) ( ) whether
( ) ( ) what
167

PART II.
168
2. Presente Irreal
IF CLAUSE
Passado
Condic
ional
SECOND CONDITIONAL
(HYPOTHETICAL).
MAIN CLAUSE
Formas de condicional: Would,
could, should e might.
Quando usamos a hipotética condicional, ela expressa a
nossa necessidade de especular sobre como as coisas
poderiam ter sido diferentes, como qdesejamos que as
coisas fossem diferentes, como podemos imaginar que as
coisas poderiam ser diferentes no futuro, etc.
A fim de expressar o irreal, o hipotético, o especulativo,
ou imaginado, Inglês adotou um hábito interessante de
mover o tempo do verbo um passo para trás. Pois a
segunda condicional (Hypothetical), é usada para
descrever que o evento desejado somente aconteria de
houvesse outro evento extraordinário para produzí-lo.
1-If you liked tennis, we could go play on the new courts.
(se você gostasse de tennis, nós poderiamos jogar nas
quadras novas).
2. If the Bulls won another championship, Roberto would
drive into Chicago for the celebration. (se os Bulls
ganhasse outro campeonato, Roberto me levaria até
Chicago para a celebração).
4. I wish I had tickets. (quizera que eu tivesse ingressos)
5. If they were available anywhere, I would pay any price
for them. (se eles estivessem disponíveis, eu pagaria
qualquer preço por eles).
6. If he were a good friend, he would buy them for me. (se
ele fosse um bom amigo, ele os teria comprado pra mim).
Atenção:
Quando se usa o verbo BE com a segunda condicional
(Hyppothetical), deverá aparecer escrito ou falado WERE,
independente do sujeito.
Isso que dizer que as regras do TO BE para HE, SHE, IT
não valem para esta condicional.
If I were forty cetimeters taller, I'd be one basketball
player. (se eu, Mister, tivesse quarenta centímetros a mais
de altura, eu seria um jogador de basquete).
Terrorism
EXERCISES
The term "terrorism" is controversial and has many
definitions, none of which are universally accepted. The
Oxford English Dictionary defines terrorism as "a policy
intended to strike with terror those against whom it is
adopted; the employment of methods of intimidation; the
fact of terrorizing or condition of being terrorized". It is
almost always used in a pejorative sense, to describe the
violence of an enemy as being immoral or wanton. No
known group describes itself as "terrorist".
Theories on the causes of terrorism include:
- sociological explanations which focus on the position of
the perpetrators in society
- conflict theory which includes their relationship to those
in power
- ideological explanations which focus on the differences
in ideology, and the different goals of the ideologies
- media theory explanations which treat terrorist acts as a
form of communication
Some anti-terrorist commentators refuse to consider the
causes, since that implies justification. For them, the
terrorists are simply evil people. Some theories of the
ethics of terrorism also exist, and they too are concerned
with moral judgment on terrorism and specific actions.
They do not attempt to explain its origins. They often
treat terrorism as a form of warfare, and refer to the just
war theory, and to war crimes law.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terrorism)

11. Indique a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
sentença:
"If some anti-terrorist commentators ................ the causes
of terrorism, they ................ justifications for it".
a) accept ... also accepted
b) don't refuse ... wouldn't refuse
c) accepted ... would also accept
d) wouldn't refuse ... didn't refuse
e) accepted ... won't refuse
01) would get away
02) gets away
03) got away
04) had got away
05) can get away
The following poem presents a different version of the
popular song “California Dreamin'” by The Mammas and
The Papas (1965).
Lady Astor MP:
"If you (I) my husband I (II) poison your coffee".
Churchill: "If you (III) my wife I (IV) drink it."
12. Os termos que melhor preenchem as lacunas I, II, III
e IV são:
a) were (I), would (II), were (III), had (IV).
b) was (I), would (II), was (III), would (IV).
c) were (I), had (II), were (III), had (IV).
d) was (I), could (II), was (III), would (IV).
e) were (I), would (II), were (III), would (IV).
DIANA HAD BEEN HOPING to get away by five, so
she could be at the farm in time for dinner. She tried not
to show her true feelings when at 4:37 her deputy, Phil
Haskins, presented her with a complex twelve-page
document that required the signature of a director before
it could be sent out the client. Haskins didn't hesitate to
remind her that they had lost two similar contracts that
week.
It was always the same on a Friday. The phones would go
quiet in the middle of the afternoon and then, just as she
thought she could slip away, an authorisation would land
on her desk. One glance at this particular document and
Diana knew there would be no chance of escaping before
six. (JEFFREY ARCHER, The Collected Short Stories, P. 1)
California Steamin'
By Clinton VanInman – Contributing Poet
All the tress are brown
And the sky is gray
I've been for a walk
On a greenhouse day.
I should be safe and sound now
If I was miles from L.A.
California steamin'
On such a sweltering day.
Stopped into a church
I stumbled along the way
Got down on my knees
And prayed for a rainy day.
You know the preacher likes it cold
Now that all his candles have melted away,
California steamin'
Please don't take my fan away.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 20 set. 2012.
Glossário:
13. Choose the item which best completes the sentence,
according to the passage:
Diana wouldn't be at the farm in time for dinner unless
she...by five.
steamin': fumegante
sweltering: abafado
stumbled: cambaleei
169

14. “I should be safe and sound now/ If I was miles from
L.A.” means that the poet
a) isn't in Los Angeles (L.A.).
b) feels free of danger in L.A.
c) is likely to move to another city.
d) wishes he was somewhere else.
e) regrets a past situation.
Blaming others can ruin your health
By Elizabeth Cohen, Senior Medical Correspondent. August 18, 2011 -- Updated
1837 GMT (0237 HKT)
(CNN) -- Kevin Benton had every reason to feel bitter.
During his sophomore year in college, he says, 1 white
students harassed him and the only other African-
American living on the floor in his dorm in order to get
them to move out. "I felt like I was being bullied, being
targeted," he says now of his college experience 19 years
ago.
This was the first time in his life Benton had encountered
racism and it hit him hard. He had trouble sleeping, and
then over the next several months he suffered panic
attacks. Admitted to the hospital, he was found to have
hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, or thickening of the
muscles in the heart. The disease is the leading cause of
heart-related sudden death in people under 30.
After some time, Benton could forgive the students who
had tormented them, and three days later, he walked out
of the hospital. 2 "If I hadn't forgiven them, I'd be dead,"
says Benton, now healthy and a social worker for the
Philadelphia Department of Human Services.
CNN’s Sabriya Rice contributed to this report.
Condensed from: CNN International
Available. Access: August 18 th , 2011.
170
15. In the text, the sentence “If I hadn’t forgiven them,
I’d be dead, [...]” (ref. 2) means that
a) Benton forgave the other boys because he didn’t want
to die.
b) Benton forgave the boys. As a result, he was healthy
again.
c) after the boys who harassed him died, Benton forgave
them.
d) before Benton died, he forgave the boys who
harassed him.
16.
Considere as seguintes asserções:
- Em "We're" e "they'd", "'re" e "'d" são, respectivamente,
contrações de flexões verbais dos verbos __I__ e __II__ .
- Uma outra forma de expressar a oração "If we told you
everything, they'd have to kill us." é __III__ .
A opção que melhor preenche as lacunas I, II e III é
a) I - are; II - would; III -They'd kill us, unless we told
you everything.
b) I - are; II - had; III - They had to kill us, unless we
told you everything.
c) I - were; II - would; III - Unless we told you
everything, they would have to kill us.
d) I - were; II - could; III - Unless we told you
everything, they could kill us.
e) I - are; II - would; III - They wouldn't have to kill us,
unless we told you everything.

17. Considere a imagem a seguir
PART III.
3. Passado Irreal
IF CLAUSE
MAIN CLAUSE
Passado
Perfeito
Condicional
Perfeito
Formas de condicional
perfeito:
would
could
Participio Passado
+ HAVE + do
should
Verbo Princinpal
might
(COUNTERFACTUAL).
THIRD CONDITIONAL
Qual seria o correspondente, no passado, de "if I ever
catch ..... I'll wash ..... "?
a) If I ever were to catch ... I'll wash.
b) If I ever caught ... I'd wash.
c) If I ever would catch ... I washed.
d) If I ever caught ... I'd have washed.
e) If I had ever caught ... I would wash.
18. Assinale a alternativa correta.
I did not think she __________come.
a) was
b) were
c) would
d) don't
e) doesn't
19. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna da frase a seguir:
If he put it this way, everybody.....with him.
a) would agree
b) should have agreed
c) will agree
d) would has agreed
e) agreeded
A Terceira Condicional (Counterfactual) é usada para
descrever um evento impossível de acontecer, pois trata de
ações passadas que não poderão/poderiam ser reeditadas,
porque não aconteceram.
Esta impossibilidade é tanto em tempo quanto possibilidade.
Observe a explicação do exmplo:
Last week you bought a lottery ticket. But you did not win.
(semana passada você comprou um bilhete da loteria. Mas
você não ganhou).
If you had won the lottery you would have bought a car. (se
você tivesse ganhado na loteria, você teria comprado um
carro).
Está claro que a ação descritA é impossível de acontecer,
uma vez que, o prêmio da loteria não foi ganho.
1 - If I had seen Mary, I would have told her. (se eu
tivesse visto Mary, eu teria ditto à ela).
2 - If Sara had been free yesterday, I would have invited
her. (se Sara tivesse livre ontem, eu teria convidado ela).
3 - If they had not passed their exam, their teacher would
have been sad. (se eles não tivessem passado na prova, o
professor deles teria ficado triste).
4 - If it had rained yesterday, would you have stayed at
home? (se tivesse chovido ontem, eu teria ficado em casa).
171

172
EXERCISES
The International English Language Testing System
The IELTS is an increasingly valuable
worldwide test to assess your proficiency in English. It
tests all four skills - Reading, Writing, Listening, and
Speaking. There are two options offered - Academic and
General Training. The Academic option is for those who
wish to undertake undergraduate or postgraduate studies
in an English-speaking country, whereas the General
Training option is for emigration purposes, to take a
secondary course or a professional training course.
Universities in Great Britain, Canada, Australia,
New Zealand and a growing number in the USA and
Europe ask for the IELTS as proof that a foreign student
is able to study and live in an English-speaking country.
In Brazil, when applying for a grant, it is one of the
English language tests applicants are asked to present to
CNPq, CAPES, FAPESP and other funding institutions,
including The British Council. Not only for study
purposes but also for those who wish for funding to
present papers at conferences, do training courses or
training programmes abroad.
A candidate may take the test more than once, however,
there must be a three-month interval between one test and
the next. Additionally there is no expire date, but a
University or agency may ask for a more recent result if
the test was taken a long time ago. (Eddie Edmundson, R. Turner,
M. Hermens, A.Francis. "New Routes", n°. 10, July 2000.)
20. Candidates who get a poor result always regret: "If I
had studied more before sitting for the test, I __________
it".
a) would pass
b) passed
c) have passed
d) would have passed
e) had passed
21. The sentence that contains "if-clauses" correctly used
is:
a) If you don't vote, you wouldn't have a say in the
future of your country.
b) Would you get married if you had been in love?
c) George might have become an architect if he went to
school.
d) If she was traveling far, she always flies.
e) If I had had money, I would have moved.
22. I'd have gone to that party if they _______ me.
a) have invited
b) had invited
c) will invite
d) are inviting
YES, BIG BROTHER IS WATCHING
George Orwell, in case you didn't know it, was a genius.
His legendary novel, 1984, written at the end of the
1940s, offered a chillingly prophetic vision of a future in
which "Big Brother" watched your every move. The
surveillance was conducted through television sets, which
were omnipresent. When the real 1984 came around 35
years later, it was observed that "In Orwell's novel,
television watched everybody: in reality today everybody
watches television". But this witty observation was made
about a decade before the advent of the Internet. If
Orwell's book were to be rewritten, with citizens being
monitored by their web activity, rather than by television,
then you would have a nightmare vision of a world that is
already coming into existence.Interview by Michele Molinari.
Adapted from http://www.speakup.com.br
23. The sentence "If Orwell's book were to be rewritten,
you would have a nightmare vision of the world" in the
THIRD CONDITIONAL will be:
a) If Orwell's book had to been rewritten, you would
have been a nightmare vision of the world.
b) If Orwell's book had been rewritten, you would have
had a nightmare vision of the world.
c) If Orwell's book had rewritten, you would have a
nightmare vision of the world.
d) If Orwell's book had been rewriting, you would had
have a nightmare vision of the world.
e) If Orwell's book had rewritten, you would have been
a nightmare vision of the world.
"THE CHINESE KNOW: _________________"
If you run into someone you know on the street in
Taiwan, he's likely to greet you by asking, "Have you
eaten?" The polite thing to do is say yes, but even if you
haven't, it's likely that you'll be having a real meal soon.

In Taiwan, good food is never hard to find. Restaurants
are three or four to a block, and outdoor grocery markets
flourish like dandelions after a rainstorm. Outdoor cafés
line the streets during the day, while stands selling snacks
are a big attraction of the popular night markets, where
you can buy anything from Hello Kitty toasters to leather
shoes.
Cities like Paris and Florence come close to competing on
the food front, but they can't surpass the sheer variety that
a walk down any street in Taipei reveals. From one
direction comes the rich smell of frying bread, from
another the aroma of boiled pork dumplings and from yet
another fermented or "smelly" bean curd, a Chinese
favorite. Even the raw fruits and vegetables in the markets
give off their own sweet smell.
Shirliey Fung, NEWSWEEK (adapted)
24. The sentence "If you run into someone on the street
in Taiwan, he's likely to greet you by asking 'Have you
eaten?' " in the THIRD CONDITIONAL will be:
a) If you had run into someone on the street in Taiwan,
he might have probably greeted you by asking 'Have
you eaten?'
b) If you ran into someone on the street in Taiwan, he
would have been likely to greet you by asking 'Have
you eaten?'
c) If you ran into someone on the street in Taiwan, he
would likely greet you by asking 'Have you eaten?'
d) If you had run into someone on the street in Taiwan,
he would have been likely to greet you by asking
'Had you been eaten?'
e) If you could run into someone on the street in
Taiwan, he would have likely to greet you by asking
'Have you eaten?'
The Tarantula
Legend and Reality
The Tarantula is a legenary spider named for the city of
Taranto in Italy. In the 6th century many people in
Taranto suffered from the bites of spiders (experts today
think they were black widow spiders). People called the
spiders 'tarantulas' and the only antidote to the bites was
to dance! They called the dance the tarantella. Today, the
tarantula still has a terrible reputation; it frequently
appears in novels and movies as a symbol of horror and
danger.
The reality is different. Today we use the name 'tarantula'
for an enormous spider (Theraphosa leblondi) which lives
principally in tropical areas of Africa and North and
South America. Although it is very big (a female adult
measures 9 cm) and poisonous, the tarantula does not
represent a serious problem for people. It does not make a
web like other spiders but hunts its prey on the ground,
usually at night. Its prey consists of insects, scorpions,
small mammals such as rats, small snakes and other small
reptiles, and even birds.
A female tarantula (which often kills and eats the male!)
lays hundreds of eggs. The survivors ride on the mother's
back for some weeks. In the first three years of their life
they grow from 4 to 16 mm and reach a weight of 8
grams. A tarantula is mature when it is ten years old and
some live for twenty years. But life is dangerous for these
ferocious spiders, too: only 2% of tarantulas reach
maturity.
TAYLOR, James et al. Impact, 3. SP: Macmillan do Brasil, 1995
25. According to the text, one alternative is correct:
If the Italian tarantula had been so poisonous, a lot of
people
a) will be killed.
b) would have to kill.
c) would have killed.
d) would be killed.
e) would have been killed.
The International English Language Testing System
The IELTS is an increasingly valuable
worldwide test to assess your proficiency in English. It
tests all four skills - Reading, Writing, Listening, and
Speaking. There are two options offered - Academic and
General Training. The Academic option is for those who
wish to undertake undergraduate or postgraduate studies
in an English-speaking country, whereas the General
Training option is for emigration purposes, to take a
secondary course or a professional training course.
Universities in Great Britain, Canada, Australia,
New Zealand and a growing number in the USA and
Europe ask for the IELTS as proof that a foreign student
is able to study and live in an English-speaking country.
In Brazil, when applying for a grant, it is one of the
English language tests applicants are asked to present to
CNPq, CAPES, FAPESP and other funding institutions,
173

including The British Council. Not only for study
purposes but also for those who wish for funding to
present papers at conferences, do training courses or
training programmes abroad.
A candidate may take the test more than once,
however, there must be a three-month interval between
one test and the next. Additionally there is no expire date,
but a University or agency may ask for a more recent
result if the test was taken a long time ago.
(Eddie Edmundson, R. Turner, M. Hermens, A. Francis. New Routes, nº 10, July
2000.)
26. Candidates who get a poor result always regret: "If I
had studied more before sitting for the test, I __________
it".
a) would pass
b) passed
c) have passed
d) would have passed
e) had passed
174

CAPÍTULO XX -
SUBSTANTIVOS
Substantivos Concretos - Concrete Nouns
Os Substantivos Concretos referem-se a objetos e seres
que existem fisicamente. É possível experienciar esse
grupo de substantivos através de nossos cinco sentidos: o
substantivo concreto pode ser visto, tocado, cheirado,
ouvido, provado. Exemplos: radio (rádio), spaghetti
(espaguete), piano (piano), onions (cebolas), fire (fogo),
perfume (perfume), sun (sol), clock (relógio de parede ou
de mesa), watch (relógio de pulso ou de bolso).
Clocks, watches (relógios), por exemplo, existem
fisicamente. Podemos vê-los, utilizá-los para saber as
horas, quebrá-los, etc. O tempo, no entanto, é uma noção
abstrata, fora de nosso alcance físico. Time (tempo),
portanto, não é um substantivo concreto, e sim, abstrato.
Um substantivo concreto pode ser contável ou
incontável, e estar na forma singular ou plural. São
dividos em Comuns, Próprios e Coletivos:
Substantivos Comuns - Common Nouns
Os Substantivos Comuns designam os seres de uma
espécie, de forma genérica: dog (cachorro), cat (gato),
girl (garota), man (homem), water (água), flower (flor),
table (mesa), etc.
Substantivos Próprios - Proper Nouns
Os Substantivos Próprios referem-se a um ser em
particular ou a nomes próprios. São sempre iniciados
com letra maiúscula: Alice, The Danube (O Danúbio),
Canada (Canadá), London (Londres), The Alps (Os
Alpes), Mr. Johnson (Sr. Johnson).
Substantivos Coletivos - Collective Nouns
Os Substantivos Coletivos indicam um conjunto de
pessoas, animais, coisas, alimentos ou seres mitológicos
da mesma espécie.
Os coletivos, geralmente, dispensam que se mencione o
substantivo ao qual se referem. Por exemplo, não é
preciso dizer: "uma alcatéia de lobos", basta dizer "uma
alcatéia", pois já se sabe que se trata de um grupo de
lobos.
Porém, se o significado do substantivo coletivo não for
específico, deve-se nomear o ser ao qual se quer fazer
referência. Por exemplo: "a colony of ants" ou "a colony
of rats"; "a band of birds" ou "a band of men".
Apresentamos uma lista com alguns substantivos
coletivos do Inglês:
PEOPLE (PESSOAS)
ambush (grupo, legião) - of widows (de viúvas)
audience (audiência) - of spectators (de espectadores),
of listeners (de ouvintes)
army (exército) - of soldiers (de soldados)
band (bando) - of men (de homens)
banner (legião, tropa) - of knights (de cavaleiros)
bark (cambada) - of cynics (de cínicos)
bench (banca, magistratura) - of magistrates (de
magistrados)
bevy (grupo) - of beauties (de beldades)
board (quadro) - of directors (de diretores)
brigade (brigada) - of soldiers (de soldados)
brood (grupo) - of researchers (de pesquisadores)
cast (elenco) - of actors (de atores)
choir (coro) - of singers (de cantores), of angels (de
anjos)
chorus (coro) - of angels (de anjos)
class (turma) - of students (de alunos)
company (companhia, exército) - of soldiers (de
soldados)
congregation (congregação) - of worshippers (de
adoradores, veneradores)
crew (tripulação) - of sailors (de marinheiros)
crowd (multidão) - of people (de pessoas), of
onlookers (de espectadores)
den (corja, quadrilha) - of thieves (de ladrões)
175

division (divisão) - of soldiers (de soldados)
drift (grupo) - of lecturers (de conferencistas)
faculty (faculdade) - of academics (de acadêmicos)
flock (grupo) - of tourists (de turistas)
gang (bando, gangue) - of hoodlums (de bandidos,
crimonosos, malfeitores)
podemos degustá-la. "Wisdom" faz barulho? Com
certeza, não. Tem algum cheiro? Tampouco!
Analise o quadro abaixo. Apresentamos substantivos
abstratos relacionando-os com alguns concretos:
Abstract Nouns
Concrete Nouns
handful - of children (de crianças)
huddle (grupo, conjunto) - of lawyers (de advogados)
jury (júri) - of judges (de juízes)
mob (quadrilha) - of thieves (de ladrões)
neverthriving - of jugglers (de ilusionistas, mágicos,
malabaristas, prestidigitadores)
orchestra (orquestra) - of musicians (de músicos)
panel (painel) - of experts (de especialistas)
peloton (pelotão) - of cyclists (de ciclistas)
beauty (beleza)
bravery (bravura,
coragem)
convenience
(conveniência)
happiness (felicidade)
intelligence
(inteligência)
success (sucesso)
truth (verdade)
tree (árvore), face (rosto)
fire fighter [bombeiro(a)],
soldier [soldado(a)]
computer (computador), credit
card (cartão de crédito)
car (carro), ice cream (sorvete)
student (estudante), researcher
[pesquisador(a)]
keyboard (teclado), singer
[cantor(a)]
polygraph (polígrafo)
shush (equipe, grupo, quadro) - of librarians (de
bibliotecários)
squad (esquadrão) - of soldiers (de soldados)
staff (equipe, grupo, quadro) - of employees (de
funcionários)
team (time) - of athletes (de atletas)
tribe (tribo) - of natives (de nativos)
Substantivos Abstratos - Abstract Nouns
A segunda grande categoria de substantivos são os
Abstratos. Ao contrário dos Concretos, não é possível
experenciarmos um substantivo Abstrato com nossos
sentidos. Eles se referem a idéias, sentimentos, estados,
qualidades, ações e outras abstrações de nossas mentes.
Por exemplo:
ability (habilidade), anger (raiva), courage (coragem),
effort (esforço), fear (medo), goodness (bondade), love
(amor), movement (movimento), nature (natureza),
sadness (tristeza), speed (velocidade), trip (viagem), joy
(alegria), wisdom (sabedoria).
Às vezes defende-se que deve ser evitado, se possível, o
uso de muitos substantivos abstratos. Embora um texto
recheado deles possa ser extenuantemente longo, e
mesmo difícil de ser compreendido, os exemplos que
citamos mostram que a lista de substantivos abstratos
contém muitas palavras que são freqüentemente
utilizadas na fala informal, em assuntos do dia-a-dia.
Não teria sentido evitar usá-las, o que seria desvantajoso
e improdutivo.
Gênero dos Substantivos - Gender of Nouns
Há três gêneros de substantivos em Inglês:
Masculino (masculine): boy (menino), man (homem),
waiter (garçom), brother (irmão), groom (noivo);
Feminino (feminine): girl (menina), woman (mulher),
waitress (garçonete), sister (irmã), bride (noiva);
Neutro (neuter): boat (barco), shirt (camisa), person
(pessoa), lawyer (advogado ou advogada), shark
(tubarão).
Que cor tem "effort"? Não podemos saber porque não
podemos vê-lo. Que textura tem "anger"? Não podemos
tocá-la. Que gosto tem "trip" ? Não temos noção, nós não
Divisões do Gênero dos Substantivos
A maioria dos substantivos que se referem a pessoas e a
suas profissões/funções são neutros, isto é, tem a mesma
forma para o masculino e para o feminino.
176

Exemplos:
doctor - médico / médica
lawyer advogado / advogada
monarch o monarca / a monarca
teacher professor / professora
cook - cozinheiro / cozinheira
student aluno, o estudante / aluna, a estudante
driver - o motorista / a motorista
translator - o tradutor / a tradutora
guest - o convidado / a convidada
Existem, no entanto, substantivos que se referem a
pessoas e animais e que apresentam uma forma para o
masculino e uma forma diferente para o feminino:
Gênero com palavras diferentes:
boy (menino)
man (homem)
brother (irmão)
son (filho)
uncle (tio)
father (pai)
groom (noivo)
husband (esposo, marido)
nephew (sobrinho)
girl (menina)
woman (mulher)
sister (irmã)
daughter (filha)
aunt (tia)
mother (mãe)
bride (noiva)
wife (esposa, mulher)
niece (sobrinha)
Gênero através de Sufixação (terminações
diferentes):
prince (príncipe)
waiter (garçom)
baron (barão)
actor (ator)
god (deus)
lion (leão)
grandfather (avô)
executor (executor)
prosecutor (promotor
público)
hero (herói)
sultan (sultão)
czar (tzar)
princess (princesa)
waitress (garçonete)
baroness (baronesa)
actress (atriz)
goddess (deusa)
lioness (leoa)
grandmother (avó)
executrix (executora)
prosecutrix (promotora
pública)
heroine (heroína)
sultana (sultana)
czarina (tzarina)
Gênero através de prefixação: Adiciona-se man ou
maid para pessoas, he ou she para animais e cock ou
hen para aves.
anservant
(criado)
maidservant
(criada)
he bear (urso) she bear (ursa)
cock
pigeon
(pombo)
hen
pigeon
(pomba)
king (rei)
lord (lorde)
host (anfitrião)
bachelor (solteirão)
monk (monje)
wizard (bruxo)
dog (cachorro)
horse (cavalo)
rooster (galo)
drake (pato)
ram (carneiro)
queen (rainha)
lady (dama)
hostess (anfitriã)
spinster (solteirona)
nun (freira)
witch (bruxa)
bitch (cadela)
mare (égua)
hen (galinha)
duck (pata)
ewe (ovelha)
Plural dos Substantivos - Plural of Nouns. REGRA
GERAL:
À semelhança do Português, a maioria dos
substantivos tem seu plural formado a partir do
acréscimo de "s" ao seu singular:
book - books (livros)
cat - cats (gatos)
computer - computers (computadores)
cup - cups (xícaras)
garden – gardens (jardins)
sweatshirt - sweatshirts (blusões de moletom)
table - tables (mesas)
week - weeks (semanas)
177

Exceções? Não poderia deixar de haver! E se pensarmos
nos nossos substantivos em Português, veremos que
também existem exceções na formação de seu plural, o
que chamamos de plurais irregulares:
rim - rinsanel - anéisbarril - barriscachecol -
cachecóis
A seguir, apresentamos uma relação desses casos
especiais de formação do plural em Inglês:
1. Substantivos que terminam em ch, s, ss, sh, x, z e a
maioria dos substantivos que terminam em o:
acrescenta-se es no final. Exemplos:
-z:topaz - topazes (topázios)
Exceção: A maioria dos substantivos terminados
em somente um z, no entanto, tem plural em -zzes.
Exemplo: quiz - quizzes
-o:
echo - echoes (ecos)
superhero - superheroes (super-heróis)
potato - potatoes (batatas)
tomato – tomatoes (tomates)
one dress
one buzz
ch:church
match
watch
a rack of dresses (uma
estante de roupas)
many buzzes of many
bees (muitos zunidos de
muitas abelhas)
churches (igrejas)
matches (fósforos)
watches (relógios)
Exceções: Nas formas reduzidas e nos vocábulos de
origem estrangeira terminados em o, porém,
acresecenta-se apenas s:
avocado
avocados (abacates)
cello cellos (violoncelos)
commando
commandos (comandos)
Exceções: Substantivos que terminam em ch com som
de /K/: acrescenta-se apenas s
dynamo
Eskimo
dynamos (dínamos)
Eskimos (Esquimós)
conch - conchs (conchas)
monarch - monarchs (monarcas)
patriarch - patriarchs (patriarcas)
stomach – stomachs (estômagos)
ghetto ghettos (guetos)
kilo kilos (quilos)
libretto librettos (libretos)
-s:
bus - buses (ônibus)
-ss:
class - classes (aulas)
glass - glasses (copos)
kiss - kisses (beijos)
logo
magneto
photo
piano
logos (logotipos)
magnetos (magnetos)
photos (fotos)
pianos
-sh:
brush -brushes (escovas)
crash - crashes (colisões)
flash - flashes (lampejos)
wish - wishes (desejos)
portfolio portfolios
radio radios (rádios)
solo solos (solos)
soprano sopranos (sopranos)
-x:
box - boxes (caixas)
fox - foxes (raposas)
studio
tango
studios (estúdios)
tangos (tangos)
178

video
virtuoso
videos (vídeos)
virtuosos (virtuosos)
2. Substantivos que terminam em vogal + y:
acrescenta-se somente -s no final. Exemplos:
boy - boys (meninos)
day - days (dias)
donkey - donkeys (burros)
essay - essays (ensaios)
guy - guys (caras, sujeitos, rapazes)
key - keys (chaves)
monkey - monkeys (macacos)
play - plays (peças)toy - toys (brinquedos
5. Plural irregular com troca de vogais: alguns
substantivos não seguem a regra geral e têm uma forma
própria de plural, que chamamos de plural irregular. As
formas irregulares do plural apresentam diversas
formações. A mais comum delas é a troca de vogais.
Veja os exemplos:
man
woman
gentleman
child
*ox
person
tooth
foot
goose
mouse
men (homens)
women (mulheres)
gentlemen (cavalheiros)
children (crianças)
oxen (bois)
people (pessoas)
teeth (dentes)
feet (pés)
geese (gansos)
mice (camundongos)
Exceção: o plural da palavra soliloquy (monólogo)
não segue essa regra, ficando soliloquies.
louse
die
lice (piolhos)
dice (dados)
Substantivos que terminam em consoante + y: retira-se
o y e acrescenta-se -ies. Observe:
body (corpo)
city (cidade)
country (país)
dictionary (dicionário)
family (família)
ferry (balsa)
fly (mosca)
lady (senhora, dama)
party (festa)
sky (céu)
story (narrativa)
baby (bebê)
bodies
cities
countries
dictionaries
families
ferries
flies
ladies
parties
skies
Stories
babies
Substantivos que terminam em -oo: acrescenta-se
somente -s no final. Exemplos:
Children e child, além de crianças/criança, significam
filhos/filho, de ambos os sexos e de qualquer idade.
Exs.: How many children do you have? (Quantos filhos
vocês tem?)
Do you have any child between the ages of 5 and 15?
(Vocês têm filhos nas idades entre 5 ou 15 anos?)
6. Plural Irregular terminado em -ves: em treze dos
substantivos que terminam em -f ou -fe trocam-se essas
letras por -ves:
calf
elf
half
leaf
life
knife
loaf
calves (bezerros)
elves (elfos, duendes)
halves (metades)
leaves (folhas)
lives (vidas)
knives (facas)
loaves (pães de forma)
cuckoo
cuckoos (cucos)
bamboo
zoo
bamboos (bambus)
zoos (jardins zoológicos)
self
sheaf
selves (egos)
sheaves (feixes)
shelf
shelves (prateleiras)
179

thief thieves (ladrões)
wife wives (esposas)
wolf wolves (lobos)
Alguns substantivos terminados em -f ou -fe podem
seguir a regra geral (acréscimo de -s ao final da forma
singular) ou trocar o -f/-fe por -ves:
scarf scarfs/scarves (cachecóis)
dwarf dwarfs/dwarves (anões)
hoof hoofs/hooves (cascos)
wharf wharfs/wharves (cais)
staffs/staves (equipes, quadros de
staff
funcionários, departamentos)
Observação: as formas scarves, hooves e wharves são
mais utilizadas.
Os demais substantivos terminados em -f ou -fe seguem
a regra geral de acréscimo do -s:
belief
beliefs (crenças)
brief
briefs (sumários, resumos)
cliff
cliffs (penhascos)
chief
chiefs (chefes)
cuff
cuffs (punhos de camisa)
grief
griefs (dores, sofrimentos)
handkerchief handkerchiefs (lenços)
roof
roofs (telhados)
gulf
gulfs (golfos)
safe
safes (cofres)
proof
proofs (provas)
cuff
cuffs (punhos de manga, bainhas)
reef
reefs (recifes)
7. Substantivos que têm a mesma forma tanto no
singular quanto no plural:
aircraft - aeronave(s)
deer - veado(s)
elk - alce(s)
180
fish* - peixe(s)
grouse - galinha(s) silvestre(s)
salmon - salmão(ões)
sheep - carneiro(s)
shrimp - camarão(ões)trout - truta(s)
*admite também o plural fishes (raro).
Alguns substantivos terminados em -s também têm a
mesma forma tanto para o singular quanto para o
plural. Nesses casos, o verbo correspondente também
vai para para o plural.
These stairs are too steep. (Essas escadas são muito
íngremes.)Good clothes usually are expensive.
(Roupas boas geralmente são caras.)
alms
barracks
clothes
credentials
crossroads
headquarters
works
means
oats
outskirts
esmola(s),
donativo(s),
caridade(s)
quartel(éis)
roupa(s)
credencial(is)
cruzamento(s) (de
ruas, de estradas) ,
encruzilhada(s),
ponto(s) crucial(is)
quartel(éis)
fábrica(s)
meios(s)
aveia(s)
margem(ns) da
cidade, cercanias
riches
bens, riquezas(s)
Swiss
series série(s)
species espécie(s)
general(is),
centro(s) de
operações
suiço(s)

stairs
surrondings
thanks
escada(s)
arredor(es)
agradecimento(s)
EXERCISES:
As Parelhas:
as "parelhas" (também chamadas pluralia tantrum) são
substantivos que designam coisas quem têm duas partes
iguais, "um par de" (exemplos: óculos). Essas palavras
só existem no plural, não possuem forma singular. Seus
equivalentes em Português apresentam-se no singular:
These jeans were expensive. - E não "This jeans was..."
(Este jeans foi caro.) - Note que a palavra jeans em
português fica no singular.
I'm looking for some violet jeans. - E não "...a violet
jeans"(Eu procuro um jeans violeta)
Where are my glasses? - E não "Where is my glasses?"
(Onde estão meus óculos?) - Neste caso em português
"óculos" também tem sua forma no plural.
Para expressar o singular dessas palavras, pode-se usar
"a pair of":
- Have you got a pair of nail-scissors? (Vocês tem
uma tesoura de unha?)
- binoculars - binóculo(s)
- belongins - pertences
- drawers - ceroulas
- glasses / eyeglasses / spectacles - óculos
Brazil police occupy Rio favela in World Cup
operation
Brazilian security forces have occupied one of Rio de
Janeiro's biggest slums as part of a major crackdown
ahead of the 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics.
Some 800 police and special forces moved into the
Mangueira shantytown, without needing to fire a shot,
having announced the raid in advance.
The slum – or favela – is close to Rio's famous Maracana
stadium, where the World Cup final will be played.
The pre-dawn operation involved armoured vehicles and
helicopters.
According to the newspaper, O Globo, leaflets were
thrown out of the helicopters, some with photos of
wanted criminals. Others were printed with the police
special forces' telephone number so that residents could
pass on information about drugs traffickers or weapons.
BBC Brazil correspondent Paulo Cabral says most of
Mangueira's residents co-operated with the operation, as
they want to rid the area of drug dealers.
He says that Rio's authorities are making an effort to
gain the trust of those living in the slums, who – after
decades of abuse – have got used to seeing the police as
their enemy.
Mangueira – home to one of Rio's most famous samba
schools – is the 18th favela that the authorities have
occupied recently.
Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-latin-america-13833037
- headphones - fone(s) de ouvido
- jeans - jeans
- knickers - calcinha(s)
- outskirts - margem(s) da cidade
- scales - balança(s)
- scissors - tesoura(s)
- shorts - shorts
- slack / pants / trousers - calça(s)
1. Mark the noun that does NOT have the same plural
form as in residents:
a) Criminals.
b) Forces.
c) Women.
d) Slums.
e) Dealers.
- pliers - alicate(s)
- pyjamas / pajamas - pijama(s)
181

2.
tail.
4. So, the next time there is a full moon, go outside and
take a look. What do you see?
(Fonte: Astronomy, Sept.)
3. GODDESS (ref. 3) é a forma feminina de GOD.
lndique a opção em que a formação do feminino está
como INCORRETA.
a) steward - stewardess.
b) priest - priestess.
c) duke - duchess.
d) emperor - empress.
e) consul - consuless.
Which alternative shows the correct plural form of the
words given?
a) mouse - mice / goose - geese / phenomenon -
phenomena / deer - deer
b) mouse - mices / chick - chicken / person - persons /
child - children
c) mouse - mouses / goose - geeses / deer - deers /
news - news
d) mouse - mouses / new - newses / bus - buses /
person - people
e) mouse - mises / child - children / police - polices /
news - news
1 Swiss cheese? Roquefort? Is it Gouda? Well...
we all know the moon isn't really made of cheese.
Cheese is just one of the many different images seen in
the charcoal-gray, black, and white markings 1 created by
various lunar craters and basins.
2 The most famous of these is "the man on the
moon", whose face looks like a jack-o'-lantern. But that
is not the only figure you can find. The Native American
Haida people in British Columbia see a woman who
carries a bucket, while the ancient Greeks believed the
full moon was the 3 goddess Selene riding her silver
chariot across the sky.
3 Animal figures have also been popular. The
Chinese see a rabbit in the dark areas and a toad in the
white. A rabbit may be the most common figure seen on
the moon, with cultures in southeast Asia, Korea, and
Japan, as well as the ancient Maya and Aztec
civilizations all discerning a bunny's form with ears and
Text - Part I : DAVID'S STORY
David Ndayisenga, a small boy from the north-eastern
province of a remote African country, is twelve years
old. He goes to Kagiza School, where he loves playing
sports and working in the school garden. He is bright,
mischievous, athletic, energetic and fearless. But David
hasn't always been such a bright and lively child.
He was born into a poor family with six children. His
father was a farmer with a small patch of land. When
David was a small child life was very hard. His father
worked long hours to make a living for his family but the
children were often hungry. David and his brothers
helped to grow maize, beans and potatoes and to look
after the goats and sheep. David's special job was to get
water every day.
When he was nine years old there was a terrible drought
in the country. The animals died, the crops failed and
families starved. Two of David's brothers died. Gregoire,
a volunteer worker, remembers the nine-year-old David:
'He was a frightened little boy. He'd lost two of his
brothers. He was thin and ill. He followed me
everywhere with his large, sad eyes.'
Text - Part II
1 David might have died during the drought like
his brothers. He might never have gone to school. He
might have stayed on the farm all his life. But, when he
was ten years old, a British family decided to sponsor
1 him. Paul and Mary Browning remember the day 2 they
decided to sponsor a child:
182

2 ‘ 3 We saw a programme on television about
children dying in the terrible drought and we wondered
what we could do. Then some friends told 4 us about an
organization called "Children in Distress" and we
decided to write to 5 them'.
3 Paul and Mary became postal parents. For the
last two years they have paid for David's education at
Kagiza School. Because of their sponsorship 6 he got a
new set of clothes when he started school as well as
pencils and notebooks for his lessons.
4 Now David is a happy schoolboy. He is learning
to read and write. His favourite lesson is Handicraft in
which he learns how to grow cabbages, lettuces and
carrots in the school garden and how to make mats and
pottery. He writes to Paul and Mary twice a year and
tells them about his family and his school.
5 David has had a much better life in the last two
years. But there are many more children like him. Would
you like to sponsor a child?
From: In the Picture
Tricia Hedge - Nelson, 1985
4. Select the words which have IRREGULAR PLURAL
FORMS: V-erdadeiro ou F-also.
( ) child.
( ) man.
( ) boy.
( ) woman.
( ) mouse.
( ) life.
5. Most names of jobs are used for both men and
women. Mark the one that refers only to males:
psychiatrist.
a) social scientist.
b) waiter.
c) doctor.
d) researcher.
One of the major effects of eating too much
sugar is a high incidence of tooth decay. When we eat
something with sugar in it, particularly refined sugar,
enzymes in the saliva in the mouth begin to work
immediately to change that sugar into a type of
carbohydrate. 1 As one eats, particles of the sugary food
get stuck between the teeth and around the gums. As the
food changes its chemical composition, the resultant
carbohydrate produces bacteria that begin to eat away at
the enamel on the outside of our teeth. This is 2 actually
the decaying of the tooth. 3 Now, if this process happens
each time we eat sugar, we can see that eating excessive
amounts of sugar causes more and more tooth decay. It is
true that some tooth decay can be avoided with
immediate brushing after eating, removing all the
particles of food trapped in the teeth. 4 However, sweets
are often eaten as snacks between meals and during the
day, times when people generally do not brush after
eating. 5 Therefore, the dangerous process of tooth decay
is allowed to continue.
(Smalley, R. L. and Hank, M.R., REFINING COMPOSITION SKILLS,
Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., p.255.)
6. The word that DOESN'T have an irregular plural
form like "tooth - teeth" is...
a) ox.
b) foot.
c) cloth.
d) goose.
e) mouse.
One important field in which the laser has many
applications is communications. Scientists have found
that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a
result, telephone companies are now using 1 laser light
signals to transmit telephone calls through extremely
small cabinets which are capable of 2 carrying many more
transmissions than the standard telephone cables. An
additional advantage is that these systems using the laser
light signals will also be able to transmit video telephone
conversations in the future.
Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the
field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut
3
razor-sharp; in fact, scientists have developed a laser
knife which doctors can use for surgery. These 4 knives
are now used for some general surgery because they cut
sharply and because the beam seals off the blood vessels
that it cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less
significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in
medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos
were virtually impossible to remove without
183

considerable difficulty and pain, now they can be
removed relatively painlessly.
(Adapted from Michael Wenyon, Understanding Holography. New York: Arco
Publishing Company, Inc, )
b) classes of Chinese.
c) cups of coffee.
d) floors of wood.
e) letters of complaint.
7. KNIVES (ref. 4) is the plural of KNIFE. Which of
the words below DOES NOT form its plural in the same
way?
a) Wife.
b) Life.
c) Leaf.
d) Chief.
e) Half.
10. The word that DOESN'T have an irregular plural
form like "tooth - teeth" is...
a) ox.
b) foot.
c) cloth.
d) goose.
e) mouse.
8. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as
lacunas:
Boys have big.......... and girls have small...........
a) foots - ones.
b) feet - ones.
c) feet - one.
d) feets - ones.
e) foot - one.
COCONUT TREE, COCO PALM
A thousand years ago, the coconut tree did not
even exist in Tahiti. It was the pioneering Polynesians
who first brought this plant with them in their
migrations. A tree of life in every sense of the phrase, its
nut supplies water, milk and edible pulp; its "heart" is
eaten in salads; its trunk serves as framework for
Tahitian huts, and its palms are woven as roofing.
Then, of course, there is the coconut which,
when cut in two and dried in the sun, produces oil. Plait
three blades of grass and dip into this oil, light... And
you have a lamp. A lamp which not so very long ago was
still used throughout the islands.
9. Nouns in English can be divided into "countable" or
"uncountable" (e.g.: apple X water). In order to indicate
some kind of "measurement" in the case of uncountable
nouns, another noun is required (e.g.: "glasses" or "liters"
of water). Accordingly, the expression below that is
equivalent to the structure "blades of grass" (ref. 6) is
a) structures of steel.
One important field in which the laser has many
applications is communications. Scientists have found
that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a
result, telephone companies are now using laser light
signals to transmit telephone calls through extremely
small cabinets which are capable of carrying many more
transmissions than the standard telephone cables. An
additional advantage is that these systems using the laser
light signals will also be able to transmit video telephone
conversations in the future.
Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the
field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut
razor-sharp; in fact, scientists have developed a laser
knife which doctors can use for surgery. These knives
are now used for some general surgery because they cut
sharply and because the beam seals off the blood vessels
that it cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less
significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in
medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos
were virtually impossible to remove without
considerable difficulty and pain, now they can be
removed relatively painlessly.
(Adapted from Michael Wenyon, Understanding Holography. New York: Arco
Publishing Company,)
11. KNIVES (ref. 4) is the plural of KNIFE. Which of
the words below DOES NOT form its plural in the
same way?
a) Wife.
b) Life.
c) Leaf.
d) Chief.
e) Half.
184

12. Which alternative shows the correct plural form of
the words given?
a) mouse - mice / goose - geese / phenomenon –
phenomena / deer - deer
b) mouse - mices / chick - chicken / person - persons /
child - children
c) mouse - mouses / goose - geeses / deer - deers /
news - news
d) mouse - mouses / new - newses / bus - buses /
person - people
e) ) mouse - mises / child - children / police - polices /
news - news
COCONUT TREE, COCO PALM
A thousand 7 years ago, the coconut 8 tree did not
even exist in Tahiti. 1 It was the pioneering Polynesians
who 9 first brought this 21 plant with them in their
migrations. A 2 tree of 10 life in every sense of the
11 phrase, its nut 12 supplies water, milk and 3 edible pulp;
its "heart" is eaten in salads; its 22 trunk serves as
23 framework for Tahitian 24 huts, and its palms are
4 woven as 25 roofing.
15 Then, of course, there is the coconut 16 which,
when cut in two and dried 18 in the sun, produces oil.
5
Plait three 6 blades of grass and 13 dip 19 into this oil,
14
light... And you have a lamp. A lamp which not 20 so
very long ago was still used 17 throughout the islands.
12. Nouns in English can be divided into "countable" or
"uncountable" (e.g.: apple X water). In order to indicate
some kind of "measurement" in the case of uncountable
nouns, another noun is required (e.g.: "glasses" or "liters"
of water). Accordingly, the expression below that is
equivalent to the structure "blades of grass" (ref. 6) is
a) structures of steel.
b) classes of Chinese.
c) cups of coffee.
d) floors of wood.
e) letters of complaint.
1 At the start of the 20th century, immigrant labor
and innovation helped turn the U.S. into a powerful
manufacturing nation. Today, foreign-born engineers
jam the corridors of Silicon Valley, abetting America's
information-technology boom. And as the 21st century
dawns, yet another wave of immigrants will once again
help transform the economy.
2 During the next decade, barring a change in
government policy, nearly a million immigrants are
expected to arrive in the U.S. every year. Most, both
legal and illegal, will continue to come from Latin
America and Southeast Asia, but every foreign land will
be represented. So will every level of skill, education,
and talent. 2 New arrivals will make up hotel beds, start
their own shops, and pursue pathbreaking medical
research.
3 And 1 they'll play a critical role in providing the
workers needed to keep the economy healthy. As baby
boomers age and domestic birthrates stagnate, only
foreign-born workers will keep the labor pool growing.
By 2006, in fact, immigrants will account for half of all
new U.S. workers; over 4 the next 30 years, 3 their share
will rise to 60%.
4 lt's not all about sheer numbers, of course. To
lift productivity and stimulate growth, immigrants must
provide creativity, entrepreneurial energy, or simple
initiative that America couldn't find otherwise. "If all you
did was bring in people who are exactly the same as
those we have here, there would be no economic
benefit," says Rand Corp. economist James P. Smith.
"You'd just have more people."
5 Just as crucial, the array of education and skills
immigrants bring could fit neatly with the supply of jobs
over the next decade. According to 6 Linda Levine at the
Congressional Research Service, a branch of the Library
of Congress, 60% of the jobs created through 2005 will
require some post-secondary education. But, 5 she adds,
low-skill jobs will still represent about half the total
employment.
6 Compare that job market to the prospective
immigrant labor force. Of recent arrivals, only 63% have
finished high school. No surprise that, while 8 immigrants
make up only 12% of today's workforce, 7 they clean half
the restaurant tables in the U.S. Yet immigrants also are
50% more likely than Americans to have a graduate
degree. And a staggering 23% of U.S. residents holding
PhDs in science and engineering are foreign born,
according to the National Science Foundation.
7 lndeed, foreign-born workers have shown an
extraordinary ability to assimilate and flourish. Certainly,
10 some less skilled workers will remain at the bottom
economic rung all 9 their lives. Yet others will catch up
quickly.
185

8 That, of course, will raise immigrants' living
standards, delivering foreign-born workers and their
families into America's middle and upper classes. More
important, it will help drive innovation and
entrepreneurship, key engines of the 21st Century
Economy.
(Extracted and reduced from a text by Howard Gleckman in Business Week;
August 31, 1998.)
13. Check the only word from the text that could be
used in the plural form.
a) information (1st paragraph)
b) land (2nd paragraph)
c) research (2nd paragraph)
d) energy (4th paragraph)
e) employment (5th paragraph)
186

CAPÍTULO XXI - ADJECTIVES - GRAU DE
COMPARAÇÃO
Os adjetivos (adjectives) são empregues para caracterizar
os seres, os objetos ou o estado das coisas.
Os adjetivos em inglês são invariáveis, isto é, não fazem
concordância com a palavra à qual estão associados.
Os adjetivos são usados para definir o substantivo,
normalmente no português são usados após os
substantivos, já na língua inglesa o uso é ao contrário,
devemos usar os adjetivos antes do substantivo. Para
compararmos pessoas, coisas, conceitos e etc., existem
as formas de comparação.
Os adjetivos podem ser empregues da seguinte forma:
Adjetivo + Substantivo
an old man
a beautiful house
Verbo (be, become, look, seem) + Adjetivo
She is pretty.
He became angry.
The car looks expensive.
They seem happy.
Verbo (find, make) + Complemento + Adjectivo
I find the exercise easy.
I find the chair comfortable.
She makes me happy.
Don't make her angry.
Advérbio + Adjetivo
very hot
extremely difficult
nearly empty
quite good
A maioria dos adjetivos ingleses mais comuns não tem
forma nem terminação específica:
good, bad
hot, cold
fat, thin
tall, short
new, old
right, wrong
big, small
Quando vários adjectivos descrevem um substantivo, a
ordem habitual dos adjectivos é a seguinte:
1. Qualidade (opinião): (nice, ugly, beautiful,
dirty)
2. Dimensão ou peso: (small, long, big, heavy)
3. Idade: (old, new, antique, 19th century,
1970)
4. Forma: (round, oval, rectangular, flat, thin)
5. Cor: (blue, red, white, dark brown, bright
yellow)
6. Padrão: (spotted, checked, striped, plain)
7. Origem: (British, Chinese, Italian, German)
8. Origem: (British, Chinese, Italian, German)
9. Finalidade: (fishing, swimming, garden,
beer, flower)
10. Substantivo: (rod, costume, table, mug, vase,
wallet)
Devemos lembrar que os substantivos são também
potencialmene adjetivos em língua inglesa, e isso ocorre
sempre que mais de um substantivo aparecem juntos, em
que o primeiros dos substantivos terá função de adjetivo
na sentença.
187

188
Ex.
Mister lives near the
street market in
Conquista.
Observe que o substantivo
STREET (rua), aqui
precede outro substantivo,
MARKET (mercado).
Portanto, (street) tem
função adjetiva nesta
frase.
FILM
By Melena Ryzik
EXERCISES
SECRET NO LONGER
Monday, October 1, 2007
Mister mora próximo ao
Mercado de rua em
Conquista.
Hurry - get online, or in line, for tickets to see
"Secret Sunshine" one of the New York Film Festival's
most worthwhile, and heartbreaking, selections,
according to Manohla Dargis (it doesn't yet have a
distributor). The story of a young widow who moves
with her son to her husband's provincial hometown, it
features a remarkable performance by Jeon Doyeon. Her
"portrayal of a meek soul in torment is a tour de force,"
A.G. Scott wrote. (It also won her a Palme d'Or at
Cannes.) The latest from the influential South Korean
director Lee Chang-dong, known for literate character
studies that reflect global themes, it is "a provocative
study of madness and belief," writes Dennis Lim. And
it's only showing today and tomorrow.
(www.nytimes.com, By Melena Ryzik)
1. Choose the alternative which contains only adjectives
from the text.
a) latest, online, worthwhile, hometown.
b) young, portrayal, known, global, provocative.
c) performance, according, widow, soul.
d) features, literate, influential, showing.
e) heartbreaking, provincial, remarkable, meek.
We wanted to feature new work by older as well
as younger writers, believing that many authors improve
with age and experience. (...) Their work was selected
for its energy, insight and skill, and for the excitement it
generated in us - in the same way as the work of younger
writers excited us. We're happy to have had a broader
1 brief: to highlight new 3 writing in English by writers of
all ages and nationalities.
It was no great surprise to discover, when we
arrived at the final selection, that half the best pieces
were written by women. 6 Since gender 2 in no way
influenced selection, it's almost embarrassing to mention
this. But in a literary world where shortlists for literary
prizes regularly feature twice as many men as women,
and where poetry anthologies 4 including half a dozen
women out of fifty contributors aren't yet a distant
memory, this selection is 5 glowing evidence of the equal
talents of today's female and male writers.
Source: ADEBAYO, D., MORRISON, B.; ROGERS, J. New Writing
2. The terms "writing" (ref. 3), "including" (ref. 4) and
"glowing" (ref. 5) are used, respectively, as a/an
a) noun - adjective - verb.
b) adjective - verb - noun.
c) noun - noun - adjective.
d) noun - verb - adjective.
e) verb - verb - adjective.
The Yanomami of Brazil's Amazon
No navigable rivers cross the mountainous rainforest
region of Brazil and Venezuela that the Yanomami
call home. They lived in isolation from the rest of the
world for, some claim, at least five thousand years.
Discovered in the early 1950s, the Yanomami 6 were left
alone for much of the next three decades. But between
1973 and 1976, Brazilians built a road, the Perimetral
Norte, passing along the southern boundary of the
Indians' territory. The Perimetral brought the first, 3 but
short, invasion of gold miners.
A more significant gold rush began in 1987.
Thousands of armed 21 miners came to the Amazon. Since
then, at least two thousand Yanomami 8 have been
massacred or 7 have died of epidemics of measles,
tuberculosis, and hepatitis. That's around 10 percent of
their total population.
1 Although the Yanomami have a reputation for

fierceness, in my journeys among them, I 9 could scarcely
have found a 19 friendlier people. 10 Those whom I met
were 20 good-natured and welcoming. The men hunted or
worked in their gardens. Women, each usually
accompanied by a child, hunted frogs, freshwater crabs,
and gathered wild fruits and mushrooms. I never stopped
marveling at the amazing agility with which the
Yanomami climbed trees to get fruits or honey. In two
and a half hours, on average, they easily 14 supplied all
their daily needs.
5
Thus, relatively little work provided the
Yanomami with a 15 balanced diet. Both men and women
spent most of their time socializing in their hammocks,
next to their family fires. They cooked, 17 made arrows,
wove baskets, and painted each other. Never were they
alone. Never did they miss support from their families or
clans. Their society and manners were 22 well-regulated.
Yanomami children, at the age of three could
join the other kids to play in the central yard. All of
11
their games copied their parents' activities. The girls
liked to decorate each other with urucu (a vegetable
paint) and to bake small flatbreads, made of manioc, on
the fire. 12 They spent time helping their mothers. Boys
used their bows and arrows almost constantly, and
though 13 they would not eat the lizards and small snakes
they killed, they 16 cooked their catch with care.
Inevitably, they also played war.
I was surprised to find in the Amazon a people
so similar to those I deal with every day at home.
4 Despite their seclusion, the Yanomami tribe included all
the roles typical of a modern society. There was the
leader, the lawyer, the politician, the clown, the
salesman, the story teller, and even, in spirit, the paper
shuffler.
The Yanomami's acute sense of humor and
understanding of the comical was another source of
wonder for me, as well as a proof of their great
intelligence. They were such good company that they
made me laugh often. In turn, my laugh, which is much
18 lower pitched than their own, proved to be a great
source of amusement and delight for the people. At
night, when we all rested in our hammocks, the hundred
or so Yanomami echoed every one of my outbursts,
2 even though they had no idea what I was laughing about
- which made me laugh again.
3. Which of the following words functions as an
ADJECTIVE in the text?
a) spent (ref. 12).
b) supplied (ref. 14).
c) balanced (ref. 15).
d) cooked (ref. 16).
e) made (line 24).
Queanbeyan, Australia, is a prospering river city on the
move. For more than 175 years people have been moving
to Queanbeyan and district, part of Capital Country, in
search of land, business opportunities and a better life
style. Today, visitors, business people and families are
still moving to Queanbeyan. The city with a population
of 35,000 recently declared the fastest growing inland
city in New South Wales and next to the national capital,
Canberra, offers the best of all worlds - a city with town
atmosphere, great community spirit and hospitality.
Queanbeyan enjoys strong tourist support being so close
to Canberra, the Snowy Mountains, South Coast and
historic towns of Bungendore, Captains Flat and
Braidwood. Queanbeyan has eighteen motels, three
hotels, (two with genuine 'pub stay' accommodation),
two caravan parks, town and country homestay facilities,
parks, a beautiful river and some buildings of historical
interest.
There are around one thousand businesses servicing the
growing city, the nearby rural district and neighbouring
Australian Capital Territory. The opportunities for
investment and development are excellent. The City
Council actively promotes establishment of new business
with freehold land, affordable housing and a stable
workforce.
(From: Queanbeyan - Designed and produced by Johns Graphics Pty Ltd in
conjunction with the Queanbeyan Visitor Information Centre, Australia, 2013)
4. The alternative that contains only adjectives from the
text is:
a) opportunities / new / better / around / neighbouring
b) excellent / nearby / atmosphere / great / town
c) search / stay / river / affordable / interest
d) snowy / business / housing / growing / style
e) genuine / strong / historical / rural / freehold
(Source: Adapted from: Englebert, V. A Once Hidden People: The Yanomami of
Brazil's Amazon. In The World & I: The magazine for lifelong learners. p. 186-
195.)
189

It's Not the Carbs, Stupid
In the mid-19 th century, William Banting first
popularized the low carbohydrate weight-loss plan that
has once again grabbed the media's collective attention.
Banting was a well-meaning London undertaker who
grew so fat in middle age that he could not descend a
staircase face first, for fear of being toppled by his
copious paunch. His friend and physician, the noted
British aural surgeon William Harvey, prescribed a
regimen focused on meat, small amounts of fruit and
liberal lashings of Claret, sherry and Madeira, which
helped Banting drop 35 pounds in 38 weeks.
(BY ELLEN RUPPEL SHELL Newsweek, August 5, 2012)
5. Assinale a alternativa em que o adjetivo é composto
por dois substantivos, como na palavra "weight-loss", na
2 a linha do texto.
a) low-cholesterol meals.
b) high-fat intake.
c) western-style boots.
d) well-known people.
e) ice-cream flavors.
Wonder What He's Up to?
Ever wanted to know if Stevie Wonder goes to
the movies? He does. "You catch nearly all of it if you
pay close attention," says Wonder, who has founded,
along with SAP, a German software company, the
SAP/Stevie Wonder Vision Awards. The awards
recognize products and research that assimilate blind
people into the workplace, because while 2 visually
impaired people can follow a movie, a big percentage of
them can't find a job. "I don't get too surprised by
anything," says Wonder of the inventions, "but we did
see some good things". One of the productions is a
3
mouse pad that helps people feel what is going on the
screen. Wonder is amazed by how few manufacturers
think of the visually impaired when making appliances.
"It's 1 weird. It's so simple to add voice capability," he
says. "And it means complete independence for a blind
person." In between his good works, Wonder is still song
writing. He hopes to record an album next year.
(BY BELINDA LUSCOMBE. TIME, )
190
6. Determine a função gramatical de "impaired" em
"visually impaired people" (ref.2) e de "mouse"em
"mouse pad" (ref.3).
a) adjetivo - adjetivo
b) verbo - substantivo
c) adjetivo - substantivo
d) substantivo - adjetivo
e) verbo - adjetivo
SLIPPERY WHEN WET
The cause of the magnitude 7.2 Kobe, Japan, earthquake
in January 1995 is unknown. Zhao (...) developed a
tomographic model of tire velocity structure of the crust
beneath the epicenter and extended aftershock zone.
Earthquakes provoke several different kinds of shock
waves. The images show that the hypocenter of the
earthquake was in a distinctive zone, characterized by
low P-wave and S-wave velocities and a high Poisson's
ratio, suggestive of the presence of fluids that may have
helped facilitate the earthquake.
SCIENCE.
7. Morfologicamente, as palavras KOBE e JAPAN, na
primeira linha do texto, devem ser classificadas como:
a) Adjetivo.
b) Substantivo.
c) Advérbio.
d) Vocativo.
8. Select the proposition(s) in which the capital letters
are ADJECTIVES. V-erdadeiro ou F-also.
( ) The sun's rays are very POWERFUL.
( ) Don't take your VALUABLES on the beach.
( ) COCONUTS are delicious.
( ) The coral reef is BEAUTIFUL.
( ) Monkeys can be DANGEROUS.
( ) The hotel is not RESPONSIBLE for your valuables.

9. Coloque os adjetivos entre parênteses na ordem
correta, antes dos substantivos, seguindo o exemplo:
- Car (American, big, comfortable)
A comfortable big American car.
a) People (cold, old, British, sophisticated)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
b) Jacket (Colombian, leather, beautiful, new)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
c) Man (tall, Brazilian, stout, charming)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
d) Children (chubby, 3-year-old, German, ischievous)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
e) Language (English, up-to-date, important)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
f) Women (middle-aged, gray, cranky, short)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
Mary.
SUPERIORIDADE:
ADJ + er than
E.g. Paul is taller than
Mary.
SUPERLATIVO: the
ADJ + est (one)
E.g. Paul is the tallest
one.
INFERIORIDADE: less
ADJ than
E.g. Paul is less tall than
Mary.
SUPERL. DE
INFERIORIDADE::the
least ADJ one.
E.g. Paul is the least tall
one.
Comparativo de Igualdade
Afirmativo
Jenny is tall.
Jenny is as tall as Paul.
as Mary.
SUPERIORIDADE: more
ADJ than
E.g. Paul is more
intelligent than Mary.
SUPERLATIVO: the
most ADJ (one)
E.g. Paul is the most
intelligent one.
INFERIORIDADE: less
ADJ than
E.g. Paul is less intelligent
than Mary.
SUPERL. DE
INFERIORIDADE: the
least ADJ one.
E.g. Paul is the least
intelligent one.
(Jenny é alta.)
(Jenny
é tão alta quanto Paul.)
Os adjetivos em inglês se dividem em dois grupos:
1. Adjetivos Curtos. ( até seis letras )
2. Adjetivos Longos. ( + de seis letras )
Negativo
Jenny is not tall.
Jenny is not
so tall as Paul.
(Jenny não é alta.)
(Jenny não é
tão alta quanto Paul.)
Graus do Adjetivo
ADJETIVOS CURTOS ADJETIVOS LONGOS
IGUALDADE: as ADJ
as
E.g. Paul is as tall as
IGUALDADE: as ADJ as
E.g. Paul is as intelligent
Neste comparativo existem formas diferentes para
afirmar ou negar a comparação.
Ele é formado com as..........as (em frases afirmativas)
e not so........as (em frases negativas).
191

Para o comparativo de igualdade, não há diferença se os
adjetivos são curtos ou longos. Todos seguem a mesma
regra!
Exemplos:
adj. longo
She
(Ela canta tão
sings as beautifully as you
lindamente quanto
dance!
você dança!)
This game
(Este jogo é tão
is as complicated as that one.
complicado quanto
aquele.)
adj.
curto
(Este exercício não é
This exercise is not
tão fácil quanto o
so easy as the last one.
último.)
Today is as cold as yesterday.
(Hoje está tão frio
quanto ontem.)
EXERCISES
It's a Miracle
192
Tourists traveling to Israel to mark a certain 2,000th
birthday will be able to celebrate in New Testament
style. In September, the National Parks Authority is
planning to open a 1 $4.5 million submerged, crescentshaped
bridge in the Sea of Galilee. On it, as many as 2 80
pilgrims at a time will be able to walk on water - or at
least wade in two inches of 3 it. Bubbles rising at the
edges of the 12-foot-wide transparent platform will be
4 the only markers preventing pilgrims from taking a
5 plunge. Is the structure sacrilegious? The Roman
Catholic Church says no. "It will not improve faith, hope
and love," ------says Pietro Sambi, 6
the pope's
ambassador to Jerusalem. "But from the touristic point of
view, it could be just a nice idea." Newsweek,
1. The expression "as many as 80" (ref.2) expresses a
capacity of
a) not more than 80.
b) at least 80.
c) over 80.
d) less than 80.
e) close to 80.
The moment of discovery was no less magical
than the day in 1922 when British archaeologist Howard
Carter dug through a desert wall in Luxor and found the
treasure of Tutankhamen. This time, though, the site was
not in the dry Saharan sand, but beneath the deep blue
sea, a few hundred meters off the Mediterranean coast of
Egypt. In 1994, a team of explorers scuba diving under
the direction of a Frenchman, Jean Yves Empereur, came
upon a rose-colored hulk of granite. Upon closer
inspection, they identified a smooth torso, massive thighs
and the ribbed vestments of what appeared to be an
Egyptian king. A majestic head, which had broken off,
lay on the seafloor amid the sand and weed a few meters
away, along with the pharaoh's double crown.
Following ancient texts and underwater surveys
carried out in the 1960s, Empereur knew that he was
excavating in archaeologically rich waters covering the
northern edge of ancient Alexandria. But his discovery
was no less stunning. The 23-tonne statue, more than 7m
high, hewn in the image of the pharaohs who had
governed Egypt centuries earlier, was of Ptolemy II
Philadelphus, a Greek colonizer who ruled Egypt from
285 to 246 B.C. Empereur and other experts believe that
the Ptolemaic colossus once stood at the base of the
Pharos, Alexandria's magnificent lighthouse, one of the
Seven Wonders of the Ancient World.
(From: Time)
2. The capital expression in "The moment of discovery
was NO LESS MAGICAL THAN the day in 1922"
means that the moment
a) was as magical as
b) was more magical
c) was less magical
d) wasn't magical
e) was most magical

3. Complete com o Comparativo de Igualdade (as...as,
so...as):
a) Bungue Jumping is
_____________________________ (dangerous)
skiing.
b) This book is not
________________________________ (good) that
one.
c) My older brother is not
___________________________ (creative) my
younger one.
d) São Paulo is _______________________________
(violent) Rio de Janeiro.
e) English is not ______________________________
(complicated) Portuguese.
f) An Omega is _______________________________
(fast) a Santana.
f) São Paulo × Rio de Janeiro (polluted)
______________________________________________
5. Choose the CORRECT grammatical answer to
complete the sentence:
I have been studying ..... I can to learn English.
a) as hard as
b) so hard as
c) as harder as
d) so harder so
e) so hard so
Comparativo de Inferioridade
4. Coloque os adjetivos entre parênteses no Comparativo
de Igualdade. Veja o exemplo:
Tonia Carrero is AS GOOD AS Fernanda Montenegro.
Tonia Carrero isn't
Montenegro.
SO GOOD AS Fernanda
I
spent less money than you.
That hat
is less expensive than the
others.
(Eu
gastei menos dinheiro do
que você.)
(Aquele chapéu
é menos caro do que os
outros.)
a) Women × Men (intelligent)
______________________________________________
Note que no comparativo de inferioridade também não
há diferença se o adjetivo é curto ou longo. Ele é
formado com less........than.
b) English × Portuguese (difficult)
______________________________________________
c) Xuxa × Angélica (funny)
______________________________________________
Comparativo de Superioridade
Veja os exemplos a seguir:
Maria is old.
(Maria é velha.)
d) Rede Globo × SBT (efficient)
______________________________________________
Maria is older than me.
(Maria é mais velha do
que eu.)
e) Glória Pires × Patrícia Pillar (beautiful)
______________________________________________
Note que o adjetivo old sofreu uma alteração: er + than.
É dessa forma que se faz o comparativo de superioridade
quando o adjetivo é composto por uma sílaba (short
adjectives).
Regras para adjetivos curtos (comparativo de
superioridade).
193

1. Monossilábicos: Escritos por uma cosoante + vogal +
cosoante terão a última consoante dobrada.
E.g
Big – bigger –
Thin – thinner –
2. Adjetivos termidados em Y: ( - Y + IER a depender
da comparação feita ).
E.g
Noisy – noisier –
Silly – sillier –
Observe agora outro exemplo:
Maria is intelligent. (Maria é inteligente.)
(Maria
Maria
é mais inteligente do
is more intelligent than me.
que eu.)
Neste caso, o adjetivo intelligent não sofre alteração
alguma, apenas acrescentamos: more (antes)
e than (depois) dele. Dessa forma fazemos o comparativo
de superioridade quando o adjetivo é composto por duas
ou mais sílabas (long adjectives).
Então, lembre-se: a maneira como faremos a comparação
dependerá da quantidade de sílabas que cada adjetivo
possui!
EXERCISES
1.
194
Trying to predict what will happen as our planet warms
up is not easy. We know that ice at the poles is melting
and this is making sea levels rise. Warmer temperatures
are likely to change other aspects of the weather. Some
countries, such as those in North Africa, may become
____I___ , while other areas, such as Northern Europe,
may become ________II__________. There will
probably be more storms, droughts, and flooding.
(Adaptado de Impact of climate change. In: The New Children’s Encyclopedia.
London: 2009. p. 78)
As lacunas I e II no texto acima podem ser completadas,
de forma correta e na mesma sequência, pela opção
a) more hotter and drier — more colder and wetter
b) as hotter and drier — as colder and wetter
c) hotter and drier — colder and wetter
d) most hotter and dry — most colder and wet
e) the hotter and drier — the colder and wetter
"SHE HAS SHOWN SHE IS NOT AFRAID"
She has mended fences abroad, but is frustrated at home.
A pastor's daughter growing in communist East
Germany, Angela Merkel was trained as a physicist, who
concentrated on her science to the exclusion of all other
pursuits. But Merkel, Germany's first female chancellor,
has emerged as the most important leader in Europe, and
enjoys the highest popularity rating of any German
leader in postwar history.
A lackluster campaigner, Merkel barely scraped
into office two years ago, after forging an uneasy
coalition linking her Christian Democrats with their
ideological rivals, the Social Democrats. Since taking
office, she has been actively engaged in framing a new
global agenda, from climate change and energy security
to sustaining 4,000 peacekeeping troops in Afghanistan -
which for Germany would have been unthinkable just a
decade ago.
Merkel has shown she is not afraid to defy
conventional wisdom and her willingness to resist
pressures from media and business has bolstered her
standing with the voters. But Merkel's most serious
challenges still lie ahead of her. She has achieved record
approval ratings on the strength of her foreign policy, but
with economic growth slowing and workers stepping up
demands for higher wages, political pressures are
mounting within Merkel's coalition to backtrack on the
cuts in retirement benefits and other austerity measures

that propelled the recent recovery. And while her
coalition has responded to the country's plunging
birthrate and aging population by extending the
retirement age to 67, Merkel has been frustrated in her
efforts to carry out a wider restructuring of the German
economy.
(Adapted from She Has Shown She Is Not Afraid, Statesmanship,
Newsweek/October 29, 2007, page 19.)
2. The phrase that is in the comparative degree of
superiority is
a) the most important leader in the world.
b) Merkel's most serious challenges.
c) a popular and effective leader.
d) demands for higher wages.
e) the highest popularity rating.
ROBOT WORKER HITS THE TOWN
Office workers, meet the colleague of the future.
Asimo, the world's most "human" robot, will start work
in May as an office receptionist in Japan.
2 Visitors to 4 Honda's Wako building will be
greeted by Asimo, which can show 1 them to meeting
rooms and .......... them tea and coffee on a tray. With
optical and ultrasonic sensors, 3 its makers say, it can
recognise people and its surrounding environment, and
there are already plans to lease the model out to other
users.
Six years in development, Asimo is "able to
walk in a smooth fashion which 7 closely ........... that of a
human being", says Honda. It has deliberately been
designed to be similar in size to a 10-year-old child, so
that it is less likely to intimidate people. 8 It is also the
fastest robot yet. Its ability to run tirelessly would put
many people to shame.
Asimo is an acronym for Advanced Step in
Innovative Mobility. The robot is 9 smaller and 10 lighter
than earlier prototypes, but tall enough, its makers say, to
reach door knobs, operate switches and perform tasks at
tables and benches. Honda, which is now .......... its
efforts on artificial intelligence, says it is aiming to
develop a future version of Asimo that will be able to
think for itself. Whether humans will want to work
alongside a 6 robot 5 that might show them up is another
matter.
(Adapted from: OWEN, Jonathan, The Independent on Sunday, 30 Apr. 2006.)
3. Select the correct alternative to complete the sentence
below.
The opposite of SMALLER (ref. 9) and LIGHTER (ref.
10) is respectively .......... and .......... .
a) littler - easier
b) larger - heavier
c) larger - easier
d) little - heavier
e) bigger - greater
INNOVATIVE WAYS OF LEARNING A FOREIGN
LANGUAGE
The 8 world of language teaching is constantly
changing. Here are some 7 recent examples of the new
approaches being developed.
LEARNING LANGUAGES WITH THE
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGIES
The current development of Information a
Communication Technologies (ICT) provides a 12 wider
variety of ways of learning languages. 2 Computer
assisted learning materials that include the authentic
9 voice of a native 13 speaker, the text and even moving
images can enhance your progress in language learning.
Applying the internet and CD-ROMs in learning can be
very beneficial. 18 Nowadays Web-based learning
environments and "chat groups" link language 16 learners
from different countries to learn and exchange ideas
17
together. Good communication between people is the
gratest 10 benefit of learning languages! Multilingual
information society, text translators, dictionaries, ...
MULTILINGUAL COMPREHENSION
It is usually much 14 easier to learn to understand
a foreign language than to speak it fluently. This is
especially 3 the case where languages are for historical
195

easons closely related, 4 for example Dutch and German them if they are not urgent.
or Italian and Spanish. European and international
- Use silent or vibrating options when indoors. Or just
communication can be 15 greatly enhanced if more people
turn off the phone.
can learn to understand each other's languages, 5 so that
participants in multilingual conversations or - Don't yell. There is no need to speak 3 louder than you
correspondence can speak or write their own language. would on any other phone.
1 Fluent 11 understanding also tends to be a step 6 on the
- Use text messaging if available.
way towards fluent speech.
- Keep your phone close at hand for first-ring answering.
http://europa.eu.int.comm/education/policies/lang/languages/lang/teaching_en.ht
ml.26/05/2004
- If it's noisy, call back from somewhere quieter.
- Call other cell users during business hours, and not
4. A palavra wider (ref. 12) apresenta uma marca de during meal times.
comparação. A mesma marca de comparação é
apresentada na palavra
a) speaker (ref. 13)
b) easier (ref. 14)
c) greatly (ref. 15)
d) learners (ref. 16)
e) together (ref. 17)
DESPERATELY SEEKING MOBILE PHONE
MANNERS
Rudeness among cell phone 1 users seems to be all the
rage! As cellular or mobile phones proliferate rapidly,
with more than 100 million U.S. users, so are complaints
about cell phone rudeness. "No Cell Phones" signs are
popping up all over. Restaurants, theaters, libraries,
museums, doctors' offices have imposed bans on the
devices because of boorish behavior.
"People on the street jabbering away, in restaurants, in
public toilets for heaven's sake!" said New Yorker Judy
Walters. She's not joking. According to an industrysponsored
telephone survey conducted in March, 39
percent of those polled said they would answer a cell
phone call in the bathroom.
Cell phone devotees respond that there's way too much
blame being placed on devices and their users.
"People should give cell phone users a break and quit
slamming them," said Dina Medina of San Francisco.
"Cell phones are a fact of life, are not going away and
actually help improve people's lives." However, the
following tips should be observed:
- Remember that the person you are with should take
precedence over a call.
- Use 2 caller ID to screen calls and let voice mail take
DAVE CARPENTER
http://www.weblinguas.com.br/ingles
5. If it's noisy, call back from somewhere quieter.
The suffix - er in quieter is semantically equivalent to the
suffix in:
a) manners (title)
b) users (ref. 1)
c) caller (ref. 2)
d) louder (ref. 3)
The difference between the bee-hive and the
human city is that one is entirely a creation of nature, a
social organization entirely determined by the instincts
of the bees, so that wherever bees form a hive, it is
formed in the same way; whereas the human city
involves something 1 more than a natural desire of men,
since when these political animals associate in different
places, they set up can be made between the spider's web
or the beaver's dam and such products of human art as
cloth and houses. The variability of the works of reason,
as opposed to the uniformity of instinctive productions of
all sorts, implies the factor of choice in reason's work.
HUTCHINS, Robert Maynad (Editor in chief). The Great Ideas - A Syntopicon H
- Man to World - 3. Great Books of the Western World - Chapter 60: The Nature.
1978. p. 227.
6. A expressão "more than" (ref.1) estabelece uma
relação de
a) gradação.
b) consequência.
c) acréscimo.
d) qualidade.
Industrial engineering: Getting more out of hat
you've got
The semiconductor industry has been engaged
in a headlong race to make (I), (II), (III) chips for so long
that the time has come for companies to take a step back
and re-examine their basic needs to embrace another path
to achieving increased output without relying solely on
new and costly process flows.
Old paths have driven the industry into an
expensive rut. Many manufacturers believe that the only
MEANS to greater production capacity is augmenting
the old with the new. Virtually all of the world's
LEADING semiconductor companies are building new
fabs to satisfy projected demand,
DESPITE CONCERNS ABOUT MONTHLY
BOOK/BIL_L RATIOS.
This multibillion-dollar building frenzy could be
significantly reduced. If the companies had done as much
industrial engineering as market research before beginning
fab construction, they might have found that their present
facilities could meet much more of the anticipated demand.
(...)
Industrial engineering uses data gathered and
analyzed from diverse areas of manufacturing, including
staffing, plant layout, equipment utilization, and work flow.
This complex procedure is made painless by sophisticated
analysis software.
Although proven to be an excellent manufacturing
strategy, surprisingly few US or European IC manufacturers
are using established industrial engineering principles.
Those who have, however, have become true believers due
to the gratifying results.
Industrial engineering and productivity
management have become critical steps in our industry. It is
no longer enough just to buy another tool or build another
fab. It takes too long and it costs too much. The time and
capital resources saved will confirm the value of industrial
engineering.
In this way, the industry will travel a new course
to achieving increased output without paying the high price
of technological advances. It simply comes down to wise
management. Industrial engineering allows full use of
available resources, to get more out of what you've already
got.
7. Os adjetivos que preenchem as lacunas I, II e III são,
respectivamente, good, fast e cheap, só que na forma
comparativa de superioridade. Assim sendo, a alternativa
que melhor preenche as lacunas do texto é:
a) best - faster - cheaper
b) best - more fast - more cheap
c) better - faster - cheaper
d) better - more fast - cheaper
e) better - faster - more cheap
Underground river 'Rio Hamza' discovered 4 km
beneath the Amazon
Scientists estimate the subterranean river may be
6,000 km long and hundreds of times wider than the
Amazon
(…) The underground river starts in the Acre region
under the Andes and flows through the Solimões,
Amazonas and Marajó basins before opening out directly
into the depths of the Atlantic Ocean.
The Amazon flows much faster than the Hamza,
however, draining a 3 greater volume of water. Around
3
133,000 m of water flow through the Amazon per
second at speeds of up to 5 metres per second. The
underground river's flow rate has been estimated at
3
around 3,900 m per second and it barely 1 inches along
at less than a millimetre per hour.
(…)
(Adaptado de::
http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2011/aug/26/underground-riveramazon>.
Acesso em: 29 ago. 2011.)
8. Considering greater (ref. 3), choose the alternative
in which the words have the same relation as GREAT –
GREATER.
a) big – biggest
b) work – worker
c) flow – flower
d) strong – strongest
e) far – farther
by Eli Pelleg - president of Tefen USA. Adapted from Solid State Technology -
June 1996, p. 271-272
196

9. The only alternative which DOES NOT CONTAIN a
form of comparative or superlative degree is
01) “It’s very gratifying” (l. 13-14).
02) “the world’s fifth largest country” (l. 21).
03) “thanks in part to their larger pools of educated
workers.” (l. 26).
04) “China may have illiteracy rates that are higher than
Brazil’s.” (l. 33-34).
05) “they also have much larger populations of educated
workers.” (l. 34-35).
Resumindo:
short adjectives: est.....
long adjectives: the most.....
exceções: good = best / bad = worst
EXERCISES
Superlativo
O grau superlativo segue a mesma regra de formação dos
comparativos.
Veja:
This is the
most expensive bike
of them all.
Susy
is the shortest girl in
the clasroom.
This supermarket
is the biggest one.
(Esta
é a bicicleta mais cara de
todas.)
(Susy é a garota mais
baixa da classe.)
(Este supermercado é o
maior.)
Há algumas regras para a formação do superlativo. São
estas:
1. A regra geral é adicionar -est ao final do adjetivo:
por exemplo, long longest.
2. Quando o adjetivo termina em consoante + vogal +
consoante, a última consoante deve ser dobrada
antes de adicionar o sufixo -est. Por
exemplo, big biggest.
3. Quando o adjetivo termina em y, troca-se
esse y por i antes da adição do sufixo.
4. Em vários adjetivos, não se usa o sufixo -est, mas
sim a palavra "most" (equivalente ao "mais" em
português) antes do adjetivo. Isso ocorre, em geral,
em adjetivos longos (com três sílabas ou mais). Por
exemplo: beautiful most beautiful. Mas também
há adjetivos curtos que devem obedecer a esta regra
r eem em funnest, mas simmost
fun.
2 Harvard conducted one of the longest and most
comprehensive studies of human development — the 75
year old Grant Study — that’s reached some fascinating
conclusions regarding the recipe for leading a happy life.
The sample group was comprised of healthy male
Harvard college students who, over the course of their
lifetime, agreed to meet with an array of scientists and
researchers who measured their psychological, physical
and anthropological traits. 1 Though all identities are
confidential, it was recently discovered that John F.
Kennedy was a sample participant. Following these men
through times of war, their careers, parenthood and old
age, the Grant Study has amassed an exorbitant amount
of data that deeply reflects the human condition. What
can be concluded from seven decades of data? It is quite
simple actually; warm relationships between parents,
spouses, children and friends have the greatest impact on
your health and happiness in old age. The study found
that 93 percent of the sample group who were thriving at
age 65, had a close relationship with a sibling when they
were younger. As George Vaillant, the lead director of
the study states, it can all be boiled down into five simple
words: “Happiness is love. Full stop.” (Business Insider.)
http://www.goodnet.org/articles/1055 (acesso em 10/06/2013).
1. Substituindo os adjetivos long e comprehensive,
respectivamente, por easy e rich r rr
conducted one of the longest and most comprehensive
e f m eeme ref erem
a) the most easy - the richest
b) the easiest - the most rich
c) the more easy - the richer
d) the easiest - the richest
e) the most easy - the most rich
197

Earth is believed to be getting a second sun burning in
the sky near the end of 2012, as the second biggest star
in the universe, Betelgeuse, is dying, which will lead to
“multiple days of constant daylight.”
Many ancient cultures 4 have speculated about the
appearance of a second sun and this event appears to 1 tie
in very closely with the December 21 2012 predictions.
Betelgeuse is the second 2 biggest star in the universe and
the eighth 3 brightest in the night sky, Scientists 5 have
determined that the star is losing mass at a rapid rate,
which indicates it will go supernova very soon.
The light emitted from this exploding star will be so
bright that it will appear for a few weeks at the end of
2012 as a second sun in the sky. There may be little if no
period of darkness or night according to senior lecturer
of physics at the University of Southern Queensland,
Brad Carter.
Earth will experience “brightness for a brief period of
time for a couple of weeks and then over the coming
months it begins to fade and then eventually it will be
very hard to see at all,” explained the Australian scientist
Brad Carter to news.com.au.
Scientist 6 have known about this dying star which is 640
light years away from Earth, since 2005. It is believed
that as Betelgeuse goes supernova it will not be harmful
to Earth. “There will be neutrinos emitted during the
supernova process, said University of Minnesota physics
professor Priscilla Cushman, but neutrinos, even lots and
lots of them, are only weakly interacting, so they won't
affect life on earth,” but that is only speculation at this
point.
The fact is, we as human beings have never experienced
anything like this before so close to our home planet, and
to be honest, we just don’t know for sure what this event
could bring.
(www.december212012.com) on 30/08/11
2. The words “biggest” (ref. 2) and “brightest” (ref. 3)
are examples of:
a) inferiority
b) comparative of superiority
c) superlative
d) equality
e) synonyms
198
2012’s Second Sun
Brazil police occupy Rio favela in World Cup
operation
Brazilian security forces have occupied one of Rio de
Janeiro's biggest slums as part of a major crackdown
ahead of the 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics.
Some 800 police and special forces moved into the
Mangueira shantytown, without needing to fire a shot,
having announced the raid in advance.
The slum – or favela – is close to Rio's famous Maracana
stadium, where the World Cup final will be played.
The pre-dawn operation involved armoured vehicles and
helicopters.
According to the newspaper, O Globo, leaflets were
thrown out of the helicopters, some with photos of
wanted criminals. Others were printed with the police
special forces' telephone number so that residents could
pass on information about drugs traffickers or weapons.
BBC Brazil correspondent Paulo Cabral says most of
Mangueira's residents co-operated with the operation, as
they want to rid the area of drug dealers.
He says that Rio's authorities are making an effort to
gain the trust of those living in the slums, who – after
decades of abuse – have got used to seeing the police as
their enemy.
Mangueira – home to one of Rio's most famous samba
schools – is the 18th favela that the authorities have
occupied recently.
Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-latin-america-13833037
3. The only option that does not contain an adjective
used in the superlative form is:
a) Mangueira is one of Rio de Janeiro's biggest slums.
b) Mangueira is close to Rio's famous Maracanã
stadium.
c) Mangueira is the home to one of Rio's most famous
samba schools.
d) The oldest public park of Brazil is located in Rio de
Janeiro.
e) Maracanã is known as one of the largest football
stadiums in the world.

4. Os sufixos das palavras HIGHEST, do quinto
parágrafo, e UPPER, do sexto, indicam, respectivamente,
os graus
a) superlativo e superlativo.
b) superlativo e comparativo.
c) comparativo e superlativo.
d) comparativo e comparativo.
e) comparativo e normal.
When you check into a Hershey Resort, you and your
people get something no other convention center
gives.
The assurance of Hershey quality. The same fine quality
that you've come to expect from Hershey Foods Corp.
over the last 67 years. The very same quality that makes
our other Hershey Resorts outstanding convention
centers.
With 1 thoroughly professional staffs. The best and the
newest facilities. Country locations easy to reach by
highways, interstates and airports. (Dozens of flights
daily and free limousine services.)
Pick the Hershey that's best for you. You'll get
2 unbeatable facilities for work and play. But above all,
you'll find all those things you can still trust, alive and
well and living in Hershey Resorts.
Fonte:Meetings and Conventions, April 1980
5. Os antônimos corretos das partes destacadas da
expressão "THE BEST and THE NEWEST facilities"
são, respectivamente,
a) the most good - the youngest
b) the baddest - the oldest
c) the worst - the most old
d) the poorest -the most recent
e) the worst - the oldest
INFORMATION REVOLUTION
1 In Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 - 2 which was
written in the early 1950s, just after televisions and
computers first appeared - people relate most intimately
with electronic screens and don't like to read. They are
happy when firemen burn books.
2 Bradbury's novel no longer seems set in a
distant future. Thanks to growth in computer capacity,
television and computers are merging into digital streams
of sounds, images, and text that make it possible to
become absolutely brilliant with information.
3 To know where information technologies are
taking us is impossible. The law of unintended
consequences governs all technological revolutions. In
1438 Johannes Gutenberg wanted a cheaper way to
produce handwritten Bibles. His movable type fostered a
spread in literacy, an advance of scientific knowledge,
and the emergence of the industrial revolution.
From "Information Revolution". NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC
6. "Less intimate and more isolated" (par.5) are
comparatives. Check the item that contains the correct
superlative from of the two adjectives.
a) The intimatest and the more isolated.
b) The intimatest and the least isolated.
c) The most intimate and the less isolated.
d) The least intimate and the less isolated.
e) The least intimate and the most isolated.
The department of Engineering is one of the...
(I)... of its type in the UK and is currently undergoing
rapid expansion. There are approximately 65 academic
staff, 70 research staff and over 600 postgraduates
following MSc courses or undertaking research. The
large and internationally recognized Centres of
Microengineering and Metrology and for advanced
Manufacturing Technology are part of the Department.
Strong research teams also exist in electronics
(especially high integrity systems and digital vision
systems), advanced materials assessment and
characterization, control engineering and development
studies. In the 1986 UGC review, the research of the
department was judged "outstanding" and in 1989 UFC
review the department was given a rating of 5 - the...
(II)... category. There is a strong tradition of research in
close co-operation with industry.
7. As lacunas I e II devem ser preenchidas
respectivamente por:
a) larger / higher
b) largest / most high
c) largest / highest
d) more large / more high
199

e) most large / highest
8. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que
preenche corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada.
Mr. Smith: I'm sorry, Mr. Johnson. I believe the
candidate you sent us will not suit our purposes. We
need somebody ........... than he.
Mr. Johnson: In that case I would suggest Miss Cary.
She's definitely the....... person in our group.
a) smarter - most intelligent
b) smart - intelligent
c) smartest - more intelligent
d) as smart - as intelligent
e) as smart - as intelligent as
Brazil police occupy Rio favela in World Cup
operation
Brazilian security forces have occupied one of Rio de
Janeiro's biggest slums as part of a major crackdown
ahead of the 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics.
Some 800 police and special forces moved into the
Mangueira shantytown, without needing to fire a shot,
having announced the raid in advance.
The slum – or favela – is close to Rio's famous Maracana
stadium, where the World Cup final will be played.
The pre-dawn operation involved armoured vehicles and
helicopters.
According to the newspaper, O Globo, leaflets were
thrown out of the helicopters, some with photos of
wanted criminals. Others were printed with the police
special forces' telephone number so that residents could
pass on information about drugs traffickers or weapons.
BBC Brazil correspondent Paulo Cabral says most of
Mangueira's residents co-operated with the operation, as
they want to rid the area of drug dealers.
He says that Rio's authorities are making an effort to
gain the trust of those living in the slums, who – after
decades of abuse – have got used to seeing the police as
their enemy.
Mangueira – home to one of Rio's most famous samba
schools – is the 18th favela that the authorities have
occupied recently.
Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-latin-america-13833037
200
9. The only option that does not contain an adjective
used in the superlative form is:
a) Mangueira is one of Rio de Janeiro's biggest slums.
b) Mangueira is close to Rio's famous Maracanã
stadium.
c) Mangueira is the home to one of Rio's most famous
samba schools.
d) The oldest public park of Brazil is located in Rio de
Janeiro.
e) Maracanã is known as one of the largest football
stadiums in the world.
10. The only alternative which DOES NOT CONTAIN
a form of comparative or superlative degree is
“It’s very gratifying” (l. 13-14).
01) “the world’s fifth largest country” (l. 21).
02) “thanks in part to their larger pools of educated
workers.” (l. 26).
03) “China may have illiteracy rates that are higher than
Brazil’s.” (l. 33-34).
04) “they also have much larger populations of educated
workers.” (l. 34-35).
11. “the least” (l.11) is the opposite of the
01) last.
02) first.
03) final.
04) most.
05) beginning.
Comparativo de Superioridade:
a) Comparação Proporcional: Neste caso é usado dois
adjetivos no comparativo de superioridade.
E.g.
The higher you climb, the
colder it’ll be.
The more you study, the
more you learn.
The more the better.
Quanto mais alto você for,
mais frio será.
Quanto mais você estuda,
mais você aprende.
Quanto mais, melhor.

) Comparação Gradual: Neste caso usaremos o mesmo
adjetivo duas vezes, porém se o adjetivo for longo
repetiremos apenas a palavra MORE duas vezes.
E.g.
It’s getting hotter and
hotter.
Robson is getting richer
and richer.
This film is getting more
and more interesting.
She’s singing more and
more beautifully.
ADJETIVOS IRREGULARES:
Está ficando cada vez mais
quente
Robson está ficando cada vez
mais rico.
Este filme está ficando cada
vez mais interessante.
Ela está cantando mais e
mais bonito.
good better than the best
bad worse than the worst
far Farther than the farther
Further than The furthest
Much More Most
Many More Most
Little Less Least
EXERCISES
1. The adverb “further” (l. 30) is the irregular
comparative degree of
01) far.
02) fat.
03) fun.
04) fair.
05) fast.
2. The word “better” (l. 12) is the
01) superlative degree of good.
02) comparative degree of equality of well.
03) comparative degree of superiority of well.
04) comparative degree of inferiority of badly.
05) superlative degree of bad.
3. It’s correct to say that “the best” (l. 22) is
01) the comparative of well.
02) the opposite of worse.
03) the same as the most.
04) the superlative of good.
05) synonymous with the least.
4. About “best” (l. 38), it’s correct to say that it
01) expresses equality.
02) expresses inferiority.
03) expresses inequality.
04) has an irregular form of comparison.
05) is in the comparative degree of superiority.
How to Become a Stunt Double
A stunt double stands in for the actor when the action or
fight scene gets dangerous or goes beyond the
capabilities of the actor. To become a stunt double, you
must be in excellent physical condition and have special
skills.
Instructions
1. Exercise regularly if you want to become a stunt
double. Eat nutritiously for optimal health and strength.
2. Take lots of lessons because the more skills you
have, the better. Gymnastics is extremely important in
becoming a stunt double. Get good at trampoline,
skateboarding, swimming and high board diving. Take
scuba diving lessons.
Practice rock climbing and horseback riding. Learn to
water ski and snow ski.
3. Enroll in martial arts classes, especially judo. Judo is
excellent for learning how to break falls. - Taken from
Google
5. Look at the bold comparative form (item 2). Choose
the option that contains a similar construction.
a) The earlier we get there, the more likely we are to
get good seats.
b) More and more people travel to England.
c) The smoothest Channel crossing you’ll ever have!
Why not fly to France with British Airways? It’ll be
the best decision you’ve ever made.
d) Our new jets are now far more luxurious.
201

202
6. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna da frase a seguir.
The more time people spend at an exhibit, ...... they
learn.
a) more
b) most
c) much
d) the more
e) the most
The idea that executives need to fly on business
class...(1)... they can work is bogus, according to a
survey of European business travelers conducted ...(2)...
the Official Airline Guides. It ...(3)... that passengers
pounding laptops were most likely to be sitting in
economy class. "The more senior the ...(4)... executive,
likely you are to find them relaxing in business
class...(5)... a movie," the OAG says.
7. Assinale a alternativa que prenche corretamente a
lacuna 4 do texto.
a) most
b) more
c) the more
d) the most
e) much
Is this what really goes on in the staff room?
8. Em “the more I learn, the less clear anything gets”,
mantém-se o mesmo sentido em:
a) more learning, less obscurity.
b) more learning, more obscurity.
c) less learning, more obscurity.
d) less learning, less doubts.
e) more doubts, more obscurity.
9. Of all the movies I have seen lately the one I saw
yesterday was __________.
a) the most worst
b) worse
c) worst
d) the worst
e) the worse
1 Bill Joy is not afraid of new technology. On the
contrary, _________ chief scientist at Sun Microsystems,
the Silicon Valley company that devised JavaScript and
countless other Internet-era computer innovations, he
_________ in the vanguard of the high-tech revolution
for more than 20 years. But recently 3 Joy took a glimpse
into the future and it 1 scared him to death.
2 What he saw was a world in which humans
have been effectively supplanted by machines, a world in
which super-powerful computers with at least some
attributes of human intelligence 2 manage to replicate
themselves and develop their own autonomy; a world in
which people become superfluous and risk becoming
extinct.
3 What he saw, in short, was something
resembling the nightmare universe of the
TERMINATOR movies. Previously, Joy _________
such scenarios as science fiction fantasy, but then he
listened to his friends who were experts in robotics and
realised that this brave new world is much closer than
any of us might imagine - as close as 30 years away.
4
What spooked him _________ was this passage, quoted
in a book called THE AGE OF SPIRITUAL
MACHINES, by the computing innovator Ray Kurzweil:
"As society and the problems that face it become more
and more complex and machines become more and more
intelligent, people will let machines make more of their
decisions for them, simply because machine-made
decisions will bring better results than man-made ones.
Eventually a stage _________ at which the decisions
necessary to keep the system running will be so complex

that human beings will be incapable of making them
intelligently. At that stage the machines will be in
effective control. People won't be able to just turn the
machines off, because they will be so dependent on them
that turning them off would amount to suicide."
(From The End of Homo Sapiens, SPEAK UP, October'00, n. 161, page 10.)
10. The expression "MORE AND MORE", in "MORE
AND MORE complex" and in "MORE AND MORE
intelligent" (par.3):
( ) ( ) indicates emphasis.
( ) ( ) carries the meaning of even more.
( ) ( ) means greater in degree.
( ) ( ) is used as an intensifier.
( ) ( ) signifies equal or identical in degree.
11. Indicate the alternative that best completes the
following sentence.
"The more I read this book, ________."
a) the less I understand it.
b) most is what he doesn't know.
c) the least do I understand it.
d) more I like.
e) the most I can understand.
12. About adjectives, choose the alternative that
completes the sentences correctly.
I- Is this___1___ one you have?
II- Celine Dion sings___2___ Madonna, but Madonna
dances ___3___.
III- I wish I was___4___ Sean Connery.
IV- The church is ___5___ monument of the town.
a) 1-the better; 2-best than; 3-well; 4-so handome as;
5-the more ancient
b) 1-the best; 2-so well as; 3-best; 4-more handsome
than; 5-the ancienter
c) 1-the worst; 2-worse than; 3-better; 4-most
handsome than; 5-the most ancient
d) 1-the best; 2-as well as; 3-better; 4-as handsome as;
5-the most ancient
e) 1-the worse; 2-better than; 3-best; 4-as handsome
than; 5-the least ancient
When you check into a Hershey Resort, you and your
people get something no other convention center gives.
The assurance of Hershey quality. The same fine quality
that you've come to expect from Hershey Foods Corp.
over the last 67 years. The very same quality that makes
our other Hershey Resorts outstanding convention
centers.
With 1 thoroughly professional staffs. The best and the
newest facilities. Country locations easy to reach by
highways, interstates and airports. (Dozens of flights
daily and free limousine services.)
Pick the Hershey that's best for you. You'll get
2
unbeatable facilities for work and play. But above all,
you'll find all those things you can still trust, alive and
well and living in Hershey Resorts.
Fonte:Meetings and Conventions, April 1980
13. Os antônimos corretos das partes destacadas da
expressão "THE BEST and THE NEWEST facilities"
são, respectivamente,
a) the most good - the youngest
b) the baddest - the oldest
c) the worst - the most old
d) the poorest -the most recent
e) the worst - the oldest
Your Time Their Future
1 Frank could have been the average American
teen-ager. But with profound family, drug and behavioral
problems, and almost completely without resources,
Frank was anything but average. He'd drifted into an
alternative school for troubled youths, where, despite
special classes, Frank's principal still considered him
"the worst kid of the whole lot." Clearly, Frank was in a
downward spiral with little hope of reversing the
direction.
2 However, Elizabeth Müller, program
coordinator at the Freeport Youth Outreach Center,
refused to give up on the teen-ager. She matched him
with a mentor, Dr. Lawrence Brennan, who found Frank
an after-school job. More importantly, Dr. Brennan
promised to meet with Frank for a few hours every week
to talk and relax, and eventually to become a friend and
confidant.
3 The results were powerful. In one semester,
Frank switched from the alternative school to a regular
203

junior high school and became an honor roll student.
Since then he has never missed a class, mentor meeting
or day of work.
4 "All he needed was to be given some purpose
and direction," Brennan says.
Encarte do Reader's Digest, October 1998.
14. WORST (par.1), é superlativo de:
a) well
b) good
c) worn
d) bad
e) wealthy
Books about ideas have never been the ___(I)___ idea.
They never sold much right from the mid-18th century
when David Hume MOURNED the fate of his
"Treatise", and they have continued to do so ever
___(II)___. Despite a publishing industry that turns out
an enormous number of studies ___(III)___ topics like
"art", "justice", and "truth", American readers are more
responsive to a "just the facts" style of reportage,
directed towards activities they can see, hear or sniff out.
15. A lacuna (I) do texto é corretamente preenchida
pela alternativa
a) better than
b) good
c) better
d) best
e) as good as
16. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna da frase a seguir.
The more time people spend at an exhibit, ...... they
learn.
a) more
b) most
c) much
d) the more
e) the most
204

CAPÍTULO XXII – ADVERBS
O que é um advérbio? - What is an Adverb?
Os advérbios* adicionam
informações sobre
um verbo (1), um
adjetivo (2), um
outro advérbio (3),
um particípio (4) ou um
aoração completa (5).
Podemos dizer que eles
descrevem ou modificam
(limitam o significado
de) essas palavras.
Quando aqui nos
referirmos a advérbios,
estaremos tratando tanto
dos advérbios simples,
que são formados por
uma só palavra,
como here, sometimes,
quanto das locuções
adverbiais (Adverbial
Phrases), como - in this
room, once every
month, etc.
1. Jane drives carefully.
(Jane dirige
cuidadosamente.) -
How does Jane
drive? Carefully.
2. Their
children never go out.
(Os filhos deles nunca
saem.) - When do their
children go
out? Never.
3. We
will sleep here until
we find a safer place.
(Vamos dormir aqui
até acharmos um lugar
mais seguro.) -
Where are we going
to sleep? Here.
Quando modificam o adjetivo, os advérbios servem
como resposta à pergunta How? (Como?).
Jane doesn't drive particularly slowly. (Jane não dirige
particularmente devagar.) - How slowly doesn't Jane
drive?Particularly.
Machado de Assis is a very well known brazilian writer.
(Machado de Assis é um escritor brasileiro muito bem
conhecido.) -How well is he known? Very.
Quando modificam outro advérbio, os advérbios servem
como resposta a pergunta How? (Quão?)
What is more, Jane is always so well prepared to a trip,
too. (Para completar, Jane está sempre muito bem
preparada para uma viagem, também.)
Nesta oração, prepared é o particípio do verbo to
prepare, que está sendo modificado pelo advérbio well.
The meeting was badly organised. (A reunião foi mal
organizada.)
Organised é particípio do verbo to organise(British) / to
organize (American), sendo modificado pelo advérbio
badly.
Obviously, I can't know everything. (Obviamente, não é
possível que eu saiba tudo.)
Strangely, the man left the room. (Estranhamente, o
homem saiu da sala.)
Os advérbios obviously e strangely estão modificando o
sentido geral da oração a que se referem, e, na maior
parte das vezes, expressam a opinião de quem as emite.
Observe que as duas orações acima poderiam ser
reescritas, ficando assim:
It's obvious that I can't know everything. (É óbvio que
não é possível...) - A obviedade é uma opinião da pessoa
que falou (o emissor/locutor), mas, para outras pessoas,
talvez a impossibilidade de saber tudo não fosse tão
óbvia assim.
It's strange that the man had left the room. (É estranho
que o homem tenha saído da sala) - Para outras pessoas,
no entanto, talvez a saída do homem possa ter parecido
bem normal.
Portanto, há uma opinião expressa quando o advérbio
está modificando a oração inteira. Esses advérbios são
chamados de Comment/viewpoint Adverbs.
Comment/viewpoint adverbs (Advérbios de ponto de
vista)
São aqueles que expressam a opinião do locutor, o que
ele pensa sobre a situação:
clearly (claramente)
seriously (seriamente)
205

undoubtedly (indubitavelmente)
confidentially (confidencialmente)
surely (seguramente)
obviously (obviamente)
personally (pessoalmente)
theoretically (teoricamente)
presumably (presumivelmente)
truthfully (na verdade)
unluckily (por azar)
luckily (por sorte)
simply (simplesmente)
kindly(gentilmente, de bom grado)
disappointingly (de modo decepcionante, desapontador)
bravely (corajosamente)
wisely (sabiamente)
stupidly (estupidamente, de modo imbecil)
foolishly (de forma tola, insensata)
unfortunately(infelizmente)
carelessly (de forma desleixada, negligente)
rightly (com razão)
happily (por sorte, felizmente)
Estes advérbios geralmente não acrescentam
informações sobre como algo aconteceu, acontece ou
acontecerá, já que o que está em jogo é o comentário
com caráter opinativo. Eles modificam aoração inteira, e
não classes de palavras isoladamente. Quanto à sua
posição, são colocados comumente na front-position.
Exemplos:
Fortunately, she has decided to help us. (Felizmente, ela
decidiu nos ajudar.) - fortunately: ponto de vista do
locutor.
Stupidly, I forgot my keys. (Estupidamente, eu esqueci
minhas chaves.) - Stupidly: ponto de vista do locutor.
Esses advérbios também podem ser posicionados na
mid-position, embora essa colocação não seja tão comum
quanto a front-position:
206
She has fortunately decided to help us.
I stupidly forgot my keys.
Advérbios de Dúvida/Certeza - Adverbs of
Doubt/Certainty
São aqueles que nos indicam o grau de certeza de algo
que aconteceu, acontece, acontecerá etc.
Exemplos:
maybe (talvez)
da frase)
possibly (possivelmente)
definitely (definitivamente)
perhaps (talvez - no início ou no final
probably (provavelmente)
certainly (certamente, seguramente, evidentemente)
clearly (claramente, sem dúvidas, evidentemente)
assuredly (indubitavelmente, sem dúvidas)
Posição
Maybe e perhaps são colocados no início da oração:
Maybe I'm right and maybe I'm wrong. (Talvez eu esteja
certo e talvez eu esteja errado.)
Perhaps her train is late. (Talvez o trem dela esteja
atrasado.)
- Os demais advérbios de Dúvida/Certeza vem na Midposition,
isto é, antes do verbo principal ou entre o verbo
principal e auxiliar:
He probably thinks you don't like him. (Provavelmente
ele pensa que você não gosta dele.)
It will certainly rain this evening. (Seguramente irá
chover hoje à noite.)
I definitely feel better today. (Definitivamente eu me
sinto melhor hoje.)
There is cleary something wrong. (Sem dúvidas, há algo
de errado.)
The train has obviously been delayed. (O trem,
obviamente, está atrasado.)

Diferenças entre comment/viewpoint adverbs e
adverbs of manner:
Compare as duas orações a seguir:
1. She started singing happily. (advérbio de modo)
2. Happily, she started singing. (comment/viewpoint
adverbs)
Na oração 1, o advérbio happily acrescenta mais
informações sobrecomo ela estava cantando, logo, é um
advérbio de modo (= alegremente). Já na oração 2, o
advérbio happily expressa a opinião do locutor acerca do
evento, no caso, a menina que estava assistindo ao show
da cantora. Ela acha que o fato de a cantora ter começado
a cantar é um evento afortunado (feliz). Logo, trata-se de
um comment ou viewpoint adverb (advérbio de "ponto
de vista").
Alguns advérbios podem, não raro, aparecer como
modificadores de outras partes da oração:
a) de um substantivo: - Only Stacie achieved a good
score in the card game.
(Somente Stacie obteve uma boa pontuação no jogo de
cartas.)
- Stacie = substantivo, sendo modificado por only.
Our neighbour downstairs is Mexican. (Nosso vizinho do
andar de baixo é mexicano.)
- neighbour = substantivo, sendo modificado por
downstairs.
b) de uma locução prepositiva: - She arrived just in the
nick of time. (Ela chegou bem na hora "h".)
- "in the nick of time" = locução prepositiva, modificada
por just.
The scarecrow was placed right in the middle of the corn
field.
(O espantalho foi posto bem no meio do milharal.)
- "in the middle of the corn field" = locução prepositiva,
modificada por right.
c) de um determinante (numeral ou pronome): - In
Brazil, the new transit law has already decreased over
fiftydeaths a day.
(No Brazil, a nova lei de trânsito já reduziu mais de cinquenta mortes por dia.)
- fifty = numeral, sendo modificado por over.
Nearly everyone came for my birthday party.
(Quase todos vieram para a minha festa de aniversário.)
- everyone = pronome, sendo modificado por nearly.
A Formação dos Advérbios - The Formation of
Adverbs
Como podemos observar nos primeiros exemplos, os
advérbios são derivados de adjetivos ou possuem a
mesma forma do adjetivo. Nesse último caso, ocorre um
interessante fenômeno, semelhante ao que ocorre no
português, quando dizemos:
Iane é uma moça bonita. (Bonita = adjetivo
relacionado ao substantivo moça)
Iane canta bonito. (Aqui, o bonito é um adjetivo
exercendo a função de advérbio, já que está se
referindo ao verbo cantar, ao modo como Iane canta.
Bonito, neste caso, é um advérbio.)
Quando são derivados de adjetivos, os advérbios são, na
maioria dos casos, formados pelo acréscimo do sufixo -
ly (-mente, em português) a um adjetivo. Este acréscimo
ocorre principalmente com os advérbios que indicam
o MODO como certo fato aconteceu; contudo, os
advérbios que indicam frequência (usually, rarely)
eintensidade (only, fairly) podem, da mesma forma, ser
formados por este mesmo processo.
Observe os exemplos:
Adjective
Adjective
careful (cuidadoso)
especial (especial)
extreme (extremo)
particular
(particular,específico)
+ ly = Resultant Adverb
Advérbio Resultante
carefully (cuidadosamente,com cuidado)
especially (especialmente)
extremely (extremamente)
particularly (particularmente,especificamente)
207

slow (lento, vagaroso) slowly (lentamente,vagarosamente)
obvious (óbvio)
strange (estranho)
quick (rápido, ágil)*
complete (completo)
bad (mau, grave,
intenso)*
obviously (obviamente)
strangely (estranhamente)
quickly (rapidamente,agilmente)
completely (completamente)
badly (mal, gravemente,intensamente)
easy (fácil, tranquilo)* easily (facilmente,tranquilamente)
terrible (terrível)
automatic
(automático)
terribly (terrivelmente)
automatically(automaticamente)
easy (fácil) - easily (facilmente)
heavy (pesado) - heavily (pesadamente)
lazy (prequiçoso) - lazily (preguiçosamente)
happy (feliz, alegre) - happily (felizmente, alegremente)
b. Os adjetivos terminados em le trocam o le por ly:
probable (provável) - probably (provavelmente)
simple (simples) - simply (simplesmente)
whole (inteiro, total, completo) - wholly (inteiramente,
totalmente, completamente)
horrible (horrível) - horribly (horrivelmente)
subtle (sutil) - subtly (sutilmente)
*Alguns advérbios são iguais ao adjetivo
correspondente
(1) ou possuem tanto a forma de adjetivo como a de
advérbio com a função de advérbio (2):
(1) early - adiantado (adj.) ou cedo (adv.); fast - rápido
(adj.) ou rapidamente (adv.)
[Saiba mais na seção Adjetivo ou Advérbio?]
(2) quick ou quickly: Come as quick as you can! / Come
as quicklyas you can!
(Venha o mais rápido/rapidamente que você puder.)
bad ou badly: He wants the academic job so bad. / He
wants the academic job so badly.
(Ele quer muitíssimo o cargo acadêmico.)
easy ou easily: His success came too easy. / His success
came too easily.
(O sucesso dele veio fácil / facilmente.)
Loud ou loudly: Do you really have to hear the music so
loud? / Do you really have to hear the music so loudly?
(Você tem mesmo que ouvir a música tão alto?)
c. Os adjetivos terminados em e (sem l antes do e)
mantêm este e, e acrescentam ly; com a exceção de true e
due:
brave (bravo) - bravely (bravamente)
immediate (imediato) - immediately (imediatamente)
Exceções:
true (verdadeiro) - truly (verdadeiramente)
due (que se deve, devido, adequado, esperado) - duly (a
tempo, pontualmente, diretamente)
d. Os adjetivos terminados em ic acrescentam ...ally após
o ...ic:
tragic (trágico) - tragically (tragicamente)
specific (específico) - specifically (especificamente)
romantic (romântico) - romantically (romanticamente)
automatic (automático) - automatically
(automaticamente)
Como você pôde observar anteriormente, o advérbio não
é sempre formado pelo simples acréscimo de -ly ao final
do adjetivo. Veja as demais regrinhas de formação:
a. Os adjetivos terminados em y trocam o y por i antes
de receberem o sufixo -ly:
e. Caso o adjetivo já termine em ...ly, nada se acrescenta
a ele para a formação do advérbio:
Justine is tired of her daily routine. - daily = adjetivo
(Justine está cansada da sua rotina diária.)
Bob's column is published daily. - daily = advérbio (A
coluna de Bob é publicada diariamente.)
208

Adjetivo ou Advérbio? - Adjective or Adverb?
Problema: Identificar os advérbios em inglês pode ser
um tanto quanto tricky, isto é, eles nos enganam bastante
pelo modo como se apresentam. Você já deve ter
percebido que grande quantidade deles acaba em -ly,
mas, muito cuidado! Não são todos que acabam em -ly, e
nem toda palavra que termina em -ly é advérbio.
estejamos
fazendo a
coisacerta.)
mente à questão.)
de sua nova casa, e com
razão.)
* Hardly ever significa quase nunca: We hardly ever go
to the theater.
(Nós quase nunca vamos ao teatro.)
Dicas para identificar os advérbios:
1) Muitos deles têm a mesma forma tanto
para adjetivo quanto para o advérbio.
E hardly anyone significa quase ninguém:
The test was so difficult that hardly anyone passed.
(O teste estava tão difícil que quase ninguém passou.)
Entre os advérbios que têm a mesma forma do adjetivo,
além dos que citamos anteriormente, vale a pena
ressaltar mais alguns. Os advérbios do quadro
abaixo também admitem o acréscimo de ly, mas com
alguma alteração de sentido:
clos
e
har
d*
hig
h
late
righ
t
Adjetivo
Harry is
aclose friend of
mine.
(Harry é um
amigo próximo
meu.)
John is
a hardworker.
(John é um
trabalhadoresforç
ado.)
Miles likes to
climb highmounta
ins.
(Miles gosta de
escalar
montanhasaltas.)
A late applicant
suddenly came
into the room.
(Um
candidatoatrasado
entrou de repente
na sala.)
I hope we're
doing
the rightthing.
(Espero que
Advérbio
Come close, I need
to tell you
something.
(Chegue perto,
preciso te contar
uma coisa.)
John workshard.
(John trabalha de
maneiraesforçada.)
It rained hard.
(Choveufortemente.)
The bird flew
very high.
(O pássaro voou
muito alto.)
I usually get
uplate in sunday
mornings.
(Eu geralmente
acordo tarde nas
manhãs de
domingo.)
We answered the
question right.
(Nós
respondemoscorreta
Advérbio acrescido
de ly
(Atenção! O sentido
muda!)
The boxer watched his
opponentclosely.
(O boxeador observava
seu
adversárioatentamente.)
I can hardlywait.
(Mal posso esperar.)
I hardly know him.
(Mal o conheço.)
It hardly rained. (Quase
nãochoveu.)
Dr Gómez is
ahighly respected
surgeon.
(O Dr. Gómez é um
cirurgiãoaltamenteconc
eituado.)
Have you seen
Edlately?
(Você tem visto o
Edultimamente?)
He was proud of his
new house,
and rightly so.
(Ele estava orgulhoso
2) Atenção!
Nem todas as palavras terminadas em -ly são advérbios:
- Algumas são adjetivos, como:
lonely: Alice lives alone and often feels lonely. (Alice
mora sozinha e com frequência se sente só.)
silly: Her work is full of silly msitakes. (O trabalho dela
está cheio de erros bobos.)
lovely:He has a lovely voice. (Ele tem uma
voz adorável.)
friendly: Everyone was very friendly towards me.
(Todos foram muito amigáveis comigo.)
elderly: Elderly residents could remember the
construction of the first skyscraper.
(Habitantes idosos podiam lembrar a construção do
primeiro arranha-céu.)
- E outras são substantivos, como:
rally (= rali, competição automobilística)
folly (= loucura, estupidez, tolice, besteira)
3) Caso especial: Well
Há um advérbio que em nada é semelhante com o
adjetivo: well é o advérbio do adjetivo good. Exemplos:
She's a good piano player - She plays the piano well.
His English is very good - He Speaks English very well.
Utiliza-se well, e não good, com os particípios, formando
substantivos compostos:
well-dressed (bem-vestido) well-known (bemconhecido)
well-paid (bem-pago) well-educated (bemeducado)
Mas well também é um adjetivo (= not ill, in good
health) em casos como:
209

- How are you?
- I'm very well, thank you, and you?
Importante!
Nem sempre vai ser o advérbio que irá acompanhar o
verbo. Usa-se o adjetivo no lugar deadvérbio após alguns
verbos:
Determinados verbos, os chamados verbos de ligação,
são acompanhados por adjetivo, e não advérbio.
(Lembrando que a palavra a que o adjetivo se refere é
um substantivo ou pronome, e não um verbo. O adjetivo
descreve como alguém ou alguma coisa é.)
- Verbos usados pra descrever um
estado: be (ser), seem(estar), become (parecer), stay (fica
r, permanecer), remain(ficar).
- Verbos usados para descrever uma
qualidade: look(aparentar), sound (soar), feel (sentirse),
taste (ter gosto),smell (ter cheiro de).
The dancer seemed / lookedexcited - e não excitedly.
(O Dançarino parecia empolgado.)
That chocolate chip cake smelledgood - e não goodly.
(O bolo de gotas de chocolate cheirava bem.)
EXERCISES
Reducing climate change is good for your health
7 More ‘climate-friendly’ investments in transport, energy
and housing could help prevent significant
noncommunicable disease, WHO review finds
210
Washington, D.C., 14 June 2011 (PAHO/WHO) –
6 Greener investments in transport, housing and
household energy policies can help prevent significant
cardiovascular and chronic respiratory disease, obesityrelated
conditions and cancers.
These are among the findings of 10 a new global World
Health Organization series that looks systematically, for
the first time ever, at the health ‘co-benefits’ of
investments in climate change mitigation reviewed by
the lntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).
Overall, 4 sustainable development policies in housing,
transport, and household energy may benefit health right
away – even if the broader climate gains are realized
over years or decades.
5 “Some climate change mitigation measures yield
broader health gains than others,” says Dr Maria Neira,
director of WHO’s Department of Public Health and
Environment. “Potential health benefits – as well as
certain risks – should be considered more systematically
in climate assessments. And if that is done, we can
identify strategies that are truly win-win.”
2 Many forms of asthma and allergies, as well as heart
disease and strokes related to increasingly intense heat
waves and cold spells could be addressed by more
climate-friendly housing measures, the report finds.
As 8 other examples of ‘best buys’ for health, initial
findings from reviews of other sectors identify
considerable evidence that:
— 1 Investments in, and use of, safe walking/cycling and
public transport networks are strongly associated with
more healthy physical activity, lower rates of premature
mortality, and less obesity. However, the last IPCC
report focuses on better fuels and engines as mitigation
measures, giving little attention to the much wider
benefits offered by policies that favour walking, cycling
and public transport. This neglects the broader range of
health and social benefits that can be derived from
adopting more sustainable transport.
— 3 Deaths of more than 1 million people annually from
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) due to
indoor air pollution from traditional biomass and coalfired
stoves are largely avoidable with more energy
efficient stoves. An estimated 15% of this burden in
Latin American and Sub-Saharan African could
potentially be averted in less than a decade if more
advanced biomass or biogas stoves were introduced at a

pace compatible with UN targets for achieving universal
access to modern energy services by the year 2030.
“This series explains why green housing and home
energy, transport, and urban environments can improve
our health – and why the health sector can prevent much
disease, at very little cost, by advocating for healthier
investments in some key sectors,” says WHO’s Dr
Carlos Dora, an epidemiologist and coordinator of the
series.
b) condição – tempo – lugar.
c) condição – modo – tempo.
d) contraste – lugar – tempo.
e) comparação – modo – lugar.
Brazil wants to count trees in the Amazon rainforest
By Channtal Fleischfresser
February 11, 2013
As much as 11 80% of chronic disease is now occurring in
lower income countries, where urban growth is driving
rapid slum expansion, soaring traffic volumes, air and
water pollution and rates of traffic injury.
“ 9 People really cannot make healthy lifestyle choices –
unless they have a healthier environment,” Dora
observes. “So we, as health professionals, need to
promote basic environmental measures that cost the
health sector very little, and can avoid many subsequent
years of treatment. And these health savings can be
captured immediately – while the climate benefits
accumulate for the future.”
Glossário:
change –
mudança
choice –
escolha
disease –
doença
finding –
descoberta
gain – ganho
health – saúde
heart – coração
housing –
habitação
income –
renda
measure –
medida
mitigation –
redução
slum – favela
stove – fogão
yield –
produzir, render
Fonte: Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 10 jul. 2012.
1. Considere os trechos a seguir.
I. “People really cannot make healthy lifestyle choices –
unless they have a healthier environment” (ref. 9).
II. “a new global World Health Organization series that
looks systematically” (ref. 10).
III. “80% of chronic disease is now occurring in lower
income countries” (ref. 11).
Os segmentos sublinhados em I, II e III apresentam ideia
de, respectivamente,
a) modo – tempo – condição.
Brazil is home to roughly 60 percent of the Amazon,
about half of what remains of the world’s tropical
rainforests. And now, the country has plans to count its
trees. A vast undertaking, the new National Forest
Inventory hopes to gain “a broad panorama of the quality
and the conditions in the forest cover”, according to
Brazil’s Forestry Minister Antonio Carlos Hummel.
The census, set to take place over the next four years,
will scour 3,288,000 square miles, sampling 20,000
points at 20 kilometer intervals and registering the
number, height, diameter, and species of the trees,
among other data.
The initiative, aimed to better allocate resources to the
country’s forests, is part of a large-scale turnaround in
Brazil’s relationship to its forests. While it once had one
of the worst rates of deforestation in the world, last year
only 1,797 square miles of the Amazon were destroyed –
a reduction of nearly 80% compared to 2004.
(www.smartplanet.com. Adaptado.)
2. No trecho do primeiro parágrafo – Brazil is home to
roughly 60 percent of the Amazon –, a palavra roughly
equivale, em português, a
a) evidentemente.
b) exatamente.
c) aquém.
d) além de.
e) cerca de.
211

The Paradox of Our Times
by Jeff Dickson
The paradox of our times in history is that
We have taller buildings, but shorter tempers;
Wider freeways, but narrower viewpoints.
We’ve conquered outer space, but not inner space;
We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul;
We’ve split the atom, but not our prejudice.
We have higher incomes, but lower morals;
We’ve become long on quantity, but short on quality.
These are the times of tall men, and short character;
We spend more, but have less;
We buy more, but enjoy it less.
We have bigger houses and smaller families;
More conveniences, but less time.
We have more degrees, but less sense;
More knowledge, but less judgment;
More experts, but more problems;
More medicine, but less wellness.
We drink too much, smoke too much, spend too
recklessly;
Laugh too little, drive too fast, get too angry too quickly,
Stay up too late, get too tired,
Read too seldom, watch TV too much,
And pray too seldom.
We have multiplied our possessions, but reduced our
values.
Steep profits, and shallow relationships.
These are the times of world peace, but domestic
warfare;
More leisure, but less fun;
More kinds of food, but less nutrition.
These are days of two incomes, but more divorce;
Of fancier houses, but broken homes.
It is a time when there is much in the show window
And nothing in the stockroom;
A time when technology can bring this letter to you,
And a time when you can choose either to make a
difference
Or just hit delete.
(www.motivateus.com/stories/paradox.htm - July 2012.)
3. In the line, “we talk too much, love too seldom, and
hate too often”, what kind of adverb is seldom?
a) Manner.
b) Frequency.
c) Degree.
d) Place.
We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too often.
We’ve learned how to make a living, but not a life;
We’ve added years to life, not life to years.
We’ve been all the way to the moon and back,
But have trouble crossing the street to meet a new
neighbor.
If you are one of more than 600 million people on
Facebook, it’s 1 likely that you regularly friend (and
sometimes unfriend) others. This extending of language
– verbing of nouns – brings growing pains. Some rail
against it.
Why verb a noun when a perfectly serviceable verb ‘to
befriend’ is already a part of the language? But language
grows with need, and ‘to friend’ someone online is not
necessarily the same as ‘to befriend’. Each new verb or
noun adds a new shade to the mosaic of the language.
212

And it happens all the time. We have the verb ‘serve’
and the noun ‘service’, but we extend ‘service’ to use it
as a verb again because ‘to service’ is not necessarily the
same as ‘to serve’.
Put new verbs into service in your conversation and
writing, at work, home, and beyond. Friend them into
your vocabulary, and don’t worry about those who
complain against the verbing of nouns. It has been going
on for quite a while now.
Rolling back the nanny state
Live free and pay more tax
The need for revenue has encouraged cash-strapped
state and local governments to
scrap restrictions on alcohol sales, gambling and even
fireworks
The Oxford English Dictionary has the first citation for
the word friend as a verb from the year 1225. In fact, ‘to
friend’ has an older pedigree than ‘to befriend’ (1559).
There was no Facebook, no Web, no computers, not even
electricity back in the 13th century. But there was
language, and a need to stretch it to fill a need. And long
after Facebook is gone, we’ll continue using language in
ways that fit. 2 Here’s to verbing of nouns (and nouning
of verbs)!
http://wordsmith.org/awad. Acessado em 19/06/2011.
4. The term “likely” (ref. 1) indicates
a) probability.
b) intention.
c) necessity.
d) permission.
e) futurity.
Observe the fragment taken from the blues Blow Wind
Blow (Muddy Waters, Paul Butterfield).
When the sun rose this morning,
I didn't have my baby by my side.
When the sun rose this morning,
I didn't have my baby by my side.
I don't know where she was,
I know she's out with some another guy.
5. In the context of the song, the word “when” can be
substituted for
a) while.
b) even though.
c) considering that.
d) by the time.
LAST week the state of Washington began auctioning
the licences to 167 of the liquor stores it runs. By June
1st Washington will be out of the liquor business
altogether, freeing private businesses to sell spirits in the
state for the first time since Prohibition. Last year,
despite dire warnings about corporate profiteers, drunk
drivers and surging policing costs, voters in the state
approved the privatisation in a referendum by 59% to
41%.
Something similar happened in Georgia on March 6th,
when voters lifted the ban on sales of alcohol on Sundays
in 24 of the 27 cities and counties that had put the issue
on the ballot, alongside the state’s presidential primary.
Since Georgia first allowed local governments to hold
referendums on Sunday sales last year, voters have
approved the practice in 129 out of 154 instances, often
by huge margins. Last year in Texas, attempts to turn
“dry” localities “wet” succeeded on 57 out of 64
occasions. In West Virginia meanwhile, the state
legislature has just passed a bill allowing liquor stores to
hold tasting sessions. It is the ninth state to approve such
a measure since 2009. “The world is getting wetter,”
exults Frank Coleman of the Distilled Spirits Council of
the United States (DISCUS), an industry group.
It is not just drinkers who are benefiting from a
loosening of puritanical regulations around America.
Massachusetts last year became the 24th state to allow
casinos in some form. Ohio did the same in 2009, and
Maryland did in 2008. Maine, not to be outdone, has just
issued its first casino licence, and also lifted a ban on
fireworks at the beginning of the year. Rhode Island
legalised fireworks in 2010, and will hold a referendum
in November about expanding gambling.
213

This trend is not, sadly, the result of a sudden
renunciation of paternalism by state governments.
Rather, it stems from the states’ dire fiscal straits in the
aftermath of the recession. “States are looking for a
source of revenue beyond [directly] taxing their
residents,” says Holly Wetzel of the American Gaming
Association, which represents gambling interests. Mandy
Rafool of the National Conference of State Legislatures
puts it more bluntly: “States have been so desperate over
the last few years that they’re looking at everything.”
Mar 17th 2012 | www.economist.com
6. The underlined word ‘rather’ in ‘Rather, it stems
from the states’ dire fiscal straits in the aftermath of the
recession.’ could be replaced, without changing its
meaning, by:
a) notwithstanding
b) instead
c) inasmuch as
d) besides
e) in order to
Brazil struggles to curb sex tourism
The UN estimates that two million young people under
the age of 18 are involved in prostitution. Traditionally
the trade has been associated with Asia. But in recent
years, Brazil has become an increasingly popular
destination. There's a paradise quality to Recife on the
country's north-east coast. Not the paradise of desert
islands and solitude but a more earthly variety, with
vibrant beaches and beautiful people. The latter is the
attraction for a growing number of foreign tourists who
come to Brazil looking for sex, and in many cases they
are willing to pay for it. There is a growing demand,
214
mostly from Germans, Italians and other Europeans.
They come here not for the culture and beaches, but for
sex, often with minors. The age of consent in Brazil is
18, but many of those at work here are much younger.
Recife's secretary for tourism, Romeo Batista, says the
long-term antidote to the sex trade lies in better social
policies so that Brazilian girls have less need for foreign
men and money. But on the question of shortterm
solutions, he was somewhat defensive: "Prostitutes exist
everywhere - look at Paris for example. Here they just
happen to work in highly visible areas, and it's not just a
question of getting them off the streets. You have to
detain their clients, which is why we've installed cameras
which also help reduce violence."
Disponível em: . Acesso em:
17 mar. 2010. (Adaptado).
7. Considerando os aspectos estruturais do texto, é
CORRETO afirmar que
a) a declaração Brazil has become an increasingly
popular destination pode ser expressa como “Brazil
has incresed its popular destinations”.
b) na sequência a growing number of foreign tourists
who come to Brazil looking for sex, o termo who
refere-se a Brazil.
c) na frase often with minors, o termo often expressa
uma frequência próxima da expressa pelo termo
“always”.
d) na sentença You have to detain their clients, o verbo
“to have” tem o mesmo sentido de “to possess”.
THE ROSE-TREE
A man had two children, a daughter by his first
wife and a son by his second. His daughter was very
beautiful, and her brother loved her but his mother hated
her. The stepmother sent the daughter to the store to buy
candles. Three times, the girl put down the candles to
climb a 5 stile, and a dog 3 stole them.
The stepmother told her to come and let her
comb her hair. She claimed she could not comb it on her
knee, or with the comb, and sent the girl for a piece of
wood and an 6 axe, and cut off her head.
She 7 stewed her heart and liver, and her husband
tasted them and said they tasted 1 strangely. The brother
did not eat but buried his sister under a rose-tree. Every
day he 4 wept under it.

One day, the rose-tree flowered, and a white
bird appeared. It sang to a cobbler and received a pair of
red shoes; it sang to a watchmaker and received a gold
watch and chain; it sang to three millers and received a
millstone. Then it 2 flew home and rattled the millstone
against the 9 eaves. The stepmother said that it thundered,
and the boy ran out, and the bird dropped the shoes at his
feet. It rattled the millstone again, the stepmother said
that it thundered, the father went out, and the bird
dropped the watch and chain at his feet. It rattled the
millstone a third time, and the stepmother went out, and
the bird 8 dropped the millstone on her head.
By Joseph Jacobs
8. The word "strangely" (ref. 1) is being used as:
a) verb.
b) adjective.
c) conjunction.
d) adverb.
e) preposition.
It is impossible to define the now primary sense
of literature precisely or to set rigid limits on its use.
Literary treatment of a subject requires creative use of
the imagination: something is constructed which is
related to "real" experience, but is not of the same order.
What has been created in language is known only
through language, and the text does not give access to a
reality other than itself. As a consequence, the texts that
make up English literature are a part and a product of the
English language and cannot be separated from it.
Among the various ways of defining literature are to see
it as an imitation of life, through assessing its effect on a
reader, and by 1 ANALYZING its form.
The imitation of life. Since at least the 4th
century BC, when Aristotle described poetry as mimesis
(imitation), literature has been widely regarded as an
imitation of life. The mimetic theory was dominant for
centuries, only falling into disfavor in the late 18th
century with the rise of Romanticism, which took poetry
to be essentially an expression of personal feeling. In the
20th century, however, the idea of mimesis was revived.
Effect on the reader. 2 READING literature is
widely believed to develop 3 UNDERSTANDING and
4 FEELING, by complementing the primary experiences
of life with a range of secondary encounters. Although
the experience of literature is not the same as 'real'
experience, it can have an influence that extends beyond
the period of 5 READING. The response is inward and
does not necessarily lead to physical movement or social
action, although texts written as scripture or propaganda
may have such results. In the 5-4th centuries BC, Plato
acknowledged the power of poetry, but distrusted its
rhetorical effect and mythic quality. In the Phaedrus, he
attacked the cultivation of persuasion rather than the
investigation of truth and in the Republic argued that, in
an ideal state, poets would have no educational role.
Aristotle, however, thought that the catharsis or
purgation experienced in witnessing a tragic drama was
beneficial. Generally, like Aristotle, critics have attached
importance to the ethical purpose of literature and the
morally 6 UPLIFTING value of 'the best' literature.
(From: McARTHUR, Tom (ed.). The Oxford Companion to the English
Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press)
9. The sentence: "Since at least the 4th century BC,
when Aristotle described poetry as mimesis (imitation),
literature has been widely regarded as an imitation of
life" contains a /an:
a) infinitive clause
b) adverb clause
c) object noun clause
d) subject noun clause
MAPPING CRIME
Police around the world are using technology to
anticipate where the bad guys will strike next.
A decade ago, Bogotá had a bad name. Violent
crime was out of control. Rather than buying more guns
or patrol cars, Bogotá's cops went for something bigger:
science. The city began superimposing millions of police
bulletins onto digitized city maps to pinpoint which
bandits were at work and where, down to the doorstep.
By displaying crime data on easy-to-read city maps,
police were able to target urban hot spots and optimize
street patrols. Murders have since fallen by a third in the
past five years and the police's approval rating has
soared. "Crime mapping has made us faster and more
efficient," says Gen. Luiz Alberto Gómez, head of
Bogotá Metropolitan Police. "We are serving the
neighborhoods better."
So are police in several countries, as the virtues
of high-tech crimefighting become clear. Spiking crime
rates everywhere from Colombia to Brazil, India to
215

South Africa, have encouraged more and more cops to
draw on technology to anticipate where criminals are
going to strike next, so their thinly stretched forces can
be at the right place at the right time. "Without
computerized crime analysis," says Alexandre Peres, a
government security strategist in Pernambuco, northeast
Brazil, "policing is guesswork."
The trend goes back to the early 1990s, when
New York City police started using CompStat, a
computer-driven mapping tool. In the next decade or so,
violent crimes tumbled by 70 percent; the city now ranks
222nd in the country in crime. Major cities across the
United States and Europe followed New York's lead, and
now the rest of the world is catching on.
(Newsweek, April)
10. O advérbio "rather than" em "Rather than simply
buying more guns and patrol cars, ...", no 1 0 . parágrafo,
poderia ser substituído, sem prejuízo de significado, por
a) instead of.
b) in addition to.
c) as long as.
d) now that.
e) as far as.
WHAT IS AUTHORITY? DIFFERENTIATING
AUTHORITY, POWER AND LEGITIMACY
(…)
3 When a person has authority over others, it means
something a bit more than simply that he has a right to
exercise existing power. The missing ingredient is
psychological - the previously mentioned but not
explicated issue of acknowledgment. Both power and
legitimacy are social in that they exist in the interplay
between two or more humans. Yet what goes on in the
mind of a person when he acknowledges the authority of
another?
5
It isn't simply that he accepts the factual existence of
power or legitimacy; rather, it's that he accepts that an
authority figure is justified in making a decision without
also explaining the reason for that, and persuading others
to accept that the decision was reached properly. If I
have authority over you, I can expect that when I make a
decision you will go along with that decision, even if I
don't take the time to explain it to you and persuade you
that it is indeed right. 5 Your acceptance of me as an
216
authority implies that you have implicitly agreed to be
persuaded, and won't demand explicit explanations and
reasons. When you act, it won't be because of me
enforcing my will over you, nor will it have anything to
do with the legitimacy of my power. Instead, it will
simply be you exercising your will for your own reasons.
AUSTIN CLINE
http://atheism.about.com
11. Connectors establish a set of semantic roles while
linking clauses.
Observe the kind of link employed in the sentence
below.
"It isn't simply that he accepts the factual existence of
power or legitimacy; RATHER, it's that he accepts that
an authority figure is justified in making a decision
without also explaining the reason for that," (ref. 5)
The information that follows the
functions as:
a) enumeration
b) replacement
c) reinforcement
d) exemplification
RIGHT (OR LEFT) OF WAY
spotted connector
The British Empire may have waned, but the
sun never sets on one leftover of colonial rule. Take
Hong Kong, for instance. Even though Britain returned
the crown colony to China seven years ago, Hong
Kongers still motor down Queensway the way Queen
would - on the left - while the rest of China drives right,
as does about 70 percent of the world. 1 In bygone days,
English cavaliers kept left so they could draw swords
with their right hand to fend off approaching
highwaymen. In France and the 13 colonies, teamsters
steering heavy wagons pulled by six horses rode the leftrear
horse and drove on the right to 2 judge clearance
when meeting an oncoming wagon. Practices like these
shaped regional rules of the road, and 3 by the time cars
drove into scene, nations had chosen sides. The Nazis
ended leftist driving in Central Europe in the 1930s and
40's, and in 1982 Argentine invaders forced Falkland
4 Islanders to drive on the right - until British troops
landed and redirected traffic. - National Geographic,

Mar. 2004.
12. The phrase BY THE TIME (ref. 3) can be
substituted, without any loss in meaning, by
a) as long as.
b) until.
c) while.
d) till then.
e) when.
The Mozart Effect
1 Mozart makes you smarter! Researchers at the
University of California at Irvine discovered that people
who listened to ten minutes of Mozart before taking an
intelligence test scored higher than people who listened
to ten minutes of relaxation instructions or who, for ten
minutes, sat in silence. Scientists speculate that some
kinds of music stimulate neural pathways in the brain.
For a period of up to fifteen minutes after listening, the
group that heard Mozart improved significantly in
abstract and spatial reasoning. The one downer - that
improvement is 1 temporary - may be because listening is
a passive activity. No one knows if listening longer
results in staying smarter longer.
2 Although some studies suggest that children as
young as two can benefit intellectually from music, you
can be any age to take advantage of the Mozart Effect.
You don't have to be a musician. You can profit from it
regardless of your level of formal education. It doesn't
matter what kind of job you do, nor if you've never
listened to a note of Mozart in your life. You don't even
have to like music! The Mozart Effect works
automatically.
3 As a man, Mozart was playful, mercurial,
ebullient: a quick thinker. The rapidity with which he
processed information and went from one level of
understanding to the next is echoed in the meticulous
organization of his 2 frequently complicated but 3 always
clear music. Mozart's music induces widely varied
emotional responses in us, but it 4 never allows us to
wallow: it changes too 5 fast.
4 Mozart had a notable career as a child virtuoso.
His father, Leopold, had him playing piano at four,
composing by five. Mozart's neural pathways, widened
at an early age and stimulated constantly (Mozart
composed more than six hundred works before he died at
thirty-five), facilitated his fluent expression of musical
thought. What is it in Mozart that heightens our
perceptivity? Perhaps it has something to do with being
able to pay attention.
(Source: Adapted from Mozart for Your Mind: Boost Your Brain Power with
Wolfgang Amadeus, Philips Classics Productions, CD 11.649.77.412.)
13. All the following words are used as adverbs in the
text, EXCEPT:
a) temporary (ref. 1).
b) frequently (ref. 2).
c) always (ref. 3).
d) never (ref. 4).
e) fast (ref. 5).
PLENTY OF MONKEYS.
"Biologists are still finding new kinds of monkeys, some
of man's closest living relatives. It happened again last
week with the announcement that two species of
monkeys have been discovered in the Brazilian Amazon.
If you're going to look for new monkeys, Brazil is the
place to do it. Brazilian forests are home to 95 known
species of primates, about 27% of the world's total; of
the 24 monkeys described since 1990, 13 hail from
Brazil.
The newest additions are titi monkeys, a group of catsize
creatures that form humanlike families consisting of
a pair of adults - which mate for life - and their offspring.
One, Callicebus bernhardi, is named for Prince Bernhard
of the Netherlands, a noted naturalist. The other is
dubbed C. stephennashi, after Stephen Nash, a scientific
illustrator.
Given the Amazon's size, it is unlikely that these
monkeys will be the last of its secrets. Says codiscoverer
Russell Mittermeier, president of
Conservation International: "We've got some monkeys in
cages that we know are new species. We just haven't
described them yet."
(From Plenty of Monkeys, NATURE, TIME, August 8, page 39.)
14. The word "just" in "We JUST haven't described
them yet" has the specific function of:
a) contrast
b) emphasis
c) sequence
217

d) addition
e) conclusion
FLORIDA PANTHER, THE EVERGLADES
The Everglades, often called a "river of grass," is a
unique subtropical habitat for plants and wildlife
A Florida panther rests 4
quietly in the
Everglades of southwestern Florida. 1 Although protected
by the Endangered Species Act, only 30 Florida panthers
are believed to survive in the Everglades 5 victims of
disease and shrinking habitat as well as illegal hunting
and automobiles. 2 With the species' fate hanging in the
balance, some Florida panthers are being captured for a
special breeding program.
closet, I would like to find an agency or agencies that
3 might be interested in using the images for textbooks,
calendars or postcards. Where do I start to look for
agencies that might be interested in this material of
which I have become the conservator?
Abraham M. Hoffman
Bridgeport, CT - (Photographic, April 1998. p.4.)
16. O vocábulo QUITE (ref.1) expressa
a) tempo.
b) consequência.
c) intensidade.
d) possibilidade.
The Everglades, 3 often called a "river of grass",
6 stretches more than 300 kilometers from the headwaters
of the Kissimmee River to the Florida Keys, with a
600,000-hectare national park at its core. Made up of
saw grass, tree islands, marshes and sloughs, the
Everglades is a unique subtropical habitat for plants and
wildlife. It is also an ecosystem under pressure from
outside development, pollution (especially agricultural
runoff) and the diversion of water for use by the state's
growing population. State and federal conservation
authorities are now taking action to restore the
Everglades. - Environment: The Next Frontier, a publication of the U. S.
Information Agency.
15. A palavra "quietly" (ref. 4) pode ser substituída,
sem alteração de sentido, por
a) pleasantly.
b) peacefully.
c) gladly.
d) beautifully.
e) lonely.
218
LETTERS
PHOTO AGENCY SEARCH
My uncle was an accomplished photographer
who took pictures for most of his 85 years. He had 1 quite
a collection of slides, the subjects of which include
nature, travel and scenics. The nature and scenic shots
are primarily of New England, Cape Cod, Israel and
Puerto Rico.
2
Rather than relegate this beautiful work to a

CAPÍTULO XXIV - DIRECT & REPORTED SPEECH -
DISCURSO DIRETO E INDIRETO
Reported Speech - Indirect Speech
Discurso Indireto (Também chamado 'Reported
Speech') refere-se a uma sentença, relatando o que
alguém disse.
O narrador, para relatar a fala das personagens, pode
servir-se de dois recursos:
Discurso direto - o narrador reproduz textualmente
as palavras da personagem.
Discurso Indireto - o narrador transmite com suas
próprias palavras a fala da personagem.
A diferença básica entre discurso direto e indireto é
a mudança de emissor. No discurso direto, o emissor
é a personagem; no discurso indireto, o emissor é o
narrador.
A opção por uma dessas formas depende da
intencionalidade do narrador e com a expressividade
que pretende obter.
Na passagem do discurso direto para o indireto, é
importante lembrar que o segundo está sempre
"defasado" em relação ao primeiro, por isso é contado no
passado.
o propósito da ação descrita (ex. ADMIT, AGREE,
DENY, EXPLAIN, PROMISE, RESPOND,
SUGGEST), estes verbos apresentam uma interpretação
do narrador do evento.
E.g
The teacher announced that there would be an extra
homework.
Many students protested that they already had too much.
REPORTING FORMATS and VERBS.
Vimos acima alguns verbos associados com o uso do
DIRECT/REPOTED SPEECH, é natural que façamos
uso somente dos reporting SAID, TOLD, ASK, porém
não devemos nos prender somente a eles, pois é possível
usar qualquer outro verbo que transmita o que o narrador
quer passar ao seu interlocutor.
Discurso Direto como DRAMA. – Direct Speech as
Drama.
Quando repotamos um evento via Direct Speech, é
possível incluir muitos aspectos que dramatize a
maneira em que a sentença foi produzida. Podendo
incluir verbos que indique o jeito ou humor em o falante
se encotrava (ex. CRY, SCREAM…), também advérbios
(ex. ANGRILY, BRIGHTLY, CAUTIOUSLY,
QUICKLY…).
E.g
`I have some good news` she whispered cautiously.
Discurso Indireto como Narrativa - Reported Speech as
Narrative.
Ao contrario do anterior, quando um evento é relatado
através do Reported Speech, há menos drama. Há
também uma tendência a incluirmos verbos que indicam
Verb + infinitive
agree, decide, offer, promise, refuse, threaten
They agreed to meet on Friday.
He refused to take his coat off.
Verb + object + infinitive
advise, encourage, invite, remind, warn
Tom advised me to go home early.
She reminded me to telephone my mother.
Verb + gerund
deny, recommend, suggest
They recommended taking the bus.
She suggested meeting a little earlier.
Verb + object + preposition (+ gerund)
219

accuse, blame, congratulate
He accused me of taking the money.
They congratulated me on passing all my exams.
Verb + preposition + gerund
apologise, insist
They apologised for not coming.
He insisted on having dinner.
Verb + (that) + subject + verb
admit, agree, decide, deny, explain, insist, promise,
recommend, suggest
Sarah decided (that) the house needed cleaning.
They recommended (that) we take the bus.
Direct Speech
today
tonight
tomorrow
yesterday
ago
last week
next week
this morning
here
This
Can
Will
May
Reported Speech
that day
that night
the next day
the day before
before
the week before,
the previous week
the following week,
the next week
that morning
There
That
Could
Would
Might
Present
Continuous
Simple Past
Past
Continuous
Present
Perfect
Going to-
Future
Must
Past
Continuous
Past Perfect
Past Perfect
Continuous
Past Perfect
was/were
going to.
Had to*
wanted some
oranges.
They said: "We
are studying
hard."
They said they
were studying
hard.
She said: "I
needed you, but
uou weren't
here."
She said she had
needed him, but
he hadn't been
there.
Tom said: "I was
talking to Mary."
Tom said he had
been talking to
Mary.
They said:
"We've worked
together."
They said they
had worked
together.
I said: "I'm going
to visit Jim"!
I said I was going
to visit Jim"
She told me: "I
must hurry up."
She told me she
had to hurry up.
Algumas correntes aceitam também que não se
modifique o must no Reported Speech
220
Direct
Speech
Simple
Present
Reported
Speech
Simple Past
Example
He said: "I want
some oranges."
He said he

Changing Pronouns and Time Signifiers
Quando mudarmos o discurso direto para indireto, é
necessário mudar os pronomes para
marcarmos o sujeito da senteça.
For example:
She said, "I want to bring my children." (tornase)
She said she wanted to bring her children.
Jack said, "My wife went with me to the show."
(torna- se)
Jack said his wife had gone with him to the show.
É também importante mudar as palavras que denotem
tempo, (signifiers) para marcarmos o
momento da fala.
For example:
She said, "I want to bring my children
tomorrow." (torna-se)
day.
She said she wanted to bring her children the next
Jack said, "My wife went with me to the show
yesterday." (torna-se):
Jack said his wife had gone with him to the show
the day before.
EXERCISES
The Man Who Sold the Eiffel Tower
Paris, 1925. World War I had finished and the city was
full of people with cash looking for business
opportunities. Victor Lustig was reading the newspaper
one day and found an article about the Eiffel Tower. It
said the tower was being neglected because it was too
expensive to maintain. Lustig a great ‘business
opportunity’ – he would sell the Eiffel Tower!
Lustig wrote to six important businessmen in the city and
invited them to a secret meeting in a well-known Paris
hotel. He said he was a government official and he told
them that he wanted to talk about a business deal. All six
of the businessmen came to the meeting.
At the meeting, Lustig told them that the city wanted to
sell the Eiffel Tower for scrap metal and that he had been
asked to find a buyer. He said that the deal was secret
because it would not be popular with the public. The
businessmen believed him, perhaps the Eiffel Tower was
never planned to be permanent. It had been built as part
of the 1889 Paris Expo, and the original plan had been to
remove it in 1909.
Lustig rented a limousine and took the men to visit the
tower. After the tour, he said that if they were interested,
they should contact him the next day. Lustig told them
he would give the tower contract to the person with the
highest offer. One of the dealers, Andre Poisson, was
very interested, but he was also worried. Why was Lustig
in such a hurry?
The two men had a meeting, and Lustig confessed that
he wasn’t looking for the highest offer. He said he would
give the contract to anybody – for a price. Poisson
understood: Lustig wanted a little extra money “under
the table” for himself. This was Lustig’s cleverest lie,
because now Poisson believed him completely.
Lustig sold Poisson a false contract for the Eiffel Tower
– and on top of that, Poisson paid him a little extra
money “under the table”. Lustig put all the money in a
suitcase and took the first train to Vienna. Poisson never
told the police what had happened – he was too
embarrassed. After a month, Lustig returned to Paris and
tried to sell the Eiffel Tower again, but this time
somebody told the police and he had to escape to
America. There, he continued his criminal career and
finished his days in the famous Alcatraz prison. -
(Oxford UP 2009 - English Result, p.62. Adapted.)
221

1. Read the reported sentence below, from the text.
Lustig told them he would give the tower contract to the
person with the highest offer.
Which of the alternatives below corresponds to Lustig’s
direct speech?
a) “I will give the tower contract to the person with the
highest offer”.
b) “I would give the tower contract to the person with
the highest offer”.
c) “I shall give the tower contract to the person with
the highest offer”.
d) “I could give the tower contract to the person with
the highest offer”.
I am happy to join 1 __________ you today in what will
go down in history as the greatest demonstration for
freedom in the history of our nation.
In the process 2 __________ gaining our rightful place we
must not be guilty of wrongful deeds. Let us not seek to
satisfy our thirst for freedom 3 __________ drinking from
the cup of bitterness and hatred. We must forever
conduct our struggle on the high plane of dignity and
discipline. We must not allow our creative protest to
degenerate into physical violence. 4 The marvelous new
militancy which has engulfed the 15 Negro community
must not lead us to distrust of 8 all white people, for
13 many of our white brothers, as evidenced by 5 their
presence here today, have come to realize that their
destiny is tied up with our destiny and their freedom is
17 inextricably bound to our freedom. We cannot walk
alone.
I have a 9 dream that one day 11 this nation will rise up and
18 live out the true 16 meaning of 6 its creed: “We hold
these truths to be self-evident: that all men are created
equal.” I have a dream that my four little children will
one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by
the color of their skin but by the content of their
character.
19
This is our hope. This is the faith that I go back to the
South with. When we allow 10 freedom to 12 ring, when we
let 7 it ring from every state and every city, we will speed
up that 14 day when all of God’s children, black men and
white men, Jews and Gentiles, Protestants and Catholics,
will join hands and sing the old Negro spiritual, “Free at
last! free at last! thank God Almighty, we are free at
last!”
Adaptado de: LUTHER KING JR., Martin. I have a dream. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 06 set.
2013.
2. Considere o segmento a seguir.
This is our hope. This is the faith that I go back to the
South with (ref. 19).
Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a reescrita mais
adequada do segmento acima, em discurso indireto.
a) This was my hope. This was the faith that I would
go back to the South with.
b) That was their hope. That was the faith that he
would go back to the South with.
c) That has been their hope. That has been the faith that
they have gone back to the South with.
d) That was our hope. That was the faith with which
we went back to the South.
e) Those were their hopes. Those were the faiths with
which they went back to the South.
3. Change the following sentence to the Reported
Speech:
Jeff said to Meg, " You don't understand me."
a) Jeff told Meg she didn't understand him.
b) Jeff asked Meg that her didn't understand herself.
c) Jeff told Meg that she didn't understood him.
d) Jeff told Meg that he didn't understand her.
e) Jeff told Meg she did understand him.
4. Change the following sentence to the Reported
Speech:
... Warren said to me, "I can't find my glasses in this
room."
a) Warren told me that he couldn't found his glasses in
that room.
b) Warren told me he couldn't find her glasses in these
room.
c) Warren told me that he couldn't find his glasses in
that room.
d) Warren told me that he can't find his glasses in those
room.
222

e) Warren said to me that he could not found his
glasses in this room.
5. “How did it get there?” (l. 20-21) The suitable form of
this sentence in Reported Speech, with the introducing
verb in the past tense, is
01) He informed how it got there.
02) He explained how it got there.
03) He wondered how it gets there.
04) He asked how it would get there.
05) He asked how it had gotten there.
6. “ I expected it to work but not so well.” - In Reported
Speech, this sentence becomes:
Rossano Amadelli said that he _______________.
it to work, but not so well.
The verb tense that completes the blank correctly is in
alternative
01) had expected.
02) has expected.
03) have expected.
04) was expecting.
05) would expect.
Will Melinda Gates Change the Game for Women?
She plans to use the Gates Foundation’s billions to
revolutionize contraception worldwide.
traveling. A reserved woman who has long been wary of
the public glare attached to the Gates name, she comes
alive, her associates say, when she’s visiting the
foundation’s projects in remote corners of the world.
“You get her out in the field with a group of women,
sitting on a mat or under a tree or in a hut, she is totally
in her element, totally comfortable,” says Gary
Darmstadt, director of family health at the foundation’s
global health program.
Visiting vaccine programs in sub-Saharan Africa, Gates
would often ask women at remote clinics what else they
needed. Very often, she says, they would speak urgently
about birth control. “Women sitting on a bench, 20 of
them, immediately they’ll start speaking out and saying,
‘I wish I had that injection I used to get,’” says Gates. “‘I
came to this clinic three months ago, and I got my
injection. I came last week, and I couldn’t get it, and I’m
here again.’”
They were talking about Depo-Provera, which is popular
in many poor countries because women need to take it
only four times a year, and because they can hide it, if
necessary, from unsupportive husbands. As Gates
discovered, injectable contraceptives, like many other
forms of birth control, are frequently out of stock in
clinics in the developing world, a result of both funding
shortages and supply-chain problems.
Women would tell her that they’d left their farms and
walked for hours, sometimes with children in tow, often
without the knowledge of their husbands, in their
fruitless search for the shot. “I was just stunned by how
vociferous women were about what they wanted,” she
says.
Because of those women, Gates made a decision that’s
likely to change lives all over the world. As she revealed
in an exclusive interview with Newsweek, she has
decided to make family planning her signature issue and
primary public health a priority. By Michelle Goldberg
7. The sentence “Gates would often ask women at
remote clinics what else they needed” in the direct
speech is
In the 12 years since Melinda Gates and her husband,
Bill, created the Gates Foundation, the world’s largest
philanthropic organization, she has done a lot of
a) Gates will ask to the women at remote clinics “What
else have you needed?”
b) “What else did you need?”, Gates asked women at
remote clinics.
223

c) Gates often asked to the women at remote clinics:
“What else does she need?”
d) “What else do you need?”, Gates usually asked
women at remote clinics.
e) Gates occasionally questioned the women at remote
clinics about what they needed.
9. Turning the first frame of the comic strip into the
Reported Speech, we would have:
a) Roosevelt once said to do what you could with what
you had where you were.
b) Roosevelt once said that to do what you could with
what you had where you were.
c) Roosevelt once said to do what we could with what
we had where we were.
d) Roosevelt once said did what we could with what
we had where we were.
e) Roosevelt once said do what we could with what we
had where we were.
EXPERTS TO PREPARE GLOBAL WARMING
REPORT
Scientists, government officials prepare definitive UN
report on state of global warming
8. Consider the following sentence and the three
alternatives to complete it.
Calvin said, “I will never teach maths”. In the indirect
speech this becomes
1. Calvin said that he would never teach maths.
2. Calvin said that he is never going to teach maths.
3. Calvin said that he was never going to teach maths.
Which of the alternatives above can be considered
grammatically correct?
a) Only 1.
b) Only 2.
c) Only 1 and 2.
d) Only 2 and 3.
e) 1, 2 and 3.
The Earth is hurtling toward a warmer climate
at a quickening pace, a Nobel-winning U.N. scientific
panel said in a landmark report released Saturday,
warning of inevitable human suffering and the threat of
extinction for some species.
As early as 2020, 75 million to 250 million
people in Africa will suffer water shortages, residents of
Asia's megacities will be at great risk of river and coastal
flooding, Europeans can expect extensive species loss,
and North Americans will experience longer and hotter
heat waves and greater competition for water, the report
from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
says.
U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon said
climate change imperils "the most precious treasures of
our planet". The potential impact of global warming is
"so severe and so sweeping that only urgent, global
action will do", Ban told the IPCC after it issued its
fourth and final report this year.
224

The IPCC adopted the report, along with a
summary, after five days of sometimes tense
negotiations. It lays out blueprints for avoiding the worst
catastrophes - and various possible outcomes, depending
on how quickly and decisively action is taken.
The document says recent research has
heightened concern that the poor and the elderly will
suffer most from climate change; that hunger and disease
will be more common; that droughts, floods and heat
waves will afflict the world's poorest regions; and that
more animal and plant species will vanish. - From
"Experts to prepare global warming report", by
e re rer
Newsweek November 17, 2007
10. The reported speech for the sentence: U.N.
Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon told the IPCC that "the
potential impact of global warming 'is so severe and so
sweeping that only urgent, global action will do.'" is
a) has been so severe and so sweeping that only urgent,
global action will do.
b) had been so severe and so sweeping that only
urgent, global action would do.
c) was being so severe and so sweeping that only
urgent, global action would do.
d) is being so severe and so sweeping that only urgent,
global action will do.
e) was so severe and so sweeping that only urgent,
global action would do.
11. The sentence Mr. Redstone said, "We don't think
someone who effectuates creative suicide and costs the
company revenue should be on the lot" (ref. 2) in the
reported speech would be:
a) Mr. Redstone believed that they didn't think
someone who would effectuate creative suicide and
cost the company revenue should have been on the
lot.
b) Mr. Redstone stated that we didn't think someone
who had effectuated creative suicide and costed the
company revenue should have been on the lot.
c) Mr. Redstone implied that they didn't think someone
who effectuated creative suicide and costed the
company revenue should have been on the lot.
d) Mr. Redstone affirmed that they hadn't thought
someone who had effectuated creative suicide and
cost the company revenue should be on the lot.
e) Mr. Redstone believed that they didn't think
someone who effectuated creative suicide and cost
the company revenue should be on the lot.
RISKY BUSINESS: CAN TOM CRUISE SURVIVE
A HOLLYWOOD ________?
By Sean Smith and Johnnie L. Roberts
In the end, it may be the best thing that could
have happened to Tom Cruise. Viacom billionaire
Sumner Redstone told The Wall Street Journal last week
that his studio, Paramount, was not renewing Cruise's
production-company deal after 14 years because 2 "we
don't think someone who effectuates creative suicide and
costs the company revenue should be on the lot."
Hollywood and the media erupted. Redstone was saying
that Cruise's wacky behavior - jumping on Oprah's
couch, espousing his Scientology beliefs - had hurt the
1 box office for "Mission: Impossible III", which grossed
$393 million worldwide, but $153 million less than
"M:i:II." - (Adapted from Newsweek)
The Parthenon, one of the monuments erected
on the sacred rock of the Acropolis, is the major
attraction for visitors of the modern city of Athenas. It
was built between 447 and 438 B.C. as the holy
sanctuary of the goddess Athena.
A good portion of the Parthenon is still standing
having withstood centuries of such catastrophes as
earthquakes and bombardments by foreign invaders.
However, this moment of classical perfection is being
slowly eaten away by man's modern catastrophe,
pollution. More damage has been done to the Parthenon
in the past 30 years than in all the 2.000 years preceding
them. While parts have been restored, plans are presently
being discussed to remove the temple permanently from
its ancient site and place it in a museum.
225

Although the Parthenon is still being visited and
admired by thousands of people each year, the question
now being asked is "for how long?" - Source:
ECKSTUT, S.; MILLER, T. Interlink. New York:
Prentice Hall, 1987.
13. I've been planning to call you for a long time.
a) He said he'd been planning to call us for a long time.
b) He said he was planning to call us for a long time.
c) He said he is planning to call us for a long time.
d) He asked if he had been planning to call us for a
long time.
e) He told us to call him for a long time.
TEXT 1
Harvard Business Online
The Elephant and the Flea: Reflections of a Reluctant
Capitalist
Description:
The Elephant and the Flea is both a poignant personal
memoir and a deep reflection on the past and future of
world capitalism, with all its possibilities and pitfalls. In
a tone that is at once learned, genial, witty, and wise,
Handy takes us on his life's journey, looking back to his
childhood and education and how they prepared (or,
rather, did not prepare) him for a career in business, the
changing nature of organizational life within the context
of the old economy and the new, the great variety of
capitalism around the world, and through it all, his
struggle to find meaning and fulfillment in work. Handy
uses the quirky, powerful metaphor of the elephant and
the flea to describe vividly and critique the great shift
from the prevalence of behemoth, slow-moving,
bureaucratic organizations that provided a lifetime of
security and not much freedom or room for creativity, to
a world in which we are much more independent and
flea-like, flitting from job to job, latching onto elephants
when we need to, but mostly flying solo and without a
net.
Subjects Covered: Business & government, Business
history, Career changes, Careers & career planning,
Entrepreneurship, General management, Global
business, International business.
http://harvardbusinessonline.hbsp.harvard.edu
TEXT 2
The Elephant and the Flea: reflections of a reluctant
capitalist
Charles Handy
London: Random House, Ltd.
BOARD OPTIONS/AMAZON PRICE: $11.20
(…) "We don't want that sort of world" people say.
Handy is sympathetic. "I, too, didn't much like the
worst of world that I saw emerging, but wishing it away
was not going to help".
In 1996, 67% of British businesses have only one
employee, the owner.
In 1994, employees with less than five people
represented 89% of all British businesses.
This is a book about how to survive as a flea and in
world of few elephants and many fleas. It is written in
typical Charles Handy humor and insight. It is also his
most personal book to date. ELEPHANT AND THE
FLEA is easy to read and too important to ignore.
http://www.boardoptions.com
14. The sentence "We don't want that sort of world"
(Text 2) in the reported speech will be:
a) They said that he hasn't wanted that sort of world.
b) They told me that they didn't wanted those sort of
world.
c) It was said that they didn't want that sort of world.
d) It was said that they didn't want that sorted of world.
e) It was requested that we didn't want that sorted of
world.
Part II.
Indirect Questions
Quando utilizamos o discurso indireto com perguntas, é
importante prestar atenção na
ordem da sentença.
Quando utilizarmos o discurso indireto para uma yes/ no
usamos a particular ( if ) ou ( whether ).
Quando utilizarmos o discurso indireto para uma wh
question.
(why, where, when, etc.) repetimos a wh question.
226

For example:
She asked, "Do you want to come with me?" (torna-se)
She asked me if I wanted to come with her.
Dave asked, "Where did you go last weekend?" (tornase)
Dave asked me where I had gone
the previous weekend.
He asked, "Why are you studying English?" (torna-se)
She asked me why I was studying English.
He said, "I live in
Paris."
He said, "I am cooking
dinner."
He said, "I have visted
London twice."
He said, "I went to
New York last week."
He said he lived in Paris.
He said he was cooking
dinner.
He said he had visited
London twice.
He said he had gone to New
York the week before.
SWITCHING ATTENTION WILLFULLY FROM ONE THING TO
ANOTHER AND HOLDING INFORMATION IN MIND — LIKE
REMEMBERING A SEQUENCE OF DIRECTIONS WHILE
DRIVING.
14 WHY DOES THE FIGHT BETWEEN TWO SIMULTANEOUSLY
ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS IMPROVE THESE ASPECTS OF
COGNITION? UNTIL RECENTLY, RESEARCHERS THOUGHT
7 THE BILINGUAL ADVANTAGE WAS CENTERED PRIMARILY
IN AN ABILITY FOR INHIBITION THAT WAS IMPROVED BY
THE EXERCISE OF SUPPRESSING ONE LANGUAGE SYSTEM:
THIS SUPPRESSION, IT WAS THOUGHT, WOULD HELP TRAIN
THE BILINGUAL MIND TO IGNORE DISTRACTIONS IN OTHER
CONTEXTS. BUT THAT EXPLANATION INCREASINGLY
APPEARS TO BE INADEQUATE, SINCE STUDIES HAVE
SHOWN THAT BILINGUALS PERFORM BETTER THAN
MONOLINGUALS 4 EVEN AT TASKS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE
INHIBITION, LIKE THREADING A LINE THROUGH AN
ASCENDING SERIES OF NUMBERS SCATTERED RANDOMLY
ON A PAGE.
ADAPTED FROM HTTP://WWW.NYTIMES.COM/2012/03/18/OPINION/SUNDAY/THE-
BENEFITSOF-BILINGUALISM.HTML
He said, "I had already
eaten."
He said, "I am going to
find a new job."
He said, "I will give
Jack a call."
He said he had already
eaten.
He said he was going to
find a new job.
He said he would give Jack
a call.
15. IN THE QUESTION “WHY DOES THE FIGHT BETWEEN
TWO SIMULTANEOUSLY ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS
IMPROVE THESE ASPECTS OF COGNITION?” (REF. 14) THE
AUTHOR ASKED
a) IF THE FIGHT BETWEEN TWO SIMULTANEOUSLY
EXERCISE
WHY BILINGUALS ARE SMARTER
6 THE COLLECTIVE EVIDENCE FROM A NUMBER OF SUCH
STUDIES SUGGESTS THAT THE BILINGUAL EXPERIENCE
IMPROVES THE BRAIN’S
3 SO-CALLED EXECUTIVE
FUNCTION — A COMMAND SYSTEM THAT DIRECTS THE
ATTENTION PROCESSES THAT WE USE FOR PLANNING,
SOLVING PROBLEMS AND PERFORMING VARIOUS OTHER
MENTALLY DEMANDING TASKS. THESE PROCESSES
INCLUDE IGNORING DISTRACTIONS TO STAY FOCUSED,
ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS HAD IMPROVED THESE
ASPECTS OF COGNITION.
b) WHY DOES THE FIGHT BETWEEN TWO
SIMULTANEOUSLY ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS
IMPROVED THOSE ASPECTS OF COGNITION?
c) WHY THE FIGHT BETWEEN TWO SIMULTANEOUSLY
ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS IMPROVED THOSE
ASPECTS OF COGNITION.
d) IF THE FIGHT BETWEEN TWO SIMULTANEOUSLY
ACTIVE LANGUAGE SYSTEMS IMPROVE THESE
ASPECTS OF COGNITION?
227

16.
"WHAT DO I HAVE TO DO TO GET A STRAIGHT ANSWER
AROUND HERE?"
a) THE BOY ASKED WHAT HE HAD TO DO TO GET A
STRAIGHT ANSWER AROUND THERE.
b) THE BOY TOLD HIS MOTHER THAT SHE HAD TO DO
SOMETHING TO GET A STRAIGHT ANSWER AROUND
HERE.
c) THE BOY SAID WHAT DID HE HAVE TO DO TO GET A
STRAIGHT ANSWER AROUND HERE?
d) THE BOY ASKED HIS MOM IF I HAD TO DO
SOMETHING TO GET A STRAIGHT ANSWER.
e) THE BOY ASKED HIS MOM WHAT HE DID TO GET A
STRAIGHT ANSWER AROUND THERE.
THE BRAIN IN LOVE
USING NEUROCHEMISTRY TO TRY TO UNRAVEL THE
EXPERIENCE OF ROMANTIC PASSION
BY BARBARA SMUTS
FISHER IS WELL KNOWN FOR HER THREE PREVIOUS BOOKS
("THE SEX CONTRACT", "ANATOMY OF LOVE" AND "THE
FIRST SEX"), WHICH BRING AN EVOLUTIONARY
PERSPECTIVE TO MYRIAD ASPECTS OF SEX, LOVE, AND SEX
DIFFERENCES. THIS BOOK IS THE BEST, IN MY VIEW,
BECAUSE IT GOES BEYOND OBSERVABLE BEHAVIORS TO
CONSIDER THEIR UNDERLYING BRAIN MECHANISMS.
MOST PEOPLE THINK OF ROMANTIC LOVE AS A FEELING.
FISHER, HOWEVER, VIEWS IT AS A DRIVE SO POWERFUL
THAT IT CAN OVERRIDE OTHER DRIVES, SUCH AS HUNGER
AND THIRST, RENDER THE MOST DIGNIFIED PERSON A
FOOL, OR BRING RAPTURE TO AN UNASSUMING
WALLFLOWER.
THIS ORIGINAL HYPOTHESIS IS CONSISTENT WITH THE
NEUROCHEMISTRY OF LOVE. WHILE EMPHASIZING THE
COMPLEX AND SUBTLE INTERPLAY AMONG MULTIPLE
BRAIN CHEMICALS, FISHER ARGUES CONVINCINGLY THAT
DOPAMINE DESERVES CENTER STAGE. THIS
NEUROTRANSMITTER DRIVES ANIMALS TO SEEK
REWARDS, SUCH AS FOOD AND SEX, AND IS ALSO
ESSENTIAL TO THE PLEASURE EXPERIENCED WHEN SUCH
DRIVES ARE SATISFIED. FISHER THINKS THAT DOPAMINE'S
ACTION CAN EXPLAIN BOTH THE HIGHS OF ROMANTIC
PASSION (DOPAMINE RISING) AND THE LOWS OF
REJECTION (DOPAMINE FALLING). CITING EVIDENCE FROM
STUDIES OF HUMANS AND OTHER ANIMALS, SHE ALSO
DEMONSTRATES MARKED PARALLELS BETWEEN THE
BEHAVIORS, FEELINGS AND CHEMICALS THAT UNDERLIE
ROMANTIC LOVE AND THOSE ASSOCIATED WITH
SUBSTANCE ADDICTION. LIKE THE ALCOHOLIC WHO FEELS
COMPELLED TO DRINK, THE IMPASSIONED LOVER CRIES
THAT HE WILL DIE WITHOUT HIS BELOVED.
DYING OF A BROKEN HEART IS, OF COURSE, NOT
ADAPTIVE, AND NEITHER IS FORSAKING FAMILY AND
FORTUNE TO PURSUE A SWEETHEART TO THE ENDS OF THE
EARTH. WHY THEN, FISHER ASKS, HAS EVOLUTION
BURDENED HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL
PASSIONS? DRAWING ON EVIDENCE FROM LIVING
PRIMATES, PALEONTOLOGY AND DIVERSE CULTURES, SHE
ARGUES THAT THE EVOLUTION OF LARGEBRAINED,
HELPLESS HOMINID INFANTS CREATED A NEW IMPERATIVE
FOR MOTHER AND FATHER TO COOPERATE IN CHILD-
REARING. ROMANTIC LOVE, SHE CONTESTS, DROVE
ANCESTRAL WOMEN AND MEN TO COME TOGETHER LONG
ENOUGH TO CONCEIVE, WHEREAS ATTACHMENT,
ANOTHER COMPLEX OF FEELINGS WITH A DIFFERENT
CHEMICAL BASIS, KEPT THEM TOGETHER LONG ENOUGH
TO SUPPORT A CHILD UNTIL WEANING (ABOUT FOUR
YEARS). EVIDENCE INDICATES THAT AS ATTACHMENT
GROWS, PASSION RECEDES. THUS, THE SAME FEELINGS
THAT BRING PARENTS TOGETHER OFTEN FORCE THEM
APART, AS ONE OR BOTH FALL IN LOVE WITH SOMEONE
NEW. FISHER'S THEORY OF HOW HUMAN PAIR-BONDING
EVOLVED IS JUST ONE OF SEVERAL HYPOTHESES UNDER
DEBATE TODAY, AND SHE DOES NOT DISCUSS THESE
ALTERNATIVES.
LIKE THE WORDS OF A TALENTED LOVER, FISHER'S PROSE
IS CHARMING AND ENGAGING. ONE CHAPTER IS A LITANY
TO PASSION IN OTHER ANIMALS, A VIVID REMINDER THAT
WE ARE NOT THE ONLY SPECIES THAT FEELS DEEPLY.
ANOTHER PROVIDES NEW INSIGHT INTO THE OBSESSIVE
ATTEMPTS OF ABANDONED LOVERS TO REKINDLE
228

ROMANCE. TOWARD THE END OF THE BOOK, FISHER
HELPS TO REDEEM THE SELF-HELP GENRE, ROOTING HER
ADVICE IN HARD SCIENCE.
(ADAPTED FROM "HTTP://WWW.SCIAM.COM")
17. THE SENTENCE "WHY HAS EVOLUTION BURDENED
HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL PASSIONS?"
IN THE REPORTED SPEECH WILL BE:
a) FISHER ASKED EVOLUTION WHY IT HAD BURDENED
HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL
PASSIONS.
b) FISHER ASKED WHY EVOLUTION HAD BURDENED
HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL
PASSIONS.
c) FISHER ASKED WHY HAD EVOLUTION BEEN
BURDENED HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY
IRRATIONAL PASSIONS?
d) FISHER SAID THAT WHY HAD EVOLUTION BURDENED
HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL
PASSIONS?
e) FISHER ASKED THAT EVOLUTION HAS BURDENED
HUMANS WITH SUCH SEEMINGLY IRRATIONAL
PASSIONS.
THE NEW YORK TIMES
SCHOOLS RELAX CELLPHONE BANS,
NODDING TO TREND
BY MATT RICHTEL
LANSING, MICH. - SITTING IN HIS SECOND-PERIOD
COMPUTER CLASS AT EASTERN HIGH SCHOOL, GRAY
TAYLOR, 15, FELT HIS CELLPHONE VIBRATE. TO AVOID
BEING CAUGHT BY THE TEACHER, HE ANSWERED QUIETLY
- AND DISCOVERED AN UNEXPECTED CALLER.
"WHY ARE YOU ANSWERING THE PHONE IN CLASS?"
GRAY'S MOTHER ASKED. HE WHISPERED BACK, "YOU'RE
THE ONE WHO CALLED ME". HIS MOTHER SAID SHE HAD
INTENDED TO LEAVE A QUESTION ON GRAY'S VOICE MAIL.
SUCH SCENES ARE PLAYING OUT ACROSS THE COUNTRY,
AS HUNDREDS OF HIGH SCHOOLS HAVE RELUCTANTLY
AGREED TO RELAX THEIR RULES ABOUT CELLPHONES IN
SCHOOLS. RATHER THAN BANNING THE PHONES
OUTRIGHT, AS MANY ONCE DID, THEY ARE CAPITULATING
TO PARENT DEMANDS AND MARKET REALITIES, AND
ALLOWING STUDENTS TO CARRY PHONES IN SCHOOL -
THOUGH NOT TO USE THEM IN CLASS.
THE REVERSAL IS A SIGNIFICANT CHANGE FROM POLICIES
OF THE 1990'S, WHEN SCHOOL ADMINISTRATORS AROUND
THE COUNTRY VIEWED CELLPHONES AS THE TOOLS OF
DRUG DEALERS. IN FLORIDA, CARRYING A CELLPHONE IN
SCHOOL COULD BE PUNISHABLE BY A 10-DAY
SUSPENSION. IN LOUISIANA, IT WAS DEEMED A CRIME,
WITH A POTENTIAL PENALTY OF 30 DAYS IN JAIL.
BUT NOW THE PHONES HAVE BECOME TOOLS USED BY
PARENTS TO KEEP IN TOUCH WITH, AND KEEP TRACK OF,
THEIR CHILDREN. AND SCHOOLS ARE FACING A MORE
BASIC REALITY: IT IS NO LONGER POSSIBLE TO ENFORCE
SUCH BANS.
THANKS TO THE FALLING PRICES OF MOBILE PHONES, AND
THE AGGRESSIVE EFFORTS BY CARRIERS TO MARKET
"FAMILY PLANS" TO PARENTS AND TEENAGERS, THE
PHONES HAVE BECOME SO COMMONPLACE THAT TRYING
TO KEEP THEM OUT OF SCHOOLS WOULD BE LIKE TRYING
TO ENFORCE A BAN ON LIP GLOSS OR COMBS.
ADAPTED FROM THE NEW YORK TIMES, SEPTEMBER 2004, WWW.NYTIMES.COM
18. THE QUESTION "WHY ARE YOU ANSWERING THE
PHONE IN CLASS?" IN THE REPORTED SPEECH WILL BE:
a) GRAY'S MOTHER ASKED HIM WHY IS HE ANSWERING
THE PHONE IN CLASS?
b) GRAY'S MOTHER WANTED TO KNOW THE REASON
WHY WAS HE ANSWERING THE PHONE IN CLASS.
c) GRAY'S MOTHER WONDERED WHY HE WAS
ANSWERING THE PHONE IN CLASS.
d) GRAY'S MOTHER INQUIRED HIM ABOUT THE REASON
THAT HE HAS BEEN ANSWERING THE PHONE IN CLASS.
e) GRAY'S MOTHER DOUBTED WHY HE WAS ANSWERING
THE PHONE IN CLASS.
WILLIAM BAYSE, A FORMER NASA ENGINEER, HAD AN
AWESOME MEMORY - AT LEAST UNTIL HE STARTED
SHOWING SIGNS OF ALZHEIMER'S SIX YEARS AGO. BY
LAST SPRING, BAYSE, THEN 64, BARELY RESPONDED TO
HIS FOUR CHILDREN. THEN HE GOT INTO A TRIAL FOR AN
EXPERIMENTAL PILL - THE FIRST OF A POSSIBLE NEW
CLASS OF ALZHEIMER'S DRUGS - WHICH HE WAS TOLD TO
TAKE WITH HIS REGULAR PILLS FOR DEMENTIA. "IN FOUR
MONTHS HE WAS JOKING WITH THE KIDS," SAYS HIS EX-
WIFE HARRIETTE. (HE REGRESSED AFTER SIX GOOD
MONTHS.)
THAT DRUG, MEMANTINE, MOVED A STEP CLOSER TO
MARKET LAST WEEK, WHEN THE NEW ENGLAND
JOURNAL OF MEDICINE PUBLISHED A MAJOR STUDY
229

SHOWING THAT IT HELPED SLOW (BUT NOT HALT)
COGNITIVE AND FUNCTIONAL DECLINES IN 126 PATIENTS
WITH MODERATE TO SEVERE ALZHEIMER'S, VERSUS 126
ON PLACEBO. "IT'S THE FIRST TREATMENT FOR ADVANCED
STAGES OF THE DISEASE," SAYS LEAD AUTHOR BARRY
REISBERG, PROFESSOR OF PSYCHIATRY AT NEW YORK
UNIVERSITY. THE DRUG HELPED PATIENTS CONTINUE
BASIC ACTIVITIES LIKE DRESSING AND BATHING
THEMSELVES.
IN A SECOND STUDY, PRESENTED LAST WEEK AT THE
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF NEUROLOGY, MEMANTINE
COMBINED WITH A STANDARD ALZHEIMER'S DRUG
(ARICEPT) ACTUALLY IMPROVED PATIENTS' COGNITIVE
ABILITIES SOMEWHAT - AT LEAST FOR THE SIX-MONTH
TRIAL. BENEFITS WERE STARTING TO DIMINISH BY THE
END.
IS MEMANTINE A CURE? NO. BUT IT COULD BE PATIENTS' BEST HOPE SO FAR.
EXPECT IT TO REACH THE MARKET IN MID-2004.
(ANNE UNDERWOOD)
(ADAPTED FROM NEWSWEEK )
16. THE SENTENCE "HE WAS TOLD TO TAKE MEMANTINE
WITH HIS REGULAR PILLS" IN THE ACTIVE VOICE WILL BE:
a) HE SAID HIS REGULAR PILLS WERE TAKEN WITH
MEMANTINE.
b) IF HE TAKES MEMANTINE WITH HIS REGULAR PILLS,
SAID THE DOCTOR, HE WILL BE CURED.
c) SOMEONE SAID THE PILLS THAT HE TOOK WERE
TAKEN WITH MEMANTINE.
d) HE MUST TAKE MEMANTINE WITH HIS REGULAR
PILLS, HAVE SAID THE DOCTOR.
e) THE DOCTOR SAID THAT HE SHOULD TAKE
MEMANTINE WITH HIS REGULAR PILLS.
LEARNING TO THINK
ASIANS (I) PROUD OF HOW WELL THEY
EDUCATE THEIR CHILDREN. THANKS TO THE PRODDING OF
THEIR DETERMINED PARENTS, ASIANS SCORE HIGHEST IN
SCIENCE AND MATH IN WORLDWIDE COMPARISONS. BUT
FROM TOKYO TO TAIPEI AND SINGAPORE, GOVERNMENTS
ARE REALIZING THEIR CHILDREN ARE SO OVERSTRESSED
AND OVERTESTED THAT THEY ARE ILL EQUIPPED FOR THE
INFORMATION AGE, (II) THINKING AND CREATIVITY
HOLD A PREMIUM. REFORM-MINDED EDUCATORS SHARE A
SIMILAR COMPLAINT: ASK A KOREAN STUDENT TO WRITE
A CREATIVE ESSAY OR A JAPANESE STUDENT TO POSE A
CHALLENGING QUESTION AND OR A HONG KONG
230
STUDENT TO EVEN ASK A QUESTION AND, MORE OFTEN
THAN NOT, THEY WILL BE UNABLE TO STRAY FROM THE
SCRIPT.
TWO YEARS AGO KISHORE MAHBUBANI, A
SENIOR OFFICIAL IN SINGAPORE, POSED A CHALLENGING
QUESTION AT A CONFERENCE: "CAN ASIANS THINK?" IT
WAS A REMARKABLE MOMENT OF SELF-DOUBT. FOR
YEARS, SINGAPORE'S LEADERS HAD BEEN
1 CROWING
ABOUT THE ADVANTAGES OF ASIAN VALUES, THE IDEA
THAT ORDER IN SCHOOLS AND GOVERNMENT ALIKE
WORKS BETTER IN ASIA THAN WESTERN-STYLE
FREEDOM. BUT ACROSS ASIA, THAT APPROACH (III)
EFFICIENT, OBEDIENT WORKERS (IV) LET THEIR
BOSSES DO THE THINKING FOR THEM. GOVERNMENTS
MERRILY INVESTED IN PRODUCTION LINES AND GLEAMING
SKYSCRAPERS, AND EVEN SCHOOL BUILDINGS, BUT
SKIMPED ON DEVELOPING MODERN TEACHING METHODS
AND TRAINING TEACHERS. THE RESULT: ASIA'S SCHOOLS
(V) SO NEGLECTED THAT IN MANY COUNTRIES KIDS
ATTEND FOR HALF-DAY SESSIONS IN CLASSROOMS SO
CROWDED THEY ARE READY TO BUST. ASIAN STUDENTS
ARE TOO BUSY MEMORIZING DEADENING ANSWERS TO
LEARN TO THINK. IN TOO MANY ASIAN CLASSROOMS,
THINKING ACTUALLY 2 GETS IN THE WAY. - (ADAPTED
FROM NEWSWEEK. SEPTEMBER 6, 1999.)
19. THE SENTENCE 'HE SAID, "CAN ASIANS THINK?"' IN
THE REPORTED SPEECH WOULD BE:
HE ASKED CAN ASIANS THINK?
a) HE SAID THAT ASIANS CAN THINK.
b) HE ASKED THAT ASIANS COULD THINK.
c) HE ASKED IF ASIANS COULD THINK.
d) HE SAID THAT COULD ASIANS THINK.
DO PARENTS KNOW THEIR KIDS?
THERE ARE NOW 31 MILLION KIDS IN THE 12-TO-
19 AGE GROUP, AND DEMOGRAPHERS PREDICT THAT
THERE WILL BE 35 MILLION TEENS BY 2010, A
POPULATION BULGE BIGGER THAN EVEN THE BABY BOOM
AT (I) PEAK. IN MANY WAYS, THESE TEENS ARE
UNIQUELY PRIVILEGED. THEY'VE GROWN UP IN A PERIOD
OF SUSTAINED PROSPERITY AND HAVEN'T HAD TO WORRY
ABOUT THE DRAFT (AS (II)__ FATHERS DID) OR
CATACLYSMIC GLOBAL CONFLICTS (AS (III)
GRANDPARENTS DID). CABLE AND THE INTERNET (IV)
THEM ACCESS TO AN ALMOST INFINITE AMOUNT OF
INFORMATION.

IN SURVEY AFTER SURVEY, MANY KIDS - EVEN
THOSE ON THE HONOR ROLL - SAY THEY FEEL
INCREASINGLY ALONE AND ALIENATED, UNABLE TO
CONNECT WITH (V) PARENTS, TEACHERS, AND
SOMETIMES EVEN CLASSMATES. THEY'RE DESPERATE FOR
GUIDANCE, AND WHEN THEY DON'T GET ___(VI) THEY
NEED AT HOME OR IN SCHOOL, THEY CLING TO CLIQUES
OR IMMERSE THEMSELVES IN A UNIVERSE OUT OF THEIR
PARENTS' REACH, A WORLD DEFINED BY COMPUTER
GAMES, TV AND MOVIES, __ (VII) BRUTALITY IS SO
COMMON IT (VIII) MUNDANE.
MANY TEENS SAY THEY FEEL 1 OVERWHELMED
BY PRESSURE AND RESPONSIBILITIES. THEY ARE
JUGGLING PART-TIME JOBS AND HOURS OF HOMEWORK
EVERY NIGHT; SOMETIMES THEY'RE SO EXHAUSTED THAT
THEY'RE NEARLY ASLEEP IN EARLY-MORNING CLASSES.
HALF (IX) THROUGH THEIR PARENTS' DIVORCE. SIXTY-
THREE PERCENT ARE IN HOUSEHOLDS (X) BOTH
PARENTS WORK OUTSIDE THE HOME, AND MANY LOOK
AFTER YOUNGER SIBLINGS IN THE AFTERNOON. STILL
OTHERS ARE HOME BY THEMSELVES AFTER SCHOOL.
THAT UNWELCOME 2 SOLITUDE CAN EXTEND WELL INTO
THE EVENING; MEALTIME FOR THIS GENERATION TOO
OFTEN BEGINS WITH A
3 FORLORN TOUCH OF THE
MICROWAVE.
IN FACT, OF ALL THE ISSUES THAT TROUBLE ADOLESCENTS, LONELINESS RANKS AT
THE TOP OF THE LIST. UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO SOCIOLOGIST BARBARA SCHNEIDER
(XI) 7,000 TEENAGERS FOR FIVE YEARS AND (XII) THEY SPEND AN AVERAGE OF
3 1/2 HOURS ALONE EVERY DAY. TEENAGERS MAY CLAIM THEY WANT PRIVACY, BUT
THEY ALSO CRAVE AND NEED ATTENTION - AND THEY'RE NOT GETTING IT. -
(ADAPTED FROM NEWSWEEK. MAY 10, 1999.)
20. THE SENTENCE - 'THEY SAID, "DO PARENTS KNOW
THEIR KIDS?"' IN THE REPORTED SPEECH WOULD BE:
THEY SAID THAT DID PARENTS KNOW THEIR KIDS?
a) THEY ASKED THAT PARENTS KNOW THEIR KIDS.
b) THEY SAID THAT PARENTS KNEW THE KIDS.
c) THEY ARGUED THAT DO PARENTS KNOW THEIR KIDS.
d) THEY ASKED IF PARENTS KNEW THEIR KIDS.
22. CHOOSE THE CORRECT INDIRECT FORM FOR:
OLIVER SAID TO HER: "WHAT WILL YOU DO TOMORROW?"
a) HE ASKED HER WHAT SHE WOULD DO THE
FOLLOWING DAY.
b) HE TOLD HER WHAT SHE WOULD DO THE FOLLOWING
DAY.
c) SHE WONDERED WHAT HE WILL DO THE NEXT DAY.
d) HE WANTED TO KNOW WHAT HE WOULD DO THE
FOLLOWING DAY.
e) SHE ASKED WHAT SHE WOULD DO THE NEXT DAY.
23. QUAL É A FORMA INDIRETA, CORRESPONDENTE À
FORMA DIRETA "THE TEACHER SAID, ARE YOU SURE YOU
HAVE ALL UNDERSTOOD ME"?
a) THE TEACHER SAID IF YOU ARE SURE YOU HAD
UNDERSTOOD HIM;
b) THE TEACHER ASKED WHETHER WE WERE SURE WE
DID UNDERSTAND HIM;
c) THE TEACHER SAID IF WE ALL ARE SURE WE HAVE
UNDERSTOOD HIM;
d) THE TEACHER ASKED IF THEY WERE SURE THEY HAD
ALL UNDERSTOOD HIM;
e) THE TEACHER ASKED THEM TO BE SURE TO
UNDERSTAND HIM.
24. ASSINALE A ALTERNATIVA QUE EQUIVALE AO
SEGUINTE:
SUDDENLY PETER SAID TO ME, "ARE YOU HUNGRY?"
a) SUDDENLY PETER SAID THAT I WAS HUNGRY.
b) SUDDENLY PETER TOLD ME THAT I WAS HUNGRY.
c) SUDDENLY PETER ASKED IF HE WERE HUNGRY.
d) SUDDENLY PETER ASKED ME WHETHER I WAS
HUNGRY.
e) PETER INFORMED ME THAT HE WAS HUNGRY.
21. CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE
REPORTED SPEECH:
'HELEN SAID TO PAUL, "IS THIS A FREE COUNTRY?" '
a) HELEN TOLD PAUL IF THIS WAS A FREE COUNTRY?
b) HELEN ASKED PAUL IF THAT WAS A FREE COUNTRY.
c) HELEN ASKED PAUL WHETHER THAT IS A FREE
COUNTRY.
d) HELEN TOLD PAUL THIS IS A FREE COUNTRY.
e) HELEN TOLD PAUL IF THAT IS A FREE COUNTRY.
25. CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE
REPORTED SPEECH:
SALLY SAID TO ME, " DO YOU KNOW WHAT TIME IT IS?"
a) SALLY ASKED ME IF I KNEW WHAT TIME IT WAS.
b) SALLY TOLD ME WHETHER SHE KNEW WHAT TIME IT
WAS.
c) SALLY ASKED ME WHETHER SHE KNOW WHAT TIME IT
IS.
d) SALLY ASKED ME IF I KNOW WHAT TIME IT IS.
231

e) SALLY TOLD ME IF I KNEW WHAT TIME WAS IT.
26. CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE
REPORTED SPEECH:
JEFF SAID TO MEG, " YOU DON'T UNDERSTAND ME."
WAS.
c) SALLY ASKED ME WHETHER SHE KNOW WHAT TIME IT
IS.
d) SALLY ASKED ME IF I KNOW WHAT TIME IT IS.
e) SALLY TOLD ME IF I KNEW WHAT TIME WAS IT.
a) JEFF TOLD MEG SHE DIDN'T UNDERSTAND HIM.
b) JEFF ASKED MEG THAT HER DIDN'T UNDERSTAND
HERSELF.
c) JEFF TOLD MEG THAT SHE DIDN'T UNDERSTOOD HIM.
d) JEFF TOLD MEG THAT HE DIDN'T UNDERSTAND HER.
e) JEFF TOLD MEG SHE DID UNDERSTAND HIM.
27. CHOOSE THE CORRECT ALTERNATIVE.
CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE REPORTED
SPEECH:
"ARE THERE ANY MESSAGES FOR ME?, SAID
HELEN."
a) HELEN ASKED IF THERE IS ANY MESSAGES FOR HER.
b) HELEN ASKED WHETHER THERE WERE ANY
MESSAGES FOR SHE.
c) HELEN ASKED WHETHER WERE THERE ANY
MESSAGES FOR HERSELF.
d) HELEN ASKED IF THERE WERE SOME MESSAGES FOR
HER.
e) HELEN ASKED IF THERE WERE ANY MESSAGES FOR
HERSELF.
28. ASSINALE A ALTERNATIVA QUE EQUIVALE AO
SEGUINTE:
SUDDENLY PETER SAID TO ME, "ARE YOU HUNGRY?"
a) SUDDENLY PETER SAID THAT I WAS HUNGRY.
b) SUDDENLY PETER TOLD ME THAT I WAS HUNGRY.
c) SUDDENLY PETER ASKED IF HE WERE HUNGRY.
d) SUDDENLY PETER ASKED ME WHETHER I WAS
HUNGRY.
e) PETER INFORMED ME THAT HE WAS HUNGRY.
29. CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE
REPORTED SPEECH:
SALLY SAID TO ME, " DO YOU KNOW WHAT TIME IT IS?"
a) SALLY ASKED ME IF I KNEW WHAT TIME IT WAS.
b) SALLY TOLD ME WHETHER SHE KNEW WHAT TIME IT
232

CAPÍTULO XXV - PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA
As vozes de um verbo estabelecem a relação entre o
sujeito e a ação expressa por este verbo. O
sujeito pratica ou sofre a ação, isto é, o sujeito
é agente ou paciente. Quando o sujeito é o agente, temos
a voz ativa (active voice) e, quando o sujeito é o
paciente, temos a voz passiva (passive voice).
Dizemos linguísticamente que, a utilização da Passive
Voice determina que a ação descrita é mais importante
do que o elemento (agente) que a produziu. Por isso, o
sujeito da Active Voice só é mencionado caso represente
uma relevãncia para o efeito da ação.
Para formar a voz passiva em Inglês, usamos o verbo to
be seguido do particípio passado do verbo principal.
Quando necessário, o agente da passiva é precedido pela
preposição by. À semelhança do Português, o objeto da
voz ativa passa a ser o sujeito da voz passiva, e o sujeito
da voz ativa passa a ser o agente da voz passiva.
Voz Passiva (Passive Voice).
A estrutura básica da Voz Passiva em é igual à da língua
Portuguesa.
Formas pelas quais os verbos se apresentam para indicar
a relação entre eles e o sujeito.
Portanto, utilizamos a Voz Passiva quando a ação é mais
importante do que, quem ou o que a produziu.
Há três passos na Passive Voice que não devem ser
esquecidos.
E.g.
a) O objeto da Voz Ativa, torna-se sujeito
da Voz Passiva.
b) O verbo to be será sempre utilizado na
Voz Passiva no mesmo tempo verbal que
a oração da Voz Ativa.
c) O verbo principal da Voz Ativa, vai para
a forma passiva analítica (past participle)
na Voz Passiva
d) O sujeito da Voz Ativa será repetido na
Passiva somente se tiver papel relevante
na oração.
Ativa: They play soccer at school. (eles jogam futebol
na escola)
Passiva: Soccer is played at school. (futebol é jogado na
escola)
Na Voz Ativa: O sujeito exerce a ação verbal.
E.g. Someone destroyed the book.
Ativa: Machado de Assis wrote Mem. Póst. De Brás
Cubas.
Passiva: Mem. Póst. was written by Machado de Assis.
(Alguém destruiu o livro.)
Na Voz Passiva: O sujeito recebe a ação verbal.
E.g. The book was destroyed.
Repare que no primeiro exemplo o sujeito não tem papel
relevante, por isso não foi mencionado na Passiva, ao
contrario da segunda oração.
Repare também que o verbo to be aparece na
passiva no mesmo tempo verbal da ativa
( o livro foi destruído)
233

Adequação aos tempos verbais.
Simple Present. Voz Ativa.
People speak Pessoas falam Inglês
English in na Austrália.
Austrália.
Voz Passiva.
English is spoken in Inglês é falado na
Austrália
Austrália.
EXERCISES
1. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma ativa
da frase a seguir:
A detailed description [..] is given.
a) The authors give a detailed description.
b) The authors will give a detailed description.
c) The authors have given a detailed description.
d) The authors gave a detailed description.
e) The authors will have given a detailed description.
2. Frogwear absorbs very little water..."(ref.:7) is...
a) In addition, very little water is absorbed by
Frogwear
b) In addition, very little water can absorb by Frogwear
c) In addition, very little water would be absorbed by
Frogwear
d) In addition, very little water has been absorbed by
Frogwear
e) In addition, very little water was absorbed by
Frogwear...
3. Change the following sentence to the Passive Voice:
'They feed the seals twice a week.'
a) The seals are fed twice a week.
b) The seals are feeded twice a week.
c) The seals are found twice a week.
d) Twice a week they are feeding the seals.
e) The seals are being fed twice a week.
234
4. “If we give them all this programmed stuff, [...]” (l.
32-33) An equivalent form of this sentence in the passive
voice is
01) If all this programmed stuff had been given to them,
[...]
02) If they were given all this programmed stuff, [...]
03) If they had been given all this programmed stuff,
[...]
04) If they are given all this programmed stuff, [...]
05) If all this programmed stuff has been given to them,
[...]
5. The sentence "She counsels them to give 'urgent
priority' to finding a marriage partner fast" in the passive
voice will be:
01) Finding a marriage partner fast and give 'urgent
priority' to them is counselled by her.
02) 'Urgent priority' to finding a marriage partner fast is
counselled by them.
03) To give 'urgent priority' to finding a marriage
partner fast was counselled by her to them.
04) She counselled them to be given 'urgent priority' to
finding a marriage partner fast.
05) They are counselled to give 'urgent priority' to
finding a marriage partner fast.
6. “…the lodge charges guests a 3 percent conservation
tax…” (l.10)
In the passive construction, this sentence can be
correctly rephrased as:
01) Guests are charged a 3 percent conservation tax.
02) Guests have been charged a 3 percent conservation
tax.
03) The lodge is charged a 3 percent conservation tax.
04) A 3 percent conservation tax was charged by the
lodge.
05) A 3 percent conservation tax will be charged by the
lodge.
What is World Challenge?
World Challenge is a global competition and its
objective is to find projects or small businesses that have
shown innovation and made a difference to the local
community. Since it began, in January 2004, World
Challenge has received lots of nominations from all over

the world. These include, for example, projects that have
helped farmers in Peru or improved the lives of people in
the slums of Colombia. Each year thousands of people
vote to say who they think deserves to win. One of the
2007 nominees was from a rural community in the
Brazilian Amazon. Marajo Island is the largest fresh
water island in the world, and for years the 200,000
people who live there have worked in the fishing
industry during the dry season, when the river is full of
fish. But during the rainy season the fish disappear. That
is also the time when the Andiroba trees deposit their
seeds. These seeds are carried by the rivers and many
end up on the beaches of Marajo. For years the
fishermen from Marajo have considered these seeds a
problem but a Brazilian company saw an opportunity to
make money out of them. In 2004, this company
organized a cooperative to collect the seeds and extract
their oil for the cosmetics industry. Life on the island has
improved for many families since 2004. This project has
made a huge difference for the families of the 1,000
people working in the business. - (Based on:
www.theworldchallenge.co.uk. 03/11/2010.)
7. “These seeds are carried by the rivers” in the Active
Voice becomes
a) The rivers carry these seeds.
b) The rivers carried these seeds.
c) The rivers have carried these seeds.
d) The rivers are carrying these seeds.
EXERCISES
8. Change the following sentence to the Passive Voice:
" Somebody left the lights on all night."
a) All night somebody left the lights.
b) The lights are left on all night.
c) The lights didn't leave on all night.
d) The lights were left on all night.
e) The lights was left on all night.
"Football is any of several games in which two opposing
teams attempt to score points by moving an inflated ball
past a goal line or into a goal area. The games, differing
greatly in their rules, include Soccer and Rugby, English
games from which American football developed. Soccer
is a ball and goal game usually played outdoors. Played
in more than one hundred and forty countries, it is by far
the most popular international sport. Competing both
formally and informally, there are many millions of
soccer players in the world. Every four years national
teams - made up of the top players from each country
(who may play professionally for teams in other
countries) take part in the World Cup, the world's most
popular athletic event. The 1990 World Cup finals had a
television audience that exceeded a billion. The 1994
Cup was hosted by the United States. (Adaptado das
Enciclopédias Columbia Concisa e Grolier)
Simple Past. Voz Ativa.
They recognised
him at once.
Voz Passiva.
Eles
reconheceram
primeira vez.
o
na
9. De acordo com o texto assinale a alternativa que
corresponde à voz ativa da sentença a seguir:
a) The 1994 cup was hosted by the United States.
b) The United States hosted the 1994 Cup.
c) The United States will host the 1994 Cup.
d) The United States have hosted the 1994 Cup.
e) The United States had hosted the 1994 Cup.
f) The United States will have hosted the 1994 Cup.
He was recognized
at once.
Ele
reconhecido….
foi
Did you know?
... some interesting facts about African Wildlife
Four of the five fastest land animals live in Africa – the
cheetah (70mph), wildebeest, lion and Thomson’s
gazelle (all about 50 mph).
235

Butterfly
Having a wingspan of only 1/2”, the smallest butterfly in
the world is found in South Africa. It is known as the
Dwarf Blue Butterfly.
Chameleons
Madagascar is the home of the world’s _________ as
well as the _______ chameleons!
Elephants
The African elephant is the largest living land mammal.
An elephant can weigh up to 6-7 tons and has no natural
enemies for he is not a predator and there is no other
animal large enough to challenge him.
Did you know elephants drink up to 160 liters of water
per day?
An African elephant possesses such “manual” dexterity
in his/her trunk tip that he/she can actually turn the pages
of a book with it.
Fish
The only place are found is in Lake Tanganyika.
Giraffes
Did you know that the tongue of a giraffe can be
______________ 45 cm? Giraffes are 6 ft tall when they
are born.
Penguins
South Africa has a penguin colony, which thrives thanks
to the cold Antarctic currents on the west coast near the
Cape.
Adapted from Google/ The African Guide
GLOSSARY:
Dexterity – the ability to perform a difficult action
quickly with the hands.
Trunk – an elephant’s nose.
10. The sentence “the smallest butterfly in the world is
found in South Africa. ” in the Active Voice becomes
a) “People would find the smallest butterfly in the
world in South Africa.”
b) “People found the smallest butterfly in the world in
South Africa.”
c) “People find the smallest butterfly in the world in
South Africa.”
d) “People are going to find the smallest butterfly in
the world in South Africa.”
11. The sentence "Duarte Coelho is believed to have
said something" in the active voice is:
a) Duarte Coelho believes he said something.
b) Something believes Duarte Coelho said.
c) Everybody said something to Duarte Coelho.
d) We can believe Duarte Coelho said anything.
e) People believe Duarte Coelho said something.
12. Choose the correct form in the passive voice for: Mr.
Brown gave us a lesson.
a) We had given a lesson.
b) A lesson will be given us by Mr. Brown.
c) A lesson is being given us by Mr. Brown.
d) We were giving a lesson.
e) We were given a lesson by Mr. Brown.
Facebook is the world’s largest social network, with
800 million users worldwide as of September 2011.
More than any other company, it has defined what
1 …….. see as the “social” era of the Internet, in which
connections made among 9 people 4 replace 7 algorithmdriven
searches. And 8 its 5 policies, more than any others,
seem to be driving the definition of 14 privacy in this new
age.
Every day, Facebook users comment or press the “like”
button more than 2 billion times and upload more than
250 million photos. The McKinsey Global Institute has
estimated that the network’s users post 30 billion pieces
of content 2 …….. month.
The company, founded in 2004 by a Harvard
15
sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg, began life 16 catering
first to Harvard students and then to all high school and
college students. It has since evolved into a broadly
popular online destination used by teenagers and adults
of all ages. 19 In country after country, Facebook has
cemented itself as the leader, often displacing other
social networks.
It is 3 …….. surprise that 11 Facebook has become one of
the titans of the Internet, challenging even Google with
10 its vision of a Web tied together by personal
236

elationships and recommendations, rather than by
search algorithms. In a major expansion, Facebook has
spread itself across other Web sites by offering members
the chance to “Like” something - share it with their
network – without leaving the Web page they are on.
At the Facebook 20 developer 6 conference in September,
21
the company announced the release of a 13 product
called Timeline, 12 which offers a 22 highly visual view of
a user’s Facebook profile and organizes content into
photos, events and apps, all based on a 17 timeline view
that stretches back to the beginning of a user’s time on
Facebook. Timeline is designed to work on 18 mobile
devices, too.
Adaptado de: WYLD, Adrian. Facebook. Disponível em:
. Acesso em 01 dez. 2011.
13. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna do enunciado abaixo.
The passive version of the sentence [...] the company
announced the release of product called Timeline (ref.
21) is the sentence [...] the release of a product called
Timeline …….. by the company.
a) was announced
b) had been announced
c) were being announced
d) have been announced
e) was being announced
Orkut was quietly launched on January 22, 2004
by Google, the search engine company. The service was
created by Google employee Orkut Büyükkokten, 10 who
had developed a similar system, InCircle, for 11 his
previous employer, Affinity Engines. 6 InCircle was
intended for use by 13 former university students.
With regard to copyrights, their terms of service
14 state: "By submitting, posting or displaying any
Materials on or through the Orkut.com service, you
automatically grant to us a 15 worldwide, non-exclusive,
sublicenseable, transferable, royalty-free, perpetual,
16
irrevocable right to copy, distribute, create derivative
works of, publicly perform and display such Materials".
1 Originally, the Orkut community was felt to be
elite, because 12 its membership is by invitation only.
However, at the end of July 2004 Orkut surpassed the
1,000,000 member mark, and at the end of September it
surpassed the 2,000,000 mark. As of September 2004,
57% of Orkut's members were from Brazil, followed by
14% from the United States and 6% from Iran. Brazilians
were below 50% from August 9 to August 20, 2004. It is
believed that this happened because 7 a lot of them
changed their nationality to something else due to a
rumor that users with their countries set 18 to Brazil got
slower speeds and a greater chance of getting an error
page.
Invitations to Orkut are obtainable, with a few
minutes' (or days') worth of diligence, 17 via the web.
From "http://www.whatis.tv/Orkut.html" (with slight adaptations)
Orkut is a virtual community designed to help users meet
new friends and maintain existing relationships. Today,
"virtual community" is loosely used and interpreted to
indicate a variety of social groups connected in some
ways by the Internet. 8 It does not necessarily mean that
there is a strong bond among the members. 2 An email
distribution list on Star Trek may have close to one
hundred members, 3 and the communication 9 which takes
place there could be either one-way (the list owner
making announcements) or merely informational
(questions and answers are posted, but members stay
relatively strangers and uninterested to each other). The
membership turnover rate could be high. This is in line
with the liberal use of the term community.
5 Similar to Friendster, Orkut goes a step further
by permitting "communities" of users. It is also
invitation-only: 4 Users must be invited to join the
community by someone already there.
14. The passive voice is used in "Orkut was quietly
launched on January 22, 2004". Find the sentence that is
also in the passive voice.
a) Communities have never rejected new members.
b) Good ideas took shape at the end of the session.
c) Some communities have been able to control their
growth.
d) Several social groups could be connected by the
Internet.
e) Young students are never tired of chatting with
friends on email.
237

15. “his findings were not given their real importance”
(l. 28-29) This sentence can be exactly rewritten in the
active voice as
People _______ his findings their real importance.
The alternative that completes this sentence correctly is
01) did not give.
02) was not giving.
03) wouldn’t give.
04) hasn’t given.
05) hadn’t given.
Voz Passiva.
A new shopping
center is being built
here
Past Continuous. Voz Ativa.
We were studying
subject pronoun.
Voz Passiva.
Subject pronoun was
being studied
Um novo shopping center
está sendo construído aqui.
Nós estávamos estudando
pronome sujeito.
Pronome sujeito estava
sendo estudado.
EXERCISES
17. “The terrible state of education in Brazil [...] is
compromising the country’s development.” (l. 1 3) –
This sentence is correctly rephrased in the passive voice
as
238
16. Em relação à fala da mulher, observa-se que
a) as orações encontram-se respectivamente na voz
passiva negativa e afirmativa.
b) o contrário da afirmação seria: “Yes, you were
downloaded. You were born”.
c) se refere a uma ação iniciada no passado e que se
estende até o presente.
d) se trata de uma resposta à pergunta do garoto: “How
are people downloaded?”
Present Continuous. Voz Ativa.
They are building a new
shopping center here.
Eles estão construindo
um novo shopping aqui.
01) The country’s development compromises the terrible
state of education in Brazil.
02) The country’s development is being compromised
by the terrible state of education in Brazil.
03) Education in Brazil is in a terrible state, thus
compromising the country’s development.
04) The country’s development was compromised by
the terrible state of education in Brazil.
05) The state of education in Brazil is terrible and this
will compromise the country’s development.
18. “…improvements are being made…” (l. 4) The
correct equivalent of this sentence in the active voice is
01) they make improvements.
02) they made improvements.
03) they will make improvements.
04) they are making improvements.
05) they have been making improvements.
Losing his patience with one prominent justice, Ricardo
Lewandowski, who tried to absolve some defendants of

certain crimes, Mr. Barbosa publicly accused him this
month of “chicanery” by using legalese to prop up
certain positions. An outcry ensued among some who
could not stomach Mr. Barbosa’s talking to a fellow
justice like that. “Who does Justice Joaquim Barbosa
think he is?” asked Ricardo Noblat, a columnist for the
newspaper O Globo, questioning whether Mr. Barbosa
was qualified to preside over the court. “What powers
does he think he has just because he’s sitting in the chair
of the chief justice of the Supreme Federal Tribunal?”
Mr. Barbosa did not apologize. In the interview, he said
some tension was necessary for the court to function
properly. “It was always like this,” he said, contending
that arguments are now just easier to see because the
court’s proceedings are televised.
Linking the court’s work to the recent wave of protests,
he explained that he strongly disagreed with the violence
of some demonstrators, but he also said he believed that
the street movements were “a sign of democracy’s
exuberance.”
“People don’t want to passively stand by and observe
these arrangements of the elite, which were always the
Brazilian tradition,” he said.
19. The sentence “They are televising the court’s
proceedings” in the passive becomes
a) The court’s proceedings are being televised.
b) The court’s proceedings can be televised.
c) The court’s proceedings are been televised.
d) The court’s proceedings are to be televised.
A HISTORY OF PI
The history of Pi, says the author, though a small part of
the history of mathematics, is nevertheless a mirror of
the history of man. 5 Petr Beckmann holds up this mirror,
4 giving the background of the times when Pi made
progress — and also when it did not, because 3 science
was being 1 stifled by militarism or religious fanaticism.
The mathematical level of this book is flexible, and there
is plenty for readers of all ages and interests.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Petr Beckmann was born in Prague, Czechoslovakia, in
1924. 6 Until 1963, he worked as a research scientist for
the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, when he was
invited as a Visiting Professor to the University of
Colorado, where he decided to stay permanently as
professor of electrical engineering.
Dr. Beckmann has authored 11 books and more than 50
scientific papers, 2 mostly on probability theory and
electromagnetic wave propagation. History is one of his
side interests; another is linguistics ( 7 he is fluent in five
languages and he has worked out a new generative
grammar which enables a computer to construct trillions
of grammatical sentences from a dictionary of less than
100 unprocessed words).
8
He also publishes a monthly pro-science, protechnology,
pro-free enterprise newsletter Access to
Energy, in which he promotes the viewpoint that clean
energy can be made plentiful, but that access to it is
blocked by government interference and environmental
paranoia.
BECKMANN, Petr. A History of Pi. New York: Barnes & Noble Books, 1983.
20. A opção que contém a reescrita correta de “...
science was being stifled by militarism or religious
fanaticism.” (ref. 3) é: Militarism or religious fanaticism
a) were stifling science.
b) had been stifling science.
c) were being stifling science.
d) has stifling science.
e) have been stifling science.
RESEARCH GUIDELINES DRAFTED TO END
MALE DOMINANCE
1. New guidelines on gender in research
laboratories are being prepared to end the existing
"macho culture" that disadvantages women.
2. The Athena programme, jointly funded by the
organisation representing vice-chancellors, Universities
UK, and the Department of Trade and Industry to
promote women in science, engineering and technology,
has published a draft.
3. According to the deputy chairwoman of Athena,
Dr. Nancy Lane, men do a 1 disproportionate amount of
the teaching, and promotion or research decisions are too
often made on the basis of 2 social contact, such as
playing golf or spending time at the pub.
4. "The old boy network and an assumption that
people will work long hours or not need breaks can
239

disadvantage women," she said.
5. The Athena guidance is now being negotiated
with other groups, but will essentially ask laboratories to
ensure everyone gets an 3 equal opportunity to train
students, to try for promotion and to carry out different
laboratory roles.
6. Dr. Lane believes employing more female
teachers could make the 4 biggest difference, as they
could 5 encourage more female undergraduates to pursue
careers in science.
7. Once they are agreed, the new guidelines will
go through a series of trials, at first primarily at
Cambridge University, before being issued nationally.
Joe Plomin
Guardian Unlimited, Tuesday October 23, 2001
21. The correct active voice of "The Athena guidance is
now being negotiated with other groups" is
a) They are now negotiating the Athena guidance with
other groups.
b) The Athena guidance with other groups is now
being negotiated.
c) Other groups are now negotiating the Athena
guidance.
d) The Athena guidance is now negotiating with other
groups.
e) They have been negotiating the Athena guidance.
1 It is a nice irony, given that scientific genetics
started with the manipulation of a crop plant, the pea,
that the most vehement public opposition to it in recent
years has come from those who object to the genetic
manipulation of crops.
2 At the moment, so-called genetically modified
(GM) crops are in disgrace. Consumers, particularly in
Europe, are wary of buying food that may contain them.
Environmental activists are ripping up fields where they
are being tested experimentally. And companies that
design them are selling off their GM subsidiaries, or
even themselves, to anyone willing to take on the risk.
3 Yet the chances are that this is just a passing
fad. No trial has shown a health risk from a
commercially approved GM crop (or, more correctly, a
transgenic crop, as all crop plants have been genetically
modified by selective breeding since time immemorial).
And while the environmental risks, such as crosspollination
with wild species and the promotion of
insecticide-resistant strains of pest, look more plausible,
they also look no worse than the sorts of environmental
havoc wreaked by more traditional sorts of agriculture. -
THE ECONOMIST, July
22. Choose the correct ACTIVE VOICE FORM for...
"fields where they are being tested experimentally"
(par.2)
a) fields where scientists have been testing them
experimentally.
b) fields where environmentalists are testing them
experimentally.
c) fields where genetic engineers had been testing them
experimentally.
d) fields where genetic engineers are testing them
experimentally.
e) fields where one has been testing them
experimentally.
Simple Future. Voz Ativa.
You will learn Passive
Voice
Voz Passiva.
Passive voice will be
learned by you
Immediate Future. Voz ativa.
You are going to learn
Passive voice.
Voz Passiva.
Passive voice is going to
be learned.
Vocês aprenderão voz
passiva
Voz Passiva será aprendida
por vocês.
Vocês vão aprender voz
passiva.
Voz passiva vai ser
aprendida.
240

EXERCISES:
Present Perfect. Voz Ativa.
HARRY POTTER AND THE DEATHLY
HALLOWS
Author - J. K. Rowling
Illustrators (England) - Jason Cockcroft,
(United States) - Mary GrandPré
Genre - Fantasy
Publishers - Bloomsbury Publishing PLC, Scholastic Press, Raincoast Books
Released - July 21, 2007
Book nº - Seven
Sales - 11+ million (in first 24 hours after release)
Story - timeline July 1997 - May 1998 and 1 September 2017
Chapters - 36 chapters and an epilogue
Someone has taught
the students
Voz Passiva.
The students has been
taught.
Past Perfect. Voz Ativa.
Many people had
already seen that
movie
Alguém tem ensinado
aos alunos.
Os alunos tem sido
ensinados.
Muita gente já tinha
visto aquele filme
Pages - England 607, United States 759
Preceded by - "Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince"
"Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows" is the
seventh and final book of Harry Potter novels written by
British author J. K. Rowling. The book was released on
July 21, 2007, ending the series that began in 1997 with
the publication of "Harry Potter and the Philosopher's
Stone". This book chronicles the events directly
following "Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince"
(2005), and leads to the long-awaited final confrontation
between Harry Potter and Lord Voldemort.
"Deathly Hallows" is published in the UK by
Bloomsbury Publishing, in the USA by Scholastic Press,
in Canada by Raincoast Books and in Australia and New
Zealand by Allen & Unwin. Released globally in ninetythree
countries, "Deathly Hallows" broke sales records as
the fastest-selling book ever, selling more t an eleve
million copies in the first twenty-four hours following its
release. The previous record, nine million in its first day,
had been held by "Half-Blood Prince".
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki)
23. "The seeds will be eaten by the birds" is the passive
for:
a) The birds will eat the seeds.
b) The birds ate the seeds.
c) The birds will be eaten by the seeds.
d) The seeds will eat the birds.
e) The birds are going to eat the seeds.
Voz Passiva.
It had been already
seen by many people
Aquele filme já tinha
sido visto por muita
gente.
EXERCISES
24. Choose the correct passive voice form for:
"... no one has made any attempt to tackle the issue".(ref.
1)
01) no attempt has been made to tackle the issue.
02) no attempt is made by anybody to tackle the issue.
03) it could not be made any attempt to tackle the issue.
04) it is not made any attempt to tackle the issue.
05) no attempt was made by anybody to tackle the issue.
EPHEDRA: Who's Telling the Truth?
Call them the ephedra wars. For the past five years, the
FDA has been trying to restrict the availability of
ephedra, an herbal stimulant and the active ingredient in
hundreds of popular diet aids and energy boosters sold
across the U.S. The reason for the agency's mounting
241

alarm: ephedra has been linked to a number of strokes,
heart attacks and seizures and more than 100 deaths. But
every time the FDA gets closer to its goal, the dietarysupplements
industry successfully lobbies other parts of
the government to roll back changes.
- By Leon Jaroff (Time, August 26, )
25. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a voz ativa
correta da frase grifada em "EPHEDRA HAS BEEN
LINKED TO A NUMBER OF STROKES, heart attacks
and seizures and more than 100 deaths".
a) They linked ephedra to a number of strokes.
b) A number of strokes have been linked to ephedra.
c) They have linked ephedra to a number of strokes.
d) A number of strokes has been linked to ephedra.
e) They had been linked ephedra to a number of
strokes.
Fight the Violence!
Oct 14, 2011 6:53 PM EDT
What if gang violence in America could be reduced
just by talking? Professor and activist David
Kennedy talks with Ben Crair about his new book,
Don’t Shoot, criticism of his plan, and the economics
of gangs.
In 1995, David M. Kennedy went to Boston on behalf
of* Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government to study
violent crime. Like many American cities at that time,
Boston was suffering a wave of homicides. After linking
up with a special Boston Police Department task force,
Kennedy and his team recognized that most of the killing
was the work of a small handful of identifiable gang
members. Rather than locking them all up, they tried
something new: They met with the gang members and
community leaders, offered them assistance in getting
off the streets, and warned them that, if any single gang
member committed another murder*, they would crack
down* on the entire group. Crime dropped almost
overnight, and Kennedy’s “Operation Ceasefire,” as it
has come to be known, has been implemented in more
than 70 cities, addressing issues from gun violence to
drug markets to juvenile robberies. Now, Kennedy
recounts his experiences in a new book, Don’t Shoot:
One Man, a Street Fellowship, and the End of Violence
in Inner-City America. - (Newsweek, 14.10.2011.
Adaptado)
242
26. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a forma correta
da voz ativa para o trecho em destaque na seguinte
passagem do texto: Kennedy’s Operation Ceasefire, as it
has come to be known, has been implemented in more
than 70 cities.
a) They have implement Kennedy’s Operation
Ceasefire, as it has come to be known, in more than
70 cities.
b) They had implemented Kennedy’s Operation
Ceasefire, as it has come to be known, in more than
70 cities.
c) They were implemented Kennedy’s Operation
Ceasefire, as it has come to be known, in more than
70 cities.
d) They had been implementing Kennedy’s Operation
Ceasefire, as it has come to be known, in more than
70 cities.
e) They have been implementing Kennedy’s Operation
Ceasefire, as it has come to be known, in more than
70 cities.
DDT IS STILL AROUND-AND STILL A MENACE
NO MATTER WHERE YOU LIVE OR WHEN
you were born, you almost surely have at small amount
of DDT stored in the fatty tissues of your body. This
notoriously toxic pesticide, which almost led to the
extinction of the American bald eagle in the 1970s, has
long been banned in the U.S. and most other developed
countries. But according to a new report by the World
Wildlife Fund in Washington, DDT is still used in many
developing nations, mainly because it's so effective in
controlling mosquitoes that carry the malaria parasite.
The persistence of DDT is a problem - and not
just in the countries that use it. DDT and several other
common chlorine-containing pesticides are sturdy
molecules that can stay intact for decades. They
evaporate into the atmosphere and are blown by the wind
all over the globe. They condense and fall to the ground
in cold weather, especially in higher latitudes. Some of
the highest concentrations of DDT are found in polar
bears, penguins and the Inuit people of northern Canada.
Although levels of DDT contamination are
gradually falling in countries where the pesticide has
been banned, new scientific research suggests that the
chemicals are still a serious threat everywhere. Studies
show that even small amounts of pesticide can disrupt
the working of human hormones, interfering with
reproduction and the functioning of the immune system.

That's why representatives of more than 100 nations will
gather at a U.N. meeting in Nairobi this week to work
toward a global treaty that would phase out DDT and 11
other pesticides, known as the "dirty dozen".
Environmentalists say it's possible to find alternative
ways to fight malaria - and get rid of DDT once and for
all.
(Time, February.)
27. Assinale a alternativa em que a voz do verbo (voz
passiva) é a mesma empregada em "THE PESTICIDE
HAS BEEN BANNED".
a) ...the chemicals are still a serious threat everywhere.
b) ...it's so effective in controlling mosquitoes that
carry the malaria parasite.
c) ...small amount of pesticide can disrupt the working
of human hormones,...
d) Some of the highest concentrations of DDT are
found in polar bears, penguins...
e) They condense and fall to the ground in cold
weather.
Australians are not known for their love of boat people.
They famously turned away a small group of Afghan
refugees at the height of the war and rather amusingly,
ran a scare campaign featuring crocodiles and sharks to
deter would-be immigrants. But if global warming
continues at its current rate, neighbouring Pacific islands
could be lost to floods and Australia will be facing a new
kind of intruder: climate refugees.
Although the Red Cross produced a report four years ago
estimating that 58 per cent of refugees are caused by
environmental factors, 1 no one has made any attempt to
tackle the issue. Oxford University's Norman Myers
recently claimed that there could be an estimated 150
million environmental refugees within the next 50 years,
and half of these could land on Australia's doorstep. But
the UN refuses to grant them refugee status, and aid
groups and environmentalists squabble over whose
responsibility they are.
a) no attempt has been made to tackle the issue.
b) no attempt is made by anybody to tackle the issue.
c) it could not be made any attempt to tackle the issue.
d) it is not made any attempt to tackle the issue.
e) no attempt was made by anybody to tackle the issue.
Despite French horror at England's violent football louts,
who smashed up Marseilles on June 15th before a match
between England and Tunisia, some Britons still get a
friendly press in France: the Scots. 2 They have been
widely praised for 1 their seemingly indomitable high
spirits (amid expected defeat on the playing field) and
sense of fair play. One French reporter; impressed by the
"indestructible smile and ever-genuine kindness" of
Scots fans, has called for an inquiry into the "euphoric
effects" - more potent, it seems, than Viagra or Prozac -
of wearing a kilt. Scottish fans who imbibe gallons of
beer and whisky and who occasionally bare their bottoms
are readily forgiven.
The Economist
29. Choose the correct active voice form for: "They
have been widely praised..." (ref.2)
a) The press had widely praised them.
b) People praised them widely.
c) One has widely praised them.
d) The press has widely praised them.
e) People has widely praised them.
30. The Passive Voice of "Man has made the world
much more complex" is:
a) Much more complex has made the world.
b) The world was been made much more complex by
man.
c) Much more complex was the world made.
d) Complex has been made the world much more by
man.
e) The world has been made much more complex.
DAZED & CONFUSED July 2005
28. Choose the correct passive voice form for:
"... no one has made any attempt to tackle the issue".(ref.
1)
Modals. Voz Ativa.
You must do
something about it.
You should leave it
Você deve fazer algo a
este respeito.
Você deveria deixar isto
243

there. alí.
People cannot do As pessoas não podem
these things.
fazer estas coisas.
We may organize Nós podemos organizar
another group. um outro grupo.
Voz Passiva.
Something must be
done about it.
Algo deve ser feito a
respeito disso.
It should be left Isto deveria ser deixado
there.
alí.
These things cannot
be done.
Estas coisas não podem
ser feitas.
Another group may
be organized.
Um outro grupo pode
ser organizado.
No exemplo acima, o modal que aparece na voz ativa é
repetido na voz passiva seguido do verbo
to be no infinitivo mais o verbo na forma passiva
analítica.
EXERCISES
31. Choose the correct alternative. - A voz passiva de
"Somebody must send me the new books" é:
a) I must send the new books.
b) The new books must be sent to me.
c) I will be sent the new books.
d) The new books would be sent to me.
e) The new books must be send by somebody.
32. The sentence "In English medium schools in
particular a low level of English may impede students'
acquisition of knowledge" (ref. 2) in the passive voice
would be:
01) A low level of English in English medium schools in
particular may have impeded students' acquisition of
knowledge.
02) Students' acquisition of knowledge may impeded in
English medium schools in particular by a low level
of English.
03) Students' acquisition of knowledge might impeded
in English medium schools in particular by a low
level of English.
04) In English medium schools in particular students'
acquisition of knowledge may be impeded by a low
level of English.
05) In English medium schools students' acquisition of
knowledge might have been impeded by a low level
of English in particular.
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY TEST:
THE ORAL COMPONENT OF A PRIMARY
SCHOOL
by Ishbel Hingle and Viv Linington
Many teachers feel comfortable setting penciland-paper
tests. Years of experience marking written
work have made them familiar with the level of written
competence pupils need in order to succeed in a specific
standard. ( I ) , teachers often feel much less secure
when dealing with tests which measure speaking and
listening even though these skills are regarded as
essential components of a diagnostic test which measures
1 overall linguistic proficiency. ( II ) the secondlanguage
English pupils often come from an oral rather
than a written culture, and so are likely to be more
proficient in this mode of communication, at least in
their own language, speaking in English may be a
different matter. 2
In English medium schools in
particular a low level of English may impede students'
acquisition of knowledge. ( III ) , identifying the
correct level of English of the student is all the more
challenging and important.
(Adapted from English Teaching Forum). www.interbits.com.br
33. The sentence "In English medium schools in
particular a low level of English may impede students'
acquisition of knowledge" (ref. 2) in the passive voice
would be:

a) A low level of English in English medium schools in
particular may have impeded students' acquisition of
knowledge.
b) Students' acquisition of knowledge may impeded in
English medium schools in particular by a low level
of English.
c) Students' acquisition of knowledge might impeded
in English medium schools in particular by a low
level of English.
d) In English medium schools in particular students'
acquisition of knowledge may be impeded by a low
level of English.
e) In English medium schools students' acquisition of
knowledge might have been impeded by a low level
of English in particular.
34. A correct active version of the expression "so that
you can't be seen" (ref. 2) is
a) so that anything can't see you.
b) so that nothing can't see you.
c) so that anybody can see you.
d) so that no one can see you.
e) so that none can't see you.
Passive Voice with Two Objects – Passiva com Dois
Objetos
Em Inglês, quando o verbo na voz ativa tiver dois
objetos (direto e indireto), qualquer um deles pode ser o
sujeito da voz passiva:
Me and Hammett
Hammett came to 1 the foot of the stairs and in a
whisper said, "Come down. Be very quiet. When you get
to the last few steps, crouch very low 2 so that you can't
be seen through the window." His voice was excited and
happy. I crawled the steps after the landing, crawled
across the room, and he raised me slowly to my feet.
Before me was the finest sight of my life, so stunning, so
3 unbelievable, that I began making choking sounds until
Hammett put his hand in my mouth.
On the wide road from the lake at least twenty
deer, moving slowly, were joining 4 a larger group who
were wondering up the 5 shorter path through the fruit
trees. All of them, small and large, pale and darker,
moved without fear, stopping along the way to nibble at
the May buds. Eight of them had moved close to the
terrace, were looking up at the house, but without
curiosity, as if it were another kind of tree. Then a group
of them went past the terrace and up into the rock garden
where they found such lovely things to eat that they were
joined by six or seven others. In all they certainly
numbered forty or fifty does, bucks, fawns, moving as I
think few people have ever been allowed to see them,
untroubled, not even on their usual alert for smell or
rustle. It was after six o'clock when the deer began to
disappear. There were four last stragglers who stopped to
examine a small dogwood 6 immediately off the terrace,
but one of our dogs barked in the distant kennels and the
deer were 7 off into the woods.
Vinição teaches biology to Cecilia. (active voice)
(sujeito) (obj. dir.) (obj. ind.)
Biology is taught to Cecilia by Vinição. (passive voice)
(sujeito) (obj. ind.) (ag. da passiva)
Cecilia is taught biology by Vinição. (passive voice)
(sujeito) (obj. dir.) (ag. da passiva)
Berg told me a story. (active voice)
(suj.) ( o. i.) (o. d.)
I was told a story by Berg. (passive voice)
(suj.) (o. d.) (ag. da pas.)
A story was told me by Berg. (passive voice)
(suj.) (o. i.) (ag. da pas.)
Contudo, quando o objeto indireto da voz ativa passa a
ser o sujeito da oração passiva, damos mais importância
à pessoa. Observe os exemplos abaixo:
They offered my elder brother a job. (active voice)
(sujeito) (obj. indireto) (obj. dir.)
My elder brother was offered a job. (passive voice)
(sujeito)
(obj. dir.)
245

As duas frases são traduzidas por: Ofereceram um
emprego a meu irmão mais velho.
Journalists asked the President many questions. (active
voice)
(sujeito) (obj. indireto) (obj. direto)
The President was asked many questions by journalists.
(passive voice)
(sujeito) (obj. direto) (ag. da passiva)
As duas frases são traduzidas por: Os jornalistas
fizeram muitas perguntas ao presidente.
ATENÇÃO:
As frases apresentadas anteriormente não podem ser
traduzidas literalmente; caso fizéssemos isto, elas
tornariam-se agramaticais e até sem sentido. Veja:
I was told that you got a scholarship. (Disseram-me que
você ganhou uma bolsa de estudos.)
Tradução literal: Eu fui dito que... (ERRADA)
She was allowed to go home early. (Permitiram-lhe que
fosse para casa cedo.)
Tradução literal: Ela foi permitida... (ERRADA)
Veja mais exemplos e suas respectivas traduções.
He is said to be a strong candidate for the job. (Dizem
que ele é um forte candidato ao cargo.)
They are supposed to arrive tonight. (Supõe-se que eles
cheguem hoje à noite.)
Mr. Martins was expected to take over the company.
(Esperava-se que o Sr. Martins assumisse a direção da
empresa.)
The President is reported to be in good health. (Relatam
que o presidente está em bom estado de saúde.)
OBSERVAÇÃO:
Os verbos explain e suggest só constroem a voz passiva
com o objeto direto da voz ativa transformando-se em
sujeito da voz passiva:
246
They explained the problem to the children. (active
voice)
(suj.) (obj. dir.) (obj. ind.)
The problem was explained to the children. (passive
voice)
(sujeito)
(NÃO: The children were explained the problem.)
They suggested a meeting place to us. (active voice)
(suj.) (obj. dir.) (o. i.)
A meeting place was suggested to us. (passive voice)
(sujeito)
(NÃO: We were suggested a meeting place.)
Voz Passiva - Sujeito Indeterminado e o Agente da
passiva
Há dois casos em que o agente da passiva pode ser
omitido:
1º) Quando o sujeito da voz ativa não for importante ou
for desconhecido ou indeterminado:
Somebody planted peas yesterday. (active voice)
(suj. ind.)
(obj. dir.)
Peas were planted yesterday. (passive voice)
(suj.)
Workers are building a new supermarket two blocks
from my house. (active voice)
(sujeito*)
(objeto direto)

A new supermarket is being built two blocks from my
house. (passive voice)
(sujeito)
- They made him (to) tell them everything. (active
structure)
He was made to tell them everything. (passive structure)
Neste caso, o sujeito da voz ativa, workers, não é
indeterminado e passa a ser o agente da passiva na
voz passiva; no entanto, ele não precisa ser
mencionado, pois não é relevante dizer quem está
construindo o novo supermercado.
- They helped him (to) get out of the country. (active
structure)
He was helped to get out of the country. (passive
structure)
Algunsverbos:
ATENÇÃO:
Somente verbos transitivos podem ser transformados em
construção passiva. Verbos intransitivos não possuem
objeto, dessa forma não há como formar o sujeito na voz
passiva, já que o objeto da voz ativa torna-se o sujeito da
voz passiva. Alguns verbos transitivos também não
podem ser transformados em construção passiva; a
maioria deles são verbos que se referem a estados e não a
ações, como fit,have, lack, resemble, suit. Veja alguns
exemplos de frases com verbos transitivos em que a voz
passiva não ocorre:
They have a nice house. (NOT A nice house is had by
them.)
My shoes don't fit me. (NOT I'm not fitted by my shoes.)
She was having a bath. (NOT A bath was being had by
her.)
Angela resembles a Greek goddess. (NOT A Greek
goddess is resembled by Angela.)
Your mother lacks tact. (NOT Tact is lacked by your
mother.)
say, believe, consider, expect, know,report, think, under
stand, allege admitem duas formas para a voz passiva.
Observe alguns exemplos:
She is said to work 14 hours a day.
ou
It is said that she works 14 hours a day.
The boy is believed to be wearing a white pullover and
blue jeans.
ou
It is believed that the boy is wearing a white pullover and
blue jeans.
The strike is expected to end soon. ou It is expected
that it will end soon.
He is alleged to have hit a policeman. ou It is alleged
that he hit a policeman.
John is said to be working very hard.
ou
It is said that John is working very hard.
Two people are reported to have been injured in the
explosion.
Em estruturas ativas, os
verbos hear, see, make e helppodem ser seguidos por
objeto + verbo no infinitivo sem to,já em estruturas
passivas, estes verbos devem ser seguidos pelo verbo
com o to. Observe:
- I saw him (to) come out of the house. (active structure)
He was seen to come out of the house. (passive structure)
ou
It is reported that two people were injured in the
explosion.
Para formar a interrogativa, antepomos ao sujeito o
verbo auxiliar que compõe o tempo verbal da voz
247

passiva. Para a negativa, basta acrescentar not ao
auxiliar. Observe:
The office is cleaned every day. (affirmative form)
Is the office cleaned every day? (interrogative form)
The office is not cleaned every day. (negative form)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os tempos verbais Present Perfect
Progressive, Past Perfect Progressive, Future
Progressive eFuture Perfect Progressive não são comuns
na voz passiva.
(BE) SUPPOSED TO
- Algumas vezes, (it is) supposed to ... significa o mesmo
que (it is) said to ... Observe:
I want to see that film. It is supposed to be good. (= it is
said tobe good.)
Contudo, em alguns casos, supposed to tem um
significado diferente. Isso ocorre quando usamos esta
expressão para dizer que algo
é planejado (intended), programado, combinado (arrange
d) ouesperado (expected).
Veja:
The plan is supposed to be a secret, but everybody seems
to know about it.
(= the plan is intended to be a secret.)
What are you doing at work? You're supposed to be on
holiday.
(= you are arranged to be on holiday)
Our guests were supposed to come at 8:30, but they were
late.
Marilda was supposed to call me last night, but she
didn't.
I'd better hurry. I'm supposed to be meeting Erica in ten
minutes.
248
- You are not supposed to do something significa o
mesmo queit is not allowed or advisible:
You are not supposed to park your car here. It is private
parking only.
Bernard is much better after his illness, but he is still not
supposed to do any heavy work.
USO DO GET EM CONSTRUÇÃO PASSIVA:
- Às vezes, pode-se usar get ao invés de be na voz
passiva:
Richard got promoted last weekend. (=
Richard was promoted...)
The cat always gets scared when the dog barks. (= The
cat alwaysis scared...)
There was an accident, but nobody got hurt. (= ..., but
nobody washurt.)
I never get invited to parties. (= I am never invited to
parties.)
Get pode ser empregado nos seguintes casos:
1) Para expressar mudanças ou acontecimentos,
geralmente inesperados e acidentais:
Mark got hurt in the car crash.
2) Para descrever o feito negativo de uma ação sobre
alguém:
The computer got broken.
3) Para descrever rotinas:
The gym gets cleaned every Sundays.
4) Para descrever o resultado de uma ação deempenhada
por alguém em benefício próprio:
He worked hard and got elected the Director of the
company.

- O uso de get em construções passivas é considerado
bastante informal e não é comum quando nos referimos a
ações que ocorreram há muito tempo e ações planejadas:
This house was built in 1815. (NOT This house got built
in 1815.)
Parliament was opened on Thursday. (NOT Parliament
got opened on Thursday.)
- Existem, porém, muitas outras situações em que
o get não pode ser usado. Observe os exemplos abaixo:
That actor is admired by many people.
NUNCA: That actor gets admired by many people.
Jamey is liked by everybody.
NUNCA: Jamey gets liked by everybody.
249

9. O tag-question de LET’S ou LET’S NOT
será sempre: SHALL WE ?
CAPÍTULO XXV - PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA
O TAG-QUESTION é uma pequena pergunta feita no
final de uma frase afirmativa ou negativa que tem como
principal objetivo esclarecer uma dúvida. Veremos agora
algumas de suas regras.
1. Deve haver apenas duas palavras no tagquestion.
2. Uma das palavras deve ser sempre um EXERCISES:
pronome pessoal (Subject Pronoun)
3. A outra palavra deve ser sempre um auxiliar -
do, does, will, has, haven’t, etc..
4. O tag-question tem carga contrária a frase que
lhe deu origem. (veja quadro).
You like classical music, don’t you ?
( + ) ( – )
They don’t smoke, do they ?
( – ) ( + )
Your father bought a new car, didn’t he ?
( + ) ( – )
Tag-questions especiais:
6. O tag-question do verbo THERE TO BE não
segue a regra geral. Veja.
There is a museum in São paulo, isn’t there ? ( Não
há pronome )
7. O tag-question de I AM é: Aren’t I ?
I am a good student, aren’t I ?
8. O tag-question do IMPERATIVO será
sempre: WILL YOU ? ( Imperativo negativo
ou afirmativo. )
250
10. Os pronomes indefinidos tais como:
someone, anyone, somebody, etc, serão
consideraodos como HE.
As tag questions são usadas, principalmente, para
confirmar a informação dita na frase. Em português, a
tradução da palavra tag é acréscimo, ou ainda, arremate.
Na Língua Portuguesa também existem question tags,
que são chamadas de perguntas no final da frase e
funcionam, basicamente, da mesma maneira. Elas
sempre aparecerão no final da frase, separadas por
vírgula.
Ela tem dezoito anos, não tem? She is eighteen years old,
isn't she?
A question tag discordará obrigatoriamente da primeira
declaração da frase. Quando a primeira for afirmativa,
a question tag será negativa, e quando ela for negativa, a
question tag será positiva.
Quando a tag for negativa, será, obrigatoriamente,
contraída, ou seja, nunca teremos uma tag como "is not
she?", ou "does not he?"
Algumas vezes, encontramos tag questions sem o
auxiliar na primeira frase. Para identificar qual o auxiliar
deve ser utilizado,podemos transformar a frase
afirmativa em interrogativa, como em:
Afirmativa: She works with you. Ela trabalha com você.
Interrogativa: Does she work with you? Ela trabalha com
você?
Tag question: She works with you, doesn't she? Ela
trabalha com você, não trabalha?

Quando o sujeito de uma tag question no presente for I, o
auxiliar não será o am. Esta é uma exceção. O auxiliar
utilizado, neste caso, será o are. Veja o exemplo:
I am right, aren't I? Eu estou certo, não estou?
Neste caso, o auxilia será o DOES. Observe:
Interrogativa: Does Bob have a new computer? O Bob
tem um computador novo?
Tag Question: Bob has a new computer, doesn't he? O
Bob tem um computador novo, não tem?
Os auxiliares que podem formar o tag são: to do, to be, to
have, will e modais.
Jack and Susie don't like to play soccer, do they? O Jack
e a Susie não gostam de jogar futebol, gostam?
Tag question X Question Tag
Tag question é o nome dado à frase formada por uma
frase inicial e uma pequena frase final (frase inteira).
Essa frase "final" é chamada de question tag.
Outros casos:
Quando a primeira frase é imperativa, utilizamos o
auxiliarwill para que ela fique mais formal:
Open the window, will you? Abra a janela, você pode?
Para que a frase fique ainda mais formal, utilizamos
o would:
Close the door, would you? Feche a porta, você poderia?
Pode-se utilizar também o please e o ok, para uma forma
mais coloquial. Nestes casos, mesmo que a primeira
frase seja positiva, utilizamos o auxiliar positivo.
Bring me some water, please? Traga-me um pouco de
água, por favor?
Stop talking, ok? Pare de falar, ok?
Quando usamos o let's, o auxiliar da questiong tag será
oshall we.
Let's dance, shall we? Vamos dançar, vamos?
Quando temos dois auxiliares numa mesma frase,
utilizamos na question tag apenas o primeiro.
You have been studying all morning, haven't you? Você
esteve estudando a manhã inteira, não esteve?
Pay attention! Preste atenção!
Afirmativa: Bob has a new computer. Bob tem um
computador novo.
EXERCISES
Why Bilinguals Are Smarter
Speaking two languages 5 rather than just one has obvious
practical benefits in an increasingly globalized world.
But in recent years, scientists have begun to show that
10 the advantages of bilingualism are even more
fundamental than being able to converse with 11 a wider
range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you
smarter. It can have a profound effect on your brain,
improving cognitive skills not related to language and
even protecting from dementia in old age.
(…)
Nobody ever doubted the power of language. 9 But who would have imagined that
the words we hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep
imprint?
Adapted from http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/thebenefitsof-bilingualism.html
1. One extracted fragment has its correct Tag Question.
Mark the item.
a) The bilingual experience appears to influence the
brain from infancy to old age, don’t they?
b) Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight
years, has it?
c) These processes include ignoring distractions to stay
focused, aren’t they?
d) Nobody ever doubted the power of language, did
they?
251

Science talent redirected
"Is Science Talent Squandered?" (SN: 5/31/97, p. 338)
sent me into a reverie of my precollege days. Having
achieved, at 10 years of age, minor celebrity status in
Nation's Business by inventing a "new" cotton picker,
having burned holes in my parents' basement ceiling
with my huge Gilbert chemistry set, and having been
given a key to the high school lab to conduct my own
experiments on weekends, I knew I would be a scientist.
Then came college and the public denigration (in an
introductory chemistry class) of my poetic expression of
the practical application of combustion. Literary and
artistic teachers and friends enjoyed my "weird"
presentation, so I joined their ranks instead, achieving
modest adult recognition as a writer but still finding my
real reading interest in science. If I had found a Carl
Sagan some 40 years ago, I might be in a different
college in my University today, but perhaps with
different regrets.
F. Richard Thomas, Professor of American Thought and Language, Michigan
State University, East Lansing, Mich. - [Science News, 26 July 1997, vol. 152]
2. Escolha a "question tag' correta para: - "I knew I
would be a scientist." (ref. 2)
a) didn't I ?
b) wasn't I ?
c) won't I ?
d) don't I ?
e) would I ?
3. Complete: - He'll be back soon, __________ ?
a) will he
b) doesn't he
c) shall he
d) won't he
e) couldn't he
4. Complete with the CORRECT alternative: - The
sun shone the whole day, __________ it?
a) is
b) did
c) doesn't
d) didn't
e) isn't
5. Choose the correct answer. - The teacher prefers
the red pen, __________?
a) doesn't she
b) don't he
c) hasn't she
d) didn't he
e) does he
6. Choose the correct answer. -- Ted and Ton arrived
at five, ___________ ?
a) didn't he
b) hadn't they
c) didn't they
d) did they
e) don't they
7. Assinale o question tag que melhor complementa a
frase: - "The traffic is terrible today, ____________?"
a) doesn't it?
b) it isn't?
c) isn't he?
d) isn't it?
e) n.d.a.
8. Choose the correct answer. - Jimmy has left his book
at school, ____________ ?
a) has he
b) hasn't he
c) doesn't he
d) didn't he
e) hasn't Jimmy
9. Assinale a alternativa correta: - Your name is Mary,
_____________?
a) isn't you
b) isn't it
c) aren't it
d) aren't you
e) isn't he
10. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna:
He doesn't study here, .......... he?
252

a) doesn't
b) do
c) did
d) does
e) don't
Science talent redirected
"Is Science Talent Squandered?" (SN: 5/31/97, p. 338)
sent me into a reverie of my precollege days. Having
achieved, at 10 years of age, minor celebrity status in
Nation's Business by inventing a "new" cotton picker,
having burned holes in my parents' basement ceiling
with my huge Gilbert chemistry set, and having been
given a key to the high school lab to conduct my own
experiments on weekends, I knew I would be a scientist.
Then came college and the public denigration (in an
introductory chemistry class) of my poetic expression of
the practical application of combustion. Literary and
artistic teachers and friends enjoyed my "weird"
presentation, so I joined their ranks instead, achieving
modest adult recognition as a writer but still finding my
real reading interest in science. If I had found a Carl
Sagan some 40 years ago, I might be in a different
college in my University today, but perhaps with
different regrets.
13. Choose the correct answer. - The teacher prefers
the red pen, _____?
a) doesn't she
b) don't he
c) hasn't she
d) didn't he
e) does he
14. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna. - Stella can play the keyboards, __________?
a) can she
b) can't she
c) doesn't she
d) isn't he
e) is she
15. He hasn't seen you lately, ......?
a) has he
b) is it
c) have you
d) have we
e) haven't you
F. Richard Thomas, Professor of American Thought and Language, Michigan
State University, East Lansing, Mich. - [Science News, 26 July, vol. 152]
11. Escolha a "question tag' correta para: "I knew I
would be a scientist." (ref. 2)
a) didn't I ?
b) wasn't I ?
c) won't I ?
d) don't I ?
e) would I ?
12. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna. -
Your new friend is very smart, ___________?
a) aren't you
b) is he
c) isn't she
d) doesn't she
e) hasn't she
253

CAPÍTULO XXVII – CONJUNCTIONS - CONJUNÇÕES
Conjunções são palavras que ligam duas orações ou He plays tennis and e f e
termos semelhantes, dentro de uma mesma oração. tennis and football.
Existem três tipos de conjunções: Coordinating
They have offices in Britain and re
conjunctions, Correlative conjunctions e Subordinating
They have offices in Britain and French.
conjunctions. A partir de agora estudaremos
separadamente cada um dos tipos de conjunções da
Língua Inglesa.
Coordinating conjunctions ligam duas palavras ou duas
orações independentes (independent clauses), mas
devem sempre ligar elementos com a mesma estrutura
gramatical, por exemplo: subject + subject; verb
phrase + verb phrase; sentence + sentence; clause +
clause. Uma coordinating conjunction geralmente
posiciona-se entre as orações e, antes dela, usamos
vírgula (caso as orações sejam muito pequenas e
possuam o mesmo sujeito, a vírgula não é necessária).
As coordinating conjunctions são as que se encontram
no quadro abaixo:
Conjunçã
Indicação / Função
o
for explicação
and adição
nor liga duas alternativas negativas
but oposição, contraste
or alternância
yet oposição, ressalva
mostra que a segunda ideia é o
so
resultado da primeira
Quando a coordinating conjunction "and" liga dois
verbos que possuem o mesmo sujeito, não é necessário
repetí-lo. Isso também ocorre com artigos, pronomes,
preposições e outras expressões. Observe os exemplos
do quadro:
She sings and e e e
and plays the violin
254
Podemos usar vírgula (,) diante de and quando esta
conjunção for usada para adicionar o último item de uma
lista ou série. Esse tipo de construção é bastante comum
no Inglês, contudo a série deve conter pelo menos três
ítens. Quando a construção não for longa, o uso da
vírgula também é facultativo. Observe os exemplo
abaixo:
You had a holiday at Christmas, at New Year and at
Easter. (Neste caso, não é necessário usar vírgula, pois os
ítens da série não são longos.)
A vírgula também pode ser usada antes de and quando
liga duas orações independentes (independent clauses)
que não possuem o mesmo sujeito. Caso as orações
sejam pequenas e tenham o mesmo sujeito, não é comum
usar vírgula. Observe:
Rachel decided to try the chocolate cake, and Peter
ordered a strawberry pie. (Aqui a vírgula pode ser usada,
pois o sujeito das orações não é o mesmo.)
But é uma conjunção adversativa, ou seja, expressa um
contraste. Assim como and, usaremos vírgula (,) antes
de but quando ela ligar duas orações independentes
(independent clauses) que sejam longas. Observe que,
mesmo quando as orações possuem o mesmo sujeito,
pode ocorrer vírgula diante de but se as orações são
longas:
She had very little to live on, but she would never have
dreamed of taking what was not hers. (Aqui, embora o
sujeito das duas orações seja o mesmo, a vírgula é usada,
pois as orações são longas.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Além de significar mas ou porém, but
também pode significar exceto:

Everybody but Robert is trying out for the team.
(Todos, exceto Roberto, estão competindo para ficar no
time)
A conjunção or indica alternância ou exclusão:
I could cook some supper, or we could order a pizza.
(Eu poderia fazer uma janta ou nós poderíamos pedir
uma pizza.)
A conjunção so (assim, portanto, por isso) expressa o
que acontece / aconteceu / acontecerá em razão de
alguma coisa:
My grandmother was sick, so she went to the doctor.
(Minha avó estava doente, por isso foi ao médico.)
A conjunção so também é usada no início de orações
para introduzir algo novo, significando "então":
So, the judge removed the child from the custody of his
parents.(Então, o juiz tirou dos pais a custódia da
criança.)
A conjunção yet (contudo, mas, não obstante, porém, no
entanto) indica oposição, ressalva:
It's a small car, yet it is surprisingly spacious. (É um
carro pequeno, todavia é surpreendentemente espaçoso.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Como conjunção, yet sempre aparece
no início da oração.
EXERCISES:
1. The alternative in which the word or expression in
bold expresses result is
01) So the reaction to mobile phones is[...] the latest
example of a familiar pattern
02) As new technologies emerge and the pattern repeats
itself...
03) ...there either is no harm, or it is necessary to look
for it in a different way.
04) Evidence[...]could still emerge, but so far they
would seem to be safe.
05) ...even though kidnappers can use them to make
ransom demands.
A função da conjunção for é introduzir uma
explicação. Nestes casos, for é sinônimo de because.
Hoje em dia, o uso de for neste sentido é usado, na
maioria das vezes, na escrita literária. Observe o
exemplo:
Report: There Are 3,000 Child Soldiers in India
May 15, 2013
Eric tought he had a good chance to get the job in the
company, for his father was one of the owners.(Eric
achou que tinha grande chance de conseguir o emprego
na companhia, pois seu pai era um dos donos.)
A conjunção nor liga duas alternativas negativas e é
usada, na maioria das vezes, com neither e not. Veja:
That is neither what I said nor what I meant. (Isto não
foi o que eu disse nem o que eu quis dizer.)
Nor também é usado antes de um verbo positivo
concordando com algo negativo que recém foi dito:
She doesn't like them nor does Jeff. (Ela não gosta deles
nem do Jeff.)
(…)
And yet, the country seems loath to face, let alone
address, the problem. India ratified a U.N. Optional
Protocol on children in armed conflict in 2005. As of
March, a total 197 out of 640 Indian districts are affected
by insurgency, according to the report. In 2011, the
255

Indian government submitted its first Periodic Report on
the status of implementation of the Optional Protocol to
the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the
Involvement of Children in Armed Conflict. The
document, prepared by the Ministry of Women and
Child Development, was devoid of any factual
information on child soldiers. The Indian government
denied the existence of any armed conflict in India,
saying “India does not face either international or
noninternational armed-conflict situations,” therefore
there is no question of involvement of children in it.
“The Indian government’s reaction is embarrassing,”
says Chakma. “They don’t want to acknowledge the
problem because they don’t want international
monitoring groups in the country.”
The ACHR report, submitted last Thursday to the U.N.
Committee on the Rights of the Child, recommends
government-sponsored rehabilitation schemes for these
children and a need for greater awareness. It also asked
the National Human Rights Commission to intervene to
help address the issue. New Delhi can start by admitting
there’s a problem.
3. In the sentence “But when she started working, she
found out that...”, the word but indicates
a) addition.
b) consequence.
c) result.
d) reason.
e) contrast.
The euro
The flight from Spain
Spain can be shored up for a while; but its woes contain
an alarming lesson for the entire euro zone
- May 15, 2013 /www.time.com
2. The underlined word yet in the fourth paragraph of
the text conveys an idea of
a) addition
b) cause
c) exclusion
d) opposition
e) substitution
Apple manufacturing plant workers complain of long
hours and militant culture
Chengdu, China (CNN) — Miss Chen (we changed her
name for this story), an 18-year-old student from a
village outside of the southern megacity of Chongqing, is
one of more than one million factory workers at a
Chinese company that helps manufacture products for
Apple Inc.’s lucrative global empire, which ranked in a
record $46.3 billion in sales last quarter. They work day
or night shifts, eating and sleeping at company facilities,
as they help build electronics products for Apple and
many other global brand names, such as Amazon’s
Kindle and Microsoft’s Xbox.
- Adaptado de http://edition.cnn.com, consulta em 06/02/2012.
THE worst nightmares are the ones you cannot wake up
from. Just ask Spain. A year ago the cost of Spanish
government borrowing soared as euro contagion spread
from Greece, Ireland and (…) - Jul 28th 2012 /
www.economist.com
4. In the underlined sentence “Yet despite all its efforts
and pain, Spain cannot shake off that sense of doom.”,
the word yet conveys an idea of
a) opposition
b) addition
c) replacement
d) cause
e) result
Life and the Movies
Joey Potter looked at her friend Dawson Leery and she
smiled sadly.
“Life isn’t like a movie, Dawson,” she said. “We can’t
write happy endings to all our relationships.”
256

Joey was a pretty girl with long brown hair. Both Joey
and Dawson were nearly sixteen years old. The two
teenagers had problems. All teenagers have the same
problems – life, love, school work, and parents. It isn’t
easy to become an adult.
Dawson loved movies. He had always loved movies. He
took film classes in school. He made short movies
himself. Dawson wanted to be a film director. His
favorite director was Steven Spielberg.
Dawson spent a lot of his free time filming with his
video camera. He loved watching videos of great movies
from the past. Most evenings, he watched movies with
Joey.
“These days, Dawson always wants us to behave like
people in movies,” Joey thought. And life in the little
seaside town of Capeside wasn’t like the movies.
Joey looked at the handsome, blond boy who was sitting next to her. She thought
about the years of their long friendship. They were best friends... - ANDERS, C.
J. Retold by CORNISH, F. H. Dawson’s Creek. Shifting into overdrive. Oxford,
Macmillan, 2005.
5. In the sentence “All teenagers have the same
problems – life, love, school work, and parents”, the
conjunction and - indicates
a) contrast.
b) result.
c) reason.
d) consequence.
e) addition.
Questão 6 – anulada.
FIFTY YEARS OF BOSSA NOVA
(…) Nova standard. Garota de Ipanema, adapted to
English as The Girl from Ipanema, was picked up by
many singers, including Frank Sinatra. In 1963, the
English version of the song raced up international charts.
"We only lost to the Beatles. And there were four of
them," wryly remarked Jobim. Bossa Nova spread
everywhere from the mid-1960s, from Copacabana
apartments to New York jazz clubs.
In Rio de Janeiro today, Bossa Nova has been
supplanted by other genres, notably other samba
variations and US-style hip-hop or rock. But, it can still
be heard, a persistent note characterizing Brazil's
iconically beautiful seaside city. "Today, there are a lot
more albums than 40 years ago. It (Bossa Nova) is not at
the top of the charts, but it is still a style picked up by
people of all ages," said Ruy Castro, an author of several
books on music. Lyra, the singer and composer who
appeared in Carnegie Hall 46 years ago, was less
generous. "If somebody asks me today where they can
hear Bossa Nova in Rio, I say 'nowhere'. The music is
more popular in Japan and Europe than in Brazil," he
said. - (http://music.ndtv.com/story. August 17, 2008.
Adaptado.)
7. No trecho do último parágrafo - "But, it can still be
heard, a persistent note characterizing Brazil's iconically
beautiful seaside city." -, a palavra BUT pode ser
substituída, sem alterar o sentido, por:
a) Then.
b) So.
c) Because.
d) However.
e) Such as.
Many reasons have been given for the
phenomenal popularity of J.K. Rowling's Harry Potter
books. For some critics, it is the narrator's magical mix
of narrative tricks; for others, she has simply captured
the atmosphere of the moment. Yet few admit her gift for
language. For translators, who have contributed to the
international success of the series, the books represent a
major challenge. Tolkien's epic, "Lord of the Rings",
made up mystical locations and forgotten languages with
names of hobbits, elves and dark powers. In a less
dramatic way Rowling evokes a world with names for
people, places and enchantment, and even a new sport,
Quidditch.
- (Adapted from: Speak Up, July 2007)
8. The word YET in "Yet few admit her gift..."
(paragraph 01) conveys an idea of
a) reason.
b) conclusion.
c) addition.
d) contrast.
257

BIGGER YET BETTER
On Magic Island' a virtuous cycle began with a ban on
heavy industry.
One of the sad truths of the developing world is
that an urban population boom has so often been bad
news. From Jakarta to Rio de Janeiro, more people have
typically meant more ghettoes, more crime, and less
economic life. That's one reason urbanites in big cities
are moving to places like Florianópolis, an island city
700 kilometers south of São Paulo, where bigger doesn't
always mean worse. - (Margolis, Mac. Newsweek,
10/07.)
9. De acordo com as informações contidas no texto, a
palavra "yet" do título pode ser substituída por
a) "and".
b) "because".
c) "but".
d) "so".
e) "too".
TO BLOG OR NOT TO BLOG
(…)
In the vast world of blogs - 1 which now includes
photoblogs for amateur photographers and moblogs,
updated in real time with photos from mobile phones -
Richard Clark's own personal favorites are chosen 2 for
their literary appeal. His regular reads include a cynical
account of working life as a manager in a call centre, an
Australian student's views on British culture and the
difficulties of a British woman in Belgium with what she
claims is an intensely annoying boyfriend. To find the
blogs that amuse you, he recommends following the
links on the page of a popular blog: most bloggers
compulsively link to other blogs, but there are also lots
of sites that list blogs according to popularity.
If, 3 on the other hand, you actually want to
make your own contribution to the blogging universe,
Clark advises you to make sure they're interesting and to
update them regularly - ideally, every day, or every two
days - because that's the only reason people come back. -
(FROM: Speak Up. Adapted
11. The word FOR in: "...for their literary appeal" (ref.
2) conveys an idea of
a) contrast
b) reason
c) addition
d) conclusion
10. A palavra BUT, no quarto quadrinho, é sinônimo de
a) nevertheless.
b) except.
c) not even.
d) unless.
e) including.
(...) Languages have always died. As cultures have risen
and fallen, so 1
their languages have emerged and
disappeared. We can get some sense of it following the
appearance of written language, 5 for we now have
records (in various forms - inscriptions, clay tablets,
documents) of dozens of extinct languages from classical
times - Bithynian, Cilician, Pisidian, Phrygian,
Paphlagonian, Etruscan, Sumerian, Elamite, Hittite... We
know of some 75 extinct languages which have been
spoken in Europe and Asia Minor. But the extinct
languages of which we have some historical record in
this part of the world must be only a fraction of those for
2
which we have nothing. And when we extend our
coverage to the whole world, 3 where written records of
ancient languages are largely absent, it is easy to see that
no sensible estimate can be obtained about the rate at
258

which languages have died in the past. We can of course
make guesses at the size of the population in previous
eras, and the likely size of communities, and ( 4 on the
assumption that each community would have had its own
language) work out possible numbers of languages. (...)
(Crystal, D. Language Death. C.U.P.)
12. Assinale a opção que contém uma conjunção que
não pode substituir "for" em "for we now have ..." (ref.
5).
a) as
b) due to the fact that
c) since
d) because
e) so
The widespread destruction of tropical rainforest
ecosystems and the consequent extinction of numerous
plant and animal species is happening before we know
even the most basic facts about what we are losing.
- http://www.ran.org/info_center/factsheets/05f.html 1995-2003 Rainforest
Action Network
13. In the sentence "yet only 1 percent of the known
plant and animal species...", the word YET:
a) adds an example.
b) introduces a result.
c) makes a comparison.
d) expresses a contrast.
e) provides a cause.
Internet users 1 frequently expect to be able to download
information for 5 free. In many cases this isn't a problem
but one of the world's most 6
successful websites,
Napster, which had over 50 million clients, made it a
problem.
- Skyline 5. Lethaby, C. et al. Oxford: MacMillan,.
14. Em "(...) BUT one of the world's most successful
websites", a palavra destacada estabelece, no texto, uma
relação de
a) exemplificação.
b) alternância.
c) adição.
d) oposição.
e) conclusão.
It Takes Tech to Tango
(…) But Soderlholm and his wife, Gunvor, are happy to
pay: they live in Tango, a green-and-wired 27-unit
complex that decontaminates its own soil, recycles its
water into a rebuilt marsh ecology, generates power from
renewable sources, uses roof space to put oxygen back
into the environment and, through sensors and broadband
Web access, allows owners to remotely monitor and
control everything from energy use to electronic key
access. Soderlholm can sit on his balcony, survey the
Oresund like a sea captain, and know that he lives on a
showcase for the convergence of home technologies that,
piece by piece, are popping up in developments in
Europe and the United States. - (Popular Science, May
2003)
15. In the sentence "But Soderlholm and his wife,
Gunvor, are happy to pay:", the word "but" could be
replaced by
a) Except for.
b) Therefore.
c) Yet.
d) Just.
e) While.
PUTTING THE CITY IN MOTION
Aristotle wrote that men come together in cities to live,
but stay in them to live the good life. In Europe that
worked brilliantly for the first 2,500 years or so. It was
the Greeks who invented the idea of the city, and
urbanity continues as a thriving tradition: with 80 percent
of its people living in cities. Europe remains the most
urbanized continent on earth. Since Aristotle, the
metropolitan Greek, Italian or Gaul has been strolling
from her house to the 'agora', 'piazza' or 'grande place',
stopping for some shopping, a conversation in a café, the
latest opera or art exhibition.
But in the first decade of the 21st century, urban life is
changing. Cities are less frequently where people stay to
lead the good life, and more often way stations for
people in pursuit of it. "Cities are now junctions in the
flows of people, information, finance and freight," says
Nigel Harris, a professor of development planning.
259

260
"They're less and less places where people live and
work."The coming enlargement of the European Union
will give residents of up to 13 new member nations
freedom of movement within its borders. At the same
time, an additional 13.5 million immigrants a year will
be needed in the EU just to keep a stable ratio between
workers and pensioners over the next half century. All
this mobility will make Europe's cities nodes of
nomadism, linked to each other by high-speed trains and
cheap airline flights.
The growing mobility of Europe has inspired a debate
about the look and feel of urban sprawl. "Up until now,
all our cultural heritage has been concentrated in the city
center," notes Prof. Heinrich Mading of the German
Institute of Urban Affairs. "But we've got to imagine
how it's possible to have joyful vibrancy in these
[outlying] parts, so that they're not just about garages,
highways and gasoline tanks." The designs for new
buildings are also changing to anticipate the emerging
city as a way station. "Buildings have been seen as
disconnecting and isolating. But increasingly, the quality
of space that's in demand is movement."
In the Japanese city of Yokohama, for example, the
London-based firm Foreign Office Architects created a
port terminal that incorporates the idea of mobility into
the structure itself. Partitions for the space move on
wheels, and there are no stairs: passengers move around
on ramps. Foreign Office is building a sports park in
Barcelona that takes the notion of flexibility even
further. The park will have stadiums embedded in the
landscape, near playing fields, with roofs that can roll
back to open the stadiums for concerts or games.
Now to attract people with the brains or capital to
produce economical growth, a city has to lure them with
its lifestyle and culture. In a globalized economy,
spectacular parks, museums or stadiums are becoming
ever more important. These days, attractions of the
natural and cultural environment are going to determine
where firms are located. Cities may have changed since
Aristotle's time. The quest for the good life hasn't.
(From Putting the City in Motion, Society, NEWSWEEK, pages 56 - 57.)
16. The conjunction "BUT", which occurs three (3)
times along the text, has the broad notion of:
( ) ( ) contrast.
( ) ( ) opposition.
( ) ( ) addition.
( ) ( ) sequence.
( ) ( ) similarity.
Up From Down Under
Newsweek's Cathleen McGuigan interviewed the Nobel
of architecture winner, Australian architect Glenn
Murcutt, and asked:
You hate air conditioning, YET your houses deal with
changes in the weather.
"Buildings should function in the same way we dress.
When it's hot, we take clothes off. When we're cold, we
put clothes on. In a house we should also be working
with the elements. If there's a beautiful cool breeze
outside, you should be able to take the sweater off. If it's
cold, you put your sweater on... The house at the
southern highlands has many layers of wall systems:
they're like a layering of openings that allows the
building to breathe or close down."
What's with you and all these Scandinavian architects?
(Adapted from Newsweek, 2002)
17. In "You hate air conditioning, YET your houses
deal with changes in the weather," the discourse marker
"yet" denotes:
a) addition.
b) cause.
c) contrast.
d) comparison.
e) condition.
About Men
Card Sharks
By Erick Lundegaard
If all my relatives suddenly died and all my friendships
dried up and all of my subscriptions were cancelled and
all of my bills were paid, I (I) guaranteed mail - two
pieces a week, by my estimation - 2 for the credit card
companies (II) me. They are the one constant in my

ever-changing life. They are 1 hot for what they think lies
in my wallet. They are not just 1 hot for me, either. I
realize this. They want everyone, send mail to everyone.
Everyone, that is, except those who need them most.
The absurdity in my case is the 3 puny sum being sought.
I work in a bookstore warehouse, lugging boxes and
books around, at $8 per hour for 25 hours per week.
That's roughly $10,000 per year. One would think that
such a number could not possibly interest massive,
internetted corporations and conglomerations. 11 Yet they
all vie for my attention. Visa, Mastercard, Discover Card
- it doesn't matter - American Express, People's Bank,
Citibank, Household Bank F.S.B., Choice, the GM Card,
Norwest, Chevy Chase F.S.B. Not only am I
preapproved, they tell me I'II have no annual fee. Their
A.P.R. keeps dipping, like an auction in reverse, as each
strives to undercut the other: from 14.98 to 9.98 to, now,
6.98 percent. I am titillated with each 9 newer, lower
number, as if it were an inverse indication of my selfworth.
(...)
At some point, in passing from computer to computer,
my name even got smudged, so now many of the offers
are coming not to Erik A. Lundegaard but to Erik A.
Lundefreen. He may not exist, but 10 he has already been
preapproved for a $4,200 credit line on one of America's
best credit card values. After several of these letters, I
began to wonder: What if Erik A. Lundefreen did sign up
for their cards? What if he went on a major spending
4 spree, maxing them out and never paying them off?
What would happen when the authorities finally arrived
at his door?
(...)
In the old days, it was necessary to hide behind trees or
inside farmhouses to 5 outwit the authorities. Now it
seems there's no better hiding place than an improperly
spelled, computer-generated name. 8 It is the ultimate
camouflage for our bureaucratic age.
Meanwhile, the offers keep coming. A $2,000 credit line,
a $3,000 credit line, a $5,000 credit line. If a 6 paltry
income can't keep them away, what will? Death?
Probably not even death. I'll be six feet under and still
receiving mail. "Dear Mr. Lundefreen. Membership
criteria are becoming increasingly 7 stringent. You,
however, have demonstrated exceptional financial
responsibility. Sign up now for this once in a lifetime
offer." - A.P.R. = Annual Percentage Rate
18. A palavra FOR (ref. 2), na linha 4, poderia ser
substituída por:
a) yet.
b) why.
c) still.
d) but.
e) because.
PART II.
Correlative Conjunctions
As Correlative conjunctions são sempre usadas aos
pares, ou seja, elas nunca aparecem sozinhas. No
entanto, elas nunca aparecem uma logo do lado da outra.
Assim como as coordinating conjunctions, usamos as
correlative conjunctions para ligar elementos com
mesma função gramatical, por exemplo: subject +
subject; verb phrase + verb phrase; sentence +
sentence; clause + clause.
Veja quais são as correlative conjunctions no quadro
abaixo:
Correlative conjunctions
both...and
either...or
neither...nor
not only...but also
as/so...as
whether...or
OBSERVAÇÃO: Both...and sempre concordará com
o verbo no plural:
Both David and Amanda know the importance of
speaking another language. (Ambos David e Amanda
sabem a importância de falar outra língua.)
I'd like to work with both animals and children. (Eu
gostaria de trabalhar com animais e crianças.)
261

É usada para falar sobre uma escolha entre duas
possibilidades (e, às vezes, mais de duas): We can go
either by bus or by car. (Podemos ir de ônibus ou de
carro.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Quando usarmos either...or, o verbo
concordará com o substantivo que o precede:
If either my parents or Jim calls, tell them I'm not here.
(Se meus pais ou o Jim ligar, diga a eles que não estou
aqui.)
NEITHER... NOR
Esta estrutura é usada para ligar duas ideias negativas: I
neither smoke nor drink. (Não fumo, nem bebo.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Quando usarmos neither...nor, o
verbo concordará com o substantivo que o precede:
Neither that couple nor Mary talks to Denise. (Nem
aquele casal, nem a Mary fala com Denise.)
Porém, se neither...nor estiver ligando dois substantivos
no singular, o verbo poderá ser conjugado tanto no
plural, como no singular. Contudo, a conjugação no
plural é considerada bastante informal:
Neither my mother nor my father was at home. (normal)
NOT ONLY...BUT ALSO
"To accomplish great things, we must not only act, but
also dream; not only plan, but also believe." (Anatole
France)(Para realizarmos coisas grandes, precisamos
não somente agir, mas também sonhar; não somente
planejar, mas também acreditar.)
The teacher is not only intelligent but also friendly.(A
professsora não é so inteligente, mas também simpática.)
Not only pode se posicionar no início da oração para dar
ênfase ao que se quer dizer. Nesta estrutura, not only
deve ser seguido por auxiliary verb (and non-auxiliary
have and be) + subject; do é usado* caso não haja outro
auxiliar:
Not only has she been late three times; she has also done
262
EITHER...OR
no work.(Ela não só chegou atrasada três vezes, como
também não fez trabalho algum.)
Online Magazine
The Artlook on life
EXERCISES
TRAVEL PHOTOGRAPHY: A MOMENT IN TIME
Succeeding at travel photography takes much
more than just the latest technical gadgetry. I reckon it is
the least important factor. Your photographic adventure
will be much more successful if you have the will to
explore while remaining relaxed, focused and eager to
establish relationships. Most importantly, keep your eyes
open!
September 2003
ROBERT POWER
http://www.theartscourt.com
19. Cohesion in the text is achieved through the use of
transition signals in the discourse.
The marker "Not only... but also" (3 o parágrafo)
expresses the following notions:
a) comparison and addition
b) contrast and enumeration
c) identification and emphasis
d) introduction and exemplification
in: "Psychology Today" April. p.58 (with slight adaptations)
20. Mark the word that can appropriately be used to fill
the blank and expand the sentence "Men not only cry
less frequently,_________ they also do it somewhat
differently."
a) yet
b) but
c) and
d) although
e) however

How can consumers find out if a corporation is
“greenwashing” environmentally unsavory practices?
deste soneto em inglês contemporâneo.
Texto original
Paráfrase
(…)
Another involves what Greenpeace calls “ad bluster”:
using targeted advertising or public relations to
exaggerate a green achievement so as to divert attention
from actual environmental problems – or spending more
money bragging about green behavior than on actual
deeds. In some cases, companies may boast about
corporate green commitments while lobbying behind the
scenes against environmental laws.
Greenpeace also urges vigilance about green claims that
brag about something the law already requires: “For
example, if an industry or company has been forced to
change a product, clean up its pollution or protect an
endangered species, then uses Public Relations
campaigns to make such action look proactive or
voluntary.”
. - (www.scientificamerican.com. Adaptado.)
21. No trecho do quarto parágrafo – to exaggerate a
Green achievement so as to divert attention –, a
expressão so as equivale, em português, a
a) tanto quanto.
b) assim como.
c) mesmo que.
d) de modo a.
e) por causa de.
Na coluna da esquerda, consta o texto original de um
soneto de William Shakespeare, escrito em língua
inglesa do século XVII; na da direita, uma paráfrase
My mistress’ eyes are
nothing like the sun;
Coral is far more red
than her lips’ red;
If snow be white, why
then her breasts are
dun;
If hairs be wires, black
wires grow on her
head;
I have seen roses
damask’d, red and
white,
But no such roses see I
in her cheeks;
And in some perfumes
is there more delight
Than in the breath that
from my mistress
reeks:
I love to hear her
speak, yet well I know
That music hath a far
more pleasing sound;
I grant I never saw a
goddess go;
My mistress, when she
walks, treads on the
ground.
And yet, by heaven, I
think my love as rare
As any she belied with
false compare.
1
My mistress’s eyes
are nothing like the
sun;
Coral is far more red
than her lips;
If snow is white, then
her breasts are a
brownish gray;
lf hairs are like wires,
hers are black and not
golden,
I have seen damask
roses, red and white
[streaked],
But I do not see such
colors in her cheeks;
And some perfumes
give more 2 delight
Than the horrid breath
of my mistress.
I love to hear her
speak, but I know
That music has a more
pleasing sound.
I’ve never seen a
3 goddess walk;
But I know that my
mistress walks only
on the ground.
4 And yet I think my
love as rare
As any woman who
has
been
misrepresented by
ridiculous
comparisons.
SHAKESPEARE, William. Soneto 130,
Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 01 dez. 2011.
263

22. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o significado
que mais se aproxima do sentido que o segmento And yet
(ref. 4) tem no soneto.
a) além disso
b) assim como
c) e assim
d) afora disso
e) mesmo assim
over the world. Recently, O'Neill said that China would
become an economic power, surpassing the United States
by 2035 based on the current speed of economic growth.
The economic power and influence of BRICs is growing.
(http://english.people.com.cn/200609/06/eng20060906_300197.html. Adaptado)
25. In the last sentence of the text - "The cooperation
between the four countries in the fields of economics,
sci-tech and culture will not only benefit their people, but
also build a harmonious international society." - the
expressions "not only ... but also" express
a) a contrast.
b) an alternative.
c) a substitution.
d) a comparison.
e) an addition.
SÃO PAULO MIDNIGHT METROPOLIS
23. In the second strip, the sentence “Either mom’s
cooking dinner, or someone got sick in the furnace duct”,
either...or... expresses the idea of:
a) exclusion
b) alteration
c) exemplification
d) variation
e) opposition
SHINING, GOLDEN 'BRICs'
September 06, 2006
Jim O'Neill, head of global economic research
at Goldman Sachs forecasted in a report in 2001 that the
GDP of China, Russia, India, and Brazil would be 50
percent that of the combined GDP of the US, Japan,
Germany, France, Italy and Britain by the year 2025, and
would surpass them before 2050. O'Neill created a new
word - BRIC - with the first letter of the English names
of the four countries. BRICs became a popular term all
Your eyes snap open. "My bag. Where's my
bag?" The hour glows red on the nightstand: 11:16. You
jump out of bed and turn on the light. "Where is it?" Not
in the closet. Not under the bed. Not in the bathroom,
either.
You sit on the floor, the blood pounding in your
ear. "Think." Everything is in that bag - your cash, ID,
credit cards. Everything. "It must be at the restaurant."
You throw on some clothes, pocket the bills and loose
change on the nightstand, and leave.
A light rain is falling when you hit the streets.
Buses roar up Avenida Ipiranga. You keep your head
down, trying to look dangerous, and hurry past Praça da
República. Edifício Itália, São Paulo's tallest building,
stands on the opposite corner. You had dinner on the top
floor earlier this evening.
At the stoplight you watch as an enormous man
in a silver suit leaves the building and opens the rear
door of an illegally parked car. The bag he throws onto
the back seat looks exactly like yours. There is a taxi
across the avenue. The restaurant closes at midnight. It's
11:38.
(From São Paulo Midnight Metropolis, SPEAK UP Anniversary Issue, Year XIX,
Number 227, April 2006, page 29.)
264

26. The variant sentences for "It's not in the closet. Not
in the bathroom, either." are
01) It's neither in the closet nor in the bathroom.
02) It's not in the closet; neither in the bathroom.
03) It's not in the closet, but it's in the bathroom.
04) It's either in the closet or in the bathroom.
05) It's perhaps in the closet; not in the bathroom.
The correct variants are only
a) 1 and 2
b) 2 and 3
c) 3 and 4
d) 4 and 5
e) 1 and 5
The New York Times Magazine
nytimes.com
'Tropical truth'
by CAETANO VELOSO ...
In 1995, the Brazilian daily Folha de São Paulo bore this
headline: "World Bank Report Indicates Brazil Is the
Country with the Greatest Social and Economic
Disparity in the World". The article reports that 51.3
percent of Brazilian income is concentrated in 10 percent
of the population. The wealthiest 20 percent own 67.5
percent of Brazil, while the 20 percent who are poorest
have only 2.1 percent. It was that way when I was a boy,
and it is still that way. As we reached adolescence, my
generation dreamed of inverting this brutal legacy.
In 1964, the military took power, motivated by the need
to perpetuate those disparities that have proven to be the
only way to make the Brazilian economy work (badly,
needless to say) and, in the international arena, to defend
the free market from the threat of the communist bloc
(another American front of the Cold War). Students were
either leftist or they would keep their mouths shut.
Within the family or among one's circle of friends, there
was no possibility of anyone's sanely disagreeing with a
socialist ideology. The Right existed only to serve vested
or unspeakable interests. Thus, the rallies "With God and
for Freedom" organized by the "Catholic ladies" in
support of the military coup appeared to us as the
cynical, hypocritical gestures of evil people.
29. Na frase do segundo parágrafo "Students were
either leftist or they would keep their mouths shut". A
expressão "either - or" indica uma ideia de
a) exclusão.
b) inclusão.
c) gradação.
d) predominância.
e) enumeração.
PART III
Subordinating Conjunctions
Assim como as Coordinating e Correlative
Conjunctions, as Subordinating Conjunctions
estabelecem relação entre orações, frases ou termos
semelhantes. Entretanto, diferentemente da primeira,
estabelecem relações entre uma oração dependente
(dependent clause)* e uma oração independente
(independent clause).
Dependent clause: orações que não são completas em si
mesmas. Observe o exemplo abaixo: Because it was
raining, I took my umbrella.
Este período contém duas orações, "Because it was
raining" e "I took my umbrella". A primeira oração é
uma dependent clause, ou seja, não possui sentido em si
mesma. Se dissermos apenas "Because it was raining" e
nada mais, as pessoas não compreenderão o que
queremos dizer. Contudo, "I took my umbrella" é uma
independent clause, pois possui sentido em si mesma,
ou seja, compreendemos seu sentido mesmo se falarmos
apenas "I took my umbrella".
Esses tipos de conjunções posicionam-se no início da
oração dependente (dependent clause). Porém, a oração
dependente pode vir antes ou depois da oração
independente.
Observe abaixo exemplos com as principais
subordinating conjunctions da Língua Inglesa:
265

266
ALTHOUGH / THOUGH / EVEN THOUGH (apesar
de (que), embora, ainda que)
Although it was raining, we went out.(Saímos, embora
estivesse chovendo.)
The weather was nice, although it was a bit cold.(O
tempo estava bom, embora estivesse um pouco frio.)
His clothes, though old and worn, looked clean and of
good quality.(As roupas dele, embora velhas e surradas,
pareciam limpas e de boa qualidade.)
He bought me this ring, even though I had told him not
to. (Ele me comprou esse anel, muito embora eu o tenha
avisado para não comprar.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: A conjunção though é mais usada na
linguagem falada.
AS (enquanto, assim que, logo que, como, porque, à
medida que)
He left the bedroom, as he saw his daughter sleeping.
(Ele saiu do quarto assim que / logo que viu a filha
dormindo.)
AS IF / AS THOUGH (como se)
She behaved as if/as though nothing had happened.
(Ela se comportou como se nada tivesse acontecido.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Quando falamos sobre coisas que
sabemos que não são verdades, podemos usar, após as
if/as though, o verbo no passado com significado
futuro. Este uso enfatiza o fato de sabermos que algo
não é verdade. Compare:
He talks as if/as though he was very rich. (Ele fala como
se fosse muito rico.)
No caso acima, temos certeza absoluta de que ele não é
rico.
He talks as if/as though he is rich. (Ele fala como se
fosse rico.)
Já neste exemplo, não temos certeza se ele é rico ou não.
AS / SO LONG AS / PROVIDED THAT (contanto que,
desde que, com a condição de que)
We will go to the beach as/so long as the weather is
good. (Iremos para praia contanto que/ desde que o
tempo esteja bom.)
They can stay here provided that they behave well.
(Eles podem ficar aqui contanto que / desde que se
comportem bem.)
BECAUSE (porque, pois)
I went to England because my boyfriend was there.
(Fui para a Inglaterra porque meu namorado estava lá.)
I didn't buy the handbag because it was too expensive.
(Não comprei a bolsa porque era muito cara.)
Because e a oração dependente podem vir tanto antes
como depois da oração independente ou principal.
Observe:
I finished early because I worked fast. (Terminei cedo
porque trabalhei rápido.)
Because I worked fast, I finished early. (Porque trabalhei
rápido, terminei cedo.)
NÃO CONFUNDA: Because é uma conjunção, mas
because of é uma preposição.Veja a diferença: We
were late because it rained. (NOT ... because of it
rained.)(Estávamos atrasados porque choveu.)
We were late because of the rain. (NOT ... because the
rain.)(Estávamos atrasados por causa da chuva.)
DESPITE / IN SPITE OF (apesar de)
Despite her efforts, she could not find a job. (Apesar
dos esforços, ela não conseguiu achar um emprego.)
In spite of the rain, we went for a walk in the park.
(Apesar da chuva, fomos dar uma volta no parque.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Os verbos que vierem imediatamente
após despite / in spite of devem estar no gerúndio:
Despite being a big star, she's very approachable.
(Apesar de ser uma estrela, ela é bastante acessível.)
In spite of having a headache, I enjoyed the film.
(Apesar de estar com dor de cabeça, gostei do filme.)

HOWEVER / NONETHELESS / NEVERTHELESS /
NOTWITHSTANDING(Porém, entretanto, todavia,
contudo, no entanto, não obstante)
He was feeling bad. However, he went to work and tried
to concentrate. (Ele estava se sentindo mal. Contudo, foi
trabalhar e tentou se concentrar.)
I hadn't had sleep well that night. However, I was not
sleepy during the following day. (Eu não tinha dormido
bem naquela noite. Entretanto, não estava com sono no
dia seguinte.)
The problems are not serious. Nonetheless, we shall
solve them soon. (Os problemas não são graves.
Todavia, devemos resolvê-los logo.)
I haven't had lunch. Nevertheless, I'm not hungry. (Não
almocei. Todavia, não estou com fome.)
Notwithstanding, the problem is a significant one.
(Contudo, o problema é significativo.)
The man is, notwithstanding, sufficient. (O homem é,
entretanto, suficiente.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Notwithstanding também é sinônimo
de despite e insipite of. Contudo, nestes casos, funciona
como uma preposição.
ONCE (uma vez que, já que, desde que, assim que...)
We didn't know how we would pay our bills once the
money had gone. (Não sabíamos como pagaríamos
nossas contas uma vez que o dinheiro tinha acabado.)
Once he had gone... (Assim que ele saiu...)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Como conjunção, once é sinônimo de
'after', 'when' e 'as soon as' e na maioria das vezes é
usado com perfect tense. Veja:
Once you know how to ride a bike you never forget it.
(Depois que você aprende a andar de bicicleta, nunca
mais esquece.)
Once you've passed your test I'll let you drive my car.
(Assim que / Quando você passar na prova, vou deixar
você dirigir meu carro.)
OTHERWISE (senão, caso contrário, do contrário)
Be here before noon, otherwise you will not have lunch
with your father. (Esteja aqui antes do meio-dia, do
contrário / senão você não almoçará com seu pai.)
You have to study hard, otherwise you won't pass the
exam. (Vocês devem estudar bastante, caso contrário /
senão não vão passar na prova.)
Shut the window, otherwise it'll get too cold in here.
(Feche ajanela, do contrário / senão vai ficar muito frio
aqui.)
My parents lent me the money. Otherwise I couldn't
have bought the house.(Meus pais me emprestaram o
dinheiro. Do contrário / Senão eu não poderia ter
comprado a casa.)
SINCE (já que, visto que, como, desde)
Since you are here, help us, please! (Já que você está
aqui, ajude-nos, por favor!)
Since she knows you well, she'll disagree with you.
(Visto que / Já que ela lhe conhece bem, não vai
concordar com você.)
Since you don't mind, I'll leave now. (Visto que / Já que
você não se importa, vou embora agora.)
Cath hasn't phoned since she went to Belfast. (Cath não
ligou desde que foi para Belfast.)
SO THAT / IN ORDER THAT / IN ORDER TO / SO
AS TO (de modo que, a fim de que, para que)
She worked hard so that everything would be ready in
time. (Ela trabalhou muito para que / a fim de que tudo
ficasse pronto a tempo.)
She's spending here for six months so that she can
perfect her English. (Ela vai ficar aqui seis meses para
que / a fim de que possa aperfeiçoar seu Inglês.)
Mary talked to the shy girl so that she wouldn't feel left
out. (Mary falou com a menina tímida para que / a fim
de que ela não se sentisse excluída.)
He got up early in order to have time to pack.(Ele
acordou cedo para / a fim de ter tempo de arrumar as
malas.)
We send monthly reports in order that they may have
267

268
full information. (Mandamos relatórios mensais para
que eles possam ter informações completas.)
STILL (contudo, todavia, no entanto)
It's not a very nice car. Still, it is cheap. (Não é um carro
muito bom. Contudo, é barato.)
My house is not so big, still it is very comfortable.
(Minha casa não é muito grande, contudo é bem
confortável.)
She doesn't sing well. Still she attracts lots of fans. (Ela
não canta bem. Todavia, atrai muitos fãs.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: Como conjunção, Stil sempre aparece
no início da oração e é sinônimo de however,
nevertheless, nonetheless e notwithstanding.
THUS / THEREFORE / THEN / HENCE (deste
modo, sendo assim, assim, consequentemente,
portanto)
There is still much to discuss. We shall, therefore, return
to this item at our next meeting.(Ainda há muito o que
conversar. Portanto, vamos voltar a este assunto na nossa
próxima reunião.)
She's eighty years old. Thus, she doesn't need to vote.
(Ela tem oitenta anos. Sendo assim, não precisa votar.)
My wife's got a job in the countryside. Then, I think we
are going to move here. (Minha esposa conseguiu um
emprego no interior. Então, acho que vamos nos mudar
daqui.)
We suspect they are trying to hide something, hence the
need for another inquiry. (Suspeitamos que eles estão
escondendo alguma coisa, por isso a necessidade de uma
outra investigação.)
UNLESS (a menos que, a não ser que, salvo se)
Don't leave the room unless you receive permission.
(Não saia da sala a menos que / a não ser que receba
permissão.)
Come tomorrow unless I phone (= ... if I don't phone /
except if I phone.)(Venha amanhã a menos que / a não
ser que eu ligue.)
I'll take the job unless the pay is too low (= if the pay
isn't too low / except if the pay is too low.)(Ficarei com
o emprego a menos que / a não ser que o salário seja
muito baixo.)
UNTIL / TILL (até, até que)
Essas duas palavras possuem o mesmo significado,
porém o uso de till é considerado mais informal.
Do I have to wait unitl / till tomorrow? (Tenho que
esperar até amanhã?)
You are not going out until / till you've finished your
homework.(Você não vai sair até que tenha terminado
sua lição de casa.)
Until now I have always lived alone. (until now = so far
= até agora, por enquanto) (Até agora sempre vivi
sozinho.)
You can stay on the bus until / till London. (= until you
reach London.)(Você pode ficar no ônibus até chegar a
Londres.)
WHEN / BY THE TIME (quando)
She left her job when she knew she was pregnant.(Ela
saiu do emprego quando soube que estava grávida.)
When we got to New York the shops were already
closed. (Quando chegamos a Nova Iorque as lojas já
estavam fechadas.)
He'll phone you when he arrives. (Ele vai ligar para você
quando chegar.)
By the time I leave work, the sun will be setting.
(Quando eu sair do trabalho, o sol estará se pondo.)
By the time I arrive, they'll be eating dinner. (Quando eu
chegar, eles estarão jantando.)
WHENEVER (quando, toda vez que, sempre que)
Come whenever you like. (Venha quando quiser / a hora
que quiser.)
You can borrow my car whenever you want. (Você
pode usar meu carro sempre que quiser / toda hora que
quiser.)

You can ask for help whenever you need it. (Você pode
pedir ajuda sempre que precisar.)
Whenever she comes, she brings a friend. (Sempre que
ela vem, traz um amigo.)
OBSERVAÇÃO: A conjunção whenever também é
usada quando o momento em que algo ocorre não é
importante: When do you need it by? (Para quando você
precisa disso?)
Saturday or Sunday. Whenever. (Sábado ou Domingo.
Tanto faz.)
WHEREAS (ao passo que, enquanto)
Some of the studies show positive results, whereas
others do not. (Alguns dos estudos mostram resultados
positivos, enquanto / ao passo que outros, não.)
She was crazy about him, whereas for him it was just
another affair. (Ela era doida por ele, ao passo que /
enquanto que para ele aquilo era apenas mais um caso.)
He likes broccoli, whereas she hates it. (Ele adora
brócolis, ao passo que / enquanto ela detesta.)
WHILE (enquanto)
They were burgled while they were out. (A casa deles foi
assaltada enquanto eles estavam fora.)
You can go swimming while I'm having luch. (Você
pode nadar enquanto eu almoço.)
While Andrew is very good at Biology, his brother
doesn't know anything about that. (Enquanto Andrew é
muito bom em biologia, seu irmão não sabe nada sobre
essa matéria.)
OBSERVAÇÕES:
No início de orações, while pode significar although,
despite the fact that.... Observe:
While I am willing to help, I do not have much time
available. (Embora eu esteja com vontade de ajudar,
não tenho muito tempo disponível.)
EXERCISES
Empirically Based Leadership
A significant area of interest within the US Army
empirical literature on leadership is emotional
Intelligence (EI), which in recent years has been the
focus of considerable attention in relationship to
leadership efficacy. Emotional intelligence Involves an
awareness of one’s own emotions as well as the ability to
control them, social awareness of others and their
emotions, and the capacity to understand and manage
relationship and social networks.
In understanding others’ emotions, an important
contributing factor to the success of the more effective
military officers is their ability to empathize with their
subordinates. In discussing empathy, EM (Field Manual)
6-22 defines it as “the ability to see something from
another person’s point of view, to identify with and enter
into another person’s feelings and emotions”. Empathy is
not typically a quality that most soldiers would readily
identify as an essential characteristic to effective
leadership or necessary to producing positive
organizational outcomes, but it is an important quality
for competent leadership, especially as it relates to EI. -
Adaptado de McDONALD. Sean P. Military Review,
Jan-Feb, 2013.
1. In the sentence “...an awareness of one’s own
emotions as well as the ability to control them...” the
expression as well as has the same meaning as
a) but.
b) thus.
c) also.
d) unless.
e) then.
Will we ever… understand why music makes us feel
good?
19 April 2013
Philip Ball
269

3. No trecho final do segundo parágrafo – As DJ Lee
Haslam told us, music is the drug. –, é possível substituir
a palavra as, sem alteração de sentido, por
a) like.
b) then.
c) since.
d) so.
e) for.
270
(…)
The truth is no one knows. However, we now have many
clues to why music provokes intense emotions. The
current favourite theory among scientists who study the
cognition of music – how we process it mentally – dates
back to 1956, when the philosopher and composer
Leonard Meyer suggested that emotion in music is all
about what we expect, and whether or not we get it.
Meyer drew on earlier psychological theories of emotion,
which proposed that it arises when we’re unable to
satisfy some desire. That, as you might imagine, creates
frustration or anger – but if we then find what we’re
looking for, be it love or a cigarette, the payoff is all the
sweeter.
This, Meyer argued, is what music does too. It sets up
sonic patterns and regularities that tempt us to make
unconscious predictions about what’s coming next. If
we’re right, the brain gives itself a little reward – as we’d
now see it, a surge of dopamine. The constant dance
between expectation and outcome thus enlivens the brain
with a pleasurable play of emotions.
(www.bbc.com. Adaptado.)
2. No trecho do quarto parágrafo – However, we now
have many clues to why music provokes intense
emotions. –, a palavra however indica uma ideia de
a) avaliação.
b) explicação.
c) consequência.
d) finalidade.
e) contraste.
United States Thanksgiving
In a 1789 proclamation, President George Washington
called on the people of the United States to acknowledge
God for affording them “an opportunity peaceably to
establish a form of government for their safety and
happiness” by observing a day of thanksgiving. Devoting
a day to “public thanksgiving and prayer,” as
Washington called it, became a yearly tradition in many
communities.
Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863. In that
year, during the Civil War, Abraham Lincoln made his
Thanksgiving Day Proclamation. He asked his fellow
citizens “to set apart and observe the last Thursday of
November next as a day of thanksgiving and praise...”
It was not until 1941 that Congress designated the fourth
Thursday in November as Thanksgiving Day, thus
creating a federal holiday.
However official, the idea of a special day for giving
thanks was not born of presidential proclamations.
Native American harvest festivals had been celebrated
for centuries, and colonial services dated back to the late
16th century. Thanksgiving Day, as we know it today,
began in the early 1600s when settlers in both
Massachusetts and Virginia came together to give thanks
for their survival, for the fertility of their fields, and for
their faith. The most widely known early Thanksgiving
is that of the Pilgrims in Plymouth, Massachusetts, who
feasted for 3 days with the Wampanoag people in 1621.
Turkey has become the traditional Thanksgiving fare
because at one time it was a rare treat. During the 1830s,
an eight-to-ten-pound bird cost a day’s wage. Even
though turkeys are affordable today, they still remain a
celebratory symbol of bounty. In fact, astronauts Neil
Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin ate roast turkey in foil
packets for their first meal on the Moon.
Retrieved from . Access in: Aug 2013.

4. The linking word “thus” in the third paragraph
stablishes the relationship of
Urban Development – Solid Waste Management
a) cause.
b) contrast.
c) condition.
d) comparison.
e) consequence.
(…) Bumble bees had an intermediate strategy and
behaved as habitat generalists. 1Therefore, it would be
sensible to treat the three bee groups with distinct AES
management strategies, and to further consider potential
effects on AES efficiency of alternative foraging habitats
in the surrounding. This study also stresses the
importance of native fl oral resources, particularly in
semi-natural herbaceous habitats, for sustaining wild bee
populations. - http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01678809.
Acesso em set 2013.
5. According to the text, the expression “therefore” (ref.
1) introduces a/an
a) opposition.
b) explanation.
c) negation.
d) condition.
e) conclusion.
(…)
(4) Moreover, it may be getting poor value from what
little it does invest because so much goes on the wrong
things. A cumbersome environmental-licensing process
pushes up costs and causes delays. Expensive studies are
required before construction on big projects can start and
then again at various stages along the way and at the end.
Farmers and manufacturers spend heavily on lorries
because road transport is their only option. But that is
working around the problem, not solving it.
(www.economist.com/news/special-report. Adapted)
6. The first word used in the fourth paragraph –
moreover – carries an idea of
a) contrast.
b) conclusion.
c) finality.
d) addition.
e) time.
(…)
Because it is such a major issue, waste management also
represents a great opportunity for cities. Managed well,
solid waste management practices can reduce greenhouse
gas emission levels in a city, including short-lived
climate pollutants that are far more potent than carbon
dioxide. A city’s ability to keep solid waste out of
drainage ditches can also influence whether a
neighborhood floods after a heavy storm. -
(www.worldbank.org. Adaptado.)
7. No trecho do último parágrafo – A city’s ability to
keep solid waste out of drainage ditches can also
influence whether a neighborhood floods after a heavy
storm. –, a palavra whether pode ser substituída, sem
alteração de sentido, por
a) as.
b) either.
c) if.
d) like.
e) so that.
“Fan” is 1__________ abbreviated form of “fanatic”,
which has 2__________ roots in 3__________ Latin
word “fanaticus”, which simply meant “belonging to the
temple, a devotee”. But these words quickly 5assumed
negative connotations, to the point of becoming
references to excessive religious belief and to any
mistaken enthusiasm.
Based on such connotations, news reports frequently
characterize fans as psychopaths 4__________ frustrated
fantasies of intimate relationships with stars or
271

unsatisfied desires to achieve stardom take violent and
antisocial forms. Whether viewed as a religious fanatic, a
psychopathic killer, a neurotic fantasist, or a lust-crazed
groupie, the fan remains a “fanatic” with interests alien
to the realm of “normal” cultural experience and a
mentality dangerously out of touch with reality.
To understand the logic behind this discursive
construction of fans, 6we must reconsider what we mean
by taste. Concepts of “good taste,” appropriate conduct,
or aesthetic merit are not natural or universal; 7rather,
they are rooted in social experience and reflect particular
class interests. Taste becomes one of the important
means by which social distinctions are maintained and
class identities are forged. Those who “naturally”
possess appropriate tastes “deserve” a privileged
position, while the tastes of others are seen as
underdeveloped. Taste distinctions determine desirable
and 8undesirable ways of relating to cultural objects,
strategies of interpretation and styles of consumption.
The stereotypical conception of the fan reflects anxieties
about the violation of dominant cultural hierarchies.
9The fans’ transgression of bourgeois taste disrupt
dominant cultural hierarchies, insuring that their
preferences be seen as abnormal and threatening by those
who have an interest in the maintenance of these
standards (even by those who may share similar tastes
but express them in different ways). - Adapted from:
JENKINS, Henry. Textual Poachers: Television Fans
and Participatory Culture. New York / London:
Routledge. p. 12-16.
unit. A series of ultrasonic sonars similar to those used in
vehicles to provide parking assistance are placed around
the car to add to the virtual picture. And just to make
sure, a set of accelerometers provide an inertial
navigation system that double-checks the vehicle’s
position on the road.
6 Although these cars can be switched to an
autonomous driving mode, they are still required to have
someone in the driving seat who can take over in the
event of any difficulty. Some cars can steer themselves,
slow down, brake and accelerate, even changing lanes to
overtake slower vehicles.
From the print edition: Science and Technology Jun 29th 2013
9. The word “Although” (ref. 6) introduces
a) an additional idea.
b) an opposing idea.
c) a conclusion.
d) an example.
e) a chronological order.
BRAZILIAN AIR FORCE ACADEMY
8. Select the alternative which could replace rather (ref.
7) without significant change in meaning.
a) instead
b) indeed
c) but
d) although
e) however
The German cars also use a radar, to gauge how
far the vehicle is from other cars and potential obstacles,
and a lidar, which works like a radar but at optical
frequencies. The lidar employs laser beams to scan the
road ahead and builds up from the reflections a threedimensional
image of what this looks like. The image is
processed by a computer in the vehicle, which also
collects and compares data from a high-accuracy GPS
AFA (Air Force Academy), located at Pirassununga,
State of São Paulo, is responsible for the training of
Pilots, Administrative and Aeronautics Infantry Officers
for the Brazilian Air Force.
The history of the Brazilian military pilots schools goes
back to 1913, when the Brazilian Aviation School was
founded, at Campo dos Afonsos, State of Rio de Janeiro.
Its mission was to provide instruction at similar levels to
272

those of the best European schools at the time; Blériot
and Farman aircraft, made in France, were available for
the instruction of the pupils. The Great War 1914-1918,
however, forced its instructors to leave and the school
was closed.
10. The connectives however (ref. 5) and thus (ref. 6)
express, respectively, _________ and _________.
a) contrast – result
b) addition – conclusion
c) contrast – addition
d) conclusion – result
The New York Times - Phonetic Clues Hint Language
Is Africa-Born
A researcher analyzing the sounds in languages spoken
around the world has detected an ancient signal that
points to southern Africa as the place where modern
human language originated.
The finding fits well with the evidence from fossil skulls
and DNA that modern humans originated in Africa. It
also implies, though does not prove, that modern
language originated only once, an issue of considerable
controversy among linguists.
a Mr. John Gilbert. He asked if Mr. Gilbert’s operation
had been successful and the doctor told him that it had
been. He then asked when Mr. Gilbert would be allowed
to go home and the doctor told him that he would have to
stay in hospital for another two weeks. Then Dr.
Millington asked the caller if he was a relative of the
patient. ‘No,’ the patient answered, ‘I am Mr. John
Gilbert.’
ALEXANDER, L. G. Practice and progress. Longman. London, 1978.
12. A synonym for the word “whether” (in the first line)
can be
a) what.
b) weather.
c) wherever.
d) if.
e) infer.
Smart Jocks: Sport Helps Kids Classroom
Performance
When kids exercise, they boost brainpower as well as
brawn
By Steve Ayan | September 9, 2010
(Adaptado de: .
Acesso em: 1 ago. 2011.)
11. Na frase: “It also implies, though does not prove,
that modern language originated only once, an issue of
considerable controversy among linguists.” (2º
parágrafo), though indica:
a) Ênfase
b) Explicação
c) Adição
d) Oposição
e) Causa
Am I all right?
While John Gilbert was in hospital, he asked his doctor
to tell him whether his operation had been successful, but
the doctor refused to do so. The following day, the
patient asked for a bedside telephone. When he was
alone, he telephoned the hospital exchange and asked for
Doctor Millington. When the doctor answered the phone,
Mr. Gilbert said he was inquiring about a certain patient,
5Despite frequent reports that regular exercise benefits
the adult brain, when it comes to schoolchildren, the
concept of the dumb jock persists. The star quarterback
stands in stark contrast to the math-team champion. After
all, the two types require seemingly disparate talents:
physical prowess versus intellect. Letting kids run
around or throw a ball seems, at best, tangential to the
real work of learning and, at worst, a distraction from 1it.
273

Parents, teachers and education policy makers have
pitted athletics against academics even as they trumpet
exercise as an antidote to obesity and poor health. From
preschool onward, teachers encourage children to sit still
7rather than scamper. Many schools have cut back on
physical education to make room for the three R's. 4And
when student scores on standardized tests become of
primary importance to parents, politicians or other
stakeholders in the education system, educators may feel
pressured to direct students toward academic pursuits
and away from athletic ones.
In Brief
Students who are fit — based on their high aerobic
capacity and low body fat — also tend to perform well in
school and on standardized tests.
6In addition to regular exercise, brief periods of
movement such as jumping or stretching 2can help
improve children's concentration.
Exercise 3may turbocharge the brain by raising levels of neuronal growth factors,
which foster the formation of new connections between brain cells. - Fonte:
http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=smart-jocks
13. A expressão "rather than" (ref. 7) significa
a) em vez de.
b) ainda que.
c) melhor então.
d) para que.
e) além de.
As we all know, electricity is a fundamental need. On a
daily basis, we consume electricity even without us
knowing it. Just a simple task such as listening to your
music player consumes electricity. Today, most of our
electric generators and power plants are fed with fossil
fuels such as petroleum and coal. However, due to the
exponential increase of power demand, fossil fuel
supplies are slowly being depleted. Not only that, but
also burning fossil fuels has given off greenhouse gases
and other unwanted byproducts. Because of this, the
search for alternative energy sources is now a necessity.
One of the most promising alternative energy sources
today is Wind Powered Generators. So, what is a windpowered
generator? Basically it is the use of wind as a
mechanical force needed to power an electric generator.
Utilizing wind as an energy source is not exactly a new
idea. The ancient Persians were the first to use wind to
pump water, cut wood, and grind food and others by
building windmills. Even today you can find windmills
still being used on some farms. It was the use of wind as
an electric source that came into existence much later.
The first practical wind powered generators were built in
1970, but yet we rarely see them in widespread use
today, why? Let’s look at the advantages and
disadvantages of the wind powered generator.
Disponível em: http://mysolarcellhome.org/articles/pros-and-cons-of-windpowered-generators.
14. The word “since” in the statement: “Since there is
no burning process in a wind powered generator that
produces toxic gases, it is very safe to build one in
residential areas” may be substituted, with the same
meaning as the original sentence, for:
a) As long.
b) Considering that.
c) Although.
d) Until.
e) Despite.
Most people can remember a phone number for up to
thirty seconds. When this short amount of time elapses,
however, the numbers are erased from the memory. How
did the information get there in the first place?
Information that makes its way to the short term memory
(STM) does so via the sensory storage area. The brain
has a filter which only allows stimuli that is of
immediate interest to pass on to the STM, also known as
the working memory.
There is much debate about the capacity and duration of
the short term memory. The most accepted theory comes
from George A. Miller, a cognitive psychologist who
suggested that humans can remember approximately
seven chunks of information. A chunk is defined as a
meaningful unit of information, such as a word or name
rather than just a letter or number. Modern theorists
suggest that one can increase the capacity of the short
term memory by chunking, or classifying similar
information together. By organizing information, one can
optimize the STM, and improve the chances of a
memory being passed on to long term storage.
When making a conscious effort to memorize something,
such as information for an exam, many people engage in
‘‘rote rehearsal’’. By repeating something over and over
again, 2one is able to keep a memory alive.
274

Unfortunately, this type of memory maintenance only
succeeds if there are no interruptions. As soon as a
person stops rehearsing the information, it has the
tendency to disappear. When a pen and paper are not
handy, people often attempt to remember a phone
number by repeating it aloud. If the doorbell rings or the
dog barks to come in before a person has the opportunity
to make a phone call, he will likely forget the number
instantly. 3Therefore, rote rehearsal is not an efficient
way to pass information from the short term to long term
memory. A better way is to practice ‘‘1elaborate
rehearsal’’. This involves assigning semantic meaning to
a piece of information so that it can be filed along with
other pre-existing long term memories.
Encoding information semantically also makes it more
retrievable. Retrieving information can be done by
recognition or recall. Humans can easily recall memories
that are stored in the long term memory and used often;
however, if a memory seems to be forgotten, it may
eventually be retrieved by prompting. The more cues a
person is given (such as pictures), the more likely a
memory can be retrieved. This is why multiple choice
tests are often used for subjects that require a lot of
memorization. - Fonte: http://www.englishclub.com/eslexams/ets-toefl-practice-reading.htm
(Adaptado)
15. The word therefore in paragraph 3 (ref. 3) could be
replaced by
a) although.
b) for that reason.
c) however.
d) though.
e) thereafter.
Although many North Americans have fewer holidays
than Europeans and may work longer hours and enjoy
fewer social services, Americans and Canadians had the
highest marks for positively assessing the mental health
of their workplace, followed by workers in India,
Australia, Great Britain and South Africa. -
(www.iol.co.za, 19.03.2012. Adaptado.)
16. No trecho do primeiro parágrafo – Whether it is due
to stress, – due to pode ser substituído, sem alteração de
sentido, por
a) such as.
b) in order to.
c) besides.
d) because of.
e) so that.
17. A palavra inicial do terceiro parágrafo, although,
introduz uma ideia de
a) adição.
b) contraste.
c) consequência.
d) alternativa.
e) condição.
12 August 2011 Last updated at 09:37 GMT
Sesame Street pair Bert and Ernie 'will not marry'
By Reuters
Companies around the globe have work to do to improve
worker satisfaction because about three in 10 employees
say their workplace is not psychologically safe and
healthy, according to a new poll. Whether it is due to
stress, interpersonal conflict, frustration, lack of
feedback or promotion, 27 percent of workers in 24
countries said they are not happy with the psychological
aspects of their work environment, the survey by
research company Ipsos showed.
(…)
The makers of Sesame Street say characters Bert and
Ernie will not marry in a same-sex ceremony despite an
online petition calling for the union.
Campaigners say the best friends should marry as a way
to encourage tolerance of gay people.
Nearly 7,000 have signed the petition, with more than
3,000 joining a Bert and Ernie Get Married Facebook
page.
275

A statement from the show's makers said: "They remain
puppets and do not have a sexual orientation."
But 1they conceded that the pair are "male characters
and possess many human traits and characteristics".
The confirmed bachelors have lived together for 40 years
and sleep in the same bedroom, 3albeit in single beds.
"Bert and Ernie are best friends," the statement from
Sesame Workshop added. "They were created to teach
preschoolers that people can be good friends with those
2who are very different from themselves.
The online petition states: "We are not asking that
Sesame Street do anything crude or disrespectful,"
adding, "It can be done in a tasteful way. Let us teach
tolerance of those that are different."
Sesame Street was created by TV producer Joan Ganz
Cooney and psychologist Lloyd Morrisett in 1969 and
gained a huge following, led by the creations of master
puppeteer Jim Henson.
Beloved characters include Elmo, the Cookie Monster
and Big Bird.
19. Discourse markers are used to provide cohesion to
the text. In the excerpt “Hence, we are comparing two
bell curves and generalization cannot be avoided” (ref.
2), the discourse marker in bold expresses the following
semantic relation:
a) time.
b) concession.
c) consequence.
d) emphasis.
e) manner.
A PARTNERSHIP OF EQUALS
C. Fred Bergsten
To be an economic superpower, a country must
be sufficiently large, dynamic, and globally integrated to
have a major impact on the world economy. Three
political entities currently qualify: the United States, the
European Union, and China. Inducing China to become a
responsible pillar of the global economic system (as the
other two are) will 3be one of the great challenges of
coming decades - particularly since at the moment China
seems uninterested in playing 2such a role.
Taken from: BBC News/Entertainment & Arts
Available at: .
Access: August 18th, 2011.
18. The word albeit (ref. 3) could be replaced by
a) a therefore.
b) moreover.
c) although.
d) then.
20. Mark the sentence in which the idea introduced by
the word is correctly described.
a) The integration of China into the existing global
economic order will THUS be more difficult than
was... (ref. 20) - contrast.
b) There are increasing signs, HOWEVER, that China
has a different objective. (ref. 21) - result.
c) NEVERTHELESS, the situation is worrisome. (ref.
22) - consequence.
d) SINCE China is the world's largest surplus country
and second-largest exporter, this poses two
important challenges to the existing global regime.
(ref. 23) - exemplification.
e) MOREOVER, the speed at which China has risen is
difficult for even the most experienced observers to
comprehend. (ref. 24) - addition.
According to archeologists and anthropologists, the
earliest clothing probably consisted of fur, leather, leaves
or grass, draped, wrapped or tied about the body for
protection from the elements. Knowledge of such
clothing remains inferential, 1since clothing materials
deteriorate quickly compared to stone, bone, shell and
276

metal artifacts. Archeologists have identified very early
sewing needles of bone and ivory from about 30,000 BC,
found near Kostenki, Russia, in 1988.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/clothing)
21. Which expression can replace the word "since" (ref.
1) in the text without changing the meaning of the
sentence?
a) because
b) after some time
c) when
d) from now on
e) long ago
DESCRIBING ABORIGINAL SONG
Whether you are a professional musician, a
music critic, or "just" a layperson, you will have
developed a vocabulary for describing and evaluating
songs. 2Songs can be portrayed in terms of emotions,
nostalgia, memories, or quality. But how does one
evaluate and describe songs in an Australian Aboriginal
language? This question has particular resonance as I
have been engaged in a collaborative research project
with a team of 1_________ for some years now, and 4it
has made me wonder what lexical resources are used in
other languages in this arena.
For the Murriny Patha, of north-west Australia,
'kangunu' signals "tune of song" and "aroma", while
lurritj is "loud" (of words and music) but it can also
mean "strong, powerful". 3Thus, there is a strong
association between words to describe song and the
body. - (Source: Australian Style, Macquarie University,
Vol 15, Nr 2, December 2007)
22. The word "Thus" (ref. 3) introduces:
a) a contrast.
b) an additional comment.
c) a consequence.
d) a purpose or a reason.
e) a comparison.
The pre-teen years are very significant in the
life of an individual. This is a phase of rapid growth and
development of both the body and the mind. For
optimum development of the body, one needs both an
enriched diet as well as physical exercise. And what
better way is there to indulge in physical exercise than
pursue some game or sport?
Sports and games contribute a good deal
towards the development of human mind. They teach
you to be calm and level headed in all kinds of situations.
You become a keen observer of things around you. You
are made to confront several situations where you need
to develop certain strategies. Besides, you learn
accuracy, precision and how to make the right judgment.
(…)
in the lives of human beings. A healthy balance needs to
be struck between the two.
(Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 10 set. 2006).
23. In the sentence "Besides, you learn accuracy,
precision and how to make the right judgment," the word
BESIDES conveys the idea of:
a) Contrast
b) Consequence
c) Reason
d) Addition
e) Time
BUREAUCRACY BOGS DOWN BRAZIL IN RACE
FOR GROWTH
Thu Sep 1, 2005
By Todd Benson
1. RIO DE JANEIRO, Brazil (Reuters) - Brazil is
closing the gap in the global race for growth and
investment, but it still must tackle a series of politically
sensitive economic reforms to be considered in the same
league as China and India, analysts and business leaders
say.
- (http://today.reuters.com/business/newsarticle.aspx. Adaptado)
24. In the sentence of the 3rd paragraph - While Brazil
has made significant strides in recent years in stabilizing
its economy by defeating hyperinflation and controlling
spending, it has struggled... - the word While can be
substituted, without changing the meaning, for
a) when.
b) however.
c) therefore.
277

d) through.
e) though.
The Yanomami of Brazil's Amazon
No navigable rivers cross the mountainous rainforest
region of Brazil and Venezuela that the Yanomami
call home. They lived in isolation from the rest of the
world for, some claim, at least five thousand years.
Discovered in the early 1950s, the Yanomami 6were left
alone for much of the next three decades. But between
1973 and 1976, Brazilians built a road, the Perimetral
Norte, passing along the southern boundary of the
Indians' territory. The Perimetral brought the first, 3but
short, invasion of gold miners.
(Source: Adapted from: Englebert, V. A Once Hidden People: The Yanomami of
Brazil's Amazon. In The World & I: The magazine for lifelong learners. Maio
2004, p. 186-195.)
25. The only word which does NOT express an idea of
contrast is:
a) although (ref. 1).
b) even though (ref. 2).
c) but (ref. 3).
d) despite (ref. 4).
e) thus (ref. 5).
to draw conclusions because the findings are based on
correlations, which cannot show cause and effect. People
who sleep longer may have illnesses that cause fatigue
and earlier death.
THE BOTTOM LINE: Averaging more than seven hours
of sleep a night is associated with a shorter life span,
though whether poor health or too much sleep accounts
for the link is unclear.
(Anahad O'Connor, The New York Times, nytimes.com)
26. In the last sentence, the word "whether" in "...
whether poor health..." can be substituted, without
changing the meaning, for
a) also.
b) cause.
c) as.
d) nor.
e) if.
STEM CELL BASICS
WHAT ARE THE UNIQUE PROPERTIES OF ALL
STEM CELLS?
Stem cells differ from other kinds of cells in the body.
Fonte: http://stemcells.nih.gov/infocenter/stemCellBasics.asp4
278
Really?
The Claim: Too Much Sleep Is Bad for You
THE FACTS: Most Americans relish the thought of
sleeping late, and experts have traditionally
recommended eight hours of rest each night. But a 2002
study found that getting more than seven hours of sleep
each night was associated with a shorter life span.
Several studies since then, including one this year by
researchers at Brigham and Women's Hospital in Boston,
also found a link.
The 2002 study examined data on more than a million
Americans over the age of 30 between 1982 and 1988.
The risk of dying in that period climbed as subjects went
above seven hours of sleep. Those who averaged eight
hours a night, the study found, had a 12 percent
increased chance of death. Other researchers have also
found that life expectancy declines as sleep falls below
seven hours, but not as steeply as it does with eight hours
or more, said Dr. Jerome M. Siegel, of the University of
California, Los Angeles. Most sleep experts are reluctant
27. Na última frase do texto, "Therefore, exploring the
possibility of using adult stem cells for cell-based
therapies has become a very active area of investigation
by researchers.", a palavra Therefore indica
a) contraste.
b) causa.
c) concessão.
d) condição.
e) consequência.
Isaac Newton (1642-1727)
English physicist and mathematician who was born into
a poor farming family. Luckily for humanity, Newton
was not a good farmer, and was sent to Cambridge to
study to become a preacher. At Cambridge, Newton
studied mathematics, being especially strongly
influenced by Euclid, 6although he was also influenced
by Baconian and Cartesian philosophies. Newton was
forced to leave Cambridge when it was closed 7because

of the plague, and it was during this period that he made
some of his most significant discoveries. With the
1reticence he was to show later in life, Newton did not,
however, publish his results.
Newton suffered a mental 2breakdown in 1675 and was
still recovering 3through 1679. In response to a letter
from Hooke, he suggested that a particle, if 4released,
would spiral in to the center of the Earth. Hooke wrote
back, claiming that the path would not be a spiral, but an
ellipse. Newton, who 5hated being bested, then
proceeded to work out the 12mathematics of orbits.
Again, he did not publish his calculations. Newton then
began devoting his 13efforts to theological speculation
and put the calculations on elliptical motion 8aside,
telling Halley he had lost 9them (10Westfall 1193, p.
403). 10Halley, who had become interested in 14orbits,
finally convinced Newton to expand and publish his
11calculations. Newton devoted the period from August
1684 to spring 1686 to this task, and the result became
one of the most important and influential works on
physics of all times, Philosophiae Naturalis Principia
Mathematica (Mathematical Principles of Natural
Philosophy) (1687), often shortened to Principia
Mathematica or simply "the Principia".
http://scienceworld.wolfram.com/biography/ Newton.html. 5/6/2003.
unknown groups of indigenous Indians and he believes
there are more yet to be discovered.
He made his first expedition into the Amazon in
1959. There he got to know the Indians and understood
the terrible drama of their bad situation. Although a
century ago the estabilished view was that Indians
groups should be contacted for their own good, Possuelo
saw what contact did. As well as being introduced to
diseases, alcohol and firearms, Indians could not 3 cope
with the culture shock and their communicaties were
destroyed.
Since 1986, when he founded the department
for isolated Indians, Possuelo and his team of several
men have aimed to find lost tribes 4 so that they can left
alone. When a group is located, the area around them is
demarcated to stop anyone enetering it. "I need to prove
that they exist without making contact".
6 Possuelo 7 is very grateful for 8 the gold medal.
It's good for 9 his ego, he says, but most importantly it
keeps up 10 his international profile. 5 This helps to raise
money for his work. However, he is resigned to the fact
that he is just buying the Indians time, as contact with the
outside world is inevitable for them. "Yet I think that it is
a useful way to spend your life. It's about human rights."
Adapted from: The Times, 24 June 2004.
28. Os segmentos "although" (ref. 6), because of (ref. 7)
e "aside" (ref. 8) poderiam ser substituídos, sem alterar o
sentido do texto, por, respectivamente.
a) even - however - such.
b) but - then - back.
c) though - due to - apart.
d) then - again - together.
e) indeed - but - however.
29. A expressão SO THAT (ref. 4) introduz
a) uma razão.
b) uma condição.
c) uma ênfase.
d) uma concessão.
e) um comentário.
What is “Rio+20”?
Sydney Possuelo, a Brazilian jungle explorer,
has recently been to London to receive the Royal
Geographical Society gold medal, an annual 1 ............. for
"the encouragement and promotion of geographical
science and discovery", which dates back to 1832.
While one might think that in the 21st century
there is not much of the world left to explore, this
explorer has proved 2 otherwise. As the head of Brazil's
Department for Isolates Indians, his job is discovering
lost tribes. Searching carefully the Brazilian Amazon, he
has estabilished the existance of more than 20 previously
279

“Rio+20” is the short name for the United Nations
Conference on Sustainable Development to take place in
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in June 2012 – twenty years after
the landmark 1992 Earth Summit in Rio. Rio+20 is also
an opportunity to look ahead to the world we want in 20
years.
At the Rio+20 Conference, world leaders, along with
thousands of participants from the private sector, NGOs
and other groups, will come together to shape how we
can reduce poverty, advance social equity and ensure
environmental protection on an ever more crowded
planet.
The official discussions will focus on two main themes:
how to build a green economy to achieve sustainable
development and lift people out of poverty; and how to
improve international coordination for sustainable
development.
It is a historic opportunity to define pathways to a
sustainable future – a future with more jobs, more clean
energy, greater security and a decent standard of living
for all.
Why do we need Rio+20?
If we are to leave a liveable world to our children and
grandchildren, the challenges of widespread poverty and
environmental destruction need to be tackled now.
• The world today has 7 billion people – by 2050, there
will be 9 billion.
• One out of every five people – 1.4 billion – currently
lives on US$1.25 a day or less.
• A billion and half people in the world don't have access
to electricity.
• Two and a half billion people don't have a toilet.
• Almost a billion people go hungry every day.
• Greenhouse gas emissions continue to rise and more
than a third of all known species could go extinct if
climate change continues unchecked.
The 1992 Earth Summit in Rio laid the groundwork.
Rio+20 is a new opportunity to think globally so that we
can all act locally to secure our common future. -
(www.un.org/en/sustainablefuture/about.shtml. Acesso
em 22.5.12)
30. No trecho do último parágrafo – Rio+20 is a new
opportunity to think globally so that we can all act
locally to secure our common future. – so that introduz
a) uma causa.
b) uma condição.
c) um contraste.
d) um exemplo.
e) uma finalidade.
RESUMO DO USO E TIPOS DE CONJUNÇÕES
Conjunctions
Uma conjunção junta duas partes de uma sentença.
Here are some example conjunctions:
Conjunção
Coordenativa
and, but, or, nor, for,
yet, so
Conjunção Subordinada
although, because, since,
unless
Consideramos conjunções apartir de três aspectos
Form (forma)
Conjunções tem três formas básicas.
Somente uma palavra: and, but, because,
although
Palavras compostas (Terminando geralmente
em: as or that exemplo: provided that, as long
as, in order that
Correlativa (com advérbios or adjectivos) por
exemplo: so...that
Function (função)
Conjunções tem duas funções
Coordinating conjunctions: para juntar duas
partes de uma sentença que sejam
gramaticalmente iguais.
Por exemplo:- Jack and Jill went up the hill.-
The water was warm but I didn't go swimming.
Subordinating conjunctions: são utilizadas
para juntar uma oração dependente à uma
principal.
280

Por exemplo:- I went swimming, although it
was cold.
Position (posição)
Coordinating conjunctions sempre aparece
entre as palavras ou orações que as mesmas
juntarão.
Subordinating conjunctions geralmente
aparece no início da oração subordinada.
He drinks beer, whisky, wine, and rum.
He drinks beer, whisky, wine and rum.
As 7 coordinating conjunctions são palavras curtas e
simples. Tendo somente duas ou três letras. Fácil
memorização: - their initials spell: and, but, or, nor, for,
yet, so
Coordinating Conjunctions
As curtas, simples conjunções, são assim chamadas as
conjunções coordenativas.
and, but, or, nor, for, yet, so
A coordinating conjunction junta partes de uma
sentença (por exemplo palavras ou orações
independentes) que são gramaticalmente iguais ou
similares. Uma coordinating conjunction mostra que os
elementos juntados são similares em importância e
estrutura.
Olhe os seguintes exemplos - os dois elementos
juntos pela conjunção são mostrados entre colchetes. [ ]:
I like [tea] and [coffee].
[Ram likes tea], but [Anthony likes coffee].
Coordinating conjunctions: repare que as
mesmas aparecem sempre entre as palavras ou orações
que juntam.
Quando uma coordinating conjunction junta
orações independentes, sempre vem colocada uma
vírgula antes da conjunção.
I want to work as an interpreter in the future, so I am
studying Russian at university.
Subordinating Conjunctions
A maioria das conjunções são subordinadas
"subordinating conjunctions". As mais comuns são:
after, although, as, because, before, how, if, once,
since, than, that, though, till, until, when, where,
whether, while
Uma conjunção Subordinada junta uma oração
(dependente) à outra independente.:
Look at this example:
main
independent
clause.
Mister
swimming
or
went
or dependent clause.
although
Subordinating
conjunction
subordinate
it was raining.
Uma subordinating conjunction sempre aparece no
começo de uma oraçõa subordinada.
Introduzindo uma outra oraçõa (principal)
Entretanto, uma oração subordinada pode as vezes vir
após ou antes da oração principal.
Por isso as duas estruturas são possíveis:
Entretanto, se a mesma for uma oração curta e direta, a
vírgula não é essencial.
She is kind so she helps people.
Mister went swimming although it was
raining.
Although it was raining, Mister went
swimming.
Quando "and" é usado com a última palavra da lista, a
vírgula é opcional:
281

Tip.
Uma subordinada ou oração dependente
(precisa) de uma oração principal, não podendo existir
sozinha. Imagine que alguém te diga:
Hello, although it was raining. Provavelmente você não
entenderá!
Mas uma oração principal pode existir sozinha,
você entenderá perfeitamente caso alguém lhe diga:
Hello, João went swimming.
Lista de Conjunções e funções destas.
Connector(s) Addition
And
in addition,
additionally,
furthermore,
moreover,
also
not only...but also
in addition to,
along with,
as well as
besides that
showing Opposition
but
although,
despite the fact that
however,
nevertheless
despite,
in spite of
Showing Cause / Effect
for (cause),
so (effect)
because,
since
therefore,
as a result,
consequently
because of,
due to,
as a result of
since
thus
Showing Contrast
but
whereas,
while
in contrast,
on the other hand
unlike
however
although
in spite of
Showing Comparison
and...too
just as
similarly,
in comparison
like,
similar to
Showing Condition
if,
unless,
only if,
282

even if
otherwise
Time Sequence/Narrating
Before
After
At last
At first
After that
Soon
Suddenly
While
All of a sudden
Then
Next
EXERCISES:
283

CAPÍTULO XXVIII - SUFFIXES
A morfologia ocupa um lugar importante no inglês
técnico e científico. Muitas palavras são formadas
pelo acréscimo de uma partícula antes (prefix) ou
Ex.:
depois (suffix) de sua raiz (root).
Formação de palavras por sufixação e prefixação
(Palavras Cognatas)
Formação de palavras por sufixação
I – Sufixos formadores de substantivos
Os sufixos mais comuns que formam substantivos de
verbos são –er, -or e – ar, que significam “a pessoa ou a
coisa que faz” ou que esta relacionada com”.
Ex.:
Ex.:
- programmer (programador) – do verbo “to program” Action – do verbo “to act”
- navigator (navegador) – do verbo “to navigate”
- liar (mentiroso) – do verbo “to lie”
Addition – do verbo “to add”
- beggar (mendigo, pedinte) – do verbo “to be”
- worker (trabalhador) – do verbo “to work”
- reader (leitor) – do verbo “to read”
- actor (ator) – do verbo “to act”
- conductor (condutor) – do verbo “to conduct”
2. Os sufixos –ist e –I (na) também são usados para
indicar “a pessoa que faz”, por associação a certas coisas
lugares.
O sufixo –ist indica uma pessoa que estuda ou se aplica
a.
Ex.:
NOTE:
- scientist (cientista) – que vem de science
- geologist (geólogo) – que vem de geology
- biologist (biólogo) – que vem de biology
- archeologist (arqueólogo) – que vem de archeology
- analist (analista) – is a person who analyzes
- economist (economista) – is a person who applies the
study of economics
Ex.:
284
O sufixo –(i)an indica uma pessoa que estuda e se aplica
a:
- Uma pessoa que estuda “mathematics” é um
“mathematician” (matemático)
- Uma pessoa que estuda “statistics” é um statistician
- Uma pessoa que estuda “politics” é um politician
- Uma pessoa que estuda “musics” é um musician
O sufixo –ion (-ation, -ition) forma substantivos de
verbos, significando “o processo” ou o “resultado de”.
Application – do verbo “to apply”
Construction – do verbo “to construct”
Relation – do verbo “to relate”
Selection – do verbo “to select”
Computation – do verbo “to compute”
Observation – do verbo “to observe”
Specialization – do verbo “to specialize”
Definition – do verbo “to define”
Recognizition – do verbo “to recognize”
Transmition – do verbo “to transmit”
As palavras terminadas pela vogal (no caso em
questão) “e”, que devem ser retiradas quando o sufixo é
acrescentado.
As terminações –ment, -ance e –ence também são
acrescentadas a verbos para formar substantivos que
significam “a ação de” ou o “resultado da ação de”.

Development (desenvolvimento) – do verbo “to develop”
Performance (desempenho) – do verbo ” to perform“
Residence (residência) – do verbo ” to reside“
Arrangement – do verbo “to arrange”
Commitment – do verbo “to commit”
Improvement – do verbo “to improve”
Assistance – do verbo “to assit”
Attendance – do verbo “to attend”
Resistance – do verbo “to resist”
Interference – do verbo “to interfere”
Occurrence – do verbo “to occur”
Reference – do verbo “to refer”
Childhood – do substantivo “child”
Fatherhood – do substantivo “father”
Likelihood – do substantivo “likely”
Companionship – do substantivo “companion”
Leadership – do substantivo “leader”
Relationship – do substantivo “relation”
Boredom – do substantivo “bore”
Freedom – do substantivo “free”
Martyrdom – do substantivo “martyr”
Refinery – do substantivo “refine”
Slavery – do substantivo “slave”
Nursery – do substantivo “nurse”
Os sufixos –al e –age são igualmente usados para
formar substantivos derivados de
verbos com o significado de “o ato de” ou “o resultado
do ato de”.
Ex.:
Removal (remoção) – do verbo “to remove”
Reversal (inversão) – do verbo “to reverse”
Drainage (drenagem) – do verbo “to drain”
Approval – do verbo “to approve”
Refusal – do verbo “to refuse”
Arrival – do verbo “to arrive”
Marriage – do verbo “to marry”
Passage – do verbo “to pass”
Postage – do verbo “to post”
Os sufixos –hood, -ship, -dom e –
ery formam substantivos com o significado de
“status,domínio, condição”.
Ex.:
Brotherhood (irmandade) – do substantivo “brother”
Friendship (amizade) – do substantivo “friend”
Kingdom (reino) – do substantivo “king”
Nunnery (convento) – do substantivo “nun”
O sufixo –ing forma substantivos e significa “resultado
de atividade” ou “atividade”
Ex.:
Tubing (canalização) – do verbo “to tube”
Learning (aprendizado, erudição) – do verbo “to learn”
Happening (acontecimento) – do verbo “to happen”
O sufixo –ful forma substantivos com o significado de “a
quantidade contida em”.
Ex.:
mouthful (bocado) – do substantivo “mouth”
spoonful (colherada) – do substantivo “spoon”
Os sufixos –ness e –ity formam substantivos abstratos de
adjetivos.
Ex.:
Greatness (grandeza) – do adjetivo “great”
Usefulness (utilidade) – do adjetivo “useful”
Actvity (atividade) – do adjetivo “active”
Clearness – do adjetivo “clear”
Directness – do adjetivo “direct”
Exactness – do adjetivo “exact”
Complexity – do adjetivo “complex”
285

Telativity – do adjetivo “relative”
Weekly (semanal) – do substantivo “week”
Responsibility – do adjetivo “responsable”
Mistly – do substantivo “mist”
Oily – do substantivo “oil”
Sunny – do substantivo “sun”
Sufixos formadores de adjetivos
Costly – do substantivo “cost”
O sufixo –ful forma adjetivos de substantivos,
Daily – do substantivo “day”
significando “cheio de” ou “que tem”.
Friendly – do substantivo “friend”
Ex.:
NOTE:
Faithful (fiel) – do substantivo “faith”
Useful (útil) – do substantivo “use”
O sufixo –ly também pode formar advérbios quando
adicionamos a adjetivos.
O sufixo –less é freqüentemente usado com o sentido de Ex.:
“falta de”, “ausência de”, e pode vir ligado a
Recently (recentemente) – do adjetivo “recente”
substantivos para formar adjetivos.
Easily (facilmente) – do adjetivo “easy”
Ex.:
Confidently – do adjetivo “confident”
Powerless (fraco) – do substantivo “power”
Finaly – do adjetivo “final”
Useless (inútil) – do substantivo “use”
Doubtfully – do adjetivo “doubtful”
Faithless (infiel) – do substantivo “faith”
Noisily – do adjetivo “noisy”
Privately – do adjetivo “private”
O sufixo –able (-ible) é acrescentado a verbos ou
substantivos para formar adjetivos, significando “que
Socialy – do adjetivo “social”
pode ser”.
Ex.:
O sufixo – ive é acresecentado a verbos para formar
Avoidable – que pode ser evitado (do verbo “to avoid”) os adjetivos correspondentes.
Considerable – que pode ser considerado (do verbo “to Ex.:
consider”)
Destructive (destrutivo) – do verbo “to destry”
Accessible
Relative (relativo) – do verbo “to relate”
Contemptible
O sufixo –worthy é acrescentado a substantivos para
NOTE:
formar adjetivos significando “dignos de” ou “adequados
a”.
A forma –ible já está incorporada a algumas palavras em
inglês, como em possible, visible,legible.
O sufixo –like é acrescentado a substantivos para
formar adjetivos, significando pessoas ou animais (às
4. Os sufixos –y e –ly geralmente são acrescentados a
vezes objetos) “que parecem com” ou “que têm as
substantivos para formar adjetivos, significando “que
características de”.
tem a qualidade” ou “que tem a aparência de “.
Ex.:
O sufixo –some é acrescentado a verbos ou substantivos
Greasy (gorduroso) – do substantivo “grease”
para formar adjetivos significando “aquilo que
Salty (salgado) – do substantivo “salt”
causa, que provoca”
286
Ex.:
Praiseworthy (digno de louvor) do substantivo “praise”
Boxlike (parecido com uma caixa) – do substantivo
“box”
Tiresome (aborrecido) – do verbo “to tire”
O sufixo –ous é acrescentado a substantivos abstratos
para formar adjetivos.
Ex.:
Ambitious (ambicioso) – do substantivo “ambition”
Erroneous (errôneo) – do substantivo “error”
Virtuous (virtuoso) – do substantivo “virtue”
O sufixo –ed é acrescentado a substantivos ou grupos
nominais para formar adjetivossignificando “feitos de”
ou “tendo a aparência ou as características de”.
Ex.:
Pointed (pontiagudo) – do substantivos “point”
Wooded (de madeira) – do substantivos “wood”
Blue-eyed (de olhos azuis) – do grupo nominal “blue
yes”
Os sufixos –ed e –ing são acrescentados a verbos para
formar adjetivos. O primeiro significa “o que recebe a
ação do verbo correspondente” e o último, “o que realiza
a ação do verbo correspondente”.
Ex.:
charmed (encantada) – charming (encantadora) – do
verbo “to charm”
frigtened (assustado) – frightening (assustador) – do
verbo “to frighten”
NOTE:
Nem todas as palavras terminadas com –ed e –
ing funcionam como verbo, no caso de palavras
terminadas por –ed funcionam como adjetivos.
Ex.:
Described
Developed
Powered
Aquelas terminadas em –ing, além de atuarem
como adjetivos, podem ainda atuar comosubstantivos:
Ex.:
developing country (país em desenvolvimento) –
Adjetivo
shopping center (centro de compras) – Adjetivo
The illegal trafficking of women (o tráfico ilegal de
mulheres) – Substantivo
Atomic testing (teste atômico) – Substantivo
O sufixo –ic, quando acrescentado ao substantivo, forma
adjetivo.
Ex.:
Artistic (artístico/a) – do substantivo “artist”
Basic (básico) – do substantivo “base”
Rhythmic (rítmico) – do substantivo “rhythm”
Sufixos formadores de verbos
A formação de verbos por sufixação é relativamente
pequena em inglês. Temos
os seguintes sufixos verbais:
1. –ify, que se acrescenta a substantivos e adjetivos.
Ex.:
Beautify (embelezar) – do substantivos “beauty”
Codify (codificar) – do substantivo “code”
Classify (classificar) – do substantivo “class”
Simplify (simplificar) – do substantivo “simple”
Humidify (umidificar) – do substantivo “humid”
2. –ize / -ise (alternativa ortográfica no inglês britânico),
que se acrescenta a substantivosou adjetivos.
Ex.:
Concretize (concretizar) – do adjetivo “concrete”
Symbolize (simbolizar) – do substantivo “symbol”
Legalize (legalizar) – do adjetivo “legal”
Popularize (popularizar) – do adjetivo “popular”

Computerize (computadorizar) – do substantivo
“computer”
3. –en, que se acrescenta a adjetivos
Ex.:
Deafen (ensurdecer) – do adjetivo “deaf”
Lessen (minimizar) – do adjetivo “less”
Sadden (entristecer) – do adjetivo “sad”
Widen (alargar) – do adjetivo “wide”
Quicken (acelerar) – do adjetivo “quick”
Ex.:
Non-scientific (o que não é científico)
Non-sense (o que não tem sentido)
Non-smoker (a pessoa que não fuma)
Non-fat (a pessoa que não é gorda)
5. O prefixo a- normalmente significa “falta de”.
Ex.:
Acephalous (acéfalo)
Assymetry (assimetria)
Formação de palavras por prefixação
I – Prefixos Negativos
1. O prefixo un- significa “o oposto de”, “não”, quando é
acrescentado a adjetivos.
Ex.:
Unable (incapaz) – do adjetivo “able”
Unsuccessful (mal-sucedido) – do adjetivo “successful”
2. O prefixo in- (il-, im-, ir-) também significa “o oposto
de”, “não”, quando acrescentado aadjetivos. Ocorre com
maior frequência com palavras de origem latina.
Ex.:
Indifferent (indiferente) – do adjetivo “different”
Illogical (ilógico) – do adjetivo “lógico”
Immovable (imóvel) – do adjetivo “movable”
Irrelevant (irrelevante) – do adjetivo “relevant”
3. O prefixo dis- torna igualmente negativos :adjetivos,
verbos e substantivos abstratos.
Ex.:
Dishonest (desonesto) – do adjetivo “honest”
Disobey (desobedecer) – do verbo “to obey”
4. O prefixo non- pode ser considerado
como correspondente à negação da
palavra ou expressão.
II – Prefixos Reversativos
1. O prefixo un- significa “reverter a ação” ou “privar
de”, quando acrescentado a verbos.
Ex.:
Unbutton (desabotoar) – do verbo “to button”
Undo (desfazer) – do verbo “to do”
Uncover (descobrir) – do verbo “to cover”
Unlock (destravar) – do verbo “to lock”
Undress ( despir) – do verbo “to dress”
2. O prefixo de- pode ser acrescentado a verbos ou
substantivos abstrato significando“reverter a ação de”.
Ex.:
Defrost (degelar) – do verbo “to frost”
Devalue (desvalorizar) – do verbo “to value”
Declassify (desclassificar) – do verbo “to classify”
Decode (decodificar) – do verbo “to code”
3. O prefixo dis-, quando acrescentado a verbos,
participios e substantivos, significa “reverter a ação” ou
“privar de”.
Ex.:
Disconnect (desligar) – do verbo “to connect”
Disinfect (desinfetar) – do verbo “to infect”
Disappear (desaparecer) – do verbo “to appear”
287

Displace (deslocar ) – do verbo “to place”
Dissatisfaction (descontentamento) – do verbo
“to satisfaction”
III – Prefixos Pejorativos
1. O prefixo mis-, quando acrescentado a verbos e
particípios, significa que a ação é realizada, porém de
maneira errônea.
Ex.:
Miscalculate (calcular mal)
Misundertood (interpretar mal)
Misjudge (julgar mal)
Mistranslate (traduzir de forma
incorreta)
Misinform (passar informação errada)
IV – Prefixos De Grau Ou Tamanho
São prefixos que indicam grau ou tamanho: arch-,
super-, out-, sur-, sub-, over-, under-, hyper-, ultra-
,mini-.
Ex.:
Archbishop (arcebispo)
Outgrow (crescer além da conta)
Substandard (sub-nível)
Underprivileged (desprivilegiado)
Supernatural (sobrenatural)
Surcharge (sobrecarregar)
Oversimplify (simplificar demais)
Hypersensitive (hipersensível)
Miniskirt (minissaia)
1.2 O prefixo mis- também é acrescentado a substantivos
abstratos formados a partir dos verbos correspondentes.
Ex.:
Disbelief (descrença)
Misbelief (crença falsa,desconfiança)
2. O prefixo mal- é somado a adjetivos, participios,
verbos e substantivos abstratoscorrespondentes,
acrescentando a idéia de “erro” ao seu significado.
Ex.:
Malediction (maldição)
Malformed (deformado)
Malnutrition (subnutrição)
Malfunction (funcionamento defeituoso)
3. O prefixo pseudo- é acrescentado a substantivos e
adjetivos, transmitindo a idéia de“falsidade”, “imitação”
Ex.:
Pseudo-intelectual (pseudo-intelectual)
Pseudo-scientific (´pseudo-científico)
V – Prefixos De Atitude
São prefixos que indicam atitude ou comportamento: co-,
counter-, anti-, pro-.
Ex.:
Cooperate (cooperar)
Counteract (agir contra)
Antibody (anticorpo)
Pro-American (pró-americano)
VI – Prefixos De Lugar
São prefixos que indicam lugar ou locação: super-, sub-,
inter-, trans-
Ex.:
Superintendent (superintendente)
Subconscious (subconsciente)
International (internacional)
Transplant (transplante)
VII – Prefixos De Tempo E Seqüência
São prefixos que indicam tempo e sequência: fore-, pre-,
post-, ex-, re-.
288

1. O prefixo fore- é acrescentado sobretudo a verbos,
podendo também se acrescentados a substantivos
abstratos, significando “antes de”.
2. O prefixo pre- é acrescentado a substantivos
(sobretudo para formar adjetivos), a verbos e a
adjetivos, significando também “antes de”.
3.O prefixo post- é acrescentado a substantivos e
a adjetivos sobretudo para formar adjetivos.
4. O prefixo ex- é acrescentado a substantivos
que se referem a pessoa, significando
“anterior”, “antigo”, “ex”.
5. O prefixo re- é acrescentado a verbos e
substantivos abstratos, significando “repetição”.
Ex.:
Foretell (prognosticar)
Premarital (antes do casamento)
Postwar (pós-guerra)
Exhusband (ex-marido)
Rebuild (reconstruir)
VIII – Prefixos De Quantidade
A língua inglesa usa prefixos gregos e latinos para
expressar quantidade.
1. uni-, mono-, significando “um”.
Ex.:
Ex.:
Trident
Tricycle
4. multi-, poly-, significando “muitos”
Ex.:
Multinational
Multiparty
Polygamy
IX – Outros Prefixos
Auto-,”de si mesmo”, “próprio”
Ex.: autobiography
Neo-,”novo”
Ex.: neo-classicism
Pan-,”todo”
Ex.: Pan-American
Proto-,”primeiro”, “original”
Ex.: proto-Germanic
Semi-,”meio”, “metade”
Ex.: semicircle
Vice-,”vice”: vice-admiral
THE SUFFIX - NESS
O sufixo NESS forma substantivos a partir de adjetivos.
Unisex
Unilateral
2. bi-, di-, significando “dois”.
Ex.:
Bifocal
Dichotomy
Adjective
sad (triste)
weak (fraco)
dizzy (zonzo,
tonto)
fit (bem disposto)
Noun
sadness (tristeza)
weakness (fraqueza)
dizziness (tontura)
fitness (forma, boa forma)
3. tri-, significando “três”
289

THE SUFFIX - HOOD
Forma substantivos abstratos a partir de substantivos
concretos.
(disponibilidade)
Verb
Adjective
Concrete Noun
man (homem)
child (criança)
Abstract Noun
manhood (humanidade)
childhood (infância)
wash (lavar)
sustain (sustentar)
pay (pagar)
washable (lavável)
sustainable (sustentável)
payable (pagável)
mother (mãe)
motherhood
(maternidade)
neighbor
(vizinho)
THE SUFFIX - LY
neighborhood
(vizinhança)
SUFFIX - ING
Forma substantivos ou adjetivos a partir de verbos.
Esta terminação, colocada junto a um adjetivo, forma um
advérbio.
Corresponde de certa forma, ao sufixo “mente”, em
português.
Verb
to camp (acampar)
to read ( ler)
Noun
camping
(acampamento)
reading (leitura)
to fish (pescar) fishing ( pesca )
Adjective
first (primeiro)
extreme (extrema)
Adverb
firstly (primeiramente)
extremely
(extremamente)
Verb
to drink (beber)
to charm (encantar)
Adjective
drinking (potável)
charming (encantador)
clinical (clínica)
clinically (clinicamente)
to boil (ferver)
boiling (fervente)
surprising
(surpeendente)
surprisingly
(surpreendentemente)
THE SUFFIX- ABLE
Como sufixo, ABLE forma adjetivos a partir de
substantivos e verbos.
Noun
comfort (conforto)
Adjective
comfortable (confortável)
misery (infelicidade) miserable (infeliz,
miserável)
THE SUFFIX - ERN
Geralmente usado com pontos cardeais. Indica a região
referente ou pertencente ao ponto cardeal ao qual o
sufixo está ligado.
THE NORTH POLE
HEMISPHERE
THE NORTHERN
THE SOUTH POLE THE SOUTHERN
HEMISPHERE
availability
available (disponível)
290

THE SUFFIX - OUS
Este sufixo forma adjetivos a partir de substantivos.
THE SUFFIX - ITY
Forma substantivos a partir de adjetivos.
Noun
Adjective
Adjective
Noun
glory (glória)
anonymity
(anonimato)
glorious (glorioso)
anonymous (anônimo)
curious
(curioso)
real (real)
curiosity
(curiosidade)
reality (realidade)
religion (religião)
religious (religioso)
intense (intenso)
intensity
(intensidade)
active (ativo)
activity (atividade)
THE SUFFIX - FUL
Este sufixo forma geralmente adjetivos a partir de
substantivos.
Noun
Adjective
THE SUFFIX - DOM
Forma substantivos a partir de outro substantivo adjetivo.
thanks
(agradecimento)
pain (dor)
color (cor)
thankful
agradecido)
painful (doloroso)
colorful (colorido)
(grato,
Noun
king (rei)
Noun
kingdom (reino)
fruit (fruto)
fruitful (frutífero)
Adjective
Noun
free (livre)
freedom (liberdade)
THE SUFFIX - LESS
Como sufixo indica “ausência de”, “sem”. Forma
basicamente adjetivos a partir de substantivos.
EXERCÍCIOS
Noun
home (lar, casa)
count (conta)
color (cor)
end ( fim)
hope
(esperança)
use (uso)
Adjective
homeless (desabrigado)
countless (incontáveis)
colorless (sem cor)
endless (sem fim, eterno)
hopeless
(desesperançoso)
useless (inútil)
The art of difference
Mutuality in recognizing and negotiating difference is
crucial for people to deal with their past and the future; it
is also essential in the process of creating a culture of
responsibility. How can this be achieved and what is the
role of art in this process?
1
A vision based on ideologies solves both challenges of
sharing – the interpretation of the past and the
projections of the future. But ideologies are somehow
“total”, if not totalitarian, because there is not much
space for serious public negotiation. Individuals, then,
lose their integrity or are restricted to their private
291

spheres and, in the end, their memories become part of
the dominant identity discourse, their aspirations are
delegated. Even in less obvious systems of ideological
rule, where individual subscription to the official story
line seems to be consciously voluntary and collective
memories are willingly encouraged for the sake of
collective identities, the negotiation of difference is often
not welcome: exclusion happens quickly 2 and nonconformist
doubts produce suspicion.
A democratic vision – shared aspirations for the future,
based on negotiated interpretations of the past that
respect diversity – is necessarily found in complex
processes of private and public discourse and
participatory and inclusive culture. Yet, politics tends to
reduce complexity and engineer the balance between the
individual and the collective rather than invest in
processes of negotiation. We have learned, 11 though, that
this social engineering is a phantasm, largely limited and
limiting, and, even if successful, often creates paranoid
and fatal structures of homogeneity by trying to mould
memories and hopes.
Humankind has gathered impressive knowledge about
the limitations of the human will and the failures of such
“engineering”. 12 Nevertheless, despite this, and maybe
even because of it, we cannot give up trying the
3 impossible: to create conditions for equality and
solidarity for individuals to flourish. These conditions
should be accompanied by narratives of a just, fair and
free commonwealth of all. If history and memory seem
to make this dream an 4 unlikely scenario, can art play
this part?
The role of art is precisely to keep inspiration alive, to
deconstruct ideology, to 5 recall the necessary dream of
freedom, of the individual and of the common good
beyond the “either/or” and beyond simplicity. In this
sense, art in general prevents false hopes, and thus
generates hope in the most paradoxical way: the only
way of hoping that reaches beyond the private sphere
without some kind of ideological distortion.
What makes art so unique? And why? Because the best
narratives of art are purpose-free, uniquely noninstrumental,
simply human. Art narrates what we don’t
understand in 7 enlightened ways. Artists in particular
292
offer a wealth of 6 unseen perspectives and 8 unexpected
pathways of human exploration. Art makes us aware that
all memories are personal, despite the power of
collective narratives. Arts and culture empower people to
think freely, to imagine the 9
unimagined, to feel
responsible across borders and boundaries. Hopefully,
the narratives of the future will be 10 intercultural – and
art will be the ally in the art of difference that needs to be
further developed. “Art is about difference, art is
difference”, as stated by Igor Dobricic*. And it is
difference that will be at the origin of the new bonding
narratives of confidence.
Gottfried Wagner
alliancepublishing.org
*Igor Dobricic – dramaturgo sérvio
1. and non-conformist doubts produce suspicion. (ref. 2)
Two words whose prefixes are semantically similar to
the prefix in non-conformist are present in:
a) impossible (ref. 3) / unlikely (ref. 4)
b) recall (ref. 5) / unseen (ref. 6)
c) enlightened (ref. 7) / unexpected (ref. 8)
d) unimagined (ref. 9) / intercultural (ref. 10)
Brazil police occupy Rio favela in World Cup
operation
Brazilian security forces have occupied one of Rio de
Janeiro's biggest slums as part of a major crackdown
ahead of the 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics.
Some 800 police and special forces moved into the
Mangueira shantytown, without needing to fire a shot,
having announced the raid in advance.
The slum – or favela – is close to Rio's famous Maracana
stadium, where the World Cup final will be played.
The pre-dawn operation involved armoured vehicles and
helicopters.
According to the newspaper, O Globo, leaflets were
thrown out of the helicopters, some with photos of
wanted criminals. Others were printed with the police
special forces' telephone number so that residents could
pass on information about drugs traffickers or weapons.
BBC Brazil correspondent Paulo Cabral says most of
Mangueira's residents co-operated with the operation, as
they want to rid the area of drug dealers.

He says that Rio's authorities are making an effort to
gain the trust of those living in the slums, who – after
decades of abuse – have got used to seeing the police as
their enemy.
Mangueira – home to one of Rio's most famous samba
schools – is the 18th favela that the authorities have
occupied recently.
Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-latin-america-13833037
2. In the word traffickers, the sufix er- has the same
meaning as in:
i. worker.
ii. danger.
iii. writer.
iv. prettier.
Mark the correct alternative.
a) I and IV.
b) II and III.
c) I and III.
d) I and II.
e) II and IV.
JESSICA HOSLER, 17
Hometown: Indianapolis
Occupation: High school junior
Height: 5-foot-1
Highest recent weight: 233 pounds in April 2005
Weight on March 11: 201 pounds
Three-month weight-loss goal: 18 pounds
Program: Weight Watchers and a personal 6 trainer
CURRENT WEIGHT: 187 POUNDS
CURRENT LOSS: 14 1/2 POUNDS
- Jenny Craig
- The South Beach Diet
- Body for Life
- Red Mountain Spa
- Cooper Wellness Program
MAKING PROGRESS 2 DESPITE DIFFICULTIES
Karen Miller-Kovach, chief scientific 5 officer at Weight
Watchers, comments on Jessica Hosler's weight-loss
success:
Her progress is exceptional, especially 3 when you
7 consider that she takes 10 the weight-unfriendly medicine
prednisone for her asthma. Prednisone can be a real dietbuster.
She is adding to a sizable weight loss 4 already. The fact
that she had already lost 33 pounds (from April 2005
until she started the Challenge in March 2006) makes it
8 harder to continue to lose now. 11 After six months of
weight loss, most people plateau, and it becomes difficult
to lose.
She is working very hard to get the weight off, and what
she is doing is really effective. Losing it this way means
she's more likely to keep it off long-term. 1 In an ideal
world, as she loses weight, 9 her asthma will improve.
http://www.usatoday.com/life/lifestyle/2006-weight-loss-challenge.htm -
28/06/06
3. A terminação ER tem a mesma função no vocábulo
"officer" (ref. 5) e no vocábulo
WEIGHT-LOSS CHALLENGE RECIPES
Start your own weight-loss challenge with these diet
recipes.
- Weight Watchers
293

) after (na figura anterior)
c) consider (ref. 7)
d) harder (ref. 8)
e) her (ref. 9)
COMBINING ALCOHOL AND "ENERGY
DRINK" REDUCES THE "PERCEPTION" OF
IMPAIRMENT
The combined use of alcohol and "energy
drinks" has become increasingly popular among youth
and young adults in recent years. Users often report
reduced sleepiness and increased sensations of pleasure.
In the April issue of "Alcoholism: Clinical &
Experimental Research", Brazilian researchers conduct
the first controlled scientific study on the effects of
combining alcohol with those drinks. Results show a
considerable disconnect between subjects' perceptions
and objective measures of their abilities: 13 although
combined use reduces the sensation of tiredness and
sleepiness, actual capabilities are significantly 1 impaired.
"In Brazil, as in other countries, young people
believe that energy drinks avoid the sleepiness caused by
alcoholic beverages and increase their capacity to dance
all night," explained Maria Lucia O. Souza-Formigoni,
associate professor in the department of psychobiology
at the Federal University of São Paulo in Brazil and
corresponding author for the study. "In fact, many night
clubs offer this mix among their cocktails."
In a previous study on the use of energy drinks
among Brazilians, Souza-Formigoni said that users
reported greater happiness (38%), euphoria (30%),
uninhibited behavior (27%), and increased physical vigor
(24%). It is unclear; however, if this indicates the ability
of energy drinks to reduce the depressant effects,
increase the excitatory effects of alcohol, or both.
6 "This study appears to show us that the use of
energy drinks might predispose people to abuse alcohol
when its depressant effects - or at least the perception of
such effects - are masked by them," said Roseli
Boerngen de Lacerda, associate professor in the
department of pharmacology at the Universidade Federal
do Parana, Brazil.
Compared to the ingestion of alcohol alone, the
combined 2 ingestion of alcohol and energy drinks
3 significantly reduced the subjects' perception of
headache, weakness, dry mouth and impairment of motor
294
a) trainer (ref. 6)
coordination. The researched energy drinks did not,
however, significantly reduce deficits caused by alcohol
on objective measures of motor coordination and visual
reaction time.
"There are two key points," said Souza-
Formigoni. "Although combined ingestion decreases the
sensation of tiredness and sleepiness, objective measures
of motor coordination showed that it 'cannot' reduce the
4
harmful effects of alcohol on motor coordination. In
other words, the person is drunk but does not feel as
drunk as he really is. The second important point is that
many users reported using energy drinks to reduce a notso-pleasant
taste of alcoholic beverages, which could
dangerously increase the amount (as well as the speed of
ingestion) of alcoholic beverages."
"The 8 implications of these 9 findings," added
Boerngen, "are that this association of alcohol and
energy drinks is harmful rather than beneficial, as
believed by consumers. Especially because those
10 individuals who combine alcohol and energy 11 drinks,
believing 7 they are less impaired than reality would
indicate, are 5 actually at an 14 increased risk for
12 problems such as automobile accidents."
15 "Alcohol affects not only the motor
coordination but also the capacity of decision, 16 because
it affects one important area of the brain - the prefrontal
cortex," explained Souza-Formigoni. "Drunk drivers are
dangerous not only because their reactions are delayed
and motor coordination affected, but mainly because
their capacity to evaluate the risks to which they will be
exposed is also affected. People need to understand that
the 'sensation' of well-being does not necessarily mean
that they are unaffected by alcohol. 17 Despite how good
they may feel, they shouldn't drink and drive. Never."
adapted from "http://alcoholism.about.com/od/dui/a/blacer060416.htm" Public
release date: 26-Mar-2006
4. Mark the ONLY item where the prefix "UN" -
CANNOT be added to form a word with the opposite
idea.
a) Clear.
b) Increased.
c) Impaired.
d) Affected.
e) Masked.

Mr. Eugene Foster lives with his wife in a large
house in New York City, and they 1 have four servants.
On this particular morning, there is a great deal of
bustling about. One maid is distributing dust sheets to
every room, while another 2 is draping them over the
furniture. The butler is bringing down suitcases, and
Mrs. Foster herself is flying from room to room and
pretending to supervise these operations. Actually, she is
thinking of nothing at all except that she is going to miss
her plane if her husband doesn't come out of his study
soon and get ready.
Mr. Foster may possibly have a right to be
irritated with his wife's foolishness, but he can have no
excuse for increasing her misery by .......... her waiting
4 unnecessarily. It is by no means certain that this is what
he 3 does, yet whenever they go somewhere, his timing is
so accurate and his manner so bland that it is hard to
believe he isn't purposely inflicting a nasty torture of his
own on the 5 unhappy lady. And one thing he must know
- that she would never dare to call out and tell him ..........
. He disciplined her too well for that. He must also know
that if he is prepared to wait even beyond the last
moment of safety, he can 6 drive her nearly into hysterics.
It seems almost as though he 'wanted' to miss the plane
simply to intensify the poor woman's suffering.
(Adapted from: DAHL, Roald. The way up to heaven. In: Tales of the
unexpected. London: Penguin Book, 1979. p. 179-180.)
5. O prefixo Un- presente em UNNECESSARILY (ref.
4) e em UNHAPPY (ref. 5) também ocorre em
a) unanimous.
b) unique.
c) universal.
d) underlined.
e) unavailable.
1
Whatever else people do when they come
together - 2 whether they play, fight, make love, or make
automobiles - they talk. We live in a world of languages.
We talk to our friends, our associates, our wives and
husbands, our 3 lovers, our 4 teachers, our parents, our
rivals, and even our enemies. We talk to bus drivers and
total strangers. We talk face-to-face and over the
telephone, and everyone responds with more talk.
Television and radio further swell this torrent of words.
Hardly a moment of our waking lives is free from words,
and even in our dreams we talk and are talked to. We
also talk when there is no one to answer. Some of us talk
aloud in our sleep. We talk to our pets and sometimes to
ourselves.
The possession of language, perhaps more than
any other attribute, distinguishes humans from other
animals. To understand our humanity, one must
understand the nature of language that makes us human.
(Source: FROMKIN, V.; RODMAN, R.; HYAMS, N. (2003) An introduction to
language. Thomson & Wadsworth, p. 3)
6. The suffix -er, as in "lovers" (ref. 3) and "teachers"
(ref. 4) can also be attached to all the verbs below,
EXCEPT to the verb
a) to be.
b) to play.
c) to sing.
d) to dream.
e) to speak.
RIGHT (OR LEFT) OF WAY
The British Empire may have waned, but the sun never
sets on one leftover of colonial rule. Take Hong Kong,
for instance. Even though Britain returned the crown
colony to China seven years ago, Hong Kongers still
motor down Queensway the way Queen would - on the
left - while the rest of China drives right, as does about
70 percent of the world. 1 In bygone days, English
cavaliers kept left so they could draw swords with their
right hand to fend off approaching highwaymen. In
France and the 13 colonies, teamsters steering heavy
wagons pulled by six horses rode the left-rear horse and
drove on the right to 2 judge clearance when meeting an
oncoming wagon. Practices like these shaped regional
rules of the road, and 3 by the time cars drove into scene,
nations had chosen sides. The Nazis ended leftist driving
in Central Europe in the 1930s and 40's, and in 1982
Argentine invaders forced Falkland 4 Islanders to drive on
the right - until British troops landed and redirected
traffic.
National Geographic, Mar. 2004.
7. The - ER ending has the same function in
ISLANDERS (ref. 4) and in
a) hamburger.
b) over.
c) matter.
d) follower.
e) farther.
295

296
He was a failed poet and an atheist. But, in 1931, C.S.
Lewis went on to become the most celebrated Christian
writer of the twentieth century. His new faith helped him
find his true voice. 1 'Everything I write,' he said, 'is
evangelistic.' Lewis found a way to point his readers to
God.
For nearly 40 years, the Christian Writers Guild has been
training writers to take up the same sword. Thousands
have completed our writing course; they know the 2 joy
that comes from answering their true calling. Today the
CWG enters a new era - we are expanding our
serpresidente vice-presidentes to include a writer's
advocacy center, college credit courses, literary
registration serpresidente vice-presidentes, writing
contests and more.
Enroll in our "What's Your Story?" correspondence
course, and we will help you 3 craft an incredible new
chapter in your life as a writer. And as a Christian. Let us
teach you how to tell your story. For your free 4 starter kit
or more information call 1-886-495-5177 or visit
www.ChristianWritersGuild.com.
Writer's Digest, July 2003.
8. O sufixo -ER tem a mesma função na palavra
STARTER (ref. 4) e na palavra
a) richer.
b) chapter.
c) poorer.
d) semester.
e) writer.
TEXTO 2
VISUAL RECOGNITION
If U Cn Rd Ths...
Despite having read 100 million words or more by age
25, the average literate person does not have an easier
time identifying common words compared with any
word of the same length. Researchers asked volunteers to
make out familiar English words or letters hidden in
various levels of contrast. Reading efficiency was linked
not to how common a word was but to how many letters
it had: four-letter words were twice as hard to recognize
as two-letter ones, for instance. Furthermore, words
proved unreadable unless tiny features of each letter are
recognizable, demonstrating severe limitations on the
brain's ability to process visual patterns, the researchers
say. Such handicaps may have arisen to suppress
reflexive attempts to recognize a deluge of
inconsequential details. The findings appear in the June
12 Nature. - Charles Choi, Scientific American, 2003
9. The word "unreadable" from the text is formed by the
negative prefix UN and the adjective suffix ABLE.
Which one of the following words cannot be formed
likewise:
a) unspeakable.
b) unthinkable.
c) undoable.
d) unwordable.
e) unknowable.
Why Can't I Find a Girl Like Dear Old Me?
By Jocelyn Selim
A group of psychologists at St. Andrews University in
Scotland has debunked the theory that opposites attract.
They say people really want a partner who looks a lot
like what they see in the mirror. After recruiting
volunteers to rate the attractiveness of faces flashed on a
computer screen, the researchers found that both men
and women gave higher scores to the countenances that
more closely resembled their own. When the researchers
used a program to morph each subject's face into a
gender-reversed version, the responses got even more
enthusiastic. "The ideal was a slightly changed version of
themselves, what an identical twin of the opposite sex
would look like if such a thing were possible," says
David Perrett, who led the study.
The search for lookalike lovers is probably driven less by
narcissism than by sexual imprinting, the common
tendency of animals to choose mates that resemble their
parents in order to continue the species. In the St.
Andrews study, women who were born to older couples
were more likely to overlook wrinkles when evaluating
the desirability of men. Men were willing to overlook a
few extra years only if their fathers had married older
women and if they were judging the face for a long-term
relationship. "So there may be a bit of truth in Freud
after all," Perrett says.
(From: www.discover.com)

10. Choose the alternative that contains only words
formed by prefixes or suffixes:
a) response / tendency / debunked / lookalike
b) psychologist / slightly / identical / willing
c) probably / partner / truth / wrinkles
d) relationship / attractiveness / desirability / overlook
e) gender-reversed / volunteer / driven / imprinting
11. The adjective POWERFUL (ref.9) derives from the
noun "power". Check the only noun from which an
adjective ending in -full is derived.
a) Care.
b) Health.
c) Charm.
d) Comfort.
e) Ambition.
DOUBLE STANDARD WITH ALCOHOL
1 Two articles in THE GAZETTE JULY 8
accurately reflect the unacceptable double standard the
federal and provincial governments have toward the
tobacco and alcohol industries.
2 The story headed "Teen driver drunk in fatal
crash" related to the sad results of mixing alcohol and the
automobile, while that headed "Warnings on smokes
may get 3 tougher" advised us that more 9 powerful
tobacco health-warning labels may be required.
3 The double standard exists through governmentimposed
laws that restrict tobacco advertising while
imposing much fewer limits on alcohol advertising, and
in requiring health warning labels on tobacco products
half the size of the package but not requiring warning
labels on alcohol containers.
4 Where are government-imposed warnings on
alcohol products telling of the dangers of fetal alcohol
syndrome? Where are the warnings that alcohol may lead
to violence, 1 child abuse and family breakdown, that
consuming alcohol and operating vehicles, boats and
machinery may 2 cause death?
5 Government and public opinion seem to be
4
content to allow alcohol to be portrayed as a fun,
5
benign substance. In fact, it causes 8 untold expense,
6 hardship, sadness and death.
6 With tobacco, the product has been demonized.
With alcohol, it is the user who has been held
responsible, while the product has been given a positive
marketing spin with public and government 7 consent.
7 The government must be forced by public
opinion to look beyond the tax revenues derived from
alcohol and to address its double standard.
(Robert Halpin, MONTREAL. August 8,1998.)
297

CAPÍTULO XXIX – PREPOSITIONS – PREPOSIÇÕES
Preposição é uma palavra ou grupo de palavras
que liga(m) dois ou mais termos da oração e que
estabelece(m) entre si algumas relações. Nessas
relações, um termo explica ou completa o sentido
do outro.
A preposição é uma palavra que precede um
substantivo (ou pronome) para apresentar (ou do
pronome) a relação do substantivo para outra
palavra na frase. (A palavra preposição vem da
idéia de ser posicionado antes. Não é verdade
dizer que a preposição sempre precede um
substantivo ou um pronome, mas ela faz isso a
maior parte do tempo.
Terminar uma sentença com uma preposição
Como orientação útil, para tentar evitar terminar
uma frase com uma preposição. (No entanto,
como mostrado mais adiante nesta seção, existem
vários fatores a considerar.)
The men were talking about politics. (sobre)
That is a situation I have not thought of. (A
palavra OF é uma preposição. Escritores
devem evitar acabar sentenças com
preposições. Isto porque a preposição deve
estar antes de um substantivo ou um
pronome.)
The show began at about 10 P.M. (mais ou menos)
Above - acima , acima de
The President is above his ministers.
The airplane was flying above the clouds.
Sempre que possível, deve-se evitar terminar uma
frase com uma preposição. No entanto, depois de
embaralhar as palavras de modo a que a
preposição não vá para o final da frase, podendo
soar não natural.
Across - através de, do outro lado de
The boys walked across the park.
Os meninos atravessaram o parque a pé.
My relatives live across the river (do outro lado de)
That is a situation of which I have not
thought. (Esta versão é gramaticalmente mais
correta. Neste exemplo, a preposição está
antes do relativo WHICH.
After - depois de
I’ll see you after lunch.
Against - contra
Se a frase soa muito artificial depois de ter sido
reformulada, outra opção é deixar a preposição no
final da frase.
There is only one thing in the world worse
than being talked about, and that is not being
talked about. (Oscar Wilde) (Há apenas uma
coisa no mundo pior do que ser falado, e que
não está sendo falado).
Veja a seguir um apanhado geral sobre as preposições da
língua inglesa.
About - sobre (a respeito de), cerca de, mais ou menos
At the Pan-American games, Brazil played against the
USA.

Along - ao longo de, junto com
The horses galloped along the road.
Come along with us !
Among - entre (vários)
It’s good to be among friends, isn’t it ?
Besides - além de
Mr Clark has a house besides two apartments.
Ingrid speaks German and English besides Swedish.
Between - entre (dois)
Paul stood between the two policemen.
Just between you and me, he’s a big liar !
Around (round) - o redor de, por volta de (cerca de)
The cars went (a) round the track 75 times.
Os carros deram 75 voltas na pista.
There were around 300 people in the auditorium . (cerca
de)
At - em, no, na (à, às)
Myriam wasn’t at home when I called.
There was a blue car at the gate.
The show will begin at the 9 P.M.
Before - antes de, diante de, perante
I got home before the rain started. (antes de)
All men are equal before God. (diante de, perante)
Beyond - além de, para lá de
The town lies beyond that mountain.
A cidade fica (está situada) para lá daquela montanha.
By - por (agente), de (meio de transporte), perto de
Hamlet was written by Shakespeare. (agente)
Did you come by bus or by plane ? (meio de transporte)
Let’s sit here by the window. (perto de)
Despite - a despeito de, apesar de
Despite the rain, he arrived on time.
Down - para baixo
Elevators are always going up and down.
Behind - atrás de
The cat was sleeping behind the door.
During - durante
The students mustn’t smoke during class.
Below - abaixo de
South America is below Central America.
Beneath - abaixo de, embaixo, sob
A king shouldn’t do anything beneath his dignity.
She was wearing a sweater beneath her coat.
Beside - ao lado de
Sandra was sitting beside her boyfriend.
For - para (intenção), por (duração), por ($)
I’ve bought a present for you. (intenção)
We intend to stay in Washington for two weeks. (duração)
Diana paid 50 dollars for her new blouse. ($)
From - de (procedência)
My cousin has just arrived from Canada.
I’ve just received a postcard from my friend Charles.
In - em, no, na, dentro de
299

There’s no beer in the refrigerator.
The papers are all in my briefcase.
That tall building was put up in five months.
Many planes fly over our houses.
My grandfather was over 90 when he died.
This happened over a long period of time.
Inside - dentro de, para dentro (de)
The keys are inside my pocket.
It’s beginning to rain let’s go inside!
Through - através de, por intremédio de
This river flows through several states.
I got this book through a friend who lives in London.
Into - para dentro
Please bring more chairs into this room.
Throughout - através de (num sentido abrangente)
The news quickly spread throughout the country.
Near - perto (de) próximo a
Is there a supermarket near your house ?.
Till (until) - até ( no sentido de tempo )
My aunt will stay with us until the end of this month.
Of - de, a respeito de
Mr. Correia is the president of our club.
We were speaking of him when he arrived.
To - para ( em direção a ), ao, a, as
My uncle went to Argentina last week.
Did you give the money to Richard ?
Off - fora de, para fora de
Please, keep off the grass.
The dancers walked off the stage.
Under - sob, debaixo de
We sat under a big tree in the garden.
That is not a film for children under 14.
On - em no, na, em cima de, a respeito de
The letters were left on the table.
Up - para cima, em direção a
A man came up to me and asked for information.
This article is on slavery in South America.
With - com
Out - fora, para fora de
Mr. Silva was out of the office when I phoned him.
She took all the apples out of the basket.
Would you like to have lunch with us.?
Within - dentro de
Peter will be here within ten minutes.
Outside - fora de, do lado de fora de
The students are all outside the school building.
Mary was waiting for me outside the gate.
Without - sem
She always takes her coffee without sugar.
300
Over - sobre, por cima de, mais que, durante

EXERCISES
2. Buses for the future
I am happy to join 1 __________ you today in what will
go down in history as the greatest demonstration for
freedom in the history of our nation.
In the process 2 __________ gaining our rightful place we
must not be guilty of wrongful deeds. Let us not seek to
satisfy our thirst for freedom 3 __________ drinking from
the cup of bitterness and hatred. We must forever
conduct our struggle on the high plane of dignity and
discipline. We must not allow our creative protest to
degenerate into physical violence. 4 The marvelous new
militancy which has engulfed the 15 Negro community
must not lead us to distrust of 8 all white people, for
13 many of our white brothers, as evidenced by 5 their
presence here today, have come to realize that their
destiny is tied up with our destiny and their freedom is
17 inextricably bound to our freedom. We cannot walk
alone.
I have a 9 dream that one day 11 this nation will rise up and
18 live out the true 16 meaning of 6 its creed: “We hold
these truths to be self-evident: that all men are created
equal.” I have a dream that my four little children will
one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by
the color of their skin but by the content of their
character.
19 This is our hope. This is the faith that I go back to the
South with. When we allow 10 freedom to 12 ring, when we
let 7 it ring from every state and every city, we will speed
up that 14 day when all of God’s children, black men and
white men, Jews and Gentiles, Protestants and Catholics,
will join hands and sing the old Negro spiritual, “Free at
last! free at last! thank God Almighty, we are free at
last!”
Adaptado de: LUTHER KING JR., Martin. I have a dream. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 06 set.
2013.
1. Assinale a alternativa que preenche, correta e
respectivamente, as lacunas nas referências 1, 2 e 3.
a) with – of – by
b) with – to – with
c) of – of – with
d) on – to – by
e) on – of – in
The city of Curitiba, Brazil, has one of the most
convenient and modern bus systems in the world, called
Bus Rapid Transit. Very large buses for up to 300 people
travel on major roads all around the city. Passengers
board the buses …………(I)…………… comfortable
glass tube stations. If they don’t have a pass or a ticket,
they pay their fare in the station, so everyone gets on the
bus very quickly when it arrives. They can transfer to
another route …………(II)…………… paying again.
Where different bus routes connect, there are
comfortable terminals, …………(III)……………..
telephones, small shops, and rest rooms. The system is
efficient and very popular with the people of Curitiba.
More than 70 percent of the commuters there travel
……..…(IV)…….… bus every day.
JOHANSEN, K.L., CHASE, Rebecca T. World English: real people, real places,
real language. Boston: Heinle Cengage Learning, 2010. (Adaptado.)
Considerando o contexto e a gramática, marque a
alternativa que preenche CORRETAMENTE as lacunas
I, II, III e IV quanto ao uso das preposições.
a) without / of / with / in
b) by / without / from / on
c) from / without / with / by
d) over / with / without / by
e) from / around / without / of
Work after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful as
smoking, study finds
Conal Urquhart and agencies
July 28, 2012
301

Working after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful
for babies as smoking, according to a new study. Women
who worked after they were eight months pregnant had
babies on average around 230g lighter than those who
stopped work between six and eight months.
The University of Essex research – which drew on data
from three major studies, two in the UK and one in the
US – found the effect of continuing to work during the
late stages of pregnancy was equal to that of smoking
while pregnant. Babies whose mothers worked or
smoked throughout pregnancy grew more slowly in the
womb.
Past research has shown babies with low birth weights
are at higher risk of poor health and slow development,
and may suffer from a variety of problems later in life.
Stopping work early in pregnancy was particularly
beneficial for women with lower levels of education, the
study found – suggesting that the effect of working
during pregnancy was possibly more marked for those
doing physically demanding work. The birth weight of
babies born to mothers under the age of 24 was not
affected by them continuing to work, but in older mothers
the effect was more significant.
The researchers identified 1,339 children whose mothers
were part of the British Household Panel Survey, which
was conducted between 1991 and 2005, and for whom
data was available. A further sample of 17,483 women
who gave birth in 2000 or 2001 and who took part in the
Millennium Cohort Study was also examined and showed
similar results, along with 12,166 from the National
Survey of Family Growth, relating to births in the US
between the early 1970s and 1995.
One of the authors of the study, Prof. Marco
Francesconi, said the government should consider
incentives _____1_____ employers to offer more flexible
maternity leave to women who might need a break
before, _____2_____ after, their babies were born. He
said: “We know low birth weight is a predictor of many
things that happen later, including lower chances of
completing school successfully, lower wages and higher
mortality. We need to think seriously about parental
leave, because – as this study suggests – the possible
benefits of taking leave flexibly before the birth
_____3_____ quite high.”
The study also suggests British women may be working
for _____4_____ now during pregnancy. While 16% of
mothers questioned by the British Household Panel
Study, which went as far back as 1991, worked up to one
302
month before the birth, the figure was 30% in the
Millennium Cohort Study, whose subjects were born in
2000 and 2001.
(www.guardian.co.uk)
3. Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente a
lacuna 1 no texto.
a) through
b) about
c) by
d) for
e) with
The Birth of a Storyteller
Jackie Torrence spent her childhood in North Carolina,
in the southern part of the United States. She was a shy
child because she had problems with her teeth, which
made it hard for her to talk. Other children teased her
because of her speech problem, so she spent much of her
childhood playing alone. One of Jackie’s favorite games
was to pretend she was on television. She told stories out
loud using gestures and dramatic voices. At school,
Jackie soon learned that she was good at writing stories,
and with the help of her favorite teacher, she started to
work on improving her speech.
Jackie’s first storytelling performance was in a library.
She was working as a librarian and was asked to
entertain a group of children. Jackie told them a story
and they loved it! Before long, she began telling stories
within her community. Many of her stories came from
old American and African-American folktales.
Eventually, she started telling stories across North
America.
As Jackie’s fame increased, her health decreased. She
now has to use a wheelchair, but this has not stopped her
storytelling career. Jackie’s stories have been published
in books, magazines, and newspapers and she has
appeared on radio and television. She has won awards
for nine of her sound recordings and three of her
television specials.
Adapted from NorthStar 3: Listening and Speaking, 2nd Edition (Longman, p57),
Helen S. Solórzano and Jennifer P. L. Schmidt

4. Read the passage below.
Jackie Torrence became a storyteller ____ chance. When
she was working as a librarian, she was asked ____ tell a
story ____ a community event. Eventually, she
continued telling tales ____ 47 states in the U.S.
The correct sequence to complete the gaps with the
prepositions is
a) by, to, at, in.
b) to, at, in, by.
c) by, in, at, to.
d) in, to, at, by.
Am I all right?
While John Gilbert was in hospital, he asked his doctor
to tell him whether his operation had been successful, but
the doctor refused to do so. The following day, the
patient asked for a bedside telephone. When he was
alone, he telephoned the hospital exchange and asked for
Doctor Millington. When the doctor answered the phone,
Mr. Gilbert said he was inquiring about a certain patient,
a Mr. John Gilbert. He asked if Mr. Gilbert’s operation
had been successful and the doctor told him that it had
been. He then asked when Mr. Gilbert would be allowed
to go home and the doctor told him that he would have to
stay in hospital for another two weeks. Then Dr.
Millington asked the caller if he was a relative of the
patient. ‘No,’ the patient answered, ‘I am Mr. John
Gilbert.’
Roads in Brazil
Many intercity roads in Brazil are toll roads. Drivers
queue and pay at booths before proceeding along these
routes.
Statistically, Brazil has some of the worst accident rates
in the world. The São Paulo to Santos road along with
many stretches of the coastal BR101 highway are
especially dangerous routes. There are approximately
40,000 fatalities per year on Brazilian roads.
While some roads are of very high standard, particularly
state roads and toll roads, others, for example some intercity
federal roads, are in poor condition with uneven
surfaces, potholes and inadequate signage.
Roads ______ cities can be ______ extremely bad
condition. Steep hills ______ the troughs designed
______ carry the heavy rains ______ São Paulo as well
as speed humps often lead to ground clearance issues and
can cause significant damage to a vehicle’s lower
bodywork.
Animals or fallen trees (due to heavy rain or lightning
strikes), broken-down vehicles and accidents on the road
can be additional worries.
Petrol/gas stations are generally not difficult to find in
cities or on main connecting roads but may be much less
common in remote and sparsely populated areas. Poor
quality fuel can be an issue, and it is suggested that
drivers purchase fuel from a reliable source. - From
Angloinfo.com (Adapted)
ALEXANDER, L. G. Practice and progress. Longman. London, 1978.
5. Read the paragraph and fill in the blanks using a
preposition.
Freddie Mercury was born ______ September 5 th , 1946.
He was the vocalist _____ the band rock
“Queen” and composed many hits _____ the band. As
the lead _____ “Queen”, he travelled all _____ the
world. Freddie Mercury died ____ 1991.
a) for; of; of; of; under; in
b) on; of; for; of; around; in
c) in; of; of; all; over; on
d) at; at; in; in; of; at
e) to; at; on; at; around; at
6. Which is the correct sequence of the missing words
in the text?
a) in – in – and – for – at
b) at – in – and – for – in
c) at – of – for – to – off
d) in – in – and – to – in
Breadwinner
As a single mom, Cordia Harrington just needed to bring
home the bacon.
She ended up rolling in dough.
By Margaret Heffernan
303

7. The prepositions that appropriately fill in blanks I, II,
III, IV, V and VI, in the text, are
a) off, at, of, for, with and on.
b) of, at, of, for, for and with.
c) in, at, of, at, with and on.
d) at, in, for, at, for and with.
e) of, in, with, for, with and on.
FASHION: SUITS FOR SURVIVING SUMMER
by Akiko Kashiwagi
Cordia Harrington was tired __( I )__ standing up all
day and smelling like French fries__( II )__ night. A
property developer, she also owned and operated three
McDonald’s franchises in Illinois, but as a divorced
mother __( III )__ three boys, she yearned __( IV )__ a
business that would provide __( V )__ her children and
let her spend more time __(VI) __ them.
Her aha moment struck, strangely enough, after she
was nominated in 1992 to be on the McDonald’s bun
committee. “The other franchisees, all men, thought that
was hilarious because of the word bun,” she recalls.
“But the joke was on them: They didn’t know the
company would be picking me up in a corporate jet to
see bakeries around the world. Every time I went to a
meeting, I loved it. This was global!”
The experience opened her eyes to business possibilities.
When McDonald’s decided it wanted a new bun supplier,
Harrington became determined to win the contract, even
though she had no experience running a bakery.
“You see a tiny crack in the door, and you have to run
through it,” she says. “I really believed I could do this.”
Harrington studied the bakery business and made sure
she was never off executives’ radar. “If you have a
dream, you can’t wait for people to call you,” she says.
“So I’d visit a mill and send them photos of myself in a
baker’s hat and jacket, holding a sign that said ‘I want to
be your baker.’”
After four years and 32 interviews, her persistence paid
off.
Harrington sealed the deal with a handshake, sold her
franchises, invested everything she owned, and borrowed
$13.5 million. She was ready to build the fastest, most
automated bakery in the world. - Reader’s Digest
For those truly pressed ___(I)___ time, there's
now an easy way to wash a business suit without sending
it out to the dry cleaners: just give it a shower and hang it
___(II)___ to dry. The Japanese suit maker Konaka is
manufacturing a suit made with an innovative coating
that allows it to be cleaned only with hot water. It's made
of a special wool fabric developed in association with the
Australian Wool Innovation Ltd. that dries overnight.
Small holes ___(III)___ the bottom of the jacket help the
water drain. And it retains its shape, so there's no need
for ironing (from $500; konaka.co.jp).
The item has proved so popular in Japan that
Konaka's stores are running out of stock. But that's not
the only option for Japanese businessmen looking to beat
the heat. Another company, Aoyama Trading, has
unveiled the "Skeleton Suit," which promises to make its
wearer feel four degrees C cooler, thanks ___(IV)___ its
superior ventilation (from $400; aoyamasyouji.co.jp).
Dressing conservatively never felt so cool. -
www.newsweek.com
8. The prepositions that properly fill in blanks I, II, III
and IV, in the text, are:
a) BY, OUT, IN and FOR.
b) IN, ON, ON and ON.
c) ON, IN, ON and ABOUT.
d) FOR, UP, AT and TO.
e) WITH, ABOVE, UP and FOR.
Most tourists in Rio spend most of their time
downtown or in the city's "Zona Sul", or southern zone,
where the "Rua dos Oitis" is located. But in the 50 weeks
of the year not devoted to "Carnaval" or New Year's Eve,
it can be easy to 1 miss the party. It takes some guidance
304

to develop the sense of where the "Cariocas" will be
exercising their native "joie de vivre".
A working knowledge of Portuguese is an easy
in, but even lacking that, with a little advance work and a
few English-speaking Brazilian contacts you can get
involved .......... the action and have an idea of the real
scene.
I received my initial orientation at home in New
York, from acquaintances and friends of friends. Many
Brazilians, gregarious by nature, are happy enough to
help steer a traveler, especially if they think they may be
coming north sometime to collect .......... a return of the
favor. 3 Local advice is also comforting, of course, given
Rio's reputation for crime. 4 While the danger does not
seem to 2 dampen 5 anyone's partying spirit, violence is
much feared and the threat is much discussed .......... the
locals.
Frequent travelers to Rio may share 6 tips too.
Before and after its peak travel season, the city attracts a
number of regular visitors seduced by the charm of the
Brazilians and the culture of their proudest city. These
repeaters readily brave long flights, like the 12-hour trip
from New York with not a single nonstop to be found.
(Adapted from: KUGEL, Seth. The New York Times, 20 Feb. 2005.)
9. Assinale a alternativa que completa correta e
respectivamente as lacunas do texto.
a) of - on - for
b) for - of - into
c) in - of - among
d) for - for - into
e) in - on - among
It was the summer that men first walked on the
moon. I was very young back then, but I did not believe
there would ever be future. I wanted to live dangerously,
to push myself as far as I could go, and then see what
happened to me when I got there. As it turned out, I
1
nearly did not make it. Little by little, I saw my money
dwindle to zero; I lost my apartment; I wound up living
in the streets. If not for a girl named Kitty Wu, I
probably 2 would have starved to death. 3 I had met her by
chance only a short time before, but 4 eventually I came
to see that chance as a form of readiness a way of saving
myself through the minds of others. That was the first
part. From then on, strange things happened to me. I took
the job with the old man in the wheelchair. I found out
who my father was. I walked across the desert from Utah
to California. That was a long time ago, of course, but I
remeber them as the beginning of my life.
AUSTER, Paul. Moon Palace. Chatham, Kent: Faber &
Faber, 1989. p. 1.
10. Complete the sentence below with the best
alternative.
Man walked .................... the moon
first time .................... 1969.
a) on - for - in.
b) across - at - in
c) across - by - on
d) in - on - at
e) on - at - after
Everyone's an Expert
Bored with the usual encyclopedias?
Then start writing your own
.................... the
Putting information into the hands of the people
was among the original, lofty aims of the Internet-easy to
forget amid the forests of e-boutiques and subscriptiononly
sites. But an online encyclopedia - where all entries
are written, maintained and vetted by Web surfers
themselves - is trying to recapture those early democratic
ideals. Called Wikipedia.org ( wiki means "superfast" in
Hawaiian and is also the name of the collaborative
software upon which the site is built), the encyclopedia
features more than 700,000 hypertexted articles on
everything from "Anthrax (band)" to "Zeppelin." That's
more listings than Britannica.com, Encarta.com and
Encyclopedia.com combined.
"My dream has been to put a free
comprehensive encyclopedia at everybody's fingertips,"
says 37-yearold founder Jimmy Wales, who spends up to
12 unpaid hours a day maintaining the site. "It's my
obsession." It has also become the obsession of
thousands of others who contribute entries and
programming time for free. The concept is as simple as it
is ambitious: anybody can create or edit the articles, and
the system relies on masses of users to catch mistakes
and thus ensure the information is correct,
comprehensive and up-to-date.
(TIME, June 24, 2004)
305

11. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta três preposições
empregadas no texto.
a) from - to - which.
b) at - also - for.
c) among - amid - upon.
d) up - and - for.
e) into - an - also.
PARALYMPIC GAMES
HISTORY
In 1948, Sir Ludwig Guttmann organized a
sports competition involving World War II veterans with
a spinal cord-related injury in Stoke Mandeville,
England. Four years later, competitors from Holland
joined the Games, and the international movement, now
known as the Paralympics, was born. Olympic-style
games for athletes with a disability were organized for
the first time in Rome in 1960.
In Toronto in 1976, other disability groups were
added and the idea of merging together different
disability groups for international sports competitions
was born. In the same year, the first Paralympic Winter
Games took place in Sweden.
PARALYMPIC GAMES
The paralympic Games have always been held
in the same year as the Olympic Games. Since the 1988
Seoul Summer Games and the 1992 Albertville Winter
Games, 21 they have also taken place at the same venues
as the Olympic Games. On 19 June 2001, an agreement
was signed between the International Olympic Comitee
and the International Paralympic Commitee 19 aiming to
secure the organization of Paralympic Games. The
agreement reaffirmed that the Paralympic Games, from
2008 on, will always take place shortly after the Olympic
Games, using the same sporting 20 venues and facilities.
http://www.olympic.org/uk/games/paralympic. 09/06/2004.
12. The first games __________ athletes __________ a
disability __________ held __________ 1948.
Selecione a alternativa que completa corretamente as
lacunas.
a) for - without - was - on
b) to - with - has - at
c) from - with - is - on
d) to - without - are - at
e) for - with - were - in
TEXT 2
According to Stuff magazine, the iPod is the
"coolest thing to come out of California 1 since the Beach
Boys." According to an iPod owner interviewed by The
Guardian, "it is the greatest piece of technology since the
motor car." Alan Hely of Apple, the company that
manufactures it, defines it as "the Walkman for digital
music in the 21st century." The difference is that this
particular Walkman can store up to 10,000 tracks. More
than two million iPods have been sold since Apple first
brought the product out in October 2001. Sales began in
the United States and are now spreading elsewhere. The
iPod has become the latest status symbol.
As Alan Hely explains, the thing that makes the
iPod work is the iTunes software technology. In many
respects, iTunes is an even more intriguing phenomenon
than the iPod itself. In April 2003 Apple established the
iTunes digital music store. Originally 2 it was available
for the Mac, while in October a Windows-friendly
version was also produced. The store consists of 500,000
tracks available for legal, "for-pay" download on the
internet. At a time when CD sales are falling
dramatically thanks, in large part, to the growth of illegal
file sharing on the net, the sale of an estimated 30 million
tracks through iTunes is seen as offering hope to record
labels.
In 1976 Steve Jobs, then a 22-year-old Silicon
Valley businessman, began the PC revolution, when he
launched the first Apple computer. According to Rolling
Stone magazine, Jobs "changed the computer industry.
Now he's after the music industry." Yet, in his interview
with Rolling Stone, Jobs says that 30 million downloads
is still a very modest 3 figure, compared with the "10
billion songs that are distributed in the U.S. every year
legally on CDs." Jobs, however, sees initiatives like
iTunes as a way of fighting musical piracy, which has
"this amazingly efficient distribution system for stolen
property, called the Internet - and no one's going to shut
down the internet".
(Speak Up edição 205 - junho/2004. Adapted.)
306

13. The word "since" (ref. 1) conveys an idea of
a) manner.
b) place.
c) time.
d) result.
The past quarter-century of American popular culture
was ruled by the great mega-franchises of science fiction
- 'Star Wars', 'Star Trek', 'Independence Day', 'The
Matrix'. But lately, since the turn of the millennium or
so, we've been dreaming very different dreams. The stuff
of those dreams is fantasy - swords and sorcerers,
knights and ladies, magic and unicorns. With The 'Two
Towers', the new 4 installment of 'The Lord of the Rings'
trilogy, we have seen what might be called 1 the
enchanting of America. The evidence is a new
preoccupation with a nostalgic, magical vision of a
medieval age.
It all started with a little-known Oxford professor whose
specialty was the West Midland dialect of Middle
English. Beginning with 'The Hobbit', a story he
invented in the early 1930s to amuse his children, John
Ronald Reuel Tolkien's novels first became 2 merely
popular and then turned into a phenomenon. The recent
Tolkien revival began when America's long summer
romance with technology was dwindling. 3 The magic
would have to come from somewhere else, and we found
it in fantasy. Swords, not lasers. Magic, not electricity.
The past, not the future.
Time, Dec. 2, 2002.
famous play, Hamlet. Hamlet is the chief character in the
play. The ghost of Hamlet's father appears and tells
Hamlet how Claudius had murdered him by pouring
poison into his ears as he lay asleep. The ghost orders
Hamlet to revenge the murder. Hamlet promises that he
will do so without delay. But he does delay. He thinks a
great deal about what he has heard, and he thinks instead
of acting. He believes what the ghost has said, but feels
that he needs further proof of the murder.
In order to satisfy himself that the king is guilty, Hamlet
arranges to have a play performed at court. In this play
one of the actors pretends to poison another in just the
same way as the king has poisoned Hamlet's father. As
soon as Claudius sees this, he is frightened, and gets up
and goes out. Hamlet now is quite certain of Claudius's
guilt, but he still hesitates. Although he has opportunities
to kill his uncle, he finds reasons why he should not do
so yet. Once Hamlet finds him praying, and can kill him
easily. He does not do so because he thinks that to kill
the king at his prayers would be to send his soul straight
to heaven.
When the fight takes place, Hamlet at first seems to be
winning. The king offers him the cup of poisoned wine.
He refuses it, but the queen takes it and drinks. Laertes
and Hamlet go on fighting, Laertes wounds Hamlet, and
as they struggle together they somehow change swords.
Now Hamlet wounds Laertes. The queen falls, dying.
Laertes, himself near death, tells Hamlet about the
poisoned sword and wine. Hamlet, acting at last instead
of thinking about acting, rushes at the guilty king and
kills him. He has revenged the murder of his father, but a
few minutes later he, too, is dead.
14. Complete the sentence below with the best
alternative.
Tolkien wrote much ........ his trilogy ........ World War II,
but denied that his stories were analogous ........ that great
battle.
a) of - during - to
b) of - at - with
c) about - during - into
d) for - in - to
e) of - in - into
Hamlet
The following is a short outline of Shakespeare's most
15. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate option:
I - They deliver the mail _____ ten o'clock.
II - _____ it was raining, we went for a walk.
III - Don't eat so much _____ you go bathing.
IV - He ran away _____ he saw the policeman.
V - You won't win _____ you try hard.
a) I - after; II - While; III - unless; IV - before; V -
until
b) I - until; II - Before; III - after; IV - while; V -
although
c) I - unless; II - When; III - until; IV - after; V - before
d) I - at; II - Although; III - before; IV - when; V -
unless
307

e) I - before; II - Until; III - although; IV - unless; V -
when
Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts,
Rhode Island and Connecticut are all proud members of
America's northeast corner known as New England.
Famous for its spectacular fall foliage, New England
enjoys incredible regional diversity throughout the year.
Each state has its special places to visit, from Vermont's
Green Mountains to the rocky seacoast of Maine. You
can be 1 digging your heels into the sand on one day and
2 sitting beside a mountain waterfall on the next. Or you
can go 3 antiquing and flea 4 marketing, pick apples, dine
on lobster and apple pie, or camp in a state park.
5 Besides Nature's 6 breathtaking show, fall's rich harvest
is on 7 display and for sale wherever you venture. Also
popular are festivals of every kind, from herbs and
vegetables to art and crafts.
Four of the six New England states were members of the
original Thirteen Colonies, and many American
historical sites and events have been memorialized for
visitors. So don't forget your camera because New
England has some of the best scenery in the country.
Country Almanac, Fall 2001.
16. Complete the sentence below with the best
alternative.
In New England, we drove ...... hours along country
roads and stayed ........ an old sea captain's home ........
the sea.
a) for - in - off
b) during - into - by
c) up - near - from
d) during - at - out
e) for - in - by
At one level, the computer is a tool. It helps us
write, keep track of our accounts, and communicate with
others. Beyond this, the computer offers us both new
models of mind and a new medium on which to project
our ideas and fantasies. Most recently, the computer has
become even more than tool and mirror. We are able to
step through the looking glass. We are learning to live in
virtual worlds. We may find ourselves alone as we
navigate virtual oceans, unravel virtual mysteries, and
engineer virtual skyscrapers. But increasingly, when we
step through the looking glass, other people are there as
well.
The use of the term "cyberspace" to describe
virtual worlds grew out of science fiction, but for many
of us, cyberspace is now part of the routines of everyday
life. When we read our electronic mail or send postings
to an electronic bulletin board or make an airline
reservation over a computer network, we are in
cyberspace. In cyberspace, we can talk, exchange ideas,
and assume personae of our own creation. We have the
opportunity to build new kinds of communities, virtual
communities, in which we participate with people from
all over the world, people with whom we converse daily,
people with whom we may have fairly intimate
relationships but whom we may never physically meet.
(Sherry Turkle, 1995. Life on the screen: identity in the age of the Internet.
Touchstone.)
17. After I read the text above, I could realize that my
friend Christine has a terrible problem: She lives
__________ 1204 Reality Boulevard but her husband
lives _________ cyberspace!
a) in ... in
b) in ... on
c) on ... at
d) at ...on
e) at ... in
BRITAIN'S INDUSTRIAL HERITAGE
During the nineteenth century Britain was transformed
from a mainly AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY into an
industrial one. This change has been called the
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION because of the dramatic
effect 1 it had on the British way of life. People moved to
the rapidly EXPANDING TOWNS and cities,
RAILWAYS were developed to transport goods around
the country and 2 by 1900 Britain had become a major
WORLD POWER.
The Industrial Revolution in Britain was built on the use
of MACHINE in factories. Since the 1950s Britain's
manufacturing industries have replaced the machine
operators with computers, and this 'automation' has led to
a decline in the number, of employees in manufacturing
industries. More manufactured goods are bought and
used than ever before but 4 a lot of these goods are
imported. By the beginning of the twentieth century
308

other industrial countries, like the USA, were competing
with Britain's exports, and countries in the Far East 3 have
been able to provide cheaper products since the 1970s.
Areas where HEAVY MANUFACTURING
INDUSTRIES are located have suffered high
UNEMPLOYMENT.
LAVERY, Clare. Focus on Britain Today, MacMillan Publishers. p. 98-99.
18. A palavra em maiúsculo na expressão "BY 1900"
(ref. 2) tem o mesmo sentido de
a) beyond.
b) at
c) among.
d) through.
e) around.
Imagine it: Your plane touches down at Charles de
Gaulle and you take out your 1 portable voice
recognition-translation device. You set the dial to
"Français." Et voilà! You are free 3 to roam Paris without
anyone sneering at your high school French. Sound like
science fiction? 2 Machines that recognize your voice and
translate your language have already converged.
Prototypes of real-time devices are in use, and they will
probably be on the market in a decade or two. But before
we shell out $299.99 for this shiny new gadget, let us
pause to bid farewell to the dream of an idiomatic
common ground - to the hope for mutual intelligibility
and a linguistic brotherhood of man.
Lingua Franca, New York, May/June 2000.
19. Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente os
espaços no trecho a seguir.
Invented _________ the late nineteenth century
__________ an eastern European ophthalmologist,
Esperanto _________ humanity's ________successful
attempt to create an artificial universal language.
a) on - for - remains - most
b) in - by - remain - more
c) in - to - remains - most
d) on - by - remain - more
e) in - by - remains - most
1 What is beauty? Define beauty? One may as
well dissect a soap bubble. We know it when we see it -
or so we think.
2 Philosophers define 1 it as a moral equation.
What is beautiful is good, said Plato. Poets look for high
standards. Beauty is truth, truth is beauty, wrote John
Keats.
3 Science examines beauty and pronounces it a
strategy. "Beauty is health", a psychologist tells me. "It's
a sign saying 'I'm healthy and fertile. I can pass on your
genes.'"
4 At its best, beauty celebrates. From the painted
Txikão Indian in Brazil to Madonna in her metal bra,
humanity likes to abandon its everyday look and
masquerade as a more powerful, romantic, or sexy being.
5 At its worst, beauty discriminates. Studies
suggest attractive people make more money, get more
attention in class and are seen as 2 friendlier. We do judge
people by their looks. In an era of feminist and
politically correct values, not to mention the belief that
all men and women are created equal, the fact that all
men and women are not - and that some are more
beautiful than others - disturbs, confuses, 3 even angers.
6 The search for beauty is 4 costly. 7 In the United
States last year people spent six billion dollars 8 on
fragrance and another six billion on make up. In the
mania to lose weight 20 billions were spent on diet
products and services - in addition to the billions that
were paid out for health club memberships and cosmetic
surgery.
7 The sad, sometimes ugly side of beauty: In a
1997 magazine survey, 15 percent of women and 11
percent of men sampled said they'd sacrifice more than
five years of their life to be at their ideal weight.
According to one study, 80 percent of women are
dissatisfied with their bodies. In one of its worst
manifestations, discontent with one's body can wind up
as an eating disorder, such as anorexia or bulimia. Both
can be fatal. 5 Today eating disorders, once mostly
limited to wealthy Western cultures, occur around the
world, in countries as different as Fiji, Japan and
Argentina.
8 The preoccupation with beauty can be a
neurosis, and yet there is something therapeutic about
paying attention to how we look and feel. "People are so
quick to say beauty is superficial", says Ann Marie
Gardner, beauty director of "W" magazine. "They're
fearful. They say: 'It doesn't have substance.' What many
don't 6 realize is that it's fun to reinvent yourself, as long
as you don't take it too seriously".
309

20. The prepositions "in" (ref.7) and "on" (ref. 8) are
correctly used in all alternatives BUT
a) On September I'll be in vacation.
b) He'll go on a leave in the summer.
c) She's always in a bad mood on Mondays.
d) In two months you can be on the road.
e) ln the evenings I see her on TV.
21. Fill each blank below with one of the following
PREPOSITIONS: for, about, on, with, from, to.
a) Whose book is this ____________ the table?
THE GREATEST RANGE OF SAVINGS.
Everyday discounts on thousands of popular books at up
to 40% off.
Experience all this and more on the internet at
amazon.co.uk
click with
AMAZON.CO.UK
books for everyone
(London Review of Books. April 1, 1999)
310
b) Everybody in that dorm shares a room
______________ another student.
c) Let's go _____________ the movies tonight!
d) Americans usually have bacon and eggs
_________________ breakfast.
e) Brazilians are crazy ___________________ soccer.
f) Foreigners ________________ all over the world
visit Salvador's Pelourinho each day.
YOU'LL FIND SOME MONSTER SAVINGS ON
BOOKS AT AMAZON.CO.UK
THE EASIEST WAY TO FIND AND BUY BOOKS.
Find the book you want from our on-line store in seconds
by author, title or subject. Then order with just one click
of the mouse.
THE WIDEST POSSIBLE SELECTION.
We can supply every book in print in the UK - well
OVER a million books - as well as hundreds of
thousands of the most popular US titles
22. A palavra OVER, no texto, significa
a) mais de.
b) demasiado.
c) em cima.
d) de novo.
e) completamente.
Alexander Graham Bell
1 Alexander Graham Bell was born in 1847 in
Edinburg, Scotland. His father was an expert in
phonetics, the study of the sounds of languages. As a
boy, Alexander became interested in sounds and speech.
2 In 1870 the Bells decided to emigrate to
America. They lived in Boston, where Alexander taught
in a school for the deaf. There he began experimenting
with a machine to help the deaf hear.
3 While experimenting with this machine, Bell
had an idea: Why not use electricity to send the human
voice from one place to another? Bell began working on
a new invention.
4 For years Bell and his assistant, Thomas
Watson, worked day and night. They rented rooms in a
boardinghouse. Bell was on one floor, and Watson was
on another. They tried to send speech through a wire.
Finally, on March 19, 1876, Watson heard these words
very clearly: "Mr. Watson, come here. I want you."
Watson rushed upstairs, ran into Bell's room, and
shouted, "I heard you!"
5 That year was the centennial, or 100th birthday,
of the United States. There was a large fair in
Philadelphia, called the Centennial Exposition. One of
the main attractions at the exposition was Bell's "talking

machine". Thousands of visitors, including Don Pedro,
the emperor of Brazil, were surprised when they saw -
and heard - this invention. But they still thought it was
just an interesting toy. They didn't know that one day this
talking machine would become the telephone and would
change people's lives.
(BROUKAL, M., MURPHY, P. All about the USA - a
Cultural Reader. New York: Longman, 1991.)
23. Choose the best option to complete the sentence:
"Bell used electricity to send the human voice
__________ one place __________ another."
a) on - in.
b) from - to
c) in - to
d) at - to
e) above - below
A
THE MURDEROUS ACTIONS OF THE SERB
nationalists in Kosovo against ethnic Albanians pose a
threat to all Europe (April 12). If we do not act,
Montenegro, Macedonia and Albania will be the next
targets, leaving Europe with the same radical nationalism
but in a larger scale.
It is imperative that the West act together to neutralize
Yugoslav President Slobodan Milosevic and his
nationalist henchmen as quickly as possible. 2 Again and
again, we have witnessed the pattern of Milosevic's
talking peace while readying forces for another assault
against innocents. Attempts to negotiate only help the
cause of Serb nationalism.
WALTER G. AIELLO
Durham, N. C.
C
NATO'S WEAPONS MAY WORK IN A WAR fought
on political beliefs, but not one based on differences of
culture, ethnicity and above all religion. A conflict that
goes back to the 1300s cannot be solved by bombing the
warring parties. The solution can come only 1 from within
the Balkans and its people.
ADRIAN CHEW
Bruce, Australia
24. A melhor tradução para a expressão "from within"
(texto C, ref.1) é
até o fim dos.
a) dos.
b) de fora dos.
c) à moda dos.
d) desde o início dos.
25. Indicate the alternative that best completes the
following sentence.
"She's used____running____the park___6 p.m."
a) for - at - at
b) for - in - at
c) at - in - before
d) into - at - about
e) to - in - after
26. "On this planet, more people get their news from
TIME than any other single source-over 30 million
people, worldwide."
(TIME, August 12, 1996, Vol. 148, N ° 7, page 2).
B
MILOSEVIC THINKS A BIG SERBIAN nation
containing only Serbs will make the people stronger, but
it will only make them weaker. The way for a nation's
people to keep strong and vibrant is to live and interact
with different human beings.
BOB ELKJER
San Rafael, Calif.
311

"OVER" in "OVER 30 million people" signifies:
a) less than
b) by
c) not as much as
d) not so many as
e) more than
27. Choose the RIGHT alternative to complete the
spaces:
I - I stayed in New York ___________ two months.
II - The film didn't begin __________ nine o'clock.
III - I go there _____________ an hour.
IV - They've been mending the road __________ last
Monday.
V - I'II be working in a bank __________ three years.
a) by - in - since - for - until
b) for - until - in - since - for
c) by - until - in - before - for
d) since - by - before - until - by
e) until - since - by - for - since
GERMANY
Princess Diana 101
So much for the criticism that German universities are
stodgy and out of date. On Nov. 6 Berlin's Free
University launched a new lecture series titled "Myth
and Politics: Diana, From the Princess of Wales to the
Queen of Hearts." The not-for-credit series of 13
interdisciplinary lectures focuses on the creation of
myths and explores parallels to Eva Perón and the Virgin
Mary, ( I ) others. Says political scientist and series
organizer Sigrid KochBaumgatten: "As social scientists
312
we are interested in trying to understand the Diana
phenomenon."
28. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
lacuna (...I...) do texto.
a) between.
b) among.
c) above.
d) under.
e) across.
29. Complete:
Pablo said that __________ Spain, everybody sleeps
__________ 1 and 4 PM.
a) with - among
b) among - between
c) between - among
d) among - at
e) in - at
Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada
lacuna da questão a seguir:
30. We stayed in Rome __________ two months.
a) since
b) at
c) in
d) on
e) for

CAPÍTULO XXX -
PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL
VERBS
PHRASAL VERBS:
São verbos de duas ou três partes formados basicamente
por um verbo mais uma ou duas partículas, que o
complementam. isto é, podem ser classificados como
sendo uma frase.As partículas podem ser preposições ou
advérbios e o significado total das palavras é geralmente
diferente do significado individual dos elementos que o
compõem. Sendo assim, não podem ser traduzidos
literalmente na maioria das vezes e devem ser encarados
como vocábulos independentes dos elementos que os
compõem.
Exemplo:
sit (verbo) + down (advérbio) = sit down (sentar)
get (verbo) + in (preposição) = get in (entrar)
Características
Como podemos ver a partir dos exemplos acima,
os phrasal verbs são formados da seguinte maneira:
verbo + uma partícula (preposição ou advérbio)
Os phrasal verbs são uma peculiaridade da língua inglesa
que dão um tom mais informal à linguagem e estão
presentes em inúmeras situações, tanto no dia a dia
quanto nas situações que requerem uma certa
formalidade. A aparente dificuldade em entendê-los
deve-se ao fato de que eles não existem em português.
1. O verbo que segue de base para o phrasal verb pode
ser regularou irregular: call (regular), give (irregular).
2. Em alguns casos, a partícula pode ser separada do
verbo, isto é, o objeto é colocado entre o verbo e a
partícula. Quando o objeto for um pronome, a partícula
será, necessariamente, separada.
Observe os exemplos a seguir:
Please turn on the light. = Please turn the light on. =
Please turnit on. (Por favor, ligue a luz.)
She switched on the TV. = She switched the TV on. =
She switched it on. (Ela ligou a televisão.)
Take off your shoes. = Take your shoes off.
= Take them off. (Tire seus sapatos.)
PHRASAL VERBS SEPARÁVEIS
add up - somar (algo); totalizar
back up - mover-se para trás (em veículo); apoiar algo
ou alguém; fazer uma segunda cópia de algum arquivo,
programa, etc. (informática)
bring off - realizar algo difícil, obter sucesso em algo
bring on - causar algo, ser o motivo de alguma coisa
(geralmente algo desagradável)
bring out - publicar; enfatizar algo
bring round (also bring to) - fazer alguém que está
inconsciente voltar a si
bring up - criar, cuidar de alguém desde a infância;
mencionar um assunto, começar a falar sobre algo
brush aside - fazer pouco caso de
burn down - queimar completamente, destruir algo por
causa do fogo
burn up - destruir algo por causa do fogo
buy out - comprar a parte de alguém em algum negócio
buy up - comprar tudo ou a maior quantidade possível de
algo
call off - cancelar
call up - ligar para alguém; recrutar alguém (exército)
calm down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
carry on - continuar (com algo/a fazer algo)
carry out - cumprir algo; realizar (tarefa, função)
catch up - alcançar alguém
cheer up - alegrar-se, alegrar algo ou alguém
chop up - cortar algo em pequenos pedaços
313

clean off - tirar a sujeira de algo
clean out - limpar a parte interior de algo, fazer uma
limpeza caprichada
clean up - limpar algo
clear out - arrumar e limpar algo colocando coisas fora
ou removendo-as
clear up - limpar e organizar algo; esclarecer, resolver,
explicar algo
close down - fechar algo (empresa, loja, etc.)
close up - fechar algo temporariamente, por algumas
horas, minutos, etc.
count in - incluir algo ou alguém
count out - excluir algo ou alguém
cross out/off - riscar, tirar algo ou alguém de uma lista
cut down - reduzir algo; cortar, derrubar (árvore, etc.)
cut off - deserdar alguém; cortar algo (linha telefônica,
etc.); interromper alguém que está falando; diminuir;
remover; bloquear ou ficar no caminho de algo; isolar
alguém
cut out - cortar algo (roupa, molde); excluir alguém;
omitir algo; bloquear (luz); cortar algo; deixar de fazer
ou comer alguma coisa
draw up - redigir, preparar um documento
dress up - fantasiar-se; arrumar-se; disfarçar algo
eat up - comer tudo
figure out - entender; descobrir, decifrar algo
fill up - completar, encher, abastecer
find out - descobrir algo; informar-se de algo;
desmascarar alguém (que estava fazendo algo errado)
fix up - consertar; reformar; decorar algo
get across - comunicar algo a alguém; fazer-se entender
por alguém
give back - devolver algo a alguém
give out - distribuir algo
hand down - passar algo para alguém mais novo
(conhecimento, etc.); anunciar algo oficialmente
hand over - passar o cargo, a responsabilidade de algo
para alguém
hang up - usar algo pela última vez
have on - vestir
hold up - atrasar algo ou alguém; usar algo ou alguém
como exemplo; assaltar
keep up - manter o padrão de algo; continuar a fazer
algo; cuidar de uma casa, jardim, etc.
leave out - omitir, não incluir ou mencionar algo ou
alguém
let down - decepcionar alguém
let out - aumentar o tamanho de uma peça de roupa
light up - acender um cigarro; iluminar algo
live down - ser capaz de fazer alguém esquecer algo
errado que você tenha feito
make over - dar algo legalmente para alguém
pass on - transmitir (uma mensagem para alguém);
passar algo para alguém
pass up - não aproveitar uma oportunidade, chance, etc.
pay back - devolver o dinheiro para alguém
pay off - pagar e despedir alguém; subornar alguém;
quitar uma dívida
pick up - atender ao telefone; pegar alguém (de carro);
fazer alguém se sentir melhor; prender alguém; aprender
algo por acaso; pegar algo ou alguém
play down - minimizar a importância de algo
play up - exagerar, enfatizar, dar maior valor a algo
point out - apontar, indicar algo ou alguém
pull down - demolir
put off - adiar; perturbar, incomodar alguém
put on - vestir-se; fingir
put up - dar pouso para alguém; levantar algo (mão);
construir (edifício); colocar algo (cartaz, bandeira, etc.)
quiet down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
rinse out - enxaguar algo
rule out - eliminar, descartar alguém, uma possibilidade,
314

uma proposta, etc.
run down - atropelar alguém
run off - fugir, escapar com algo; tirar cópia de algo
save up - poupar, economizar dinheiro
see off - despedir-se de alguém
see through - não deixar de fazer algo até que isso tenha
terminado
send over/off - mandar algo por correio, e-mail, etc.
set up - combinar algo; montar algo
show off - mostrar, exibir algo ou alguém com orgulho
shut off - cortar algo (fornecimento)
slow up - reduzir a velocidade de algo (trabalho,
pesquisa, etc.); reduzir a velocidade, ir mais devagar
spell out - explicar algo claramente; soletrar ou escrever
as letras de uma palavra na ordem correta
stand up - não ir encontrar alguém que você combinou
de encontrar
sweep out - varrer
take back - retirar algo que se disse ou escreveu; aceitar
algo de volta (loja)
take down - anotar algo; desmontar algo
take in - entender, assimilar ou lembrar algo que se
ouviu ou leu
take off - tirar algo (calçados, roupas, etc.)
take over - assumir o controle de algo (empresa,
negócios, etc.)
talk over - discutir
tear down - destruir, demolir
tear up - rasgar em pedaços (documentos, cartas, fotos,
etc.)
tell off - xingar alguém
think over - refletir sobre algo
think through - pensar muito bem
think up - inventar algo; pensar em algo
throw away - jogar algo fora
tie up - amarrar algo ou alguém
tire out - esgotar alguém, esgotar-se
touch up - retocar (maquiagem)
try on - experimentar algo (roupas, sapatos, etc.)
try out - testar
turn down - rejeitar algo ou alguém; abaixar algo (rádio,
ar-condicionado, televisão, etc.)
turn off - apagar algo (luz); fechar algo (torneira);
desligar algo (rádio, TV, motor, etc.)
turn on - acender algo (luz); abrir algo (torneira); ligar
algo (rádio, TV, motor, etc.)
turn out - produzir; expulsar alguém de algum lugar;
apagar (luz)
wash off - tirar algo lavando
wash out - lavar algo
wear out - desgastar-se; ficar gasto devido ao excesso de
uso; gastar; esgotar alguém
wind up - terminar, concluir algo; irritar, provocar
alguém; liquidar algo (negócio); dar corda (relógio)
wipe off - limpar, enxugar algo
wipe out - aniquilar, destruir algo; erradicar (doença,
crime, etc.)
work out - calcular algo; solucionar algo; planejar,
elaborar algo
write down - anotar algo
write out - escrever algo (por extenso ou a limpo); copiar
algo
write up - redigir algo
3. Há casos, no entanto, em que a partícula não pode
ser separada do verbo.
Veja alguns exemplos abaixo:
While she was cleaning the house, she came across a pair
of gold earrings. (Enquanto ela estava limpando a casa,
encontrou um par de brincos de ouro.)
Your daughter doesn't take after you at all. (Sua filha não
se parece nada com você.)
315

PHRASAL VERBS INSEPARÁVEIS
back out of - voltar atrás (em um acordo, etc.)
bear down on - fazer força para baixo
bear on - ter a ver com, estar relacionado com
bear up under - suportar, resistir
break down - parar de funcionar (carro, máquina, etc.);
falhar (negociações); dividir algo em partes; perder o
controle dos sentimentos
break into - entrar à força em uma residência; abrir
algo à força
break in on - interromper, perturbar algo
call for - buscar alguém; requerer algo
care for - ter afeição por alguém; cuidar de alguém;
gostar de algo; querer algo
carry on with - continuar a fazer algo, prosseguir
catch up with - alcançar alguém
check up on - investigar algo ou alguém; verificar
come across - encontrar algo ou alguém por acaso
come along with - acompanhar alguém; chegar,
aparecer; melhorar, progredir
come by - conseguir algo, adquirir algo
come down with - adoecer
come out with - dizer algo surpreendente
come through - obter sucesso e algo que se faz;
sobreviver a algo
come up with/in/on - encontrar uma resposta, uma
soma
count on - contar com alguém
cut in on - interromper alguém quando está falando;
cortar (outro carro)
disagree with - fazer mal a alguém (comida, clima,
etc.)
do away with - desfazer-se de algo; abolir algo
do without - passar sem algo ou alguém
drop in at/on - fazer uma visita informal a alguém ou a
algum lugar
drop out of - retirar-se de algo; não fazer mais parte de
algo; sair da universidade; afastar-se da sociedade
face up to - enfrentar algo ou alguém
fall back on - recorrer a algo ou alguém
fall behind - ficar para trás, ficar atrás de algo ou
alguém
fall out with - brigar com alguém
fill in for - substituir alguém
get ahead of - ultrapassar alguém
get around - mover-se (pessoa, animal); circular,
correr (notícia, boato)
get away with - sair impune de algo errado que se fez
get by with - conseguir viver ou fazer algo com o que
se tem
get down to - começar a fazer algo; dar maior atenção
a algo
get in - entrar (em um veículo)
get off - sair (do trabalho com permissão); sair
(ônibus, trem, etc.)
get on with - prosseguir com algo
get through with - terminar, completar (tarefa,
trabalho, etc.)
give up - desistir
go back on - não cumprir algo (promessa, palavra,
etc.)
go for - ser válido para alguém/algo; escolher
go in for - interessar-se por (fazer) algo (hobby, etc.)
go on with - continuar com algo, a fazer algo
go over - examinar, revisar algo
316

go with - cair bem, combinar com
go without - passar sem algo
hang around - ficar sem fazer nada; esperar sem fazer
nada
hang up - desligar o telefone
hear from - ter notícias de alguém
hear of - ouvir falar de algo ou alguém
hit on - descobrir, ter uma ideia por acaso
hold on to - agarrar algo ou alguém
hold out - resistir, durar
keep at - continuar trabalhando em algo
keep up with - manter-se no mesmo nível de algo ou
alguém
lie down - deitar-se
live on - continuar a viver
live up to - corresponder às expectativas
look after - cuidar-se, cuidar de alguém
look back on - recordar algo
look down on - desprezar algo ou alguém
look forward to - aguardar algo/fazer algo com
ansiedade
look up to - respeitar, admirar alguém
make up for - compensar algo
move over - mudar de lugar a fim de ceder espaço a
alguém
através de leitura
run against - encontrar alguém por acaso; opôr-se a
algo ou alguém; competir com alguém em uma eleição
run away with - fugir de algo ou alguém; deixar algo
ou alguém de repente
see about - encarregar-se de algo; fazer algo
see to - organizar, supervisionar, providenciar algo
settle on - decidir, escolher algo
stand for - significar, representar algo
stand up for - apoiar, defender algo, alguém ou a si
mesmo
stand up to sb - fazer frente a alguém
stick to - persistir
stick up for - apoiar, defender algo, alguém ou a si
mesmo
take after - parecer-se com algum membro mais velho
da família
talk back to - responder a alguém de maneira grosseira
tell on - dedurar alguém para alguma autoridade
touch on - mencionar algo brevemente
turn into - tornar-se
wait on - servir alguém
wait up for - esperar acordado por alguém
watch out for - ter cuidado com algo ou alguém
work out - exercitar-se
pass away - morrer
pass on - morrer
pass out - desmaiar
pick on - implicar com alguém; escolher alguém (para
um trabalho desagradável)
play up - enfatizar a importância de algo ou alguém
put up with - tolerar, aguentar algo ou alguém
read up on - ler, pesquisar; estudar ou aprender algo
4. Como os outros verbos, os phrasal verbs podem
ser transitivos(requerem objeto, pois seu sentido não está
completo em si) ouintransitivos (seu sentido está
completo em si e portanto, não requerem objeto).
Quando transitivos, os phrasal verbs podem ser
separados. Observe:
He took off his jacket. = He took his jacket off. (Ele tirou
o casaco.)
(obj. dir.)
The plane took off. (O avião decolou.)
317

PHRASAL VERBS INTRANSITIVOS
back down - ceder; abandonar um argumento, uma
opinião ou uma reivindicação, reclamação
back out - voltar atrás (em um acordo, etc.); não
cumprir uma promessa; abandonar algo sem estar
completo; desistir de algo
back up - mover-se para trás, principalmente em
um veículo
bear up - suportar, resistir, enfrentar da melhor
maneira possível uma situação difícil
blow in - chegar, entrar em algum lugar de repente
blow over - minguar, acalmar ou passar
(tempestade, escândalo) sem causar consequências
drásticas
blow up - explodir (bomba, etc.); estourar
(tempestade, escândalo); perder a paciência
calm down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
carry on - continuar (caminhando, etc.); comportarse
de maneira imprópria, tola; brigar, reclamar
escandalosamente
catch on - entrar na moda; entender algo
check out - pagar a conta e partir (de um hotel, etc.)
cheer up - animar-se, animar alguém
clear out - ir embora rapidamente
clear up - abrir (tempo)
close down - fechar algo permanentemente (loja,
empresa, etc.)
close up - fechar algo temporariamente
come about - ocorrer, suceder
come along - chegar, aparecer; ir em algum lugar
com alguém; melhorar, progredir
come back - voltar
come by - fazer uma visita rápida a alguém
come out - aparecer (sol, lua, etc.); abrir (flores);
publicar, produzir
come over - fazer uma visita rápida a alguém
cut in - interromper alguém quando a pessoa está
falando
die away - desaparecer aos poucos
die down - apagar-se, diminuir gradualmente
die off - morrer um após o outro até não sobrar
nenhum, sofrer um declínio na população
die out - extinguir(-se); desaparecer (tradições)
dress up - arrumar-se
drop in/drop over- dar uma passada na casa de
alguém ou em algum lugar
drop out - não fazer mais parte de algo; abandonar
(escola, universidade, etc.); afastar-se da sociedade
fall behind - ficar para trás, ficar atrás (de
algo/alguém)
fall off - diminuir, decair
fall through - fracassar, não ocorrer
fill in - substituir (alguém)
find out - descobrir; aprender
get ahead - obter sucesso, progredir
get around - circular, ir de um lugar a outro
get away - fugir de alguém ou de algum lugar
get in - chegar; entrar
get off - sair de algo (carro, trem, ônibus, etc.)
get on - ter sucesso; conseguir fazer, virar-se
get through - terminar, completar algo (tarefa)
get up - levantar-se
give up - desistir, deixar de fazer algo; perder as
esperanças
go back - voltar para algum lugar
go off - disparar (arma); bomba (explodir); soar
(alarme)
go on - acender-se (luz); passar (tempo); ocorrer;
continuar, durar (situação)
go out - sair; apagar-se (luz)
grow up - desenvolver-se, crescer
hang around - ficar sem fazer nada; esperar sem
318

fazer nada
hang up - desligar o telefone
hold on - aguardar (no telefone); esperar, parar;
aguentar
hold out - durar; resistir, persistir
keep on - continuar
let up - diminuir (dor); fazer menos esforço
lie down - deitar-se
look on - assistir
make out - sair-se (bem ou mal)
move over - mover-se para o lado, dar lugar a
alguém
make up - fazer as pazes (com alguém)
pan out - conseguir, ter sucesso, resultar
pass out - desmaiar
pass on - morrer
pick up - melhorar; soprar mais forte (vento),
aumentar (vendas, etc.)
pull in - chegar (trem); encostar (carro)
pull out - retirar-se de algo; arrancar (veículo)
pull through - melhorar, recuperar-se (de alguma
doença, operação, etc); sair-se bem em algo difícil
run away - fugir de algo ou alguém; sair de algum
lugar de repente
run down - acabar (bateria); parar de funcionar;
parar de funcionar ou tornar-se menor em tamanho
e número gradualmente.
run off - fugir com alguém
sell out - esgotar (entradas para cinema, jogos,
concertos, etc.)
settle up - acertar as contas; pagar o dinheiro que se
deve a alguém
show off - exibir-se
show up - chegar, aparecer
shut up - calar-se
slow up - reduzir a velocidade, ir mais devagar
stand by - estar preparado para agir; esperar, ficar
em espera
stand up - levantar-se
stay over - dormir na casa de alguém por uma noite
step aside - mover-se para o lado, abrir caminho
para alguém passar
step aside / down - deixar um cargo
take off - decolar
take over - assumir o controle de algo (empresa,
etc.)
talk back - answer impolitely - responder a alguém
de maneira rude
throw up - vomitar
turn around - virar-se
turn in - virar para dentro; deitar-se
turn out - comparecer, apresentar-se; resultar, sair
turn up - chegar; aparecer (algo que foi perdido)
por acaso
wait up - esperar acordado por alguém
wake up - ficar mais interessado em algo
walk over - tratar alguém de maneira grosseira;
derrotar alguém facilmente
wash out - desaparecer da roupa (mancha),
desbotar (tecido) depois de lavar
watch out - ter cuidado
wear off - desaparecer gradualmente; passar
(novidade, etc.)
wear out - desgastar (roupas, sapatos, etc.)
work out - resultar, dar certo; fazer ginástica
Os Phrasal Verbs transitivos são subdivididos em:
- Inseparáveis
What a terrible journey! We broke down twice on the
way home. (Que viagem terrível! Nosso carro quebrou
duas vezes no caminho de volta para casa.)
319

- Separáveis
Please, turn on the light. = (Por favor, ligue a luz.)
Please, turn the light on.
Please, turn it on.
Please, turn
on it. Errado!
A Separação é obrigatória quando se utiliza o pronome
it.
5. Alguns phrasal verbs apresentam partículas que
servem apenas para indicar que a ação está completa ou
para reforçar/enfatizar o sentido do verbo. Este verbo é
frequentemente formado com a partícula up / off.
Exemplos:
cut off - cortar
burn up - queimar
mix up - misturar
Verbos Preposicionados - Prepositional Verbs
Verbo + Preposição: listen to; look at; believe in; talk
about; wait for, etc.
Como ocorre no português, muitos verbos em inglês são,
com regularidade, acompanhados por preposições, isto é,
exigem uma preposição. Esses verbos são chamados
de prepositional verbs(verbos preposicionados) e sempre
requerem objeto direto após a preposição. Trazendo
exemplos do português, temos o caso do verbo gostar,
que precisa da preposição de. Ou do verbodepender, que
também precisa da preposição de.
Vejamos alguns exemplos em inglês de verbos
preposicionados:
To depend (depender), que precisa da preposição on.
To dream (sonhar), que precisa da
preposição of ou about.
O verbo to look (olhar), que precisa da preposição at.
Observações:
Quando o objeto é longo, evita-se separar os phrasal
verbs, uma vez que isto dificultaria a compreensão:
Yesterday the teacher pointed out problems related to
phrasal verbs. / Yesterday the teacher pointed problems
related to phrasal verbs out. (Ontem a professora apontou
problemas relacionados aos phrasal verbs.)
Apesar de estar gramaticalmente correta, a segunda
oração apresentaria problemas práticos de compreensão.
Quando não soubermos se o phrasal verb é separável ou
não, poderemos fazer uso das seguintes dicas para evitar
erros:
Evitar o emprego de objetos pronominais,
principalmente em phrasal verbs idiomáticos, aqueles em
que não podemos deduzir seu significado total
analisando separadamente as partes que o compõem;
2 - Phrasal verbs literais são geralmente separáveis;
3 - Phrasal verbs que indicam ações completas,
concluídas ou reforçam/enfatizam o sentido do verbo são
geralmente separáveis.
O verbo preposicionado, por sua própria natureza, não
muda de significado. Como vimos acima, o verbo to look
at significa olhar. Porém se removermos a sua
preposição característica, que é at, e a substituirmos
por after, nós teremos o phrasal verb to look afterque
significa tomar conta de. Deste modo, percebemos que a
simples utilização de uma preposição depois de um
verbo não o torna, necessariamente, um phrasal verb.
Mais exemplos:
You never listen to me! (Não: You never listen me!)
I believe in God. (Não: I believe God.)
Características
1. Os prepositional verbs podem
ser transitivos ou intransitivos e são obrigatoriamente
inseparáveis, ou seja, o objeto direto nãopode ser
colocado entre o verbo e a preposição.
Por exemplo:
Did you talk about me? (Não: Did you talk me about?)
2. Quando um verbo com preposição for usado, o
substantivo ou pronome será colocado depois da
preposição, exceto na orações interrogativas ("What are
320

you looking at?") ou relativas ("This is the man that I
was talking to.").
Exemplo:
Look at those children. = Look at them.
Prepositional Verb:
They called on Tedd. = They called on him. (Eles
visitaram o Tedd. / Eles o visitaram.)
Logo, os prepositional verbs são considerados verbos
INSEPARÁVEIS.
3. O significado do verbo com preposição coincide, em
muitos casos, com aquele do verbo de forma isolado. Os
verbos to pay e to pay forsignificam pagar. A preposição
serve para introduzir o complemento, não agrega
nenhum significado novo ao verbo.
Exemplos: Pay for e Pay
A: How much did you pay for that shirt? (Quanto você
pagou por esta camisa?)
B: I paid 100 reais. (Paguei 100 reais.)
Listen to e Listen
I like listening to music. (Gosto de ouvir música.)
Martin should apply for that job. He has the necessary
qualifications. (Martin deveria concorrer àquele
emprego. Ele possui as qualificações necessárias.)
Observação: não utilizamos preposições quando não há
objeto.
Exemplo:
Listen! (E não: Listen to!)
- É gramaticalmente correto incluir um advérbio entre o
verbo e a preposição:
I'll look carefully after the children.
Diferenças entre Phrasal Verbs e Prepositional Verbs
1. A principal diferença entre phrasal
verbs e prepositional verbs se dá no plano sintático:
quando transitivos, os phrasal verbsexigem a colocação
do objeto entre o verbo e a partícula (advérbio ou
preposição) sempre que o objeto for um pronome, ao
passo que os prepositional verbs não permitem a
colocação do objeto entre o verbo e a preposição.
Phrasal Verb:
They called up Tedd. = They called Tedd up. =
Theycalled him up. (Eles telefonaram para o Tedd / ele.)
Logo, os Phrasal verbs transitivos são considerados
verbos SEPARÁVEIS.
2. Quanto ao plano semântico, o significado
dos prepositional verbspode, muitas vezes, ser deduzido
a partir das partes que o compõem. O significado
dos phrasal verbs, no entanto, dificilmente pode ser
deduzido dessa mesma maneira. Ex.: give = dar; give
up= desistir, "largar de mão". Sendo assim, para entender
o significado dos phrasal verbs, é bom analisar o
contexto em que ele está sendo usado.
3. Na pronúncia também ocorre uma diferença
importante. Nosphrasal verbs a sílaba tônica recai sobre
a partícula, enquanto que nos prepositional verbs a sílaba
tônica recai sobre o verbo.
Phrasal Verbs: I'll put 'ON my trousers. (Vou vestir
minhas calças.)
Prepositional Verbs: Jack 'LOOKED for his name on the
list but he couldn't find it. (Jack procurou pelo nome dele
na lista, mas não conseguiu encontrá-lo.)
Verbo + Partícula Adverbial - Verb + Adverb(ial)
Particle
Diversos verbos em inglês podem ser seguidos por
advérbios curtos (Adverb Particles - Partículas
Adverbiais), tendo seu sentido modificado por causa da
partícula. Assim, to bring significatrazer, mas to
bring up significa cuidar, educar uma criança.
Exemplos:
Who is going to look after the children while you are
way? (Quem vai cuidar das crianças enquanto você
estiver fora?)
They brought up their children in a very traditional way.
(Eles educaram os filhos de uma maneira bem
tradicional.)
321

When the bell rang, the students quickly put their
books away. (Quando o sinal tocou, os alunos
rapidamente guardaram seus livros.)
Algumas Partículas Adverbiais:
about, across, ahead, along, (a)round, aside, away, back,
by down, forward, in, home, off, on, out, over past,
through, up.
Algumas dessas palavras também podem ser utilizadas
comopreposições.
Observe:
I switched the light off. (Partícula Adverbial)
I jumped off the wall. (Preposição)
Diferenças entre Partículas Adverbiais (Adverb
Particles) e Preposições (Prepositions):
Palavras como down, in, up não são sempre preposições.
Compare:
I ran down the road X Please sit down.
He's in his office. X You can go in.
Something is climbing up my leg. X She's not up yet.
Nas expressões down the road, in his office e up my leg,
as palavras down, in e up são preposições: elaspossuem
objetos (the road, his office e my leg, respectivamente).
Em sit down, go in e She's not up, as
palavras down, in e up não possuem objetos. Elas
são advérbios, não preposições.
Advérbios curtos como estes são geralmente chamados
de "Adverb(ial) Particles" - "Partículas Adverbiais".
Incluem-se nesta categoria: above, about, across, ahead,
along, (around), aside, away, back, before, behind,
below, by down, forward, in, near, off, on, out, over,
past, through, under, up.
Muitas palavras desse tipo podem ser usadas
comopartículas adverbiais e como preposições. Contudo,
há algumas exceções, por exemplo: back eaway são
utilizados apenas como partículas
adverbiais; from e during, apenas como preposições.
322
Three word Verbs: verbos com preposições e partículas
adverbiais ao mesmo tempo
Alguns verbos podem ser usados tanto com uma
partícula adverbial quanto com uma preposição ao
mesmo tempo (o que os tornathree-part verbs, verbos de
três partes.). Veja alguns exemplos:
I get on with her quite well. (Eu me dou muito bem com
ela.)
Stop talking and get on with your work. (Pare de falar e
prossiga com seu trabalho.)
It's hard to put up with people who won't stop talking.
(É difícil aguentar pessoas que não param de falar.)
If you're on the road on Saturday night, look out
for drunk drivers.(Se você for dirigir no sábado à noite,
tenha cuidado com os motoristas bêbados.)
Could we get back to the question of
funding? (Poderíamos retornar à questão do
financiamento?)
I think you need to cut down on the number of
cigarettes you smoke! (Acho que você precisa reduzir o
número de cigarros que fuma!)
I'm looking forward to the party. (Estou aguardando
ansioso pela festa.)
LISTA DE VERBOS FRASAIS - LIST OF
PHRASAL VERBS
Embora o número de phrasal verbs seja praticamente
ilimitado, apresentamos nesta seção uma lista detalhada
dos phrasal verbsmais comuns da língua inglesa para lhe
auxiliar na compreensão de cada um deles. Na primeira
coluna, apresentamos o verbo em inglês. O sinal entre duas palavras significa que estas palavras são
intercambiáveis entre si. Sth é a abreviação utilizada
parasomething (algo) e sb é a abreviação
para somebody (alguém). Na segunda coluna, o
significado em português. Na terceira, indicamos se
o phrasal verb é separável ou inseparável, isto é, se é
possível colocar o objeto entre o verbo e a partícula
(partícula = pronome ou advérbio) ou não. Na quarta
coluna apresentamos exemplo de uso no ingles.

VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Do
away
with
sth
Do sbover
Do
sthover
(NAmE)
Do
sthover
(BrE)
Do
sthup
Dress
up
Drop
back /
behind
Drop
by/ in /
over /
round
Drop in
on sb
Drop
into sth
Drop
sb/sthoff
Drop
out (of
Desfazer-se de
algo, abolir algo
Atacar e bater
em alguém
Fazer
novamente;
consertar,
renovar,
reformar
Entrar em um
local e roubar
coisas de lá
Abotoar, fechar
(roupas);
embrulhar algo
(pacote);
reformar (casa)
Usar roupas
melhores, mais
formais
Ir para uma
posição atrás de
alguém, ficar
para trás
Visitar alguém
informalmente,
aparecer semm
avisar
Visitar alguém
informalmente
Visitar algum
lugar
informalmente
sem ter
combinado
Deixar algo ou
alguém em
algum lugar
Desistir da
escola, da
Inseparável
Separável
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Inseparável
It's time to do
away all of
these old boxes.
They were done
over by a gang
of thugs.
My teacher
wants me to do
my homework
over because it
is not correct.
His apartment
was done over
last week.
Do your coat up
before you go
outside. It's too
cold there.
It's a fancy and
expensive party
so you have to
dress up.
She dropped
back to fourth
place.
My aunt
dropped in
while we were
having dinner
yesterday.
I'll drop in on
you when I'm
close to your
house.
We dropped
into a pub on
the way.
Will you drop
the kids off on
your way into
town? / We
dropped off our
bags at the hotel
and then went
to explore the
city.
I dropped out of
Law because I
sth) faculdade, etc. didn't like it.
Drop
out (of
sth)
Eat out
Eat
up/Eat
sth
up
End up
(as sth,
doing
sth) [+ -
ing]
End up
(in ...)
Face up
to sb /
sth
Fall
apart
Fall
apart
Fall
behind
(sb/sth)
Fall
down
Fall for
sb
Não fazer mais
parte de algo
Fazer uma
refeição em um
restaurante
Inseparável
Inseparável
A word that has
dropped out of
the language.
Do you feel like
eating out
tonight?
Comer tudo Separável Come on. Eat
up all your
meal.
Acabar
sendo/fazendo
algo
Ir parar em
lugar ou
situação na qual
você não
esperava ou
tinha a intenção
de estar
enfrentar
alguém/algo
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
I ended up
doing all the
work myself.
If you go on
like this you’ll
end up in
prison.
She had to face
up to the fact
that she would
never walk
again.
Despedaçar-se Inseparável I'm going to buy
another car
because my old
one is falling
apart.
Acabar um
relacionamento,
um negócio,
uma parceria,
etc
Ficar para trás,
ficar atrás (de
alguém/algo)
Não ser
comprovado ou
bom o suficiente
Apaixonar-se
por alguém
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Their marriage
finally fell
apart. / The deal
fell apart when
we failed to
agree on a price.
She soon fell
behind the
leaders.
And that's
where the
theory falls
down.
They fell for
each other
instantly.
323

Fall out
Fall
over
Fall
over
sb/sth
Figure
sth/sbout
Fill
sthin
(BrE)
Fill
sthout
(NAmE)
Fill up/
Fill
sthup
Find out
Finish
sth
off
Finish
up
Finish
with sb
Cair, perder
(cabelo, dente)
Inseparável
His hair is
falling out.
Cair Inseparável I'm afraid he
might fall over
again and hurt
himself.
Tropeçar em
algo ou alguém
Descobrir,
entender algo ou
alguém
Preencher algo
(formulário,
etc.)
Preencher algo
(formulário,
etc.)
Inseparável
Separável
Separável
Separável
I rushed for the
door and fell
over the cat in
the hallway.
I could figure
her out.
Please fill the
form in with
your name and
address.
The form must
be filled out in
capital letters.
Encher Separável My father
always fill the
water jug up
when it is
empty.
Descobrir;
informar-se de
algo, averiguar
Terminar de
fazer algo
Acabar com
algo (comida,
bebida);
terminar algo;
acabar em
alguma
situação (BrE)
Terminar um
relacionamento
com alguém
Inseparável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
The police are
still trying to
find out who is
responsible for
the crime. / Can
you find out
what time the
meeting starts?
I need about an
hour to finish
off this report.
They finished
up the show
with one of
their most
famous songs. /
If you are not
careful, you
could finish up
seriously ill. /
He could finish
up dead.
She finished
with her
boyfriend last
week.
Follow
sth
up
Investigar,
acompanhar /
complementar
algo
Separável
The police are
following up
several leads
after their TV
appeal for
information. /
You should
follow up your
phone call with
an email or a
letter.
VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Get at
Querer dizer,
insinuar
Inseparável
What are you
getting at?
Get at sb Criticar Inseparável He is always
getting at
me.
Get sthacross
Get along/on
(with sb)
Get
around/round
sb
Get around/
round to sth
Comunicar-se,
fazer-se
entender
Dar-se bem
com alguém
Separável
Inseparável
I tried to get
my ideas
across to her
but she
didn't listen
to me.
My wife and
my mother
get along/on
very well.
Persuadir Inseparável They know
how to get
around/round
their boss.
Encontrar
tempo para
fazer algo
Inseparável
I hope to get
around/round
to calling
you
tomorrow.
324

Get away Sair de férias Inseparável We are
getting away
for a few
days next
week.
Get away
(from...)
Sair de algum
lugar
Inseparável
I won't be
able to get
away from
the office
before 6.
Get on with
sth
Usado para
falar ou
perguntar como
alguém está
progredindo ou
se saindo em
alguma
situação
específica;
continuar,
prosseguir
fazendo algo
Inseparável
How are you
getting on at
work?
He's getting
on very well
at school.
Be quiet and
get on with
your work.
Get away
(from sb/...)
Escapar de
alguém ou de
algum lugar
Inseparável
A prisoner
got away
from the jail
this
afternoon.
Get back Voltar, retornar Inseparável What time
did you get
back last
night?
Get sthback
Receber algo
de volta
Separável
She has got
her old job
back.
Get on / Get
onto
Get out (of
sth)
Get over sth
Entrar em algo
(carro, ônibus,
trem, etc.)
Sair de algum
lugar; livrar-se
de algo
Superar
(problemas)
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
The bus
stopped to let
more people
get on. / He
got on his
motorbike
and rode
away.
Get out of
my house
now! / I wish
I could get
out of this
meeting! I'm
so busy.
She can't get
over her
shyness.
Get back at
sb
Get back to
sth
Get in
Get off
Vingar-se Inseparável She got back
at him
because he
lied to her.
Retornar a algo Inseparável Could we get
back to the
question of
animals?
Entrar (veículo,
casa, etc.)
Sair (do
trabalho com
permissão);
descer (do
carro, do
ônibus, do
trem, da
bicicleta)
Inseparável
Inseparável
He got in the
truck and
drove off.
Could I get
off work
early
tomorrow? /
The bus
stopped and
three people
got off it.
Get over
sth/sb
Get through
(to sb)
Get together
(with sb)
Get up / Get
sb up
Recuperar-se
de uma doença,
perda,
dificuldade,
término de
relacionamento,
etc
Fazer contato
por telefone
Encontrar-se
com alguém
por motivos
sociais ou para
discutir algo
Levantar-se da
cama, acordarse
ou acordar
alguém
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Finally he
has got the
divorce.
I'm trying to
get through
but her line
is always
busy.
Manager is
going to get
together with
his
employees.
I usually get
up at 6.30.
325

Get up Levantar-se Inseparável The class got
up when the
teacher came
in.
Get
Vestir-se ou Inseparável She was got
yourself/sb vestir alguém
up as
up as sth como outra
Japanese
pessoa
woman.
Get sthup Organizar Separável We are
getting up a
party for her
birthday.
Get up to sth Chegar a um Inseparável I got up to
ponto
the page 84
específico
of the book.
Give sb Levar a noiva Separável My father
away ao altar
gave me
away at my
wedding.
Give Revelar algo Separável My little
sb/sth secreto ou
sister gave
away alguma
the surprise
informação
party away
secreta sobre
by accident.
alguém
Give sth Dar algo como Separável The library
presente
was giving
away
away old
books on
Saturday.
Give sthback (to sb) ao proprietário
give me my
pen back?
Give in (to Concordar em Inseparável My
sb/
fazer algo que
boyfriend
você não quer
didn't want
sth)
to go to the
movies, but
he finally
gave in.
326
Give out Chegar ao fim Inseparável Her patience
finally gave
out.
Give sthout
Distribuir algo Separável They were
giving out
free perfume
samples at
the
department
store.
Give up Desistir Inseparável She doesn't
give up
easily.
Give sthup
Parar com
alguma
atividade,
largar um vício,
um hábito, etc.
Separável
She didn't
give up work
when she
had the baby.
/ You should
give up
smoking.
VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Go after sb Seguir Inseparável He went after
her after she
left the room.
Go after
sb/sth
Go against
sb/
sth
Go ahead
Go ahead
(with sth)
Go away
Go back
(to ...)
Tentar alcançar
algo ou alguém
Resistir, oporse
a algo ou
alguém
Ir na frente de
outras pessoas e
chegar antes
delas
Começar a
fazer algo
Partir, ir
embora; ir
viajar
Retornar a
algum lugar
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
We are both
going after the
same job.
He always goes
against his
parents' way of
thinking.
I'll go ahead
and tell them
you are on the
way.
Please go
ahead and eat
before the food
gets cold.
Go away and
think about it,
then let me
know. / I'm
going away on
business.
She doesn't
want to go
back to her

Go back to
sth
Go for
sb/sth
Voltar a falar
sobre algo que
aconteceu ou
foi dito
anteriormente.
Ser válido para
alguém/algo;
achar atraente,
gostar de
alguém ou algo
Inseparável
Inseparável
husband
(= to live with
him again).
Can I go back
to what you
said at the
beginning of
the meeting?
What I said
about Jane
goes for you,
too. / I
don't really go
for modern art.
Go
together/
with sth
Go
without
sth
Grow
apart
experiência,
etc.
financial crisis.
Combinar Inseparável Does this
jacket go with
blouse?
Passar sem algo Inseparável How long can
a human being
go without
sleep?
Deixar de ter
uma relação
próxima com
alguém por um
certo período
Inseparável
My best friend
and I grew
apart after we
entered at
college.
Go in
Go off
Go off
Go on
Go out
Go out
with
sb/together
Go over
sth
Go
through
sth
Entrar em
algum lugar
Disparar
(arma);
explodir
(bomba);
disparar
(alarme);
apagar-se (luz,
eletricidade)
Estragar
(alimentos)
Acontecer,
suceder,
continuar (uma
situação, a vida,
o tempo, etc)
Sair para ir a
uma festa,
restaurante,
eventos sociais,
etc.; apagar-se
(luzes, fogo)
Namorar, sair
com alguém
Examinar,
checar, revisar
algo
cuidadosamente
Atravessar,
passar por
alguma
situação,
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Let's go in, it's
getting cold.
The bomb went
off in a
crowded street.
/ Everybody
had to leave
the building
when the
fire alarm went
off.
Put the food in
the fridge,
otherwise it
will go off.
What was
going on there?
/ They can't go
on
like this - they
seem to be
always
arguing.
We are going
out for dinner
tonight. / There
was
a power cut
and the lights
went out.
Damon has
been going out
with Karen for
seven months.
Go over your
essay before
you hand it in.
Our company
has gone
through a
Grow back
Grow up
Hand
sth
back
Hand
sth
down (to
sb)
Hand
sth
in (to sb)
Hand
sthout
Hang in
Hang on
Crescer
novamente
Crescer
(pessoa), parar
de ter um
comportamento
infantil,
desenvolver
algo
gradualmente
Inseparável
Inseparável
My daysies
grew back this
summer.
They grew up
in Ohio. / Why
don't you grow
up? / A
closeness grew
up between the
two girls.
Devolver Separável I handed the
book back to
her.
Dar ou deixar
algo para
alguém que é
mais novo
Dar, entregar
algo a alguém
Distribuir algo
para um grupo
de pessoas
Persistir, ser
positivo
Esperar por
pouco tempo,
parar algo que
se está fazendo,
segurar
firmemente
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
I handed my
old comick
books down to
my little
cousin.
You must all
hand your
assignments in
by the
end of next
week.
Could you
hand these
books out,
please?
Hang in there.
I'm sure you'll
find an
apartment very
soon.
Hang on a
minute. I'll be
right back. /
Hang on tight!
327

Hang out
Hang up
Passar bastante
tempo em
algum lugar ou
com algumas
pessoas
Desligar o
telefone
Inseparável
Inseparável
Their children
hang out at the
mall. / I don't
really know
who she hangs
out with him.
I said goodbye
and hung up
the phone.
VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Have sth on /
have got sth
on
Hold sb/sthback
Hold sth
back
Hold on
Hold onto sb/
sth
Hold sb/sthup
Hold up sth
Vestir, usar Separável She didn't
have any
lipstick on,
which was
unusual. / I
had on a
pair of
jeans and a
T-shirt.
Conter algo ou
alguém
Esconder algo
de alguém,
esconder um
sentimento
Aguardar por
pouco tempo,
parar algo que
se está fazendo
Segurar
firmemente
Atrasar,
bloquear
alguém ou
algo; usar
alguém ou algo
como exemplo
Assaltar um
banco, uma
loja, etc.
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Inseparável
The police
were unable
to hold
back the
crowd.
He held his
tears back
at his
father's
funeral.
Hold on a
minute. I'll
be right
back.
Hold on!
This isn't
the right
street.
Hold onto
your hat
because it's
too windy
outside.
An accident
is holding
up traffic.
She's
always
holding up
her children
as models
of good
behavior
A man in a
black coat
held up the
Hurry up
(with sth)
Join in (sth/
doing sth)
Join in (with
sb/sth)
bank this
morning.
Apressar-se Inseparável Hurry up
with the
pen. I need
it.
Tomar parte,
participar
Inseparável
She listens
but she
never joins
in.
Keep on Continuar Inseparável I can't keep
on doing
the same
thing every
day.
Keep sth from
sb
Keep up (with
sb/sth)
Keep sthup
Leave sb/sth
out
Let sbdown
Log in/on
Log off/out
Look after
yourself/sb/sth
Não falar algo
para alguém
Manter-se no
mesmo nível;
manter o
padrão de algo,
continuar a
fazer algo
Não incluir ou
mencionar algo
ou alguém,
deixar algo ou
alguém de fora
Decepcionar
alguém
Iniciar a sessão
(informática)
Encerrar a
sessão
(informática)
Cuidar de si
mesmo, de
alguém ou de
algo
Separável
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
We kept
our relation
from our
parents for
one year.
If you keep
those
results up
you will get
into a
great
college.
Can you
check the
guest list
for me? I
don't want
to leave
anyone out.
She left out
the 'm' in
his name.
He won't let
you down.
You need a
password to
log on.
Don't forget
to log off
when
you've
finished
using
the
computer.
Can you
look after
my baby
while I go
to the
328

Look down on
sb/sth
Look forward
to sth
Look into sth
Look out for
sb/sth
Look sthover
Look sthup
Look up to sb
Look through
sth
Make up /
Make
yourself/sb
up
Make sthup
Desprezar algo
ou alguém
Estar ansioso
por algo que
está para
acontecer
Examinar,
investigar
Ter cuidado
com alguém ou
algo
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
corner
store? /
Don't worry
about me –
I can look
after
myself.
She looks
down on
people who
haven't
been to
college.
I'm looking
forward to
the next
costume
party.
The police
looked into
the
disturbance.
Look out!
There's a
car coming.
Checar algo Separável We looked
the house
over once
again
before we
decided we
would rent
it.
Procurar algo
(num
dicionário,
livro, etc.)
Admirar,
respeitar
alguém
Examinar, ler
algo
rapidamente
Maquilar-se,
maquilar
alguém
Criar (música,
história, etc.);
inventar
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Separável
I looked the
word up in
the
dictionary
but I
couldn't
find it.
My
husband has
always
looked up
to me.
She looked
through her
notes before
the exam.
She went to
the
bathroom to
make her
face up.
Richard
was late for
class so he
Make up (with
sb)
Mess around
Mess about
(BrE)
Mix sb/sth up
Move
in/Move into
sth
Own up (to
sth)
Pack up/Pack
sthup
(história,
desculpa);
mentir algo
made up an
excuse.
Fazer as pazes Inseparável Why don't
you make
up with
me?
Vadiar, ficar à
toa, ficar sem
fazer nada
Confundir algo
ou alguém
Mudar-se para
nova casa ou
apartamento
Admitir,
confessar
Guardar suas
coisas
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Will you
stop
messing
around and
get on with
some work?
/ We spent
the day
messing
around
on the
river.
I think you
must be
mixing up
with
someone
else.
Our
neighbors
moved in
yesterday.
Don't be
afraid to
own up yor
mistakes.
We arrived
just as the
musicians
were
packing up
their
instruments.
Pass away Falecer Inseparável My
grandfather
passed
away last
year.
Pass out Desmaiar Inseparável It was so
hot in the
church that
an elderly
lady passed
out.
Pass sthup
Recusar
(geralmente
algo muito
bom)
Separável
I pased the
job up
because I
don't like
changes.
Pay sb back Devolver o Separável I'll pay you
329

330
dinheiro
emprestado
back next
week.
VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Pick
sb/sthout
Pick
sb/sthup
Point
sb/sthout (to
sb)
Point out
(to sb) /
Point
sthout (to
sb)
Put sthaway
Put sbdown
Put sthdown
Put sboff
Put sthoff
Escolher algo ou
alguém
Pegar, apanhar,
buscar alguém
(com carro)
Apontar para
algo ou alguém
Apontar, chamar
atenção de algo
para alguém
Separável
Separável
Separável
Separável
She was picked
out from
dozens of
applicants for
the job. / I
picked three
skirts out for
you to try on.
I'll pick you up
at the airport at
five.
I'll point him
out to you next
time he comes
in.
He pointed out
the dangers of
driving at
night.
Guardar algo Separável To her surprise,
she found that
all the
Humilhar,
depreciar alguém
Largar, soltar
algo, colocar
algo no chão
Adiar/Cancelar
um encontro
com alguém;
perturbar,
distrair,
desconcentrar
alguém; fazer
alguém perder a
vontade
(de algo/de fazer
algo)
Separável
Separável
Separável
dishes had been
washed and put
away.
The students
put the
substitute
teacher
down because
his pants were
too short.
You can put the
fruits down on
the table.
It's too late to
put them off
now. / Don't
put me off
when I'm trying
to concentrate.
/ Don't tell Lisa
how hard the
course is –
you'll put her
off!
Adiar Separável He keeps
putting off
going to the
Put sthon
Put sbout
Put sthout
Put sthout
Put sthtogether
Put up
with
sb/sth
Run
across
sb/sth
Run
away
from
sb/sth
Run into
sb/sth
Run sth
into
sb/sth
Run out
Run out
(of sth)
Run
sb/sthover
Vestir, colocar
algo; ganhar
peso
Causar
inconveniência,
aborrecer,
ofender alguém
Tirar algo,
colocar fora
Apagar (vela,
cigarro, fogo,
etc.)
Preparar, montar
algo (refeição,
trabalho,
aparelho, etc.)
Tolerar, aguentar
algo ou alguém
Encontrar algo
ou alguém por
acaso
Deixar alguém
ou algum lugar
inesperadamente,
fugir de algo ou
alguém
Topar, bater,
atropelar algo ou
alguém
Bater (veículo)
em algo ou
alguém
Vencer, expirar,
acabar, esgotarse
Separável
Separável
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Inseparável
dentist.
Put your coat
on! / He must
have put on
several
kilos.
We hope our
arriving late
didn't put her
out.
Put the garbage
out, please.
Firemen soon
put the fire out.
I have to put
the crib
together before
the
baby arrives.
I don't know
how she puts
up with him.
I ran across my
best friend
from school in
the street.
He ran away
from home
without saying
anything.
The bus went
out of control
and ran into a
line of people.
He ran his car
into a tree last
Saturday.
Time is
running out for
the trapped
miners.
Terminar, acabar Inseparável We ran out of
shampoo, so I
had to wash
Atropelar algo
ou alguém
Separável
my hair with
soap.
Two children
were ran over
in this street
yesterday.

Run over
sth
Sell out
(of sth)
Send for
Set off
Set sbup
Set sthup
Settle
down
Revisar Inseparável She ran over
her text before
handing it to
her teacher.
Esgotar-se
(entradas,
ingressos, etc)
Mandar buscar,
chamar, mandar
chamar
Partir (em
viagem)
Enganar alguém,
armar uma cilada
Montar,
construir,
colocar algo,
combinar algo
Inseparável
Inseparável
Inseparável
Separável
Separável
The tickets sold
out within
hours. / I'm
sorry, We've
sold out of
bread.
Send for a
doctor,
quickly!
At what time
do we set off
tomorrow? The
earlier, the
better.
The police set
up the car thief
by using a
hidden camera.
Our boss set a
meeting up
with the
president of the
company. /
The police set
up roadblocks
on routes out of
the
city.
Acalmar-se Inseparável What Liz really
wanted was to
get married and
settle down.
VERBO SIGNIFICADO TIPO EXEMPLO
Shop
around
Show
off
Show
sb/sthoff
Comparar a
qualidade e/ou
os preços
Inseparável
I want to
shop around
a little
before
buying my
new car.
Exibir-se Inseparável He is
showing off
because the
girl he likes
is here.
Mostrar, exibir
algo ou alguém
pelo qual se
tem orgulho
Separável
She likes to
show off
how well
she speaks
Show
up
Show
sbup
Sit
down
Sleep
over
Sort
sthout
Speak
up
Stand
back
Aparecer,
chegar a algum
lugar.
Envergonhar
alguém
Inseparável
Separável
French.
She finally
showed up.
He showed
me up by
snoring
during the
concert.
Sentar Inseparável He sat down
on the bed.
Dormir uma
noite na casa de
alguém
Organizar,
resolver um
problema
Inseparável
Separável
Can I sleep
over at my
friend's
house?
We have
sorted out
our
problems
and
everything
is fine now.
Falar mais alto Inseparável Speak up! I
can't hear a
word you
are saying!
Afastar-se,
recuar
Inseparável
The police
ordered the
crowd to
stand back.
Stay up Ficar acordado Inseparável I stayed up
late
yesterday.
Stick to
sth
Sum
up/Sum
sthup
Switch
sth
off
Switch
sth
on
Continuar a
fazer algo
Inseparável
She finds it's
impossible
to stick to a
diet.
Resumir Separável Can I just
sum up what
we've
agreed so
far?
Desligar,
apagar algo
Ligar, acender
algo
Separável
Separável
Please
switch the
lights off as
you leave.
We heard
the news as
soon as we
switched on
the car
331

332
Take
after sb
Take
sth
apart
Take
sth
back
Take
off
Take
sthoff
Take
sbout
Take
sthout
Take
sth
over
Take
sthup
Take up
sth
Parecer-se ou
comportar-se
com algum
membro mais
velho da
família
Inseparável
radio.
I take after
my mother.
We are both
impatient.
Desmontar algo Separável He took the
car brakes
apart and
found the
problem.
Devolver algo
(em alguma
loja), retirar
algo que se
disse
Separável
I have to
take our new
TV back
because it
doesn't
work. / OK,
I take it all
back.
Decolar Inseparável The plane
took off two
hours later.
Tirar algo (peça
de roupa,
sapato, joias,
etc.)
Levar alguém
para sair
Separável
Separável
Come in and
take your
shoes off.
My
grandparents
took us out
for dinner
and a movie.
Tirar algo Separável Can you
take the
garbage out
for me?
Assumir o
controle de
algo, tomar
conta de algo
Aprender ou
começar a fazer
algo
Ocupar algo
(espaço, tempo)
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
A Swedish
firm took
over the
company
last year.
She took up
languages
and now she
speaks
Chinese
quite well.
Looking for
a place to
live has
been taking
up all
Talk sb
into/out
Tear
sthup
Tell
sboff
Think
back (to
sth)
Think
sth
over
Throw
sthaway
VERBO
Turn
sb/sthdown
Turn sthdown
Converncer
alguém,
persuadir
Destruir algo
rasgando em
pedaços
Dar bronca em
alguém
Pensar em algo
que aconteceu
no passado
Refletir sobre
algo, considerar
algo
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparável
Separável
my time
recently.
I didn't want
to move
abroad but
my husband
talked me
into it.
She tored up
all the letter
he had sent
her.
The
manager
tells you off
if you arrive
late.
I keep
thinking
back to day
I met him.
I'll have to
think this
job offer
over before I
make
my final
decision.
Jogar algo fora Separável We threw
away our
old furniture
when we
won
SIGNIFICAD
O
Rejeitar/Recu
sar algo ou
alguém
Abaixar algo
(volume),
diminuir (luz,
calor)
TIPO
Separável
Separável
Turn into Tornar-se Inseparáv
el
the lottery.
EXEMPLO
Why did she
turn down
your
invitation?
Please turn
the volume
down.
She wasn't a
pretty child
but she
turned into a
beautiful

Turn sthoff
Turn sthon
Turn over /
Turn
sb/sthover
Turn up
Turn sthup
Try sthon
Try
sb/sth
out
Use sthup
Wait up for
sb
Wake up
Wake up to
sth
Warm up
Apagar algo
(luz), fechar
algo
(torneira),
desligar algo
(TV, motor)
Acender
(luz), abrir
(torneira),
ligar (TV,
motor)
Virar, virarse,
virar
alguém ou
algo
Chegar,
aparecer
Aumentar
(volume, luz,
etc.)
Experimentar
algo (roupas,
sapatos, etc.)
Testar ou usar
algo ou
alguém
Separável
Separável
Separável
Inseparáv
el
Separável
Separável
Separável
woman.
Please turn
the television
off before
you go to
bed.
I'll turn on
the heating.
He turned
over and
went back to
sleep.
Our dog
turned up
after we put
posters up all
over the
neighbourho
od.
Could you
turn the TV
up?
Try the shoes
on before
you by them.
They are
trying a new
presenter out
for the show.
Acabar algo Separável Making soup
is a good
way of using
up leftover
vegetables.
Esperar
acordado por
alguém
Ficar mais
atento e
interessado
Dar-se conta
de algo
Fazer o
aquecimento
Inseparáv
el
Inseparáv
el
Inseparáv
el
Inseparáv
el
I'll wait up
for you.
Wake up and
listen!
He hasn't yet
woken up to
the
seriouness of
the situation.
I always
warm up by
Warm
sb/sthup
Warm
sthup
Wear off
Wear out /
wear sthout
Wear
sb/yourself
out
Work out
Work sthout
Write sth
down
(esporte),
esquentar
(motor)
Ficar mais
entusiasmado,
fazer algo ou
alguém ficar
mais animado
Esquentar
algo (comida)
Desaparecer,
passar
Separável
Separável
Inseparáv
el
doing situps
before I go
for a run.
The party
soon warmed
up
You have to
warm the
rice up.
The effects
of the drug
will soon
wear off.
Desgastar Separável They are
trying to
design tyres
that do not
wear
Esgotar-se,
esgotar
alguém
Dar certo,
exercitar-se
Calcular;
resolver um
problema,
descobrir a
resposta de
algo.
Separável
Inseparáv
el
Separável
out. / He
wore out two
pairs of
boots during
one winter.
The kids
have worn
me out.
I work out
regularly to
keep fit. /
Things have
worked out
quite well for
us.
He worked out
the answer. /
They will
work out the
problem. / I
couldn't work
out where the
music was
coming from.
Anotar algo Separável Work on
your own
and write
down the
answers to
these
questions.
333

EXERCISES
Toronto wants the world to discover what our city has to
offer. And how better to do that than by putting the
world in touch with the people who know and love
Toronto the best – the people who live here.
How does TAP into TO! work?
We have lined up an array of energetic, knowledgeable
volunteer Torontonians, who are ready, willing and able
to show you their favourite parts of Toronto.
Tell us when you'll be visiting, when you have two to
four hours of free time and what neighbourhood you
would like to see.
We'll match you up with a greeter who shares your area
of interest and you'll be set to go.
Please give us at least one week notice to make the
match. It is also important to note that the greeter visits
cannot be arranged for the first day of arrival in the city –
just in case you are unavoidably delayed on your arrival.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 9 set.
2013. (Adaptado).
1. The phrasal verb in the title, “Tap Into TO!”, is best
expressed by the phrase
a) connect with Toronto.
b) stay a while in Toronto.
c) stop over in Toronto.
d) take a day in Toronto.
e) go about Toronto.
I am happy to join 1 __________ you today in what will
go down in history as the greatest demonstration for
freedom in the history of our nation.
In the process 2 __________ gaining our rightful place we
must not be guilty of wrongful deeds. Let us not seek to
satisfy our thirst for freedom 3 __________ drinking from
the cup of bitterness and hatred. We must forever
conduct our struggle on the high plane of dignity and
discipline. We must not allow our creative protest to
degenerate into physical violence. 4 The marvelous new
militancy which has engulfed the 15 Negro community
must not lead us to distrust of 8 all white people, for
13
many of our white brothers, as evidenced by 5 their
presence here today, have come to realize that their
destiny is tied up with our destiny and their freedom is
17
inextricably bound to our freedom. We cannot walk
alone.
I have a 9 dream that one day 11 this nation will rise up and
18 live out the true 16 meaning of 6 its creed: “We hold
these truths to be self-evident: that all men are created
equal.” I have a dream that my four little children will
one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by
the color of their skin but by the content of their
character.
19 This is our hope. This is the faith that I go back to the
South with. When we allow 10 freedom to 12 ring, when we
let 7 it ring from every state and every city, we will speed
up that 14 day when all of God’s children, black men and
white men, Jews and Gentiles, Protestants and Catholics,
will join hands and sing the old Negro spiritual, “Free at
last! free at last! thank God Almighty, we are free at
last!”
Adaptado de: LUTHER KING JR., Martin. I have a dream. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 06 set.
2013.
2. A melhor tradução para live out (ref. 18), conforme
empregado no texto, é
a) deixar de fora.
b) eliminar.
c) viver fora.
d) pôr em prática.
e) defender.
Answer the questions with information from the text.
Candy Crush Saga: ‘70% of the people on the last
level haven’t paid anything’
King’s games guru is Tommy Palm, on the game that’s
being played 700m times a day on smartphones and
tablets!
Candy Crush Saga has become a craze on Facebook, iOS
and Android alike.
334

The key stat is right there in the headline: seven in ten
people who’ve reached the last level of wildly-popular
mobile game Candy Crush Saga 9 haven’t spent any
money on in-app purchases.
This may come as a surprise. Hardcore gamers (and a
fair few developers) often attack King’s puzzler as the
epitome of dreadful, money-sucking freemium gaming,
exploiting people too stupid to realize they’re being
exploited.
It’s gaming 1 snobbery of the worst kind, and not because
Candy Crush doesn’t sometimes 3 feel over-aggressive in
the way its difficulty curve 4 nudges 5 players towards inapp
6 purchases – it sometimes 2 does – 7 but because it’s
based on a view of casual gamers as little more than lab
rats, tapping buy-buttons when commanded rather than
seeking “proper” games elsewhere.
As a player, I 8 ducked out of Candy Crush Saga when I
hit my personal ceiling of fun versus payment. As a
journalist, though, I feel like defending the game against
its 10 fiercer critics, who seem to think its players are
incapable of making similar decisions.
candy-crush-
http://www.theguardian.com/technology/appsblog/2013/sep/10/
saga-king-interview
3. All the words below are related to the phrasal verb
“ducked out” (ref. 8), EXCEPT
a) stop.
b) quit.
c) slip away.
d) step out.
e) see through.
Studying Abroad: the benefits
James Donald asks experts around the world to
identify the top benefits of studying abroad, and key
factors to consider when choosing a location.
“Graduate study is beneficial in providing the
opportunity for students to study in a different country”,
says Elizabeth Dalferes, Assistant Director of Admission
and Graduate Program Administration at Tulane Law
School. “With a wealth of universities offering graduate
programs around the world, students will often pursue a
master's degree at a foreign institution to gain a unique
cultural experience while acquiring new skills”.
1
To sum up, Dee Roach says that some of the
benefits of studying abroad include:
Independence: You obviously have to cope on
your own when you are studying abroad. You have to be
able to look after yourself and sort out your own affairs.
Culture: The best way of finding out about
another culture is by immersing yourself in it, and you
can only do that by living in a country. Once you are
working, your holiday or experiences overseas might be
limited to only two to four weeks per year, so, studying
abroad is a great opportunity to remain in a country and
learn all about it over a longer period of time.
Career: Anyone who is able to put on their CV
that they studied abroad is at a great advantage in terms
of impressing future employers. At a very basic level, it
will give you something to talk about in an interview.
But much more importantly, it will prove to your
potential employer that you have the ability to stand on
your own two feet, that you can fit in when placed in
different environments, and that you are resourceful and
have initiative.
Retrieved and adapted from http://www.topuniversities.com/studentinfo/studying-abroad/studying-abroad-benefits.
Access on March 18th, 2014
4. The verb “To sum up” (ref. 1) introduces:
a) new information about the topic.
b) extra explanation on the subject.
c) a summary of the main ideas.
d) a detailed description of the content.
e) an unfavorable judgment, if compared to the first
part of the text.
335

5.
2012’s Second Sun
Earth is believed to be getting a second sun burning in
the sky near the end of 2012, as the second biggest star
in the universe, Betelgeuse, is dying, which will lead to
“multiple days of constant daylight.”
336
[…] Oh the cell phone! Everyone knows how important
personal cell phones have become to teens. 3 In fact,
TeenFrontier.com reports that 25% of cell phone
4
revenues come from teens. 2 As important as your cell
phone is, summer job etiquette demands that teenagers
take steps to curb the use of personal cell phones in the
workspace. To be considered a professional working teen
at a summer job, 1 keep cell phones off, avoid texting and
keep earpieces out of sight while working. […]
DIAS, Reinildes; JUCÁ, Leina; FARIA, Raquel. Prime: inglês para o ensino
médio. São Paulo: Macmillan, 2010. (Adaptado.)
Em relação aos recursos linguísticos utilizados no texto,
pode-se afirmar que
I. Keep... off (ref. 1) é um phrasal verb e significa
‘manter distância’.
II. Em “As important as your cell fone is...” (ref. 2), há
uma comparação de superioridade implícita.
III. In fact (ref. 3) é um marcador do discurso e indica
uma reformulação.
IV. O vocábulo revenues (ref. 4) é um termo cognato.
V. O trecho “keep cell phones off, avoid texting and keep
earpieces out of sight while working.” (ref. 1) expressa
um conselho.
Estão CORRETAS
a) I, III e V.
b) I e III.
c) I, II e V.
d) III e IV.
e) I e V.
Many ancient cultures 4
have speculated about the
appearance of a second sun and this event appears to 1 tie
in very closely with the December 21 2012 predictions.
Betelgeuse is the second 2 biggest star in the universe and
the eighth 3 brightest in the night sky, Scientists 5 have
determined that the star is losing mass at a rapid rate,
which indicates it will go supernova very soon.
The light emitted from this exploding star will be so
bright that it will appear for a few weeks at the end of
2012 as a second sun in the sky. There may be little if no
period of darkness or night according to senior lecturer
of physics at the University of Southern Queensland,
Brad Carter.
Earth will experience “brightness for a brief period of
time for a couple of weeks and then over the coming
months it begins to fade and then eventually it will be
very hard to see at all,” explained the Australian scientist
Brad Carter to news.com.au.
Scientist 6 have known about this dying star which is 640
light years away from Earth, since 2005. It is believed
that as Betelgeuse goes supernova it will not be harmful
to Earth. “There will be neutrinos emitted during the
supernova process, said University of Minnesota physics
professor Priscilla Cushman, but neutrinos, even lots and
lots of them, are only weakly interacting, so they won't
affect life on earth,” but that is only speculation at this
point.
The fact is, we as human beings have never experienced
anything like this before so close to our home planet, and
to be honest, we just don’t know for sure what this event
could bring.
(www.december212012.com) on 30/08/11

6. Mark the correct alternative.
The phrasal verb “tie in” (ref. 1) means:
a) to match
b) to go against to
c) to determine
d) to fix
e) to fasten
What it says:
"All procedures were
approved by the Internal
Ethics Review Board"
“Samples were treated
with 0.03% sodium citrate
buffer for 60.3 min. at
37.4 deg with 20.5 mg/kg
poly(I:C) dissolved in
0.97% sterile PBS volume
of 8.2 ml/kg”
“The solution was isolated
using catalyst
CH2CI2/Et20 4:1 in 71%
yield as a mixture of 1 H
NMR (CDCI3) 7.90
(ddd, J=3.2, 5.2, 20.4 Hz,
1H), 7.30 (dd, J=0,8, 2.0
Hz, 1H)”
“Measurements were
performed with –1.74<

338
kids the tools they need to react appropriately to bullying
situations. Bullying should not be rewarded or tolerated.
Sincerely yours,
Martha Pickerill
Managing Editor, TIME For Kids
(Fonte: adaptado de http://www.edpubs.gov/document/ed005149p.pdf?ck=308;
acesso em 06.09.2011)
8. A expressão “cope with” indica a ideia de:
a) cooperar com
b) lidar com
c) livrar-se de
d) atacar
e) compartilhar
THE LEGEND OF THE CRYSTAL SKULLS
The truth behind Indiana Jones's latest quest
Jane MacLaren Walsh*
Sixteen years ago, a heavy package addressed to
the nonexistent "Smithsonian Institution Curator,
Mesoamerican Museum, Washington, D.C." was
delivered to the National Museum of American History.
It was accompanied by an unsigned letter stating: "This
Aztec crystal skull, purported to be part of the Porfirio
Díaz 3 collection, was purchased in Mexico in 1960. I am
offering 2 it to the Smithsonian without consideration."
Richard Ahlborn, then curator of the Hispanic-American
collections, knew of my expertise in Mexican
archaeology and called me to ask whether I knew
anything about the object - an eerie, milky white crystal
skull 14 considerably larger than a human head.
I told him I knew of a life-sized crystal skull on
display at the British Museum, and had seen a smaller
version the Smithsonian had 15 once exhibited as a fake.
After we spent a few minutes puzzling over the meaning
and significance of this unusual artifact, he asked
whether the department of anthropology would be
interested in accepting it for the national collections. I
said yes without hesitation. 1 If the skull turned out to be
a genuine pre-Columbian Mesoamerican artifact, 13 such
a rare object should definitely become part of the
national collections.
I couldn't have imagined then that this
16 unsolicited donation would open an entirely new
avenue of research for me. In the years since the package
arrived, my investigation of this single skull has led me
to research the history of pre-Columbian collections in
museums around the world, and I have collaborated with
a 17 broad range of international scientists and museum
curators who have also crossed paths with crystal skulls.
Studying these artifacts has prompted new research into
pre-Columbian lapidary (or stone working) technology,
particularly the carving of hard stones like jadeite and
quartz.
Crystal skulls have undergone serious scholarly
scrutiny, but they also excite the popular imagination
because they seem so mysterious. Theories about their
origins abound. Some believe the skulls are the
handiwork of the 5 Maya or Aztecs, but 4 they have also
become the subject of constant discussion on occult
websites. Some insist that they originated on a sunken
continent or in a far-away galaxy. And now they are
poised to become archaeological superstars thanks to our
celluloid colleague Indiana Jones, who will tackle the
subject of our research in Indiana Jones and the
Kingdom of the Crystal Skull. Details about the movie's
plot are being closely guarded by the film's producers as
I write this, but the Internet rumor mill has it that the
crystal skull of the title is the creation of aliens.
Although nearly all of the crystal skulls have at
times been identified as Aztec, Toltec, Mixtec, or
occasionally Maya, they do not reflect the artistic or
stylistic characteristics of any of these cultures. [...] I
believe that all of the smaller crystal skulls that
constitute the first generation of fakes were made in
Mexico around the time they were sold, between 1856
and 1880. [...]
British Museum scientist Margaret Sax and I
examined the British Museum and Smithsonian 7 skulls
under light and scanning electron microscope and
conclusively determined that they were carved with
relatively modern lapidary equipment, 6
which were
unavailable to pre-Columbian Mesoamerican carvers. So
why have crystal 9 skulls had such a long and successful
run, and why do some museums continue to exhibit
8 them, despite their 18lack of archaeological context and
obvious iconographic, stylistic, and technical problems?
12 Though the British Museum exhibits its skulls as
examples of 11 fakes, 10 others still offer them up as the
genuine article. Mexico's national museum, for example,
identifies its skulls as the work of Aztec and Mixtec
artisans. Perhaps it is because, like the Indiana Jones
movies, these macabre objects are reliable crowd-

pleasers. [...]
From: Archaeology. Volume 61, Number 3, May/June 2008
*Jane MacLaren Walsh is an anthropologist at the Smithsonian's National
Museum of Natural History.
and thorough, because often these places where species
and/or cultures are down to the wire are remote and hard
to get to and dangerous to move around in, and this may
be the only detailed treatment they get.
http://www.dispatchesfromthevanishingworld.com/index.html
9. In "If the skull turned out to be a genuine pre-
Columbian artifact" (ref. 1), "turned out" could be
replaced by
a) proved.
b) seemed.
c) claimed.
d) pretended.
e) assumed.
Dispatches from the Vanishing World
50 acres of tropical rainforest are said to be disappearing
every minute. Millions of species of animals and plants
around the world are going extinct at an everaccelerating
rate, many of them before they can even be
identified or their existence is even known. (This
particularly unfortunate type of extinction is known as
Sentinelan extinction.) 2000 of the world's 6000
remaining languages have less than 12 speakers and will
be lost within this generation. The world's cultural and
biological diversity is under assault as never before in
recorded history. What is the cause of the greatest
extinction event in the last ten thousand years? Not a
meteor strike or a volcanic eruption, or the advance or
retraction of an ice sheet, but our very success as a
species. Human population growth and the spread of
modern culture are 1 doing in the planet. Rapidly
multiplying local people need land and its resources -
wood for fuel, water, wild animals to eat, gold and
diamonds and other minerals for income.
Dispatches from the Vanishing World is a forum for
documenting and raising consciousness about the world's
fast-disappearing biological and cultural diversity. It
provides first-hand, in-depth reporting from the last
relatively pristine places on earth, identifies who and
what is destroying them, and who is engaged in the
heroic and often life-threatening struggle to save them. It
provides foundations involved in environmental or
cultural preservation with two services: 1) a full,
independent assessment of their program or cause, and 2)
publicity by adapting the assessment for publication in
one of the top American magazines or as a book.
This is a reader's website. The Dispatches will be long
10. The expression "doing in" (ref. 1) means
a) destroying.
b) banishing.
c) saving.
d) multiplying.
TEXTO 1
1,000 Mira stars
The first detailed study of variable stars in a galaxy
outside our Local Group has turned up more than 1,000
luminous red variables in Centaurus A, a giant elliptical
galaxy 13 million light-years away. The variable stars
are mostly "Mira type", which means they vary by more
than 2.5 magnitudes over periods that range between 100
and 1,000 days.
Mira was the first long-period variable discovered and
experiences a 1,500-fold change in 1 brightness over a
period of 11 months. Mira is a red giant; nearly all red
giants are variable stars. The pulsations in a red giant's
luminosity are caused by dramatic fluctuations in the
star's temperature and size due to its end-of-life phase.
Detecting the variable stars confirms the existence of
intermediate-age stars in the halo of Centaurus A. This
provides a window on the stellar contents of giant
elliptical galaxies and helps scientists understand how
these galaxies form. The relationship between the
luminosity and the period in the variable stars'
fluctuations also confirms previous distance estimates of
Centaurus A.
(by Kelly K. Whitt, Astronomy, October, 2003. p.28)
11. The expression to turn up as in "has turned up"
means the same as
a) to create.
b) to arrive.
c) to increase.
d) to discover.
e) to appear.
339

340
What is life? To the 6 physicist the two distinguishing
features of 1
living systems are complexity and
organization. Even a simple 2 single-celled organism,
primitive as it is, displays an intricacy and 7 fidelity
unmatched by any product of human 8
ingenuity.
Consider, for example, a 3
lowly bacterium. 4
Close
inspection 9 reveals a complex network of function and
form. The bacterium may interact with its environment
in a variety of ways, propelling itself, attacking enemies,
moving towards or away from 10 external 5 stimuli,
exchanging material in a controlled fashion. Its internal
workings resemble a vast city in organization. Much of
the control 11 rests with the cell nucleus, wherein is also
contained the genetic 'code', the chemical blue print that
enables the bacterium to replicate. The chemical
structures that control and direct all this activity may
involve molecules with as many as a million atoms
strung together in a complicated yet highly specific way.
(...)
It is important to appreciate that a biological organism is
made from perfectly ordinary atoms. (...) An atom of
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, or phosphorus inside a living
cell is no different from a similar atom out-side, and
there is a steady stream of such atoms passing into and
out of all biological organisms. Clearly, then, life cannot
be reduced to a property of an organism's constituent
parts. Life is not a cumulative phenomenon like, for
example, weight. For though we may not doubt that a cat
or a geranium is living, we would search in vain for any
sign that an individual catatom or geranium-atom is
living.
Sometimes this appears paradoxical. How can a
collection of inanimate atoms be animate? Some people
have argued that it is impossible to build life out of nonlife,
so there must be an additional, non-material,
ingredient within all living things - a life-force - or
spiritual essence which owes its origin, ultimately, to
God. This is the ancient doctrine of vitalism.
An argument frequently used in support of vitalism
concerns behaviour. A characteristic feature of living
things is that they appear to behave in a purposive way,
as though towards a specific end.
(PAUL DAVIES. God and the New Physics. N.Y. - Simon & Schuster,
Inc.,1984.)
12. A expressão RESTS WITH, (ref. 11) do texto, quer
dizer:
resta ao.
a) é responsabilidade do.
b) responde pelo.
c) interage com.
d) descansa no.
Looking at today's dictionaries
Change is not something that people tend to associate
with dictionaries. Changing these highly labor-intensive
products is not to be undertaken lightly. The heavy cost
of dictionary production, and the penalty to be paid for
errors of judgement, have made it almost impossible for
any radically new dictionary to 1 come into being. Of
2 course our dictionaries of the present do look a little
different from their predecessors, and do behave a little
better (it is becoming rarer now to find dictionaries with
3 hermetically sealed nuggets of information coded up to
defy interpretation by all but the dogged few); they may
even come to you on a CD-ROM rather than in book
form, but underneath these superficial modernizations
lurks the same old dictionary. Some of the more
innovative may introduce a few new types of
information, but when it comes to setting out the
meanings of words, giving them definitions or
equivalents in another language, including examples,
idioms, pronunciations, usage notes, cross reference and
the 4 score or so of other kinds of information, 5 tradition
rules supreme.
ATKINS, B.T.S.,Bilingual Dictionaries Past, Present and Future. 2002.
13. "come into being" (ref. 1) means to
a) promote the book production.
b) be accepted by users.
c) start to exist.
d) change its format.
e) become fashionable.
T R E N D S
After Some Sleepy Years, Yo-yos Are Back Up
LIKE INFLUENZA, 1 THE YO-YO rage seems
2 to break out, inexplicably and virulently, every decade
or so. 3 The current craze began in Australia in 1995
before leaping to Japan (where 45,000 players competed

in this year's nationals). U.S. teachers have been
confiscating them in record numbers since spring. In 4 the
latest incarnation, the junk-drawer toy has evolved into a
giddily intricate machine. Industry leader Duncan will
soon add a "clutch" model to match Yomega's popular
Brain, which yanks 'itself' up. Champs prefer the fasterspinning,
longer "sleeping" transaxles. Got the bug bad?
Try 5 the SB-2, fashioned from aircraft aluminum in cool
colors. Cost: $100 a pop.
Newsweek, November 18, 1998. p. 4.
GLOSSARY:
Craze: modismo
Rage: furor
14. The expression TO BREAK OUT (ref. 2) means
a) to begin.
b) to change.
c) to collapse.
d) to diminish.
15. Quais seriam sinônimos para os termos destacados
na frase "I've MADE UP MY MIND to GIVE UP
smoking?":
a) resolved - continue
b) tried - start
c) solved - stop
d) convinced - go on
e) decided - quit
1 1
On the way to the hardware store my husband
and I noticed that our 15-year-old son's bike was parked
outside the drugstore - unlocked and unattended. We
were thoroughly annoyed because during the past year,
two of his bikes had been stolen. 2 In the name of tough
love, we tossed the bike into the back of the truck and
continued with our errands.
2 Several hours later we returned home. Our 17-
year-old daughter met us at the door with a cat-thatswallowed-the-canary
look. "Mom and Dad, the police
were here while you were gone," she reported. "Someone
called in your license-plate number for stealing a bike
from the parking lot at the drugstore."
16. The expression "called in" (par.2) could be
replaced by:
a) memorized.
b) shouted.
c) telephoned.
d) denounced.
e) requested.
17. Como você diria em inglês:
Cuidem das crianças.
Look ________ the children.
Complete com a preposição correta:
a) at
b) for
c) after
d) out
e) over
Propaganda
One of the ways propaganda has been defined
is: persuasive communications directed at a specific
audience that are designed to influence the targeted
audience's opinions, beliefs and emotions in such a way
as to bring about specific, planned alterations in their
behavior. The information communicated by the
propagandist may be true or false, the values appealed to
may be sincerely held by the propagandist or cynically
manipulated, and the presentation may be either logically
and dispassionately argued or rhetorically adapted to
arouse the most irrational emotions and prejudices - but
the message content of propaganda is always deliberately
selected and distorted to lead the audience toward a
predetermined mindset that benefits the cause of the
propagandist.
http://www.auburn.edu/~johnspm/gloss/p.html (with adaptations).
18. No texto, TO KEEP UP WITH significa
a) guardar com cuidado.
b) manter-se atualizado.
c) entender claramente.
d) encontrar facilmente.
e) encomendar por correio.
Reader's Digest - September 1998
341

Many students 5 realize that it is a privilege to
attend university but a few think that university is a place
for recreation. It is 1 true that most campuses have many
fine recreation facilities, but students who 6 spend all
their time watching TV or playing ping-pong or going to
dances 2 soon find out that their work is not satisfactory.
The are usually told that it must improve or they must
7 leave school.
Most freshmen don't 8 know how to plan their
time when they first enter university. They are impressed
with the large number of social activities listed in the
university newspaper and the result is that they want to
attend all of them. The 3 older students try to warn them
of the difficulties that will result, 4 but they seldom
believe what other people say. Later they regret what
happens and they wish that they had taken the advice of
the older students.
How a person budgets his time is very
important. Whoever wants to succeed should plan his
time carefully and stick to his plan. He should allow time
for play as well as for work, but not too much.
(PRANINSKAS, Jean. Rapid Review of English Grammar. (Adapted).
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 1959, page 207
19. "... soon FIND OUT that their work is not
satisfactory" (ref.2)
Na frase anterior, vê-se um "two-word verb", que pode
ser substituído por:
a) confirm
b) declare
c) confess
d) discover
Feeding garlic to animals consistently blocks
cancer. Harvard scientists immunized hamsters against
certain cancers by putting ground-up onions in their
drinking water. A leading researcher on garlic is Michael
Wargovich, at Houston's M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.
He (I) some mice purified diallyl sulfide from garlic, and
others plain mouse grub, followed by powerful
carcinogens. Mice eating the garlic substance had 75
percent fewer colon tumors. More impressive, (II) given
agents that cause esophageal cancer in mice, (III) a
single one getting the diallyl sulfide CAME DOWN
WITH cancer!
342
20. In the above text, the underlined words CAME
DOWN WITH mean
a) go off.
b) was cured of.
c) saw the doctor about.
d) discovered.
e) contracted.
1 For anyone who doubts the value of a college
education, there is unwavering evidence of a
contemporary phenomenon: the link between education
and economic achievement. ln an era when American
incomes are steadily becoming more polarized, the
lifetime earning value of a college degree continues to go
up.
2 ln recent years, however, this trend has been
overshadowed by well-founded concerns about who can
afford to attend college. Students (and their parents)
may feel that they cannot afford to pass up college, yet
also that they can barely afford to go. Using the word
"crisis" to describe the economic state of higher
education, college administrators are focusing on the
strain between access and price - between the need for
people to have a college education in order to compete
effectively in the workplace and dramatic increases in
tuition.
3 According to the Council for Aid to Education,
if tuition rises in the next 20 years as it has in the past 20,
6.7 million students (or half those expected to want it)
will not be able to afford higher education. That will
make it much harder for those people when they enter
the job market; in turn, that will make it harder for their
children, since the educational achievement of one
generation affects the next. After a two-year study, the
council stated that the present economic course of higher
education is "unsustainable".
4 Because a college education is often one of the
bigger investments anyone makes, concerns about what
it costs and how to pay for it are compelling higher
education to rethink how it has operated since soon after
World War ll.
Excerpt from Contemporary Calculus, by Lincain Caplan.
US Nows & World Report, September 1, 1997

21. The verb "to go" may be followed by many
adverbial particles and prepositions that add different
meanings to it. Match the two columns.
I - go up
II - go on
III - go away
IV - go by
R. continue
S. leave
T. rise
U. move
V. pass
Mark the correct match.
a) I - T; II - U; III - S; IV - R.
b) I - T; II - R; III - S; IV - V.
c) I - T; II - V; III - U; IV - R.
d) I - U; II - R; III - S; IV - V.
e) I - U; II - V; III - S; IV - R.
22. Choose the CORRECT answer:
The woman is TAKING CARE of her baby.
She is:
a) looking back on her baby.
b) looking for her baby.
c) looking after her baby.
d) looking down on her baby.
e) looking over her baby.
23. Assinale, a tradução correta dos termos em
maiúsculo.
I DON'T FEEL LIKE being indoors all day. Let's go for
a long walk.
a) Não estou com vontade
b) Não acho ruim
c) Não creio que é uma boa ideia
d) Não concordo
e) Não estou pensando em
1 This is Michael's story.
2 'It would start with a smack. But then there was no
stopping him.
3 He'd lay into me like I was his worst enemy. It was as
if he forgot who I was. But he'd usually remember to hit
me where it wouldn't show.
4 When he didn't, I'd be kept off school. If a teacher
asked me about a cut or a bruise, I'd just lie.
5 Once he broke my arm. Mum told the hospital I'd had
an accident. Finally, a neighbor saw my bruised face, and
reported it.
6 I will always be grateful to my counselor. He said I
wasn't to blame. He helped me to feel better about
myself. He was the father I never had.' There are
thousands of cases similar to Michael's each year, from
every level of society. But they are only the tip of the
iceberg. Thousands more children are the victims of less
obvious forms of cruelty.
7 Some people wouldn't even think of these as abuse.
But imagine being constantly shouted at. Or ignored as if
you don't exist. Or criticized for everything you do.
8 The emotional effects can be just as painful as those
caused by more obvious forms of abuse including low
self-worth, humiliation, loneliness, depression and an
inability to relate to others. Some children have even
been driven to kill themselves.
9 Because of all this, the NSPCC has launched a
campaign called 'A Cry For Children'. It's a cry to
everyone to stop and think about the way they behave
towards children.
10 To listen to them, talk to them and treat them with
respect.
11 And to recognize the impact that any form of cruelty
can have on a child. Please answer the cry.
12 If you, or someone you know is suffering from abuse,
please call the NSPCC Child Protection Helpline on
0800 800 500 any time, day or night.
13 Or if, after reading this, you would find more
information helpful, please call us on 0171 825 2775.
NSPCC
A cry for children
The Independent, 28 March 1996
343

24. Michael said that his father would LAY INTO him
(3rd paragraph). Which one of the following expressions
is NOT synonymous with the phrase written in capital
words?
a) To strike hard, regular slaps and blows.
b) To punch constantly with force.
c) To force someone down on the ground.
d) To strike someone deliberately several times.
e) To smash into someone's body and/or face with your
fists.
25. Choose the correct alternative.
Indicate the meaning of "catch on to" in time following
sentence:
"We didn't quite CATCH ON TO what the teacher said."
a) reach the same standard or level.
b) hear.
c) confirm.
d) believe.
e) understand.
ASK FOR TROUBLE
It must have been about two in the morning when I
returned home. I tried to wake up my wife by ringing the
door-bell, but she was fast asleep, so I got a ladder from
the shed in the garden, put it against the wall, and began
climbing towards the bedroom window.
I was almost there when a sarcastic voice below said;
- "I don't think the windows need cleaning at this time of
the night."
I looked down and nearly fell off the ladder when I saw a
policeman. I immediately regretted answering in the way
I did, but I said:
"I enjoy cleaning windows at night."
"So do I", answered the policeman in the same tone.
"Excuse my interrupting you. I hate to interrupt a man
when he's busy working, but would you mind coming
with me to the station?"
- "Well, I'd prefer to stay here." I said. "You see, I've
forgotten my key."
- "Your what?" he called.
- "My key," I shouted.
344
Fortunately, the shouting woke up my wife who opened
the window just as the policeman had started to climb
towards me.
26. I nearly fell off the ladder. I nearly
a) fell in.
b) fell down.
c) fell over.
d) fell away.
e) fell on.
1 Several decades ago I absolutely detested grammar,
English, and related subjects. As priorities go, this was at
the very bottom of the list of subjects and, as one would
expect, my grades reflected this preference.
2 In later years, however, circumstances led me
throughout 49 of our states and much of western Europe.
This exposure to various cultures, traditions, and
languages has brought about a much greater appreciation
of our languages and its evolution.
3 I have almost become obsessed with this subject now
and have colected quite a few texts on language and
etymology, to say nothing of hundreds of articles clipped
from papers and periodicals.
4 The piece by Wen Smith, "It's Only Me", which
appeared in the Sept./Oct. issue, is the type of article that
turns me on, and it immediately became a piece of my
collection. The author's excellent approach to the proper
use of just a few words, enhanced by the artwork, almost
makes this a classic work by itself.
5 I hope that this will become the first of many such
articles, for it can only serve to increase the interest and
understanding of our rich linguistic heritage for
thousands of your readers.
(Harry Lischer, Jr. Crestwood, Missouri In: The Saturday Evening Post, Jan./Feb.
1992, p.4)
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir julgue os itens e escreva no
parenteses (V) se for verdadeiro ou (F) se for falso.
27. No texto,
( ) brought about (2nd paragraph) significa fez surgir.
( ) turns me on (4th paragraph) significa me interessa.
( ) issue (4th paragraph) significa item.

( ) The author's excellent approach (4th paragraph)
significa que o autor tem uma ótima aprovação.
( ) a classic work by itself (5th paragraph) significa
um clássico por si só.
345

CAPÍTULO XXX - PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL
VERBS
Verbo é a classe de palavras que nomeia, descreve um d d tirar dinheiro de alguém
estado ou uma ação. A maioria dos verbos em Inglês é
blo ble blown soprar, encher; ventar; assobiar;
dividida em verbos regulares (regular verbs) e verbos w w
estourar; fazer soar
irregulares (irregular verbs). Os verbos irregulares são
bre bro broke quebrar; romper; violar;
os que não são conjugados da mesma maneira que os
ak ke n interromper; cancelar; falir
regulares e para os quais não existe uma regra geral;
para cada verbo irregular há uma regra. Em Inglês, bre bre bred procriar; gerar; fazer criação;
ed d
educar; ensinar
toda a sentença precisa ter um verbo, pelo menos.
brin bro broug trazer; servir; causar; executar;
LISTA DOS VERBOS IRREGULARES DA LÍNGUA
g ug ht induzir
INGLESA.
ht
Pre Si Past
Tradução
buil bui built construir, edificar; fabricar
sen mp Partic
d lt
t le iple
bur bur burnt queimar; incendiar; carbonizar
Ten Pa
n nt
se st
abi abo abode obedecer a lei; permanecer;
bur bur burst arrebentar; explodir; brotar;
de de
sobreviver
st st
exclamar
awa aw awoke acordar; despertar-se
buy bo bougt comprar
ke oke
ug h
ht
awake
d
cast cas cast arremessar, jogar; derrubar;
t
sobrepujar; espalhar; computar;
be wa been ser; estar; existir
calcular; moldar; imaginar; (no
s
teatro:) distribuir os papéis
bea bor borne dar a luz; sustentar; tolerar;
catc cau caugh pegar; capturar; entender;
r e born sofrer; produzir; usar
h ght t adquirir (uma doença);
beat bea beaten bater; espancar; superar; vibrar;
surpreender; complicar-se
t
palpitar
cho cho chose escolher, selecionar, preferir
bec bec beco se tornar; se transformar; ser
ose se n
om am me digno de; assentar
clin clu
e e
g ng
clung pegar-se; unir-se; aderir
beg beg begun começar
clot cla
in an
he d
clad vestir, cobrir
ben ben bent curvar; entortar; franzir; dirigir; co ca come vir; chegar; consentir; suceder;
d t
desistir
me me
atingir o orgasmo
bet bet bet apostar
cost cos cost custar; importar em
bid bad
e
bidde
n
oferecer; convidar; ordenar;
desejar; leiloar
cree
t
cre crept engatinhar; arrastar-se no chão;
bin bo bound atar; amarrar; obrigar
p pt
andar de rasto
d un
cro cre crowe cacarejar; vociferar; emitir som
d
w w d característico de prazer
bite bit bit morder; engolir a isca
cut cut cut cortar; partir; reduzir; recortar;
bitten
castrar
blee ble bled sangrar, perder sangue; destilar; deal dea dealt dar; distribuir; repartir; dividir;

dig
lt
du
g
dug
espalhar; negociar
cavar; escavar; gostar; entender;
começar; perceber
do did done fazer; funcionar; cuidar de ;
parar; mostrar; jogar; enganar
dra
w
dre
am
drin
k
driv
e
dwe
ll
dre
w
dre
am
t
dra
nk
dro
ve
dw
elt
drawn
dream
t
drunk
drunk
en
driven
dwelt
puxar; tirar; extrair; desenhar;
descrever; traçar; adiantar-se;
atrair
sonhar
beber
dirigir; viajar; levar; conduzir;
guiar; compelir; excitar
residir; ficar por um tempo;
enfatizar, insistir em
eat ate eaten comer; destruir; devorar;
mastigar
fall fell fallen cair; descer; abaixar-se;
diminuir; ceder; morrer;
abandonar
fee
d
fed fed alimentar; nutrir; abastecer;
satisfazer; manter
feel felt felt sentir; perceber; experimentar;
apalpar
figh
t
find
flee
flin
g
fly
forb
ear
forb
id
fou
ght
fou
nd
fle
d
flu
ng
fle
w
for
bor
e
for
bad
e
fought
found
fled
flung
flown
forbor
ne
forbid
den
lutar, disputar; batalhar,
combater, guerrear
achar; encontrar; descobrir;
julgar; prover, fornecer,
abastecer; perceber, notar;
resolver
fugir, escapar; evitar; correr
lançar; arremessar; atirar;
invadir; saltar; dedicar-se à-
voar; viajar (aérea); fazer voar;
fugir; correr; pilotar; flutuar;
saltar; lançar-se
abster-se, deixar de-, conter-se;
evitar
proibir; impedir; evitar; vetar
forg
et
forg
ive
fors
ake
free
ze
for
got
for
gav
e
for
soo
k
fro
ze
forgot
ten
forgiv
en
forsak
en
frozen
esquecer
perdoar; desculpar, absolver;
abrir mão
abandonar, desertar, largar; abrir
mão de
congelar; refrigerar; gelar
get got got receber; conseguir; obter;
adquirir; pegar (doença);
entender; chegar; causar;
induzir; decorar; procriar;
buscar
giv
e
go
grin
d
gro
w
han
g
hav
e
hea
r
hea
ve
hew
hid
e
gav
e
we
nt
gro
un
d
gre
w
hu
ng
given
gone
groun
d
grown
hung
dar; entregar, conceder; renderse;
premiar; pagar; enfraquecerse;
preparar (festas, etc)
ir; viajar; chegar; partir;
caminhar; marchar; mover-se
triturar; pulverizar; afiar;
amolar; ralar; esfregar; ranger
os dentes; persistir (nos estudos)
crescer; vegetar; cultivar; brotar;
desenvolver-se; progredir;
tornar-se
enforcar; ser enforcado;
(informática) travar, parar de
funcionar
had had ter; possuir; receber; pegar;
necessitar; causar
hea
rd
ho
ve
he
we
d
hid
heard
hove
hewn
hidde
nhid
escutar, ouvir
levantar, puxar; elevar; tirar;
empurrar; arremessar
reduzir; cortar (com machado);
talhar
esconder-se; esconder, ocultar
hit hit hit bater, ferir; atingir, alcançar
hol
d
hurt
kee
p
hel
d
hur
t
kep
t
held
hurt
kept
segurar; alimentar; guardar;
pensar; acreditar; organizar;
preparar; presidir
ferir; doer; magoar; estragar;
danificar
guardar; ficar; cumprir;
sustentar; deixar; continuar;
347

dirigir; criar; possuir
kne kne knelt ajoelhar-se
el lt
knit kni
t
knit tricotar; atar; enlaçar; unir;
ligar; fazer renda ou meia;
trabalhar a ponto de malha
kno
w
kne
w
know
n
saber; conhecer; entender;
perceber; ter conhecimento
lay lai
d
laid deitar; descansar; estar deitado;
encostar-se; repousar; estar
situado
lead led led conduzir, guiar, comandar,
pilotar, levar, dirigir; governar;
dominar-se; capitanear
lean lea
nt
leant inclinar, reclinar, apoiar,
recurvar; amparar; firmar;
apoiar-se, recurvar-se, inclinarse;
abaixar; desviar
leap lea
pt
leapt saltar, pular, transportar; cobrir
(os animais)
lear
n
lea
rnt
learnt estudar; aprender; descobrir;
informar-se; decorar
leav
e
left left deixar; largar; sair; separar-se;
abandonar; cessar; desistir de;
renunciar a
len
d
len
t
lent emprestar, conceder, dar,
proporcionar, outorgar; doar;
combinar com; acrescentar
let let let deixar; permitir; dar; alugar;
fretar; conceder; descobrir
lie lay lain mentir; enganar
ligh
t
lit lit clarear; acender; queimar;
descer (do carro, etc); cair
(escolha); pousar; acontecer
lose lost lost perder; desperdiçar; arruinar;
gastar; sofrer perdas; escapar
de-; não entender
ma ma made fazer; criar; causar; tornar
ke de
mea
n
me
ant
meant pensar; significar; ter em vista;
tencionar; pretender; querer
dizer
mee
t
me
t
met encontrar; encontrar-se; reunirse;
receber; conhecer; abastecer
mel
t
me
lte
d
molte
n
derreter; fundir; gastar;
evaporar; dissolver; enternecer;
consumir
pay
pai
d
paid
pagar; saldar; satisfazer
put put put colocar; pôr; enfiar; sinalizar;
situar; propor; oferecer
rea
d
ren
d
rea
d
ren
t
read
rent
ler; aprender; aconselhar; avisar;
estudar; interpretar
rasgar; arrancar
rid rid rid libertar; resgatar; livrar (-se)
ride
ring
rise
rod
e
ran
g
ros
e
ridden
rung
risen
cavalgar; montar; passear
tocar (sino, campainha);
telefonar; envolver
levantar; subir; elevar-se;
erguer-se
run ran run correr; fugir; executar; executar
um programa (informática);
ativar; administrar; fazer;
calcular; comprir; continuar;
vazar; despir-se;
saw
say
see
see
k
sell
sen
d
sa
we
d
sai
d
sa
w
sou
ght
sol
d
sen
t
sawn
said
seen
sough
t
sold
sent
serrar
dizer; contar; recitar; pensar;
alegar; afirmar
ver; entender; preocupar-se;
verificar; experimentar;
acompanhar; encontrar-se;
observar
procurar, pedir; liberar; exigir;
perseguir atrás; tentar
vender; comerciar; negociar;
liquidar; trapacear (gíria); atrair
fregueses; trair (gíria)
mandar; remeter; despachar;
enviar; produzir; emitir;
derramar; espalhar; dar prazer
(gíria)
set set set pôr, colocar; preparar; usar;
arrumar; causar; marcar; servir;
ajustar
sew
sha
ke
she
d
se
we
d
sho
ok
she
d
sewn
shake
n
shed
costurar; juntar, pregar
sacudir; agitar; tremer; chocar;
apertar (mãos)
derramar; vazar; deixar cair;
tirar, tirar roupa ; fazer sangrar;

shin
e
sho
ne
shone
projetar
brilhar, luzir, cintilar,
resplandecer; lustrar (sapato);
distinguir
spel
l
spe
lt
spelt
ser feliz; ser bem sucedido;
adiantar; aviar; despachar
soletrar; escrever de forma
certa; ser algo que significa
sho
e
sho
d
shod
calçar; recobrir com finalidade
de proteção ou reforço
spe
nd
spe
nt
spent
gastar, tirar; perceber; divertirse,
passar (tempo)
sho
ot
sho
w
shre
d
shri
nk
shut
sho
t
sho
we
d
shr
ed
shr
ank
shu
t
shot
shown
shred
shrun
k
shrun
ken
shut
atirar; caçar; lançar; mandar;
fotografar; voar; disparar;
mandar; impor; arremessar
mostrar; descobrir; testemunhar;
provar; apresentar; mostrar-se;
aparecer; ensinar; exibir
cortar em pedaços; picar;
retalhar; rasgar
contrair-se; encolher-se;
contrair, encolher; recuar
fechar; cerrar; tampar; trancar;
tapar; fechar-se; trancar-se
spil
l
spin
spit
spoi
l
spre
ad
spil
t
spa
n
spa
t
spo
ilt
spr
ead
spilt
spun
spit
spoile
d
spread
entornar; derramar; escorregar;
deixar cair; alcagüetar, contar
protelar; dilatar; prolongar,
adiar; fiar; fazer girar; virar-se
cuspir; escarrar; vomitar; emitir
o som do cuspe; expelir; pingar
(chuva)
estragar; corromper; mimar (de
mais); estragar-se; roubar,
saquear, furtar
dilatar-se, estender-se; espalhar,
esparramar; disseminar,
difundir, propagar; arrumar
(mesa); achatar
sing
san
g
sung
cantar; murmurar; rugir; zumbir;
uivar; alcagüetar; avisar;
cortejar (gíria, como cantar)
spri
ng
spr
ang
sprun
g
saltar, lançar-se; libertar-se;
aparecer, mostrar-se; brotar,
nascer; deixar cair; "cair" sobre-
sink
san
k
sunk
afundar; afogar; regar;
mergulhar; descer, cair, descer;
morrer, falecer; penetrar
stan
d
sto
od
stood
pôr de pé; suster; sustentar;
colocar; aguentar; honrar;
manter-se; permanecer
slay
sle
w
slain
matar, assassinar; destruir,
arruinar
stea
l
stol
e
stolen
roubar; furtar; infiltrar-se
slee
p
slid
e
slin
g
sme
ll
smi
te
sle
pt
slept
dormir; descansar; deitar (com
alguém)
slid slid deslizar, escorregar; chupar
slu
ng
sm
elt
sm
ote
slung
smelt
smitte
n
atirar na funda; elevar, erguer;
atar; atirar, arremessar;
pendurar, colocar na presilha
cheirar; feder; perfurmar; sentir
cheiro; farejar; perceber;
suspeitar
golpear; ferir; matar; bater;
castigar; mover; excitar;
destruir; bater-se; chocar-se
stic
k
stin
g
stin
k
stre
w
stri
de
stu
ck
stu
ng
sta
nk
stre
we
d
str
ode
stuck
stung
stunk
strew
n
stridd
en
cravar, fincar, meter, enterrar;
pregar; aderir, prender; afixar;
vacilar; parar; enganar; lograr
picar, ferroar, ferretoar,
aguilhoar; doer , atormentar;
trapacear
feder; enojar
espalhar, polvilhar, aspergir
caminhar; cavalgar
sow
spe
ak
spe
ed
so
we
d
spo
ke
spe
d
sown
spoke
n
sped
semear; espalhar, disseminar
falar; dizer; contar; expressar;
discursar; lembrar a-; afirmar
apressar-se; mover com
velocidade; dirigir muito rápido;
stri
ke
stri
ng
str
uck
str
un
g
struck
strick
en
strung
golpear; ferir; bater;
surpreender; descobrir
amarrar; pendurar; enfiar;
esticar
349

stri
ve
str
ove
strive
n
aspirar; tentar, esforçar-se
wee
p
we
pt
wept
chorar; verter lágrimas; gotejar,
deixar escapar; exudar, vazar
swe
ar
swe
at
swe
ep
swe
ll
swi
m
swi
ng
sw
ore
sw
eat
sw
ept
sw
elle
d
sw
am
sw
un
g
sworn
sweat
swept
swelle
d
swolle
n
swum
swung
jurar; prestar juramento; xingar
suar
varrer; lavar; pentear; arrastar
inchar (-se); crescer; encher (os
pneus)
nadar; flutuar; boiar
balançar
wet wet wet umedecer; sujar; molhar; fazer
xixi na cama, molhar-se (à
noite); urinar
win
win
d
wri
ng
writ
e
wo
n
wo
un
d
wr
un
g
wr
ote
won
woun
d
wrung
writte
n
vencer; ganhar; conseguir;
obter; conseguir; alugar;
convencer; ganhar o coração de-
girar, rodar; enrolar-se;
enroscar-se; recobrir, encobrir,
encapar; recobrir-se, revestir-se;
modificar a direção
arrancar; obrigar, forçar; tirar a
força; entortar; pressionar;
segurar com força; espremer
escrever; anotar; compor;
inscrever
take
too
k
taken
pegar; tirar; tomar; segurar;
agarrar; receber; capturar;
aprisionar; aceitar; fotografar;
empregar; adotar; entender;
guiar; conseguir
teac
h
tear
tau
ght
tor
e
taught
torn
ensinar; educar
chorar, lacrimejar; rasgar, rachar
TEXTOS REFERENCIAIS.
tell
thin
k
thri
ve
thro
w
thru
st
trea
d
wak
e
tol
d
tho
ug
ht
thr
ove
thr
ew
thr
ust
tro
d
wo
ke
told
thoug
ht
thrive
n
throw
n
thrust
trodde
n
waked
contar; saber; perceber;
descobrir; ordenar
pensar; acreditar
ter sucesso
jogar; parir; impressionar
empurrar
pisar, andar, pôr os pés
acordar; despertar; acordar-se
Text 1.
1. The term ''hate speech”, as defined by the Council of
Europe's Committee of Ministers, covers all forms of
expression which spread, incite, promote or justify racial
hatred, xenophobia, anti-Semitism or other forms of
hatred based on intolerance, including: intolerance
expressed by aggressive nationalism and ethnocentrism,
discrimination and hostility against minorities, migrants
and people of immigrant origin.
According to the given definition, which of the following
cartoons contains “hate speech”?
wea
r
wo
re
worn
vestir; trancar; experimentar
(roupas, jóias, etc); colocar
(óculos); exibir; mostrar; gastar;
cansar; esgotar; durar
wea
ve
wo
ve
wove
n
tecer, entrelaçar, trançar;
contorcer-se (entre obstáculos);
bordar; criar (trama); tramar
350

a)
c)
d)
b)
351

Text 3.
1. Read the cartoon and answer question based on it.
e)
Text 2.
2. Examine a tira.
The main message of this cartoon is that
a) guests are expected to feel comfortable.
b) hosting guests is just a matter of ability.
c) tact is needed when guests are unwelcome.
d) hosts must be tactful to entertain their guests.
e) guests are supposed to wish they were home.
Text 4.
1. Leia o texto a seguir.
No segundo quadrinho da tira, a expressão that sort of
thing refere-se a
a) working great.
b) styrofoam cups.
c) paper cups.
d) the sort of company.
e) help the planet.
352

Com base no texto, considere as afirmativas a seguir.
V. picture 5 = blind alley street.
I. Para fazer um dos passeios oferecidos pela London
Walks, é preciso reservar um lugar com 2 horas de
antecedência.
II. Pessoas interessadas em fazer os passeios devem se
encontrar com o guia turístico em frente à estação de
metrô determinada.
III. Os guias turísticos estão entre as maiores vantagens
de fazer os passeios com a companhia LondonWalks.
IV. Os passeios que envolvem visitas às cidades de
Oxford, Bath, Stonehenge e the Cotswolds têm 1 dia de
duração.
Mark the correct alternative according to the meanings
from the pictures above.
a) Only alternatives I and III are correct.
b) Only alternatives II, IV and V are correct.
c) Only alternatives I and IV are correct.
d) Only alternative IV is correct.
e) All alternatives are correct.
Text 6.
1.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
Text 5.
1. Answer the question according to pictures below.
The message conveyed by the text above is that
a) anybody can be scary at night!
b) people who have faith are never sleepless at night.
c) fine pillows are usually made by fearless people.
d) faithful people can remain awake whenever they
want to.
e) fear and faith are linked by a fine pillow.
Text .
1.
Check out the meanings below.
I. picture 1= careful with lost girls without wallets.
II. picture 2 = you have to keep dogs on the collar at all
times.
III. picture 3 = you can sell it.
IV. picture 4 = you ought to keep off.
353

A partir da leitura dessa tirinha, infere-se que o discurso
de Calvin teve um efeito diferente do pretendido, uma
vez que ele
a) decide tirar a neve do quintal para convencer seu pai
sobre seu discurso.
b) culpa o pai por exercer influência negativa na
formação de sua personalidade.
c) comenta que suas discussões com o pai não
correspondem às suas expectativas.
d) conclui que os acontecimentos ruins não fazem falta
para a sociedade.
e) reclama que é vítima de valores que o levam a atitudes
inadequadas.
Text 8.
1.
De acordo com o pai de Calvin,
seu filho tem muito mais tempo livre do que ele.
o uso das máquinas citadas diminui a ansiedade.
as máquinas citadas nos garantem mais tempo livre.
os equipamentos citados por ele tornam a vida mais fácil
e despreocupada.
a tecnologia faz com que as pessoas queiram que tudo
seja resolvido instantaneamente.
Text 10.
1.
Answer the following questions according to the comic
above.
The comic above says:
a) he doesn’t wanna work.
b) he has free access to anything.
c) he found out a way to acquire an easy job.
d) he needed help to find an easy job.
e) his friend is gonna take him for his first day at work.
Text 9.
1. Considere a tirinha que mostra os personagens
Calvin e seu pai.
According to the cartoon above, the girl
a) is talking about their new apartment.
b) has just moved to a new apartment.
c) is going to buy a new apartment.
d) doesn’t like the bathroom floor.
e) must be in love with the guy.
354

Text 11.
1. Read the cartoon.
b) Magaly wants to leave the place.
c) Magaly refuses eating the popcorn.
d) Magaly will eat the popcorn remaining.
Text 13.
1.
According to the girl’s speech in each part of the
cartoon, the list of verbs that represents her discursive
intentions is:
a) regret – suppose – accuse – advise.
b) apologize – emphasize – suggest – request.
c) excuse – declare – propose – demand.
d) blame – insinuate – recommend – invite.
e) state – imply – recriminate – insist.
Text 12.
1. Read the comic strip.
Tirinhas são construídas a partir de contextos sociais e
podem promover reflexões diversas. Essa tirinha provoca
no leitor uma reflexão acerca da
a) divisão de espaço com os pais.
b) perda da atenção dos pais.
c) submissão aos pais.
d) ausência dos pais.
e) semelhança com os pais.
Text 14.
1.
There is humor in the comic strip because
a) This time Magaly is not hungry.
355

According to the cartoon above,
1. people are celebrating the labor’s day.
2. the employee is in a comfortable situation.
3. the relationship between the worker and the employer
is fair.
4. the employer is on the employee.
5. the employee has much less power than the employer.
It is CORRECT only
a) 3.
b) 4.
c) 1 and 5.
d) 1, 4 and 5.
e) 1, 3, 4 and 5.
Text 15.
1.
356
Placas como a da gravura são usadas para orientar os
usuários de um espaço urbano. Essa placa,
especificamente, tem a função de avisar que somente
a) as despesas feitas com estacionamento são
deduzidas.
b) os donos de carro entram no estacionamento do
parque.
c) o proprietário autoriza a validação do
estacionamento.
d) os rebocadores precisam de permissão para entrar no
local.
e) os veículos autorizados podem estacionar naquela
área.
Text 16.
1. Read the text.
There is an implicit message in the text, according to
which
a) statistical tolerancing must be studied more
carefully.
b) hypothesis testing involves making a correct
decision.
c) training qualified statisticians is frustrating.
d) statistics for calmness of mind is being tested.
e) statistics might be boring sometimes.
Text 17 .
1. Read the advertisement.

portable, affordable, effective and easy to use. This
provides many opportunities for widening participation
and access to ICT, and in particular the internet. Mobile
devices such as phones and PDAs are much more
reasonably priced than desktop computers, and therefore
represent a less expensive method of accessing the
internet (though the cost of connection can be higher).
The introduction of tablet PCs now allows mobile
internet access with equal, if not more, functionality than
desktop computers.
Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 31 maio 2012. [Adaptado]
O significado conferido à expressão mobile learning
Glossário:
BBQ (barbecue): churrasco
The visual and verbal elements of the advertisement have
been combined to convey the following most important
message: the Bar & Grill is very
a) famous.
b) cheap.
c) comfortable.
d) traditional.
e) enjoyable.
a) menciona os efeitos da telefonia celular como
recurso didático.
b) atribui o sucesso da aprendizagem aos dispositivos
portáteis.
c) associa o uso da tecnologia da informação ao
processo educativo.
d) destaca os objetivos definidos para a educação online.
Text 19.
1. Read the descriptions of tea offered by a coffee and
tea company.
Text 18.
1. What is Mobile Learning?
The term mobile learning (m-learning) refers to the use
of mobile and handheld IT devices, such as Personal
Digital Assistants (PDAs), mobile telephones, laptops
and tablet PC technologies, in teaching and learning.
As computers and the internet become essential
educational tools, the technologies become more
Made with our deluxe
powders, steamed non-fat
milk, and foam, our Tea
Lattes are often copied by
others, but there’s
nothing like the original.
Some might call it tea
obsession, we call it
innovation.
Enjoy our signature Tea
Lattes over ice – a great
alternative during the
warmer months.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 8 out.
2012. (Adaptado).
357

Glossário:
powders: pós
steamed: vaporizado
foam: espuma
Text 21.
1.
According to both descriptions, the company
a) includes light suplies for tea.
b) prefers refined powders for tea.
c) makes special teas for each season.
d) creates original tea recipes.
e) is obsessed with perfectionism.
Text 20.
1.
The first boy
a) has never intended to be a Rolling Stone.
b) has never been a Rolling Stone, but wanted it had
happened.
c) has already been a Rolling Stone.
d) hasn’t wished to be a Rolling Stone yet.
Text 22.
1.
Qual é a incoerência apresentada no cartoon acima?
a) O fato de a abordagem ser inovadora.
b) O fato de a abordagem não ter precedentes.
c) O fato de essa abordagem não poder ser
considerada.
d) O elogio à ideia, mas o fato de ela não ser aprovada
por não ter sido aplicada antes.
e) O fato de o chefe não aceitar ideias inovadoras
apresentadas por seus subordinados.
Com base nas informações verbais e no contexto social
da tirinha, infere-se que o cliente
358

a) constrange e intimida o garçom, a fim de não pagar
a conta devida.
b) está indisposto para conversar com o garçom sobre
assuntos pessoais.
c) explica ao garçom que vai aguardar outra pessoa
chegar ao restaurante.
d) mostra descontentamento com o serviço para não ter
que pagar por ele.
e) demonstra bom humor, fazendo piada no momento
de fechar a conta.
Text 24.
1. Leia o texto abaixo.
Text 23.
1.
Conforme o conteúdo do texto, letramento digital
pressupõe a habilidade de
De acordo com o cartoon,
1. o homem aceita a opinião dos outros, sem restrições.
2. a opinião dos três homens diverge da opinião do outro.
3. todos compartilham da mesma opinião.
4. não existe divergência entre os homens.
5. o homem aceita outras opiniões, desde que não seja
contrariado.
a) apply technological tools to express ideas and
discuss different points of view.
b) interpret correctly the content of hypertexts and be
able to reproduce their ideas.
c) select information and exchange messages through
the use of digital sources.
d) use multimedia with the purpose of disseminating
knowledge and beliefs.
Text 25.
1. Read the love sayings.
Somente está correto o que se afirma em
a) e 4.
b) 2.
c) e 5.
d) 2, 3 e 4.
e) 2 e 5.
359

What is a common element of love in both sayings?
a) Love is unpredictable.
b) Love is sacred.
c) Love is infinite.
d) Love is fragile.
e) Love is changeable.
Text 26.
THE WEEK
25 JUNE 2011 | ISSUE 823 | £2.75
THE BEST OF THE BRITISH AND FOREIGN
MEDIA
20 NEWS
Talking points
Facebook: why is the West switching off?
Writer Tim Lott said in The Independent on Sunday:
“Last summer, l took a 1 momentous step into the
unknown at the age of 54, I joined Facebook, I thought
subscribing to the online social network would open up
new frontiers of creativity by enabling me to exchange
views and insights with like-minded people. In the event,
I mostly encountered a deluge of banal gossip, boasting,
trivia and moronic links to skateboarding pandas. Yet for
all its 2 aggravations, I can’t bring myself to quit the
compulsively addictive site.” Other internet users,
however, do appear to be kicking the habit. Last month,
around 100,000 British users deactivated their accounts,
as did a similar number of Russians and Norwegians.
The decline was even more marked in the US, where no
fewer than six million users decided they had better
things to do than check their Facebook page.
“After seven years of phenomenal growth, it seems the
world’s biggest social network may have reached its
peak”, said Stephen Armstrong in The Sunday Times.
People are leaving for various reasons. For some it’s a
case of 3 digital downsizing: reacting to the clutter of
websites and smartphones by cutting time online.
Others are concerned about 4 privacy issues. Alice
Needham, a student in Newcastle, left after her mother
started posting affectionate messages on the public part
of her page. The final straw was her mother’s posting:
Good night, my darling girl, I love you so very, very
much. “Yes, it was really sweet, but... Anyway, I thought
360
it was easier to leave (Facebook) than argue with her”,
says Alice.
Although the decline sounds bad for Facebook, the
network is still growing in South America and Asia and
will likely cross the billon-user mark in the next year.
With such a ubiquitous global presence, it won’t be
disappearing any time soon.
(adapted from: The Week, 25 june 2011)
Glossary
- boasting: contar vantagem
- the Iast straw: “a última gota”
1. According to the information in text, choose the
graph which best represents the tendency in the use of
Facebook in Europe, Asia and South America.
a)
b)
c)

Text 28.
1. How’s your mood?
d)
e)
Text 27.
1.
For an interesting attempt to measure cause and effect try
Mappiness, a project run by the London School of
Economics, which offers a phone app that prompts you
to record your mood and situation.
The Mappiness website says: ‘Were particularly
interested in how peoples happiness is affected by their
local environment air pollution, noise, green spaces, and
so on — which the data from Mappiness will be
absolutely great for investigating.”
Will it work? With enough people, it might. But there are
other problems. We’ve been using happiness and wellbeing
interchangeably. Is that ok? The difference comes
out in a sentiment like: “We were happier during the
war.’ But was ourwell-being also greater then?
Disponível em: http:www.bbc.co.uk. Acesso n: 27 jun. 2011 (adaptado).
O projeto Mappiness, idealizado pela London School of
Economics, ocupa-se do tema relacionado
According to the cartoon, FIFA
a) pretends to improve the world.
b) mustn’t be considered an empire.
c) wants to have control over the Roman, Genghis
Khan’s, and British Empires.
d) has more ambitious purposes than the others.
a) ao nível de felicidade das pessoas em tempos de
guerra.
b) à dificuldade de medir o nível de felicidade das
pessoas a partir de seu humor.
c) ao nível de felicidade das pessoas enquanto falam ao
celular com seus familiares.
d) à relação entre o nível de felicidade das pessoas e o
ambiente no qual se encontram.
e) à influência das imagens grafitadas pelas ruas no
aumento do nível de felicidade das pessoas.
361

Text .29
1. Texto 2
Since the man moved to the USA he has
a) avoided fast food restaurants.
b) tried to cut fat intake.
c) managed to exercise outdoors.
d) had three meals a day.
e) gained quite a lot of weight.
Text 31.
1.
Observando a tira, é CORRETO afirmar sobre as
personagens:
a) Garfield is not worried about the man’s wound, but
about his own food.
b) Garfield is grateful to the man for the big sacrifice
he has made for him.
c) the man is angry at Garfield because he doesn’t like
his food.
d) Garfield feels sorry about the cut in the man’s
finger.
Text 30.
1. Read the cartoon.
Os cartões-postais costumam ser utilizados por viajantes
que desejam enviar noticias dos lugares que visitam a
parentes e amigos. Publicado no site do projeto
ANDRILL, o texto em formato de cartão-postal tem o
propósito de
a) comunicar o endereço da nova sede do projeto nos
Estados Unidos.
b) convidar colecionadores de cartões-postais a se
reunirem em um evento.
c) anunciar uma nova coleção de selos para angariar
fundos para a Antártica.
d) divulgar as pessoas a possibilidade de receberem um
cartão-postal da Antártica.
e) solicitar que as pessoas visitem o site do
mencionado projeto com maior frequência.
362

Text 32.
1.
In the story above, Garfield:
a) is practicing kitty door smashing.
b) wonders what to do after killing the mailman on the
sidewalk.
c) is testing his running skills around the house.
d) believes Match 2 is considered federal offense.
e) is afraid of being caught by the mailman.
Text 34.
1. Leia o quadro.
Definidas pelos países membros da Organização das
Nações Unidas e por organizações internacionais, as
metas de desenvolvimento do milênio envolvem oito
objetivos a serem alcançados até 2015. Apesar da
diversidade cultural, esses objetivos, mostrados na
imagem, são comuns ao mundo todo, sendo dois deles:
a) O combate a AIDS e a melhoria do ensino
universitário.
b) A redução da mortalidade adulta e a criação de
parcerias globais.
c) A promoção da igualdade de gêneros e a erradicação
da pobreza.
d) A parceria global para o desenvolvimento e a
valorização das crianças.
e) A garantia da sustentabilidade ambiental e o
combate ao trabalho infantil.
Text 33.
1.
Vocabulário:
slurred: ininteligível
As pesquisas sobre afasia dizem respeito à relação entre
cérebro e linguagem. Do que se lê no quadro, um dano
na área de
a) Broca impede o falante de entender a língua.
b) Broca produz efeitos no ritmo da fala.
c) Wernicke impede a pessoa de falar.
d) Wernicke provoca prejuízo na pronúncia.
e) Wernicke exige mudanças na alimentação.
363

1. Assinale a opção que melhor expressaria a fala da
Mônica no 2 0 . balão.
a) Actions speak louder than words...
b) Silence implies consent...
c) Better late than never...
d) He who laughs last, laughs best...
e) Appearances are deceptive...
Text 35.
Text 36.
364
1. Read the cartoon.
Scientists think that the cause of ageing is oxygen.
Which of the statements in the sequence below
emphasizes ageing according to what is mentioned in the
cartoon?
a) Part of the oxygen we breathe does not convert
proteins into energy.
b) The remaining oxygen which does not produce
energy is converted into free radicals.
c) Free radicals destroy molecules which can cause
damage and produce wrinkles.
d) Free radicals can also result in conditions such as
Alzheimer's Disease.
e) Hormones are not available to neutralize free
radicals yet.
Text 37.
1. Leia as seguintes placas e responda a questão:
A segunda placa se difere da primeira porque
a) apresenta como característica principal o humor
sarcástico.
b) permite uma inferência precisa do estabelecimento
onde está colocada.
c) se dirige a um interlocutor de uma determinada faixa
etária.
d) orienta a respeito de um comportamento animal
específico.
e) emprega uma linguagem mais objetiva, direta e
formal.

Text 38.
1. Leia as seguintes placas e responda a questão:
Text 39.
1.
Vocabulary:
crunch: trituração
crushed: prensados
retrieve: recuperar
Os dois textos têm em comum o fato de expressarem
a) uma ameaça.
b) um apelo.
c) uma promessa.
d) um conselho.
e) uma ordem.
Considere o enunciado a seguir e as três propostas para
completá-lo. A leitura do segundo quadrinho permite
concluir que
1 - Lucy critica todos os meninos.
2 - Charlie já foi criticado por Lucy antes.
3 - os defeitos de Charlie jamais poderão ser sanados.
Quais propostas estão corretas, de acordo com o cartum?
a) Apenas 1.
b) Apenas 2.
c) Apenas 3.
d) Apenas 1 e 2.
e) 1, 2 e 3.
365

Text 40.
1. Leia o seguinte cartum.
A fala do personagem tem como pressuposto o fato de
que
a) a professora cometeu um erro de conteúdo.
b) o conteúdo de ciências é descontextualizado.
c) a avaliação da professora foi subjetiva.
d) o número de planetas foi revisto.
e) a educação pode ser prejudicial aos alunos.
Text 41.
1.
366
The purpose of the picture above is to
a) motivate youngsters to play with the computer.
b) denounce teenagers' addiction to computer games.
c) support the emergent kind of 21st century athletes.
d) promote the practice of new sports among fat boys.
e) neglect teenagers' obesity and sedentary lifestyle.
Text 42.
COCONUT TREE, COCO PALM
A thousand 7 years ago, the coconut 8 tree did not
even exist in Tahiti. 1 It was the pioneering Polynesians
who 9 first brought this 21 plant with them in their
migrations. A 2 tree of 10 life in every sense of the
11 phrase, its nut 12 supplies water, milk and 3 edible pulp;
its "heart" is eaten in salads; its 22 trunk serves as
23 framework for Tahitian 24 huts, and its palms are
4 woven as 25 roofing.
15 Then, of course, there is the coconut 16 which,
when cut in two and dried 18 in the sun, produces oil.
5 Plait three 6 blades of grass and 13 dip 19 into this oil,
14 light... And you have a lamp. A lamp which not 20 so
very long ago was still used 17 throughout the islands.
1.

Snoopy seems to realize that
a) he's always written lighter stories.
b) his plots have never been enlightened.
c) he hasn't been writing long.
d) plots are important to be had.
e) Lucy should have given her advice earlier.
2. Nos dois primeiros quadrinhos, Lucy aconselha
Snoopy a escrever
I. um texto cujo enredo seja coeso.
II. um texto que provoque o leitor.
III. uma história que torne o leitor provocante.
IV. um enredo cada vez mais denso para prender a
atenção do leitor.
A resposta de Lucy a Charlie Brown subentende que ela
é
a) religiosa.
b) determinada.
c) caridosa.
d) presunçosa.
e) ingênua.
Text 44.
1.
As afirmativas corretas são
a) I e II.
b) I e III.
c) II e III.
d) II e IV.
e) III e IV.
Text 43 .
1.
A leitura da tira permite concluir que
a) trata-se da primeira visita de Eddie ao local.
b) Eddie está contente por se encontrar em liberdade.
c) Eddie adoeceu em decorrência de uma forte
depressão que teve no ano anterior.
d) o interlocutor de Eddie não lhe foi solidário.
e) há mais de um profissional da área da saúde no
espaço onde se desenrola a cena.
http://www.unitedmedia.com/comics/peanuts/archive/peanuts-0050713.html
367

Text 45.
1.
368
The popular quotation that best expresses the message of
the campaign is:
a) A peacemaker does not mean a peaceful person.
b) No one is really working for peace unless he is
willing to do so.
c) You don't have to kill a person to make him agree
with your positions.
d) All men desire peace, but very few desire those
things which make for peace.
2. The text and image above are very effective in
claiming for peace. According to Indira Gandhi,
peacemaking is essentially related to:
a) strength
b) persuasion
c) receptivity
d) competition
Text 46.
1. Observe o texto a seguir:
Analisando-se as linguagens verbal e não-verbal do
texto, depreende-se que
a) a morte de inocentes em atentados à bomba é
destaque em jornal londrino.
b) um suspeito dos ataques terroristas em Londres foi
identificado pela Scotland Yard.
c) os britânicos exigem punição do chefe da polícia de
Londres, por erro cometido.
d) a política de segurança da Scotland Yard é criticada
pelos britânicos.
e) a Scotland Yard reprimiu uma manifestação contra
as novas diretrizes antiterroristas.
Text 47.
1.

According to the newspaper page:
a) the men like different things.
b) they like doing the same activities.
c) Gerald goes fishing along with Mark.
d) Mark likes fishing and he appreciates the Chinese.
e) Mark likes Chinese food, but Gerald doesn't.
Text 49.
1.
2. Both men:
a) are together again.
b) were born in different places.
c) separated from their wives.
d) reunited after two years.
e) were born from different mothers.
Text 48.
1.
O objetivo do texto é:
Sobre o produto anunciado, é CORRETO afirmar que
a) trata-se do óleo vegetal mais comumente usado por
vegetarianos como única fonte de ômega-3.
b) é apresentado como uma evolução entre os óleos
vegetais por conter menos substâncias prejudiciais à
saúde.
c) pertence à família dos óleos vegetais que contêm
25% menos gordura saturada que os demais óleos.
d) é considerado por geneticistas canadenses o óleo de
semente vegetal ideal para consumo em seu país.
a) Sensibilizar viajantes a participarem de uma
campanha de caridade.
b) Divulgar aos viajantes a campanha de Natal da
Swissair.
c) Arrecadar fundos para a associação dos funcionários
da Swissair.
d) Recolher donativos para entidades assistenciais da
Swissair.
e) Angariar recursos para a compra de agasalhos para
órfãos.
2. Com base no enunciado "Your small change can
make a big change", assinale a alternativa cujo provérbio
veicula a mesma mensagem.
a) Pagar com a mesma moeda.
b) Quem vê cara não vê coração.
c) Deus ajuda a quem cedo madruga.
d) Quem tudo quer nada tem.
e) A união faz a força.
369

3. Segundo o texto, os envelopes de arrecadação são
recolhidos:
a) Pelas crianças da SOS Children's Villages.
b) Pelas famílias adotivas de crianças órfãs.
c) Pelos funcionários da SOS e da Swissair.
d) Pelos comissários de bordo da Swissair.
e) Pelos voluntários da entidade beneficente
promotora.
Text 50.
1.
Garfield tons of fun, by Jim Davis, Ballantine Books, 1996
According to the strip above:
a) Jon refused to go out with Garfield.
b) Garfield will go out to get some sun.
c) If Garfield had gone out, he would have been hurt.
d) Garfield is tired of getting sun.
e) Garfield ends up agreeing to go out.
370
Text 51.
1.
Aproveitando-se de seu status social e da possível
influência sobre seus fãs, o famoso músico Jimi Hendrix
associa, em seu texto, os termos love, power e peace para
justificar sua opinião de que
a) a paz tem o poder de aumentar o amor entre os
homens.
b) o amor pelo poder dever ser menor do que o poder
do amor.
c) o poder deve ser compartilhado entre aqueles que se
amam.
d) o amor pelo poder é capaz de desunir cada vez mais
as pessoas.
e) a paz será alcançada quando a busca pelo poder
deixar de existir.
Text 52.
1.

Cartuns são produzidos com o intuito de satirizar
comportamentos humanos e assim oportunizam a
reflexão sobre nossos próprios comportamentos e
atitudes. Nesse cartum, a linguagem utilizada pelos
personagens em uma conversa em inglês evidencia a
a) predominância do uso da linguagem informal sobre
a língua padrão.
b) dificuldade de reconhecer a existência de diferentes
usos da linguagem.
c) aceitação dos regionalismos utilizados por pessoas
de diferentes lugares.
d) necessidade de estudo da língua inglesa por parte
dos personagens.
e) facilidade de compreensão entre falantes com
sotaques distintos.
Text 53.
1.
Text 54.
1.
De acordo com a tira,
a) a demissão de um colega deixa a secretária
aborrecida com seu chefe.
b) o chefe pede à secretária que demita um colega.
c) a entrevistadora diz a seu chefe que o candidato é
inadequado para o cargo.
d) o candidato diz à entrevistadora que se dava bem
com seu antigo patrão.
e) a entrevistadora pergunta ao candidato por que ele
deixou seu último emprego.
Text 55.
De acordo com a tira e a fala do chefe,
a) a funcionária costuma ignorar as instruções dele.
b) ele costuma ignorar as boas ideias da funcionária.
c) a funcionária está surpresa por seu chefe ter aceitado
uma sugestão.
d) ele recusa as ideias ruins da funcionária.
e) ele elogia a boa performance da funcionária.
371

group. In June, the employment-to-population ratio
returned to 58.2%, matching an eight-month low (To get
a number worse than 58.2%, one has to go back to
1983!). Of course, some of the younger group are
students, and the older group retirees, but a chart of those
between the ages of 25-to-54 looks pretty similar.
(http://www.marketwatch.com/story. July, 2011. Adapted)
1. De acordo com o gráfico e o texto, o mercado de
trabalho nos Estados Unidos
1. Analisando-se o cartum, conclui-se que
a) a fala da professora reforça a mensagem transmitida
pelo cartaz que se encontra fixado ao lado da lousa.
b) a professora apresenta ao aluno uma lousa digital, o
que lhe causa espanto por tratar-se de uma novidade para
ele.
c) o conteúdo do texto faz uma crítica ao descompasso
entre o contexto escolar e a realidade dos alunos,
considerados nativos digitais.
d) os papéis tradicionais dos personagens encontram-se
invertidos, visto que a professora está aprendendo com
seu aluno.
Text 56.
There are many ways to look at the weak June jobs
report and this is one of them that captures more broadly
the lack of labor market activities. It’s the ratio of 16-
and-overs that are employed to the population of that
372
a) está em expansão.
b) está recebendo investimentos.
c) está em crise.
d) melhorará nos próximos meses.
e) sofrerá intervenção do governo.
2. De acordo com o texto,
a) a proporção de desempregados na faixa dos 25 a 54
anos é parecida com a de mais jovens.
b) a maior parte dos estudantes ainda não encontrou
emprego adequado.
c) em 1983, a maior parte dos aposentados ainda
trabalhava.
d) após os 54 anos, muitos trabalhadores começam a se
aposentar.
e) após oito meses sem emprego, os trabalhadores
podem pleitear aposentadoria.
3. O trecho – the lack of labor market activities – indica
que
a) há trabalhadores muito qualificados para o que o
mercado exige.
b) há trabalhadores pouco qualificados no mercado.
c) há falhas na qualificação dos trabalhadores.
d) sobram atividades no mercado de trabalho.
e) faltam atividades no mercado de trabalho.
4. O trecho – some of the younger group are students –
associa os estudantes
a) às classes pobres.
b) às minorias raciais.
c) às mulheres.
d) aos jovens.
e) aos idosos.

5. De acordo com o texto, em 1983
a) o número de empregos era maior que o atual.
b) o número de empregos era menor que o atual.
c) os trabalhadores eram mais qualificados que os de
agora.
d) houve um recorde de empregabilidade.
e) a maioria dos desempregados tinha entre 25 e 54
anos.
Text 57.
1. Na fase escolar, é prática comum que os professores
passem atividades extraclasse e marquem uma data para
que as mesmas sejam entregues para correção. No caso
da cena da charge, a professora ouve uma estudante
apresentando argumentos para
a) discutir sobre o conteúdo do seu trabalho já
entregue.
b) elogiar o tema proposto para o relatório solicitado.
c) sugerir temas para novas pesquisas e relatórios.
d) reclamar do curto prazo para entrega do trabalho.
e) convencer de que fez o relatório solicitado.
Text 59.
1. A tira, definida como um segmento de história em
quadrinhos, pode transmitir uma mensagem com efeito
de humor. A presença desse efeito no diálogo entre Jon e
Garfield acontece porque
a) Jon pensa que sua ex-namorada é maluca e que
Garfield não sabia disso.
b) JodelI é a única namorada maluca que Jon teve, e
Garfield acha isso estranho.
c) Garfield tem certeza de que a ex-namorada de Jon é
sensata, o maluco é o amigo.
d) Garfield conhece as ex-namoradas de Jon e
considera mais de uma como maluca.
e) Jon caracteriza a ex-namorada como maluca e não
entende a cara de Garfield.
Text 58.
1. According to the story above,
a) Snoopy is feeling down due to the box of cookies he
got.
b) the coffee Snoopy is having is likely to make him
depressed.
c) although Snoopy is lovely, his girl is surely coming
back to him.
d) we can say that Snoopy must not have a liking for
coconut.
e) Snoopy realizes that if his girl loved him, she would
be sitting and having coffee with him now.
Text 60.
373

1. É correto afirmar que a charge satiriza:
I. A dificuldade de conseguir descansar sem ser
incomodado.
II. A dificuldade de obter financiamento para pesquisas.
III. A disputa entre novas e antigas tecnologias.
IV. O recurso abusivo a processos judiciais.
Assinale a alternativa CORRETA:
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas II e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas I, III e IV são corretas.
2. Com base na charge, infere-se que seu personagem:
a) Acaba de fazer uma descoberta na área de pesquisa
sobre maçãs.
b) É o dono da árvore sob a qual se encontra.
c) Pretende ficar rico com a venda das maçãs.
d) Desconhece quem é o dono da árvore sob a qual está
sentado.
e) Pretende voltar a pesquisar maçãs.
1. Inicialmente, Lucy supõe que a borboleta amarela é
uma
a) enorme borboleta africana.
b) borboleta incomum naquela época do ano.
c) borboleta comum naquelas redondezas.
d) borboleta que tem que ser observada.
e) borboleta rara no Brasil.
2. A comicidade presente no último quadrinho se deve ao
fato de Lucy
a) saber que a batata frita veio do Brasil.
b) constatar que não existem borboletas amarelas no
Brasil.
c) estar convencida de que se trata mesmo de uma
borboleta.
d) achar as batatas fritas brasileiras diferentes das
americanas.
e) não querer abrir mão do seu argumento inicial.
Text 62.
Text 61.
1. Considere o enunciado a seguir e as três propostas
para completá-lo. A leitura do segundo quadrinho
permite concluir que
1 - Lucy critica todos os meninos.
2 - Charlie já foi criticado por Lucy antes.
3 - os defeitos de Charlie jamais poderão ser sanados.
374

Quais propostas estão corretas, de acordo com o cartum?
a) Apenas 1.
b) Apenas 2.
c) Apenas 3.
d) Apenas 1 e 2.
e) 1, 2 e 3.
Text 63.
TO STAY OR TO GO?
In a survey of U.S. executives, two thirds identified a
transfer to a foreign country as a key steppingstone for
their careers. But what would keep them from making
the move?
2. A pesquisa sobre a transferência para outro país
demonstrou que
a) diferenças culturais têm predomínio sobre outros
fatores.
b) a ideia da mudança é descartada por 9% dos
entrevistados.
c) motivos familiares exercem grande influência na
decisão final.
d) o fator climático foi superior às vantagens
financeiras.
e) gastos com mudança são determinantes na decisão.
Text 64.
1. Quais dos termos a seguir melhor descrevem os
sentimentos da mãe do rapaz?
1. O título do texto expressa uma dúvida de executivos
que
a) pretendem instalar filiais de suas empresas em
outros países.
b) procuram ascensão profissional por meio de
experiência no exterior.
c) querem emigrar para outros países em busca de
fortuna.
d) visam obter estágio profissionalizante em empresas
norte-americanas.
e) escolhem um país estrangeiro para começar uma
nova carreira.
a) tolerância e conformismo.
b) apatia e alívio.
c) descaso e preocupação.
d) ansiedade e frustração.
e) nervosismo e irritação.
2. Dentre os seguintes conselhos de mães para filhos:
I. Não se compare a outras pessoas.
II. Aceite-se como você é.
III. Espelhe-se nos bons exemplos.
IV. Não cobice o que é dos outros.
375

estão condizentes com o cartoon:
a) apenas o I e II.
b) apenas o II e III.
c) apenas o I e IV.
d) apenas o I e III.
e) apenas o III e IV.
3. Considere as afirmações a seguir:
I. A mãe entrega ao filho um sanduíche e uma revista
para viagem.
II. O rapaz da história em quadrinhos estuda e trabalha
em Londres.
III. A mãe pede ao filho que lhe envie os relatórios da
universidade.
está(ão) condizente(s) com o cartoon:
a) apenas a I.
b) apenas a I e II.
c) apenas a II e III.
d) todas.
e) nenhuma.
1. Considere as afirmações a seguir:
I. Os personagens estão discutindo pressões sociais sobre
as crianças.
II. Para manter a forma física, meninos devem praticar
esportes e fazer dieta.
III. Meninos praticam esportes para que, na vida adulta,
possam beber cerveja à vontade.
Está(ão) condizente(s) com o texto:
a) apenas a I.
b) apenas a II.
c) apenas a II e III.
d) todas.
e) nenhuma.
Text 66.
Text 65.
1. The cartoon above, taken from "Mad" magazine, is a
comment on
Tapestry, R. L. Oxford & R. C. Scarcella (série), Heinle & Heinle -
Boston,Massachusetts, 1994, p. 156
a) poor education.
b) school violence.
c) traffic accidents.
d) traffic jams.
e) educational crisis.
376

Text 67.
Text 69.
1. Choose the correct option according to the statistics
above.
a) Oceania is an important area of refuge.
b) North America was the main area of refuge in 1998.
c) Asia was the principal world refugee destination in
1997.
d) The vast majority of the world's estimated refugees
were in Europe.
e) The statistics represented here cover the global
refugee situation in the past two years.
1. By examining the comic strip, we conclude that "peer
pressure" is pressure made by:
a) violent people.
b) one's boss.
c) one's equal(s).
d) co-workers.
e) insecure professionals.
Text 70.
2. Decide if the statements below are TRUE or FALSE.
( ) North America accepted 19% less refugees than
Europe.
( ) Europe had the second largest number of refugees
in the world.
( ) The number of refugees in Oceania was the lowest
in the world.
( ) The number of refugees in Latin America was the
highest in the world.
The correct option is:
a) F - V - V - F
b) V - F - V - F
c) V - F - F - V
d) F - F - V - V
e) V - V - F - V
377

1. Dadas as asserções:
I. A preguiça de Linus irrita Lucy.
II. Lucy põe à prova a força de vontade de Linus.
III. Lucy considera o hábito de Linus inadequado para a
sua idade.
Text 72.
está(ão) correta(s):
a) Apenas as I e II.
b) Apenas as II e III.
c) Apenas a III.
d) Todas.
e) Nenhuma.
Text 71 .Considere a imagem a seguir
1. A tira, definida como um segmento de história em
quadrinhos, pode transmitir uma mensagem com efeito
de humor. A presença desse efeito no diálogo entre Jon e
Garfield acontece porque
a) Jon pensa que sua ex-namorada é maluca e que
Garfield não sabia disso.
b) JodelI é a única namorada maluca que Jon teve, e
Garfield acha isso estranho.
c) Garfield tem certeza de que a ex-namorada de Jon é
sensata, o maluco é o amigo.
d) Garfield conhece as ex-namoradas de Jon e
considera mais de uma como maluca.
e) Jon caracteriza a ex-namorada como maluca e não
entende a cara de Garfield.
Text 73.
1. A mãe está aborrecida porque
a) o menino está "viciado" em Internet.
b) as imagens na tela do computador estão sujas,
borradas.
c) o menino está vendo figuras indecentes no
computador.
d) o menino é jovem demais para lidar com o
computador.
e) o menino não quer desligar o computador para ir
tomar banho.
378

1. Na fase escolar, é prática comum que os professores
passem atividades extraclasse e marquem uma data para
que as mesmas sejam entregues para correção. No caso
da cena da charge, a professora ouve uma estudante
apresentando argumentos para
a) discutir sobre o conteúdo do seu trabalho já
entregue.
b) elogiar o tema proposto para o relatório solicitado.
c) sugerir temas para novas pesquisas e relatórios.
d) reclamar do curto prazo para entrega do trabalho.
e) convencer de que fez o relatório solicitado.
Text 74.
1. Pelo contexto, pode-se depreender que os
personagens são
a) dois alunos e um professor de matemática.
b) um aluno e dois professores de matemática.
c) pelo menos um professor de matemática.
d) três professores de matemática.
e) de identificação impossível.
Text 76.
Para responder à(s) questão(ões), leia a tira a seguir.
1. According to the story above,
a) Snoopy is feeling down due to the box of cookies he
got.
b) the coffee Snoopy is having is likely to make him
depressed.
c) although Snoopy is lovely, his girl is surely coming
back to him.
d) we can say that Snoopy must not have a liking for
coconut.
e) Snoopy realizes that if his girl loved him, she would
be sitting and having coffee with him now.
Text 75.
Is this what really goes on in the staff room?
1. No terceiro quadrinho da tira, Calvin e Haroldo têm
uma ideia, que Haroldo tenta colocar em prática no
quarto quadrinho. Que ideia é essa?
a) Replantar todas as árvores derrubadas pelos homens.
b) Colocar em prática a derrubada de casas de um
subúrbio por um animal.
c) Dirigir a retroescavadeira deixada pelos homens.
d) Construir novas moradias para os animais.
e) Capturar os animais desalojados pelos depredadores.
Text 77.
Para responder à(s) questão(ões), leia a tira a seguir.
379

1. Quais participantes são mencionados nas falas da tira
em quadrinhos?
a) O ursinho, Mafalda e o planeta Terra.
b) Mafalda, o globo e o ursinho.
c) Mafalda, o globo e o leitor da tira.
d) O leitor da tira, o globo e o planeta Terra.
e) O ursinho, o globo e o planeta Terra.
Text 78.
Answer the questions with information from the text.
2. Qual alternativa expressa a ideia central dessa tira em
quadrinhos?
a) Modelos não conseguem captar todos os problemas
do mundo real.
b) Globos e mapas deveriam representar grandes
desastres ecológicos.
c) As crianças não percebem os problemas do mundo
real.
d) Os globos representam desastres ambientais em
menor escala.
e) Crianças vivem em um mundo paralelo no qual
brinquedos têm vida.
1. A leitura da tirinha acima permite afirmar que
I. Calvin esculpe bonecos de neve com o propósito de
vê-los derreter.
II. Calvin considera a escultura de neve uma
representação da brevidade da vida.
III. Calvin e Haroldo discordam sobre o conceito de arte.
IV. há uma terceira voz que zomba de Calvin e seu
boneco de neve.
3. Observe os itens sublinhados em “Look, this is the
world, d’you see? (quadrinho 1) e “D’you know why this
world is so nice, hmm?” (quadrinho 2).
Com relação a esses itens, considere as seguintes
afirmações:
I. São indícios de linguagem informal.
II. Funcionam como pedido de confirmação sobre o que
foi dito.
III. Em diálogos, sugerem que haverá troca de fala ou de
falantes.
As afirmativas corretas são, apenas,
a) I e II.
b) I e III.
c) II e III.
d) II e IV.
e) III e IV.
Text 79.
1.
Está(ão) correta(s)
a) apenas I.
b) apenas II.
c) apenas III.
d) apenas II e III.
e) I, II e III.
380

A partir da leitura dessa tirinha, infere-se que o discurso
de Calvin teve um efeito diferente do pretendido, uma
vez que ele
a) decide tirar a neve do quintal para convencer seu pai
sobre seu discurso.
b) culpa o pai por exercer influência negativa na
formação de sua personalidade.
c) comenta que suas discussões com o pai não
correspondem às suas expectativas.
d) conclui que os acontecimentos ruins não fazem falta
para a sociedade.
e) reclama que é vítima de valores que o levam a
atitudes inadequadas.
Text 81.
Leia a história em quadrinhos de Archie, What goes up,
para responder as questões a seguir.
Text 80.
1. De acordo com a tira cômica, o personagem Dilbert
a) afirma que o telefone celular é o objeto de desejo de
todas as mulheres que ele conhece atualmente.
b) acredita que sua psicanalista, por quem ele sente
atração, sabe ouvi-lo melhor que a maioria das
mulheres.
c) acha que as mulheres são, geralmente, atenciosas,
embora ele não consiga se comunicar bem com elas.
d) acha que sua psicanalista não consegue entender sua
forte atração pelas mulheres e por seu telefone
celular.
e) acredita que o telefone, objeto pelo qual se diz
apaixonado, tem muitas qualidades e pode até
superar as de uma mulher.
1. Qual a alternativa correta?
a) O pai de Archie está nervoso porque recebeu uma
longa carta de Bill Going contendo notícias
desagradáveis sobre Archie.
b) O pai de Archie, que é motorista de táxi, está furioso
porque o conserto de seu carro custou muito caro.
c) O pai de Archie está nervoso porque as contas que
ele tem que pagar estão ficando muito caras.
d) O pai de Archie pediu para ver as notas escolares do
filho e descobriu que Archie obteve notas baixas.
e) O pai de Archie gostaria de não tomar conhecimento
sobre uma reportagem que Archie escreveu.
381

Jeremy Lambros' Domestic Abuse is the result
of his long standing personal grudge with inanimate
objects, convinced they were either conspiring against
him or responsible for his every hardship. Anyone who
has ever struggled to program their VCR will appreciate
this comic.
The dustpan could have enjoyed his work if not
for the broom shoving disgusting crap in his face.
The desire to be labeled distracted him from his
obsolescence.
Disponível em: . Acesso
em: 3 set. 2008.
Vocabulário:
grudge: ressentimento
hardship: sofrimento
shoving: empurrando
labelled: etiquetad
382
Text 82.
1. O objetivo principal do texto introdutório é explicar a
razão pela qual
a) Lambros cria com base em objetos.
b) os objetos conspiram contra o autor.
c) o leitor deve observar os objetos à sua volta.
d) os objetos fazem o autor sofrer.
e) Lambros aprecia cartuns sobre objetos.
2. Os cartuns têm em comum o fato de os objetos
personificados serem
a) colocados em uma relação de tensão entre si.
b) revoltados com sua condição inanimada.
c) mostrados como conscientes de seus direitos.
d) afetados por conflitos interiores.
e) felizes com as funções que desempenham.
Text 83.
1.
According to Dara in the cartoon,
a) eating too much in bed was recommended by her
doctor, for it can help her fall asleep.
b) having a heavy meal in bed instead of before bed is
the right thing to do.
c) she's been sleeping too much and dreaming with
heavy food.
d) heavy meals have been recommended by her doctor.
e) if you have heavy meals in bed, you can gain
weight.

Text 84.
1.
c) Garfield considers himself a rich person.
d) Jon is not good at dealing with money.
Proverbs are usually put under yearbook's pictures.
Text 86
1.
From that schoolgirl's conclusion we can conclude that
a) She thinks it's terrible when you can't go the mall.
b) Young girls never get depressed when they are at the
mall.
c) Young people find shopping centers depressing.
d) She believes people who suffer from depression
should often go to the mall.
e) Everyone who doesn't go shopping always gets
depressed.
Text 85.
1.
Garfield tons of fun, by Jim Davis, Ballantine Books, 1996
According to the strip above:
a) Jon refused to go out with Garfield.
b) Garfield will go out to get some sun.
c) If Garfield had gone out, he would have been hurt.
d) Garfield is tired of getting sun.
e) Garfield ends up agreeing to go out.
Text 87.
1.
Garfield tons of fun, by Jim Davis, Ballantine Books, 1996
The strip above implies that:
a) If you save money, you can earn euphemism.
b) If you are a fool, you can soon leave home.
383

The main objective of the cartoon presented above is to
a) relate the current practices of biopiracy with the past
ones.
b) alert the Brazilian Indians to the fact that the
explorers are arriving.
c) inform the reader that the Indians of Brazil resisted
the first conquest.
d) bring the news that the pharmaceutical labs are
interested in the Brazilian flora.
e) denounce the exploitation of the natural resources of
Brazil without proper compensation.
Text 88.
1. CALVIN AND HOBBES
we say (with our words) and how we say it (with our
body and voice tone), it is the latter which carries more
weight. Can you tell whether someone is in a good mood
or bad mood before they utter a word? Have you ever
heard someone say 'Yes' when you know they really
mean 'No'? This mismatch between verbal and nonverbal
is sometimes known as INCONGRUENCY.
Mehrabian's research concentrated on the message
conveyed in any communication by body language
(posture, facial expression, etc) and tone of voice, which
was in addition to any words spoken. It was originally
conducted by asking American college students the
question 'How do you know if someone likes you?'
Physical appearance was found to be of critical
importance to this group. Mehrabian's research has
therefore sometimes been credited with overemphasising
the role of physical appearance, and suggesting that
you'll be OK as long as you look OK.
Physical appearance and the way we dress do make an
important first impression which tends to stick. If the
first impression is negative, you may have to work
harder at changing it. However, a good first impression,
is only that. It obviously makes sense to sound as well
and have something to say too, or the first impression
might also be the last!
REVELL, J.; NORMAN, S. Communication is non-verbal as well as verbal. In:
In Your Hands. London: Saffire Press, 1999. p. 91.
1.
"International Herald Tribune", August 30, 2001.
Calvin seems to be very angry because:
a) he didn't expect his jacket to be in the closet.
b) he thought his favorite jacket had been stolen.
c) somebody threw his jacket away on purpose.
d) his room ought to be cleaner and tidier.
e) no one helped him put on his clothes.
Text 89.
384
COMMUNICATION IS NON-VERBAL AS WELL
AS VERBAL
Communication is more non-verbal than verbal.
Research by psychologist Professor Albert Mehrabian
shows that 55% of our message is communicated bodily,
38% through our tone of voice, and only 7% through the
words we use. When there is a discrepancy between what
O gráfico apresentado
a) mostra a superioridade da linguagem verbal sobre as
demais linguagens.
b) detalha percentualmente o "mismatch between
verbal and non-verbal".

c) quantifica a generalização expressa no título do
artigo.
d) resume a forma como uma mensagem é interpretada
pelo ouvinte.
Text 90.
1.
Tapestry, R. L. Oxford & R. C. Scarcella (série), Heinle & Heinle -
Boston,Massachusetts, 1994, p. 156
Considere as afirmações a seguir:
I. Os personagens estão discutindo pressões sociais sobre
as crianças.
II. Para manter a forma física, meninos devem praticar
esportes e fazer dieta.
III. Meninos praticam esportes para que, na vida adulta,
possam beber cerveja à vontade.
Está(ão) condizente(s) com o texto:
a) apenas a I.
b) apenas a II.
c) apenas a II e III.
d) todas.
e) nenhuma.
Text 91.
1. TEXT 1
Differences of floral resource use between honey bees
and wild bees in an intensive farming system
Bees provide an essential pollination service for crops
and wild plants. However, substantial declines in bee
populations and diversity have been observed in Europe
and North America for the past 50 years, partly due to
the loss of natural habitats and reduction of plant
diversity resulting from agricultural intensification. To
mitigate the negative effects of agricultural
intensification, agrienvironmental schemes (AES) have
been proposed to sustain bees and other pollinators in
agrosystems. AES include the preservation of seminatural
habitats such as grasslands, fallows, woodlots,
hedgerows or set-aside field margins. However,
empirical evidence suggests that the use of those seminatural
habitats by bees may vary greatly among bee
functional groups and may further be influenced by the
presence of alternative foraging habitats such as massflowering
crops. The present study sets out to investigate
whether the three bee groups typically targeted by AES
(honey bees, bumble bees and other wild bees) differ in
the way they use those semi-natural habitats relative to
common mass-flowering crops (oilseed rape, sunflower,
alfalfa) in an intensive agricultural farming system. A
clear segregation pattern in the use of fl oral resources
appeared between honey bees and wild bees, with the
former being tightly associated with mass-flowering
crops and the latter with semi-natural habitats. Bumble
bees had an intermediate strategy and behaved as habitat
generalists. 1 Therefore, it would be sensible to treat the
three bee groups with distinct AES management
strategies, and to further consider potential effects on
AES efficiency of alternative foraging habitats in the
surrounding. This study also stresses the importance of
native fl oral resources, particularly in semi-natural
herbaceous habitats, for sustaining wild bee populations.
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01678809. Acesso em set 2013.
385

TEXT 2
Eight rules for walks in the country
Posted by Tom Cox
“It’s quite an up and down kind of walk,” said my friend
Emma. “Oh,” added Emma, “and it gets a bit blowy up
there, so I’d leave your credit card back here if I were
you.” I gave her a searching look, wondering how a
credit card might relate to a strong wind. “I took mine up
there the other week and it blew out of my hand into the
sea,” she clarified. “I had to order a new one.”
I fell in love with walking because it lifted my spirit and
took me to parts of my local area that I would never have
_________ otherwise, but also because there was
something brilliantly ridiculous about the idea of
_________ yourself, 1 on a whim, alone, in a bit of
countryside you’d never _________ before, with no real
goal apart from putting one foot in front of the other.
I’ve never really dressed in any walking-specific
clothing or taken any special supplies out with me, but I
do think there are a few things I’ve learned about “how
to walk” in gentle terrain that might help others. I have
compiled some of the main ones: always be assertive in
saying “Hello!” to fellow walkers, unless in a built-up
area; learn to fold your map properly; show strange
dogs and cows who is boss; don’t be afraid of
dictaphones*; try not to have a beard, but if you do
have a beard, have a dog as well; try to avoid
headwear, unless strictly necessary; choose an apt
soundtrack for your walk; watch out for fookwits and
loonies!
This last one doesn’t apply specifically to country walks.
It’s just something that my dad tells me every time I see
him, and it’s worked fairly well as a general rule for life
over the years, so it probably works for walking as well.
*voice recorders
Adapted from http://www.theguardian.com/lifeandstyle/2013/sep/11/eight-rulescountry-walks.
Read texts 1 and 2 and the statements about them to
solve question.
I. O texto 1 apresenta uma pesquisa realizada com
diferentes espécies de abelhas domésticas.
II. O texto 2 apresenta a análise de uma experiência
realizada por membros de uma mesma família.
III. O texto 1 descreve diferentes comportamentos, e o
texto 2 apresenta sugestões inusitadas.
IV. Os dois textos propõem medidas preventivas com
base em situações ocorridas no passado.
The correct statement(s) is/are
a) I, only.
b) II, only.
c) III, only.
d) III and IV, only.
e) I, II, III and IV.
Text 92.
Reading the world in 196 books
By Ann Morgan (Photo: Darren Russell) – BBC - 15 July 2013
I used to think of myself as a fairly cosmopolitan sort of
person, but my bookshelves told a different story. Apart
from a few Indian novels and the odd Australian and
South African book, my literature collection consisted of
British and American titles. Worse still, I hardly ever
tackled anything in translation. My reading was confined
to stories by English-speaking authors.
So, at the start of 2012, I set myself the challenge of
trying to read a book from every country (well, all 195
United Nations (UN) recognised states plus former UN
member Taiwan) in a year to find out what I was
missing. With no idea how to go about this beyond a
sneaking suspicion that I was unlikely to find
publications from nearly 200 nations on the shelves of
my local bookshop, I decided to ask the planet’s readers
for help. I created a blog called A Year of Reading the
World and put out an appeal for suggestions of titles that
I could read in English.
386

The response was amazing. Before I knew it, people all
over the planet were getting in touch with ideas and
offers of help. Some posted me books from their home
countries. Others did hours of research on my behalf. In
addition, several writers, like Turkmenistan’s Ak
Welsapar and Panama’s Juan David Morgan, sent me
unpublished translations of their novels, giving me a rare
opportunity to read works otherwise unavailable to the
62% of Brits who only speak English. Even with such an
extraordinary team of bibliophiles behind me, however,
sourcing books was no easy task. For a start, with
translations making up only around 4.5 per cent of
literary works published in the UK and Ireland, getting
English versions of stories was tricky.
But the effort was worth it. As I made my way through
the planet’s literary landscapes, extraordinary things
started to happen. In the hands of gifted writers, I
discovered bookpacking offered something a physical
traveller could hope to experience only rarely: it took me
inside the thoughts of individuals living far away and
showed me the world through their eyes. More powerful
than a thousand news reports, these stories not only
opened my mind to the nuts and bolts of life in other
places, but opened my heart to the way people there
might feel.
And that in turn changed my thinking. Through reading
the stories shared with me by bookish strangers around
the globe, I realised I was not an isolated person, but part
of a network that stretched all over the planet. One by
one, the country names on the list that had begun as an
intellectual exercise at the start of the year transformed
into vital, vibrant places filled with laughter, love, anger,
hope and fear. Lands that had once seemed exotic and
remote became close and familiar to me – places I could
identify with. At its best, I learned, fiction makes the
world real.
(adapted from )
1. Identify the statements below about Ann Morgan as
true (T) or false (F), according to the text.
( ) She decided to read nearly 200 books in a year,
which included all the UN-recognized countries.
( ) She was sure she could find all the books she
wanted to read at the local bookstore.
( ) She felt that she was missing something by not
having read foreign publications.
( ) She created a blog to ask for suggestions of books
she could read in English.
( ) She decided not to read a book from Taiwan
because it was a former UN member.
Mark the alternative which presents the correct sequence,
from top to bottom.
a) F – T – F – T – F.
b) T – F – T – F – T.
c) T – T – F – F – T.
d) F – F – F – T – T.
e) T – F – T – T – F.
2. Which of these statements DOES NOT
CORRESPOND to information given in the text about
Ann Morgan’s experience?
a) Ann Morgan found the experience she had with
foreign literature worthwhile.
b) She spent a year backpacking in several foreign
countries and met some foreign writers.
c) Ann had the opportunity to read talented writers and
see the world through their eyes.
d) Ann thought that the stories she read were more
powerful than a thousand news reports.
e) She felt that she had opened her mind and her heart
to understand different cultures.
3. According to the text, before her experience with the
blog the author used to think of herself as a cosmopolitan
person. However, she realised that:
a) she needed to buy bookshelves for her new
collection of books.
b) her literature collection consisted mostly of Indian
novels.
c) her reading was limited to books originally written
in English.
d) she had read a lot of books translated to the English
language.
e) her favourite authors were mostly Indian, Australian
and South African.
387

4. Consider the following statements about the blog “A
Year of Reading the World” and people’s reaction to it.
1. The blog was very successful in getting responses
from people all over the world.
2. Some people posted books from their countries to Ann
while others did hours of research.
3. Some writers sent her translations of their novels that
had already been published in English.
4. Sixty-two per cent of the people that visited the blog
and gave suggestions to Ann were British.
5. The blog made it quite easy for Ann Morgan to find
books from all over the world.
Which of the statements above are TRUE, according to
the text?
a) Only 1, 3 and 5.
b) Only 3 and 4.
c) Only 2, 3 and 5.
d) Only 1 and 2.
e) Only 1 and 4.
5. Mark the correct alternative, according to the text.
a) Ann thought some of the stories from around the
globe were a bit strange.
b) While Ann read the 196 books she had to stretch and
do some exercise to relax.
c) Ann’s experience began as an intellectual exercise
but she got emotionally involved.
d) After her experience, Ann realised some places in
the world are really exotic and remote.
e) Ann stressed there are some important differences
between the fictional and the real world.
Text 93.
Climate change: forecast for 2100 is floods and heat
... and it’s man’s fault
By Nick Allen
9:04PM BST 16 Aug 2013
Climate scientists have concluded that temperatures
could jump by up to 5°C and sea levels could rise by up
to 82 cm by the end of the century, according to a leaked
draft of a United Nations (UN) report.
The UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC) also said there was a 95 per cent likelihood that
global warming is caused by human activities. That was
the highest assessment so far from the IPCC, which put
the figure at 90 per cent in a previous report in 2007, 66
per cent in 2001, and just over 50 per cent in 1995.
Reto Knutti, a professor at the Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology in Zurich, said: “We have got quite a bit
more certain that climate change is largely man-made.
We’re less certain than many would hope about the local
impacts.” The IPCC report, the first of three in 2013 and
2014, will face intense scrutiny particularly after errors
in the 2007 study, which wrongly predicted that all
Himalayan glaciers could melt by 2035.
Almost 200 governments have agreed to try to limit
global warming to below 2°C above pre-industrial times,
which is seen as a threshold for dangerous changes
including more droughts, extinctions, floods and rising
seas that could swamp coastal regions and island nations.
Temperatures have already risen by 0.8°C since the
Industrial Revolution.
The report will say there is a high risk global
temperatures will rise by more than 2°C this century.
They could rise anywhere from about 0.6°C to almost
5°C a wider range at both ends of the scale than
predicted in the 2007 report. It will also say evidence of
rising sea levels is “unequivocal”. The report projects
seas will rise by between 30 cm and 82 cm by the late
21st century. In 2007 the estimated rise was between 18
cm and 58 cm, but that did not fully account for changes
in Antarctica and Greenland.
Scientists say it is harder to predict local impacts. Drew
Shindell, a Nasa scientist, said: “I talk to people in
regional power planning. They ask, 'What’s the
temperature going to be in this region in the next 20 to
30 years, because that’s where our power grid is?’ We
can’t really tell.”
(adapted from )
1. Consider the following statements concerning global
warming and the leaked draft of the IPCC report:
1. Scientists think it is 95% likely that human activity is
causing global warming.
2. Temperatures could be 5°C warmer by the end of the
current century.
388

3. Sea levels are not likely to be higher than today by the
end of the century.
4. Scientists are surer now than in 2007 that humans are
causing global warming.
5. 50% of the scientists believed humans were the cause
of climate change in 1995.
Which of the statements above are TRUE, according to
the text?
a) Only statements 1, 3 and 5.
b) Only statements 2, 3 and 4.
c) Only statements 3 and 5.
d) Only statements 1, 2 and 4.
e) Only statements 2 and 5.
2. Considering what the text says about the IPCC and
its predictions and conclusions on global warming, mark
true (T) or false (F) for the following statements:
( ) The IPCC made a wrong prediction about the
Himalayas in the 2007 report.
( ) Himalayan glaciers will certainly disappear by 2035
because of global warming.
( ) The IPCC can now be sure of how climate change
will impact different locations.
( ) IPCC’s new report will be carefully examined after
the errors committed in 2007.
( ) Global warming will have a huge impact in Swiss
because of its large glaciers.
Mark the alternative which presents the correct sequence,
from top to bottom.
a) T – F – F – T – F.
b) F – T – T – F – T
c) T – F – T – F – T.
d) F – F – F – T – T.
e) T – T – T – T – F.
Text 94.
Leia o texto para responder à(s) questão(ões) a seguir.
How can consumers find out if a corporation is
“greenwashing” environmentally unsavory practices?
In essence, greenwashing involves falsely conveying to
consumers that a given product, service, company or
institution factors environmental responsibility into its
offerings and/or operations. CorpWatch, a non-profit
organization dedicated to keeping tabs on the social
responsibility (or lack thereof) of U.S.-based companies,
characterizes greenwashing as “the phenomena of
socially and environmentally destructive corporations,
attempting to preserve and expand their markets or
power by posing as friends of the environment.”
One of the groups leading the charge against
greenwashing is Greenpeace. “Corporations are falling
all over themselves,” reports the group, “to demonstrate
that they are environmentally conscious. The average
citizen is finding it more and more difficult to tell the
difference between those companies genuinely dedicated
to making a difference and those that are using a green
curtain to conceal dark motives.”
Greenpeace launched its Stop Greenwash campaign in
2009 to call out bad actors and help consumers make
better choices. The most common greenwashing strategy,
the group says, is when a company touts an
environmental program or product while its core
business is inherently polluting or unsustainable.
Another involves what Greenpeace calls “ad bluster”:
using targeted advertising or public relations to
exaggerate a green achievement so as to divert attention
from actual environmental problems – or spending more
money bragging about green behavior than on actual
deeds. In some cases, companies may boast about
corporate green commitments while lobbying behind the
scenes against environmental laws.
389

Greenpeace also urges vigilance about green claims that
brag about something the law already requires: “For
example, if an industry or company has been forced to
change a product, clean up its pollution or protect an
endangered species, then uses Public Relations
campaigns to make such action look proactive or
voluntary.”
For consumers, the best way to avoid getting
“greenwashed” is to be educated about who is truly
green and who is just trying to look that way to make
more money. Look beyond advertising claims, read
ingredient lists or ask employees about the real
information on their company’s environmental
commitment. Also, look for labels that show if a given
offering has been inspected by a reliable third-party. For
example, the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Certified
Organic label can only go on products that meet the
federal government’s organic standard. Just because a
label says “made with organic ingredients” or “allnatural”
does not mean the product qualifies as Certified
Organic, so be sure to look beyond the hype.
(www.scientificamerican.com. Adaptado.)
3. No trecho do quarto parágrafo – Another involves
what Greenpeace calls “ad bluster” –, a palavra another
refere-se a
a) Stop Greenwash.
b) environmental program.
c) greenwashing strategy.
d) environmental laws.
e) core business.
4. O objetivo do texto
a) denunciar as empresas que não utilizam matériasprimas
naturais.
b) esclarecer os leitores sobre o que é e como ocorre o
greenwashing.
c) defender as organizações Greenpeace e CorpWatch
de ataques à sua idoneidade.
d) promover campanhas de educação ambiental e de
consumo sustentável.
e) criar o hábito de consumo de alimentos orgânicos e
verdadeiramente naturais.
1. No texto, o termo greenwashing tem o sentido de
a) convencimento de consumidores a darem
preferência a produtos que não agridam a natureza.
b) práticas de empresas que se colocam ficticiamente
como protetoras do meio ambiente.
c) adaptação dos produtos de uma empresa à legislação
ambiental em vigor.
d) contribuição para as ONGs que defendem a
responsabilidade ambiental e social.
e) incentivo à reutilização e à reciclagem de produtos,
embalagens e serviços.
5. Segundo o texto, uma das estratégias usadas pelas
empresas para praticar greenwashing é
a) o uso de atores de televisão e de pessoas famosas
para promover seus produtos.
b) a alegação de que seus produtos são saudáveis e
fazem a diferença.
c) a redução das atividades poluidoras com
investimentos em energia de fontes renováveis.
d) a divulgação de que estão contribuindo para o meio
ambiente ao apenas cumprir a lei.
e) a utilização da cor verde nas embalagens de seus
produtos para simbolizar a natureza.
390
2. According to the text, Greenpeace
a) fights against greenwashing practices.
b) blames the average citizen for their environmental
difficulties.
c) states that most companies are environmentally
unsustainable.
d) defends that greenwashing should be real instead of
a lie.
e) criticizes environmental programs that fail to reach
their targets.
6. O trecho do último parágrafo – Look beyond
advertising claims, read ingredient lists or ask
employees about the real information on their company’s
environmental commitment. Also, look for labels that
show if a given offering has been inspected by a reliable
third-party. – apresenta
a) recomendações para o consumidor não ser enganado
em relação a produtos e empresas supostamente
“verdes”.
b) exigências que devem ser feitas às empresas pelos
consumidores conscientes da necessidade de
preservar o ambiente.

c) assuntos que devem ser discutidos tanto por
empresas como por consumidores em geral.
d) encaminhamentos a serem feitos ao Departamento
de Agricultura dos Estados Unidos.
e) comportamentos a serem adotados por uma pessoa
adepta do “greenwashing”.
Text 95.
1. Ao comparar os protestos de 2013 com movimentos
políticos passados, afirma-se, no texto, que
a) nem sempre esses movimentos expressam anseios
coletivos.
b) as crenças de Marx se confirmaram, mesmo após
1848.
c) as revoltas de 1968 causaram grandes mudanças
políticas.
d) não se sabe se os protestos de 2013 mudarão o
mundo.
e) mudanças de costumes foram as principais
consequências de movimentos passados.
2. Segundo o texto, os protestos de 2013, em diversos
lugares do mundo,
a) vêm perdendo força por falhas de organização.
b) questionam a atuação dos lobbies nas reivindicações
das diversas classes sociais.
c) condenam a corrupção e outros comportamentos
inadequados da classe política.
d) resultam de motivações econômicas precisas.
e) têm poucos aspectos em comum.
A wave of anger is sweeping the cities of the world.
The protests have many different origins. In Brazil
people rose up against bus fares, in Turkey against a
building project. Indonesians have rejected higher fuel
prices. In the euro zone they march against austerity, and
the Arab spring has become a perma-protest against
pretty much everything.
Yet just as in 1848, 1968 and 1989, when people also
found a collective voice, the demonstrators have much in
common. In one country after another, protesters have
risen up with bewildering speed. They tend to be
ordinary, middle-class people, not lobbies with lists of
demands. Their mix of revelry and rage condemns the
corruption, inefficiency and arrogance of the folk in
charge.
Nobody can know how 2013 will change the world – if
at all. In 1989 the Soviet empire teetered and fell. But
Marx’s belief that 1848 was the first wave of a
proletarian revolution was confounded by decades of
flourishing capitalism and 1968 did more to change sex
than politics. Even now, though, the inchoate
significance of 2013 is discernible. And for politicians
who want to peddle the same old stuff, news is not good.
The Economist, June 29, 2013. Adaptado.
Text 96.
To live the longest and healthiest life possible, get
smarter. Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
(IHME) data show that past a certain threshold, health
and wealth are just weakly correlated. However, overall
health is closely tied to how many years people spend in
school. Mexico, for instance, has a fifth the per capita
gross domestic product (GDP) of the United States, but,
for women, more than 50 percent of the latter’s
schooling.
In line with the trend, Mexico’s female adult mortality
rate is only narrowly higher. Vietnam and Yemen have
roughly equivalent per capita GDP. Yet Vietnamese
women average 6.3 more years in school and are half as
likely to die between the ages of 15 and 60. “Economic
growth is also significantly associated with child
mortality reductions, but the magnitude of the
association is much smaller than that of increased
education,” comments Emmanuela Gakidou, IHME’s
director of education and training. “One year of
schooling gives you about 10 percent lower mortality
rates, whereas with a 10 percent increase in GDP, your
mortality rate would go down only by 1 to 2 percent.” -
Discover, May 31, 2013. Adaptado.
391

1. No texto, ao se comparar o México aos Estados
Unidos, afirma-se que, no México,
a) o produto interno bruto é equivalente a 50% do
produto interno bruto dos Estados Unidos.
b) os índices de mortalidade adulta vêm crescendo, nos
últimos anos.
c) as mulheres representam 50% da população
escolarizada.
d) as políticas educacionais são insuficientes e estão
defasadas.
e) as taxas de mortalidade feminina adulta são pouco
superiores às norte-americanas.
Text 97.
Read the movie summaries below to answer question(s).
Movie Info
2. O argumento central do texto é o de que níveis mais
altos de escolaridade estão diretamente relacionados a
a) índices mais baixos de mortalidade.
b) crescimento econômico acentuado.
c) mais empregos para as mulheres.
d) menores taxas de natalidade.
e) melhorias nos serviços de saúde.
3. De acordo com o texto, “about 10 percent lower
mortality rates” é resultado de
a) “10 percent increase in GDP”.
b) “child mortality reductions”.
c) “equivalent per capita GDP”.
d) “economic growth”.
e) “one year of schooling”.
It only takes one person to start a revolution. The
extraordinary story of Steve Jobs, the original innovator and
ground-breaking entrepreneur who let nothing stand in the
way of greatness. The film tells the epic and turbulent story of
Jobs as he blazed a trail that changed technology - and the
world - forever. (c) Official Site
PG-13, 2 hr. 7 min.
Drama
In Theaters: Aug 16, 2013 Wide
US Box Office:$15.5M
Directed By: Joshua Michael Stern Open Road Films -
Official Site
Written By: Matt Whiteley
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 17 set.
2013.
Glossário:
entrepreneur: empreendedor
blazed a trail: abriu caminho
392

Movie Info
c) “Jobs” and “Lee Daniels' The Butler” have the same
release date and genre.
d) well known actors and actresses are listed as playing
the main characters' roles.
e) both movies made millions on a relatively small
budget.
2. In a film's plot summary like the ones presented, one
can find
LEE DANIELS' THE BUTLER tells the story of a White
House butler who served eight American presidents over
three decades. The film traces the dramatic changes that
swept American society during this time, from the civil rights
movement to Vietnam and beyond, and how those changes
affected this man's life and family. Forest Whitaker stars as
the butler with Robin Williams as Dwight Eisenhower, John
Cusack as Richard Nixon, Alan Rickman as Ronald Reagan,
James Marsden as John F. Kennedy, Liev Schreiber as
Lyndon B. Johnson, and many more. Academy Award (R)
nominated Lee Daniels (PRECIOUS) directs and cowrote the
script with Emmy (R)-award winning Danny Strong (GAME
CHANGE). (c) Weinstein
a) a review of the actors' and actresses' performances.
b) the author's critical appraisal of the story.
c) a discussion of how the events develop.
d) condensed information about the story and the
characters.
e) persuasive language usage to motivate the reader to
watch the movie.
PG-13, 2 hr. 6 min. In Theaters: Aug 16,
2013
Wide
Drama
Office:$100.0M
US Box
Directed By: Lee Daniels The Weinstein Company -
Official
Site
Written By: Danny Strong
Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 17 set. 2013.
1. According to the information given
a) “Jobs” and “Butler” refer to the main characters'
occupations.
b) both films tell the story of men who changed the
society we live in.
Toronto wants the world to discover what our city has to
offer. And how better to do that than by putting the
world in touch with the people who know and love
Toronto the best – the people who live here.
How does TAP into TO! work?
We have lined up an array of energetic, knowledgeable
volunteer Torontonians, who are ready, willing and able
to show you their favourite parts of Toronto.
Tell us when you'll be visiting, when you have two to
four hours of free time and what neighbourhood you
would like to see.
We'll match you up with a greeter who shares your area
of interest and you'll be set to go.
Please give us at least one week notice to make the match. It is also important to
note that the greeter visits cannot be arranged for the first day of arrival in the city
– just in case you are unavoidably delayed on your arrival. - Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 9 set. 2013. (Adaptado).
393

1. According to the text, it is possible to state that a
greeter is someone who
a) shows parts of Toronto to visitors without a charge.
b) welcomes visitors when they first arrive in Toronto.
c) works for the city of Toronto as an employee.
d) stays with the visitors throughout their visit to
Toronto.
e) helps the visitors find their way around Toronto.
Text 99.
Leia o texto a seguir, que é de uma campanha
publicitária da década de 1960, e responda à(s)
questão(ões).
394
1. O argumento central no qual essa propaganda está
baseada é que as mulheres
a) são motoristas inaptas, portanto, mais cedo ou mais
tarde, colidirão os automóveis.
b) são dóceis e gentis, gostam de dirigir e, por isso,
merecem um carro popular zero quilômetro.
c) preferem um VW, já que o preço das peças é
acessível.
d) magoam os homens ao preferirem carros em que as
peças são substituíveis.
e) empobrecem os homens ao usarem o carro para
fazer compras em shopping centers.
2. Com base no texto, considere as afirmativas a seguir.
I. A expressão “Sooner or later” e a imagem do VW
amassado reforçam a ideia de que, inevitalmente, o carro
será batido.
II. A expressão “drive home” e a imagem do VW
amassado traçam um paralelo entre o modo como as
mulheres dirigem seus lares e o modo como dirigem seus
carros.
III. A palavra “even”, na frase “Even the brakes”, indica
que as mulheres regularmente utilizam os freios para
parar o carro.
IV. A frase “Even the brakes” expressa uma ironia em
relação à mulher motorista que utiliza tudo para parar o
carro, menos a peça que foi destinada para esse fim.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
3. Sobre o preconceito às mulheres subentendido pelo
fragmento do texto na propaganda, considere as
afirmativas a seguir.
I. Your wife isn’t limited to fender smashing.
II. You can convenient replace anything she uses to stop
the car. Even the brakes.

III. So when your wife goes window-shopping in a
Volkswagen, don´t worry.
IV. A gender comes off without dismantling half the car.
A new one goes on with just ten bolts.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
Text 100.
Angelina Jolie’s cancer decision highlights row over
genetic technology
Concerns that firms’ rights to hold patents on genes
linked to breast cancer is increasing cost of testing for
disease
Before the end of next month the US supreme court will
issue a landmark decision in a case brought against the
biotech firm Myriad Genetics, which is based in Utah, by
the Association for Molecular Pathology. The firm owns
a patent on the BRCA1 gene, which Jolie carries and
which is believed to carry a high risk of causing breast
cancer. It also owns a patent on the similar BRCA2 gene.
It means that Myriad has the exclusive right to develop
diagnostic tests for those genes – a fact that has
implications for other firms, who thus might be
prevented from developing innovations in the field.
It also has some serious money business implications: in
the wake of Jolie’s announcement, Myriad’s share price
increased. That has worried some commentators. In a
New York Times column describing her decision, Jolie
recognised she was lucky to be rich enough to easily
afford to take the test for the culpable genes.
Some have complained that the long court battle over
Myriad’s patents has kept the price of the tests too high
and have asked whether patents actually sacrifice
patients’ interests in favour of protecting corporate
profits. “How many more women – and men – might
have been able over the past four years to afford BRCA1
or BRCA2 testing in the absence of those protective
patents?” wrote Andrew Cohen in Atlantic magazine.
The issue of patents and genetic technology is one of
growing importance as a flood of companies enter the
booming sector and scientific advances permit more and
more advanced genetic manipulation. So far the supreme
court has shown a disposition to associate with big
business. Earlier this month it ruled in favour of
agricultural firm Monsanto in defence of a patent it holds
on soy beans that dominate the US farming sector.
(Adaptado de: .
Acesso em: 19 maio 2013.)
1. Com base no texto, considere as afirmativas a seguir.
I. Os laboratórios Myriad Genetics têm subornado a
justiça americana para continuar com o direito exclusivo
sobre os testes genéticos.
II. Os entraves legais com relação às patentes têm
diminuído o interesse dos laboratórios por tecnologia
genética.
III. A demora da justiça em cancelar as patentes sobre os
testes com os genes BRCA1 e BRCA2 pode prejudicar
muitas pessoas.
IV. Se os exames para detectar os genes causadores de
câncer fossem mais baratos, mais pessoas poderiam ter
acesso a eles.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
2. Com base no texto, assinale a alternativa correta.
Mapeamentos genéticos devem ser considerados
insuficientes como evidência de um futuro diagnóstico
de câncer, dada a margem de erro.
É importante que os laboratórios Myriad Genetics
continuem tendo direitos exclusivos sobre os exames
para assegurar a confiabilidade dos resultados.
As patentes dos exames que detectam genes causadores
de câncer deveriam ser anuladas, possibilitando o avanço
das pesquisas.
Segundo os laboratórios, mulheres cujos exames tenham
resultados similares ao de Angelina Jolie devem se
submeter ao mesmo procedimento feito por ela.
395

e) A justiça americana não tem poderes para intervir em
questões das patentes sobre pesquisas científicotecnológicas
dos laboratórios.
Text 101.
Brazil judicial decision paves way for gay marriage
Congress faces strong opposition from religious and
conservative lawmakers. Brazil is the world’s most
populous Roman Catholic nation and has an estimated
60,000 gay couples.
(BBC World News. Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 10 maio 2013.)
1. Com base nas informações contidas na notícia de
jornal, atribua V (verdadeiro) ou F (falso) às afirmativas
a seguir.
( ) A nova resolução permite o direito de legalização
das uniões de pessoas do mesmo sexo.
( ) A completa legalização do casamento entre pessoas
do mesmo sexo depende de lei a ser examinada pelo
Congresso.
( ) Os registros de união estável e as certidões de
casamento são concedidos aos casais homossexuais
desde 2011.
( ) A nova resolução afeta o poder de decisão dos
tabeliães em conceder certidões de casamento.
( ) O Brasil tem atualmente as mesmas leis em relação
ao casamento homossexual que a Argentina e o Uruguai.
The authorities in Brazil have ruled that marriage
licences should not be denied to same-sex couples. The
council that oversees the country’s judiciary said it was
wrong for some offices just to issue civil union
documents when the couple wanted full marriage
certificates. Correspondents say the decision in effect
authorises gay marriage. However full legalization
depends on approval of a bill being examined by the
Congress. Tuesday’s resolution by Brazil’s National
Council of Justice was based on a 2011 Supreme Court
ruling that recognised same-sex civil unions. Notary
publics were not legally bound to converting such unions
into marriages when asked by gay couples. This led to
some being denied marriage certificates at certain places,
but being granted the document at others. That would be
illegal, according to the new resolution.
“If a notary public officer rejects a gay marriage, he
could eventually face disciplinary sanctions”, NCJ judge
Guilherme Calmon told BBC Brasil. The ruling brings
Brazil one step closer to its neighbours Argentina and
Uruguay, which have legalised gay marriages. But
opponents could still challenge it at the Supreme Court.
And the same-sex marriage bill being examined by the
Assinale a alternativa que contém, de cima para baixo, a
sequência correta.
a) V – V – F – V – F.
b) V – F – V – F – V.
c) V – F – F – F – V.
d) F – V – F – V – F.
e) F – F – V – F – F.
2. Em relação à polêmica apresentada pela notícia de
jornal, assinale a alternativa correta.
a) A completa legalização do casamento homossexual
foi autorizada no Brasil em 2011.
b) As interpretações da lei que regulamenta o
casamento homossexual são divergentes.
c) Os tabeliães pretendem recorrer ao congresso para
garantir sua autonomia.
d) As pessoas que discordarem da nova resolução estão
impedidas de recorrer da decisão.
e) A grande população católica do Brasil determina as
decisões do Congresso.
396

3. Com base na charge e na notícia de jornal, considere
as afirmativas a seguir.
I. A charge indica a separação entre religião e estado, ao
passo que a notícia aponta uma interferência da bancada
religiosa na política.
II. A charge pressupõe que o obstáculo ao casamento
homossexual é religioso, e a notícia sugere que a
bancada religiosa seja católica.
III. A charge satiriza o modo como as leis sobre o
casamento homossexual têm sido tratadas pela religião,
enquanto a notícia problematiza as políticas de
legalização.
IV. A charge satiriza o divórcio homossexual, já a
notícia satiriza a oposição ao casamento homossexual.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
Text 102.
A HISTORY OF PI
The history of Pi, says the author, though a small part of
the history of mathematics, is nevertheless a mirror of
the history of man. 5 Petr Beckmann holds up this mirror,
4 giving the background of the times when Pi made
progress — and also when it did not, because 3 science
was being 1 stifled by militarism or religious fanaticism.
The mathematical level of this book is flexible, and there
is plenty for readers of all ages and interests.
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Petr Beckmann was born in Prague, Czechoslovakia, in
1924. 6 Until 1963, he worked as a research scientist for
the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, when he was
invited as a Visiting Professor to the University of
Colorado, where he decided to stay permanently as
professor of electrical engineering.
Dr. Beckmann has authored 11 books and more than 50
scientific papers, 2 mostly on probability theory and
electromagnetic wave propagation. History is one of his
side interests; another is linguistics ( 7 he is fluent in five
languages and he has worked out a new generative
grammar which enables a computer to construct trillions
of grammatical sentences from a dictionary of less than
100 unprocessed words).
8 He also publishes a monthly pro-science, protechnology,
pro-free enterprise newsletter Access to
Energy, in which he promotes the viewpoint that clean
energy can be made plentiful, but that access to it is
blocked by government interference and environmental
paranoia. - BECKMANN, Petr. A History of Pi. New
York: Barnes & Noble Books, 1983.
1. O livro A History of Pi
a) descreve grande parte da história da matemática e da
humanidade.
b) é direcionado apenas para iniciantes em matemática.
c) conta a história de Petr Beckmann em tempos de
repressão ao conhecimento.
d) associa conceitos matemáticos a fatos da vida
cotidiana.
e) é acessível a um público diversificado.
2. Dentre os interesses de Petr Beckmann, NÃO se
encontra(m)
a) a divulgação científica.
b) a Geografia.
c) a História.
d) a pesquisa científica.
e) as línguas estrangeiras.
3. O texto foi extraído de um(a)
a) aba / orelha de livro.
b) prefácio de livro.
c) roteiro de leitura.
d) resenha literária.
e) ensaio literário.
4. No contexto deste texto, o item lexical “stifled” (ref.
1) pode ser traduzido por
a) sufocada.
b) desmascarada.
c) organizada.
d) promulgada.
e) institucionalizada.
397

Text 103.
2
Harvard conducted one of the longest and most
comprehensive studies of human development — the 75
year old Grant Study — that’s reached some fascinating
conclusions regarding the recipe for leading a happy life.
The sample group was comprised of healthy male
Harvard college students who, over the course of their
lifetime, agreed to meet with an array of scientists and
researchers who measured their psychological, physical
and anthropological traits. 1 Though all identities are
confidential, it was recently discovered that John F.
Kennedy was a sample participant. Following these men
through times of war, their careers, parenthood and old
age, the Grant Study has amassed an exorbitant amount
of data that deeply reflects the human condition. What
can be concluded from seven decades of data? It is quite
simple actually; warm relationships between parents,
spouses, children and friends have the greatest impact on
your health and happiness in old age. The study found
that 93 percent of the sample group who were thriving at
age 65, had a close relationship with a sibling when they
were younger. As George Vaillant, the lead director of
the study states, it can all be boiled down into five simple
words: “Happiness is love. Full stop.” (Business Insider.)
- http://www.goodnet.org/articles/1055 (acesso em
10/06/2013).
1. A Grant Study, pesquisa realizada pela Universidade
de Harvard,
a) teve por objetivo investigar o comportamento de
pessoas idosas e felizes.
b) possibilitou o levantamento gigantesco de dados
sobre pesquisadores de Harvard.
c) comprovou que John F. Kennedy foi um homem
extremamente feliz.
d) chama-se the 75 year old Grant Study por ser
homenagem à faixa etária analisada.
e) comprovou que felicidade na vida adulta está
atrelada às relações afetivas ao longo da vida.
Text 104.
TEXTO:
study at colleges and universities in the United States.
Scholarships will be 3 given primarily to students in the
Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics
(STEM) fields. Students in the program will return to
Brazil to complete their degrees.
Undergraduate students from Brazil may apply for the
Science Without Borders Program scholarship beginning
August 31, 2011.
This program, administered by IIE, is part of the
Brazilian government’s larger initiative to 4 grant 100,000
scholarships for the 5 best students from Brazil to study
abroad at the world’s best universities.
“BRAZIL Science Without Borders”. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 12 out. 2013.
1. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
About the Brazil Science Without Borders Program, it’s
correct to say:
( ) In order to get a scholarship, students are required
to take a hard placement test.
( ) Science is among the program’s top priorities.
( ) An advantage of this program is that students may
graduate from college in the United States.
( ) One hundred thousand scholarships will be given to
Brazilian students by this program.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
a) T – F – F – T
b) T – F – T – F
c) F – T – F – T
d) F – T – T – F
e) T – T – T – T
Text 105.
TEXTO:
398
Brazil Science Without Borders
The Brazilian 1 government’s new Science Without
Borders Program will provide scholarships to
undergraduate students from Brazil 2 for one year of

A recent multicenter study found that the slimmest
people also ate the most carbohydrates, and the chubbiest
ate the least. The research concluded that your 1 odds of
getting and staying slim are best when 2 carbs make up to
64% of your total daily caloric intake, or 361 grams.
That’s the equivalent of several stuffed potatoes, a food
we bet you’ve been afraid to eat for decades.
Most low-carb diets limit you to fewer than 30% of 10
total calories from carbs and sometimes contain as few
as 30 grams of carbohydrates a day.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 12 out. 2013.
2
“carbs”: carbohydrates
1. The most suitable title for this text is
a) Low-carb diets make you lose weight.
b) Eating carbohydrates makes you thin.
c) Carbs are the prime villain of obesity.
d) Why carbohydrates are said to be unhealthy.
e) The more carbs you eat, the heavier you get.
Text 106.
We can change the world
Michael Jackson
All for one and one for all is what we all should be.
But instead we go and fight each other.
Now, that wasn’t meant to be.
You know, the sun is there to light the day.
The night is lit by the moon.
If we don’t come together, my brother, it all can end very
soon.
It’s your world now.
The future is plain to see.
Give love right now.
We need the harmony.
You would join in, you won’t hesitate, you would help
bring the harmony. –
JACKSON, Michael. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 12 out. 2013.
1. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
This is an excerpt of one of Michael Jackson’s famous
hits. It’s correct to say that the author of the lyrics of this
song
( ) is against any kind of war.
( ) emphasizes the importance of solidarity.
( ) realizes it’s worthless pursuing harmony.
( ) encourages people to make a better world.
According to the song, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
a) T – T – T – T
b) F – T – T – F
c) F – F – T – T
d) T – T – F – T
e) T – F – F – T
2. According to the author of these lyrics, the only way
to change this world is
a) through love and affection.
b) by disregarding the future.
c) through the use of weapons.
d) by staying away from the enemy.
e) by forbidding the rich to help the poor.
Text 107.
Healthy chocolate
Some of us have a heart of stone and feel as cold as ice.
Love can make a change in you, take a wrong and make
things right.
If you only knew how it was planned for life to really be,
399

Scientists from the University of Warwick in the UK
have revealed a new method to cut the amount of fat in
chocolate in half while keeping all the taste.
Here’s the problem with chocolate — what makes it
velvety and smooth in the mouth is exactly what ends up
elsewhere — fat. Low-fat versions disappoint because
it’s difficult to replace the tiny globules of fat with
anything else that disperses within the chocolate and
maintains its texture.
The trick, it seems, is to use agar — a widely available
jelling agent. Thoroughly blended bits of it, the
researchers say, act as tiny sponges that soak up any
liquid — fruit juice, plain water, even alcohol.
Stefan Bon, who led the research, said that the method
opens up whole new markets for chocolate, and that
additives such as fruit juice could further increase
chocolate’s health credentials. He says: “It would both
lower fat content and sugar content, so for people that
just have a craving and just want to down a bar of 200g,
20 you take half the amount of fat in, so it’s great.”
But for the less health-conscious, students in the group
have made a chocolate bar containing four shots of
vodka. - HEALTHY chocolate.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
a) T – F – T – F
b) F – T – F – T
c) T – T – F – F
d) T – F – T – T
e) T – T – T – F
Text 108.
Will we ever… understand why music makes us feel
good?
19 April 2013
Philip Ball
Disponível
.
Acesso em: 12 out. 2013.
em:
400
1. The alternative that best summarizes the main idea of
this text is
a) All the chocolate taste with only half the fat.
b) Not so tasty, but a much healthier chocolate.
c) All the chocolate texture without cutting its fat.
d) Healthy chocolate which keeps all its taste and fat.
e) Jelling agents that should be avoided so as to keep
the chocolate taste.
2. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
The text has answers to the following questions:
( ) What makes chocolate smooth and soft?
( ) Where did Stefan Bon work before going to
Warwick?
( ) How can chocolate be made healthier?
( ) Why does agar help to keep the chocolate texture?
No one knows why music has such a potent effect on our
emotions. But thanks to some recent studies we have a
few intriguing clues. Why do we like music? Like most
good questions, this one works on many levels. We have
answers on some levels, but not all.
We like music because it makes us feel good. Why does
it make us feel good? In 2001, neuroscientists Anne
Blood and Robert Zatorre at McGill University in
Montreal provided an answer. Using magnetic resonance
imaging they showed that people listening to pleasurable
music had activated brain regions called the limbic and
paralimbic areas, which are connected to euphoric
reward responses, like those we experience from sex,
good food and addictive drugs. Those rewards come
from a gush of a neurotransmitter called dopamine. As
DJ Lee Haslam told us, music is the drug.
But why? It’s easy enough to understand why sex and
food are rewarded with a dopamine rush: this makes us
want more, and so contributes to our survival and

propagation. (Some drugs subvert that survival instinct
by stimulating dopamine release on false pretences.) But
why would a sequence of sounds with no obvious
survival value do the same thing?
The truth is no one knows. However, we now have many
clues to why music provokes intense emotions. The
current favourite theory among scientists who study the
cognition of music – how we process it mentally – dates
back to 1956, when the philosopher and composer
Leonard Meyer suggested that emotion in music is all
about what we expect, and whether or not we get it.
Meyer drew on earlier psychological theories of emotion,
which proposed that it arises when we’re unable to
satisfy some desire. That, as you might imagine, creates
frustration or anger – but if we then find what we’re
looking for, be it love or a cigarette, the payoff is all the
sweeter.
This, Meyer argued, is what music does too. It sets up
sonic patterns and regularities that tempt us to make
unconscious predictions about what’s coming next. If
we’re right, the brain gives itself a little reward – as we’d
now see it, a surge of dopamine. The constant dance
between expectation and outcome thus enlivens the brain
with a pleasurable play of emotions.
(www.bbc.com. Adaptado.)
1. O texto relaciona a música às drogas porque ambas
a) liberam os instintos sexuais.
b) dependem das preferências pessoais.
c) incitam a euforia e criam dependência.
d) promovem a descarga de dopamina.
e) ocorrem em contextos semelhantes.
2. Segundo as informações apresentadas no terceiro e
quarto parágrafos, é possível concluir que
a) a dopamina contida nos alimentos faz com que
tenhamos prazer em comer certos pratos.
b) a sobrevivência do ser humano está vinculada à
sensação de recompensa provocada pela dopamina.
c) a música, ao contrário das drogas, não mimetiza o
instinto de sobrevivência.
d) ninguém sabe por que a preferência por
determinados tipos de drogas e de música ocorre em
certos grupos.
e) mesmo uma música agradável pode provocar
emoções contraditórias, como ansiedade e
relaxamento.
3. According to McGill University neuroscientists,
music one enjoys makes the person feel good because
a) two brain regions related to pleasure are stimulated.
b) they used magnetic resonance imaging to enhance
dopamine.
c) most people feel euphoric and start to move their
bodies or dance.
d) it recalls memories related to sex and other good
experiences.
e) it is often played in social gatherings where food,
sex and drugs may be present.
4. No trecho do segundo parágrafo – which are
connected to euphoric reward responses –, a palavra
which refere-se a
pleasurable music.
a) sex, good food and addictive drugs.
b) limbic and paralimbic areas.
c) magnetic resonance imaging.
d) euphoric reward responses.
5. Segundo Leonard Meyer,
a) a ansiedade e comportamentos violentos decorrem
da busca por recompensas.
b) um desejo não atendido gera sensação de perigo e
insegurança.
c) a música vai de encontro aos padrões do
inconsciente.
d) uma expectativa confirmada gera bem-estar e
emoções agradáveis.
e) emoções dúbias como prazer e culpa resultam do
consumo de drogas, como o tabaco.
6. Segundo o texto, a pergunta apresentada no primeiro
parágrafo
a) é intrigante e merece uma reflexão por parte de
músicos e psicólogos.
b) mostra que a música está relacionada à
sobrevivência do ser humano.
c) introduz uma questão científica ainda não abordada.
d) indica que a música pode auxiliar em tratamentos
para depressão.
e) pode ser abordada a partir de diversas perspectivas.
401

Text 109.
Climate change: warm words and cool waters
There is a serious debate about why observed
temperatures have not kept pace with computer-modelled
predictions
September 1, 2013
Editorial The Guardian
Last week’s report that the current “pause” in global
warming could be linked to cyclic cooling in the Pacific
will be interpreted by climate sceptics as evidence that
global warming isn’t happening, and by politicians as a
reason to forget about climate change and carry on with
business as usual. Both responses would be dangerously
wrong.
There is no serious argument within climate science
about the link between carbon dioxide levels and
temperature. Between 1970 and 1998 the planet warmed
at an average of 0.17C per decade, and from 1998 to
2012 at 0.04C per decade. Carbon dioxide levels in the
atmosphere, however, continued to rise and are now
higher than at any time in the last 800,000 years. Twelve
of the 14 warmest years on record have occurred since
2000; the last two years have been marked by
catastrophic floods in Australia and record-breaking
temperatures in the US; and the loss of north polar ice
has accelerated at such a rate that climate modelers
expect the Arctic Ocean to be routinely ice-free in
September after 2040.
There is, however, a serious debate about why the
observed temperatures have not kept pace with
computer-modelled predictions and where the heat that
should have registered on the global thermometer has
hidden itself. One guess – supported by some sustained
but still incomplete research – is that the deep oceans are
warming: that is, the extra heat that should be
measurable in the atmosphere has been absorbed by the
sea. This is hardly good news: atmosphere and ocean
play on each other, and any stored heat is 1 to be
returned to the atmosphere sooner or later, in
unpredictable ways. The real lesson from the latest
finding is that there is a lot yet to be understood about
how the planet works, and precisely how ocean and
atmosphere distribute 2 from the equator to the poles.
(www.theguardian.com. Adaptado.)
1. As informações apresentadas no segundo parágrafo
apoiam a ideia, presente no texto, de que
a) os políticos já podem relaxar as medidas que visam
evitar o aquecimento global.
b) a pausa no aquecimento global também pode
desencadear mudanças climáticas.
c) o aquecimento global não está em desaceleração,
apesar do esfriamento do oceano Pacífico.
d) o ciclo de resfriamento do clima já começou,
exemplificado pelas enchentes na Austrália.
e) o derretimento das calotas polares esfriou os
oceanos, que, por sua vez, interromperam o
aquecimento global.
Text 110.
Report: There Are 3,000 Child Soldiers in India
May 15, 2013
Last year, suspected insurgents in northeast India’s
Manipur state abducted three teenage boys. Despite a
missing-persons complaint and a police search, they
were never found. In Manipur, as well as several other
Indian states, it is not uncommon for children to be
kidnapped by insurgent groups to be turned into child
soldiers. Indeed, around the same time as the boys went
missing, five teenage girls laid down arms in front of
police in the eastern Indian state of Orissa, a stronghold
of Maoist rebels. They had been kidnapped from their
village in 2008.
Stories like these have been circulating for years, but
officials have largely chosen to ignore or downplay the
problem. A new study may shake them out of silence: a
report released last week by the New Delhi–based Asian
Centre for Human Rights (ACHR) found that there are
currently as many as 3,000 child soldiers in India. “The
402

ecruitment of child soldiers is rampant, and hundreds of
children remain involved in the conflicts,” the report
says.
The ACHR findings suggest that the problem is
particularly severe in India’s long-running Maoist
insurgency, but that children have also been recruited by
insurgent groups in Jammu and Kashmir and parts of
northeast India like Manipur, where separatist groups
have clashed with Indian forces for decades. “In certain
areas in eastern India, it is mandatory for families to give
at least one of their children to Maoist rebels,” says
Suhas Chakma, director of the ACHR.
And yet, the country seems loath to face, let alone
address, the problem. India ratified a U.N. Optional
Protocol on children in armed conflict in 2005. As of
March, a total 197 out of 640 Indian districts are affected
by insurgency, according to the report. In 2011, the
Indian government submitted its first Periodic Report on
the status of implementation of the Optional Protocol to
the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the
Involvement of Children in Armed Conflict. The
document, prepared by the Ministry of Women and
Child Development, was devoid of any factual
information on child soldiers. The Indian government
denied the existence of any armed conflict in India,
saying “India does not face either international or
noninternational armed-conflict situations,” therefore
there is no question of involvement of children in it.
“The Indian government’s reaction is embarrassing,”
says Chakma. “They don’t want to acknowledge the
problem because they don’t want international
monitoring groups in the country.”
The ACHR report, submitted last Thursday to the U.N.
Committee on the Rights of the Child, recommends
government-sponsored rehabilitation schemes for these
children and a need for greater awareness. It also asked
the National Human Rights Commission to intervene to
help address the issue. New Delhi can start by admitting
there’s a problem..
May 15, 2013 /www.time.com
1. According to the text,
a) three lads, suspected of insurgency, were kidnapped
and are still missing in Manipur.
b) kids are barely forced by rebels to fight for their
cause in several Indian states.
c) not only boys but also girls are used as warriors by
political movements in India.
d) five teen girls, fighting the Maoists in Orissa,
surrendered to the police.
e) police officers have been trying to minimize the
kidnapping of children in India.
2. The main idea of the text is
a) to show how the Indian administration overlooks the
issue of soldier kids.
b) to denounce the existence of three thousand children
enslaved to fight in wars in India.
c) to highlight the roots of child recruitment by
insurgents in separatist conflicts such as in Jammu
and Kashmir.
d) to warn against the police incompetence in searching
missing children in India.
e) to support the National Human Rights Commission
intervention to help address the issue in India.
3. According to the text,
a) a report is likely to make the authorities in India
have to discuss the exploitation of kids.
b) the abduction of children uses violence, and that,
brings them conflicts.
c) the kidnapping of kids is on the rise in India and the
government is not aware of it.
d) the Maoist rebels have been using kids as soldiers
for decades in Jammu and Kashmir.
e) separatists have confronted the state because of
abducted children.
Text 111.
The following text refers to question(s)
LONDON IN YOUR POCKET
Smartphone applications are transforming the tourism
experience. The latest development is called
Streetmuseum, or “the museum in your pocket.” It can
be downloaded __( I )__ any Iphone or Android tablet
and it enables you to explore the streets of London, both
past and present.
Streetmuseum unites 200 images __( II )__ the Museum
of London collection with actual locations __( III )__ the
403

capital. It uses the smartphone’s geo-tagging facility: as
you walk the streets of London, satellite technology will
give the phone’s “geoposition.” The phone will produce
an image of that place in the past and you can compare
this with what you see there today. So far the app has
been downloaded by __( IV )__ 150,000 people around
the world.
Text 112.
The Movies
SKYLINE
The collection shows how much the London skyline has
changed __(V)__ recent decades. Until 1962 St Paul’s
Cathedral (which was completed in 1710 and is 110
metres high) was London’s tallest building. Today that
honour goes to “One Canada Square,” the Canary Wharf
Tower in the Docklands. It is 230 metres high, but it will
soon be overtaken __( VI )__ the 87-storey tower “Shard
London Bridge,” which will be 310 metres high.
Designed by architect Renzo Piano, it should be
completed in May.
1. According to the text,
a) streetmuseum can show you what London used to
look like.
b) the pictures shown in Streetmuseum can be
downloaded on any IPhone or Android tablet.
c) the London skyline today is made up with the tallest
buildings in the world.
d) the Canary Wharf Tower has been overtaken by the
Shard London Bridge regarding their height.
e) satellite technology has been used by more than
150,000 people in recent decades.
MY WEEK WITH MARILYN
Has anyone counted the number of books, films and even
songs (Elton John’s “Candle in the Wind”, for example)
that have been dedicated to the life and death of Marilyn
Monroe (1926-62)?This is in addition to all the movies
__( I )__ Marilyn herself made during her brief career.
Nearly 50 years after her death, the Monroe industry is
alive and well. The latest example is My Week With
Marilyn (__( II )__ received its US release in November,
and is scheduled for Brazil on February 24). It tells the
story of the film star’s trip to Britain, during the
course___( III )__ she worked with Sir Laurence
Olivier. Seen through the eyes of Olivier’s assistant,
Colin Clark (__( IV )__ Marilyn had an affair), it stars
Michelle Williams as Marilyn (pictured above),
Kenneth Branagh as Olivier, and Judi Dench, __( V )__
plays another great actress, Dame Sybil Torndike. -
www.speakup.com.br
1. According to the text,
a) one hundred books have been written about Marilyn.
b) My Week with Marilyn tells the story of Marilyn’s
life 50 years after her death.
c) Marilyn had a very short working life.
d) Michelle Williams worked as a supporting actress in
My Week with Marilyn.
e) Marilyn had an affair with Sir Laurence Olivier.
404

Text 113.
The Man Who Sold the Eiffel Tower
The two men had a meeting, and Lustig confessed that
he wasn’t looking for the highest offer. He said he would
give the contract to anybody – for a price. Poisson
understood: Lustig wanted a little extra money “under
the table” for himself. This was Lustig’s cleverest lie,
because now Poisson believed him completely.
Lustig sold Poisson a false contract for the Eiffel Tower
– and on top of that, Poisson paid him a little extra
money “under the table”. Lustig put all the money in a
suitcase and took the first train to Vienna. Poisson never
told the police what had happened – he was too
embarrassed. After a month, Lustig returned to Paris and
tried to sell the Eiffel Tower again, but this time
somebody told the police and he had to escape to
America. There, he continued his criminal career and
finished his days in the famous Alcatraz prison. (Oxford UP
2009 - English Result, p.62. Adapted.)
1. According to the text, Victor Lustig sold the Eiffel
Tower because
Paris, 1925. World War I had finished and the city was
full of people with cash looking for business
opportunities. Victor Lustig was reading the newspaper
one day and found an article about the Eiffel Tower. It
said the tower was being neglected because it was too
expensive to maintain. Lustig a great ‘business
opportunity’ – he would sell the Eiffel Tower!
Lustig wrote to six important businessmen in the city and
invited them to a secret meeting in a well-known Paris
hotel. He said he was a government official and he told
them that he wanted to talk about a business deal. All six
of the businessmen came to the meeting.
At the meeting, Lustig told them that the city wanted to
sell the Eiffel Tower for scrap metal and that he had been
asked to find a buyer. He said that the deal was secret
because it would not be popular with the public. The
businessmen believed him, perhaps the Eiffel Tower was
never planned to be permanent. It had been built as part
of the 1889 Paris Expo, and the original plan had been to
remove it in 1909.
Lustig rented a limousine and took the men to visit the
tower. After the tour, he said that if they were interested,
they should contact him the next day. Lustig told them
he would give the tower contract to the person with the
highest offer. One of the dealers, Andre Poisson, was
very interested, but he was also worried. Why was Lustig
in such a hurry?
a) he intended to sell the scrap metal of the tower.
b) it was too expensive for him to maintain the
monument.
c) some investors approached him with the interest in
buying the tower.
d) he had the intention to make a profit.
2. Read the sentences below:
- Lustig sold the Eiffel Tower.
- He went to Vienna.
According to the text, which actions in the sentences
below occur in the correct order?
a) Lustig was in Vienna when he sold the Eiffel Tower.
b) Lustig went to Vienna after he had sold the Eiffel
Tower.
c) Lustig sold the Eiffel Tower as soon as he had gone
to Vienna.
d) By the time Lustig sold the Eiffel Tower, he was in
Vienna.
405

Text 114.
The Valentine’s Day song
That’s what Valentine’s Day is
That’s what Valentine’s Day is for
Retrieved from: . Access in: Aug, 2013.
By Bryant Oden
406
I made a special valentines card for a girl I like
I gave it to her in class with all the rest
I watched her open it out of the corner of my eye
She read it then went right on to the next
I felt so broken hearted we were over before we started
I guess she didn’t like what I wrote, I spent forever on
that stupid
love note.
It said:
I’m glad you and I are friends and I hope that never ends
But I’ve been thinking we could be more
That’s what Valentine’s Day is for
Then I noticed my best friend Christy was smiling at me
She was holding the card she wasn’t supposed to be
She walked right over and got really close to me
I never noticed it before but her eyes were pretty
She said: I’m glad you and I are friends and I hope that
never ends
But I’ve been thinking we could be more
That’s what Valentine’s Day is for
Then my heart started pounding and my knees went
weak
My best friend Christy kissed me on my cheek (with her
lips!)
I felt so happy hearted, look at what my mess up started
I took her hand and said:
I’m glad you and I are friends and I hope that never ends
But suddenly I’m thinking we could be more
1. According to this song, Valentine’s Day is an
opportunity to
a) show affection publicly.
b) let go of old resentments.
c) start going out with someone.
d) help a close friend find a date.
e) live some great moment at school.
Text 115.
Differences of floral resource use between honey bees
and wild bees in an intensive farming system
Bees provide an essential pollination service for crops
and wild plants. However, substantial declines in bee
populations and diversity have been observed in Europe
and North America for the past 50 years, partly due to
the loss of natural habitats and reduction of plant
diversity resulting from agricultural intensification. To
mitigate the negative effects of agricultural
intensification, agrienvironmental schemes (AES) have
been proposed to sustain bees and other pollinators in
agrosystems. AES include the preservation of seminatural
habitats such as grasslands, fallows, woodlots,
hedgerows or set-aside field margins. However,
empirical evidence suggests that the use of those seminatural
habitats by bees may vary greatly among bee
functional groups and may further be influenced by the
presence of alternative foraging habitats such as massflowering
crops. The present study sets out to investigate
whether the three bee groups typically targeted by AES
(honey bees, bumble bees and other wild bees) differ in
the way they use those semi-natural habitats relative to
common mass-flowering crops (oilseed rape, sunflower,
alfalfa) in an intensive agricultural farming system. A
clear segregation pattern in the use of fl oral resources
appeared between honey bees and wild bees, with the
former being tightly associated with mass-flowering
crops and the latter with semi-natural habitats. Bumble
bees had an intermediate strategy and behaved as habitat
generalists. 1 Therefore, it would be sensible to treat the
three bee groups with distinct AES management
strategies, and to further consider potential effects on
AES efficiency of alternative foraging habitats in the
surrounding. This study also stresses the importance of

native fl oral resources, particularly in semi-natural
herbaceous habitats, for sustaining wild bee populations.
- http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01678809. Acesso em set 2013.
1. Read text and the statements about it to solve
question.
I. Declines in bee populations have been detected over
the last 50 years in Europe and North America.
II. Agricultural intensification causes the loss of natural
habitats and reduction of plant diversity.
III. Agri-environmental schemes have already been used
to mitigate the effects of pollination.
The correct statement(s) is/are
a) I, only.
b) III, only.
c) I and II, only.
d) II and III, only.
e) I, II, III.
2. Three keywords for understanding the text are:
a) pollinations; crops; plants.
b) honey bees; bumble bees; wild bees.
c) diversity; reduction; intensification.
d) bees; agri-environmental schemes; semi-natural
habitats.
e) bumble bees; natural habitats; agricultural
intensification.
3. A leitura do texto permite concluir que se trata de
um(a)
a) resumo de artigo científico.
b) resenha de artigo jornalístico.
c) sinopse de documentário.
d) apresentação de livro didático.
e) conclusão de reportagem.
Text 116.
MEMORY
by Adam Hadhazy
1 Flavonoids, a group of chemicals commonly
found in plants, are often credited as having “superfood”
powers. One of them, epicatechin (epi)—abundant in
chocolate, green tea, and red wine— allegedly reduces
the risk of heart disease, diabetes, and cancer, among
other virtues. It is also thought to improve memory. But
is that so? The answer, for the memory benefit, is yes, at
least if you are a snail.
2 Neuroscientist Kenneth D. Lukowiak of the
University of Calgary, Canada, and two colleagues tested
the power of epi as a memory enhancer in the pond snail
Lymnaea stagnalis. Pond snails breathe through their
skin when in waters rich in oxygen, but if oxygen
becomes scarce, the mollusks go to the surface and
breath through an orifice—the pneumostome—
connected to a simple lung. By gently poking the
pneumostome with a stick when a snail tries to open it,
researchers can condition snails to come up for air less
frequently. And that is what the team did.
3 They trained snails with the stick in plain pond
water and in epi-infused water and compared the
duration of their memory. After a half-hour session,
snails in plain water learned to attempt fewer breaths—
and remembered their lessons for about three hours.
Snails exposed to epi, on the other hand, kept up their
modified behavior a full day later. And snails trained in
epi-rich water for two half-hour sessions continued to
surface less often for air three days on. Snails trained in
epi also had stronger memories than snails trained in
regular water—that is, it was harder to train them to
ignore what they had learned.
1. According to the information in the article,
epicatechin (epi)
a) is the most abundant and beneficial of all the
flavonoids.
b) is a “superfood” chemical found in most organicfood
items.
c) is often prescribed in order to stimulate the brain’s
ability to remember.
d) was found to be the one element that chocolate,
green tea, and red wine have in common.
e) may be useful in strengthening the body against
certain health problems.
2. According to the information in the article, Kenneth
D. Lukowiak and two colleagues
a) identified Lymnaea stagnalis as the type of pond
snail most affected by epi.
407

) tried to find out what effect epi has on the memory
of the pond snail Lymnaea stagnalis.
c) discovered that, in some cases, epi weakens the
breathing system of the pond snail Lymnaea
stagnalis.
d) tested the hypothesis that epi is the only flavonoid
that improves the memory of the pond snail
Lymnaea stagnalis.
e) suggested that epi’s memory-enhancing properties
work only for the pond snail Lymnaea stagnalis.
3. In the last sentence of paragraph 2, “that” in “And
that is what the team did” most likely refers to which of
the following?
a) By physically manipulating the snails’
pneumostomes at the right moment, the team trained
the snails to modify their breathing habits.
b) By incapacitating the snails’ breathing orifices at the
right moment, the team was able to test the snails’
ability to remember.
c) By stimulating several parts of the snails’ respiratory
systems at the right moment, the team strengthened
the snails’ ability to remember.
d) By touching the snails’ pneumostomes at the right
moment, the team trained the snails to breathe
through their skin when out of water.
e) By putting the snails in epi-infused water at the right
moment, the team trained the snails to spend more
time breathing at the surface of the water.
4. According to the information in the article, which of
the following is most likely one of Kenneth D.
Lukowiak’s opinions?
a) Epi will work on humans in the same way that it
works on pond snails.
b) Epi works by circumventing the nervous system of
the pond snail.
c) A connection between the serotonin receptors and
the osphradium allows pond snails to optimize epi’s
memory-enhancing benefits.
d) Neurons may be essential components in the way
epi works on pond snails.
e) Epi’s ability to improve memory in pond snails is
still a promising but unproved hypothesis.
5. In paragraph 1, the sentence “But is that so?” most
likely means approximately the same as which of the
following?
a) Is it true that epi really does offer a number of health
benefits?
b) Is it possible that snails can improve their memory
by consuming epi?
c) Is improved memory the most important benefit that
results from consuming epi?
d) Could it be that epi strengthens rather than weakens
the ability to remember?
e) Do only humans gain an improved memory by
consuming epi?
6. According to the information in the article, pond snails
a) have two lungs for breathing underwater but only
one lung for breathing at the surface of the water.
b) breathe through their skin when they are out of
water.
c) rely on the pneumostome to breathe when they leave
water that contains little oxygen.
d) regulate their breathing as an automatic response
both to extreme climatic conditions and to the
presence of strong physical stimuli.
e) cannot breathe through the pneumostome after they
leave oxygen-rich water.
7. According to the information in the article, Kenneth
D. Lukowiak and his team discovered in one test that
a) snails in plain water needed fewer training sessions in
order to modify their breathing habits.
b) they could modify the snails’ breathing habits by
stimulating the snails’ lungs rather than their
pneumostomes.
c) a group of snails could stay below the surface of epiinfused
water for three days in a row.
d) the modified breathing behavior of snails in epiinfused
water lasted more than 20 hours longer than did
that of snails in plain water.
e) it was possible to train two groups of snails to breathe
less frequently both underwater and at the surface of the
water.
408

8. According to the information in the article, which of
the following was a characteristic found exclusively in
those snails trained in epi-infused water?
a) The training sessions made their pneumostomes
more sensitive to physical stimulation.
b) They developed a lower tolerance to oxygen-poor
water.
c) On average, they incorporated new behavioral
patterns three times faster than did snails trained in
plain water.
d) After they had been trained to modify one kind of
behavior, it was relatively easy to train them to
modify other kinds of behavior.
e) After they had been trained to modify one kind of
behavior, it was relatively hard to train them to
abandon that modified behavior.
Text 117.
NO HURRICANE TONIGHT
By Philip Ball
1 Isn’t it strange how we like to regard weather
forecasting as a uniquely incompetent science – as
though this subject of vital economic and social
importance can attract only the most inept researchers,
armed with bungling, bogus theories?
2 That joke, however, is becoming less funny.
With Britain’s, and probably the world’s, weather
becoming more variable and prone to extremes, an
inaccurate forecast risks more than a wet garden party,
potentially leaving us unprepared for life-threatening
floods or ruined harvests.
3 Perhaps this new need to take forecasting
seriously will eventually win it the respect it deserves.
Part of the reason we love to highlight the disastrously
misplaced reassurance from Michael Fish, the BBC’s TV
weatherman, is that there has been no comparable failure
since. “Earlier today,” said Fish, “apparently, a woman
phoned the BBC and said she heard there was a
hurricane on the way; well, if you’re watching, don’t
worry – there isn’t.” Hours later, the great storm of 1987
struck. As meteorologists and applied mathematicians
Ian Roulstone and John Norbury point out in their
account of the maths of weather prediction, Invisible in
the Storm, the five-day forecast is, at least in western
Europe, now more reliable than the three-day forecast
was when the 1987 storm raged. There has been a steady
improvement in accuracy over this period and, popular
wisdom to the contrary, prediction has long been far
superior to simply assuming that tomorrow´s weather
will be the same as today’s.
4 Weather forecasting is hard not in the way that
fundamental physics is hard. It’s not that the ideas are so
confusing, but that the basic equations are extremely
tough to solve, and that hiding within them is a barrier to
prediction that must defeat even the most profound mind.
Weather is intrinsically unknowable more than two
weeks ahead, because it is an example of a chaotic
system, in which imperceptible differences in two initial
states can blossom into grossly different eventual
outcomes. Indeed, it was the work of the American
meteorologist Edward Lorenz in the 1960s, using a set of
highly simplified equations to determine patterns of
atmospheric convection, that first alerted the scientific
community to the notion of chaos: the inevitable
divergence of all but identical initial states as they evolve
over time.
5 It’s not obvious that weather should be
susceptible to mathematical analysis in the first place.
Wind and rain and blazing heat seem subject to caprice,
and it’s no wonder they were long considered a matter of
divine providence.
Adapted from Prospect, February, 2013
1. According to the information in the article, during the
period from 1987 to the present,
a) Western Europe has been able to make use of longer
and more accurate weather forecasts.
b) the science of weather forecasting has been stagnant,
unable to make new discoveries or find new
solutions to serious problems.
c) popular wisdom has often helped to predict the
weather with astonishing accuracy.
d) it has finally been proven that predicting tomorrow’s
weather by using observations of today’s weather is
a highly inaccurate method.
e) steady progress in the science of weather forecasting
has made five-day forecasts prevalent and reliable
around the world.
2. According to the information in the article, the
American meteorologist Edward Lorenz
a) warned the scientific community of the chaotic state
of most meteorological research methods.
409

) was the first meteorologist to divulge the fact that
unless two initial states are exactly the same, they
must evolve differently.
c) was the first meteorologist to use mathematical
equations to determine patterns of atmospheric
convection.
d) had access only to rudimentary mathematical
models and therefore achieved limited success in
determining patterns of atmospheric convection.
e) was the first meteorologist to study the nature of
various patterns of atmospheric convection.
3. According to the information in the article, the author
thinks it is unusual that
a) weather forecasting seems to attract only secondrate
scientists.
b) although weather forecasting is a fundamentally
important activity, people tend to consider it
hopelessly untrustworthy.
c) people refuse to take weather forecasting seriously,
even though recently it has been shown to be very
effective.
d) people seem to believe that weather forecasting is
more of an exact science than it really is.
e) the vital social and economic importance of weather
forecasting is something that people never take into
consideration.
4. According to the information in the article, Michael
Fish
a) ruined his reputation as a meteorologist by
forecasting a terrible storm that, in the end, did not
occur.
b) was famous for committing a number of mistakes
when he forecast the weather on British television.
c) was ridiculed for announcing that a hurricane would
strike England much later that it actually did.
d) assured his television audience that there was no
need to worry because hurricanes never reach
England.
e) once issued a television weather forecast that has
since been unequalled in terms of inaccuracy.
5. According to the information in the article, the
science of weather forecasting
a) is in many ways harder than fundamental physics.
410
b) will probably never even partially solve its most
basic equations.
c) must confront a number of hidden factors that make
accurate weather predictions impossible.
d) must deal with a factor that, by its very nature, can
act in unpredictable ways after a certain period of
time.
e) is working to achieve a reasonable degree of
accuracy for predictions dealing with periods of two
weeks or more.
6. In the last paragraph, the phrase “…it’s no wonder
they were long considered a matter of divine providence”
most likely means approximately the same as which of
the following?
a) There are good reasons to believe that the laws of
mathematics rule weather patterns.
b) It’s surprising that some people used to believe that
God controlled the various aspects of the weather.
c) It’s understandable that, for a big period of time,
many believed the weather’s various elements were
subject to the will of some kind of god.
d) It is recognized that, for a big period of time, many
believed the weather’s various elements were
controlled by a kind of divine mathematical
construction.
e) It’s understandable that for many years most people
believed that the causes and effects of the weather
were beyond the limit of human knowledge.
7. In paragraph 2, the sentence “That joke, however, is
becoming less funny” most likely refers to which of the
following ideas?
a) It is no longer surprising when a weather forecast is
inaccurate.
b) Bad weather can be inconvenient in any situation
and so is not inherently funny.
c) As global weather conditions are becoming more
and more severe, an inaccurate weather forecast
could be disastrous.
d) Someone who suffers because of an inaccurate
weather forecast is less likely to make jokes about
extreme weather.
e) The world’s increasing tendency to suffer from
extreme weather conditions has made weather
forecasting even more vulnerable to inaccuracies.

Text 118.
How money works: Will China on us all?
It’s no secret China has been booming while the West
declines. In fact, it’s been growing so fast it’s expanding
overseas, too: buying up businesses in the UK, U.S. and
elsewhere. So, how worried should we be?
Napoleon once said, apparently. ‘Let China sleep
because when she wakes she’ll shake the world’.
Indeed, for much of the industrial revolution, China was
taking a nap — so to speak. But in 1978 things began to
change. The Communist country encouraged private
enterprise and unleashed its biggest asset: 975 million
citizens.
Where then ensued mass migrations to urban areas where
people took up jobs in factories to manufacture goods for
export. Since then the economy dubbed ‘the dragon’ has
doubled its slice of the global economy and it’s predicted
that by 2016 China will be the world’s biggest economy.
Can anything stand in the way of the Asian powerhouse?
From Yahoo Finance UK Friday Mar 8, 2013.
1. Which elements contributed to China’s surprising
success, according to text?
a) A long nap and an increase in population.
b) Private businesses and forced urban migrations.
c) The large population and private businesses.
d) An increase in population and a move to rural areas.
e) Forced migration and overseas expansion.
2. The text speaks of
a) China’s failure to progress economically.
b) Napoleon’s conquest of China.
c) American businesses in China.
d) China’s rapid economic progress.
e) the changes in China before 1978.
3. The text affirms that China has succeeded in
increasing its share in the global economy to
a) four times its original share.
b) twice its original share.
c) three times its original share.
d) one and a half times its original share.
e) a thousand times its original share.
Text 119.
Playing Rio
Rio is a city of glamour and glitz – but also of poverty
and violence in the favelas that climb its hills. With
the Olympics coming in 2016, the slums are getting a
face-lift.
[...] Rio needed the solution to an economic puzzle
involving low wages, poor public transport, a weak state,
and income distribution about as fair as a tin-pot
kIeptocracy’s. “It happens in the whole world, but I
would say here the dose was greater,” says José Mariano
Beltrame, state secretary of public security.
Beltrame is a principal author of the “pacification plan”,
mean to occupy the slums and push out the gangs with a
force of some 12.500 pacification officers in 165
communities by 2014 for the soccer WorId Cup.
Beltrame hopes to leave behind a functioning civilian
state with a legal economy after the Olympics in 2016.
[…]
In other slums now occupied by police, life has
improved. Children are playing again in the streets.
Friends will come for a visit. Yet people are still
suspicious. […] “People don’t want to say so, but our
greatest fear is that tomorrow will be like yesterday,” he
says. “What will happen when the police leave?”[…]
Despite the early success of the pacification plan. Rio’s
poor distrust many government efforts to reshape the
city[...]
[…] doubts surround the coming Olympics spectacle.
Half the new arenas and facilities will be in Barra da
Tijuca, a Miami-Iike middle-class refuge full of cars and
malls about 20 miles from the city center. Here the poor
are less in evidence, and strangely, the charm of the
cidade rnaraviIhosa, the “marvelous city” that invented
the world’s great tropical brands – Carmen Miranda.
“The Girl from Ipanema” – is also absent. The place is
known as “the Rio that forgot it is Rio.” A Spanish
academic named Jordi Bona, who studies mega-events
and has advised Rio’s government, says, “You should
use the games to improve the inner city, not the suburbs,
to reduce inequalities, and to do urbanism in favor of the
poor.” [...]
If you are looking for an Olympic legacy, how about a city where people live in
peace? [...] - National Geographic. October 2012
411

1. The central idea of text is
a) the improvements planned in the slums of Rio.
b) the violence in Rio.
c) drug gangs in Rio.
d) police corruption in Rio.
e) the beautification of Rio.
Text 120.
Urban Development – Solid Waste Management
2. The text points out that people in Rio are afraid of
412
a) the consequences of the departure of the police.
b) the violence accompanying the Olympics.
c) confrontations between the police and drug-gangs.
d) the pacification plan.
e) the new arenas and facilities.
3. The text mentions that some of the problems present
in Rio are
a) inefficient transport poor government, new arenas
and facilities, unequal income distribution.
b) unequal income distribution, poverty, the
pacification plan, poor government.
c) new arenas and facilities, inefficient transport,
unequal income distribution, slums.
d) middle-class refuge, slums, poverty, the pacification
plan.
e) poverty, inefficient transport, unequal income
distribution, poor government.
4. The text suggests that the best legacy from the
Olympics for Rio would be
a) the girl from Ipanema.
b) is a peaceful city.
c) improvements in the suburbs.
d) urbanism in favour of the rich.
e) more mega-events.
Ask a mayor of a developing country city about his or
her most pressing problems, and solid waste
management generally will be high on the list. For many
cities, solid waste management is their single largest
budget item and largest employer.
It is also a critical matter of public health, environmental
quality, quality of life, and economic development. A
city that cannot effectively manage its waste is rarely
able to manage more complex services such as health,
education or transportation. And no one wants to live in
a city surrounded by garbage.
As the world urbanizes, the situation is becoming more
acute. More people mean more garbage, especially in
fastgrowing cities where the bulk of waste is generated.
We estimate that cities currently generate roughly 1.3
billion tonnes of solid waste per year; with current
urbanization trends, this figure will grow to 2.2 billion
tonnes per year by 2025 – an increase of 70 percent.
Managing waste will also become more expensive.
Expenditures that today total $205 billion will grow to
$375 billion. The cost impacts will be most severe in low
income countries already struggling to meet basic social
and infrastructure needs, particularly for their poorest
residents.
Because it is such a major issue, waste management also
represents a great opportunity for cities. Managed well,
solid waste management practices can reduce greenhouse
gas emission levels in a city, including short-lived
climate pollutants that are far more potent than carbon
dioxide. A city’s ability to keep solid waste out of
drainage ditches can also influence whether a
neighborhood floods after a heavy storm.
(www.worldbank.org. Adaptado.)

1. De acordo com o texto, o aumento na produção de
resíduos sólidos ocorre, principalmente, devido
a) aos custos.
b) à pobreza.
c) à educação.
d) à infraestrutura.
e) à urbanização.
2. Segundo o texto, o maior impacto do aumento de
custos da gestão de resíduos sólidos será sobre
a) os países em desenvolvimento.
b) a infraestrutura básica das cidades.
c) a sociedade em geral.
d) os serviços públicos que atendem os mais pobres.
e) a população pobre.
3. Segundo o texto, a gestão de resíduos sólidos
a) melhora o transporte e a educação públicos, além do
meio ambiente.
b) transforma o entorno das cidades em um grande
lixão, causando doenças.
c) deve ser implantada nas cidades antes mesmo da
saúde pública.
d) é um dos principais desafios dos prefeitos de cidades
de países em desenvolvimento.
e) é muito dispendiosa em comparação a outros
serviços públicos.
4. No trecho do terceiro parágrafo – this figure will
grow –, a palavra figure refere-se, no texto, a
a) cerca de 1,3 bilhão de toneladas.
b) cerca de 2,2 bilhões de toneladas.
c) 205 bilhões de dólares.
d) 70%.
e) 375 bilhões de dólares.
5. De acordo com o texto, quando há uma boa gestão de
resíduos sólidos,
a) a água dos mananciais fica mais limpa.
b) as oportunidades de trabalho podem se diversificar.
c) os gases que causam o efeito estufa podem diminuir.
d) o clima entra em equilíbrio, com redução de secas e
inundações.
e) o teor de dióxido de carbono na atmosfera tende a
aumentar.
Text 121.
Britain has met the heir who will certainly change the
face of monarchy for ever. Kate and William’s son enters
this world as a Royal Highness, destined to be king of his
country. Though his mother is a Duchess, the title
1
__________ disguise the fact that there has never been a
royal child quite like Kate’s. For while William descends
from a line of monarchs, this baby boy’s maternal
grandparents 5 once worked for British Airways and now
run their own company.
This new prince will become the first British monarch
with working-class blood running through his veins.
Monarchy these days is a precarious business, and
increasingly hard to justify – not only in terms of the
funds taxpayers donate to the Crown, but in a wider
world in which royal families seem ever more
anachronistic. This baby has arrived at a time of
profound social change and evolution – 2 __________ is
why I believe a royal child with middle-class antecedents
can provide the social alchemy that will secure the future
of the House of Windsor.
William and Kate, a modern couple, lived together quite
openly for several years before their marriage, a
6 sensible decision 7 condoned by the Queen, which
4 __________ been seen as unthinkable less than a decade
earlier. This was after prince Charles had moved in with
his divorced former mistress, Camila Parker Bowles, a
situation that would have been equally unacceptable a
few years ago.
All this evidences a rapidly evolving monarchy. Who
would have suspected that the Queen would have been
seen 8 pretending to parachute into the Olympic stadium
with James Bond? And who 3 __________ predict how
far this process of evolution will have travelled by the
time the new prince reaches the throne? From the pit to
the Palace in three generations? Surely it is the perfect
fairytale for a nation that grows more middle-class 9 by
the year.
Adaptado de: THORTON, Michael. A very middle class baby who will secure
the future of the royal family. Daily Mail. 22 jul 2013. Disponível em: <
http://www. dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2374279/Kate-Middletongives-birthmiddle-class-Royal-baby-boy-securemonarchys-future.html>.
Acesso em: 06 set.
2013.
413

1. Considere as seguintes afirmações a respeito do
texto.
I. O fato de o filho de William e Kate ter antecedentes da
classe trabalhadora pode tornar incerto o futuro da
monarquia.
II. As mudanças sociais que ocorrem no Reino Unido
refletem-se na família real e têm alterado algumas de
suas tradições.
III. O fato de a Rainha Elizabeth ter aceito participar de
uma encenação nas Olimpíadas comprova a evolução da
monarquia.
Quais estão corretas?
a) Apenas I.
b) Apenas II.
c) Apenas III.
d) Apenas II e III.
e) I, II e III.
2. Assinale com V (verdadeiro) ou F (falso) as
afirmações abaixo, de acordo com o sentido do texto.
( ) A existência da monarquia, cada vez mais, precisa
ser justificada em função de seu alto custo coberto pelos
impostos.
( ) A classe média está, gradativamente, diminuindo
no Reino Unido.
( ) O novo bebê real, em virtude de sua ascendência,
poderá ser o trunfo da permanência da família real.
( ) O casamento de Charles com sua ex-amante
divorciada ainda é visto como escandaloso pela família
real.
A sequência correta de preenchimento dos parênteses, de
cima para baixo, é
a) V – V – F – F.
b) V – F – V – F.
c) V – F – V – V.
d) F – F – V – F.
e) F – V – F – V.
414
Text 122.
Sense and Sensibility (1995)
(Based on Jane Austen‘s book)
James Fleet – John Dashwood
Tom Wilkinson – Mr Dashwood
Emma Thompson – Elinor Dashwood
Sometimes the Dashwood girls do not seem like sisters.
2 Elinor is all calmness and reason, and can be relied
upon for practical, common sense opinions. 1 Marianne,
on the other hand, is all sensibility, full of passionate and
romantic feeling. True love can only be felt by the
young, of course. And if your heart is broken at the age
of seventeen, how can you ever expect to recover?
(Retrieved and adapted from http://www.oupbookworms.com/downloads/pdf/movie_links/BOOKWORMS-Movies-5.pdf.
Access on September 23rd, 2013)
1. According to the synopsis, it is possible to infer that:
a) the character of each sister is pretty similar.
b) sense refers to passion and romance.
c) the two sisters embody both, sense and sensibility.
d) reason and emotion are attributes of the young only.
e) Sense and Sensibility refers to the character of the
sisters.

2. From the statement “Elinor is all calmness and
reason, and can be relied upon for practical, common
sense opinions” (ref. 2), it is possible to assume that:
a) she is recognized by being unreasonable.
b) her behavior is ruled by practice and reason.
c) her attitudes are based on her feelings.
d) her attitudes are based on her feelings and reason.
e) she is calm and affective.
Text 123.
PEOPLE PREFER FACEBOOK TEXTS INSTEAD
OF TRADITIONAL COMMUNICATION MODES:
RESEARCH
LONDON: People prefer to use Facebook
messages for staying in touch with their loved ones back
home rather than using traditional modes of
communication like postcards, a new research has found.
According to the study, the rise of the
smartphones means holidaymakers can tweet or text
about their fun in the sun rather than putting pen to
paper, with many dismissing postcards as 'too slow'.
The research showed that just one in six
holidaymakers now send postcards to friends and family
when they go abroad.
Nearly half of the 2,000 people surveyed said
they had never sent a postcard rather preferring to text,
call or use Facebook to keep in touch with home, the
'Daily Mail' reported.
The figure increases to more than half of young
people aged under 24, many of whom take their social
life abroad with them by posting envy-inducing photos
of their adventures online for their friends back home.
(…)
According to the study, sending text messages is
the biggest cause of the decline of the postcard, with
more than half of people (60 per cent) surveyed using
texts as a way to keep friends and family updated.
Phoning home is the second most popular way
to stay in touch, 1 while a third of holidaymakers (34 per
cent) use Facebook and 29 per cent choose to e-mail
loved ones about their travels. (…)
1. Considerando a pesquisa apresentada no texto
PEOPLE PREFER FACEBOOK TEXTS INSTEAD OF
TRADITIONAL COMMUNICATION MODES:
RESEARCH, entende-se que:
a) as pessoas deixaram de ter interesse em manter
contato com seus amigos e familiares.
b) há uma diminuição do uso do telefone, por ser um
meio muito demorado.
c) as mensagens de texto são consideradas como a
melhor forma de deixar os familiares e amigos
atualizados.
d) as pessoas continuam considerando o envio de
cartões postais como um meio bastante eficaz.
e) a maioria das pessoas entrevistadas prefere enviar um
cartão postal a teclar uma mensagem.
2. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a afirmação
correta baseada no texto acima.
a) Na pesquisa, foi constatado que a maioria das pessoas
deixou de usar o cartão postal por considerar um
meio de comunicação muito demorado.
b) De acordo com a pesquisa, atualmente o telefone é o
meio de comunicação mais utilizado do que o
facebook.
c) O aumento do número de smartphones, de acordo
com a pesquisa, é responsável pela preferência no uso
de cartões postais.
d) Na pesquisa, verificou-se que as pessoas não
escolheram as mensagens de texto como melhor
forma de se comunicar com seus amigos e familiares.
e) Os jovens abaixo dos 24 anos, de acordo com a
pesquisa, preferem enviar cartões postais a usar os
meios mais atuais de comunicação.
Text 124.
Amazon tribes
The Amazon is the world’s largest rainforest. It
is also the ancestral home of one million Indians. They
are divided into about 400 tribes, each with its own
language, culture and territory. 1 Many have had contact
with outsiders for almost 500 years. Others –
‘uncontacted’ tribes – have had no contact at all.
Disponível em: Source: The Economic Times. August 13, 2012. In:
http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2012-08-
13/news/33182772_1_postcards-text-messaes-facebookmessages. Accessed on
September 13, 2013.
415

) aos colonizadores portugueses.
c) aos não indígenas.
d) a um milhão de indígenas.
e) a cerca de 400 tribos.
3. No trecho do primeiro parágrafo – Many have had
contact with outsiders for almost 500 years. (ref. 1) –, a
palavra many refere-se a
How do they live?
Most Indians live in settled villages by the
rivers, and grow vegetables and fruits like manioc, corn,
beans and bananas. They also hunt and fish, using plantbased
poisons to stun the fish. Some tribes use shotguns
for hunting, others use bows and arrows, spears, or
blowguns with darts tipped with curare. Only a few
Amazonian tribes are nomadic; they tend to live deep in
the forest away from the rivers. They grow some crops
but rely more on hunting and gathering.
2 __________ their problems?
Almost all the Indians’ problems revolve around
land: 3 outsiders either want their land, or something on
or underneath it. The key threats are a massive boom in
oil and gas exploration, rampant illegal logging and the
rapid spread of ranching and farming. --
(www.survivalinternational.org. Adaptado.)
1. De acordo com o texto,
a) a maior parte dos indígenas vive em aldeias perto de
rios e não são nômades.
b) a maioria das 400 tribos amazônicas é nômade.
c) todos os indígenas já abandonaram o uso de armas de
caça tradicionais.
d) as tribos nômades plantam roças de mandioca e
milho e quase não caçam mais.
e) um milhão de indígenas de 400 tribos já foram
aculturados pelo homem branco.
2. No trecho do primeiro parágrafo – Many have had
contact with outsiders for almost 500 years. (ref. 1) – e
no trecho do ultimo parágrafo – outsiders either want
their land, or something on or underneath it. (ref. 3) –, a
palavra outsiders refere-se
a) aos indígenas.
416
a) language, culture and territory.
b) tribes.
c) uncontacted tribes.
d) outsiders.
e) rainforest.
Text 125.
Para responder à(s) questão(ões), leia o texto a seguir.
Marine Ecologist - Coastal
Impacts: Townsville,
Queensland, Australia
The Australian Institute
of Marine Science (AIMS) is
Australia’s tropical marine
research agency with a mission to
deliver world class research for the
sustainable development,
conservation, and management of
tropical marine resources and
environments.
The Institute has worldclass
laboratory facilities In
Townsvllle Queensland, Perth
Western Australia, and Darwin
Northem Temtory, two modern
research vessels and extensive
technical support.
Our people deliver
innovative research in water
quality, tropical marine
biodiversity, climate change and
marine microbiology.
An opportunity has been
created for a senior scientist with
an excellent track record in the
assessment and management of
environmental impacts in the
marine environment to join our
senhor research team.
A key focus for this role
wiIl be to develop and lead
research aimed at understanding
the direct and cumulative impacts
on tropical marine ecosystems of
increasing coastal development
activities around northem
Australia, including port
Job details
Employer
Australian Institute
of Marine Science
Website
http://www.aims.gov
.au/employ
Location
Townsville,
Queensland,
Australia
Posted
22 days ago
Expires
July 30, 2013
Job type
Senior Scientist
Salary
$100,000 - $140,000

development, shipping, coastal
aquaculture and catchment use.
Postdoctoral experience
In the fields of coastal ecology,
physiology, ecotoxicology, or
ecosystem
modelling is essential. Direct
experience with the management
of environmental impacts from
coastal development from a
regulator or industry perspective
would be highly valued.
Attractive working
conditions apply including a
commencing salary of $109,525 —
$140,217 plus up to
15.4% superannuation, generous
leave, relocation assistance and
many other benefits. This is a
permanent ongoing employment
opportunity and will be based at
our Townsville Research Facility
in Queensland.
Application information
is available from
www.aims.gov.au/employment.
Position enquiries may be directed
to Dr Britta Schaffelke,
b.schaffelke@aims.gov.au; (07)
4753 4382. The closing date for
this opportunity is Monday 29 July
2013.
AIMS is an EEO
Employer and promotes a smoke
free work environment.
Don't forget to mention
Naturejobs when applying.
Apply through the recruiter’s
website
This recruiter would Iike you to
apply via their website. FoIIow the
Iink below for further instructions.
When applying for this position
please quote the following
requisition number: Position
Number 525
Disponível
em:
. Acesso
em: 23 jul. 2013
Qualifications
Postgraduate -
Doctorate/PhD
Employment type
Permanent
Job hours
FuIl time
b) O texto divulga uma vaga de emprego em caráter
permanente, para ser exercido em regime Integral no
laboratório de Queensland.
c) Além do salário inicial anual, que varia entre cerca de
cento e dez e cento e quarenta dólares australianos, o
recrutador oferece vários benefícios adicionais.
d) O texto instrui os interessados a fazerem sua
inscrição diretamente pelo site do recrutador e
fornece o número do cargo para isso.
e) As pesquisas desenvolvidas no AIMS visam ao
desenvolvimento sustentável, à preservação e ao
manejo de recursos e ambientes tropicais marinhos.
2. O público-alvo imediato do texto são
a) graduandos com experiência em ecologia costeira.
b) cidadãos australianos residentes em regiões costeiras.
c) ecologistas marinhos em início de carreira.
d) cientistas experientes na área de ecologia marinha.
e) leitores da revista Nature ontine interessados em
ecologia.
Text 126.
Nature & health - a direct connection
Green spaces promote physical, psychological weIIbeing
By Julia Collins
1. Qual das alternativas NÃO se aplica ao texto?
a) O candidato que tiver experiência direta com
impactos ambientais marinhos causados por
indústrias tem mais chances de ser contratado.
2
The link between nature and health has finally been
solidified. British scientists Richard Mitchell, of
Glasgow University, and Frank Popham, of the
University of St. Andrews, distinguished a direct
417

connection between contact with natural environments
and improved health.
4 The scientists studied a total of 9 41 million people
between 2001 and 2005 to determine the links between
fatal illnesses and access to green spaces.
3
The evidence of their study shows 7 green spaces have
the most positive effects on circulatory health, though
6 they have little effect on lung cancer.
1
“Evidence suggests that contact with such
environments has independent salutogenic effects, for
example, green spaces independently promote physical
activity,” according to their findings published in the
British medical journal The Lancet.
However, 8 they also say 5 improved health is not
only positively affected by physical activity in natural
environments. “Several studies have shown that contact
(either by presence or visual) with green spaces can be
psychologically and physiologically restorative, reducing
blood pressure and stress levels and possibly promoting
faster healing in patients after surgical intervention,”
their study says.
Young again
Nature photography isn't the only outdoor
activity that can aid health. Golf, gardening, and simply
sitting outside in the sunshine have similar effects on
mental and physical wellbeing.
According to Richard Louv, author of
13 critically acclaimed Last Child in the Woods: Saving
Our Children From Nature-Deficit Disorder, “the 10 same
benefits that come to children from nature also come to
adults almost immediately: 11 reduced stress, accentuated
senses, and increased attention span.”
“The bottom line is 12 it's not a bitter pill.
[Getting outside] is something that's fun that makes us all
healthier and stimulates our bodies and our minds and
our souls. Nobody loses; everybody gains.”
Disponivel em: .
Acesso em: 20 jul. 2013 (adaptado)
418
1. Associe cada segmento a seu respectivo autor.
( ) Vários estudos mostram
que o contato presencial ou
visual com espaços verdes
pode beneficiar tanto a saúde
física quanto a saúde mental.
( ) Além da fotografia,
atividades ao ar livre, tais
como a jardinagem, podem
beneficiar a saúde.
( ) O contato com espaços
verdes pode agilizar o
processo de cicatrização póscirúrgico.
( ) O acesso à natureza
pode reduzir os níveis de
estresse de crianças e de
adultos.
A sequência correta é
a) 2 – 3 – 1 – 2.
b) 2 – 1 – 2 – 3.
c) 1 – 3 – 2 – 3.
d) 2 – 2 – 3 – 1.
e) 1 – 2 – 2 – 3.
1. Julia Coilins
2. Richard Mitchell
e Frank Popham
3. Richard Louv
2. Sobre os resultados da pesquisa noticiada no texto,
originalmente publicada no The Lancet, é correto afirmar
que
a) revelam que os maiores beneficiados pelo contato
com a natureza foram pessoas com pressão alta ou
com câncer de pulmão.
b) são decorrentes de entrevistas feitas com 41 milhões
de pacientes com pressão alta.
c) mostram que há uma conexão direta entre contato
com a natureza e mais saúde.
d) evidenciam que espaços verdes fazem bem
principalmente à saúde mental, porque possibilitam a
atividade física.
e) indicam que ambientes naturais beneficiam mais a
saúde das crianças do que a dos adultos.

3. Em qual das alternativas a seguir o autor do
fragmento selecionado revela que NÃO tem absoluta
certeza sobre as informações que está fornecendo?
a) “Evidence suggests that contact with such
environments has independent salutogenic effects”
(ref.1).
b) “The link between nature and health has finally been
solidified” (ref. 2).
c) “The evidence of their study shows green spaces
have the most positive effects on circulatory health”
(ref. 3).
d) “The scientists studied a total of 41 million people
between 2001 and 2005” (ref. 4).
e) “improved health is not only positively affected by
physical activity in natural environments” (ref. 5).
Text 127.
b) os professores de crianças as quais apresentam
possíveis sintomas de depressão.
c) os pediatras de crianças as quais apresentam
possíveis sintomas de depressão.
d) os pais de crianças as quais apresentam possíveis
sintomas de depressão.
e) as crianças com possíveis sintomas de depressão.
2. O objetivo principal do texto é
a) orientar pais a reconhecerem os sintomas de
depressão em seus filhos.
b) informar sobre as causas da depressão infantil.
c) testar o conhecimento do leitor sobre a depressão.
d) orientar o público jovem a prestar atenção em sinais
de depressão em seu comportamento.
e) divulgar os resultados da pesquisa do Instituto
Nacional de Saúde Mental sobre depressão.
3. Com base no texto, são sintomas de depressão:
I. tristeza, mau humor e/ou irritabilidade que duram um
dia inteiro.
II. cansaço sem causa médica e insônia noturna
contínuos por, pelo menos, duas semanas.
III. atitudes infantis para a idade e mudanças de apetite
que persistem por duas semanas ou mais.
Está(ão) correta(s)
a) apenas I.
b) apenas II.
c) apenas III.
d) apenas II e III.
e) I, II e III.
Text 128.
Candy Crush Saga: ‘70% of the people on the last
level haven’t paid anything’
King’s games guru is Tommy Palm, on the game that’s
being played 700m times a day on smartphones and
tablets!
1. O público-alvo imediato do texto são
a) os adolescentes com possíveis sintomas de depressão.
Candy Crush Saga has become a craze on Facebook, iOS
and Android alike.
The key stat is right there in the headline: seven in ten
people who’ve reached the last level of wildly-popular
419

420
mobile game Candy Crush Saga 9 haven’t spent any
money on in-app purchases.
This may come as a surprise. Hardcore gamers (and a
fair few developers) often attack King’s puzzler as the
epitome of dreadful, money-sucking freemium gaming,
exploiting people too stupid to realize they’re being
exploited.
It’s gaming 1 snobbery of the worst kind, and not because
Candy Crush doesn’t sometimes 3 feel over-aggressive in
the way its difficulty curve 4 nudges 5 players towards inapp
6 purchases – it sometimes 2 does – 7 but because it’s
based on a view of casual gamers as little more than lab
rats, tapping buy-buttons when commanded rather than
seeking “proper” games elsewhere.
As a player, I 8 ducked out of Candy Crush Saga when I
hit my personal ceiling of fun versus payment. As a
journalist, though, I feel like defending the game against
its 10 fiercer critics, who seem to think its players are
incapable of making similar decisions.
candy-crush-
http://www.theguardian.com/technology/appsblog/2013/sep/10/
saga-king-interview
1. According to the author, the reason why hardcore
gamers’ opinion on Candy Crush players is “snobbery of
the worst kind” (ref. 1) is that
a) Candy Crush is sometimes aggressive and difficult.
b) Candy Crush leads to in-app purchases.
c) casual gamers can’t choose other games.
d) casual gamers can’t tap buy-buttons.
e) Candy Crush makes its players give up.
2. According to the third and fourth paragraphs, what
may come as a surprise?
a) Seven out of ten gamers reach the last levels without
purchasing from the dealer.
b) Seven out of ten gamers can only reach the last levels
by purchasing from the dealer.
c) Hardcore gamers strongly criticize the developers for
exploring King’s puzzler.
d) Hardcore gamers are responsible for attacking a few
developers of this game.
e) A few developers have been under attack by hardcore
gamers for exploiting players.
3. A palavra “does” (ref. 2) é utilizada para
a) retomar a ideia introduzida por “feel” (ref. 3).
b) questionar a ideia introduzida por “nudges” (ref. 4).
c) substituir a palavra “players” (ref. 5).
d) completar o sentido da palavra “purchases” (ref. 6).
e) introduzir a explicação iniciada por “but” (ref. 7).
4. According to the text, it is possible to say that
a) any player can reach the last level of the game
without spending money.
b) the author agrees with the ones who believe it is
impossible to reach the last level without paying for
it.
c) the author teaches advanced gamers how they can get
to the highest level of the game.
d) it is unlikely for most of the gamers to be successful
in scoping the final level.
e) it is aimed at making players aware of the hurdles to
get to the highest level.
Text 129.
Leia a letra da música, interpretada por Amy Winehouse.
Tears dry on their own
All I can ever be to you,
Is a darkness that we knew
And this regret I got accustomed to
Once it was so right
When we were at our high,
Waiting for you in the hotel at night
I knew I hadn’t met my match
But every moment we could snatch
I don’t know why I got so attached
It’s my responsibility,
And you don’t owe nothing to me
But to walk away I have no capacity
He walks away
The sun goes down,
He takes the day but I’m grown
And in your way
In this blue shade
My tears dry on their own.

I don’t understand
Why do I stress a man,
When there’s so many bigger things at hand
We could have never had it all
We had to hit a wall
So this is inevitable withdrawal
Even if I stopped wanting you,
A perspective pushes through
I’ll be some next man’s other woman soon
[…]
I wish I could say no regrets
And no emotional debts
’Cause as we kissed goodbye the sun sets
So we are history
The shadow covers me
The sky above a blaze
That only lovers see
(http://letras.terra.com.br. Adaptado.)
3. Em qual alternativa todas as palavras, conforme
utilizadas na letra da música, são formas verbais?
a) Accustomed, away, knew, met, was.
b) Ever, hand, match, waiting, were.
c) Accustomed, hand, know, owe, was.
d) Away, ever, met, snatch, waiting.
e) Attached, knew, met, owe, were.
4. Qual das seguintes expressões indica que um
relacionamento amoroso foi bom?
a) In this blue shade.
b) […] we were at our high.
c) […] I can ever be to you.
d) […] I got so attached.
e) We had to hit a wall.
5. Segundo a letra da música, qual das seguintes frases
indica que um relacionamento amoroso acabou?
a) It’s my responsibility.
b) The sun goes down.
c) And in your way.
d) I’m grown.
e) Tears dry on their own.
1. A cantora afirma que
a) logo estará envolvida com outra pessoa.
b) os homens a deixam muito estressada.
c) sabia que tinha encontrado a pessoa certa.
d) não tem capacidade para viver sozinha.
e) vai chorar muito pelo fim do romance.
Text 130.
War
Until the philosophy which holds one race superior
And another inferior
Is finally and permanently discredited and abandoned,
Everywhere is war — Me say war.
2. Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) A cantora gostaria de ter se envolvido bem mais no
relacionamento.
b) O fim inesperado do relacionamento jamais será
superado pela cantora.
c) A cantora gostaria que o fim do relacionamento não
deixasse ressentimentos.
d) Uma outra mulher foi a causa do fim inesperado do
relacionamento.
e) O fim do relacionamento aconteceu após uma noite
em um quarto de hotel.
That until there is no longer
First class and second class citizens of any nation,
Until the color of a mans skin
Is of no more significance than the color of his eyes —
Me say war.
[...]
And until the ignoble and unhappy regimes
that hold our brothers in Angola, in Mozambique.
South Africa, sub-human bondage have been toppled,
Utterly destroyed -
WeII, everywhere is war — Me say war.
421

422
War in the east, war in the west,
War up north, war down south —
War- war - Rumors of war.
And until that day, the African continent wiII not know
peace.
We. Africans, will fight — we find it necessary — And
we know we shall win
As we are confident in the victory.
MARLEY. B. Disponível em: http://www.sing365.com. Acesso em: 30 jun. 2011
(fragmento).
1. Bob Marley foi um artista popular e atraiu muitos fãs
com suas canções. Ciente de sua influência social, na
música War, o cantor se utiliza de sua arte para alertar
sobre
a) a inércia do continente africano diante das injustiças
sociais.
b) a persistência da guerra enquanto houver diferenças
raciais e sociais.
c) as acentuadas diferenças culturais entre os países
africanos.
d) as discrepâncias sociais entre moçambicanos e
angolanos como causa de conflitos.
e) a fragilidade das diferenças raciais e sociais como
justificativas para o início de uma guerra.
Text 131.
Hip hop music
Hip hop music is a musical genre which developed as
part of hip hop culture, and is defined by key stylistics
elements such as rapping, DJing, sampling (or synthesis),
scratching and beatboxing. Hip hop began in the South
Bronx of New York City in the 1970s. The term rap is
often used synonymously with hip hop, but hip hop
denotes the practices of an entire subculture.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2010.
Brazilian hip hop is one of the world’s major hip hop
scenes, with active rap, break dance and graffiti scenes,
especially in São Paulo, where groups tend to have a
more international style, influenced by old school hip
hop and gangsta rap.
Brazilian rap has served as a reflection of political,
social, and racial issues plaguing the disenfranchised
youth in the suburbs of São Paulo and Rio. The lyrical
content, band names, and song names used by Brazilian
hip hop artists often connote the socio-political issues
surrounding their communities.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul.
2010 (fragmento).
1. Sendo a música uma das formas de manifestação
cultural de um país, o rap brasileiro, a partir das
informações do texto, tem sido caracterizado
a) pela influência internacional nos nomes de bandas e
de músicas.
b) como um instrumento de reflexão crítica do jovem da
periferia.
c) pela irreverência dos cantores, adeptos e suas
vestimentas.
d) como um gênero musical de menor prestígio na
sociedade.
e) pela criatividade dos primeiros adeptos do gênero hip
hop.
Text 132.
Text 1
THE EARTH FOR SALE
Harold Monro
Is there no pledge to make at once with 5 Earth
While yet we have not murdered all her trees;
Before it is too late for oath or pledge;
While yet man may be happy in his birth -
Before we have to fall upon our knees,
Clinging for safety to her farthest edge?
It is not very noble that we kill
4
Her lions and tigers, all. Is that our reign? -
Then let us build ourselves on earth again.
What is the human will?
Is it so clearly better than the ant's?
And is our life more holy than the plants'?
They do fulfill their purpose every year,

And bring no 1 pain, nor 2 fear.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 10
maio 2006. [Adaptado].
Text 2
IS THIS THE WORLD WE CREATED...?
Brian May, Freddie Mercury
Just think of all those hungry mouths we have to feed
Take a look at all the 3 suffering we breed
So many lonely faces scattered all around
Searching for what they need.
Is this the world we created...?
What did we do it for
Is this the world we invaded
Against the law
So it seems in the end
Is this what we're all living for today
The world that we created
We know that everyday a helpless child is born
Who needs some loving care inside a happy home
6 Somewhere a wealthy man is sitting on his throne
7 Waiting for life to go by.
Wooh, is this the world we created...?
We made it all our own
Is this the world we devastated, right to the bone
If there's a God in the sky looking down
What can he think of what we've done
To the world that he created.
1. Relacionando os conteúdos dos textos, é CORRETO
afirmar que
a) the human beings should become aware of their
actions which have been destroying their planet
before it is too late.
b) the terms "pain" and "fear" (ref. 1 e 2, text 1) and
"suffering" (ref. 3, text 2) express opposite ideas.
c) both texts present nature as God's creation and thus a
sacred place which must be preserved for future
generations.
d) the authors of both texts have the same question in
mind: "what has God made of mankind?"
2. Quanto ao texto 2, é INCORRETO afirmar que
a) a pergunta "What can he think of what we've done?",
na forma indireta, poderia ser: "I wonder what he can
think of what we've done".
b) a sentença "If there's a God in the sky looking down",
pode ser complementada por "He will save
humankind".
c) os versos das referências 6 e 7 contrapõem-se à ideia
de que o homem é o responsável pela destruição do
planeta onde vive.
d) a sentença "The world that we created", na voz
passiva, seria: "The world that was created by us".
3. Com relação aos aspectos linguísticos do texto 1, é
CORRETO afirmar:
a) O título do poema expressa esperança e otimismo em
relação ao futuro do planeta.
b) A forma negativa de "we have not murdered all her
trees", seria: "we don't have murdered all her trees".
c) termo "her", em "Her lions and tigers" (ref. 4) referese
a "Earth" (ref. 5).
d) A sentença "They do fulfil their purpose every year"
tem o mesmo sentido de "They really realize their
goal once a year".
Text 133.
Letras de música, frequentemente tratam de temas que,
de certa forma, podem ser reforçados pela repetição de
trechos ou palavras. Alem disso, muitas canções podem
falar de temas vividos por seus compositores ou
intérpretes.
423

He said "I just think you're depressed,
Kiss me here, baby, and go rest."
They tried to make me go to rehab
But I said 'no, no, no'
Yes, I've been black, but when I come back
You'll know-know-know
1. O fragmento, em destaque, da canção REHAB da
cantora Amy Winehouse por exemplo, permite conhecer
o relato de alguém que:
They tried to make me go to rehab
But I said 'no, no, no'
Yes, I've been black, but when I come back
You'll know-know-know
I ain't got the time
And if my daddy thinks I'm fine
He's tried to make me go to rehab
But I won't go-go-go
I'd rather be at home with Ray
I ain't got seventy days
'Cause there's nothing
There's nothing you can teach me
That I can't learn from Mr. Hathaway
I didn't get a lot in class
But I know it don't come in a shot glass
They tried to make me go to rehab
But I said 'no, no, no'
Yes, I've been black, but when I come back
You'll know-know-know
I ain't got the time
And if my daddy thinks I'm fine
He's tried to make me go to rehab
But I won't go-go-go
The man said "why do you think you're here?"
I said "I got no idea.
I'm gonna, I'm gonna lose my baby,
So I always keep a bottle near."
424
I don't ever want to drink again
I just, ooh, I just need a friend
I'm not going to spend ten weeks
And have everyone think I'm on the mend
It's not just my pride
It's just 'til these tears have dried
They tried to make me go to rehab
But I said 'no, no, no'
Yes, I've been black, but when I come back
You'll know-know-know
I ain't got the time
And if my daddy thinks I'm fine
He's tried to make me go to rehab
But I won't go-go-go
a) gostou de ter sido internada numa clínica de
reabilitação.
b) Se negou a ir para uma clínica de reabilitação.
c) Se sentia plenamente reabilitado após um período de
internação.
d) Fugiu de uma clínica de reabilitação com a ajuda do
pai.
e) Recebia visitas frequentes, do pai, na clínica onde
estava internado.
Text 134.
Korea may be the only country in the world that has a
national day honoring its alphabet - Han'gul Day, which
celebrates what's been called the world's most precise
writing system. Han'gul, which means "the Korean
writing," was invented around 1443, and it's just one of
the many cultural achievements in a country that
celebrates them all, from music and fine arts to sports.

Korean culture has flourished over five millennia,
blooming forth from the roots of a particular philosophy,
a distinct way of looking at the world that pervades
Korean life. Koreans see people and nature as one and
inseparable. They place great value of the peaceful
harmony of things and seek to live harmoniously with
nature, rather than viewing nature as a force to be
conquered. This shaping philosophy has touched every
aspect of Korean life. Balance and harmony with nature
were factors even in the way that villages were laid out
and buildings were designed.
While Western culture has certainly left its stamp on
Korea, there's a growing consensus that the ancient,
traditional beliefs should play a greater role - and a
recognition that they still make sense in modern life. One
example: tradition says that Koreans are one-year-old at
birth; because their 'first year' is spent in their mother's
womb, Koreans see pre-natal education as of the utmost
importance - a view borne out by Western science.
Indeed, Koreans believe the world would be a better
place if Western science were combined more often with
Eastern wisdom.
NEWSWEEK, AUGUST 28.
1. Segundo o texto, assinale a alternativa correta.
a) A tradição coreana considera o primeiro ano de vida
da criança o mais imponente.
b) É tradição coreana a educação escolar a partir do
primeiro ano de vida da criança.
c) As antigas crenças tradicionais da Coréia não fazem
mais sentido na vida moderna.
d) Na Coréia, existe rejeição à cultura ocidental, devido
aos fortes valores tradicionais inerentes à cultura
coreana.
e) A tradição coreana tem um conceito diferente da
idade das pessoas.
2. De acordo com o texto, o "Han'gul Day"
a) é um dos feriados que homenageiam a música, a arte
e os esportes na Coréia.
b) é o único feriado em que se homenageia a música, a
arte e os esportes na Coréia.
c) é um feriado em homenagem a Han'gul, que inventou
a escrita coreana em 1443.
d) é o dia em que se homenageia a escrita coreana.
e) é um feriado em homenagem a Han'gul, um
importante escritor coreano.
3. Baseado na ideia principal do texto, escolha entre as
alternativas a seguir o título que melhor a representa.
a) "TRADITIONAL BELIEFS IN KOREA SINCE
1443".
b) "THE KOREAN LANGUAGE AND ITS
INVENTOR".
c) "KOREAN CULTURE: BALANCE AND
EXCELLENCE".
d) "HANGUL DAY: THE MOST IMPORTANT
KOREAN HOLIDAY".
e) "KOREAN LIFE: EASTERN WISDOM INSTEAD
OF WESTERN SCIENCE".
Text 135.
HAIR APPARENT
Beethoven's locks could reveal why he went deaf
LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN PROBABLY
thought he was taking his secrets to the grave when he
died in 1827. He thought wrong. While the composer
was decorously interred in his beloved Vienna, most of
his hair wasn't; souvenir hunting fans snipped off so
much of his silver mane before burial that he went to his
tomb almost bald.
What does a posthumous haircut have to do
with secrets? Forensic scientists have long known that a
body's hair has tales to tell. To begin with, it carries
DNA, which can he used to determine family
relationships (that's how scientists determined that a
woman named Anna Anderson was not, as she claimed,
Princess Anastasia of Russia) or hereditary diseases
(that's how they hope to prove Lincoln suffered From.
Marfan syndrome, a genetic disorder that makes its
victims grow tall and gangly). Hair also soaks up drugs
and other foreign substances from the body (low levels
of arsenic in Napoleon's hair established that the ex-
Emperor probably wasn't poisoned, as some historians
believed).
Now it's Beethoven's turn, thanks to two
Arizona music lovers. They bought a Iock of hair at an
auction in 1994, and have offered at for scientific
analysis. So far, researchers have learned that the
composer didn't have lice and didn't take morphine for
his kidney stones or his cirrhosis of the liver. They're still
looking for traces of mercury and lead, either of which
could have caused his famous deafness; the former
would he an especially juicy find, since mercury in those
days was used to treat syphilis, which some scholars
think Beethoven may have had. They'd also like to know
425

if he took any medicine for the terrible diarrhea he
reportedly suffered; his hair might reveal that too. It
won't help anyone better appreciate the Ninth
Symphony. But it might make for some highbrow gossip.
- BY MICHAEL D. LEMONICK (TIME, JUNE )
1. O autor do texto afirma que Beethoven sofria de
a) sífilis e cálculo renal.
b) piolhos e diarreia.
c) surdez e piolhos.
d) cálculo renal e diarreia.
e) cirrose hepática e sífilis.
2. De acordo com o texto, no momento de seu enterro,
Beethoven
a) estava quase calvo por ter tido grande parte de seus
cabelos arrancados.
b) estava quase calvo devido ao mercúrio usado para o
tratamento da sífilis.
c) ainda possuía a sua espessa cabeleira natural.
d) tinha menos cabelo devido ao chumbo, que também
causou sua surdez.
e) surpreendeu a todos com a constatação de que sua
espessa cabeleira era falsa.
3. Segundo o texto, os fios de cabelo de Beethoven
indicaram que o compositor
a) era hereditariamente surdo.
b) não ingeriu morfina para o tratamento de cirrose
hepática.
c) ingeriu mercúrio para o tratamento de sífilis.
d) sofria de cirrose hepática hereditária.
e) fazia uso constante de entorpecentes.
Text 136.
Música Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
In your mind you have capacities you know
To telepath messages through the vast unknown
Please close your eyes and concentrate
With every thought you think
Upon the recitation we’re about to sing
Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary most extraordinary
craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary, most extraordinary
craft
You’ve been observing our earth
And we’d like to make a contact with you
We are your friends
Calling occupants of interplanetary craft
Calling occupants of interplanetary ultra-emissaries
We’ve been observing your earth
And one night we’ll make a contact with you
We are your friends
426
4. Segundo o texto,
a) músicos do Arizona adquiriram o que restou dos
cabelos de Beethoven.
b) músicos do Arizona ofereceram os cabelos de
Beethoven para análise científica.
c) estudiosos não estão certos de que Beethoven teve
sífilis.
d) pesquisadores descobriram que Beethoven ficou
surdo como consequência de cirrose hepática.
e) pesquisadores descobriram que a ingestão de chumbo
levou Beethoven à surdez.
Calling occupants of interplanetary quite extraordinary
craft
And please come in peace, we beseech you
Only a landing will teach them
Our earth may never survive
So do come, we beg you
Please interstellar policeman
Oh won’t you give us a sign

Give us a sign that we’ve reached you
With your mind you have ability to form
And transmit thought energy far beyond the norm
You close your eyes, you concentrate
Together that’s the way
To send the message
We declare world contact day
3. O verso Only a landing will teach them indica que
a) não há interesse em receber extraterrestres no planeta
Terra.
b) os extraterrestres somente vigiarão o planeta Terra.
c) somente os extraterrestres podem nos ensinar como
sobreviver.
d) há um temor de que os extraterrestres venham ao
planeta Terra.
e) o planeta Terra não sobreviveria a uma visita de
extraterrestres.
Calling occupants
Calling occupants
Calling occupants of interplanetary, anti-adversary craft
We are your friends
(http://www.lyricsfreak.com)
4. As palavras unknown, beseech, survive e interstellar
podem ser entendidas, respectivamente, como
a) desconhecido, benzer, sobrenatural e interestelar.
b) estranho, benzer, suplicar e interplanetário.
c) conhecido, suplicar, sobreviver e interplanetário.
d) estranho, benzer, sobrenatural e interplanetário.
e) desconhecido, suplicar, sobreviver e interestelar.
1. De acordo com a letra da música, qual das seguintes
afirmações é totalmente correta?
a) Os seres extraterrestres podem se comunicar com os
terráqueos por meio de energia mental, de modo
semelhante a uma telepatia.
b) Os terráqueos têm observado os seres extraterrestres
e gostariam de estabelecer contato com eles por meio
de um tipo de linguagem musical.
c) Os terráqueos não podem se comunicar com os seres
extraterrestres porque suas línguas são
completamente diferentes.
d) Por meio de concentração e olhos fechados, é
possível se entender a língua falada pelos seres
extraterrestres.
e) Os seres extraterrestres têm observado o planeta
Terra na tentativa de aprender a utilizar energia
mental para se comunicar com os terráqueos.
2. O verso que melhor se alinha, em termos de sentido,
com We are your friends é:
a) Please close your eyes and concentrate.
b) And please come in peace, we beseech you.
c) We’ve been observing your earth.
d) Upon the recitation we’re about to sing.
e) We declare world contact day.
5. Em qual alternativa todas as palavras se relacionam à
ideia de “comunicação”?
a) Calling, telepath, energy e contact.
b) Calling, messages, transmit e energy.
c) Calling, telepath, transmit e contact.
d) Energy, messages, reached e together.
e) Telepath, messages, contact e together.
Text 137.
Internet users 1 frequently expect to be able to download
information for 5 free. In many cases this isn't a problem
but one of the world's most 6 successful websites,
Napster, which had over 50 million clients, made it a
problem.
Napster was founded in 1998 by a 19-year-old student,
Shawn Fanning. It quickly distributed its software
around the globe to millions of committed users. Mr.
Fanning's software allowed people to share music
without paying copyright fees - a development that
terrified many industry chiefs. Under the same 4 principle
people would be able to share videos, movies and even
books in digital form.
In a historic 3 court case, an appeals court in California
ruled that the company could no longer knowingly trade
in copyrighted material. 7 It also found Napster could be
held liable for users of the serpresidente vice-presidente
427

who swap copyrighted songs 2 among themselves.
Over the following weekend, millions took advantage of
what they feared would be Napster's final hours of
existence, exchanging and downloading more than 250
million songs, which would cost millions of dollars to
buy on conventional CDs or tapes.
It looked like the end for Napster. But whether Napster
ever comes back to life or not, a host of free song-swap
serpresidente vice-presidentes, such as Scour.com and
Gnutella are ready to take its place.
Skyline 5. Lethaby, C. et al. Oxford: MacMillan, 2002.
1. A Napster
a) cobrava uma taxa pelos seus serviços.
b) foi absolvida pela justiça da Califórnia.
c) solicitou apoio dos seus usuários para continuar seus
serviços.
d) possuía mais de 50 milhões de clientes.
e) não pagava seus funcionários em dia.
2. Os diretores de grandes empresas preocupavam-se
com a Napster, porque
a) o fundador dessa companhia era inexperiente.
b) o material usado era de baixa qualidade.
c) não havia pagamento de direitos autorais.
d) a companhia possuía muitos usuários.
e) houve envolvimento da Napster com pornografia.
3. Identifique se é verdadeira (V) ou falsa (F) cada uma
das afirmações a seguir.
( ) Os grandes industriais temiam o prejuízo causado
pela Napster.
( ) A corte da California decidiu que a Napster poderia
vender software de música.
( ) A Napster foi multada por distribuir vídeos.
( ) Muitos clientes tornaram-se sócios da Napster.
A sequência correta é
a) V - F - F - F.
b) F - V - F - V.
c) V - F - V - V.
d) V - V - F - F.
e) F - F - V - V.
Text 138.
Offer
Alanis Morissette
Who, who am I to be blue?
Looking my family and fortune
Looking my friends and my house
Who, who am I to feel dead?
And, who am I to feel spent?
Looking my health and my money
And where, where do I go to feel good?
Why do I still look outside me
Clearly I've seen it won't work?
Is it my calling to keep on when I'm unable?
Is it my job to be selfless extraordinaire?
And my generosity has me disabled by this
My sense of du - ty to off - er
And why, why do I feel so ungrateful?
Me who is far beyond survival
Me who's seen life as an oyster
Is it my calling to keep on when I'm unable?
Is it my job to be selfless extraordinaire?
And my generousity has me disabled by this
My sense of du - ty to off - er
And how, how dare I rest on my glorious?
How dare I ignore an outstretched hand?
How dare I ignore a third world country?
Is it my calling to keep on when I'm unable?
Is it my job to be selfless extraordinaire?
And my generousity has me disabled by this
My sense of du - ty to off - er
Who, who am I to be blue?
MORISSETTE, Alanis. Feast on Scraps. Canada: Maverick Recording
Company, 2002. 1 CD. Faixa 5.
Vocabulário
To be blue: estar triste, deprimida
To be selfless extraordinaire: ser altruísta notável
Oyster: ostra
Rest on my laurels: acomodar-me
An outstretched hand: uma mão estendida
428

1. Os vários questionamentos presentes na letra da
música
a) evidenciam a busca pela aceitação social.
b) enfatizam a dificuldade de ascensão econômica.
c) criticam a generosidade da sociedade burguesa.
d) comprovam a complexidade de relacionar-se com o
sexo oposto.
e) demonstram o conflito entre o ser e o fazer.
2. Na letra da música de Alanis Morissette, há vários
versos que expressam perguntas. Em qual dos seguintes
versos a palavra em destaque está sendo utilizada com
um propósito diferente?
a) Who am I to be blue
b) Where do I go to feel good
c) Why do I still look outside me
d) When clearly I've seen it won't work
e) How dare I rest on my laurels
She looks like the real thing
She tastes like the real thing
My fake plastic love
But I can't help the feeling
I could blow through the ceiling
If I just turn and run
And it wears me out, it wears me out
It wears me out, it wears me out
He used to do surgery
For girls in the eighties
But gravity always wins
Text 139.
Radiohead
Fake Plastic Trees
A green plastic watering can
For a fake Chinese rubber plant
In the fake plastic earth
That she bought from a rubber man
In a town full of rubber plans
To get rid of itself
And if I could be who you wanted
If I could be who you wanted
All the time, all the time
Disponível em: http://www.vagalume.com.br/radiohead/fake-plastic-treestraducao.html#ixzz1M52t55xa
1. Os dois primeiros versos da canção, junto com o
quinto e o último descrevem alguém que:
a) gosta de ser quem ela realmente é.
b) gostaria que todos ao seu redor fossem falsos.
c) gostaria de mudar só para adequar-se ao trabalho.
d) finge ser alguém que realmente não é, só para
agradar.
It wears her out, it wears her out
It wears her out, it wears her out
She lives with a broken man
A cracked polystyrene man
Who just crumbles and burns
And it wears him out, it wears him out
It wears him out, it wears him out
2. O verbo frasal wear out é utilizado na letra da música
para expressar
a) indiferença.
b) tolerância.
c) desequilíbrio.
d) cansaço.
3. Pode-se inferir que o verso but gravity always wins
trata do
a) número crescente de cirurgias plásticas.
429

) efeito reversível da gravidade.
c) sucesso das intervenções estéticas.
d) envelhecimento como algo inevitável.
4. No título, a palavra fake é utilizada antes de plastic
para
a) denunciar o desmatamento das florestas chinesas.
b) reforçar a ideia de artificialidade no mundo atual.
c) constatar a fragilidade das relações humanas.
d) incentivar a reciclagem de material plástico.
Text 140.
Hip hop music
Hip hop music is a musical genre which developed as
part of hip hop culture, and is defined by key stylistics
elements such as rapping, DJing, sampling (or synthesis),
scratching and beatboxing. Hip hop began in the South
Bronx of New York City in the 1970s. The term rap is
often used synonymously with hip hop, but hip hop
denotes the practices of an entire subculture.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2010.
Brazilian hip hop is one of the world’s major hip hop
scenes, with active rap, break dance and graffiti scenes,
especially in São Paulo, where groups tend to have a
more international style, influenced by old school hip
hop and gangsta rap.
Brazilian rap has served as a reflection of political,
social, and racial issues plaguing the disenfranchised
youth in the suburbs of São Paulo and Rio. The lyrical
content, band names, and song names used by Brazilian
hip hop artists often connote the socio-political issues
surrounding their communities.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2010 (fragmento).
1. Sendo a música uma das formas de manifestação
cultural de um país, o rap brasileiro, a partir das
informações do texto, tem sido caracterizado
a) pela influência internacional nos nomes de bandas e
de músicas.
b) como um instrumento de reflexão crítica do jovem da
periferia.
c) pela irreverência dos cantores, adeptos e suas
vestimentas.
d) como um gênero musical de menor prestígio na
sociedade.
430
e) pela criatividade dos primeiros adeptos do gênero hip
hop.
Text 141.
Looking for freedom
By David Hasselhoff
One morning in june some twenty years ago
I was born a rich man’s son
I had everything that money could buy
But freedom - I had none
I’ve been lookin’ for freedom
I’ve been lookin’ so long
I’ve been lookin’ for freedom
Still the search goes on
I’ve been lookin’ for freedom
Since I left my home town
I’ve been lookin’ for freedom
Still it can’t be found
I headed down the track, my baggage on my back
I left the city far behind
Walkin’ down the road, with my heavy load
Tryin’ to find some peace of mind
Father said you’ll be sorry, son,
If you leave your home this way
And when you realize the freedom money buys
You’ll come running home some day
I paid a lotta dues, had plenty to lose
Travelling across the land
Worked on a farm, got some muscle in my arm
But still I’m not a self-made man
I’ll be on the run for many years to come
I’ll be searching door to door
But, given some time, some day I’m gonna find
The freedom I’ve been searchin’ for
Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 13 jul. 2011.

1. Considering the lyrics of the song, it is correct to say
that it is a text about
a careless father.
an aggressive boy.
a free young runner.
the glamour of money.
the search for freedom.
Text 142.
Sex Tourism and Male Prostitution: European
Women
Travel to Africa In Search Of Young African Men
For Sex
1. De acordo com as afirmações do texto, é CORRETO
afirmar que
a) a mídia ocidental ignora o turismo sexual praticado
por mulheres, dando enfoque apenas para os casos
masculinos.
b) a prostituição masculina já supera, em números, a
prostituição feminina em países da África, da Ásia e
da América do Sul.
c) o turismo sexual na Ásia, África e América do Sul é
praticado tanto por homens quanto por mulheres de
origem europeia e norte-americana.
d) além de aumentar a autoestima, o turismo sexual
praticado por mulheres europeias na África é
estimulado pelas relações de poder em favor desse
gênero.
Text 143.
STRONGER, FASTER, SMARTER
Exercise does more than build muscles and help prevent
heart disease. New science shows that it also boosts
brainpower - and may offer hope in the battle against
Alzheimer's.
BY MARY CARMICHAEL
Reuters has a very interesting article that caught my
attention today about a new trend in the sex tourism
industry. The piece is about old rich European women
most likely from the United Kingdom traveling to Africa
in search of pretty young black men for sex.
Notice the double standards in the mainstream media in
relation to sex tourism. Sex tourism is not just “specific”
to just “one gender” yet the Occidental media has always
framed this as a male only domain. We all have watched
the documentaries about European or North American
men traveling to Asia, Africa, or South America in
search of young women for sex. Female sex tourism has
gone on for decades yet now the mainstream media is
finally focusing on the other side of sex tourism from the
rich western woman’s perspective.
The rich Occidental women have egos as well they want
to feel attractive and sexy. The European women feel
compelled to travel to Africa in search of young black
men because the power dynamics are in their favour.
Disponível em: .
Acesso em:
17 mar. 2010. (Adaptado).
The stereotype of the "dumb jock" has never
sounded right to Charles Hillman. A jock himself, he
plays hockey four times a week, but when he isn't bodychecking
his opponents on the ice, he's giving his mind a
comparable workout in his neuroscience and kinesiology
lab at the University of Illinois. Nearly every semester in
his classroom, he says, students on the women's crosscountry
team set the curve on his exams. So recently he
started wondering if there was a vital and overlooked
link between brawn and brains - if long hours at the gym
could somehow build up not just muscles, but minds.
With colleagues, he rounded up 259 Illinois third and
fifth graders, measured their body mass index and put
them through classic PE routines: the "sit-and-reach", a
brisk run and timed push-ups and sit-ups. Then he
checked THEIR physical abilities against their math and
reading scores on a statewide standardized test. Sure
enough, on the whole, the kids with the fittest bodies
were THE ONES with the fittest brains, EVEN WHEN
factors such as socioeconomic status were taken into
account. Sports, Hillman concluded, might indeed be
boosting the students' intellect - and also, as long as he
didn't "take the puck to the head", his own (...) -
(Newsweek, April 9, 2007.)
431

432
1. Charles Hillman é:
professor e pesquisador da Universidade de Illinois.
médico neurocirurgião na Universidade de Illinois.
estudante da Universidade de Illinois.
atleta da Universidade de Illinois.
técnico do laboratório de neurociência da Universidade
de Illinois.
2. Charles Hillman tinha um questionamento sobre uma
possível relação entre:
a) as mulheres atletas e o time de corrida.
b) a prática de exercícios físicos e a otimização do
desempenho do cérebro.
c) o uso do cérebro e o desenvolvimento do câncer de
mama.
d) a prática de exercícios físicos e o desenvolvimento de
músculos nas mulheres.
e) as habilidades físicas e o aumento do cérebro.
3. A pesquisa apresentada no texto foi desenvolvida por
a) Hillman e 259 cidadãos de Illinois.
b) colegas de Hillman e 259 cidadãos de Illinois.
c) Hillman e outros colegas.
d) participantes do time de hockey de Illinois e
mulheres do time de corrida.
e) colegas de Hillman e participantes do time de hockey
de Illinois.
4. Os resultados da pesquisa indicam que
a) não há uma relação significativa entre a prática de
atividade física e o desempenho do cérebro.
b) fazer parte do time de hockey é fundamental para
alunos de 3 a s e 5 a s séries.
c) as mulheres têm melhor desempenho nas provas de
neurociência do que os homens.
d) estudantes com índice de massa corporal alto não
devem ser submetidos a exercícios físicos.
e) há uma forte relação entre a prática de atividade
física e o desempenho do cérebro.
Text 144.
PICKING UP THE PIECES - WOMEN'S
EXPERIENCE OF URBAN VIOLENCE IN BRAZIL
In socially excluded communities women live
out their lives against a backdrop of constant criminal
and police violence. The impact of this violence on their
lives is complex and profound, yet their stories are rarely
heard. In a debate that has traditionally centred on gun
violence, the focus has invariably been on young men -
the overwhelming majority of those involved in gun
crime, both as perpetrators and victims.
Violence between men has consequences for
women's lives. When families break down because
fathers are killed or imprisoned, women shoulder the
additional responsibilities. Caring for families often
forces women to work long hours to make ends meet and
the lack of affordable childcare means that their children
are left to fend for themselves in the streets. Schools are
violent and overcrowded. Sometimes they are closed for
days or even weeks because of shootouts between
criminals and police. Women in these communities also
suffer greater health problems, with most, if not all,
suffering some form of trauma. Yet, the health care
available is limited, discriminatory and inadequate.
In effect, women are triply discriminated
against: they suffer violence at home and in the
community, invariably in silence; they are blamed for the
chaos of their family lives, largely caused by the
violence; and they are treated harshly when they try to
access the few overburdened state serpresidente vicepresidentes
that should offer help.
A vibrant women's movement has already had
an impact on federal government policy, through the
adoption of the "Maria da Penha" law in 2006, which
offers a number of protections for women experiencing
domestic violence. The creation of a Women's Ministry
has also helped give issues affecting women's lives a
greater profile. However, women's experience of public
security and social exclusion remains largely neglected.
Disponível em:

d) acontece em escolas de periferia, que acabam
encerrando as atividades para sempre.
e) entre homens atinge a vida das mulheres também.
2. Uma das causas de discriminação contra as mulheres
é que elas
a) são consideradas culpadas pela desagregação familiar
devido à violência.
b) deixam os filhos brincarem na rua onde policiais
trocam tiros.
c) não denunciam casos de violência por medo e por
preconceito.
d) utilizam mal os serviços públicos disponíveis.
e) negligenciam a saúde da família, pois consideram os
serviços de saúde limitados e inadequados.
3. Segundo o texto,
a) a Secretaria da Mulher não surte efeito, pois trata de
questões no âmbito governamental.
b) as mulheres de comunidades socialmente excluídas
sofrem de traumas causados por problemas de saúde.
c) as mulheres que sofrem de violência doméstica são
protegidas pela lei Maria da Penha.
d) as mulheres que trabalham demais são abandonadas
pelos maridos, o que as força a trabalharem ainda
mais.
e) a falta de escolas e creches em comunidades pobres
faz com que as que existem fiquem superlotadas,
provocando evasão escolar.
I let it fall, my heart
And as it fell, you rose to claim it
It was dark and I was over
Until you kissed my lips and you saved me
My hands they were strong
But my knees were far too weak
To stand in your arms
Without falling to your feet
But there's a side, to you, that I never knew, never knew
All the things you'd said, they were never true, never true
And the games you'd played, you would always win,
always win
But I set fire to the rain
Watched it pour as I touched your face
Well, it burned while I cried
'Cause I heard it screaming out your name, your name!
When I lay, with you
I could stay there, close my eyes
Feel you here forever
You and me together, nothing is better!
Cause there's a side, to you, that I never knew, never
knew
All the things you'd said, they were never true, never true
And the games you'd played, you would always win,
always win
Text 145.
Set Fire To The Rain
But I set fire to the rain
Watched it pour as I touched your face
Well, it burned while I cried
'Cause I heard it screaming out your name, your name!
I set fire to the rain
And I threw us into the flames
Well, it felt something died
Cause I knew that that was the last time, the last time!
Sometimes I wake up by the door
That heart you caught must be waiting for ya…
Even now when we're already over
I can't help myself from looking for ya
I set fire to the rain
Watched it pour as I touched your face
433

Well, it burned while I cried
'Cause I heard it screaming out your name, your name!
I set fire to the rain
And I threw us into the flames
Well, it felt something died,
'Cause I knew than that was the last time, the last time!
Oh oh oh oh oh…
Let it burn…
1. O fragmento da canção Set Fire To The Rain, da
cantora ADELE, relata sobre uma personagem que:
a) tem certeza que o amado voltará a seus braços.
b) não teve problemas em esquecer o grande amor de
sua vida.
c) espera que o seu grande amor coloque fogo sua vida.
d) ainda tem grande dificuldade em lidar com o fim do
relacionamento.
e) quer por fogo no apartamento onde mora.
Text 146.
Gypsies are a wandering people. They may find
a house to live in for the winter, but in spring they
1 usually pack up and begin traveling again. They used to
travel in vans pulled by horses, but 5 nowadays most of
them use trucks and trailers. They travel in groups called
"caravans". When they find a place to camp, they gather
their vans together. Sometimes they put up tents. Out of
the vans comes everything needed to set up camp. In the
evening 6 they gather around a campfire to sing and play
music, to dance and tell stories, and to laugh together.
They may stay in one camp for many nights or they may
pack up and leave 2 after one night. Sometimes you may
see Gypsies 7 telling fortunes at a fair. Some even own
their own carnivals.
Thousands of years ago the first Gypsies came
3 from India. Since then they have spread all over the
world. In England they were called Egyptians because
some of them had come to England from Egypt. Later on
the word Egyptian was shortened to Gypsy.
The Gypsies have a special language all their
own, called "Romany". Very few people who are not
Gypsies can speak it. It is taught by a father to his
children. There are even many Gypsies who cannot
speak Romany. They speak the language of the country
they travel in. The Gypsies do not have 4 any special
religion. Different groups of them belong to different
faiths all over the world.
434
(BONHIVERT, Edith & Ernest. Questions Children Ask, Chicago, Standard
Education Society, Inc., 1992, page 164.)
1. A narrativa nos faz ver que os primeiros ciganos:
a) vieram da Índia e se espalharam pelo mundo
b) na Inglaterra, eram chamados de egípcios, por sua
semelhança física com eles
c) descobriram que o vocábulo "Egyptian" se origina de
"Gypsy"
d) eram todos católicos e só falavam "Romany"
2. O autor se refere a um povo
a) errante, nômade
b) de hábitos bastante sedentários
c) que vive exclusivamente no deserto
d) sem quaisquer raízes históricas
3. Diz o texto que os ciganos:
a) são incapazes de instalar-se em uma casa ainda que
por pouco tempo
b) no outono, geralmente moram em apartamentos
c) geralmente não se fixam num determinado local por
mais de uma estação
d) alugam casas de campo para temporadas curtas,
durante o inverno
4. Pela leitura, ficamos sabendo que os ciganos:
a) atualmente, em sua maioria, utilizam caminhões e
"trailers" para viajar
b) via de regra viajavam em furgões de grande potência
c) preferem "trailers" a caminhões, por sua comodidade
e baixo custo
d) andam quase sempre a cavalo, para manterem a
tradição
5. Foi dito no texto que os ciganos, nos acampamentos:
a) nunca utilizam tendas, pois as consideram fora de
moda
b) à noite, dançam, cantam e tocam música ao redor do
fogo
c) divertem-se contando anedotas picantes e imorais
d) detestam neles permanecer, nem que seja apenas por
uma noite

Text 147.
A TRIBUTE TO MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR.
Mary Miché
Chorus:
Martin Luther King, you make my spirit sing.
You mean so much to me, 'cause you taught us how to be
free.
You loved everybody black or white,
And you taught us it's no good to fight,
But just to stand up for what's right,
And let your love shine like a light.
You bravely walked the streets of this land.
You marched with others, hand in hand.
You taught us that we all should stand,
Together, for equality in this land.
You spoke of justice loud and long,
With patience and love you fought against wrong,
As brothers and sisters we'll be strong,
And so to you we give this song.
Disponível em:
Acesso em:18 maio 2005.
1. De acordo com o texto, é CORRETO afirmar que
Martin Luther King Jr.
2. Com base no texto, assinale a alternativa CORRETA:
a) O termo SO é empregado duas vezes (no segundo e
no último versos). Em ambos os casos, o termo
expressa intensidade.
b) A expressão THIS LAND, utilizada duas vezes na
terceira estrofe, refere-se a um lugar onde reina a
igualdade.
c) Há uma predominância de frases imperativas, o que
denota conclamação a uma luta necessária.
d) Os valores pregados por Martin Luther King Jr.
devem ser perseguidos por todos.
e) A grande lição deixada por Martin Luther King Jr. foi
a necessidade de se cultivar a liberdade espiritual.
Text 148.
Wild World
Mr. Big
By: Cat Stevens
Now that I've lost everything to you
You say you wanna start something new
And it's breaking my heart you're leavin'
Baby, I'm grieving'
But if you wanna leave, take good care
Hope you have a lot of nice things to wear
But then, a lot of nice things turn bad out there
CHORUS
Oooh, baby, baby, it's a wild world
It's hard to get by just upon a smile
Oooh, baby, baby, it's a wild world
I'll always remember you like a child, girl
You know, I've seen a lot of what the world can do
And it's breakin' my heart in two
'Cause I never want to see you sad girl
Don't be a bad girl
a) taught the Afro-Americans how to sing in times of
trouble.
b) was a model to be followed in the fight for justice
and freedom.
c) called upon black people and white people to fight
together.
d) made this song for all those who march for equality.
e) speaks of a time when all people behaved as brothers
and sisters.
But if you wanna leave, take good care
Hope you make a lot of nice friends out there
Just remember there's a lot of bad and beware
CHORUS
And baby I love you
But if you wanna leave, take good care
Hope you make a lot of nice friends out there
435

Just remember there's a lot of bad and beware
Link: http://www.vagalume.com.br/mr-big/wild-world.html#ixzz2GpWO8ODH
1. Which of the questions below is answered in the
song?
a) Whose baby is it?
b) Is it hard to get a smile?
c) When are you leaving?
d) Do you remember your child?
e) What kind of world is it?
2. The underlined pronoun IT in the song refers to the
fact that
a) you're leaving.
b) you take good care.
c) I'm grieving.
d) you wanna start something new.
e) I've lost everything to you.
Text 149.
Drink till you drop
NEW YORK
A magic elixir is shown to promote weight loss
COSUME more water and you will become
much healthier, goes an old wives’ tale. Drink a glass of
water before meals and you will eat less, goes another.
Such prescriptions seem sensible, but they have little
rigorous science to back them up.
Until now, that is. A team led by Brenda Davy
of Virginia Tech has run the first randomized controlled
trial studying the link between water consumption and
weight loss. A report on the 12-week trial, published
earlier this year, suggested that drinking water before
meals does lead to weight loss. At a meeting of the
American Chemical Society in Boston this week, Dr
Davy unveiled the results of a year-long follow-up study
that confirms and expands that finding.
The researchers divided 48 inactive Americans,
aged 55 to 75, into two groups. Members of one were
told to drink half a litre of water (a bit more than an
American pint) shortly before each of there daily meals.
The others were given no instructions on what to drink.
Befoe the trial, all participants had been consuming
between 1,800 and 2,200 calories a day. When it began,
436
the women’s daily rations were slashed to 1,200 calories,
while the men were allowed 1,500. After three months
the group that drank water before meals had lost about
7kg (151/2lb) each, whereas those
in the thirsty group lost only 5kg.
Dr Davy condidently bats away some obvious
doubts about the results. There is no selection bias, she
observes, since this is a randomized trial. It is possible
that the water displaced sugary drinks in the hydrated
group, but this does not explain the weight loss because
the calories associated with any fizzy drinks consumed
by the other group had to fall within the daily limits.
Moreover, the effect seems to be longlasting. In
the subsequent 12 months the participants have been
allowed to eat and drink what they like. Those told to
drink water during the trial have, however, stuck with the
−re e e r e e
continued to lose weight (around 700g over the year),
whereas the other participants have put it back on.
Why this works is obscure. But work it does.
It’s che me e m er
advice, it seems to be enjoyable too.
Drink till you drop..... The Economist August28th -3rd
September 2010
1. A pesquisa americana, comentada no texto, sugere que
a) Beber água em jejum ajuda a emagrecer.
b) Beber água durante as refeições engorda.
c) Beber água antes das refeições ajuda a emagrecer.
d) Beber água depois das refeições engorda.
e) Beber água nos intervalos das refeições ajuda a
emagrecer.
2. A pesquisa comentada no texto foi realizada com
a) Jovens adolescentes de ambos os sexos.
b) Homens com até 75 anos de idade.
c) Bebês e crianças de ambos os sexos.
d) Mulheres com mais de 55 anos de idade.
e) Homens e mulheres na faixa etária entre 55 e 75
anos.

Text 150.
Imagine
John Lennon
Imagine
Imagine there's no heaven,
it's easy if you try,
No hell below us,
Above us only sky,
Imagine all the people
living for today...
Imagine there's no countries,
it isn't hard to do,
Nothing to kill or die for,
No religion too,
Imagine all the people
living life in peace...
Imagine no possessions,
I wonder if you can,
No need for greed or hunger,
A brotherhood of man,
Imagine all the people
Sharing all the world...
You may say I'm a dreamer,
but I'm not the only one,
I hope some day you'll join us,
And the world will live as one.
Text 151.
Bob Dylan
Blowin' In The Wind
How many roads must a man walk down
Before you can call him a man?
How many seas must a white dove sail
Before she can sleep in the sand?
Yes and how many times must cannonballs fly
Before they're forever banned?
The answer, my friend, is blowin' in the wind
The answer is blowin' in the wind
Yes and how many years can a mountain exist
Before it's washed to the seas (sea)
Yes and how many years can some people exist
Before they're allowed to be free?
Yes and how many times can a man turn his head
Pretend that he just doesn't see?
The answer, my friend, is blowin' in the wind
The answer is blowin' in the wind
Yeah and how many times must a man look up
Before he can see the sky?
Yes and how many ears must one man have
Before he can hear people cry?
Yes and how many deaths will it take till he knows
That too many people have died
Pode-se afirmar que o personagem retratado nessa
canção é
a) um fora-da-lei.
b) um cidadão do mundo.
c) comunista.
d) religioso.
e) um idealista.
The answer, my friend, is blowin' in the wind
The answer is blowin' in the wind?
"How many roads must a man walk down
437

Before you call him a man?
How many seas must a wild duck sail
Before she sleeps in the sand?
How many times must the cannon balls fly
Before they're forever banned?
The answer, my friend, is blowing in the wind.
The answer is blowing in the wind."
Na(s) questão(ões) adiante assinale nos parentesses (V)
se a alternativa for verdadeira ou (F) se for falsa.
1. Based on the lyrics of the text, judge the following
items.
( ) ( ) The title of the songs suggests revenge.
( ) ( ) The wind will bring justice to everybody.
And I discovered that my castles stand
Upon pillars of salt and pillars of sand
I hear Jerusalem bells are ringing
Roman Cavalry choirs is singing
Be my mirror, my sword and shield
My missionaries in a foreign field
For some reason I can't explain
Once you'd gone there was never
Never an honest word
That was when I ruled the world
It was the wicked and wild wind
Blew down the doors to let me in
Shattered windows and the sound of drums
People couldn't believe what I'd become
Revolutionaries wait
For my head on a silver plate
Just a puppet on a lonely string
Oh who would ever want to be king?
( ) ( ) Some people do not observe what is
happening around them.
( ) ( ) The wind prevents men from answering the
questions.
Text 152.
I hear Jerusalem bells are ringing
Roman Cavalry choirs are singing
Be my mirror, my sword and shield
My missionaries in a foreign field
For some reason I can't explain
I know Saint Peter won't call my name
Never an honest word
But that was when I ruled the world
Viva La Vida
Coldplay
I used to rule the world
Seas would rise when I gave the word
Now in the morning I sleep alone
Sweep the streets I used to own
I used to roll the dice
Feel the fear in my enemy's eyes
Listened as the crowd would sing
"Now the old king is dead! Long live the king!"
One minute I held the key
Next the walls were closed on me
Oh, oh, oooh, oh, oh, oh(5x)
Hear Jerusalem bells are ringing
Roman Cavalry choirs are singing
Be my mirror, my sword and shield
My missionaries in a foreign field
For some reason I can't explain
I know Saint Peter won't call my name
Never an honest word
But that was when I ruled the world
MARTIN, C. Viva la vida, Coldplay. In: Viva la vida or Death and all his
friends. Parlophone, 2008.
438

1. Letras de músicas abordam temas que, de certa forma,
podem ser reforçados pela repetição de trechos ou
palavras. O fragmento da canção Viva la vida, por
exemplo, permite conhecer o relato de alguém que
a) costumava ter o mundo aos seus pés e, de repente, se
viu sem nada.
b) almeja o título de rei e, por ele, tem enfrentado
inúmeros inimigos.
c) causa pouco temor a seus inimigos, embora tenha
muito poder.
d) limpava as ruas e, com seu esforço, tornou-se rei de
seu povo.
e) tinha a chave para todos os castelos nos quais
desejava morar.
Text 153.
Segregated Sisterhood?
As Chairman of the oldest and largest umbrella
organization for women's sororities and fraternities in
North America, I question the timeliness and validity of
your article "Blacks Need Not Apply" [Nov. 6]. You
failed to prove that sororities at many colleges in the
U.S. remain racially exclusive. The unsubstantiated
testimony of two students from a sorority at one
university is insufficient evidence. While there will
always be insensitive members in any organization, it is
not fair to make rash generalizations based on isolated
incidents. Today's sorority chapters reflect the diversity
of their campuses. No woman is denied entrance into
N.P.C. sororities because of her race, creed or national
origin.
By Marian K. Williams, Chairman National Panhellenic Conference Indianapolis,
Ind. (TIME, November 27,. p.5.)
1. Segundo Marian K. Williams:
a) As grandes organizações estudantis são compostas
por presidentes insensíveis.
b) De modo geral, as associações de alunas das
universidades americanas não discriminam.
c) Há inúmeras provas de racismo contra estudantes
negras em universidades americanas.
d) As diversidades entre os campi são provas
insuficientes de racismo entre estudantes.
e) A N.P.C. é uma organização que escolhe seus
membros pela raça, credo e nacionalidade.
Text 154.
ALZHEIMER'S EYE
Testing for Alzheimer's disease might be as easy as
going to the eye doctor.
By Victor Limjoco
er ee
Researchers at Boston's Brigham and Women's
Hospital announced this week that a laser scan for the
eyes has so far been 100 percent accurate as an early
detector for ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE in mice.
"This is proof-of-concept evidence for early
detection. It says that we're on the right track," lead
researcher LEE GOLDSTEIN says. Goldstein's team
used the laser scan eye test to compare mice that were
genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer's with
normal mice.
The laser scan found beta-amyloid protein in the
eyes of the Alzheimer's mice well before any evidence
was shown in the brain. In Alzheimer's patients the
betaamyloid protein ultimately builds up into plaques
between nerve cells in the brain.
The laser directs a low-intensity beam of light
into the lens of the eye, which bounces off of specific
particles, similar to how the sun's light bounces off
particles of water in clouds. This produces a "scatter
pattern," which scientists use to look for beta-amyloid
protein in the eye.
According to the National Institute on Aging,
Alzheimer's disease AFFECTS UP TO 4.5 MILLION
AMERICANS. Alzheimer's patients start to forget loved
ones, dates, or how to do simple math. As the disease
progresses, Alzheimer's patients can lose the ability to
care for themselves and even to speak.
In 2003, Goldstein and others published in The
Lancet that the BETA-AMYLOID PROTEIN CAN BE
FOUND IN THE EYES OF ALZHEIMER'S
PATIENTS. "This was the first evidence outside of the
brain that Alzheimer's was a systemic disorder," he says.
"That's important because it allows us to monitor the
progression of the disease in parts of the body other than
the brain."
Goldstein says that these tests could mean better
therapy options for those diagnosed early, potentially
decades before lesions form in the brain. "Alzheimer's
439

disease is very difficult to diagnose at any age," he says.
"But in order for us to treat this disease we must be able
to diagnose it early and intervene early." Goldstein's eye
test is now in the first stage of experimental trials in
people.
Fonte: http://www.discover.com/web-exclusives/detectingalzheimers-eye-scan.
Acesso em 14/10/06.
1. De acordo com o texto, o 'laser scan' nos olhos
representa um grande avanço nas pesquisas sobre o mal
de Alzheimer porque:
a) Propicia o diagnóstico de enfermidades paralelas
(perda da fala e da memória, depressão) em
pacientes portadores da doença e o encaminhamento
destes a terapias adequadas.
b) Detecta plaquetas da proteína 'beta-amyloid' entre as
células nervosas do cérebro.
c) Reduz a probabilidade de pacientes portadores de
Alzheimer desenvolverem cegueira em estágio
avançado da doença.
d) Oferece 100% de exatidão para detectar o mal de
Alzheimer em mulheres.
e) Possibilita verificar a presença da proteína 'betaamyloid'
e, consequentemente, efetuar o diagnóstico
precoce da doença.
2. De acordo com o texto, é correto afirmar que:
a) Os testes foram feitos inicialmente em ratos, com
grande precisão, e agora estão começando a ser
realizados em pessoas.
b) Após testes realizados em norte-americanos, o 'laser
scan' será em breve disponibilizado para uso
comercial.
c) O mal de Alzheimer, difícil de ser diagnosticado,
dispõe, no entanto, de muitas opções de terapia.
d) O feixe de luz emitido pelo 'laser scan' desencadeia
uma reação nas partículas de água dos olhos dos
pacientes de Alzheimer, produzindo a proteína 'betaamyloid'.
e) A proteína 'beta-amyloid' causa desordem sistêmica
no cérebro do portador de Alzheimer.
440
Text 155.
1. Read the two pieces of news.
Brazilian police kill 9 drug traffickers in shootout
An elite police unit killed nine people during an
operation targeting drug traffickers in Varzea Paulista, a
city about 50 kilometers (31 miles) from São Paulo,
Brazilian officials said.
Six of the nine suspects killed in Tuesday's operation
have been identified and all had lengthy criminal
records, the São Paulo Security Secretariat said.
Disponível em: http://latino.foxnews.com/latino/news/2012/09/12/brazilianpolice-killdrug-traffickers-in-shootout/.
Acesso em: 3 fev. 2013. (Adaptado).
Ten Workers in Colombia Killed by Drug Traffickers
By Dan Molinski
BOGOTA – Ten farm workers were massacred in
northwestern Colombia by an alleged drug-trafficking
gang involved in an increasingly bloody battle with a
rival group for control of the area.
The killings Wednesday night raised concern that drug
traffickingrelated violence, frequently seen in Mexico,
may become more common among the gangs in
Colombia.
THE WALL STREET JOURNAL, Europe Edition, Vol. XXX no. 201, 9 fev.
2013, p.9. (Berlin). (Adaptado).
Glossário:
alleged: suposta
1. What problem concerns the two pieces of news?
a) The difficulties South American authorities face in
controlling drug trafficking.
b) The intrinsec relation between drug trafficking,
violence, and death.
c) The way drug traffickers were killed in Colombia
and Brazil.
d) The increasing number of innocents killed because
of drug trafficking.
e) The similarity between Colombian and Brazilian
drug trafficking gangs.

Text 156.
Information about where to stay while travelling
always mentions positive aspects of a hotel or a
guesthouse, for example. Sometimes, though, it points
out something which may not be so positive. The
comments presented in the alternatives below were taken
from the newspaper supplement Travel, in The Sunday
Telegraph.
THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH, European Edition, 29 jul. 2012, p. C42-46.
(United Kingdom). (Adaptado).
1. There is a couple interested in staying in a small and
comfortable hotel, with good views and pleasant
surroundings. Which of the comments points out
something this couple should be aware of?
a) 15th century building with a terrace, in a prime
position on the little harbour of Goedereede and
close to De Kwade Hoek.
b) Perhaps the most interesting rooms are the
bedrooms, with colourful quilts and simple wood
furniture.
c) The decoration of the staircase, wide landings and
corridors to the 22 bedrooms remains painful to look
at.
d) If you want a real taste of Amish life, this charming
two bedroom guesthouse is on a true-to-life Amish
dairy farm.
e) This new, small-scale hotel has 10 rooms, and is
situated on the edge of the village of Ouddorp.
Text 157.
National Geographic News
Christine Dell’ Amore
Published April 26, 2010
Our bodies produce a small steady amount of natural
morphine, a new study suggests. Traces of the chemical
are often found in mouse and human urine, leading
scientists to wonder whether the drug is being made
naturally or being delivered by something the subjects
consumed. The new research shows that mice produce
the “incredible painkiller” – and that humans and other
mammals possess the same chemical road map for
making it, said study co-author Meinhart Zenk, who
studies plant-based pharmaceuticals at the Donald
Danforth Plant Science Center in St. Louis, Missouri.
1. Ao ler a matéria publicada na National Geographic
para a realização de um trabalho escolar, um estudante
descobriu que
a) os compostos químicos da morfina, produzidos por
humanos, são manipulados no Missouri.
b) os ratos e os humanos possuem a mesma via
metabólica para produção de morfina.
c) a produção de morfina em grande quantidade
minimiza a dor em ratos e humanos.
d) os seres humanos têm uma predisposição genética
para inibir a dor.
e) a produção de morfina é um traço incomum entre os
animais.
Text 158.
The art of happiness
Nearly every time you see him, he’s laughing or at least
smiling. And he makes everyone else around him feel
like smiling. He’s the Dalai Lama, the spiritual and
temporal leader of Tibet, a Nobel Prize winner, and an
increasingly popular speaker and statesman. Why is he
so popular? Even after spending only a few minutes in
his presence you can’t help feeling happier. If you ask
him if he’s happy, even though he’s suffered the loss of
his country, the Dalai Lama will give you an
unconditional yes. What’s more, he’ll tell you that
happiness is the purpose of life, and that “the very
motion of our life is towards happiness”. How to get
there has always been the question. He’s tried to answer
it before, but he’s never had the help of a psychiatrist to
get the message across in a context we can easily
understand.
LAMA, D.; CUTLER, H. The Art of Happiness: a handbook for living. Putnam
Books, 1998.
1. Pelo título e pela sinopse do livro de Lama e Cutler,
constata-se que o tema da obra é
a) o sucesso dos autores no Tibet.
b) a busca da felicidade no cotidiano.
c) o Prêmio Nobel recebido por Lama.
d) a liderança de Dalai Lama no Tibet.
e) a discussão de Lama e seu psiquiatra.
Disponível em: www.nationalgeographic.com. Acesso em: 27 jul. 2010.
441

Text 159.
Cyberbullying is harassment through electronic means
such as telephone text messages, social media such as
Facebook and Twitter or online blogs and bulletin
boards. In normal bullying, students are given a daily
break from the torment as bully and victim each go to
their separate homes. But for victims of cyberbullying,
there is no reprieve, as the abuse enters into their private
lives. In the US, there are at least 44 states that have antibullying
laws on the books. While only six of them use
the actual word “cyberbullying”, 31 others have laws
that specifically mention “electronic harassment”.
Prosecution in the UK is a little more difficult. While all
schools are required to have anti-bullying policies in
place, cyberbullying itself is not named as a criminal
offence. Offenders in the UK would have to be charged
under various other laws, including the Protection from
Harassment Act of 2003. This makes prosecution much
more difficult.
Authorities agree that in order to stop cyberbullying,
there has to be parental involvement. Parents need to be
vigilant about their children’s access to technology. They
should monitor their children’s use of social media,
especially children under the age of 14. Bullies are not
going to simply disappear, but parents can go a long way
in protecting their children from being bullied.
Go! English, ano II, n. 14 (fragmento).
1. De acordo com o texto, nos Estados Unidos, alguns
estados têm leis específicas para assédio via meios
eletrônicos. Já no Reino Unido, a instauração de
processos contra praticantes de cyberbullying é mais
difícil porque
a) as vítimas precisam recorrer a outras leis existentes,
pois o cyberbullying não é considerado crime.
b) as leis que regulamentam o uso da internet e dos
meios eletrônicos de comunicação são inexistentes.
c) os pais das vítimas não têm interesse em denunciar os
agressores de seus filhos às autoridades competentes.
d) os estudantes com idade inferior a 18 anos não podem
sofrer acusações de prática de cyberbullying ou bullying.
e) as leis como a de Proteção contra Atos de Assédio de
2003 estabelecem que o cyberbullying não é crime.
Text 160.
Movie: Hijras – The Third Gender
Director: Devika Urvashi Bhisé
Duration: 29 minutes
Hijras are the outcastes of Indian society and live on its
fringes. These eunuchs (originally only castrated males)
were once employed by sultans and maharajas to guard
the women in their harems. Now shunned by society,
they are treated with less respect than the Dalits, or
untouchables. Considered neither men nor women,
Hijras have no constitutional rights. Currently, there is an
ongoing debate in India regarding whether or not they
should be granted the status of a third gender.
Most hijras are genetically born as men, but believe they
are women within. The rest are hermaphrodites with
some abnormality in genitalia. For those born men,
becoming a hijra is a painful process that involves
removing the entire genitalia in a secret ceremony that is
often undergone without any anesthetic.
Currently, most hijras have only three ways in which
they can make a living: prostitution, begging, and as
performing shamans removing bad luck and/or spells
from suspicious Indian households. Sex work is one of
the only options for hijras because there are few
employment opportunities available to them. Hijras are
most commonly seen knocking on car windows, begging
for money at stoplights. Although hijras are feared for
their dissimilarities, they are also revered for their
alleged mystical abilities. Most Indian families seek their
blessings during any auspicious ceremony such as a
birth, a wedding, or the building of a new house.
As pariahs of society, they are subjected to prejudice that
is often translated into verbal abuse, humiliation,
extreme discrimination, and violence in public as well as
private venues. I have documented a short film to create
awareness of the plight of this segment of society and
allow their voices to be heard. I was privileged to share
this community’s inner life and have tried to capture its
stark reality as a friend rather than a voyeur. The filming
took place from June 2008 to September 2008 in various
cities and locations in India.
Disponível em: www.engendered.org. Acesso em: 25 fev. 2012.
442

1. O filme Hijras – The Third Gender tem como objetivo
chamar atenção para a situação vivida por um segmento
da sociedade indiana, os hijras. De acordo com o que se
captura dessas vozes no filme e do que se lê no texto,
esse segmento reivindica
Text 162.
What is Mobile Learning?
a) os mesmos direitos dos dalits, ou intocáveis.
b) o direito constitucional de sair da marginalidade.
c) um processo mais humano de mudança de sexo.
d) a regulamentação de suas atuais funções sociais.
e) o reconhecimento de suas habilidades místicas.
Text 161.
After prison blaze kills hundreds in Honduras UN
warns on overcrowding
15 February 2012
A United Nations human rights official today called on
Latin American countries to tackle the problem of prison
overcrowding in the wake of an overnight fire at a jail in
Honduras that killed hundreds of inmates. More than 300
prisoners are reported to have died in the blaze at the
prison, located north of the capital, Tegucigalpa, with
dozens of others still missing and presumed dead.
Antonio Maldonado, human rights adviser for the UN
system in Honduras, told UN Radio today that
overcrowding may have contributed to the death toll.
“But we have to wait until a thorough investigation is
conducted so we can reach a precise cause,” he said.
“But of course there is a problem of overcrowding in the
prison system, not only in this country, but also in many
other prisons in Latin America.”
The term mobile learning (m-learning) refers to the use
of mobile and handheld IT devices, such as Personal
Digital Assistants (PDAs), mobile telephones, laptops
and tablet PC technologies, in teaching and learning.
As computers and the internet become essential
educational tools, the technologies become more
portable, affordable, effective and easy to use. This
provides many opportunities for widening participation
and access to ICT, and in particular the internet. Mobile
devices such as phones and PDAs are much more
reasonably priced than desktop computers, and therefore
represent a less expensive method of accessing the
internet (though the cost of connection can be higher).
The introduction of tablet PCs now allows mobile
internet access with equal, if not more, functionality than
desktop computers.
Disponível em: .
Acesso em: 31 maio 2012. [Adaptado]
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 22 fev. 2012 (adaptado).
1. Os noticiários destacam acontecimentos diários, que
são veiculados em jornal impresso, rádio, televisão e
internet. Nesse texto, o acontecimento reportado é a
a) ocorrência de um incêndio em um presídio
superlotado em Honduras.
b) questão da superlotação nos presídios em Honduras
e na América Latina.
c) investigação da morte de um oficial das Nações
Unidas em visita a um presídio.
d) conclusão do relatório sobre a morte de mais de
trezentos detentos em Honduras.
e) causa da morte de doze detentos em um presídio
superlotado ao norte de Honduras.
1. O significado conferido à expressão mobile learning
a) menciona os efeitos da telefonia celular como
recurso didático.
b) atribui o sucesso da aprendizagem aos dispositivos
portáteis.
c) associa o uso da tecnologia da informação ao
processo educativo.
d) destaca os objetivos definidos para a educação online.
Text 163.
Steve Jobs: A life Remembered 1955-2011
Readersdigest.ca takes a look back at Steve Jobs, and his
contribution to our digital world.
443

444
CEO. Tech-Guru. Artist. There are few corporate figures
as famous and well-regarded as former-Apple CEO
Steve Jobs. His list of achievements is staggering, and
his contribution to modern technology, digital media,
and indeed the world as a whole, cannot be downplayed.
With his passing on October 5, 2011, readersdigest.ca
looks back at some of his greatest achievements, and
pays our respects to a digital pioneer who helped pave
the way for a generation of technology, and possibilities,
few could have imagined.
Disponível em: www.readersdigest.ca.. Acesso em: 25 fev. 2012.
1. Informações sobre pessoas famosas são recorrentes na
mídia, divulgadas de forma impressa ou virtualmente.
Em relação a Steve Jobs, esse texto propõe
a) expor as maiores conquistas da sua empresa.
b) descrever suas criações na área da tecnologia.
c) enaltecer sua contribuição para o mundo digital.
d) lamentar sua ausência na criação de novas
tecnologias.
e) discutir o impacto de seu trabalho para a geração
digital.
Text 164.
Fire at Antarctica station kills 2 Brazilian sailors
Two Brazilian sailors died and one was injured Saturday
after a fire broke out at a naval research station in
Antarctica, authorities reported. The fire occurred at the
Comandante Ferraz Station on King George Island, said
Adm. Julio Soares de Moura Neto, commander of the
Brazilian Navy. The three sailors were trying to
extinguish a fire that broke out in the engine room of the
facility. Brazilian military police are investigating the
cause. The station is home to researchers who conduct
studies on the effects of climate change in Antarctica and
its implications on the planet, according to the Ministry
of Science and Technology and Innovation. Researchers
at the base also study marine life and the atmosphere.
Adaptado de http://articles.cnn.com, consulta em 26/02/2012.
1. According to the text, it is correct to state that
a) the Brazilian sailors were responsible for the fire
incident.
b) the fire started outside the engine room.
c) Brazilian military police still don’t know the cause.
d) researchers are studying the cause.
e) climate change caused the fire.
Text 165.
Are You A Digital Native or A Digital Immigrant?
We all know that we are living in an increasingly
technologically driven world. Living here in the heart of
Silicon Valley I certainly feel it every day. In fact, I
don’t think I know a single couple in my neighborhood,
other than my wife and I, who don’t work in the
technology field in some capacity. Our local companies
are Facebook, Apple, Google, Yahoo, and so many
venture capital firms that I can’t keep them straight. But
you don’t have to live in Silicon Valley to feel that the
world is getting more and more technology centered,
focused, and driven. We can debate the pros and cons of
this reality but 9 we can’t deny that the world has changed
very quickly in head spinning ways. Two recent
comments led me to finally enter the 21 st century 2 by
getting a smart phone this week, kicking and screaming.
First, I mentioned to one of my undergraduate classes at
Santa Clara University that I didn’t have a smart phone,
but rather I had a 8 dumb phone. 10 My phone can make
and receive phone calls and that’s about it. No email,
internet, and so forth. 3 So one of my students looked at
me in an odd and curious way, like she was talking to
someone from another planet, and stated in 11 a matter of
fact manner, “Professor Plante, even 2 nd graders have
smart phones.” Ouch!
Second, 4 I was talking with a producer at the PBS
NewsHour who wanted me to do a live interview within
a few hours of his call regarding some late breaking
news about clergy sexual abuse, which is my specialty. I
was out of the office and driving my car when he called
and in 12 a matter of fact manner he said that he wanted to
send me some important information to my smart phone
to best prepare me for the upcoming interview. When I
told him that I couldn’t receive anything since I had a
dumb phone and not a smart phone, there was a long
silence. 1 He then said he’d have to just read it to me over
the phone as a Plan B. He wasn’t happy ... neither was I.
7 In case you haven’t noticed, the 21 st century is really
upon us and to live in it one really does need to be
connected in my view. Although I often consider myself
a 19 th or 20 th century guy trapped in the 21 st century we
really do need to adapt. For most of us we are just living

in a new world that really demands comfort with and
access to technology.
This notion of digital native vs. digital immigrant makes
a great deal of sense to me. Young people in our society
are digital natives. They seem to be very comfortable
with everything from iPhones to TV remotes. Digital
immigrants, like me, just never feel that comfortable
with these technologies. Sure we may learn to adapt by
using email, mobile phones, smart ones or dumb ones,
Facebook, and so forth but it just doesn’t and perhaps
will never be very natural for us. It is like learning a
second language ... you can communicate but with some
struggle.
This has perhaps always been true. I remember when I
was in graduate school in the 1980s trying to convince
my grandparents that buying a telephone answering
machine as well as a clothes dryer would be a good idea.
They looked at me like I was talking in another language
or that I was from another planet.
5 Perhaps we have a critical period in our lives for
technology just like we do for language. 6 When we are
young we soak up language so quickly but find it so
much harder to learn a new language when we are older.
The same seems to be true for technology.
So, this week I bought my first smart phone and am just
learning to use it. When questions arise, I turn to my
very patient teenage son for answers. And when he’s not
around, I just look to the youngest person around for
help.
So, what about you? Are you a digital native or a digital
immigrant and how does it impact your life?
Adapted from “Digital Native vs. Digital Immigrant? Which are you?” Published
on July 24, 2012 by Thomas G. Plante, Ph.D., ABPP in Do the Right Thing
http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/do-the-right-thing/201207/digital-nativevs-digital-immigrant-which-are-you.
retrieved on July 28, 2012
1. The author explains the expression “dumb phone”
(ref. 8) as
a) a phone used by those who are digital natives.
b) a phone which does not have internet access.
c) a phone that can communicate with people from
another planet.
d) a phone specially designed for second graders.
e) a phone designed for those who have hearing
problems.
2. The text suggests that nowadays the world is divided
into two groups of people
a) those who work in the technology field and those
who are against it.
b) the ones who live in Silicon Valley and those who
live in the fields.
c) the smart phone users and the wireless phone
addicts.
d) those who work for Apple and those who work for
Facebook.
e) the technological natives and the technological
foreigners.
3. In paragraphs 2 and 3, the author reports two
incidents he experienced to
a) declare he has contact with foreign people through
his work.
b) criticize his students’ behaviour towards him and his
work methods.
c) tell the reason why he finally adopted a smart phone.
d) illustrate the negative effects brought by the
increasing use of smart phones.
e) argue against the indiscriminate use of technology in
classrooms.
4. Mark the INCORRECT option concerning the
statements
a) The author’s resistance to using a smart phone is
comparable to his grandparents’ resistance to using a
clothes dryer.
b) In the author’s opinion we can’t avoid dealing with
technology in the 21 st century.
c) Teenagers are much more familiar to the digital
world than adults are.
d) When he bought a smart phone, the author
immediately got adapted to using it.
e) The author has recently faced some problems for not
using a smart phone.
5. The main purpose of the text is
a) to compare the new smart phones to old
conventional devices.
b) to argue that people should adopt simple dumb
phones for their daily activities.
c) to highlight that young people are usually
technologically driven and centered.
445

446
d) to analyze the characteristics and the advantages of
smart phones.
e) to prove that old people cannot learn how to use
electronic instruments.
Text 166.
Analyze an advertisement
Peter Sells
Sierra Gonzalez
Not all advertisements make perfect sense. Not all of
them promote or imply acceptance of social values that
everyone would agree are what we should hope for, in
an enlightened and civilized society. Some
advertisements appear to degrade our images of
ourselves, our language, and appear to move the
emphasis of interaction in our society to (even more)
consumerism. There may even be a dark, seamy, or seedy
side to advertising. This is hardly surprising, as our
society is indeed a consumer society, and it is highly
capitalistic in the simplest sense. There is no doubt that
advertising promotes a consumer culture, and helps
create and perpetuate the ideology that creates the
apparent need for the products it markets.
For our purposes here, none of this matters. Our task is
to analyze advertisements, and to see if we can
understand how they do what they do. We will leave the
task of how we interpret our findings in the larger social,
moral and cultural contexts for another occasion.
It is often said that advertising is irrational, and, again,
that may well be true. But this is where the crossover
between information and persuasion becomes important;
an advertisement does not have to be factually
informative (but it cannot be factually misleading).
In a discussion of what kind of benefit an advertisement
might offer to a consumer, Jim Aitchison (1999) provides
the following quote from Gary Goldsmith of Lowe &
Partners, New York. It sums up perfectly what it is that
one should look for in an advertisement. The question
posed is “Is advertising more powerful if it offers a
rational benefit?” Here is Goldsmith’s answer: “I don’t
think you need to offer a rational benefit. I think you
need to offer a benefit that a rational person can
understand.”
(www.stanford.edu. Adaptado.)
1. O principal objetivo do texto é analisar
a) como muitos anúncios deixam de cumprir seu papel.
b) como anúncios valorizam a imagem do consumidor.
c) aspectos racionais e irracionais contidos em
anúncios.
d) anúncios e procurar entender como cumprem seu
papel.
e) elementos linguísticos e valores sociais em
anúncios.
2. A resposta à questão apresentada no último parágrafo
do texto foi:
a) benefícios racionais atenderão melhor às
necessidades dos consumidores do produto
anunciado.
b) não se deve pensar nos benefícios de um produto
anunciado de maneira capitalista e racional.
c) anúncios precisam apresentar benefícios racionais,
para que os consumidores possam entendê-los.
d) benefícios do produto anunciado devem ser
compreendidos por pessoas que desconhecem o
produto.
e) anúncios devem salientar qualidades de um produto
que sejam entendidas de modo racional pelos
consumidores.
3. A expressão none of this matters, no segundo
parágrafo, refere-se
a) às características de anúncios mencionadas no
primeiro parágrafo.
b) à falta de coerência e de sentido que certos anúncios
podem conter.
c) às características positivas de anúncios mencionadas
no texto.
d) à interpretação de anúncios de acordo com uma
ideologia de consumo.
e) aos valores culturais, morais e sociais que
caracterizam um anúncio.
4. De acordo com o texto,
a) alguns anúncios contêm elementos que
supervalorizam o papel social da língua.
b) alguns anúncios contêm elementos que podem
denegrir a imagem do capitalismo.
c) alguns anúncios possuem até mesmo um aspecto
obscuro, um tanto sórdido.

d) anúncios devem conter um apelo irracional aos
benefícios do produto anunciado.
e) anúncios não devem destacar benefícios ou valores
sociais dos produtos anunciados.
5. O pronome it, utilizado na última linha do primeiro
parágrafo, na frase for the products it markets, refere-se
a) à necessidade da propaganda.
b) à área de publicidade.
c) à ideologia da propaganda.
d) aos mercados consumidores.
e) à cultura do consumismo.
Text 167.
will… you get the picture. In the industry, “viral” has
become a usefully vague way to describe any campaign
that spreads from person to person, acquiring its own
momentum.
It’s not that online advertising has eclipsed TV, but it has
become its full partner – and in many ways the more
substantive one, a medium in which the audience must
be earned, not simply bought.
Newsweek, March 26 & April 2, 2012. Adaptado.
1. No texto, a palavra “viral” refere-se a
a) campanhas publicitárias divulgadas entre usuários
de mídias eletrônicas.
b) vírus eletrônicos acoplados a anúncios publicitários.
c) mensagens de alerta aos consumidores para os riscos
de determinados produtos.
d) mídias eletrônicas que têm dificuldade em controlar
a disseminação de vírus.
e) quantidades de anúncios que congestionam as caixas
postais dos usuários de correio eletrônico.
2. De acordo com o texto, a indústria publicitária
a) passou a criar anúncios mais curtos.
b) deixou de comprar tempo na TV devido ao aumento
de custo por minuto.
c) foi forçada a se modificar em função das novas
tecnologias.
d) aumentou sua audiência cativa.
e) começou a privilegiar a forma em vez de conteúdos.
3. Afirma-se, no texto, que, diferentemente da TV, na
publicidade online a audiência tem de ser
a) partilhada.
b) valorizada.
c) comprada.
d) multiplicada.
e) conquistada.
Time was, advertising was a relatively simple
undertaking: buy some print space and airtime, create the
spots, and blast them at a captive audience. Today it’s
chaos: while passive viewers still exist, mostly we pick
and choose what to consume, ignoring ads with a touch
of the DVR remote. Ads are forced to become more like
content, and the best aim to engage consumers so much
that they pass the material on to friends – by email,
Twitter, Facebook – who will pass it on to friends, who
Text 168.
Missing Out: In Praise of the Unlived Life is Adam
Phillips's 17th book and is a characteristic blend of
literary criticism and philosophical reflection packaged
around a central idea. The theme here is missed
opportunities, roads not taken, alternative versions of our
lives and ourselves, all of which, Phillips argues, exert a
powerful hold over our imaginations. Using a series of
447

examples and close readings of authors including Philip
Larkin and Shakespeare, the book suggests that a broader
understanding of life's inevitable disappointments and
thwarted desires can enable us to live fuller, richer lives.
Good things come to those who wait.
Text 170.
Whales are people, too
Does he see himself as a champion of frustration? “I'm
not on the side of frustration exactly, so much as the idea
that one has to be able to bear frustration in order for
satisfaction to be realistic. I'm interested in how the
culture of consumer capitalism depends on the idea that
we can't bear frustration, so that every time we feel a bit
restless or bored or irritable, we eat, or we shop.”
guardian.co.uk, 1 June 2012. Adaptado.
448
1. Segundo o texto, o livro Missing Out: In Praise of
the Unlived Life sugere que
a) a fantasia deve se sobrepor a nossos planos de vida.
b) uma compreensão maior das decepções e dos
desejos não realizados pode nos ajudar a viver
melhor.
c) os relatos de vida dos escritores não nos servem de
exemplo.
d) um controle maior de nossa imaginação é importante
para lidarmos com nossas frustrações.
e) as oportunidades perdidas devem ser recuperadas
para uma vida satisfatória.
2. No texto, em resposta à pergunta “Does he see
himself as a champion of frustration?”, o autor do livro
argumenta ser necessário que as pessoas
tenham experiências satisfatórias para compreender a
frustração.
entendam cada vez mais a cultura capitalista de
consumo.
se distraiam fazendo compras quando estão irritadas.
lidem com as frustrações para que suas satisfações
sejam realistas.
percebam o que as deixam frustradas no dia a dia.
One of the most important features of science is that
scientific progress regularly leads to important ethical
questions. This is particularly true with research about
cetaceans — whales, dolphins and the like — because it
has become increasingly apparent that the inner life of
these nonhumans is more complex than most humans
realize. We have learned that their capacity for suffering
is significantly greater than has been imagined — which
makes much human behavior towards these nonhumans
ethically problematic.
There is now ample scientific evidence that capacities
once thought to be unique to humans are shared by these
beings. 1 Like humans, whales and dolphins are 'persons'.
That is, they are self-aware beings with individual
personalities and a rich inner life. They have the ability
to think abstractly, feel deeply and choose their actions.
Their lives are characterized by close, long-term
relationships with conspecifics in communities
characterized by culture. In short, whales and dolphins
are a “who”, not a “what”.
2 However, as the saying goes, there is good news and
there is bad news.
The good news is that the scientific community is
gradually recognizing the importance of these ethical
issues. For example, more marine mammal scientists are
steering away from doing research on captive dolphins.
More significantly, a small group of experts who met at
the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies in the
spring of 2010 to evaluate the ethical implications of the
scientific research on cetaceans concluded that the
evidence merited issuing a Declaration of Rights for

Cetaceans: Whales and Dolphins. This group included
such prominent scientists as Lori Marino and Hal
Whitehead. Particularly important in this declaration was
the recognition that whales and dolphins are persons who
are "beyond use". Treating them as 'property' is
indefensible.
Unfortunately, while there has been consistent progress
in scientists' sensitivity to the ethical issues, the same
cannot be said for those who use cetaceans to generate
revenue.
Disponível em: www.abc.net.au/environment/articles. (Adaptado)
1. Do último parágrafo, conclui-se que
a) infelizmente, enquanto houve progressos por parte
dos cientistas, que se mostraram sensíveis à questão
ética dos cetáceos, o mesmo não pode ser dito em
relação àqueles que usam esses animais para gerar
receita.
b) lamentavelmente, embora tenha havido um grande
avanço na questão ética, esses animais marinhos
ainda estão longe de serem considerados ‘pessoas’,
como desejam os cientistas mais sensíveis à causa
dos cetáceos.
c) infelizmente, mesmo considerando a ética dos que
cuidam dos cetáceos em cativeiro, ainda há muito o
que fazer para que os mamíferos marinhos sejam
realmente levados a sério pela comunidade
científica.
d) lamentavelmente, não é possível considerar os
cetáceos como ‘pessoas’, mesmo com todo empenho
da comunidade científica e daqueles que lidam com
esses animais marinhos com o objetivo de gerar
renda.
e) infelizmente, sem os avanços esperados nas
pesquisas sobre os cetáceos, não há ganho para a
comunidade científica, que entra em conflito com os
que cuidam desses animais em cativeiro, apenas
para gerar receita.
2. De acordo com o texto, é possível afirmar que
I. há certa desconfiança, por parte da comunidade
científica, de que os cetáceos – baleias, golfinho e afins –
possam ter uma personalidade própria, sejam capazes de
sentir profundamente e ter uma vida interior rica.
II. a ciência, à medida que avança, deixa para trás
questões éticas de suma importância, e, no caso das
baleias e dos golfinhos, isso tem sido particularmente
evidenciado devido à negligência de certos
pesquisadores.
III. há provas científicas de que baleias e golfinhos,
entre outros dessa espécie, são seres dotados de
capacidades antes atribuídas exclusivamente aos seres
humanos, como, por exemplo, pensar, fazer escolhas e
viver em comunidade.
IV. as pesquisas indicam que os cetáceos – baleias,
golfinhos e outros – têm como característica,
relacionamentos próximos e de longa duração com seres
da mesma espécie, em comunidades caracterizadas pela
cultura.
V. um grupo de especialistas em mamíferos marinhos
decidiu, com base em provas científicas, que esses
animais merecem uma Declaração de Direitos dos
Cetáceos, na qual se reconhece que as baleias e os
golfinhos são ‘pessoas’.
Estão CORRETOS
a) I, II e IV.
b) III, IV e V.
c) I, IV e V.
d) I, II e V.
e) II, III e IV.
Text 171.
Japan harnesses fashion power of gals
By Mariko
Oi BBC News, Tokyo
29 August 2012 – Last updated at 23:52 GMT
In every country, there are sub-cultures who define
themselves through fashion. The West has goths, hippies
and grunge, for example. Japan has gals.
They are young girls who look, act and speak very
differently from the traditional image of Japanese
women.
Since they emerged as a group in the mid-90s, their
looks have evolved. But a few elements have remained
constant – short skirts, massive heels and big, big eyes.
This type of rebellion has been frowned on in the past.
But now these gals are being courted – for their spending
449

power, their adventurous mindset and even as a cultural
export.
Gals, named for the Japanese pronunciation of girl –
gyaru, were the product of the boom years – urban teens
with a disposable income who were keen to stand out.
Their fashion went through various stages – big socks,
foot-high wedge heels, silver hair, deep bronze skin.
The wildest of all was a group called Yamamba, who
wore large circles of unnaturally white eyeshadow,
giving a reverse panda-eye effect.
fashion by 2020. So the one-time rebels have found their
place in society.
"These gal-mama may look rebellious," said Ms
Yamashita of I Love Mama magazine. "But the advice
that they gave me when I became a mother myself really
showed that they contribute to society no matter how
they dress."
(http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-19332694)
1. As gals apresentam-se com
a) pele pintada e sapatos salto rampa.
b) sapatos salto alto e saias curtas.
c) shorts curtos e meias longas.
d) cabelo prateado e franjas.
e) olhos do urso panda.
2. Com base na leitura do texto, infere-se que
450
Changing tastes
Gals' spending power has been in the spotlight before.
Their desire to keep up with the latest fad meant that
they spent a lot of money on clothes and shoes. "Their
fashions changed very fast, and gals followed each trend
religiously," said Nobuko Yabe of gals' magazine
Popteen.
Their favourite shopping centre, Shibuya's 109 store, saw
its sales double between 1995 and 2008, as other
department stores struggled with falling sales.
But gals could not shield 109 from the impact of the
global financial crisis. As hard times hit, they started to
shop at slightly cheaper global brands, such as H&M and
Zara. And the economic crunch has curtailed their
fashion ambitions to an extent.
"We are seeing a slowdown in gals' evolution and today
we see fewer obvious gals," says Ms Yabe. But they
remain an important sub-culture – and one that Japan's
government wants to exploit.
The cabinet has approved plans to recreate fashionable
districts of Tokyo in foreign cities and it hopes to export
four trillion yen ($51bn; £32bn) worth of "Cool Japan"
a) o governo japonês incentiva as garotas a aderirem ao
estilo gal.
b) as gals são vistas como uma tendência religiosa.
c) o estilo gal pode trazer divisas para o Japão.
d) as gals são admiradas pelos adolescentes.
e) as gals são adolescentes cultas.
3. Segundo o texto, as gals
a) têm mudado a aparência ao longo dos anos para
atender à evolução da sociedade japonesa.
b) surgem em reação ao comportamento tradicional das
mulheres japonesas.
c) são criticadas pela sociedade japonesa por negarem
seus traços étnicos.
d) defendem a mesma filosofia de vida do movimento
hippie do Ocidente.
e) distinguem-se pela maneira de falar, agir, vestir e
pensar.
4. No que se refere a hábitos de consumo, de acordo
com o texto,
a) o poder de compra das gals tem aumentado.
b) as gals mais consumistas são as conhecidas como
Yamamba.
c) as gals compravam sapatos e roupas para manter-se
na moda.

d) as gals sobrevivem das tendências advindas de
outros estilos de moda.
e) os shoppings de Tóquio duplicaram as vendas entre
1995 e 2008 por causa das gals.
5. Yamashita (13º parágrafo) afirma que as gals
a) beneficiam a sociedade.
b) são adolescentes rebeldes.
c) vivem aconselhando as pessoas.
d) criam seus filhos de forma liberal.
e) se vestem segundo sua filosofia de vida.
Text 172.
you’re not using your hands for anything, it’s probably
best if you keep them in the air where everybody can see
them.
(Adaptado de: DOWLING, T. London 2012: an etiquette guide for Olympics
visitors. .
Acesso em: 16 jul.
2012.)
1. De acordo com o texto, assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Voluntários britânicos receberam um manual com
orientações para recepcionar os turistas estrangeiros.
b) Um manual sobre os hábitos dos britânicos foi
solicitado aos 8.000 voluntários das Olimpíadas.
c) Se usar o manual, o estrangeiro será capaz de
compreender os aspectos práticos da vida no Reino
Unido.
d) Foi elaborado um manual de 66 páginas para os
turistas que estiverem em Londres durante os jogos.
e) 8.000 voluntários escreveram um manual para os
estrangeiros em Londres durante as Olimpíadas.
2. De acordo com o segundo parágrafo, para o cidadão
inglês, o ato de pedir desculpas
The 8,000 volunteers who will welcome international
visitors to London 2012 have received a 66-page
instruction manual on how to behave while hosting the
games. But what of the visitors themselves? Could the
tourists survive without a manual outlining the customs,
manners and practicalities of the islands they are
visiting? We hereby present a simple guide to UK
etiquette for the 2012 Olympics.
— British people may seem to apologise a lot, but it
doesn’t quite mean the same thing here. In the UK, “I’m
sorry” actually means either a) I didn’t hear you; b) I
didn’t understand you; or c) I both heard and understood
you, and I think you’re an idiot.
— London’s bike hire scheme couldn’t be simpler, by the
way: just go up to the terminal at any docking station,
pay by card and take away one of our so-called “Boris
bikes”. When you’re done with it, simply throw it into
the nearest canal. They’re disposable!
— Please aid the Olympic authorities and organisers by
demonstrating at all times that you are not a terrorist. Do
not perspire, take off your shoes, smile in a weird way
while texting someone, or point and shout: “Hey! Look
at all those missiles on that roof over there!”. In fact, if
a) é considerado uma prática em desuso.
b) é raramente praticado entre os mais jovens.
c) objetiva demonstrar respeito e civilidade.
d) sinaliza uma tentativa de aproximação.
e) tem um significado um pouco diferente.
3. Com relação ao último parágrafo do texto, considere
as afirmativas a seguir.
I. As autoridades britânicas estão preocupadas com
ataques terroristas.
II. Para evitar ser confundido com um terrorista,
mantenha as mãos à mostra.
III. Você deve provar a todo o momento que não é um
terrorista.
IV. Você deve avisar as autoridades caso veja mísseis
nos telhados.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.
451

Text 173.
strategy he has employed in other films, and his passion
for women. “I think one of the things that attracted
Benoît is that the story is told from an entirely feminine
point of view”, Ms. Thomas said by telephone from
Paris.
The movie, which opened this year’s Berlin Film
Festival, is to open on Friday (July 13) in New York.
(Adaptado de: HOHENADEL, K. Auteur Credo: cherchez la femme. Disponível
em: .
Acesso em: 10 jul. 2012.)
1. De acordo com o texto, o filme Farewell, My Queen
a) discorre sobre um triângulo amoroso envolvendo a
Rainha da França.
b) narra fatos históricos ocorridos no período pós-
Revolução Francesa.
c) satiriza a vida dos nobres da Corte após a Revolução
Francesa.
d) relata o sofrimento de Maria Antonieta durante a
Revolução Francesa.
e) enfoca a vida da família real durante a Revolução
Francesa.
452
“The things that I prefer in this world, my reasons for
living, are books and women. For me the cinema is the
best way to unite them”, the French director Benoît
Jacquot said.
In his new film, Farewell, My Queen, adapted from a
prizewinning 2002 book by the French writer Chantal
Thomas, he brilliantly captures the passions, depravity,
occasional signs of nobility and ultimately the chaos that
consumed the court of Marie Antoinette in the final days
before the outbreak of the French Revolution. Set in such
a scenario, the story revolves around a romantic triangle
of Marie Antoinette (Diane Kruger), her confidante
Madame de Polignac (Virginie Ledoyen) and Sidonie
Laborde (Léa Seydoux), a servant whose task it is to read
to the queen. The narrator was middle-aged Sidonie
looking back on the events of her youth.
Mr. Jacquot said he knew from the first page that he
wanted to adapt Ms. Thomas’s book into a film,
intrigued by how it focuses on a single point of view, a
2. Sobre o diretor Benoît Jacquot e seu novo filme,
Farewell, My Queen, considere as afirmativas a seguir.
I. Ele afirmou que suas razões de viver são o cinema, os
livros e as mulheres.
II. Ele decidiu adaptar o livro por causa do enfoque
histórico dado à vida da Rainha.
III. O livro Farewell, My Queen chamou sua atenção por
apresentar um único ponto de vista.
IV. Segundo o diretor, o cinema é a melhor forma de
unir suas razões de viver.
Assinale a alternativa correta.
a) Somente as afirmativas I e II são corretas.
b) Somente as afirmativas I e IV são corretas.
c) Somente as afirmativas III e IV são corretas.
d) Somente as afirmativas I, II e III são corretas.
e) Somente as afirmativas II, III e IV são corretas.

Text 174.
Ecotourist: What type are you?
friendly way there is sacrifice. 1 Being green does not
mean a reduction in our quality of life, it actually means
an improvement in our quality of life.
Fonte: Disponível em:
.
Acesso em 17 ago. 2012.
1. O público-alvo imediato do texto são
a) agências de turismo.
b) as Nações Unidas.
c) governantes.
d) ecoturistas.
e) hotéis ecológicos de luxo.
Ecotourism accounts for 6% of the worldwide Gross
Domestic Product with a staggering growth rate of 5%
per year. The industry is being driven by a rising
consumer demand, but 2 there are different types of
ecotourists.
6 According to the United Nations, there are three types:
hard ecotourist, soft ecotourist and the adventure
ecotourist. 3 They have a common interest but enjoy
slightly different flavors of green travel.
The hard ecotourist is motivated primarily by a scientific
interest in nature and is interested in bird watching,
nature photography, and botanical trips. Sometimes they
will take on activities that require strenuous effort and
non-hotel accommodations.
The second type is the soft ecotourist. They are the
fastest growing segment. This type is interested in
observing wildlife and participating in local culture.
Hiking is a favorite activity and they are less intense than
the hard ecotourist.
5
The third type is the adventure ecotourist. 4 This type
engages in moderate to high-risk activities such as
surfing, scuba diving, snorkeling, wind surfing,
whitewater rafting, and sport fishing. These types are the
adrenaline all or nothing types 8 looking for a challenge.
Ecotourism promotes cultural awareness, tolerance and
commitment to protecting the environment. But
ecotourism does not mean sacrificing luxury. Luxury
with an eco-experience is a fast growing market. There is
an increasing demand from consumers for green luxury.
7
It is a myth that in order to do things in an ecologically
2. Os ecoturistas são agrupados em três tipos, com base
no critério do(s)
a) tipo de lugar mais visitado.
b) número de viagens realizadas.
c) recursos financeiros disponíveis.
d) interesses e atividades desenvolvidas.
e) tipo de hospedagem usado.
3. Com base no texto,
a) luxo e ecoturismo estão em lados opostos, não
podendo ser combinados.
b) os sacrifícios do ecoturismo, como dormir em
barracas, trazem melhor qualidade de vida.
c) os ecoturistas do tipo “duro” são os mais intensos e
os únicos que aceitam correr riscos.
d) os ecoturistas do tipo “brando” são o segmento que
mais cresce e exige luxo ecológico.
e) a tolerância é uma das características do ecoturismo.
4. O texto traz informações sobre ecoturistas,
principalmente referentes a
a) tipos de ecoturistas.
b) deveres dos ecoturistas.
c) sacrifícios dos ecoturistas.
d) destinos preferidos dos ecoturistas.
e) exigências contemporâneas dos ecoturistas.
5. A alternativa em que o segmento indica ação física é
a) “there are different types of ecotourists” (ref. 2).
b) “They have a common interest” (ref. 3).
453

c) “This type engages in moderate to high-risk
activities” (ref. 4).
d) “Being green does not mean a reduction in our
quality of life” (ref. 1).
e) “The third type is the adventure ecotourist” (ref. 5).
Text 175.
Reducing climate change is good for your health
7 More ‘climate-friendly’ investments in transport, energy
and housing could help prevent significant
noncommunicable disease, WHO review finds
Washington, D.C., 14 June 2011 (PAHO/WHO) –
6 Greener investments in transport, housing and
household energy policies can help prevent significant
cardiovascular and chronic respiratory disease, obesityrelated
conditions and cancers.
These are among the findings of 10 a new global World
Health Organization series that looks systematically, for
the first time ever, at the health ‘co-benefits’ of
investments in climate change mitigation reviewed by
the lntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).
Overall, 4 sustainable development policies in housing,
transport, and household energy may benefit health right
away – even if the broader climate gains are realized
over years or decades.
5
“Some climate change mitigation measures yield
broader health gains than others,” says Dr Maria Neira,
director of WHO’s Department of Public Health and
Environment. “Potential health benefits – as well as
certain risks – should be considered more systematically
in climate assessments. And if that is done, we can
identify strategies that are truly win-win.”
454
2
Many forms of asthma and allergies, as well as heart
disease and strokes related to increasingly intense heat
waves and cold spells could be addressed by more
climate-friendly housing measures, the report finds.
As 8 other examples of ‘best buys’ for health, initial
findings from reviews of other sectors identify
considerable evidence that:
— 1 Investments in, and use of, safe walking/cycling and
public transport networks are strongly associated with
more healthy physical activity, lower rates of premature
mortality, and less obesity. However, the last IPCC
report focuses on better fuels and engines as mitigation
measures, giving little attention to the much wider
benefits offered by policies that favour walking, cycling
and public transport. This neglects the broader range of
health and social benefits that can be derived from
adopting more sustainable transport.
— 3 Deaths of more than 1 million people annually from
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) due to
indoor air pollution from traditional biomass and coalfired
stoves are largely avoidable with more energy
efficient stoves. An estimated 15% of this burden in
Latin American and Sub-Saharan African could
potentially be averted in less than a decade if more
advanced biomass or biogas stoves were introduced at a
pace compatible with UN targets for achieving universal
access to modern energy services by the year 2030.
“This series explains why green housing and home
energy, transport, and urban environments can improve
our health – and why the health sector can prevent much
disease, at very little cost, by advocating for healthier
investments in some key sectors,” says WHO’s Dr
Carlos Dora, an epidemiologist and coordinator of the
series.
As much as 11 80% of chronic disease is now occurring in
lower income countries, where urban growth is driving
rapid slum expansion, soaring traffic volumes, air and
water pollution and rates of traffic injury.

“ 9 People really cannot make healthy lifestyle choices –
unless they have a healthier environment,” Dora
observes. “So we, as health professionals, need to
promote basic environmental measures that cost the
health sector very little, and can avoid many subsequent
years of treatment. And these health savings can be
captured immediately – while the climate benefits
accumulate for the future.”
Glossário:
change –
mudança
choice –
escolha
disease –
doença
finding –
descoberta
gain – ganho
health –
saúde
heart –
coração
housing –
habitação
income –
renda
measure –
medida
mitigation –
redução
slum – favela
stove – fogão
yield –
produzir,
render
Fonte: Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 10 jul. 2012.
1. O Painel Intergovernamental sobre Mudança
Climática (IPCC), responsável por propor medidas de
redução das mudanças climáticas, é censurado no texto,
porque
a) perde mais tempo buscando causas das mudanças
climáticas do que propondo soluções.
b) dedica pouca atenção a investimentos que poderiam
beneficiar, por exemplo, a saúde, além do meio
ambiente.
c) desenvolve pesquisas pouco rigorosas, que não
beneficiam nem o meio ambiente, nem a saúde.
d) se preocupa igualmente com o meio ambiente e com
outros setores.
e) investe em medidas benéficas tanto para o meio
ambiente como para a saúde.
2. Segundo o texto, as doenças que podem ser
prevenidas a partir de investimentos nas áreas de
transporte (ref. 1), habitação (ref. 2) e energia doméstica
(ref. 3) são, respectivamente,
a) obesidade – do coração – dos pulmões.
b) câncer – dos pulmões – mortalidade prematura.
c) dos pulmões – do coração – obesidade.
d) mortalidade prematura – dos pulmões – alergia.
e) do coração – obesidade – dos pulmões.
3. No segmento “other examples of ‘best buys’ for
health” (ref. 8), “other” indica que foi apresentado, no
parágrafo anterior ao do segmento, um exemplo de setor
que, com investimento, beneficiaria a saúde, Esse setor é
a) habitação.
b) energia doméstica.
c) transporte.
d) fogão a biogás.
e) atividade física.
4. Em relação às informações a seguir, marque A para
aquelas que estão em acordo com o texto e D para
aquelas que estão em desacordo.
( ) Investimentos em desenvolvimento sustentável
podem gerar benefícios para a saúde antes mesmo de
beneficiarem o clima.
( ) Quanto mais pobre o país, menor é o número de
doenças causadas pela obesidade.
( ) Muitas doenças podem ser prevenidas com poucos
custos para o setor da saúde.
( ) Investimentos no setor ambiental previnem doenças
contagiosas.
A sequência correta é
a) A – D – D – D.
b) D – D – A – A.
c) D – A – D – A.
d) A – D – A – D.
e) A – A – D – D.
5. O estudo da Organização Mundial da Saúde,
noticiado no texto, tem como objetivo principal
a) examinar o impacto do meio ambiente sobre a
saúde.
b) mapear as doenças resultantes de problemas
ambientais.
c) contribuir para a melhoria da qualidade de vida dos
habitantes de países latino-americanos.
455

d) alertar os setores de saúde pública sobre as doenças
que afetam a população das favelas.
e) investigar os benefícios de investimentos no setor
ambiental para a saúde.
6. O título do texto apresenta o resultado de um estudo
como certeza. As alternativas a seguir apresentam
segmentos do texto em que esse resultado é retomado
como possibilidade, com EXCEÇÃO de
a) “sustainable development policies in housing,
transport, and household energy may benefit health
right away” (ref. 4).
b) “Many forms of asthma and allergies, as well as
heart disease and strokes related to increasingly
intense heat waves and cold spells could be
addressed by more climate-friendly housing
measures” (ref. 2).
c) “Some climate change mitigation measures yield
broader health gains than others” (ref.5).
d) “Greener investments in transport, housing and
household energy policies can help prevent
significant cardiovascular and chronic respiratory
disease, obesity-related conditions and cancers” (ref.
6).
e) “More ‘climate-friendly’ investments in transport,
energy and housing could help prevent significant
noncommunicable disease” (ref.7).
low-income young people. Another round of grants, for
high school programs, is scheduled for next year.
Just how effective technology can be in improving
education — by making students more effective, more
engaged learners — is a subject of debate. To date,
education research shows that good teachers matter a lot,
class size may be less important than once thought and
nothing improves student performance as much as oneon-one
human tutoring.
If technology is well designed, experts say, it can help
tailor the learning experience to individual students,
facilitate studentteacher collaboration, and assist teachers
in monitoring student performance each day and in
quickly fine-tuning lessons.
The potential benefits of technology are greater as
students become older, more independent learners.
Making that point, Mr. Gates said in an interview that for
children from kindergarten to about fifth grade “the idea
that you stick them in front of a computer is 3 ludicrous.”
(www.nytimes.com/2010/10/11/technology/11online.html. Acesso em:
20.09.2012. Adaptado)
1 higher education: educação superior.
2 postsecondary: termo que se refere aos cursos feitos
após o high school ou, no modelo educacional brasileiro,
o Ensino Médio.
3 ludicrous: ridícula, absurda.
Text 176.
In 1 Higher Education, a Focus on Technology
456
By STEVE LOHR
The education gap facing the nation’s work force is
evident in the numbers. Most new jobs will require more
than a high school education, yet fewer than half of
Americans under 30 have a 2 postsecondary degree of any
kind. Recent state budget cuts, education experts agree,
promise to make closing that gap even more difficult.
The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the William and
Flora Hewlett Foundation, and four nonprofit education
organizations are beginning an ambitious initiative to
address that challenge by accelerating the development
and use of online learning tools.
An initial $20 million round of money, from the Gates
Foundation, will be for postsecondary online courses,
particularly ones tailored for community colleges and
1. De acordo com o texto, é correto afirmar que
a tecnologia pode ser uma importante ferramenta
auxiliadora para o professor, especialmente quando
usada com alunos mais velhos.
a) o uso de tecnologia é muito mais importante nos
cursos de especialização do que nos cursos de
graduação.
b) ter um curso superior tem sido condição essencial
para se obter uma colocação no mercado de
trabalho.
c) o uso de tecnologia em sala de aula é menos
importante no processo educacional do que o
tamanho das classes.
d) cursos de pós-graduação na área de tecnologia são
os que mais têm se desenvolvido.

2. No terceiro parágrafo, o pronome ones em – (...)
particularly ones tailored for community colleges and
lowincome young people. – refere-se a
a) high school programs.
b) low-income young people.
c) postsecondary online courses.
d) the Gates and Hewlett Foundations.
e) an initial $20 million round of money.
Text 177.
Brazil wants to count trees in the Amazon rainforest
By Channtal Fleischfresser
February 11, 2013
3. Sobre o uso da tecnologia no processo educacional e
de acordo com o quarto parágrafo do artigo, pode-se
afirmar que
a) a interação humana importa menos para o processo
educacional do que o uso das ferramentas
tecnológicas.
b) a atuação dos bons professores em sala de aula pode
ser prejudicada pelo mau uso da tecnologia.
c) os cursos online são indicados somente para os que
têm melhores condições financeiras.
d) a efetividade do uso da tecnologia no processo
educacional ainda é discutida.
e) a tecnologia pode substituir os professores em sala
de aula.
4. A opinião de Bill Gates acerca do uso de tecnologia
para ensinar crianças, do jardim da infância à quinta
série, é de que
a) esses alunos não são suficientemente independentes
para tirar o melhor proveito desses recursos.
b) as crianças do jardim da infância à quinta série não
têm paciência para ficar sentadas em frente a um
computador.
c) o uso da tecnologia, nos primeiros anos de vida de
uma criança, pode prejudicar o seu desenvolvimento
mental.
d) o uso de tecnologia pode dificultar a atuação do
professor, pois as crianças se distraem com os
recursos tecnológicos.
e) crianças provenientes de escolas comunitárias são as
que devem receber a maior parcela dos recursos que
a sua fundação destina a esse fim.
Brazil is home to roughly 60 percent of the Amazon,
about half of what remains of the world’s tropical
rainforests. And now, the country has plans to count its
trees. A vast undertaking, the new National Forest
Inventory hopes to gain “a broad panorama of the quality
and the conditions in the forest cover”, according to
Brazil’s Forestry Minister Antonio Carlos Hummel.
The census, set to take place over the next four years,
will scour 3,288,000 square miles, sampling 20,000
points at 20 kilometer intervals and registering the
number, height, diameter, and species of the trees,
among other data.
The initiative, aimed to better allocate resources to the
country’s forests, is part of a large-scale turnaround in
Brazil’s relationship to its forests. While it once had one
of the worst rates of deforestation in the world, last year
only 1,797 square miles of the Amazon were destroyed –
a reduction of nearly 80% compared to 2004. -
(www.smartplanet.com. Adaptado.)
1. O Governo brasileiro
a) tentará recuperar as áreas desmatadas desde 2004.
b) fará fotografias panorâmicas da floresta para conter
o desmatamento.
c) reduzirá o desmatamento legal para apenas 1 797
milhas quadradas.
457

d) fará um censo das árvores da Amazônia brasileira.
e) contará 60% das árvores da floresta amazônica.
2. O objetivo do Censo Florestal é
a) usar os dados obtidos para criar políticas florestais
na América Latina.
b) obter verbas internacionais para implantar
programas contra o desmatamento.
c) implantar um inventário florestal em colaboração
com países que têm florestas tropicais.
d) conscientizar os povos da floresta sobre a
sustentabilidade do meio ambiente.
e) aprimorar a dotação de recursos para as florestas
brasileiras.
3. O programa National Forest Inventory
a) fará um registro do número de árvores, bem como
de suas características, nos pontos de amostragem.
b) abrirá uma trilha na floresta, com pontos de coleta
de dados a cada 20 km.
c) identificou espécies de árvores desconhecidas nas
regiões da Amazônia.
d) já contou mais de três mil árvores nos últimos quatro
anos.
e) descobriu que a maioria das árvores apresenta altura
e diâmetro semelhantes.
Text 178.
The Echoes Between Student Loans and Mortgages
By Karen Weise on October 16, 2012
Earlier this year, the country’s largest mortgage servicers
agreed to reform their practices and pony up $25 billion
in a multistate settlement to atone for faulty foreclosures.
A new report out Tuesday from the federal Consumer
Financial Protection Bureau says the companies that
manage student loans have many similar problems that
haunted mortgage servicers.
The CFPB’s private student loan ombudsman, Rohit
Chopra, wrote the report based on nearly 3,000 borrower
complaints and says he found an “uncanny” parallel to
mortgages. Ninety-five percent of the complaints
collected by the CFPB focused on problems triggered
when students interact with servicers, which collect
monthly payments on behalf of investors who own the
loan. Chopra said borrowers often face surprises,
458
runarounds, and dead ends – payments that aren’t
properly applied, information that’s conflicting, and
servicers unwilling or unresponsive to borrowers looking
to create payment plans.
“I see these complaints in our report serving as an early
warning,” Chopra said in a call with reporters, explaining
that the CFPB and others should make sure student loan
servicing isn’t a “redux” of mortgage loan servicing.
Chopra also provided a glimpse of how the CFPB
handles the problems that borrowers report. Of the 2,857
complaints Chopra’s office has received, 961 people got
an explanation or resolution from the servicer, and 387
people received some sort of relief, be it nonmonetary
(like a new payment plan) or direct compensation,
Chopra told me. For borrowers who received monetary
relief, the median amount was $1,572, though one
borrower received nearly $84,000. Chopra says getting
compensation is rare because the loans themselves don’t
allow for much flexibly. “Even if [repayment options
aren’t] something that’s in the terms of the note, there
are still issues that people are facing,” he said. He hopes
that by airing the grievances, reforms might help
borrowers in the future.
Chopra says regulators and the Department of Education
should investigate whether the problems he found in the
complaints were systemic—and if so, should consider
stronger oversight. He also thinks policymakers should
find ways to encourage modifications and develop a
market for refinancing student loans. But perhaps
Chopra’s simplest recommendation was to get more
students to learn about, and participate in, the incomebased
repayment program that’s already available on
federal student loans. After all, as the country’s
experience working with mortgages has taught us,
working with government loans is a lot easier than
reforming the private market. –
(http://www.businessweek.com. Adapted)
1. The “income-based repayment program” mentioned
in the last paragraph is a program in which students can
a) pay their loans back in installments proportional to
their salaries.
b) deduct the value of their loans from their federal
income taxes.
c) borrow from private lenders who work on the same
basis as the federal government.

d) use their parents’ federal income tax as a foundation
to repay their loans.
e) help the government to reform the private student
loan private market.
2. The third paragraph points out that
a) the CFPB will call a meeting of investors and their
servicers to discuss student loans.
b) student loans may eventually reach a similar
situation as that of mortgage loans.
c) Chopra called newspaper reporters to give them an
early warning on loans.
d) the servicing of mortgage loans was criticized in the
CFPB recent report.
e) student loans should be reduced for those still
defaulting in their housing loans.
3. Chopra, in the last paragraph, states that
a) the CFPB may, in the future, refinance student
loans from government funds.
b) government loans will, eventually, replace private
student loan servicers.
c) policymakers will reform legislation so as to
allow for student loan refinancing.
d) the government should supervise loan servicers if
the problems he found are recurrent.
e) student loans in the private market should be
reformed to function like the public market.
4. The first and second paragraphs show that
a) servicers of student loans were given permission by
the CFPB to service mortgage loans.
b) the CFPB set a large fine for servicers of student
loans that are behaving like mortgage loan servicers.
c) mortgage lending managers had to pay
compensation to borrowers due to improper
foreclosures.
d) servicers of student loan debts are always willing to
discuss possibilities for payment plans.
e) most problems pointed out in the CFPB report are
due to uncanny defaults on student loans.
5. According to Rohit Chopra
a) student loan servicers will eventually be reformed
due to the CFPB report.
b) almost half the student borrowers who contacted his
office were given relief of some kind.
c) the student loan situation in the country is unfair as
some people received up to US$ 84,000.
d) student loan borrowers should request financial
compensation from lenders as relief.
e) few people actually receive any form of money back
from loan servicers.
Text 179.
Everyday conversational narratives of personal
experience might be regarded as the country 3 cousins of
more well-wrought narratives. The work of archaeologist
Nicholas Toth revolutionized the understanding of Stone
Age tools. Prior to Toth’s studies, the received
perspective was that early hominids chipped a cobble in
such a way that it could be used 1 as a pick or a hand ax.
Researchers considered the splintered flakes as waste
products and examined them for information about
techniques used to shape the stone core tool. While
others were analyzing the morphological shapes and
cognitive correlates of the 4 chipped cores, Toth, in a
radical turnabout, discovered that the flakes were the
primary tools and that the large stone was an incidental
by-product, possibly a secondary tool. The flakes 5 turned
out to be “extremely effective cutting tools” for animals,
wood, 6 hides, and other work. We posit that, like stone
flakes, mundane conversational narratives of personal
experience constitute the prototype of narrative activity
rather than the 2 flawed by-product of more artful and
planned narrative discourse.
OCHS, E. & CAPPS, L. (2001) . Living Narrative – creating lives in everyday
storytelling. Harvard University Press, England, p.3.
Glossary:
Chip – small piece of something, like wood or glass,
mainly when it has broken off something.
Cobble – small round-shaped stone; cobblestones.
Well-wrought – skillfully shaped or decorated.
1. Leia as afirmativas sobre o texto e preencha os
parênteses com V (verdadeiro) ou F (falso).
According to text,
( ) one should always aim at skillfully shaped texts.
( ) large stone tools resulted from making cutting tools.
459

( ) elaborate narratives grow out of informal
conversations.
( ) the bigger the product, the more important it is.
O preenchimento correto dos parênteses, de cima para
baixo, é
a) V – V – V – F
b) V – F – V – F
c) V – F – F – V
d) F – V – V – F
e) F – V – F – V
2. De acordo com o texto, Nicholas Toth
a) descobriu uma nova maneira de trabalhar rochas de
modo produtivo.
b) mudou a visão que existia sobre as ferramentas
feitas de pedra.
c) criou novas possibilidades para a elaboração de
textos sobre a Idade da Pedra.
d) chegou a uma importante conclusão sobre narrativas
bem elaboradas.
e) propôs que textos orais se originam de textos
escritos bem elaborados.
Text 180.
1. (Enem 2013)
c) comenta que suas discussões com o pai não
correspondem às suas expectativas.
d) conclui que os acontecimentos ruins não fazem falta
para a sociedade.
e) reclama que é vítima de valores que o levam a
atitudes inadequadas.
Text 181.
1. (Enem 2013) National Geographic News
Christine Dell’ Amore
Published April 26, 2010
Our bodies produce a small steady amount of natural
morphine, a new study suggests. Traces of the chemical
are often found in mouse and human urine, leading
scientists to wonder whether the drug is being made
naturally or being delivered by something the subjects
consumed. The new research shows that mice produce
the “incredible painkiller” – and that humans and other
mammals possess the same chemical road map for
making it, said study co-author Meinhart Zenk, who
studies plant-based pharmaceuticals at the Donald
Danforth Plant Science Center in St. Louis, Missouri.
Disponível em: www.nationalgeographic.com. Acesso em: 27 jul. 2010.
Ao ler a matéria publicada na National Geographic para
a realização de um trabalho escolar, um estudante
descobriu que
a) os compostos químicos da morfina, produzidos por
humanos, são manipulados no Missouri.
b) os ratos e os humanos possuem a mesma via
metabólica para produção de morfina.
c) a produção de morfina em grande quantidade
minimiza a dor em ratos e humanos.
d) os seres humanos têm uma predisposição genética
para inibir a dor.
e) a produção de morfina é um traço incomum entre os
animais.
460
A partir da leitura dessa tirinha, infere-se que o discurso
de Calvin teve um efeito diferente do pretendido, uma
vez que ele
a) decide tirar a neve do quintal para convencer seu pai
sobre seu discurso.
b) culpa o pai por exercer influência negativa na
formação de sua personalidade.
Text 182.
1. (Enem 2013)
Do one thing for diversity and inclusion
The United Nations Alliance of Civilizations (UNAOC)
is launching a campaign aimed at engaging people
around the world to Do One Thing to support Cultural

Diversity and Inclusion. Every one of us can do ONE
thing for diversity and inclusion; even one very little
thing can become a global action if we all take part in it.
Simple things YOU can do to celebrate the World Day
for Cultural Diversity for Dialogue and Development on
May 21.
1. Visit an art exhibit or a museum dedicated to other
cultures.
2. Read about the great thinkers of other cultures.
3. Visit a place of worship different than yours and
participate in the celebration.
4. Spread your own culture around the world and learn
about other cultures.
5. Explore music of a different culture.
There are thousands of things that you can do, are you
taking part in it?
UNITED NATIONS ALLIANCE OF CIVILIZATIONS. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 16 fev. 2013 (adaptado).
Internautas costumam manifestar suas opiniões sobre
artigos on-line por meio da postagem de comentários.
O comentário que exemplifica o engajamento proposto
na quarta dica da campanha apresentada no texto é:
a) “Lá na minha escola, aprendi a jogar capoeira para
uma apresentação no Dia da Consciência Negra.”
b) “Outro dia assisti na TV uma reportagem sobre
respeito à diversidade. Gente de todos os tipos,
várias tribos. Curti bastante.”
c) “Eu me inscrevi no Programa Jovens Embaixadores
para mostrar o que tem de bom em meu país e
conhecer outras formas de ser.”
d) “Curto muito bater papo na internet. Meus amigos
estrangeiros me ajudam a aperfeiçoar minha
proficiência em língua estrangeira.”
e) “Pesquisei em sites de culinária e preparei uma festa
árabe para uns amigos da escola. Eles adoraram,
principalmente, os doces!”
Text 183.
1. (Enem 2013)
Steve Jobs: A life Remembered 1955-2011
Readersdigest.ca takes a look back at Steve Jobs, and his
contribution to our digital world.
CEO. Tech-Guru. Artist. There are few corporate figures
as famous and well-regarded as former-Apple CEO
Steve Jobs. His list of achievements is staggering, and
his contribution tomodern technology, digital media, and
indeed the world as a whole, cannot be downplayed.With
his passing on October 5, 2011, readersdigest.ca looks
back at some of his greatest achievements, and pays our
respects to a digital pioneer who helped pave the way for
a generation of technology, and possibilities, few could
have imagined.
Disponível em: www.readersdigest.ca., Acesso em: 25 fev. 2012.
Informações sobre pessoas famosas são recorrentes na
mídia, divulgadas de forma impressa ou virtualmente.
Em relação a Steve Jobs, esse texto propõe
a) expor as maiores conquistas da sua empresa.
b) descrever suas criações na área da tecnologia.
c) enaltecer sua contribuição para o mundo digital.
d) lamentar sua ausência na criação de novas
tecnologias.
e) discutir o impacto de seu trabalho para a geração
digital.
Text 184.
1. (Enem 2013)
After prison blaze kills hundreds in Honduras UN
warns on overcrowding
15 February 2012
A United Nations human rights official today called on
Latin American countries to tackle the problem of prison
overcrowding in the wake of an overnight fire at a jail in
Honduras that killed hundreds of inmates. More than 300
prisoners are reported to have died in the blaze at the
prison, located north of the capital, Tegucigalpa, with
dozens of others still missing and presumed dead.
Antonio Maldonado, human rights adviser for the UN
system in Honduras, told UN Radio today that
overcrowding may have contributed to the death toll.
“But we have to wait until a thorough investigation is
conducted so we can reach a precise cause,” he said.
“But of course there is a problem of overcrowding in the
prison system, not only in this country, but also in many
other prisons in Latin America.”
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 22 fev. 2012 (adaptado).
461

Os noticiários destacam acontecimentos diários, que são
veiculados em jornal impresso, rádio, televisão e
internet. Nesse texto, o acontecimento reportado é a
a) ocorrência de um incêndio em um presídio
superlotado em Honduras.
b) questão da superlotação nos presídios em Honduras
e na América Latina.
c) investigação da morte de um oficial das Nações
Unidas em visita a um presídio.
d) conclusão do relatório sobre a morte de mais de
trezentos detentos em Honduras.
e) causa da morte de doze detentos em um presídio
superlotado ao norte de Honduras.
Text 185.
1. (Enem 2012) Leia.
Quotes of the Day
Friday, Sep. 02, 2011
“There probably was a shortage of not just respect and
boundaries but also love. But you do need, when they
cross the line and break the law, to be very tough.”
British Prime Minister DAVID CAMERON, arguing
that those involved in the recent riots in England need
“tough love” as he vows to “get to grips” with the
country’s problem families.
Disponível em: www.time.com. Acesso em: 5 nov. 2011 (adaptado).
A respeito dos tumultos causados na Inglaterra em
agosto de 2011, as palavras de alerta de David Cameron
têm como foco principal
a) enfatizar a discriminação contra os jovens britânicos
e suas famílias.
b) criticar as ações agressivas demonstradas nos
tumultos pelos jovens.
c) estabelecer relação entre a falta de limites dos
jovens e o excesso de amor.
d) reforçar a ideia de que o jovens precisam de amor,
mas também de firmeza.
e) descrever o tipo de amor que gera problemas às
famílias de jovens britânicos.
Text 186.
1. (Enem 2012) 23 February 2012 Last update at 16:53
GMT
462
BBC World Service
J. K. Rowling to pen first novel for adults
Author J. K. Rowling has announced plans to publish her
first novel for adults, which will be “very different” from
the Harry Potter books she is famous for.
The book will be published worldwide although no date
or title has yet been released. “The freedom to explore
new territory is a gift that Harry’s success has brought
me,” Rowling said.
All the Potter books were published by Bloomsbury, but
Rowling has chosen a new publisher for her debut into
adult fiction. “Although I’ve enjoyed writing it every bit
as much, my next book will be very different to the
Harry Potter series, which has been published so
brilliantly by Bloomsbury and my other publishers
around the world,” she said, in a statement. “I’m
delighted to have a second publishing home in Little,
Brown, and a publishing team that will be a great partner
in this new phase of my writing life.”
Disponível em: www.bbc.co.uk. Acesso em: 24 fev. 2012 (adaptado).
J. K. Rowling tornou-se famosa por seus livros sobre o
bruxo Harry Potter e suas aventuras, adaptados para o
cinema. Esse texto, que aborda a trajetória da escritora
britânica, tem por objetivo
a) informar que a famosa série Harry Potter será
adaptada para o público adulto.
b) divulgar a publicação do romance por J. K. Rowling
inteiramente para adultos.
c) promover a nova editora que irá publicar os
próximos livros de J. K. Rowling.
d) informar que a autora de Harry Potter agora
pretende escrever para adultos.
e) anunciar um novo livro da série Harry Potter
publicado por editora diferente.

Text 187.
1. (Enem 2012) Leia.
I, too
I, too, sing America.
Text 188.
1. (Enem 2011)
How’s your mood?
I am the darker brother.
They send me to eat in the kitchen
When company comes,
But I laugh,
And eat well,
And grow strong.
Tomorrow,
I’ll be at the table
When company comes.
Nobody’ll dare
Say to me,
“Eat in the kitchen,”
Then.
Besides,
They’ll see how beautiful I am
And be ashamed
I, too, am America.
HUGHES, L. In: RAMPERSAD, A.; ROESSEL, D. (Ed.) The collected poems of
Langston Hughes. New York: Knopf, 1994.
Langston Hughes foi um poeta negro americano que
viveu no século XX e escreveu I, too em 1932. No
poema, a personagem descreve uma prática racista que
provoca nela um sentimento de
a) coragem, pela superação.
b) vergonha, pelo retraimento.
c) compreensão, pela aceitação.
d) superioridade, pela arrogância.
e) resignação, pela submissão.
For an interesting attempt to measure cause and effect try
Mappiness, a project run by the London School of
Economics, which offers a phone app that prompts you
to record your mood and situation.
The Mappiness website says: ‘Were particularly
interested in how peoples happiness is affected by their
local environment air pollution, noise, green spaces, and
so on — which the data from Mappiness will be
absolutely great for investigating.”
Will it work? With enough people, it might. But there are
other problems. We’ve been using happiness and wellbeing
interchangeably. Is that ok? The difference comes
out in a sentiment like: “We were happier during the
war.’ But was ourwell-being also greater then?
Disponível em: http:www.bbc.co.uk. Acesso n: 27 jun. 2011 (adaptado).
O projeto Mappiness, idealizado pela London School of
Economics, ocupa-se do tema relacionado
a) ao nível de felicidade das pessoas em tempos de
guerra.
b) à dificuldade de medir o nível de felicidade das
pessoas a partir de seu humor.
c) ao nível de felicidade das pessoas enquanto falam ao
celular com seus familiares.
d) à relação entre o nível de felicidade das pessoas e o
ambiente no qual se encontram.
e) à influência das imagens grafitadas pelas ruas no
aumento do nível de felicidade das pessoas.
Text 189.
1. (Enem 2011) Going to university seems to reduce the
risk of dying from coronary heart disease. An American
463

study that involved 10 000 patients from around the
world has found that people who leave school before the
age of 16 are five times more likely to suffer a heart
attack and die than university graduates.
Word Repat News. Magazine Speak Up. Ano XIV, n 170. Editora Cameot, 2001.
Em relação às pesquisas, a utilização da expressão
university graduates evidencia a intenção de informar
que
a) as doenças do coração atacam dez mil pacientes.
b) as doenças do coração ocorrem na faixa dos
dezesseis anos.
c) as pesquisas sobre doenças são divulgadas no meio
acadêmico.
d) jovens americanos são alertados dos riscos de
doenças do coração.
e) maior nível de estudo reduz riscos de ataques do
coração.
Text 190.
1. (Enem 2010)
THE DEATH OF THE PC
The days of paying for costly software upgrades
are numbered. The PC will soon be obsolete. And
BusinessWeek reports 70% of Americans are already
using the technology that will replace it. Merrill Lynch
calls it “a $160 billion tsunami”. Computing giants
including IBM, Yahoo!, and Amazon are racing to be the
first to cash in on this PC-killing revolution.
Yet, two little-known companies have a huge
head start. Get their names in a free report from The
Motley Fool called, “The Two Words Bill Gates Doesn’t
Want You to Hear…”
report!
Click here for instant access to this FREE
BROUGHT TO YOU BY THE MOTLEY FOOL
Disponível em: http://www.fool.com. Acesso em: 21 jul. 2010.
Ao optar por ler a reportagem completa sobre o assunto
anunciado, tem-se acesso a duas palavras que Bill Gates
não quer que o leitor conheça e que se referem
a) aos responsáveis pela divulgação desta informação
na internet.
b) as marcas mais importantes de microcomputadores
do mercado.
c) aos nomes dos americanos que inventaram a suposta
tecnologia.
d) aos sites da internet pelos quais o produto já pode
ser conhecido.
e) as empresas que levam vantagem para serem suas
concorrentes.
Text 191.
1. (Enem 2010)
THE WEATHER MAN
They say that the British love talking about the
weather.
For other nationalities this can be a banal and
boring subject of conversation, something that people
talk about when they have nothing else to say to each
other. And yet the weather is a very important part of our
lives. That at least is the opinion of Barry Gromett, press
officer for The Met Office. This is located in Exeter, a
pretty cathedral city in the southwest of England. Here
employees – and computers – supply weather forecasts
for much of the world.
Speak Up. Ano XXIII, nº 275.
Ao conversar sobre a previsão do tempo, o texto mostra
a) aborrecimento do cidadão britânico ao falar sobre
banalidades.
b) a falta de ter o que falar em situações de avaliação
de línguas.
c) a importância de se entender sobre meteorologia
para falar inglês.
d) as diferenças e as particularidades culturais no uso
de uma língua.
e) o conflito entre diferentes ideias e opiniões ao se
comunicar em inglês.
464

21. (Enem 2ª aplicação 2010)
- Twenty-five cents is all you pay
Let me look into your past –
Here’s what you had for lunch today:
Tuna salad and mashed potatoes,
Collard greens pea soup and apple juice,
Chocolate milk and lemon mousse.
You admit I’ve got told it all?
Well, I know it, I confess,
Not by looking, in my ball,
But just by looking at your dress.
SILVERSTEIN, S. Falling up. New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1996.
A curiosidade a respeito do futuro pode exercer um
fascínio peculiar sobre algumas pessoas, a ponto de
colocá-las em situações inusitadas. Na letra da música
Crystal Ball, essa situação fica evidente quando é
revelado à pessoa que ela
Os aparelhos eletrônicos contam com um número cada
vez maior de recursos. O autor do desenho detalha os
diferentes acessórios e características de um celular e, a
julgar pela maneira como os descreve, ele
a) prefere os aparelhos celulares com flip, mecanismo
que se dobra, estando as teclas protegidas contra
eventuais danos.
b) apresenta uma opinião sarcástica com relação aos
aparelhos celulares repletos de recursos adicionais.
c) escolhe seus aparelhos celulares conforme o
tamanho das teclas, facilitando o manuseio.
d) acredita que o uso de aparelhos telefônicos portáteis
seja essencial para que a comunicação se dê a
qualquer instante.
e) julga essencial a presença de editores de textos nos
celulares, pois ele pode concluir seus trabalhos
pendentes fora do escritório.
Text 192.
1. (Enem 2ª aplicação 2010)
Crystal Ball
Come see your life in my crystal glass –
a) recebeu uma boa notícia.
b) ganhou um colar de pedras.
c) se sujou durante o almoço.
d) comprou vestidos novos.
e) encontrou uma moeda.
Text 193.
1. (Enem 2ª aplicação 2010)
The six-year molars
The six-year molars are the first permanent teeth. They
are the “keystone” of the dental arch. They are also
extremely susceptible to decay.
Parents have to understand that these teeth are very
important. Over 25% of 6 to 7 year old children have
beginning cavities in one of the molars.
The early loss of one of these molars causes serious
problems in childhood and adult life. It is never easy for
parents to make kids take care of their teeth. Even so,
parents have to insist and never give up.
O texto aborda uma temática inerente ao processo de
desenvolvimento do ser humano, a dentição.
465

466
Há informação quantificada na mensagem quando se diz
que as cáries dos dentes mencionados
a) acontecem em mais de 25% das crianças entre seis e
sete anos.
b) ocorrem em menos de 25% das crianças entre seis e
sete anos.
c) surgem em uma pequena minoria das crianças.
d) começam em crianças acima dos 7 anos.
e) podem levar dezenas de anos para ocorrer.
Text 194.
1. (Enem 2ª aplicação 2010)
Hip hop music
Hip hop music is a musical genre which developed as
part of hip hop culture, and is defined by key stylistics
elements such as rapping, DJing, sampling (or synthesis),
scratching and beatboxing. Hip hop began in the South
Bronx of New York City in the 1970s. The term rap is
often used synonymously with hip hop, but hip hop
denotes the practices of an entire subculture.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2010.
Brazilian hip hop is one of the world’s major hip hop
scenes, with active rap, break dance and graffiti scenes,
especially in São Paulo, where groups tend to have a
more international style, influenced by old school hip
hop and gangsta rap.
Brazilian rap has served as a reflection of political,
social, and racial issues plaguing the disenfranchised
youth in the suburbs of São Paulo and Rio. The lyrical
content, band names, and song names used by Brazilian
hip hop artists often connote the socio-political issues
surrounding their communities.
Disponível em: http://en.wikipedia.org. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2010 (fragmento).
Sendo a música uma das formas de manifestação cultural
de um país, o rap brasileiro, a partir das informações do
texto, tem sido caracterizado
a) pela influência internacional nos nomes de bandas e
de músicas.
b) como um instrumento de reflexão crítica do jovem
da periferia.
c) pela irreverência dos cantores, adeptos e suas
vestimentas.
d) como um gênero musical de menor prestígio na
sociedade.
e) pela criatividade dos primeiros adeptos do gênero
hip hop.
Text 195.
1. (Enem 2ª aplicação 2010)
The record industry
The record industry is undoubtedly in crisis, with labels
laying off employees in continuation. This is because CD
sales are plummeting as youngsters prefer to download
their music from the Internet, usually free of charge.
And yet it´s not all gloom and doom. Some labels are in
fact thriving. Putumayo World Music, for example, is
growing, thanks to its catalogue of ethnic compilation
albums, featuring work by largely unknown artists from
around the planet.
Putumayo, which takes its name from a valley in
Colombia, was founded in New York in 1993. It began
life as an alternative clothing company, but soon decided
to concentrate on music. Indeed its growth appears to
have coincided with that of world music as a genre.
Speak Up. Ano XXIII, nº 275 (fragmento).
A indústria fonográfica passou por várias mudanças no
século XX e, como consequência, as empresas
enfrentaram crises. Entre as causas, o texto da revista
Speak Up aponta
a) o baixo interesse dos jovens por alguns gêneros
musicais.
b) o acesso a músicas, geralmente sem custo, pela
Internet.
c) a compilação de álbuns com diferentes estilos
musicais.
d) a ausência de artistas populares entre as pessoas
mais jovens.
e) o aumento do número de cantores desconhecidos.
Text 196.
Brazilian Obesity: The Big Girl from Ipanema
According to a government study released this week, the
number of Brazilians suffering from obesity is growing.
And the trend toward the fuller figure is most prevalent
among women. “Obesity among women had (5)

stabilized in previous studies, and now there is an
expressive increase,” says Deborah Malta, the study’s
coordinator. “That is very worrying.”
The study covered many health-related topics and
offered some contradictory figures as well. Although
(10) Brazilians are getting fatter, they are eating less red
meat and more fruits and vegetables, Malta reports. They
are smoking less and taking more preventive tests such
as mammograms and pap smears. But they are using less
sunscreen and drinking more, especially to excess and
(15) often when driving.
Nevertheless, in body-conscious Brazil, the nation of
Gisele Bündchen, plastic surgery and minuscule bikinis,
it was the obesity figures that caused the most anxiety.
When the New York Times reported in 2005 (20) that
Brazilians were getting fatter, the correspondent came
under attack in the media as a gay, Brazilian-hating
heretic.
According to Malta, Brazilians are relatively slim
compared with their counterparts in the West. “I think
(25) Brazilians are still worried about their bodies. When
we compare ourselves to the rest of the world, we are
still much thinner,” she tells TIME. “And remember, this
is not just Brazilians that are getting fatter — this is a
worldwide phenomenon.”
(30) Independent experts, however, caution against such
nationalistic one-upmanship. Already one-quarter of
hospital beds are taken up by people suffering from
weight-related ailments such as heart attacks, back
surgeries and hip and joint replacements, says Luiz (35)
Vicente Berti, president of the Brazilian Society of
Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery. Unless preventive
action is taken to educate people, he warns, Brazil faces
a sick and expensive future. “If we don’t teach people
how to eat properly and exercise, then in 10 years no one
(40) will have the money to pay the hospital bills that
will arise,” Berti says, adding that the number of
stomach-reduction surgeries carried out in Brazil had
risen 500%. “The U.S. can’t solve its problem, and it is
the biggest economy in the world.”
DOWNIE, Andrew . Brazilian obesity : the big girl from Ipanema. São Paulo
Friday, Apr. 10, 2009. Disponível em: . Acesso em: 3 nov. 2010.
01. According to the study mentioned in the text, obesity
in Brazil has
a) stopped rising.
b) remained stable among women.
c) dropped considerably among men.
d) grown more significantly among women.
e) affected both men and women in the same
proportion.
02. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
Considering health-related topics, the study has found
out that Brazilians have
( ) been drinking too much.
( ) cut down on red meat.
( ) neglected to take preventive exams.
( ) taken the use of sun block very seriously.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
a) F F T T
b) F T F T
c) T T F F
d) T F T F
e) T T T T
03. When the New York Times reported in 2005 that
Brazilians were getting fatter, its correspondent was
01) badly spanked.
02) highly praised.
03) severely hurt.
04) strongly criticized.
05) slightly counterattacked.
04. According to Deborah Malta, Brazilians are
01) getting thinner and thinner.
02) heavier than the rest of the world.
03) less slim than their western counterparts.
04) not as worried about their bodies as they used to.
05) not as fat as people from other western countries.
05. The only question to which there is NO answer in
paragraph 5 is
01) What does Vicente Berti do?
02) Why are Brazilians often taken to hospital?
03) What measures can Brazilians take to minimize the
damage caused by obesity?
467

04) How long will it take for hospital bills to become
really unreasonable?
05) Which country has been able to solve its obesity
problem?
Text 197.
China’s sex factor
Over the years, China’s one-child policy has been tied to
a range of social ills, such as rising prostitution and
delayed marriage. Now it may be producing yet another
ugly side effect: a spike in crime. Even as rates (5) have
dropped in most Western countries, official statistics
show that China is becoming a more dangerous place,
with murder, robbery, and rape rates now surpassing
those in many European countries.
Blame men. In January the Chinese Academy of (10)
Social Sciences found that the male-female birth ratio in
China has hit 119 males to 100 females, a new high, and
reaches 130:100 in some provinces. (That’s 10 to 20
percent higher than the average for industrialized
countries.) Some experts link this gap to the surge in (15)
violence. In an April 2009 paper, Columbia University’s
Lena Edlund suggested that the sex gap accounts for up
to one sixth of China’s crime increase between 1988 and
2004. Edlund points the finger at lower marriage rates,
noting that unmarried men are a destabilizing factor (20)
in society. Not everyone agrees that the gender gap is a
bad thing; a Columbia Business School study says it
encourages families to save cash to better position sons
in the spouse hunt. This increase in savings may serve
(25) to improve social stability and balance the sex gap’s
negative aspects. The crime increase has also been
attributed to the country’s growing underclass of migrant
workers, and it’s often unclear where the pressures of
work and courtship intersect to drive men to crime. But
(30) as China rises, it may unfortunately find it’s
overtaking the U.S. in crime as well.
FISH, Isaac Stone. China’s sex factor. Newsweek, New York, March 1, 2010 p.
9.
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
China’s one-child policy and the gender gap might be
contributing to crime increase in that country.
This is clearly stated in the following fragments from the
text:
( ) “Over the years, China’s one-child policy has been
tied to a range of social ills, such as rising prostitution
and delayed marriage.” (l. 1-3).
( ) “Now it may be producing yet another ugly side
effect: a spike in crime. (l. 3-4).
( ) “That’s 10 to 20 percent higher than the average for
industrialized countries” (l. 12-14).
( ) “Some experts link this gap to the surge in
violence.” (l. 14-15).
( ) The crime increase has also been attributed to the
country’s growing underclass of migrant workers” (l.
26-28).
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) F F T T F
02) F T F T F
03) T F T F T
04) T T T F F
05) T T T T T
02. “Edlund points the finger at lower marriage rates,
noting that unmarried men are a destabilizing factor in
society” (l. 18-20)
Considering China’s crime increase, in this sentence,
Edlund
01) praises the government.
02) complains about unfair practices.
03) suggests a solution to that.
04) states a possible reason for that.
05) reveals a neutral position about that.
03. The gender gap is also said to have its positive side.
According to the Columbia Business School study
mentioned in the third paragraph, the only one not
mentioned in the text is:
01) Families feel the need to store money to help their
grown- up sons in the future.
02) Having a little money, the sons’ chances of finding a
wife are improved.
03) Social stability is not badly threatened.
04) Rich men may decide to give up searching for a
wife.
468

05) The bad effects of the sex gap are reduced with the
increase in savings.
04. “Blame men” (l. 9)
Considering China’s present situation in relation to
crime, this sentence means that Chinese men are
01) angry at that.
02) annoyed about that.
03) responsible for that.
04) worried about that.
05) excluded from that.
(20) I don’t think e-books have topped 10 % of the
market. My guess is that it will be about 15 to 20 % of
the market, because e-readers are expensive, and they’ll
continue to be expensive.
Not to diminish the value of a paperback, when it (25)
comes to somebody investing in a hardcover, it’s
something you want to keep. You have to give readers a
choice, between a richer experience with paper books
and a more sterile experience through an electronic
reader. We just try to make every aspect of the physical
(30) book as good as it can possibly be, because that’s
our greatest hedge against the dominance of e-books.
05. In comparison with the United States, crime rates in
China are likely to become
01) lower.
02) higher.
03) not so high.
04) about the same.
05) less worrying.
Text 198.
The future of the book
The transformation of the book industry has reached a
tipping point. Electronic books now outsell paperbacks
on Amazon, the retailer recently announced. And
Borders, the second-largest bookstore chain in the (5)
United States, is reportedly considering a bankruptcy
filing. With books evolving at extremely rapid speed, we
polled some literary brains on the future of reading:
JAMES H. BILLINGTON, librarian of Congress:
The new immigrants don’t shoot the old inhabitants
when they come in. One technology tends to supplement
(35) rather than supplant. How you read is not as
important as: will you read? And will you read
something that’s a book — the sustained train of thought
of one person speaking to another? Search techniques are
embedded in e-books that invite people to get slightly
involved rather (40) than follow a full train of thought.
This is part of a general cultural problem.
JOYCE CAROL OATES, author:
My husband, Charlie, is a neuroscientist, and of course
he immediately ordered both the Kindle and iPad. (45)
When we travel, we read books and The New York
Times on the iPad. I’d much rather have a book.
SETOODEH, Ramin .The future of the book.
Newsweek, New York, Feb 14, 2011, p.10. Adaptado.
JUDITH REGAN, book editor :
I think books will be more affordable. Books are (10)
pretty expensive. Publishers are so silly because they
focus on “We’re not going to be selling so many hardcover
books at $26.” Yeah, but you’re going to sell
infinitely more electronically, so what are you
complaining about? I view it as a greater opportunity.
(15) DAVE EGGERS, author and founder of the
publishing house McSweeney’s:
I don’t own an e-reader, and I’ve never read a page on an
e-reader. I do everything I can to avoid more screen time.
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False). It’s
stated in the text:
( ) The book industry has undergone a process of
significant change.
( ) Electronic books aren’t being sold as rapidly as
expected.
( ) The Internet site Amazon sells more electronic
books than paperbacks.
( ) The bookstore chain Borders has never sold as
many books as in 2011.
469

According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is:
01) T F T F
02) F T F T
03) T T F F
04) F F T T
05) T T T T
02. About the people interviewed and their opinions
about e-books, it’s correct to say:
01) Judith Regan is pessimistic about the success of e-
books.
02) Dave Eggers says that e-readers will become
cheaper in the coming years.
03) James H. Billington doesn’t think e-books will make
paper books disappear.
04) Joyce Carol Oates never reads e-books.
05) Joyce’s husband, Charlie, prefers to read a
paperback when he travels.
03. Dave Eggers believes that e-books provide readers
with _______ paper books.
The alternative that completes the blank correctly is
01) a poorer experience than.
02) an experience as enriching as.
03) a less sterile experience than.
04) a much profitable experience than.
05) a more interesting experience than.
04. The person who emphasizes the importance of
reading, irrespective of the way you do it is
01) Judith.
02) Dave.
03) James.
04) Joyce.
05) Joyce’s husband.
05. It’s possible to infer from what Dave Eggers says
that he
01) doesn’t have a personal computer.
02) only uses an e-reader when he can’t afford a
hardcover.
03) doesn’t use the computer unless it’s absolutely
necessary.
470
04) is certain that e-books will outsell paper books.
05) is all against buying expensive paper books.
06. About Joyce and her husband, the only question to
which there’s no answer in the text (l. 42-46) is 01)
What does
01) Joyce do for a living?
02) How does the couple use the iPad?
03) What’s Charlie like?
04) How soon did Charlie order the Kindle and the
iPad?
05) Who prefers to have a book when travelling?
The expression “My guess is” (l. 21) should be
understood as
01) I think.
02) I disagree.
03) I’m afraid.
04) I don’t know.
05) I don’t expect.
Text 199.
Higher Learning
For more than two decades, as the cost of college has
climbed at twice the rate of inflation, critics have argued
that bloated bureaucracies, overpaid faculty, and
unnecessary amenities are inflating tuition. Yet in a new
book — Why Does College Cost So Much? —
economists Robert Archibald and David Feldman argue
that college isn’t actually overpriced.
The reason: although the total cost of attending an instate,
four-year public university has nearly doubled to
$16,140 since 2000, the benefits that come with it have
increased considerably, too. Indeed, over the same period
of time, the difference in wages between those who
attend college and those who don’t has climbed by 20
percent.
Yet in the aftermath of the recession, a more important
question is who’s losing out in the process? Even though
aid packages have risen by more than 50 percent since
2000, one recent study found that college enrollment
could fall by 3.6 percent due to the housing crisis, which
has made it harder for families to finance their children’s
education.

“The prices are rising precisely at the time when
minorities and lower-income families are having the
most trouble meeting costs,” says Rucker Johnson, a
professor of public policy at the University of California,
Berkeley. In other words, college may still be a good
deal, but its price is rising at a time when fewer people
can afford it.
By Joel Schectman. Higher Learning. Newsweek, December 6, 2010, p. 12.
01. The text says that the cost of college
01) has been on the rise.
02) is cheaper than it used to be.
03) has been affordable for most people.
04) has climbed at almost the same rate as inflation.
05) is expected to drop in the coming years.
02. The economists R. Archibald and D. Feldman argue
that college isn’t actually overpriced because
01) its price has increased in line with inflation.
02) lower-income families’ wages have also increased
by 20% since 2000.
03) students get a discount of about 20% in their tuitions
during the four-year period they attend university.
04) everybody, not only college students, have
benefitted greatly from the present college policies.
05) college students’ salaries have also risen in about
twenty percent.
number of parents living in the homes of their adult
children increased by a whopping 67 percent. In other
cases, grown children with (10) families of their own are
moving back into a parent’s house. Experts say harsh
economic realities like high housing costs and low
incomes are probably a driving force behind the trend.
“It is so much less expensive to have one kitchen, one
living room, one dwelling to heat,” (15) says Frances
Goldscheider, professor emeritus of sociology at Brown.
“If you can manage to be polite to each other ... you can
get all the benefits of the reduced costs.” Other forces at
work include immigration — certain cultures favor
extended-family living — and increased (20) longevity,
since multigenerational households can care for aging
parents.
According to futurist Andrew Zolli, people born after
1975 could end up taking care of their mothers longer
than their mothers took care of them, since women in
(25) that generation are likely to live more than 18 years
into retirement, when they are most likely to need help of
some kind from their children. Philip Cohen, author of
the upcoming book Family: Diversity, Inequality and
Social Change, predicts that the economic downturn will
(30) contribute further to the rise in multigenerational
living. “Especially with foreclosures and people losing
their homes, where do people turn?” he asks. “They’re
most likely to go to their families first.” Yarret, Ian. You
will be a parent to your parents. Newsweek, New York, p. 52, 24 &
31, 2009.
03. It’s stated in the text that minorities and lowerincome
families are having the most trouble
01) asking for loans.
02) finding a job.
03) getting discounts.
04) paying their bills.
05) selling things.
Text 200.
You will be a parent to your parents
Modern American households are coming to resemble
those of centuries past, when it was the norm for
multiple generations to live under the same roof. Census
data show that the number of U.S. households (5) with
three or more generations increased by 38 percent
between 1990 and 2000. Between 2000 and 2007, the
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
The text says that multigenerational households
( ) are becoming usual in the United States nowadays.
( ) will still take a long time to be accepted by the
American society.
( ) weren’t common in the United States some
centuries ago.
( ) are unheard-of in any other culture.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T T T T
02) T F F F
03) T F T F
04) F T F T
05) F T T F
471

02. The recent trend mentioned in the text is:
01) Adult children with families never return to their
parents’ home.
02) Parents move back to their children’s home but the
reverse doesn’t happen.
03) Both parents and grown-up children are moving
back to each other’s home.
04) Only wealthy parents accept their adult children and
their families back home.
05) Adults with financial problems prefer to live with
another brother or sister than to move back to their
parents’ home.
03. Multigenerational households are said to be 01)
costly.
01) cheaper.
02) unsafe.
03) harmful.
04) disrupting.
04. “You will be a parent to your parents” (title) - This
possibility is clearly stated, in the text, between lines
01) 1 and 3.
02) and 6.
03) 7 and 11.
04) 13 and 18.
05) 22 and 27.
05. The number of multigenerational U.S. households
has _____.
The only alternative that, according to the text, does not
complete this sentence correctly is
01) grown.
02) dropped.
03) climbed.
04) gone up.
05) been on the rise.
06. “the number [...] increased by a whopping 67
percent.” (l. 7-9)
The adjective “whopping” in this sentence conveys the
idea of
01) expected.
02) very large.
03) not so big.
04) rather small.
05) insignificant.
472

“Philip Cohen, author of the upcoming book Family:
Diversity, Inequality and Social Change, predicts that
the economic downturn will contribute further to the rise
in multigenerational living. ‘Especially with foreclosures
and people losing their homes, where do people turn?’
he asks. ‘They’re most likely to go to their families first.’
” (l. 27-33)
07. The only question to which there is no answer in
this part of the text is
01) When in trouble, who do people usually ask for
help?
02) Why is multigenerational living increasing these
days?
03) How many books has Philip Cohen already written
on the issue of multigenerational living?
04) What are some causes of people’s problems
nowadays?
05) How can the economic crisis influence this trend of
multigenerational living?
Text 201.
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
Based on the cartoon, it’s correct to say:
( ) So far, the boy has never managed to kick that
football.
( ) This isn’t the first time the girl has dared the boy to
kick the ball.
( ) The boy doesn’t seem to trust signed documents.
( ) The girl is making fun of the boy.
According to the comic strip, the correct sequence, from
top to bottom, is
01) T F T F
02) F T F T
03) T T F T
04) F F T F
05) T T T T
02. The suitable adjective to describe the girl in this
comic strip is
01) fair.
02) unreliable.
03) trustworthy.
04) reasonable.
05) hospitable.
03. “It was never notarized!” (8 th picture) This sentence
means that the document
01) is still valid.
02) isn’t official.
03) has no signature.
04) has been crossed out.
05) wasn’t written correctly.
04. About the boy and the girl, it’s correct to say:
01) The boy is much taller than the girl.
02) The girl has got blonde hair.
03) The boy is wearing a suit.
04) The girl is wearing pants.
05) The boy has less hair than the girl.
Text 202.
Sleepy teenagers
Teenagers are renowned for enjoying lengthy lie-ins in
the morning. But contrary to popular belief, their
reluctance to get out of bed may not be just down to
laziness alone.
(5) This bedroom is a battleground. Morgan’s 17, and
like most other teenagers, she struggles to surface.
Noelle Delaney, her mother, says: “Some days it is very
difficult...you know I have to go in there two, three
times. I have been known to pull her by her feet out of
her bed.” (10) Morgan replies:“It’s too early to get up in
the morning, especially in the winter when it’s quite dark
out. It just seems like you’re getting up in the middle of
the night, you just want to be back in bed.”
And that’s why sleep scientists studied Morgan (15) and
her friends for two weeks. These wrist-mounted sensors
monitored their every move — waking and
sleeping.Analysis of that data surprised the scientists.
They found that consistently the teenagers get just six
and a half hours sleep a night. Most adults need at least
(20) eight. When the clocks moved forward to British
Summer Time the youngsters got even less — just six
hours a
night.
473

As Joanne Bower, from the University of Surrey, says,
“You’ve got something inside you called your (25)
circadian rhythm [body clock] which insures the same
thing happens the same time every day and one of those
things is the secretion of melatonin which is the hormone
that makes you sleepy. Now for an adult you expect that
to be early evening, in teenagers it happens much (30)
later so even if you put your teenager in bed at say ten at
night it may be that they don’t secrete their melatonin
until midnight, one o’clock, so they’re staring at the
ceiling just not sleepy.” Consistent sleep deprivation can
affect concentration, memory or even mood. The (35)
scientists behind this study say more research is needed
because, like Morgan, most teenagers have busy lives —
what they’re not getting is enough rest.
SLEEP teenagers. Disponível em: . Acesso em: 12 out 2012.
01. This text focuses on
01) the pros and cons of going to bed late.
02) the hormones that make people fall asleep.
03) lack of enough sleep on the part of most teenagers.
04) teenagers’ unhealthy habit of sleeping late in the
morning.
05) doctors’ concern about teenagers who sleep too
much.
03. It was discovered that the teenagers mentioned in the
study sleep
01) as much as young adults.
02) more than British youngsters.
03) less than most adults.
04) soundly most of the time.
05) reasonably well when compared with their
classmates.
04. According to Joanne Bower, teenagers usually fall
asleep
01) well after adults do.
02) before adults do.
03) early in the evening.
04) as soon as they go to bed.
05) at about the same time as adults do.
05. One of the bad effects of sleep deprivation mentioned
in the text is
01) bad humor.
02) overweight problems.
03) lack of appetite.
04) immunodeficiency.
05) recurrent insomnia.
474
02. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
( ) Noelle Delaney has little trouble making her
daughter, Morgan, get out of bed in the morning.
( ) It’s usually very difficult for Morgan to wake up in
winter mornings.
( ) Although Morgan has trouble waking up, she leaves
her bed as soon as her mother calls her.
( ) During a couple of weeks, Morgan wore a device
that checked her movements all the time.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T F T F
02) F T F T
03) T T F F
04) F T T F
05) T T T T
06. “their reluctance to get out of bed may not be just
down to laziness alone.” (l. 3-4)
The expression in bold should be understood as
01) caused by.
02) responsible for.
03) suggested by.
04) followed by.
05) expressed as.
Text 203.
Mammoth mine
Archaeologists in Serbia say that they have discovered a
rare mammoth field containing the remains of at least
five of the giant beasts that lived here tens of thousands
of years ago. The discovery last week at the (5) Kostolac
coal mine, east of Serbian capital of Belgrade, is the first
of its kind in the region. It could offer important in sight
into the ice age in the Balkans, said Miomir from
Serbia’s mammoth fragments in the world, but they are

arely so accessible for exploration,” he told the (10)
Associated Press.
The remains were found during coal excavation about 20
meters below ground, and the field, according to Korac,
stretches over some 20 acres of sandy terrain.
In 2009, a well-preserved skeleton of a much older (15)
mammoth was found at the same site. Vika — as the
female skeleton was dubbed — is up to one million years
old and belonged to the furless, so-called southern
mammoth. The bones discovered last month probably
belong to the so-called woolly mammoth, which (20)
disappeared some 10,000 years ago, said Sanja Alaburic,
a mammoth expert from Serbia’s Museum of Natural
History. Alaburic explained that “this discovery is
interesting because, unusually, there are many bones in
one place,” probably brought there by torrential waters.
(25) Another mammoth skeleton was discovered in
northern Serbia in 1996. It belonged to a female
mammoth that lived about 500,000 years ago and is now
on display in the town of Kikinda, near the Hungarian
border. As to the new findings, Korac said that at least
six months
(30) will be needed before all the bones are unearthed.
MAMMOTH mine. Disponível em: . Acesso em:
12 out. 2012.
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False). It’s
stated in the text:
( ) The mammoth remains were found on the surface of
the ground.
( ) The mammoth field lies in a small and narrow
stretch of land.
( ) The mammoth bones might have been taken to the
coal mine by heavy rains.
( ) No other mammoth remains had been discovered in
that region yet.
02. “It could offer important insight into the ice age in
the Balkans” (l. 6-7)
The question to which this sentence is the suitable
answer is
01) Why is the discovery unimportant?
02) What are archaeologists hopeful of?
03) How old are the fossils supposed to be?
04) When was the Ice Age in the Balkans?
05) Where did the excavations take place?
03. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
What makes the newly discovered mammoth fossils
different from the one named Vika is that they
( ) must have been furry.
( ) aren’t as old as Vika.
( ) are all male skeletons.
( ) are thought to have disappeared about ten thousand
years ago.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T F T F
02) T T F T
03) F T F T
04) F T T T
05) T T T T
04. About the mammoth skeleton on display in Kikinda,
it’s correct to say that it
01) is much older than Vika.
02) is about the same age as the Kostolac remains.
03) is as old as Vika.
04) is younger than the Kostolac bones.
05) was discovered earlier than Vika.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T T F F
02) T F F T
03) F F T T
04) F F T F
05) T T T T
Text 204.
A new leaf – Egypt
Egyptian foundation El Nafeza was established in 2007
to revive traditional papermaking in Egypt — partly as a
way of getting rid of agricultural wastes that are typically
burned, resulting in choking black clouds. El Nafeza
organizes workshops in papermaking for disadvantaged
young people (80 to 90 percent of its employees are deaf
475

and mute). The Foundation has also established
specialized training centers to teach the art and technique
of high quality paper making 5 from rice husks, Nile
water lilies, and banana stalks. The handmade paper
products are exhibited and sold both within Egypt and
internationally.
A NEW leaf – Egypt. Disponível em: . Acesso em: 12 out. 2012.
01. About the Egyptian foundation El Nafeza, it’s correct
to say that it
01) is environmentally friendly.
02) doesn’t care about air pollution.
03) only employs disabled people.
04) doesn’t export its products.
05) makes paper from native plants.
02. The activity of papermaking by El Nafeza involves
01) agribusiness.
02) deforestation.
03) recycling.
04) wind power.
05) high tech machinery.
Text 205.
Digital storytelling
For a long time now, storytelling has been used as a tool
for learning lessons, preserving events and history,
conveying culture and tradition, and for fun. Every man
has a tale to tell. By telling stories, we learn about the (5)
characteristics that we have in common with other
people and through them we are connecting with the
world.
“Digital” storytelling refers to the media used to convey
the story. The digital stories are simply stories that are
created and disseminated by using digital media. (10)
They are actually real experiences of their creators –
written, narrated and illustrated by the person who has
experienced the story.
Through digital storytelling, people who don’t have any
technical knowledge are able to use the information (15)
communication technologies for creating a video of their
story. The product is often a 2-5 minute film which is a
combination of a narrative part from a personal story,
photographs and music.
476
The process of creating a digital story consists of (20)
several steps. The first thing you have to do is to select a
story that you want to tell. The story should be a personal
experience that you will share with the others and
indirectly enable them to experience the things that have
happened to you. The second step consists of (25)
writing the script, the starting point for the digital story.
After that, the creator should make an audio record in
which he will read the finalized story. Upon the
completion of the story and the narration, the photos
appearing in the video should be planned. The selected
photographs (30) don’t have to literally represent what
the narrator is talking about, so any kind of illustration
can be used for the story. Preparing the video is the step
that requires the most technical knowledge. Here we
import all the graphics and sounds in a video editing
application and initiate the
(35) creation of the video from the story. In the
application, all the graphics are sequenced according to
the narration, and effects and transitions are added.
After the video has been completed, it is exported and
prepared for sharing. Often, the creators of digital (40)
stories are not willing to share their stories online or they
decide to do it under a certain nickname.
IGNATOVA, E. Disponível em:
Acesso em: 16 out. 2008.
01. Fill in the parentheses with the number of the
paragraph from the text whose main idea is summarized
by the phrase on the right:
( ) Building the digital story.
( ) Potential uses of digital storytelling.
( ) The video future use.
( ) Traditional uses of storytelling.
( ) Definition of digital storytelling.
The correct paragraph sequence, from top to bottom, is
01) Paragraph2 / Paragraph3 / Paragraph4 / Paragraph5 /
Paragraph1.
02) Paragraph4 / Paragraph3 / Paragraph5 / Paragraph1 /
Paragraph2.
03) Paragraph4 / Paragraph5 / Paragraph3 / Paragraph2 /
Paragraph1.

04) Paragraph3 / Paragraph1 / Paragraph2 / Paragraph4 /
Paragraph5.
05) Paragraph5 / Paragraph2 / Paragraph4 / Paragraph1 /
Paragraph3.
02. According to the text, the basic difference between
traditional and digital storytelling lies in
01) the way of communicating the story.
02) the length of the story.
03) the person who tells the story.
04) the possibility of achieving more or less success.
05) the author’s attitude toward the future.
03. It’s stated in the text that a digital story’s creator
01) doesn’t need to use photographs.
02) must be very good at writing.
03) needs no special technical knowledge.
04) cannot use a pseudonym.
05) should have an excellent command of the
information technology.
04. Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
When creating a digital story, it’s true to say that
( ) you should write the script after the audio has been
created.
( ) the selection of photos to appear in the video ought
to be planned after the story has been narrated.
( ) the audio record is the last thing to be done.
( ) all the graphics should be added during the video
preparation.
04) they have to be sequenced according to the
narration.
05) you are free to choose the illustrations you please.
06. Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
The questions on the left are answered in the lines
indicated on the right in
( ) What are some benefits of telling stories? (l. 4-6)
( ) Who usually reads the story in digital storytelling?
(l. 7-8)
( ) Whose experiences do the stories describe? (l. 10-
12)
( ) How long is a standard digital story? (l. 16-18)
The correct sentence, from top to bottom, is
01) True / True / False / False.
02) True / False / True / True.
03) False / False / True / False.
04) False / True / False / True.
05) True / True / True / True.
Text 206.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is
01) True/True/True/False.
02) False/False/False/True.
03) True/True/False/False.
04) False/True/False/True.
05) False/False/True/True.
05. Concerning photographs, it’s stated in the text that
01) you may not use them.
02) they must represent the theme of the story.
03) they should be the starting point of the story.
477

01. Put the following sentences in the order they take
place in the cartoon:
a) The dog sympathizes deeply with the bird.
b) The bird kicks the boy.
c) The bird watches a turkey cooking inside a
microwave oven.
d) The bird jumps down from the dog’s house.
e) The bird tells the dog about the human behavior.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is in
alternative
01) B-A-C-D-B
02) E-C-D-B-A
03) A-D-C-E-B
04) C-B-E-A-D
05) C-E-A-D-B
02. The dog thinks that the act of killing the turkey is
01) humane.
02) bizarre.
03) natural.
04) expected.
05) reasonable.
03. When the bird kicks him, the boy seems to be
01) puzzled.
02) worried.
03) horrified.
04) scared.
05) understanding.
aren’t so sure.
The idea of the millionth word entering the English
language is a brilliant bit of public relations for Texasbased
Global Language Monitor. GLM runs a powerful
search service which monitors web traffic. They (10)
make their money telling organizations how often their
name is mentioned in new media, such as the internet.
What they can also do is search for newly coined words.
Once a word has been used 25,000 times on 15 social
networking sites and such like, GLM declares it to be a
new word. By their calculations a new word is created in
English every 98 minutes, hence the estimate that the
millionth word is about to be created.
If you talk to lexicographers, however, dictionary (20)
professionals, they tell a slightly different story.
Dictionaries have tighter criteria about what constitutes a
new word, for example, it has to be used over a certain
period of time. Lexicographers will tell you that the
exact size of English vocabulary is impossible to
quantify, but 25 if you accept every technical term or
obscure specialist word then we’re already way beyond a
million. And if you restrict inclusion of specialist slang,
then there are possibly three quarters of a million words
in English. All of which is way beyond the 20 — 40,000
words that a 30 fluent speaker would use, or the few
thousand you could get by with in English. Basically,
with 1.5 billion people speaking some version of the
language, it’s small wonder English is the fastest
growing tongue in the world.
POLLARD, Lawrence. Millionth English word imminent. Disponível em:
www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/
wordsinthenews/2009/06/090610_witn_dict_page.shtml>. Acesso em: 2 dez.
2010.
04. The pronoun “they” used in the cartoon refers to
01) birds.
02) cooks.
03) humans.
04) hunters.
05) housewives.
Text 207.
Millionth English word imminent
It is being claimed that the millionth word in the English
language is about to be created. A US company which
follows the use of language on the internet has made the
prediction. However, traditional dictionary (5) makers
01. Concerning the imminent creation of the millionth
word in the
English language,
01) dictionary experts are doubtful.
02) GLM has declared that’s quite unlikely.
03) GLM and lexicographers have similar ideas.
04) both GLM and dictionary experts think that’s
perfectly possible.
05) traditional dictionary makers refused to comment on
the matter.
478

02. About GLM company, the only piece of information
in disagreement with the article is
01) they look for information.
02) they make use of the Internet.
03) their service is free of charge.
04) they look for recently invented words.
05) they monitor how many times a company’s name
appears in the media.
03. According to GML, a new English word is created
01) every half an hour.
02) every two minutes.
03) every nineteen minutes.
04) nearly every other day.
05) almost every hour and a half.
04. According to dictionary professionals, a newly
coined word
01) doesn’t usually take long to be accepted as such.
02) must be used during some amount of time before
being included in a dictionary.
03) should be listed in a dictionary as soon as it appears.
04) is considered a new word after being used over
25,000 times on internet sites.
05) won’t be part of a dictionary if it’s only used on
networking sites.
05. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
Lexicographers say that the exact size of English
vocabulary
( ) is not all that difficult to be measured.
( ) is over a million words, if technical terms or not
widely known specialist words are
included.
( ) is about 750,000 words, if you limit the addition of
informal language.
( ) will be determined very soon, due to technological
advances.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T F T F
02) T T F F
03) F T F T
04) F T T F
05) T T T T
Text 208.
Cave of fossils found in Australia
Scientists in Australia have discovered a cave filled with
the remains of prehistoric mammals. The find reveals
some surprising similarities between these lost creatures
and modern-day kangaroos and koalas.
(05) The treasure trove of preserved fossils found in an
outback cave has given paleontologists a rare view into
the weird and breathtaking world of prehistoric
Australia.
Researchers from the University of New South Wales
say they’ve found the remains of some of the (10)
strangest specimens anyone could possibly imagine. The
discovery includes 26 skulls from an extinct, wombatlike
marsupial that was an odd-looking creature the size
of a sheep, which had giant claws. These may have been
used to climb trees — as koalas do today.
(15) Finding such a large cluster of fossils has indicated
these lost animals may have roamed the countryside in
herds — like modern-day kangaroos. How they ended up
deep underground is a mystery. One theory is they
accidentally plunged into the cave through an opening
(20) that was obscured by vegetation. They either died
from
the fall, or became trapped and starved to death.
These ancient gems were unearthed at the famous
Riversleigh World Heritage fossil fields in north-western
Queensland, which scientists have been exploring since
(25) the early 1990s. Its ancient deposits are among the
richest and most extensive to be found anywhere.
MERGER, Phil. Cave of fossils found in Australia. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2010.
01. About the fossil fields mentioned in the text, it’s
correct to saythat they started to be explored
01) about a century ago.
02) by the end of the 1990s.
03) by the end of the last century.
04) in the mid nineteenth century.
05) in the early twenty-first century.
479

02. Among the possible reasons why the strange
marsupials died in an underground cave, the only one
not mentioned in the article is
01) the entrance to the cave was covered with bushes
and trees.
02) they had nothing to eat there.
03) they were badly injured after the fall.
04) they were unable to leave the cave.
05) they started fighting with one another.
03. The expression “The treasure trove” (l. 5) should be
understood as the
01) art collection.
02) buried box.
03) small supply.
04) valuable collection.
05) negligible amount.
04. “The discovery includes 26 skulls from an extinct,
wombat-like marsupial that was an odd-looking creature
the size of a sheep, which had giant claws. These may
have been used to climb trees — as koalas do today.” (l.
11-14)
The only question without an answer in this fragment
of the text is
01) How many marsupial skulls were unearthed?
02) What was that kind of marsupial like?
03) How big were the marsupials supposed to be?
04) What did they possibly use their claws for?
05) Why did they use to climb trees?
Athabasca University Mobile Learning Project, the
outlook is promising. “M-learning [mobile learning] is a
sibling to e-learning [electronic learning],” he said. (15)
“Studying via computer is now very common here, but in
some parts of the world there is already a great deal of
mobile learning happening, and there is great potential
for this in Canada.”
One benefit of m-learning is that cell phones and (20)
other hand-held devices are relatively inexpensive and
portable, more portable than even the smallest laptop
computers, so they give students access to course
materials anywhere and anytime. A student with a $50
cell phone could easily, for example, study while 25
commuting or passing time in a waiting room where
setting up a computer would not be practical. Tin said,
because of its low cost, m-learning also has great
potential for providing educational opportunities to
students in countries where access to computer (30)
technology is limited.
Any cell phone which has a text messaging function
can be used for participating in the ESL lessons being
used in the pilot project. Students at GCC will work
through English lessons using cell phones and complete
(35) pre- and post-tests to measure their progress.
Athabasca University has pioneered many forms of
distance learning and Tin believes m-learning might be
one of the most significant yet. “Anything that can make
learning more convenient for learners is important in a
world where (40) knowledge is increasingly a valuable
resource,” he said.
MOBILE ESL Learning technology. Disponível em: . Acesso
em: 20 out. 2009.
480
Text 209.
Mobile ESL Learning Technology
Students at Calgary’s Global Community College
participated in an Athabasca University pilot Project,
funded by the Canadian Council on Learning, to test the
effectiveness of cell-phone technology in extending the
(5) reach of distance learning.
The pilot program took place at GCC February 16. The
project is designed to explore how international students
can use mobile devices such as cell phones to learn
English. The project is probably the first in Canada (10)
to test the educational application of popular mobile
devices, and according to Tony Tin, coordinator of
01. The project mentioned in the text is especially
designed for
01) foreigners who are interested in studying in Canada.
02) students who find it difficult learning a foreign
language.
03) teachers who want to improve their English via
computer.
04) students who cannot go to an English-speaking
country to learn English.
05) Canadian teachers who want to work abroad.
02. The main objective of this pilot project is
01) teaching reading skills in any language.

02) evaluating English teachers all over the world.
03) teaching English as a second language.
04) raising as much money as possible for the project’s
implementation.
05) emphasizing the importance of English as a global
language.
03. According to Tony Tin, the project
01) isn’t as good as they expected.
02) is likely to be successful.
03) has only a few minor design defects.
04) needs a lot of improvements.
05) isn’t supported by the Canadian government.
04. Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
Some of the advantages of cell-phones mentioned in the
text are:
( ) They are easy to carry.
( ) They are relatively cheap.
( ) They aren’t as small as laptops.
( ) You can use them whenever you want.
According to the text, the correct sequence from top to
bottom, is
01) True/True/False/True.
02) False/True/False/True.
03) False/False/True/True.
04) True/False/True/False.
05) True/True/True/True.
05. What kind of device can you use to take part in this
pilot project lessons?
The alternative which, according to the text, answers this
question correctly is
01) Any cell-phone without exception.
02) Any cell-phone except the ones without a text
messaging function.
03) Only highly sophisticated cell-phones and palm
tops.
04) Any mobile phone which is connected to a laptop.
05) Only mobile phones and computers which have all
the instructions in English.
06. “M-learning” favorece os estudantes em cujos países
o acesso àtecnologia da computação ainda é precário.
This piece of information is clearly stated, in the excerpts
from the text, in alternative
01) “Athabasca University has pioneered many forms of
distance learning and Tin believes m-learning might
be one of the most significant yet.” (l. 35-38)
02) “m-learning also has great potential for providing
opportunities to students in countries where access
to computer technology is limited.” (l. 27-30)
03) “One benefit of m-learning is that cell phones [...]
are relatively inexpensive and portable” (l. 19-21)
04) “in some parts of the world there is already a great
deal of mobile learning happening, and there is great
potential for this in Canada.” (l. 15-18)
05) “The project is designed to explore how
international students can use [...] cell phones to
learn English” (l. 7-9)
07. When Tony Tin says “M-learning is a sibling to e-
learning” (l. 13-14), he means that these forms of
learning are
01) complex.
02) important.
03) similar.
04) opposite.
05) strange.
Text 210.
The alternative set (More people are turning to
unconventional medicines )
A combination of reduced faith in conventional
treatments and the growth in availability of alternative
remedies has led to the rise in people turning to
alternative medicine. However, very few abandon
conventional (5) medicines but use the two in
combination — leading to the use of the term
complementary medicine.
In many cases, the disillusion in established modern
western medicine has been due to its impotence in the
face of diseases such as AIDS and cancer. People (10)
with such conditions turn to alternatives partly out of
desperation, but also because of the strength of anecdotal
evidence that the therapies are effective.
481

Dr. Jonathan Monckton, director of the UK Research
Council for Complementary Medicine, says the
increased (15) use represents a sea change in attitudes
towards medical establishment. “What it is not is a
rejection of conventional medicine,” he told BBC News
Online. “Actually, it’s more inspired by the fact that the
limitations of conventional medicine are becoming more
apparent. Years ago (20) conventional medicine was
seen to be infallible, but the new age of communication
has shown that certain chronic conditions may best be
served by the more palliative effects of complementary
therapies.”
Studies have shown that about 80% of those who (25)
use alternative therapies stick to their conventional
treatments and are happy with them, he said. One theory
is that the increasing use was also a sign of social
change. “People aren’t content to be told what to do;
they prefer to be more responsible for their own health
(30) and their own well-being. It’s about autonomy and
empowering the individual and the paternalistic form of
medicine of 20 to 30 years ago has now given way to this
partnership in health care”, he said.
The Internet has had a huge impact in this respect, (35)
with research published last February suggesting that
60% of Web-users look for health information — mainly
in relation to mental health issues, allergies and cancer.
THE ALTERNATIVE set. Disponível em: . Acesso em: 20 out. 2009.
01. Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
Some reasons for the increased use of alternative
medicine are
( ) disappointment with conventional medicine in the
face of incurable diseases.
( ) evidence of safety and effectiveness of
complementary therapies for the treatment of certain
( ) conditions. people’s lack of responsibility towards
their own health.
( ) people’s total rejection of conventional medicine
procedures.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is:
01) True/True/False/False.
02) False/True/False/True.
482
03) True/False/True/False.
04) False/False/True/True.
05) True/True/True/False.
02. It‘s stated in the text:
01) Most doctors consider alternative medicine to be
ineffective and dangerous.
02) Medical doctors are usually unaware of their
patients’ use of alternative therapies
03) More and more people in the U.K. are giving up
conventional medicine.
04) The Internet has played a crucial role in people’s
growing demand for health information.
05) Anecdotal evidence has been rather irrelevant in
people’s choice between conventional and
alternative medicine.
03. According to Dr. Jonathan Monckton, alternative
medicine is more commonly used to treat illnesses that
01) can be easily cured.
02) are not very serious.
03) last for a long time.
04) don’t require complex procedures.
05) cause strong and sharp pain.
04. The number of people who are quite content with
both conventional and alternative medicine is of
01) almost sixty percent.
02) under sixty percent.
03) over ninety percent.
04) nearly eighty percent.
05) approximately fifty percent.
Text 211.
China earthquake animal instinct
As China remains gripped by grief, staff at its famous
panda reserve take stock of the earthquake’s deadly toll.
The news from the heart of China’s earthquake
zone remains heartbreakingly grim. Amid all the tragedy
and devastation, though, there is some less unpleasant
news from the quake zone: China’s “celebrity pandas”
survived (5) the quake, according to volunteers who
visited the famous Wolong Nature Reserve just 18 miles
from the epicenter.

The reserve is devoted to China’s famous giant
panda, a protected species that has enormous iconic
value to localresidents. Thoughallofthereserve’s60-
somepandas (10) were initially reported safe,
NEWSWEEK has learned that right after the quake, a
total of six pandas went missing after falling boulders
smashed the walls of enclosures that had kept them
captive. Scientists were especially worried because two
of the missing beasts, named Tuan Tuan (15) and Yuan
Yuan, had been carefully selected and raised from
infancy in preparation for being sent to Taiwan. The
beasts were to be a goodwill gift from one rival
government to another; China and Taiwan are only now
enjoying the fruits of rapprochement after nearly six
decades of enmity.
(20) That piece of news saddened many
Chinese and Taiwanese, who had participated by the
millions in a contest to name the animals via the Web
and instant-messaging. The winning names, Tuan Tuan
and Yuan Yuan, are a pun
on the Chinese word for reunion.
(25) Now we know that both pandas are safe.
After fleeing during the quake, one panda wandered back
on May 14, and the second returned May 17. There was
no food to be found in the wild, so they walked back to
the ruins of the enclosure. Two others returned too, but
two remain missing. (30) It is unclear whether they can
survive in the wild.
Chinese also see the panda as a symbol of
Chinese efforts to protect endangered species. Only
about 1,590 live in the wild, mostly in Sichuan and
neighboring provinces; about 180 have been bred in
captivity. The (35) panda’s cause has been taken up by
Chinese environmentalists, who argue for a more
ecologically sound mind-set in China, where blind and
headlong economic growth has damaged the
environment and poisoned the air in many cities. News
of the plight of the pandas and (40) the scientists
studying them are a source of hope to ordinary citizens at
a time when Chinese want to be reassured that humans
and nature can exist in harmony.
LIU, Melinda. Newsweek . Web Exclusive. New York.
May 21, 2008.
“boulders” (l. 12): pedras.
“pun” (l. 23): trocadilho.
“plight” (l. 39): situação crítica.
01. Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
It’s stated in the text that:
( ) The Wolong Nature Reserve is not very far from the
earthquake’s epicenter mentioned in the article.
( ) At first, it was said that most pandas had been
injured in the quake.
( ) There are over fifty pandas living in the Wolong
Nature Reserve.
( ) The walls of the Reserve were not affected by the
earthquake.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is:
a) True/False/True/False.
b) False/False/True/True.
c) True/True/True/False.
d) False/False/False/True.
e) False/True/False/True.
02. The special way native people feel about the pandas
is mentioned, in the text, between lines
I. 1and6.
II. 7 and 9.
III. 20 and 24.
IV. 27 and 30.
V. 31 and 34.
It’s correct what is said in
a) I and III.
b) II and V.
c) I, II and III.
d) II, III and IV.
e) III, IV and V.
03. The word “toll” (subtitle) should be understood as
the
483

484
a) total number of victims.
b) reserve physical destruction.
c) damage done to China’s economy.
d) foreigners who survived the quake.
e) frequent natural disasters occurring in China.
04. About China and Taiwan, it’s correct to say that they
a) are still on bad terms.
b) used to be unfriendly.
c) find it difficult to be friends.
d) have decided against making peace.
e) are now ruled by the same central government.
05. When Tuan Tuan and Yuan Yuan were reported
missing, Chinese and Taiwanese felt
a) glad
b) scared
c) unhappy
d) relieved
e) puzzled
05. Considering the missing pandas, the text says that
a) two of them have died.
b) two haven’t been found yet.
c) two were captured by rescuers.
d) four of them are still in the wild.
e) all of them have returned to the reserve.
06. About the pandas now existing in China, it’s correct
to say:
a) Most of them live in zoos all over China.
b) Nearly 180 of them have been captured by hunters.
c) Over one thousand of them live in their natural
habitat.
d) They are not well cared for by local residents.
e) There are only about 1,590 in China now.
07. A few harmful consequences of quick and careless
development in China are mentioned in paragraph
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
e) 5
Text 212.
Cooking without gas
Foundation for Sustainable Technologies (FoST), Nepal
In many places in the world, dependable,
affordable energy is still a scarce resource. Case in point:
Nepal, which has no fossil fuel sources of its own. Here,
all gas and oil must be imported — and shortages are (5)
commonplace. It was during just such a shortage in 1995
that Sanu Kaji Shrestha came up with an idea that
blossomed into the Foundation for Sustainable
Technology (FoST): making fuel from waste. Shrestha
developed a technology for repurposing ordinary
sawdust and waste (10) paper as pressed briquettes,
which can be used as a smokeless cooking fuel. FoST
trains people to make their own briquettes, helping them
to save money and providing them with an energy source
they can count on, as well as helping to preserve the
country’s woodlands, which had (15) been previously
tapped for fuel.
Shrestha has used the World Challenge 2007 prize
money to develop a briquette press that is much less
labor- intensive: it can even be worked by a single
person, including those whose disabilities might have
made the (20) previous technology too physically
difficult to use. He is also actively investigating other
sustainable fuel options, creating prototypes of lowenergy
cooking devices along with innovative stoves that
are designed to provide hot water on tap – a luxury in
Nepal today but, perhaps, soon to be (25) a reality.
COOKING without gas. Newsweek, New York. Nov 24,
2008 p. 11. “sawdust” (l. 9): pó de serra.

01. About the fuel made by FoST, it’s correct to say that
it
a) produces lots of smoke.
b) is no good for cooking food.
c) provokes deforestation.
d) is made from useless materials or substances.
e) requires a lot of money to be produced.
02. Analyze the following questions:
I. Why doesn’t Nepal have any kind of fossil fuel? (l. 1-
2).
II. How did the Foundation for Sustainable Technology
(FoST) start? (l. 5-8).
III. Which foreign foundation helps FoST protect the
environment? (l. 16-20).
IV. When is Nepal expected to have hot water on tap? (l.
20-25).
The questions on the left have answers in the lines
indicated in the parentheses on the right in
a) I and II.
b) I and III.
c) I and IV.
d) II and IV.
e) II, III and IV.
03. “it can even be worked by a single person” (l. 18)
This sentence can be exactly rewritten, in the active
voice, as
a) a single person will work it.
b) even a single person can work it.
c) even a single person worked it.
d) even a single person has to work it.
e) a single person has been able to work it.
Text 213.
Globish: the new international language?
A French author and ex-vice president of IBM
has come up with a new reduced form of English to help
non-English speakers get by when they are abroad. In his
books Don’t Speak English, Parlez Globish and (5)
Découvrez le Globish, Jean Paul Nerrière advocates the
use of Globish as the common language of international
communication.
Globish involves a vocabulary limited to 1,500 words.
Other features include short sentences, an (10) absence
of idiomatic expressions, and extensive hand gestures to
get the point across. It is not aimed at cultural eloquence,
Mr. Nerrière points out, but at “linguistic
efficiency, always, everywhere, with everyone.”
Mr. Nerrière originally started his investigations
into (15) Globish in an effort to help other French men
and women sitting in business meetings held in English.
He advised them to content themselves with Globish
instead of trying to master the intricacies of formal
English. Now his globalized version of English is so
common, he says, (20) that Americans, Britons, and
other English speakers should learn it, too.
Mr Nerrière says that native speakers of English
tend to stand out as strange in international business
meetings. This is due to their refusal to use the (25)
elementary English adopted by colleagues from other
countries. He suggests they should make an effort to
speak like everybody else to appear less arrogant and
more open to doing business. He warns that commercial
ventures could depend upon the mastery of Globish: “If
(30) you lose a contract to a rival because you’re
speaking an English that no one except another
Anglophone understands, then you’ve got a problem.”
Quick to dispel fears that Globish will mean the
end of other languages, Mr. Nerrière recommends that it
(35) should only be used in international exchanges. It
should not, he insists, be used as a vehicle of culture. In
other words, he believes we should keep on learning
languages to read the great literary works of Molière,
Shakespeare, and Cervantes. He claims, however, that
the best (40) language to talk about the price of steel in
China is
Globish.
OXENDEN, C. & Latham-Koenig, C. American
English File ,Workbook 4 p.71 Oxford University Press
485

01. According to the text, the only feature that is NOT
TRUE about Globish is that it
a) is unidiomatic.
b) relies heavily on body language.
c) is a highly simplified version of English.
d) requires the use of elaborated sentences.
e) has a vocabulary of no more than one thousand and
five hundred words.
02. Considering its main objective, Globish should be
seen as
a) a tool for mastering formal English.
b) a tool for international communication.
c) a way of abolishing so many different languages.
d) a device that will improve the rules of the English
grammar.
e) a way of standardizing the English spoken by native
speakers worldwide in all kinds of social meetings.
03. The text says that Mr. Nerrière’s primary motivation
to create Globish was
a) to replace all the languages used in any kind of
meeting.
b) to make it easier for native speakers to do business
around the world.
c) to suit the needs of French business people in
meetings in which English was used.
d) to establish a more friendly relationship between
native and non-native speakers of English.
e) to make his new version of English well-known all
over the world.
04. Concerning the presence of native speakers of
English in business meetings, Mr. Nerrière says that
a) they usually avoid using complex sentences.
b) they seem to be very willing to do business.
c) they try to speak slowly so as to communicate
better.
486
d) their English can be easily understood by
everybody.
e) they look like they are better and more important
than the other non-native participants.
Text 214.
Tablets have been steadily catching up on PCs in recent
years as the more fashionable way to get work done, and
according to one analyst they’re perhaps even about to
overtake the PC in sales. Due to falling sales of (5) PCs
and the continuing popularity of tablets, analyst Sameer
Singh believes we’re going to see tablets overtake PCs in
sales before the end of 2013.
Despite this piece of news, tablets are far from the all-inone
replacements for PCs as some would expect. (10)
While the things we do on our PC are more and more
Web-focused, important tools including Microsoft Office
and Adobe products are quick to remind us that no tablet
is a true replacement to the laptop or desktop we’ve
relied on for years since. While some devices like the
(15) convertible tablet have tried to offer a mix between
the tablet and laptop experience, these devices are still
new to the market and have very limited hardware. As a
result, convertibles have yet to prove their worth as a
potential middle-of-the-road option for consumers and
instead. This (20) piece of news is also affected by the
fact that people are not adopting them as quickly as they
used to, and that most PC owners are happy with their
current desktops or laptops, but want to supplement it
with a tablet.
(25) Either way, tablets are going to continue to be
popular upgrade options, and PCs are still going to
remain as tried and true workstations for the more workintensive
tasks out there. While some feel a revolution is
on the brink, the fact remains that there is still the
potential (30) that both devices can exist in some sort of
harmony.
TABLETS have been... Disponível em:
.
Acesso em: 12 out. 2013.
01. The suitable title for this text is in alternative
a) Why tablets don’t launch.
b) How to live without PCs.
c) Tablet sales on the rise.

d) Laptop and desktop revival.
e) The sharp decline of tablets.
02. The author of this article thinks that tablets
a) have steadily decreased in popularity.
b) will soon be replaced by other high-tech devices.
c) will have a fall in sales before the end of 2013.
d) are not as fashionable nowadays as they used to be.
e) are likely to surpass PCs in sales by the end of this
year.
03. Concerning Microsoft Office and Adobe products,
the author believes that
a) people can regularly work with them on their tablets.
b) they are useless nowadays unless you have a tablet.
c) these applications need to be replaced by new ones
every year.
d) tablets can deal with them much more satisfactorily
than any PC.
e) the jobs done by these tools can be better performed
on laptops or desktops.
04. As far as convertible tablets are considered, the
author says that they
a) have a powerful hardware.
b) were launched a long time ago.
c) will definitely replace PCs very soon.
d) can coexist with PCs in a productive way.
e) are seen as completely useless by most consumers.
Text 215.
Another brick in the wall
We don’t need no education
We don’t need no thought control
No dark sarcasm in the classroom Teachers leave us kids
alone
Hey! Teacher! Leave us kids alone!
All in all it’s just another brick in the wall. All in all
you’re just another brick in the wall.
FLOYD, Pink.
Disponível em: . Acesso
em: 12 out. 2013.
01. This is an excerpt from the song “Another Brick in
the Wall” by the British group Pink Floyd. It was a
number 1 hit in the UK and abroad.
This song is basically an attack on __________
The alternative that DOES NOT complete this blank
correctly is
a) rigid schooling.
b) formal education.
c) limiting students’ ideas.
d) teachers’ abusive behavior.
e) students’ willingness to follow rules in school.
02. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
As songwriters tend to use colloquial English in their
lyrics, some of the so-called “grammar mistakes” usually
occur. In this song, for example, the proper equivalent
forms of the first line “We don’t need no education”,
according to standard English, are
( ) We need no education.
( ) We don’t need some education.
( ) We don’t need any education.
( ) We needn’t worry about education.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is
a) T F T F
b) T F F T
c) F T T F
d) F F T T
e) T T T T
487

Text 216.
Clever spider
With the help of small pieces of leaf, dead insects and
other debris, a spider in the Amazon rainforest has
created a detailed replica of a spider larger than itself.
The crafty spider is thought to be a new member of the
(5) genus Cyclosa, a family of spiders which has created
decoys before using spare egg sacs. But this new spider’s
sculpture is the first to have leg-like appendages.
Phil Torres, a biologist from the Rainforest
Expeditions, thinks they might have discovered a (10)
completely new species. He says, “When you first see it,
it just looks like a spider hanging in a web. It’s about an
inch and an half long. As you approach, it kind of looks
like a dead spider as well but, as you approach, it starts
to move back and forth. There’s a little spider (15)
hanging on the back of it so you’ll see little pieces of
leaf, little pieces of twig. There’s even a dead insect in
there. There must be very heavy predatory influence that
it would evolve to have such an intriguing defense.”
Mr. Torres will be returning to the Amazon
rainforest (20) in January next year to investigate further
as this masterful spider is yet to be recognized as a new
species. Mr. Torres’ discovery will be registered, verified
and his findings published if this spider proves to be
biologically different from the known species of
Cyclosa.
ZARINDAST, Karen. Clever spider. Disponível em:
. Acesso em: 12
out. 2013.
01. Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
About the spider found by researchers in the Amazon,
it’s correct to say:
( ) It builds an exact copy of what seems to be a bigger
spider.
( ) According to the scientists, it is a very talented
spider.
( ) The researchers are quite sure that it is a new
species of the genus Cyclosa.
( ) The scientists believe that, by building such a
sculpture, this spider might be trying to defend itself
from predators.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
a) T T T T
b) T F F F
c) T T F T
d) F T T F
e) F F T T
02. The only piece of information that is NOT TRUE
about this spider’s sculpture is that it
a) is bigger than the real spider.
b) has some parts that seem to be legs.
c) hides the real, smaller spider on its back.
d) is just like the webs created by spiders of the genus
Cyclosa.
e) is made up (among other things) of dead leaves and
insects, and small thin branches from trees or
bushes.
Text 217.
Can animals predict natural disasters?
The tsunami disaster killed over 30,000 people
in Sri Lanka. However, almost all local elephants, deer
and other wild animals survived the monstrous attack of
the tidal waves. It’s worth mentioning that only one wild
boar (5) of 2,000 animals of an Indian reserve was killed
in the 2004 tsunami disaster.
According to US biologists, 14 sharks, which
were kept under regular observation for several years,
had left their usual places of living 12 hours before
Charlie (10) hurricane hit Florida. The sharks
disappeared in deep waters of the ocean and returned
only two weeks later, although they have never left their
natural habitat before.
Animals obviously know something that humans can
never comprehend or learn. The 2004 tsunami (15)
disaster made scientists look deeper into the mystery.
Researchers have already proved that different animal
species living all over the world possess the surprising
ability to envisage natural catastrophes.
488

Unlike humans, wild animals can perceive a lot
(20) more information about the world around them.
Their senses are a lot better, they can sense vibrations at
huge distances; even a slight change in the atmospheric
pressure will not remain unnoticed for animals. Their
major advantage is an ability to read and see natural
warnings, (25) which helps them avoid the storm of
nature.
Scientists also noticed that wild animals have a
much better reaction to imminent dangers in comparison
with domestic animals. Domestic animals live under the
strong influence of human culture, which is made of a
(30) system of rules, taboos and physiological delicacies.
It is not ruled out that a human being used to be as
sensitive to natural changes as wild animals are now.
Ancient people probably had this animal instinct as well:
perhaps they knew where to run and hide in order to save
(35) themselves from earthquakes or volcano eruptions.
CAN, animals predict natural disasters?
Disponível em:

focus on just one or two sources at a time — listening to
music while working for example. Heavy multitaskers
watch online videos, surf the web, talk or text on their
mobiles, and write or read, all at the same time. Lead
researcher Cliff Nass wanted to see how this would
affect the way their brains work. “You would think that
people who are multitasking with all these media at once
would be great at ignoring irrelevant information.
However, we discovered they are suckers for irrelevant
information, so they’re much worse than low
multitaskers at ignoring the irrelevant”, says Nass.
Not only that, but multitaskers are worse at
organizing and sorting information, and worse at
switching from one task to another. The findings have
left the scientists with something of a mystery — why do
people multitask at all? They say that in an increasingly
demanding work environment, expecting staff to be
constantly available by email and instant message while
doing their jobs may actually mean that productivity
falls.
MULTITASKING, harmful to productivity.
Disponível em: . Acesso em: 2 jan.
2010.
01. This article is mainly about people who
a) consider productivity to be irrelevant.
b) use several forms of media at the same time.
c) disregard the main sources of information.
d) cannot do anything without their cell phones.
e) cannot concentrate while doing their jobs.
02. According to the text, heavy multitaskers differ from
light multitaskers in that the first
a) usually disregard irrelevant information.
b) have no trouble arranging things in a particular
order.
c) have more difficulty changing from one piece of
work to a different one.
d) cannot produce anything in a noisy work
environment.
e) are not very much worried about career prospects.
490
03. When the scientists talk about “an increasingly
demanding work environment” (l. 23-24), they mean that
a) current jobs require more time and attention than
before.
b) to make more money, people have to take many jobs
at a time.
c) jobs nowadays aren’t as competitive as they used to
be.
d) there’s too much discrimination in the workplace
now.
e) people nowadays are unable to do their jobs
satisfactorily.
04. The expression “surf the web” (l. 10) means
a) send instant messages by email.
b) access different computers at a time.
c) look at different pages on the internet.
d) download information to your computer.
e) carry your laptop wherever you go.
05. It’s stated in the text that, when people multitask, the
amount of things they make or produce
a) rises.
b) goes up.
c) decreases.
d) is considerable.
e) remains the same.
Text 219.

01. The man in this cartoon
a) is planning to give a dinner party.
b) intends to cook his own dinner tonight.
c) is inviting Liz to go out for dinner tonight.
d) is apologizing for not being able to meet Liz tonight.
e) would like Garfield (the cat) to join them for dinner
tonight.
1. According to the text, Brazilians were forced to reduce
their energy consumption
a) in the late nineties.
b) because it was too expensive.
c) in only a few areas of the country.
d) at the beginning of the last century.
e) when a serious natural disaster happened.
02. In the 3 rd picture, Garfield
a) says he wants to eat out with the couple.
b) tells Liz to refuse the man’s invitation.
c) recommends a different place for dinner.
d) suggests that they’d better have dinner at home.
e) says he doesn’t think that restaurant buffet is very
good.
2. The measures involving energy consumption taken by
the Brazilian government affected
a) mostly the poor people.
b) both the rich and the poor.
c) only the business community.
d) mostly the Southern region of Brazil.
e) especially the people who lived in the countryside.
Text 220.
TEXTO III
Greening Brazil
Wasteful consumption of resources represents a barrier
to sustainable development in Brazil. This fact became
quite obvious in 1999 when blackouts and severe energy
shortages affected most areas of the (5) country. The
economy lost billions as industrial production almost
stopped and Brazilian households – under the threat of
heavy fines – had to cut down on electricity use. This
alarm signaled the end of the myth of endless energy
resources. Brazilians were forced to (10) confront the
reality of waste and conservation. Extreme energy-usereduction
measures were launched, and the resulting
inconvenience and financial losses affected everybody,
rich and poor alike. Though dramatic, the energy crisis,
plus the regular introduction (15) of sustainable
consumption ideas, has made people think about their
role in environmental protection. According to the
Environmental Ministry, sustainable consumption means
the use of natural resources without compromising the
needs and aspirations of
(20) future generations.
3. The energy crisis
a) stopped the industrial production completely.
b) increased the gap between the rich and the poor.
c) contributed to making Brazilians more ecologically
aware.
d) made the government take serious measures against
flooding.
e) forced the local administration to build emergency
dams all over the country.
4. From what the Environmental Ministry says,
sustainable consumption should be understood as using
the natural resources
a) rationally.
b) plentifully.
c) carelessly.
d) excessively.
e) emotionally.
MIRELLA, Fabiana; AMACKER, John. Speak Up, São Paulo: Peixes, n. 217,
jun. 2005, p. 14-16. Adaptado.
491

Text 221.
ENVIRONMENT: Smog Beaters
Smog is a fact of life in most cities, but several Italian
municipalities think they’ve found a way to beat it. A
new type of sidewalk brick breaks down carbon
monoxide, a poisonous byproduct of automobile engines
(5) that also contributes to global warming. The bricks
are made with a blend of titanium dioxide. When
exposed to light, the compound interacts chemically with
the carbon monoxide, turning it into water and carbon
dioxide – the gas that produces bubbles in soda pop. “I
expected it to (10) work, but not so well,” says Rossano
Amadelli, who led tests for the Italian National Research
Council. “It stunned me.”
In September, the cities of Cagliari, Sassari and
Selargiius plan to begin the pollution-eating bricks in
their sidewalks and plazas. The bricks cost 19 euros per
square (15) meter, a 46 percent premium over
conventional brick at 13 euros. That’s the price of fresh
air.
SUTHERLAND, Benjamin. Newsweek, Aug. 14, 2006, p. 8. Adaptado.
“Smog” (título): mistura de novoeiro e poluição.
1. The sidewalk brick mentioned in the text
a) improves air quality.
b) increases pollution.
c) damages the environment.
d) contributes to global warming.
e) contains poisonous chemicals.
2. Compared to the prices of conventional bricks, the
ones mentioned in the article are
01) cheaper.
02) more expensive.
02) worry.
03) suspicion.
04) certainty.
05) skepticism.
Text 222.
Gregor Mendel
1822-1884
Gregor Johann Mendel was born on July 22, 1822, in
Heizendorf, Austria. He was the only son of a peasant
farmer. In (5) 1843 he began studying at the St. Thomas
Monastery of the Augustinian Order. After his
ordination, Mendel was assigned to pastoral duties, but it
soon
(10) became apparent that he was more suited to
teaching. In 1849, he was assigned to a secondary school
in the city of Znaim. It was there that he took the
qualifying examination for teacher certification and
failed. (15) In 1851, he entered the University of Vienna
to train to be a teacher of Mathematics and Biology. It
was there that he developed his skills as a researcher
which he utilized later in his life. Mendel did
groundbreaking work into the theories (20) of heredity.
He studied seven basic characteristics of the pea pod
plants. By tracing these characteristics, Mendel
discovered three basic laws which governed the passage
of a trait from one member of a species to another
member of the same species. (25) Mendel found actual
proof of the existence of genes and is considered to be
the father of genetics. Unfortunately, he was not
recognized for his work by his scientific peers and his
findings were not given their real importance until the
early 1900s. His work and theories (30) later became the
basis for the study of modern genetics, and are still
recognized and used today.
MENDEL, Gregor. Disponível em:

05) He did badly at his qualifying exams to become a
teacher.
Questão 2
It’s stated in the text that Mendel’s findings
01) were only valued by his contemporaries.
02) were only recognized after his death.
03) have become dated nowadays.
04) are underestimated by the modern scientific
community.
05) are too complex to be understood by the average
individual.
3. The only false cognate is in alternative
01) “ordination” (l. 8).
02) “entered” (l. 15).
03) “utilized” (l. 18).
04) “governed” (l. 22).
05) “actual” (l. 25).
4. “Mendel did groundbreaking work into the theories of
heredity.” (l. 19-20)
This sentence means that Mendel
01) had to work incessantly.
02) used traditional methods.
03) achieved new results.
04) disregarded past studies.
05) started all over again.
everywhere: movies, advertising, music, group (10)
pressure. The girls face life with a wild variety of
characteristics that don’t match: ignorance, bravado,
curiosity, false ideas of invulnerability. The reasons for
teen pregnancy go on. Many teen mothers are children of
teen mothers. Alcohol and drugs undermine the ability
(15) to make clear decisions. Older boys can charm or
dominate: over half the males responsible for teen births
are 20 or older. Early sexual abuse limits the capacity to
say no. And there is also the fear of losing love.
ZWINGLE, Erla. National Geographic, Oct. 1998. p.46-55. (Adaptado)
1. Some of the reasons for teen pregnancy mentioned in
the text are
I. The excessive use of sex-oriented messages by the
advertising industry.
II. Having had some kind of unpleasant sexual
experience when children.
III. Not attending sexual education classes in school.
IV. Strong pressure on the part of friends and classmates
for young people to have sex before they’re ready.
V. The fear of being rejected by their boyfriends if they
say “no”.
VI. Being totally ignorant about methods of
contraception.
The correct ones are
only I, III and VI.
only II, IV and V.
only III, V and VI.
only I, II, IV and V.
I, II, III, IV, V and VI.
Text 223.
What are the main reasons for such a high rate of teen
pregnancy? “We bombard kids with sexual messages,
but we don’t teach them how to process them,” says
Susan Power, a director at Planned (5) Parenthood in
Lincoln. “We don’t teach kids to decipher that
advertisers are using sex to sell cars, perfume,
pineapple.”
The influences on adolescents are powerful and present
2.
Most of the men responsible for teen pregnancies
01) are over twenty.
02) are adolescents too.
03) take drugs and alcohol.
04) come from poor families.
05) don’t worry about family planning.
493

3. The correct pair of opposites is
01) “high” (l. 1) — tall.
02) “powerful” (l. 8) — strong.
03) “everywhere” (l. 9) — nowhere.
04) “Early” (l. 17) — soon.
05) “losing” (l. 18) — searching.
Text 224.
A crying baby is enough to make an anxious new parent
have a nervous breakdown. No longer. Thanks to a
recent invention, WhyCry, by a Spanish electronics (5)
engineer, you can now decipher (apparently with 87%
accuracy) just why your baby is crying. This calculatorsize
object listens to a baby’s cry for twenty seconds
before illuminating one of five icons corresponding to a
specific (10) psychological or emotional state, such as
“hungry,” “sleepy,” or “bored.” Selling for 95 euros in
Spain, WhyCry should be appearing shortly in an (15)
English-language version.
NEWS. Speak Up. São Paulo, ano XVI, n. 194, p. 4, July 2003.
1. As for the new invention, WhyCry, it’s correct to say
that it
1) is sort of big.
2) is very cheap.
3) never makes a mistake.
4) does not yet have an English-language version.
5) takes too long to decipher why the baby is crying.
04) All of a sudden.
05) For a long time.
Text 225.
ZOOS Eyes in the Skies
Scientists with the Wildlife Conservation Society have
taken to counting sheep the high-tech way — calculating
the total number of animals at New York City’s Bronx
Zoo from space. Researchers recently used (5) highresolution
digital cameras on a satellite orbiting Earth to
count individual giraffes and Mongolian wild horses.
The goal: to see if they can use satellite pictures to track
wildlife in remote parts of the world. Scientists hope one
day to be able to monitor faraway, at-risk (10) species
from a lab in New York. Unsurprisingly, in the WCS
experiment, the satellite saw the zoo’s llamas better than
its flamingos. Nevertheless, the technology is cheaper
and easier than renting a plane with a camera attached —
or than tracking animals by foot. The WCS (15) isn’t
alone in employing satellite technology. Dave
Mehlman of the Nature Conservancy’s migratory-bird
program uses similar technology to track the flight paths
of certain species. It’s a vast improvement over banding
birds’ legs with numbers. “A bird is banded in Wisconsin
(20) and someone in Southern Mexico finds it, “he says.
“How did it get there? All these questions we couldn’t
answer.” Perhaps soon we can.
SPRINGEN, Karen. Newsweek, Dec. 27 / Jan. 3, 2005. p. 8. Adaptado.
2. This new machine works by
1) making a loud noise.
2) sending you an e-mail.
3) ringing an alarm device.
4) flashing some of its parts.
5) sending you a sound message.
3 . The expression “No longer.” (l. 3) means
01) No more.
02) Right away.
03) Nothing else.
1.
The question to which there’s an answer in the text is
1) How does the new technology of counting animals
compare with the traditional ones?
2) How many giraffes and Mongolian wild horses were
the scientists able to count?
3) When did Dave Mehlman start working with the
migratory-bird program?
4) What did all the birds do as soon as their legs were
banded?
5) Why do WCS scientists prefer to work with big
animals?
494

2.
The main purpose of the present research has to do with
1) natural disasters.
2) breeding animals.
3) generating profits.
4) ecological issues.
5) animals’ black market.
3.
The word “track” (l. 17) is closest in meaning to
1) hunt for.
2) run after.
3) catch up.
4) walk around.
5) follow the course of.
Text 226.
Friendlier footprints
Improving relations with the locals It’s not easy to
provide five-star luxury in the most of a treasured
wilderness without damaging the environment. But the
King Pacific Lodge in British
Columbia’s Great Bear Rainforest manages that difficult
(5) feat. For one thing, the lodge doesn’t even take up
permanent space. Its 17 rooms sit on a floating boat,
which is towed from May to September into a cove
containing large numbers of whales and rare white
Kermode bears. Accessible only by boat or floatplane,
(10) the lodge charges guests a 3 percent conservation
tax, which goes toward everything from building bear
platforms to youth programs for the indigenous local
tribe. “My business is dependent on leaving the area
untouched,” says lodge president Michael Uehara. “We
do not want (15) to kill the goose that laid the golden
egg.”
Uehara and King Pacific owner Hideo Morita are
pioneers in community cooperation. Both were adopted
by the indigenous Gitga’at people in 2000 after their
tourist company became the first to sign a protocol
agreement (20) with a native tribe. The Lodge recognizes
the tribe as owners of the land, pays a co-management
fee, mentors local youth and employs Gitga’at people,
who, in turn, teach their culture to the guests.
HONTZ, Jenny. Newsweek, Apr 10, 2006/Apr. 17, 2006. p.59. Adaptado
“towed” (l. 7): rebocado
01
About the King Pacific Lodge, it’s true to say:
( ) It must be a cheap hotel.
( ) It offers its guests high-quality service.
( ) Its only owners are the indigenous Gitga’at people.
( ) Its guests can watch wild animals in their natural
habitat.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is in
alternative
1) True / True / False / False.
2) False / True / True / True.
3) True /False / True / False.
4) False / False / True / True.
5) False/True/False/True.
02
It’s stated in the text that the King Pacific Lodge
1) is in the downtown area of British Columbia.
2) is open all year round.
3) can be easily reached on foot.
4) is a kind of boat hotel.
5) is located far from the jungle.
03.
According to the text, Michael Uehara and Hideo Morita
1) are not liked by the indigenous local tribe.
2) do not accept any interference on the part of the
local tribe.
3) provide the native people with regular jobs.
4) refused to sign a recent agreement with the Gitga’at
people.
5) are against the payment of any amount of money to
the native people.
04
When Uehara says, “My business is dependent on
leaving the area untouched.”(l.12-13), he refers to
1) business competition.
2) environmental protection.
3) local opposition.
495

4) management difficulties.
5) tourist safety.
Text 227.
How effectively can you start practicing sustainable
consumption?
! Recycling
The number of contributors to selective rubbish (5)
disposal is increasing, but just a few local
administrations have made it an official program. But
whether a city has such a program or not, you can still do
something. The NGO CEMPRE (Compromisso
Empresarial para Reciclagem) offers useful tips on how
(10) an apartment building or neighborhood can
implement selective rubbish disposal. It also provides a
list of cooperatives that pick up waste material at
people’s houses.
! Buying sustainable products
(15) It’s still difficult to find products from eco-friendly
and socially aware sources; however, they do exist and
are entering the market more and more. When buying
wooden furniture, for example, require the FSC (Forest
Stewardship Council) certification stamp. Recognized
(20) worldwide, the FSC is a guarantee of proper forest
management.
! Saving water
It’s the same old complaint: What can one person do?
However, imagine a world without enough water (25)
and you realize that you’ve got to help. But how? WWF
Brazil has launched a campaign that shows how to make
sure your grandchildren — and even your children —
will have the pure water they need. Among other things
the campaign provides tips on minimizing water (30)
use. Remember, if 10 million people in São Paulo use
one liter less of water per day — well, you get the idea.
And above all, don’t throw oil or petroleum products into
the sewage system, because the cleanup is unbelievably
difficult. You should store the used oil in (35) a plastic
bottle and throw it into the trash (better yet, selective
trash). See if your city has an oil-recycling program. An
NGO from Santo André (SP), for instance, collects the
oil, which is later made into soap. MIRELLA, Fabiana;
AMACKER, John. Speak Up, São Paulo:
1
According to the text, the number of people who are
worried about selective rubbish disposal is
1) practically nil.
2) getting bigger.
3) getting smaller.
4) quite irrelevant.
5) about the same as it used to be.
2
The authors affirm that Brazilians
1) aren’t really encouraged to recycle.
2) can’t count on any kind of organization for help.
3) have managed to reduce water consumption by half.
4) get useful pieces of advice on sustainable
consumption.
5) are fully aware of what they should do to save water.
3
It’s stated in the text that used oil
1) is worthless.
2) can’t be recycled.
3) should be kept in safe containers.
4) must be returned to oil refineries.
5) should be burned immediately after use.
Questão 4
The authors of the text, Fabiana Mirella and John
Amacker, would agree with the following ideas:
I. Only a small percentage of our rubbish can be
effectively recycled.
II. Changing your habits to save the environment could
also save your money.
III. Use energy-saving light bulbs.
IV. To keep your homes clean, try to use a chemical-free
product.
496

Considering their views about sustainable consumption,
the correct statements, from top to bottom are
1) I and III.
2) I and IV.
3) I, II and III.
4) I, II and IV.
5) II, III and IV.
5
“…if 10 million people in São Paulo use one liter less of
water per day – well, you get the idea.” (l. 30-31)
The main clause that would suitably replace the words in
bold is in alternative
1) there won’t be much saving.
2) there’ll be considerable saving
3) Brazilians will not save much water.
4) Brazilians would have had more water
5) there would be less water for everybody
Text 228.
The end of make believe
It’s 7 p.m. in Cleveland, Ohio, and the Knotts family is
living it up in the warm summer air. Dad’s grilling,
Mom’s watering the flowerbeds and the kids are playing
around on their wheels. “I’m Spiderman!” yells Erik, 4,
(5) as he speeds by on his scooter. Brother B.J., 7, is
riding his bike, vainly trying to lift the front tire in the
air. “I love to pretend this is a dirty bike,” he says. The
Knotts boys have plenty of organized after-school
activities like soccer and baseball. But mom Kris Knotts
doesn’t allow (10) videogames (“entertainment is not
play,” she says) and she makes sure that her children
have unstructured downtime – no high-tech games, no
pressure, no deadlines – during which they can amuse
themselves the old-fashioned ways. “Kids need the time
to play, (15) just play,” she says. Daughter Elyssa, 11,
gets right to the point: “How much fun could you
possibly have if you didn’t use your imagination?”
1
In the text, all of the Knotts family are
1) inside the house.
2) playing games outside.
3) doing activities outdoors.
4) doing household chores.
5) helping Dad prepare the barbecue.
2
Considering the Knotts’ children, it’s correct to say that
1) Erik is older than B.J.
2) Elyssa is an only child.
3) Erik and B.J. are twins.
4) B.J. is the youngest of the three.
5) Elyssa is the eldest of them.
3
As for the Knotts couple, it’s stated in the text that
1) Kris can’t stand doing household chores.
2) Kris is all against their kids using high-tech games.
3) both of them find it difficult educating their
children.
4) Dad has nothing against their children playing
videogames.
5) Dad doesn’t agree with his wife as to the children’s
education.
Text 229.
Part II
Plenty of adults are asking the same question. Children
in some countries devote 40 hours a week to (20)
television, videogames, CDs and the Internet. In this new
era of supercharged technology, could our children’s
imaginations be at risk? Are pretend characters losing
out to the literalness of Game Boys and PlayStations? Is
make-believe a relic of the 20th (25) century? There are
no simple answers and not a lot of data. While high-tech
toys and video action games have their defenders –
recent research shows they benefit kids by improving
their reflexes and visual skills – there is also growing
concern that the great advances of the (30) digital
revolution could have a negative impact on children’s
intellectual development and even adversely affect their
creative thinking as adults. “If we give them all this
programmed stuff, are they going to come out of the box
and think like great inventors?” asks Dorothy
(35) Singer, a psychologist at Yale University. “We’re
depriving them of the ‘what ifs’.”
497

Our imaginations are central to the development of
complex thought processes, from practical problem
solving (how do I get out of this traffic jam?) to (40)
sophisticated thinking (how big is the universe?),
because they allow us to conceptualize the unknown.
When children play make-believe, they’re exercising
their imaginations. “If you take the box that the washing
machine came in, it’s a spaceship, a submarine, a train,”
(45) says Michael Mendizza, a specialist in children and
play. “Imagination allows children to gallop off in any
direction their minds take them.”
5) II, III and V.
3
“We’re depriving them of the ‘what ifs’.” (l. 35-36) This
sentence should be understood as
1) We don’t let them clarify their doubts.
2) We don’t allow them to ask any questions.
3) We aren’t giving them enough time to go out and
play.
4) We don’t give them the chance to make new friends.
5) We prevent them from exercising their imagination.
1
According to the article, children who play make-believe
1) improve their ability to generate solutions to
everyday problems.
2) will certainly become great inventors.
3) have lots of trouble dealing with everyday problems.
4) don’t usually like to share their games with other
kids.
5) usually prefer sophisticated games.
2
Indicate the statements the author of the text would agree
with:
I. Having artificial electronic stimulation is beneficial to
young kids’ brains.
II. Television, video, and computer games tend to offer
ready-made characters, which children passively absorb.
III. Simple, unstructured play should be a priority,
enriching children – and their imaginations – for the rest
of their lives.
IV. Parents shouldn’t be so strict over what their children
see on the Internet and the kind of games they play.
V. Children who spend too much time in front of TV,
video and computer screens miss out on the
improvement of their own senses.
The alternative in which all affirmative are correct is
1) I and V.
2) III and IV.
3) I, II and IV.
4) I, IV and V.
Text 230.
Part III
(…)
Imagination appears to take shape in the young brain at
about the same time that children learn to talk, (50) a
crucial time in a child’s intellectual development.
Specialists have found that children who play more
imaginatively generally develop better vocabularies and
use more sophisticated language than kids who engage in
less imaginative play. Play also helps increase (55)
concentration and attention, and gives kids the chance to
socialize, express emotions and practice motor skills.
These kids also laugh and smile more and show less
aggression than kids who play less imaginatively.
KALB, Claudia. The end of make believe. N2003. p. 60-
64. Adaptado.
1
Indicate the only alternative that is not true according to
the text. Kids who play more imaginatively are different
from the ones who engage in less imaginative play in
that the first ones
1) are more articulate.
2) have a decline in vocabulary.
3) make friends more easily.
4) don’t fight very often.
5) don’t get upset as much as other kids.
498

Text 231.
It may be unfair to blame the decline of imagination only
on videogames and other forms of electronic
entertainment. In the United States, many schools have
cut down on or eliminated recess. And an increasing (5)
emphasis on standardized testing leaves less time for
painting and music. The motivation is to prepare kids for
a more competitive and technologically driven world.
Parents have been caught up in the push to improve
children’s intellectual learning at an earlier age. But that
(10) could backfire by leaving little room for oldfashioned
play.
The video game industry argues that games are, in fact,
doing children a service by preparing them for the 21st
century. And besides, cinema and television (15) set off
similar alarm bells when they were introduced decades
ago. In any case, electronic entertainment isn’t going
away any time soon. At the MIT Media Lab in
Cambridge, Massachusetts, researchers are merging
technology with fantasy. They are testing a virtual (20)
playmate named Sam, a character projected onto a
plasma screen, who engages in storytelling with kids.
Sam begins a tale, hesitates, then asks his human
playmate to continue. The goal is to improve literacy
through imaginative learning. “I do think Sam helps (25)
prompt creativity,” says Ramona Allen, director of
human resources at the MIT lab, as she watches her
daughter, Alexis, 6, interact with the virtual pal. “Want
to tell a story with me?” Sam asks, as Alexis shyly
engages. “Kids who have exposure to this type of (30)
technology are going to be better prepared than those
who don’t,” says Allen.
KALB, Claudia. The end of make believe. Ne2003. p.
60-64. Adaptado.
1
It’s stated in the text that many schools in the United
States
1) are against so much use of technology in classes.
2) are having difficulty testing students properly.
3) have reduced the students’ vacations.
4) are giving more and more emphasis to art classes.
5) are said to be responsible for students’ higher levels
of stress.
2
For the video games industry their games are
1) easy.
2) misleading.
3) harmful.
4) imaginary.
5) helpful.
3
Ramona Allen believes that technology
1) can be used to help deaf children learn to talk.
2) can be an important tool for improving children’s
imaginations.
3) may disturb some children in their creativity
development process.
4) will create virtual playmates that will help mothers
who work out.
5) will make it possible for kids to learn lots of
interesting stories.
4
It’s stated in the text that many schools in the United
States
1) are against so much use of technology in classes.
2) are having difficulty testing students properly.
3) have reduced the students’ vacations.
4) are giving more and more emphasis to art classes.
5) are said to be responsible for students’ higher levels
of stress.
5
For the video games industry their games are
1) easy.
2) misleading.
3) harmful.
4) imaginary.
5) helpful.
499

Text 232.
Cyber-secrets
01
02
500
Everyone has a good secret. And, as it turns out, there
are a lot of people who like to share theirs with Frank
Warren. For the past year, Warren has operated a
surprisingly successful Web site, (5)
postsecret.blogspot.com, where he has solicited, and
published, anonymous postcards that people send to him
confessing something. Warren started the project by
distributing 3,000 self-addressed postcards throughout
the Washington, D.C., area, asking people to participate.
(10) When there weren’t any of those cards left, “people
started homemaking their own postcards, and they
started coming from around the world,” Warren says.
Now he gets about 400 submissions each week. The
entries come with magazine clippings and wedding
invites, (15) photos and ads. One, an abstract image of
the Twin Towers, reads: “Everyone who knew me before
September, 11th believes I’m dead.” Another confesses
to eating the marshmallows from a spouse’s Lucky
Charms cereal. The site didn’t stay a secret for long.
Technorati (20) rates it as the third most popular blog on
the Web; it’s received nearly 19 million hits since it
launched. And a book of the best submissions,
“PostSecret: Extraordinary Confessions From Ordinary
Lives,” is an Amazon.com best seller.
BENNET, Jessica. Cyber-secrets. Newsweek, Feb. 13,
2006, p.5.Adaptado
According to the text, the Web site
postsecret.blogspot.com
1) is a kind of international advice site.
2) is interested in studying people’s secrets.
3) refuses to publish anonymous secrets.
4) charges a small amount of money to publish one’s
secrets.
5) makes a person’s secrets available for anyone to
read.
So far, Frank Warren’s Web site has
1) been a failure.
2) had little success.
3) been a great success.
4) had mixed success.
5) had moderate success.
03
Frank Warren started his project
1) by using traditional mail.
2) with only 400 submissions.
3) because of the Twin Towers disaster on September
11th.
4) by advertising his site in influential magazines.
5) by sending an e-mail message to all the residents of
his state.
04
The correct pair of opposites is in alternative
1) “good” (l. 1) — fine.
2) “a lot of” (l. 2) — few.
3) “left” (l. 10) — right.
4) “started” (l. 11) — began.
5) “dead” (l. 17) — sick.
05
The word “nearly” (l. 21) is synonymous with
1) over.
2) throughout.
3) differently.
4) approximately.
5) less than.
Text 233.
The Cutest New Cops
China’s Internet police force has come up with a new
way to control Web surfers: adorable cartoon police
officers that stand watch at the side of Shenzhen Web
sites and bulletin boards — constant reminders that Big
(5) Brother is watching. Click on the creatures and
you’re So far, Frank Warren’s Web site has redirected to
a site where you can chat live with a real cop. “People
should pay attention to their behavior when they are
surfing on the Net, “said a senior Chinese official in a
statement. The move is amusing and intimidating —

(10) though it remains to be seen how seriously the
Chinese take the characters.
ELLISON, Jesse. Newsweek, February 13, 2006, p.6. Adaptado.
1
Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
( ) China’s police force doesn’t seem to have trouble
with its Web surfers.
( ) The cartoon police officers connect you with a real
policeman.
( ) The author of the text, Jesse Ellison, finds the
characters of the cartoon entertaining.
( ) The senior Chinese official in the text does not take
the cartoon creatures seriously.
is born to a teenage mother. When a girl under 20 has a
baby, problems mount for everyone. She may quit
school. Emotional immaturity can lead her to abuse her
(20) baby; it can be hard to overcome the stresses of
pregnancy and labor on a body that hasn’t finished
developing. “It’s a myth that because they’re younger,
they’re healthier,” said one doctor. “What teen do you
know who eats right?”
1. The great majority of teenage mothers are
1) single.
2) married.
3) widowed.
4) divorced.
5) separated.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
1) True / False / True / False.
2) False / True / True / False.
3) False / False / True / True.
4) True / True / False / False.
5) True / True / True / False.
2. The rate of teenage American girls who become
pregnant is of
1) 20%
2) 30%
3) 40%
4) 50%
5) 60%
3. Most of adolescent pregnancies
Text 234.
Early parenthood
In Lincoln, Nebraska, students are arriving for class at
Lincoln High School. They carry the usual teenage stuff:
books, musical instruments, backpacks. Some of the girls
are also carrying their babies.
(5) The U.S. has the highest teenage birthrate of any
industrialized nation. Since 1960 the rate has tripled
among unmarried females age 15 to 19. According to the
Alan Guttmacher Institute, four in ten American girls
become pregnant at least once before they reach 20; (10)
most of these pregnancies are unintended.
This is bad news for a number of reasons. First, there is
quantity: there are more adolescent girls in the world
now than there have ever been: about 400 million ready
to begin having children at any moment. Second, (15)
there is the quality of those lives. Of the nearly 4 million
babies born each year in the U.S., nearly one out of eight
1) are accidental.
2) result in abortion.
3) are planned carefully.
4) have the support of the adolescent’s families.
5) are decided between the girls and their boyfriends.
4. “It’s a myth that because they’re younger, they’re
healthier” (l. 22-3) This sentence should be understood
as
1) Teenagers don’t usually eat healthily, but this is a
false idea.
2) As adolescents eat healthily, they usually have good
health.
3) It’s quite true that young people are free from most
kinds of illnesses.
4) Adolescents are usually strong and healthy because
they’re still very young.
5) It’s commonly believed that the younger you are, the
healthier you are, but this is a false idea.
501

5. According to population projections, the number of
adolescent mothers tends to
1) diminish.
2) increase.
3) decrease.
4) be cut down.
5) be controlled.
Text 235.
The Lodge is just one of a growing number of tourism
companies that are going beyond basic ecotourism to
obey the rules — and win the acceptance — of local
communities and regulatory groups. Deirdre Wallace, (5)
owner of the Ambrose Hotel in Santa Monica, Calif.,
recently won a state environment award for using air
hoses instead of water to clean the driveway, recycling
waste and shuttling guests to Oscar parties via hybrid
vehicles. The Miraval, a destination spa in Arizona, hired
(10) a sustainability director to focus full-time on making
the company eco-friendly. Among his goals: to ensure
that every future building is certified by the U.S. Green
Building Council as a leader in Energy and Environment
design.
(15) Awareness at the top is crucial. The owners of the
new residential resort development Paraiso del Mar, in
La Paz, Mexico, worked closely with the nonprofit group
Audubon International to develop a natural resource
management plan. It mandated, among other things, (20)
preserving threatened plant species, relocating reptiles
and other wildlife and minimal grading of roads –
measures that won overwhelming support from the local
population. “Tourism can be incredibly destructive,”
Uehara says. “We want to avoid the love-it-death
destruction of tourism (25) legacy evident elsewhere. We
try to leave a light footprint.”
And follow those already there.
HONTZ, Jenny. Newsweek, Apr 10, 2006/Apr. 17, 2006. p.59. Adaptado
“hoses” (l. 7): mangueiras
01
About Deirdre Wallace, it’s correct to say that she
1) thinks that recycling is a waste of time.
2) refused to obey the rules of the local community.
3) got a medal for winning a competition among hotels.
4) was given a prize for her management methods.
502
5) was reproached by the government for not
preserving the environment.
02.
According to the text, the task of the director hired by the
Miraval is to make the spa
1) increase its profits.
2) well-known worldwide.
3) cause as little harm to the environment as possible.
4) a refuge for victims of ecological disasters.
5) the biggest in the United States.
3
Among some measures taken by the owners of Paraiso
del Mar, the only one not mentioned in the text is
1) preventing threatened plant species from being
destroyed.
2) killing any other kind of wildlife.
3) moving reptiles to a different place.
4) not building wide and busy roads.
5) keeping the area as natural as possible.
4
Concerning the local population’s reaction to the
construction of Paraiso del Mar, it’s true to say that the
measures taken were
1) unanimously rejected.
2) seen as inadequate.
3) considered suspicious.
4) strongly approved.
5) totally misunderstood.
5.
“ We try to leave a light footprint” (l. 25) - This sentence
means that the Lodge owners
1) try not to get into conflict with the locals.
2) need to interact with the local population.
3) try to avoid nature’s destruction as much as possible.
4) want to leave a visible and well-defined mark of
human actions.
5) find it difficult not to damage the environment.

6
The only alternative that does not contain a pair of
opposites is
1) “win” (l. 3) — lose.
2) “clean” (l. 7) — dirty.
3) “crucial” (l. 15) — important.
4) “new” (l. 16) — old. 05) “light” (l. 25) — heavy.
Text 236.
BACK TO SCHOOL
Poorly educated workers are hurting Brazil’s
competitiveness, and businesses are stepping in to help
them.
After finishing their shift at Petrobras’ Reduc refinery in
Rio de Janeiro one recent spring night, dozens of
workers sprinted through the rain toward the company’s
canteen. After sandwiches and soft drinks, they sorted
(5) themselves into small groups and got down to work.
In one corner an elderly woman bent over a book trying
to figure out whether 99 ¢ was more than or less than 69
¢. In another, three men helped one another with
composition exercises. And in a third, workers slapped
(10) down dominoes marked with letter in place of dots.
“You can see people who have never learned anything
learn something every day,” says Maria Cristina
Marcelino, who oversees the employees’ lessons. “It’s
very
gratifying.”
(15) Petrobras started this free after-work program to
teach reading, arithmetic and elementary science in 2005
after officials noticed an unusually high number of
accidents occurring on the shop floor because laborers
could not read warning signs. More than just the
workers’ (20) safety and Petrobras’ productivity is at
stake. The terrible state of education in Brazil, the
world’s fifth largest country, is compromising
productivity and competitiveness and acting as a brake
on the country’s development, according to economists,
businesspeople and educators. (25) With the economies
of China and India surging ahead, thanks in part to their
larger pools of educated workers, the issue has become
an urgent one for Brazilian business.
(…)
“Brazil’s poor economic growth over the past few years
is associated in part with the low level of education,”
Glaeser says.
DOWNIE, Andrew. Back to school. Newsweek , New York. Apr 23, 2007 p.39-
40.
01
It’s stated in the text that, at the end of their workday at
Petrobras’ Reduc refinery, lots of employees
1) stay overnight at the company.
2) have a free meal at the company’s canteen.
3) get themselves into groups to do overtime work.
4) have supplementary lessons to improve their
education.
5) have to attend high school to complete their
education.
02
About Petrobras’ after-work program,
1) all employees must attend it.
2) it doesn’t cost much money.
3) workers aren’t forced to attend it.
4) it has been functioning for almost a decade now.
5) only workers with a high-school degree can attend it.
03
Poorly educated workers are hurting Brazil’s
competitiveness, and businesses are stepping in to Maria
C. Marcelino’s job at the refinery makes her feel
1) tired.
2) bored.
3) awful.
4) pleased.
5) discouraged.
04
A péssima qualidade da educação no Brasil tem
contribuído para frear o desenvolvimento econômico do
país. This is clearly stated, in the text, between lines
I. 01 and 04
II. 09 and 14
III. 20 and 24
503

IV. 25 and 27
V. 35 and 37
According to the article, it’s correct what’s is sated in
1) II and III
2) II and IV
3) III and V
4) I, III and IV
5) II, IV and V
Text 237.
Back to school — work study
The terrible state of education in Brazil, the world’s fifth
largest country, is compromising the country’s
development. Brazil’s economy grew an average of 2.6%
per year from 2000 to 2005 — less than half the rate of
(5) Russia, South Korea and India and less than a third
that of China. Such disparities have convinced many
Brazilian business leaders that if their government does
not invest in education, then they must assume the
responsibility themselves. By offering lessons in
everything from basic (10) literacy to aeronautics,
“companies are taking the role of the state,” says
Fernando Guimarães, director of SESI, an industrial
organization that coordinates adult-education programs
at big companies.
That education takes many forms. At Embraer, the (15)
world’s fourth largest commercial-aircraft
manufacturer and the pride of Brazil’s export industry,
directors realized that the company faced a shortage of
aerospace engineers because the advanced training they
needed wasn’t available in Brazil. In 2000 the company
set up (20) an 18-month-long course to train its engineers
in aerodynamics and flight mechanics. So far, nearly 800
people have taken the course. “We are now delivering
engineers with a specialist aerospace background,” says
Peter Clignett, a Dutch lecturer in Embraer’s program.
(25) “The better the engineers, the better the finished
product.”
DOWNIE, Andrew. Time. Back to school – work study.,New York, p. 40, Apr.
23, 2007.
1
Concerning Brazil’s economy, it’s correct to say that it
504
1) has been decreasing lately.
2) hasn’t grown as much as expected.
3) grew a little bit more than India’s.
4) has grown at the same rate as that of China’s.
5) is one of the fastest growing economies worldwide.
2
“companies are taking the role of the state.” (l. 10-11)
This sentence means that companies are
1. doing what the government should do.
2. hiring more and more employees.
3. complaining about the government.
4. selling their businesses to the state.
5. taking action against the state.
3
It’s stated in the text that the course offered by
EMBRAER
01) doesn’t need to be taught by specialists.
02) hasn’t been available to most of its engineers.
03) provides what is needed for its engineers.
04) hasn’t been attended by a large group of students.
05) requires some background knowledge on the local
economy.
4
The only “false friend” (false cognate) is in alternative
01) “realized” (l. 16).
02) “coordinates”
03) “assume” (l. 8).
04) “disparities” (l. 6).
05) “compromising”(l. 2).
5
The expression “So far” (l. 21) is the same as
01) So late.
02) No longer.
03) So distant.

04) Until now.
05) Not anymore.
6
“The better the engineers, the better the finished
product.” (l. 25-26) In this sentence, “the finished
product” refers to
01) cars.
02) robots.
03) rockets.
04) mechanics.
05) airplanes.
Text 238.
The article, “Greening Brazil,” suggested that Brazil is
taking the use of natural resources and the responsible
disposal of rubbish more seriously. Certainly,
improvements are being made, but the people (5) and the
government of this huge South American country still
have far to go. Brazilian law prohibits fires on sugar cane
farms. This method of easy preparation for the next crop
causes massive pollution throughout Brazil. Ash falls
everywhere, and smoke becomes a (10) regular part of
life. But the government sits back and does nothing.
Many rivers in this beautiful country are polluted
because the average Brazilian doesn’t care what he or
she dumps into them. Your article mentioned that Brazil
recycles more aluminum cans than does the (15) UK or
the United States. I am not in the least surprised, because
such is the country’s shocking poverty that many poor
Brazilians must collect the cans and sell them for a
pittance in order to survive! The fantastic Brazilian
Amazon region took million of years to (20) develop, but
since 1970 an area equivalent to the size of France and
Portugal has been cut down. So much of this destruction
revolves around money and greed. Speak Up is a great
magazine, but your readers should know the real Brazil
and the attitudes on the ground in (25) this country. Only
improving education and eliminating corruption can
make Brazilians more responsible with their resources.
BLAKE, John. Greening Brazil. Speak Up, Sãon. 219, ago. 2005, p. 50. Via e-
mail. Adaptado.
1
Among the negative procedures used by Brazilians, the
only one NOT mentioned in the text is
01) air pollution.
02) water pollution.
03) sound pollution.
04) jungle destruction.
05) the littering of rivers.
2
The problem involving deforestation is mentioned in the
text between the lines
01) 1 and 3.
02) 6 and 9.
03) 10 and 13.
04) 15 and 18.
05) 18 and 21.
3
Concerning Brazilians’ use of their natural resources
nowadays, the author feels rather
01) fanatic.
02) skeptical.
03) optimistic.
04) indifferent.
05) disdainful.
4
The expression “still have far to go” (l. 6) means that the
people and the government in Brazil still have
01) a lot more to do.
02) to travel more and more.
03) to study less and work more.
04) to try to make distances shorter.
05) to follow the model of distant places.
505

506
5
The expression “a pittance” (l. 18) should be understood
as
01) a lot of money.
02) a very high price.
03) a huge amount of money.
04) a very small amount of money.
05) more money than they deserve.
Text 239.
Sa Pa initiative enters World. Challenge Awards
finals
The mountainous region of Sa Pa in northern Vietnam is
an invaluable storehouse of medicinal plants — many of
which have been used for centuries by the local
population. Sa Pa Essentials was (05) established to
protect these species from the increasing threat of overharvesting
while at the same time boosting incomes and
improving lives within the community.
Having identified active ingredients through traditional
knowledge as well as scientific testing, Sa (10) Pa
Essentials encourages sustainable cultivation of
medicinal species. It then extracts, processes and markets
essential oils from the plants, ensuring at every stage that
the communities’ intellectual property rights are
respected.
(15) Do Thi Thu Ha, Director of Sa Pa Essentials, said
that products processed from herbs are brand new ones
which have never existed in the market before. The
company’s herbal products are available in New
Zealand, Japan and the Republic of Korea, not in
Vietnam. The 20 price for an essential oil vial is around
$8 abroad. However, Ha said that these products will
soon be sold in Hanoi and in Sa Pa town.
SA PA initiative enters world. Challenge Awards finals.
Disponível em: . Acesso
em: 20 maio 2010.
1.
About the region of Sa Pa, it’s correct to say that it is
01) very dry.
02) unhealthy.
03) a flat area.
04) uninhabited.
05) covered with big hills.
2.
Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
Among some of the advantages of the Sa Pa Essentials,
it’s stated in the text that it
( ) combines traditional knowledge with scientific
procedures.
( ) prevents the medicinal plants from being collected
exhaustively.
( ) helps the local population lead a better life.
( ) exports young plants of their medicinal species to
many parts of the world.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) F F T T
02) F T F T
03) T F T F
04) T T T F
05) T T T T
3.
When it is sold _____, a small bottle of the Sa Pa
essential costs __________.
The alternative that, according to the text, completes this
sentence correctly is
01) in Sa Pa town — less than eight dollars.
02) in a foreign country — about eight dollars.
03) in Hanoi — approximately eighteen dollars.
04) in Japan and Korea — nearly eighty dollars.
05) in New Zealand — over eighteen dollars.

4.
The only alternative in which there is no pair of
opposites is
01) “invaluable” (l. 2) — useless.
02) “same” (l. 6) — different.
03) “traditional” (l. 9) — modern.
04) “ensuring” (l. 12) — assuring.
05) “sold” (l. 21) — bought.
5.
The phrase “boosting incomes” (l. 6-7) should be
understood as
01) increasing people’s money.
02) improving the government’s sales.
03) helping people feel more confident.
04) cutting down on people’s salary.
05) rising the business popularity.
Text 240.
COMPANY RANKINGS Could Brazil take no. 1?
Petrobras, the Brazilian oil giant formerly derided as
“Petrosaurus,” could become the world’s most valuable
company, based on its stock price. That startling
forecast, made recently by mutual-fund maestro Ken (5)
Heebner, speaks volumes about how fast Petrobras,
Brazil and world markets are changing.
Oil companies are blowing past technology titans like
General Electric and Microsoft to claim five of the top
10 spots in rankings of the world’s largest companies.
(10) For a dizzying moment after its IPO last fall,
PetroChina’s market capital topped $1 trillion, or twice
as much as the next two corporations — GE and
ExxonMobil — combined. But that’s not where the
future lies. Oil companies are split between efficient
private firms with (15) waning access (ExxonMobil) and
inept state enterprises with favored rights to local fields
(PetroChina). The few well-run state firms, like
Norway’s Statoil, tend to be short on future reserves, too.
In recent years, Brazil has streamlined into a darling (20)
company with huge new reserves. The discovery of two
vast new fields, the latest last month, drove up
Petrobras’s market capital to $296 billion, overtaking
Microsoft as (25) the world’s sixth largest company. If
oil prices keep rising, Petrobras is likely to follow.
MAC, Margolis. Newsweek, New York, Jun 16, 2008 p. 5.
1.
A Petrobras pode vir a tornar-se a companhia nº 1 do
“ranking” mundial.
This idea is clearly stated, in the text, between the lines
01) 1and3.
02) 7and9.
03) 10 and 13.
04) 19 and 20.
05) 22 and 25.
2.
About PetroChina’s market capital, it’s correct to say
that, last fall, it was
01) a little bigger than the amount of GE and
ExxonMobil together.
02) the triple than the one of GE and ExxonMobil.
03) the double of GE and ExxonMobil’s capital together.
04) almost the same as the one of GE and ExxonMobil
combined.
05) in decline in comparison with the capital of GE and
ExxonMobil.
3.
The text says that Norway’s Statoil reserves
01) are on the rise.
02) are badly managed.
03) will become better.
04) tend to drop.
05) have already drained.
of emerging-market investors, and so has Petrobras. It’s
now perhaps the lone example of a competent state
4.
507

Considering Microsoft’s market capital, Petrobras
01) is still behind it.
02) will soon reach it.
03) has about the same amount.
04) won’t reach it in the near future.
05) has already surpassed it.
5.
“and so has Petrobras.” (l. 20) - This sentence can be
exactly rephrased as
01) and Petrobras has, too.
02) and Petrobras is, too.
03) and Petrobras does, too.
04) and Petrobras has had, too.
05) and neither has Petrobras.
6.
“If oil prices keep rising, Petrobras is likely to follow. (l.
25-26) - This sentence expresses
01) certainty.
02) incredulity.
03) probability.
04) independence.
05) unpredictability.
shortages, traffic congestion and public health
breakdowns. Despite this, some cities are (15) doing
much better than simply coping with these problems.
One good example is Brazil’s southern city of Curitiba,
where civic leaders have promised to learn from the
mistakes of other cities. They have empowered city (20)
agencies to work on problem solving and have created a
new institute dedicated to developing innovative ideas.
The city also has a major bus rapid transit (BRT)
network, operating almost as an above-ground subway,
with exclusive lanes and stations. This system, born (25)
out of necessity, is now being adopted by big and
medium-sized cities throughout the world.
As Tim Campbell shows in his 2006 Urban Age study,
“Learning Cities”, Curitiba’s modern approach
illustrates a wider trend: city leaders are not waiting for
(30) their national governments, or anyone else, to offer
solutions. Instead, they are taking matters into their own
hands, using their own problem-solving approaches and
sharing what they learn with other city leaders.
FELLER, Gordon. A new recipe for urban success. Time, Sep. 11, 2006 p.9.
Adaptado
01
According to the text, it’s estimated that in the next 25
years the world’s urban population will
01) become twice as big.
02) be on the decrease.
03) increase just a little.
04) be 25 percent bigger.
05) be just about the same.
508
Text 241.
A new recipe for urban success
What are the greatest challenges facing urban centers
today? How can the future growth and development of
these locations be better managed? Are there strong best
practices that can be applied to urban (5) growth
worldwide?
Urban expansion is occurring on an extremely surprising
scale. Some estimates suggest that the world’s urban
population is very likely to double in the next 25 years,
with almost all of this growth occurring in (10)
developing countries. Cities are on the front line of
nearly all the planet’s key problems: environmental
degradation, population growth stresses, energy
02
“What are the greatest challenge facing urban centers
today? (l. 1-2). In the text, the answer to this question
can be found in paragraph
01) 1.
02) 2.
03) 3.
04) 4.
05) 5.
03
According to the author, when facing challenges,

Curitiba
01) has made a few mistakes.
02) is doing very well.
03) is progressing very slowly.
04) is doing much worse than expected.
05) is having difficulty overcoming them.
04
According to the article, it’s true to say:
( ) Cities all over the world are adopting some of
Curitiba’s best practices.
( ) Curitiba’s bus rapid transit network operates
underground.
( ) Curitiba’s BRT network was created because it
became increasingly necessary.
( ) Civic leaders in Curitiba have proved not to be as
creative as expected.
The alternative with the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) True / True / False / False.
02) False / False / True / True.
03) False / True / False / True.
04) True / False / True / False.
05) True / True / True / False.
05
City leaders in Curitiba have been successful because
they
01) follow exactly what the federal government advises
them to do.
02) wait for other major cities’ solutions before applying
them.
03) don’t tell other city leaders about their plans and
learning.
04) take part in most seminars and workshops about
urban growth.
05) use their own innovative ideas to solve their
problems.
06
The correct translation for the word “recipe” (title) is
01) receita.
02) procedimento.
03) conselho.
04) modalidade.
05) recibo.
07
The word “breakdowns” (l. 14) is nearest in meaning to
01) directions.
02) failures.
03) measures.
04) approaches.
05) successes.
08
The word “trend” (l. 29) should be understood as
01) figure.
02) headline.
03) possibility.
04) understanding.
05) tendency.
Text 242.
In the developing world, the rapid growth of cities is
putting pressure on already overstretched infrastructures
and a degraded environment. In Asia, urban populations
are expanding at about twice the speed of national (5)
averages. By 2030, the proportion of the continent’s
population living in the cities is projected to reach one
half, up from about a third currently.
The pace of city growth in Asia and the impact of this on
environmental conditions has emerged as a major (10)
509

global issue. Institutions such as the World Bank and the
United Nations’ settlements agency, UN Habitat, are
working to address the issue of providing residents of
these economically productive urban areas with clean air
and water.
(15) The majority of developing world cities face serious
air pollution and a lack of adequate water supply and
sanitation. The impact of urban pollution, in terms of
productivity losses and health costs, has been estimated
at I% to 5% of GDP (gross domestic product). (20)
There is no debate about the link between urban
expansion and ecological crisis and although significant
efforts are being made by many cities, there are still
fewer examples of success than one might hope for.
FELLER, Gordon. A new recipe for urban success.
Time, Sep. 11, 2006 p.9. Adaptado
1
The text says that the rapid growth of cities in the
developing world is contributing to making them
01) underpopulated.
02) fairly better.
03) more human.
04) worse.
05) more violent.
2
As for Asia, it’s stated in the text that the World Bank
and the UN Habitat
01) are worried about pollution and sanitation problems
there.
02) are making joint efforts to give it only financial
support.
03) advise urban populations to return to the countryside.
04) are against the pace of its economic growth.
05) think that deforestation is the worst problem to be
solved there.
3
According to the text, urban pollution
01) is not difficult to cope with.
02) may cause serious damage to a country.
03) has little connection with ecological crisis.
04) has very little to do with economy.
05) causes irrelevant losses to productivity.
4.
The alternative in which there is not a pair of opposites is
01) “developing” (l. 15) — successful.
02) “clean” (l. 13) — dirty.
03) “major” (l. 9) — minor.
04) “urban” (l. 3) — rural.
05) “rapid” (l. 1) — slow.
Text 243.
You will be a parent to your parents
Modern American households are coming to resemble
those of centuries past, when it was the norm for
multiple generations to live under the same roof. Census
data show that the number of U.S. households (5)
with three or more generations increased by 38
percent between 1990 and 2000.
Between 2000 and 2007, the number of parents living in
the homes of their adult children increased by a
whopping 67 percent. In other cases, grown children
with (10) families of their own are moving back into a
parent’s house. Experts say harsh economic realities like
high housing costs and low incomes are probably a
driving force behind the trend. “It is so much less
expensive to have one kitchen, one living room, one
dwelling to heat,” (15) says Frances Goldscheider,
professor emeritus of sociology at Brown. “If you can
manage to be polite to each other ... you can get all the
benefits of the reduced costs.” Other forces at work
include immigration — certain cultures favor extendedfamily
living — and increased (20) longevity, since
multigenerational households can care for aging parents.
According to futurist Andrew Zolli, people born after
1975 could end up taking care of their mothers longer
510

than their mothers took care of them, since women in
(25) that generation are likely to live more than 18 years
into retirement, when they are most likely to need help of
some kind from their children. Philip Cohen, author of
the upcoming book Family: Diversity, Inequality and
Social Change, predicts that the economic downturn will
(30) contribute further to the rise in multigenerational
living. “Especially with foreclosures and people losing
their homes, where do people turn?” he asks. “They’re
most likely to go to their families first.”
Yarret, Ian. You will be a parent to your parents.
Newsweek, New York, p. 52, 24 & 31, 2009.
1
Fill in the parentheses with T (True) or F (False).
The text says that multigenerational households
( ) are becoming usual in the United States nowadays.
( ) will still take a long time to be accepted by the
American society.
( ) weren’t common in the United States some centuries
ago.
( ) are unheard-of in any other culture.
According to the text, the correct sequence, from top to
bottom, is
01) T T T T
02) T F F F
03) T F T F
04) F T F T
05) F T T F
2
The number of multigenerational U.S. households has
_____.
The only alternative that, according to the text, does not
complete this sentence correctly is
01) grown.
02) dropped.
03) climbed.
04) gone up.
05) been on the rise.
3
The recent trend mentioned in the text is:
01) Adult children with families never return to their
parents’ home.
02) Parents move back to their children’s home but the
reverse doesn’t happen.
03) Both parents and grown-up children are moving back
to each other’s home.
04) Only wealthy parents accept their adult children and
their families back home.
05) Adults with financial problems prefer to live with
another brother or sister than to move back to their
parents’ home.
4
Multigenerational households are said to be
01) costly.
02) cheaper.
03) unsafe.
04) harmful.
05) disrupting.
5
“You will be a parent to your parents” (title) This
possibility is clearly stated, in the text, between lines
01) 1 and 3.
02) 4 and 6.
03) 7 and 11.
04) 13 and 18.
05) 22 and 27.
6
“the number [...] increased by a whopping 67 percent.”
(l. 7-9) - The adjective “whopping” in this sentence
conveys the idea of
511

512
01) expected.
02) very large.
03) not so big.
04) rather small.
05) insignificant.
7
“Philip Cohen, author of the upcoming book Family:
Diversity, Inequality and Social Change, predicts that
the economic downturn will contribute further to the rise
in multigenerational living. ‘Especially with foreclosures
and people losing their homes, where do people turn?’
he asks. ‘They’re most likely to go to their families first.’
” (l. 27-33)
The only question to which there is no answer in this
part of the text is
01) When in trouble, who do people usually ask for
help?
02) Why is multigenerational living increasing these
days?
03) How many books has Philip Cohen already written
on the issue of multigenerational living?
04) What are some causes of people’s problems
nowadays?
05) How can the economic crisis influence this trend of
multigenerational living?
Text 244.
Digital storytelling
For a long time now, storytelling has been used as a tool
for learning lessons, preserving events and history,
conveying culture and tradition, and for fun. Every man
has a tale to tell. By telling stories, we learn about the (5)
characteristics that we have in common with other
people and through them we are connecting with the
world.
“Digital” storytelling refers to the media used to convey
the story. The digital stories are simply stories that are
created and disseminated by using digital media. (10)
They are actually real experiences of their creators –
written, narrated and illustrated by the person who has
experienced the story.
Through digital storytelling, people who don’t have any
technical knowledge are able to use the information (15)
communication technologies for creating a video of their
story. The product is often a 2-5 minute film which is a
combination of a narrative part from a personal story,
photographs and music.
The process of creating a digital story consists of (20)
several steps. The first thing you have to do is to select a
story that you want to tell. The story should be a personal
experience that you will share with the others and
indirectly enable them to experience the things that have
happened to you. The second step consists of (25)
writing the script, the starting point for the digital story.
After that, the creator should make an audio record in
which he will read the finalized story. Upon the
completion of the story and the narration, the photos
appearing in the video should be planned. The selected
photographs (30) don’t have to literally represent what
the narrator is talking about, so any kind of illustration
can be used for the story. Preparing the video is the step
that requires the most technical knowledge. Here we
import all the graphics and sounds in a video editing
application and initiate the (35) creation of the video
from the story. In the application, all the graphics are
sequenced according to the narration, and effects and
transitions are added.
After the video has been completed, it is exported and
prepared for sharing. Often, the creators of digital (40)
stories are not willing to share their stories online or they
decide to do it under a certain nickname.
IGNATOVA, E. Disponível em: Acesso em: 16 out. 2008.
8-2/0CD"(
1
Fill in the parentheses with the number of the paragraph
from the text whose main idea is summarized by the
phrase on the right:
( ) Building the digital story.
( ) Potential uses of digital storytelling.
( ) The video future use.
( ) Traditional uses of storytelling.
( ) Definition of digital storytelling.

( ) the audio record is the last thing to be done.
The correct paragraph sequence, from top to bottom, is
01) Paragraph 2 / Paragraph 3 / Paragraph 4 / Paragraph
5 / Paragraph 1.
02) Paragraph 4 / Paragraph 3 / Paragraph 5 / Paragraph
1 / Paragraph 2.
03) Paragraph 4 / Paragraph 5 / Paragraph 3 / Paragraph
2 / Paragraph 1.
04) Paragraph 3 / Paragraph 1 / Paragraph 2 / Paragraph
4 / Paragraph 5.
05) Paragraph 5 / Paragraph 2 / Paragraph 4 / Paragraph
1 / Paragraph 3.
2
According to the text, the basic difference between
traditional and digital storytelling lies in
01) the way of communicating the story.
02) the length of the story.
03) the person who tells the story.
04) the possibility of achieving more or less success.
05) the author’s attitude toward the future.
( ) all the graphics should be added during the video
preparation.
The correct sequence, from top to bottom, is
01) True/True/True/False.
02) False/False/False/True.
03) True/True/False/False.
04) False/True/False/True.
05) False/False/True/True.
5
Concerning photographs, it’s stated in the text that
01) you may not use them.
02) they must represent the theme of the story.
03) they should be the starting point of the story.
04) they have to be sequenced according to the narration.
05) you are free to choose the illustrations you please.
3
It’s stated in the text that a digital story’s creator
01) doesn’t need to use photographs.
02) must be very good at writing.
03) needs no special technical knowledge.
04) cannot use a pseudonym.
05) should have an excellent command of the
information technology.
4
Fill in the parentheses with True or False.
When creating a digital story, it’s true to say that
( ) you should write the script after the audio has
been created.
( ) the selection of photos to appear in the video
ought to be planned after the story has been narrated.
513

514

515

516
BAIXE UM LEITOR QR CODE
EM SEU CELULAR, FOTOGRAFE
O CÓDIGO E CONHEÇA
O MUNDO ZÊNITE